# Prepare for Onboarding Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/getting-started Prerequisites and step-by-step instructions to set up GoGuardian in your district — from requesting access to configuring your first filtering policy or classroom session. This page walks you through the end-to-end process of getting GoGuardian deployed in your district. Follow the steps in order. Each step links to product-specific setup pages where you need more detail. ## Confirm Prerequisites Before you begin, confirm you have the following: * **Google Workspace for Education** or **Microsoft 365**: GoGuardian uses your existing directory for single sign-on and organization sync. At least one of these is required. * **District IT administrator access**: You need admin rights in Google Admin Console or Microsoft Azure AD to deploy extensions or agents to student devices. * **A GoGuardian account**: GoGuardian does not offer self-serve signup. You must work with GoGuardian sales to provision your district account. * **Access to your network**: You or a network administrator need access to your firewall to allow GoGuardian's ports and domains. ## Configure Firewall To ensure you and your team receive important resources during onboarding, complete these firewall requests before you set up GoGuardian. ### Allow Email Sender IPs Confirm that emails from `@goguardian.com` can be delivered to your district's systems so that important updates, news, and resources don't get caught in spam filters. Add the following IP addresses to your allowlist. **Hubspot IP addresses** ``` 54.174.60.0/23 143.244.80.0/20 18.208.124.128/25 54.174.53.128/30 158.247.16.0/20 54.174.59.0/24 54.174.63.0/24 3.93.157.0/24 54.174.52.0/24 139.180.17.0/24 54.174.57.0/24 158.247.22.109 ``` **Sendgrid IP address** ``` 167.89.110.173 ``` Postmark uses 50.31.156.96/27 and 104.245.209.192/26 for transactional email, and 50.31.205.0/24 for broadcast email. ``` 50.31.156.96/27 104.245.209.192/26 50.31.205.0/24 ``` If your organization uses SFTP Sync for user account provisioning, some environments may also require you to allow the following IPs on your network: ``` 18.236.7.105 18.236.21.177 18.236.8.168 ``` ### Add Required Domains GoGuardian products connect to a number of back-end services. Firewalls and other content filters may unintentionally flag and block connections to these services due to the elevated number of active connections or HTTP requests. If you're experiencing large-scale connection issues, check your firewall or content filter for blocked connection attempts to the services below, then add the corresponding domain to your allowlist. GoGuardian products connect to the following services. `*.goguardian.com` is GoGuardian's main website, and `groove.goguardian.com` handles one-to-one communication. ``` *.goguardian.com *.laptoplookout.com kinesis.us-west-2.amazonaws.com hosted-extensions.s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com x3-report-uploads.s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com beacon-report-uploads-prod.s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com *.pusher.com groove.goguardian.com ``` ### Open Video Conferencing Ports Video conferencing and lecture or presentation features require the following ports and IP ranges to be open on your network. **Ports 10,000–60,000 (UDP/SRTP/SRTCP)** ``` 3.235.111.128-3.235.111.255 44.234.69.0-44.234.69.127 34.203.250.0-34.203.251.255 34.203.254.0-34.203.254.255 54.172.60.0-54.172.61.255 34.216.110.128-34.216.110.159 168.86.128.0/18 ``` **Port 443 (WSS)** ``` global.vss.twilio.com sdkgw.us1.twilio.com voice-js.roaming.twilio.com ``` **Port 443 (TCP)** ``` chunderw-gll.twilio.com chunderw-vpc-gll.twilio.com chunderw-vpc-gll-us1.twilio.com ``` ## Follow These Setup Steps 1. **Request a Demo and Contact Sales** GoGuardian pricing is customized based on your district's enrollment, the products you need, and your contract length. To get started, contact GoGuardian sales to discuss your requirements and receive a custom quote. Visit [goguardian.com/request-a-demo](https://www.goguardian.com/request-a-demo) to connect with a sales representative. Be prepared to share: * Your district's enrollment (number of students) * Your primary device platforms (ChromeOS, Windows, macOS, or a mix) * Which products you are interested in (Admin, Teacher, Beacon, GoGuardian Hall Pass, Discover, Pear Deck Learning) * Your timeline and any existing compliance requirements (CIPA, FERPA, COPPA) 2. **Sign In to Your GoGuardian Account** Once your account is provisioned, sign in at [account.goguardian.com](https://account.goguardian.com) using your district administrator credentials. GoGuardian supports: * **Google SSO**: Sign in with your Google Workspace admin account * **Microsoft 365**: Sign in with your Microsoft 365 / Azure AD admin account After signing in, you land on the GoGuardian Admin dashboard, which is your central hub for managing filtering policies, users, and reporting. 3. **Set Up Your Organization** GoGuardian uses your existing directory structure to organize students into groups for policy targeting. * **Google Workspace districts**: GoGuardian syncs your Organizational Units (OUs) from Google Admin Console. Students inherit filtering policies based on the OU they belong to. You can also create custom groups that are independent of your OU structure. * **Microsoft 365 / Active Directory districts**: GoGuardian syncs groups from Azure AD or Active Directory for the same purpose. For Teacher and Beacon, GoGuardian supports automated roster sync via **Clever** and **ClassLink** in addition to Google Classroom. 4. **Deploy to Student Devices** Deployment method depends on the device platform. GoGuardian supports ChromeOS, Windows, macOS, and iPadOS. Contact your GoGuardian Account Manager for installation instructions. 5. **Configure Your First Filtering Policy or Classroom Session** Once devices are enrolled, configure your first policy to start protecting users or set up classrooms. Please review our Admin and Teacher support articles. GoGuardian offers **Professional Services**: a team of experts who can help your district deploy quickly and configure products to match your specific workflows and compliance requirements. Professional services are available for all GoGuardian products. Contact your sales representative to learn more. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/pear-deck/data-studio District-level reporting and MTSS planning tool that combines Pear Assessment data with attendance, risk levels, and other sources into one view. Data Studio is a district-level add-on for Pear Assessment that gives administrators and instructional leaders a holistic view of student progress. It combines assessment results with attendance data, academic risk levels, and external benchmark sources to support MTSS and RTI planning at the district, school, and student level. Data Studio is available as part of district plans. Contact Pear Deck Learning to request a demo. ## Explore What You Can Do with Data Studio Review academic performance, attendance, standards mastery, and student risk levels in a single filterable report. Narrow the scope by school, teacher, class, or demographic group. Identify students who may be at risk based on attendance and academic performance. Configure custom risk bands and track changes over time to support proactive intervention planning. See a single student's academic performance, attendance data, and risk level side by side to understand the full picture before making intervention decisions. Compare assessment results over time across schools, teachers, classes, and demographic groups. Identify whether performance is improving or declining for any segment of your district. Break down standards mastery by domain to identify where students across your district are strongest and where gaps persist. View weekly and monthly attendance data alongside academic results to surface students who may need proactive outreach before academic performance declines. Define proficiency thresholds and time frames, then track which students a goal or intervention applies to as data updates throughout the year. Measure the impact of specific programs or interventions by comparing student outcomes before and after implementation across your district. # Integrations Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/pear-deck/integrations Overview of the SSO, rostering, LMS, gradebook, and ecosystem integrations supported across all Pear Deck Learning products. Pear Deck Learning integrates with the tools your district already uses — from Google Workspace and Microsoft 365 to Clever, ClassLink, and your LMS — so setup is simple and teachers can focus on instruction, not administration. All integrations are managed through your account settings or your district admin console. Contact your account manager for help configuring district-level integrations. ## Explore Integration Categories Sign in with Google or Microsoft across all Pear Deck Learning products. No separate credentials required for teachers or students. Automatically sync class rosters via Google Classroom or ClassLink. Clever provides automatic roster sync for Pear Assessment. Edlink provides additional LMS rostering options. Push grades back to Google Classroom, Canvas, and Schoology automatically. Assign and distribute content through your existing LMS workflows. Pear Deck Learning is part of the GoGuardian family. GoGuardian Admin provides web filtering and safety coverage, and GoGuardian Beacon adds student safety alerts — all working alongside your instructional tools. ## Connect with Google Workspace Google Workspace is the most comprehensive integration across the Pear Deck Learning platform. **Sign in with Google** Teachers and students sign in using their existing Google accounts — no separate username or password required. **Import classes from Google Classroom** Pear Assessment and Pear Practice automatically import your Google Classroom rosters, so you spend no time on manual class setup. **Share assignments via Google Classroom** Distribute Pear Deck sessions, Pear Practice sets, and Pear Assessment tests directly through Google Classroom as assignments. **Push grades back to Google Classroom gradebook** Pear Assessment automatically syncs completed assessment scores back to your Google Classroom gradebook. Pear Practice also supports Google Classroom grade passback. **Works across all four Pear products** Pear Start, Pear Deck, Pear Practice, and Pear Assessment all support Google Workspace integrations. ## Connect with Microsoft 365 **Sign in with Microsoft** Teachers and students use their Microsoft 365 accounts to sign in across Pear Deck Learning products. **Class roster sync** Import class rosters from Microsoft Teams for Education to set up your classes without manual entry. ## Connect with Clever **Single sign-on** Teachers and students access Pear Deck Learning products through Clever SSO — no additional login steps required. **Automatic roster sync** Clever automatically syncs your district's rosters with Pear Assessment, keeping class lists up to date without manual intervention. **District-managed deployment** IT administrators can manage Pear Deck Learning access and provisioning centrally through the Clever district dashboard. ## Connect with ClassLink **SSO and roster management** ClassLink provides single sign-on and roster management for Pear Deck Learning products, making it easy for districts that use ClassLink as their identity and rostering hub to get teachers and students signed in quickly. Pear Start also lists ClassLink as a supported SSO provider for district plans. ## Connect with Edlink **LMS integration and grade passback** Edlink enables Pear Assessment to connect with a broader range of LMS platforms for rostering and grade passback, including Canvas and Schoology, giving districts flexibility in how they deliver and track assessments. ## Explore Content Partners Beyond platform integrations, Pear Deck Learning's Content Orchard includes ready-to-teach materials developed in partnership with organizations such as EverFi, PBS, NASA, Carnegie Learning, ReadWorks, and others — available to district plan subscribers through Pear Deck and Pear Practice. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/pear-deck/pear-assessment Standards-based assessment platform combining district-level reporting and MTSS planning with easy-to-use classroom formatives. Pear Assessment (formerly Edulastic) is a versatile assessment platform that combines the reporting capabilities and customization districts need with the simplified classroom assessments teachers use every day. Whether you are running a quick formative or administering a district-wide benchmark, Pear Assessment handles both in one place. Individual teachers can sign up for free to create and assign classroom formatives, access the item bank, and view real-time results. District plans unlock common benchmarks, centralized reporting, Data Studio, and additional features. See [peardeck.com/pricing](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing) for plan details. ## Explore What You Can Do with Pear Assessment Browse a library of over 23,000 pre-built assessments across Math, ELA, Science, and Social Studies — including released state test items and curriculum-aligned formatives — all free to use. Build your own assessments from a large bank of standards-tagged items, or write your own custom questions and tag them to the standards you are teaching. Use question formats that simulate actual state testing — including drag-and-drop, inline choice, equation editor, graphing, and more — so students are familiar with the interface before test day. Create and distribute shared assessments across classrooms, schools, or the entire district. Collect results in a centralized dashboard with consistent reporting across all groups. See student responses and scores as they submit. Use the live view to adjust instruction mid-class or identify who needs support before students leave the room. Review standards mastery at the student, class, school, or district level. Filter by demographic group, grade, or time period to identify patterns and inform instruction. Enable browser lockdowns and dynamic passwords to prevent students from navigating away during high-stakes assessments. Customize security settings to match your district's testing policy. Attach questions to a YouTube video and assign it as a quiz or homework activity. Students cannot skip ahead in the video, and their responses appear alongside other assessment data in your dashboard. Combine assessment results with attendance data, academic risk levels, and external data sources to support MTSS/RTI planning at the district, school, and student level. Access state-specific practice tests and released items for all 50 states. Help students experience the format and question types of their state assessment before the real thing. Push assessment scores directly to Google Classroom or your LMS gradebook. No manual data entry required. Use Pear Start's instant lesson package tools to generate complete assessments alongside lessons and practice sets on any topic in under a minute. Ready to build your first assessment? See [Create Your First Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/create-your-first-assessment). ## Explore Data Studio Data Studio is a district-level add-on that gives administrators and instructional leaders a holistic view of student progress. It combines Pear Assessment data with external sources to support MTSS and RTI planning. With Data Studio you can: * **View assessment data over time** — see year-over-year mastery proficiency from Pear Assessment and external benchmark tests together in one dashboard * **Access the Whole Learner Report** — review a single student's academic performance, attendance data, and risk level side by side * **Review attendance** — see weekly and monthly attendance alongside academic data to identify students who may need proactive outreach * **Set goals and interventions** — define proficiency thresholds and time frames, then track which students the goal or intervention applies to * **Use the Early Warning Report** — configure custom risk bands (high, medium, low) based on attendance, academic performance, and non-academic factors; view point-in-time data and changes over time * **Collect and review survey responses** — send Likert-scale surveys from Pear Assessment and review results in the Data Studio Survey Report * **Add observational notes** — teachers and administrators can attach private or shared notes to individual student records Data Studio is available as part of district plans. Contact Pear Deck Learning to request a demo focused on MTSS and district reporting. ## Access State Test Prep Pear Assessment includes state-specific practice tests and released items for all 50 states. To find content for your state: 1. In the item bank, filter by your state's assessment (for example, STAAR, PARCC, Smarter Balanced, or your state's released items) 2. Select from released practice tests or individual released items 3. Assign directly to students or add items to a custom assessment you are building Students complete questions using the same technology-enhanced formats they will see on the real state test, so the format is not new to them on test day. ## Review Integrations Pear Assessment connects with the tools your district already uses: * **Google Classroom** — roster sync, assignment distribution, grade passback * **Microsoft** — single sign-on via Microsoft accounts * **Clever** — automated roster provisioning * **ClassLink** — SSO and roster management * **Edlink** — LMS and SIS integrations * **LMS gradebooks** — push scores back to Canvas, Schoology, and other gradebook systems # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/pear-deck/pear-deck Interactive presentation tool that lets you deliver engaging lessons and see real-time student responses during class. Pear Deck is the teacher-favorite instructional tool for creating and delivering interactive lessons on any topic. As part of the Pear Deck Learning platform, it turns your presentations into two-way conversations: students respond to questions on their own devices while you see every answer in real time on your Teacher Dashboard. ## Explore What You Can Do with Pear Deck Add interactive question slides to any presentation. Students respond on their own devices while you control the pace from the front of the room. Access more than 1,000 ready-to-teach, Certified Math and ELA lessons for grades 2–12, plus standards-aligned content, templates, and quick-start activities. Go from a standard to a complete interactive lesson in 30 seconds using Instant Pear Decks, Pear Deck's built-in AI generation tool. See every student's response appear on your Teacher Dashboard as they submit. No waiting until the end of class to find out who is lost. Share responses with the class through the Projector View without showing which student submitted each answer. Students feel safe to take risks and share honest thinking. Create an inclusive environment for diverse learners. Pear Deck's Immersive Reader feature supports students who need text read aloud or other reading accommodations. ## Review Question Types Pear Deck supports several question types you can add to any slide: * **Text response** — students type a free-form answer * **Drawing** — students sketch or annotate directly on the slide * **Multiple choice** — students select from options you define * **Draggable** — students drag an icon to a position on the slide * **Number response** — students enter a numeric answer ## Start a Live Session 1. Sign in at [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com). Choose an existing deck, pick one from Content Orchard, or create a new one from your Google Slides or PowerPoint file. 2. Click **Start Session** to launch the session. Pear Deck generates a unique join code for the class. 3. Display the join code on your projector or share it via Google Classroom. Students join by going to [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com) or clicking the direct link. 4. As students join, their names appear in the Teacher Dashboard. When you advance to an interactive slide, students see the question on their devices and respond. 5. The Teacher Dashboard shows every student's response as it comes in. You can see at a glance who has answered and what they said. 6. Switch to Projector View to display student responses anonymously on the main screen. Use this to spark discussion without putting individual students on the spot. ## Use Instant Pear Decks Instant Pear Decks is Pear Deck's AI generation feature. Enter a standard or topic, and Pear Deck builds a complete interactive lesson — slides and question slides included — in about 30 seconds. You can review and edit every slide before delivering it to students. Use Instant Pear Decks at the start of a new unit to get a working lesson fast, then customize slides to match your specific classroom context or add your own examples. ## Review Integrations Pear Deck connects with the tools you already use: * **Google Slides** — add interactivity to existing Google Slides presentations * **PowerPoint** — use Pear Deck with PowerPoint files via the Microsoft Teams integration * **Google Classroom** — share join links and assignments directly to your class stream * **Canvas, Schoology, and other LMS platforms** — distribute sessions via LMS assignment links # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/pear-deck/pear-practice Gamified, differentiated practice tool that motivates students and supports standards mastery in Math and ELA. Pear Practice (formerly Giant Steps) is a gamified practice tool that motivates students to engage in differentiated, standards-aligned practice at their own pace. As part of the Pear Deck Learning platform, it combines collaborative classroom experiences with personalized independent practice — so every student gets the right content at the right time. ## Explore What You Can Do with Pear Practice Students progress through practice sets at their own speed and choose what to work on. Daily Remixes automatically resurface personalized content at the right cadence for each learner. Access a rich library of certified, standards-aligned Math and ELA items ready for immediate use — no item creation required. Go from a standard to a complete practice set in 30 seconds using Pear Practice's built-in AI generation tool. Students earn rewards and customize their avatars as they practice. Seasonal themes and collaborative team formats keep motivation high throughout the year. Run Pear Practice with the whole class to create a supportive community experience. The format encourages collaboration rather than competition, so every student feels included. View aggregated data across your class to quickly identify which students need more support and which standards require re-teaching. ## Set Up a Practice Set 1. Go to [practice.peardeck.com](https://practice.peardeck.com) and sign in with your school Google or Microsoft account. 2. Browse by standard, subject, or grade level to find the content that matches your current unit. 3. Choose from certified pre-built practice sets, or enter a standard and let the AI generator build a set for you in about 30 seconds. You can also upload existing materials — a photo, PDF, or website link — and convert them into a practice set. 4. Assign the practice set to your whole class, or differentiate by student group. You can also assign sets as homework for independent practice outside of class time. 5. The teacher dashboard shows you which students have completed the set, their scores, and which items they struggled with most. Use this data to guide small-group instruction or whole-class re-teaching. ## Review Data and Insights The teacher dashboard gives you a class-level view of practice results. You can see: * Which students completed the assigned practice * Individual scores and performance trends over time * Which standards or skills show the most gaps across the class Use this information to identify students who need additional support, adjust upcoming lessons, or form targeted small groups. Students also receive just-in-time feedback from the AI while they practice. When a student answers incorrectly, Pear Practice can generate an explanation of why the answer was wrong and how to approach the problem — without waiting for teacher intervention. Run a whole-class session with Pear Practice to build community at the start of a unit, then assign individual practice sets so students can continue at their own pace. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/pear-deck/pear-start AI-powered lesson planning tool that helps you create complete, differentiated lesson packages in under a minute. Pear Start is the only AI tool that helps you plan, create, customize, and deliver high-quality lesson packages all in one place. Instead of stopping at a first draft, Pear Start takes you from a topic or standard all the way to classroom-ready materials — lesson plans, interactive Pear Deck presentations, Pear Practice sets, and Pear Assessment tests — faster than ever before. **Key benefit:** Generate complete, differentiated lesson packages in under 1 minute. On average it takes about 38 seconds. ## Explore What You Can Do with Pear Start Generate a full package of customizable lessons, practice sets, and assessments on any topic, differentiated for multiple student groups, in under a minute. Create multiple versions of the same lesson package for different student groups in a single generation step. Generate a lesson plan and instantly transform it into Pear Deck presentations, Pear Practice sets, and Pear Assessment tests — all from one place. Upload your existing materials — PDFs, Google Docs, photos of worksheets — and automatically convert them into interactive lessons, practice sets, and assessments. Pear Deck Learning's AI tools are built on over a decade of privacy-centric policies, designed to be accurate, appropriate, private, and secure. Pear Start requires LLM partners to delete all data from your AI requests within 24 hours. Your content is not kept, read, or used for model training. ## Create Your First Lesson Package 1. Go to [start.peardeck.com](https://start.peardeck.com) and sign in with your school Google or Microsoft account. 2. Type in a topic, paste a standard code, or upload an existing file you want to transform. 3. Choose the grade level and specify which student groups you want to differentiate for. Pear Start generates separate versions for each group. 4. Click to generate. The full package — lesson plan, Pear Deck presentation, Pear Practice set, and Pear Assessment test — is typically ready in about 38 seconds. 5. Preview each component. Edit slides, questions, or practice items to match your classroom needs and add any accommodations or supports your students require. 6. Launch your Pear Deck presentation, assign the practice set in Pear Practice, and schedule the assessment in Pear Assessment — all without leaving the platform. ## Review Privacy and Responsible AI Practices Pear Start's zero-day retention policy means your LLM partners delete all data from your AI requests within 24 hours. None of your school content is stored beyond that window or used to train AI models. Learn more at [peardeck.com/responsible-ai-principles](https://www.peardeck.com/responsible-ai-principles). Pear Deck Learning has applied responsible AI practices for over 10 years. Pear Start is built on the same principles: tools designed to be accurate, appropriate for school use, private, and secure. School and district leaders can give teachers early access to Pear Start. If you are an administrator, contact Pear Deck Learning to request free access for your school or district. # Pear Deck Learning Help Center Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/pear-deck/welcome The starting point for setup guides, troubleshooting, and how-to articles across Pear Deck, Pear Practice, Pear Assessment, and Pear Start. Welcome to the Pear Deck Learning help center. This is your starting point for setting up products, resolving issues, and getting the most out of the platform — whether you plan lessons, run interactive sessions, assign practice, or lead assessment across a district. The fastest way to find an answer is to search. Use the search bar at the top of any page (or press Ctrl/Cmd + K) to jump straight to the article you need. If search doesn't get you there, click the chat button in the lower-right corner of the page to work with our chat bot or a live agent, or click "Open a Case with Support" in the box below to submit a new case. ## Get Help Start here. Search the top bar (Ctrl/Cmd + K) to find step-by-step articles for every product — the fastest path to an answer. Can't chat right now? Submit a case through our web form, and our support team will follow up by email. ## Explore Pear Deck Learning Pear Deck Learning consists of five products that work together as a complete system. Plan, create, and deliver full lesson packages from one place. The only AI tool that helps you go from task to teaching in minutes. Drive student-teacher interaction with interactive presentations. Create and deliver engaging lessons for any topic and give immediate feedback. Facilitate differentiated practice to help accelerate student mastery through gamified, standards-aligned learning experiences. Improve student learning using standards-based assessment tools with the reporting and customization districts need. District-level reporting and MTSS planning that combines assessment data with attendance, risk levels, and external sources to give administrators a complete picture of student progress. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin Overview of GoGuardian Admin support pages for filtering policies, DNS filtering, troubleshooting, and policy behavior. GoGuardian Admin is the district control point for web filtering. Use it to create and assign [filtering policies](/products/admin/filtering-policies), review how filtering is applied, and troubleshoot why a specific site or user is getting a specific result. **Supported platforms:** ChromeOS, Windows, macOS, iPadOS GoGuardian Admin also supports [DNS filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) use cases such as BYOD, guest, and unmanaged-device access from the same dashboard. ## Navigate GoGuardian Admin Use the side navigation to move between the main areas of GoGuardian Admin. The navigation groups related tools together and supports accessible product navigation. Some navigation items display a **New** or **Beta** badge. GoGuardian manages these informational badges. Customer administrators cannot add, remove, or edit them. GoGuardian Admin dashboard with the redesigned side navigation and New badges on AI Activity and Screen Time Learn what a filtering policy controls, where it applies, and which related tasks usually follow. Set up a new policy, assign it to the right target, and validate the result before wider rollout. Extend filtering to school-network traffic, including BYOD, guest, and unmanaged-device use cases. Create a DNS network, assign a filtering policy, and point your network at GoGuardian's resolvers. Add subnet-based rules and Agent Awareness to DNS filtering for an on-premise Windows Server network. Manage YouTube access at the website, video, channel, category, and playback-setting layers. Troubleshoot blocked-site reports by checking policy assignment, precedence, category rules, and location-based filtering. Troubleshoot DNS coverage, network context, and device behavior when filtering is missing on campus. Troubleshoot whether the video is blocked by website rules, YouTube rules, Google Admin settings, or policy precedence. Understand how Admin resolves conflicts when more than one policy can affect the same user or device. Understand how network, device, and location context change which filtering path applies. Understand how Website URLs, YouTube rules, and Google Admin settings combine to produce the final result. ## Review What GoGuardian Admin Manages * Category-based filtering rules * Site-specific allowlist and blocklist entries * Policy assignment for OUs, custom groups, and supported filtering contexts * DNS filtering for school-network traffic, including BYOD, guest, and unmanaged devices * On-campus and out-of-school filtering behavior * Network, subnet, and IP-level troubleshooting signals for DNS filtering, including [DNS Precision Filtering](/products/admin/dns-precision-filtering) for on-premise Windows Server networks * [YouTube filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering) for channels, videos, keywords, categories, and playback restrictions * Audit history and policy validation workflows Before making a broad policy change, confirm the exact target, the expected access outcome, and whether the user may be affected by more than one policy. # Review the Admin Dashboard Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/admin-dashboard Filter dashboard data, review activity cards, and export reports in GoGuardian Admin. Use the GoGuardian Admin Dashboard to get a high-level view of user activity across your organization, identify web usage trends, review recent alerts, and export activity data. ## Filter Dashboard Data By default, the dashboard displays data from the last 5 days for all organizational units (OUs). Use the dropdown menus at the top of the page to filter by OU and date range. For the date range, select a beginning and end date up to a maximum 30-day range. Filter Dashboard Data ## Review Dashboard Cards ### View Students Currently Online The Students Currently Online count shows the number of users connected to GoGuardian services at that moment. ### View Top Websites and More The Top Websites card shows the top 5 websites for users in the selected date and OU range. Use the dropdown menu to filter by the following data types: * **Videos**: top YouTube videos viewed * **Searches**: top Google searches performed * **Docs**: top Google Docs accessed * **Apps**: top Chrome Apps used * **Categories**: top website categories visited Click **View More** to open a side drawer with more than the top 5 results for the selected data type. Each View More drawer includes its own export function. Click **Export Report** to download a CSV of the currently selected data. Top Categories data is available from March 6, 2024 onward. When filtering by Categories, the date range is limited to 1-week increments. Filter Dashboard Data ### Review Activity Timeline The Activity Timeline shows browsing activity for the selected date range and OU filters. It displays the following data series: * **All Site Visits**: the number of web pages viewed * **Blocks**: the number of pages blocked by GoGuardian Admin filtering rules * **YouTube Views**: the number of YouTube videos viewed * **Educational Site Visits**: the number of visits to websites GoGuardian has categorized as Educational or Educational Games Use the dropdown on the timeline to switch the display between **Visits** and **Time (hrs)**. Filter Dashboard Data ### Check Smart Alerts The Smart Alerts card shows the most recent alerts, including the student's name and their OU. Use the three-dot (kebab) menu on any alert to view the alert details or open that student's report page. Click **View All Alerts** to open the main Smart Alerts page. Filter Dashboard Data ### Review Screen Time The **Screen Time** card summarizes total website activity for the selected date range and organizational unit. It separates activity by teacher-session context and school-hours context. Click **View Screen Time Report** to open the district Screen Time report. If the selected organization has no Screen Time activity for the date range, the card displays **No Screen Time Data**. For report definitions and student-level steps, see [Review Screen Time Activity](/products/admin/screen-time-activity). ### Access Documentation Resources The Documentation Resources card provides direct links to GoGuardian Admin help articles. By default, Filtering Best Practices articles are displayed. Use the dropdown to switch to Installation Resources for articles related to deploying GoGuardian. ## Export Dashboard Data Export a CSV of any dashboard data using one of two methods: * Click **Export Report** in the Top Websites card to export the currently selected data type (Websites, Videos, Searches, Docs, Apps, or Categories). * Click **View More** on any data type, then use the export function within the side drawer to download a CSV of the expanded result set. Filter Dashboard Data ## Resources Filter, export, and investigate browsing activity data in GoGuardian Admin. Review how filtering policies are structured and applied across your organization. Review and act on flagged activity generated by Smart Alerts and filtering rules. Set YouTube access levels and content restrictions for your organization. # Advanced Filtering Tips for GoGuardian Admin Policies Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/advanced-filtering-tips Use wildcard rules, block Google Images, and filter Google search results in GoGuardian Admin policies, with recommended keywords and cautions. This article covers advanced techniques for refining GoGuardian Admin filtering policies. ## Use Wildcard Rules You can block or allow websites and URLs with keyword rules in the form of wildcards. When added to the **Website URLs** section of a policy, a wildcard (denoted by asterisks) blocks or allows a site if the keyword appears anywhere in the URL. Every allowed or blocked website URL has an implicit wildcard at the end. Blocking or allowing `website.com` in a policy works the same as `website.com*`. Examples of how to use wildcards: 1. **Keyword blocks:** adding `*proxy` to the block list blocks any site with "proxy" in the URL. 2. **Multi-word keywords:** adding `*harry+potter` blocks any URL for these terms, where `+` represents a single space. 3. **Sub-domain blocks:** adding `*.mlb.com` to a block list keeps `mlb.com` accessible but blocks sub-domains such as `yankees.mlb.com`. 4. **Multi-word keywords with more than two wildcards:** adding `*unblocked*games` blocks searches or URLs containing both terms in order, with any characters between them. GoGuardian recommends adding these wildcards to the block list on a default policy: `*proxy`, `*search*vpn`, `*bypass`, `*unblock`, `*agar`, `*slither`, `*splix`, `*sl4sh`, `*123movie`, `*putlocker`. Be careful blocking short keywords. Many URLs contain long strings of random letters, which can cause unexpected blocks — for example, blocking `*games*` blocks educational games sites that contain "games" in the URL. If a site is unintentionally blocked by a wildcard, add an allow rule to create an exception. ## Block Google Images To fully block Google Image searches, add the wildcards `*tbm=isch` and `*udm=2` to your block list. Both strings are specific to Google Image searches. Google.com cannot be directly allowed if you want to granularly filter Google content. ## Filter Google Search Results To keyword-filter specific Google search results, add a block rule in the format `*search*term*`, where "term" is the word you want blocked. For example, `*search*snake` blocks a search for "snake" but still allows sites that contain "snake" in the URL. Google.com cannot be on the allow list if you want to keyword-filter specific Google searches. ## Apply Multiple Policies and Policy Priority You can apply multiple policies to a single OU. When both an Assigned (or locally added) policy and an Inherited policy apply to the same OU, the Assigned policy has higher priority. When you use more than one policy, GoGuardian recommends keeping school-wide Inherited policies less restrictive, then applying more restrictive or targeted policies to specific OUs. These examples show the outcome when both an Assigned and an Inherited policy apply to a user's OU: * **Example 1:** The Social Networking category is blocked in an Assigned policy, but facebook.com is an allowed website (URL rule) in an Inherited policy. Facebook.com is **blocked**. * **Example 2:** The Social Networking category is blocked in an Inherited policy, but facebook.com is an explicitly allowed website in an Assigned policy. Facebook.com is **allowed**. * **Example 3:** The Social Networking category is allowed in an Assigned policy, but blocked in an Inherited policy. Facebook.com is **blocked**. Comparing Examples 2 and 3 shows that an allowed website category does not carry the same weight as an explicitly allowed website in the Website URLs section of a policy. An allowed category simply means "not blocked" — it is not the same as an allow rule. ### Multiple policies with Restrictive Mode When an applied policy is set to Restrictive Mode, it no longer receives higher priority than an Inherited policy; both policies are weighted equally. For example, if an applied policy with Restrictive Mode enabled directly blocks amazon.com but an Inherited policy allows amazon.com, then amazon.com is **allowed**. ## Note on GoGuardian DNS GoGuardian DNS is a network-level, device-agnostic filtering solution. DNS filtering and the OU-based filtering from the GoGuardian extensions or app do not communicate: a website blocked through DNS cannot be allowed through an OU-level policy, and vice versa. To learn more, see [DNS Filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns). # Review AI Activity with Prompt Visibility Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/ai-activity-prompt-visibility Use Prompt Visibility in GoGuardian Admin to review student AI tool usage and read full conversation transcripts. Prompt visibility captures student prompts and the AI-generated responses that follow, groups them into conversation histories, and ties each one to a student, AI tool, date, and time. An administrator with access to **Advanced Config** can turn this organization-wide collection on or off with the **Detect AI Activity** setting. Prompt visibility focuses on text-based prompts and responses. Images, audio, files, and other non-text content are not captured. Note the following limitations: * **Prompt visibility does not block prompts.** Prompt visibility focuses on visibility, reporting, and investigation. It assigns an interaction type to help you prioritize review, but it does not block a prompt, redirect a student, or prevent an AI platform from responding. * **Prompt visibility does not capture native AI apps.** Prompt visibility captures supported AI platforms accessed through a browser. Interactions inside native mobile or desktop AI applications are not captured at this time. ## Configure AI Activity Detection The **Detect AI Activity** setting controls whether GoGuardian captures prompt and response content for Prompt Visibility across your organization. The setting is on by default. Access to this setting is controlled by the **Advanced Config** permission in Org Management. Access to the **Activity** page does not control whether an administrator can change the setting. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Advanced Config**. 2. Find **Detect AI Activity**. 3. Turn the setting on to capture supported AI conversations, or turn it off to stop capturing new prompt and response content. 4. Verify the result: The setting remains in the selected state after you refresh the page. Allow time for the updated setting to reach student devices. Turning off **Detect AI Activity** stops new conversation content from appearing in AI Conversation Details and the student **AI Conversations** tab after the setting reaches student devices. Standard webpage visits to AI tools can still appear in Browsing Activity because that report records browser activity separately. ## Review Supported Data and Tools Prompt visibility adds two layers of visibility into AI that GoGuardian Admin did not have before: * District-level utilization metrics * Full content of individual AI conversations ### AI Tool Utilization Metrics The AI Activity page opens on a row of summary cards that describe AI use across the organizational units and date range you select. An organizational unit selector and a date range picker at the top of the page control the scope of every card and the table below. The cards include: * **Total Interactions**: the volume of captured prompts and responses, with the change from the previous period * **Top AI Tool**: the most-used AI platform and its share of all interactions * **Active Students**: how many students used a supported AI tool in the selected range * **Top OU**: the organizational unit with the most AI activity * **Top Classroom**: the classroom with the most AI activity * **Top User**: the student with the most AI activity Use these cards to see which tools, organizational units, and classrooms drive the most AI use before you drill into individual interactions. GoGuardian Admin AI Activity page showing the utilization summary cards for Total Interactions, Top AI Tool, Active Students, Top OU, and Top Classroom above the interactions table ### Supported AI Platforms Prompt visibility supports these browser-based platforms: * ChatGPT * Claude * Google AI Mode * Google Gemini * Google Search * Microsoft Copilot * Gemini Notebook ### Data Captured Per Interaction For each supported interaction, prompt visibility may capture: * The text of a student's prompt * The text of the AI-generated response * The AI platform used * The student associated with the interaction * The date and time of the interaction * The OU information needed to associate the interaction with the correct student * A conversation identifier used to group related prompts and responses ## Navigate the AI Activity Table Below the summary cards, the AI Activity table lists individual interactions. By default it shows these columns: | Column | What It Shows | | ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Users | The student's name and email | | OU | The student's organizational unit | | Interaction Type | How the interaction is classified, which you can use to prioritize review (filterable) | | AI Tool | The AI platform used (filterable) | | Interaction Count | The number of prompts and responses in the interaction (sortable) | | Time Spent | How long the interaction lasted (sortable) | | Date and Time | When the interaction occurred (sortable) | Additional columns are hidden by default and can be shown, and the results-per-page control sets how many rows appear at once. The **Interaction Type** column uses **Concerning**, **Appropriate**, and **Needs Context**. Hover over the column heading or a label in GoGuardian Admin to see its definition. Use these labels to prioritize review, then read the full transcript and follow your district's review process. To learn how the AI model assigns these labels, see [Understand AI Activity Classifications](/products/admin/understand-ai-activity-classifications). ### Filter the Table Use the controls above and within the table to narrow the list to the interactions you want to review. 1. Go to **Reporting** > **AI Activity** in GoGuardian Admin. 2. Set the **date range** and **organizational unit** at the top of the page to scope the data. 3. To find a specific student, enter a name or email in **Search by User name or email**. 4. Click **Search**. 5. To filter by classification or platform, select the filter icon on the **Interaction Type** or **AI Tool** column header. 6. Sort the results by selecting a sortable column header, such as **Interaction Count**, **Time Spent**, or **Date and Time**. ### Open a Conversation Open the AI Conversation Details drawer to read a single interaction in full. 1. In the AI Activity table, find the interaction's row. 2. Click on the row's kebab menu. 3. Choose **View Details** to open the AI Conversation Details drawer. To jump to the student's full activity report instead, choose **View User Report**. 4. Review the AI Conversation Details to see the student's interaction with the AI tool. ## Analyze the AI Conversation Details Drawer The AI Conversation Details drawer is where you read a single student's conversation with an AI tool in full. It opens on the right side of the page and is organized into user and interaction details, an AI-generated summary, and the conversation transcript. AI Conversation Details drawer showing user and interaction details, an AI-generated Interaction Summary, and the conversation transcript ### User and Interaction Details The left side of the drawer shows the context for the conversation so you can confirm you are reviewing the correct student and interaction before you act: | Field | What It Shows | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | User | The student's name and email, with a link to the user report | | OU | The student's organizational unit | | Interaction Type | How the interaction is classified | | AI Tool | The AI platform used | | Interaction Count | The number of prompts and responses in the interaction | | Time Spent | How long the interaction lasted | | Date and Time | When the interaction occurred | | Interaction ID | A unique identifier for the interaction, which you can copy for reference | ### Interaction Summary The Interaction Summary gives you a short overview of the conversation so you can prioritize which interactions need a closer look without reading every exchange in full. You can hide the summary if you prefer to read the transcript on its own. The Interaction Summary is generated by AI and can make mistakes. Read the full conversation transcript before you act on a summary, and follow your district's review and escalation process for any conversation that indicates a student may be at risk. ### Conversation Transcript The conversation transcript shows the exchange itself. Each student prompt appears with the AI response that followed, in the order the exchange occurred, along with the student's name and a timestamp, so you can read the full context rather than an isolated prompt. ## Export AI Activity Data You can export AI activity to keep a record or to review it outside GoGuardian Admin. Two export options are available: * **Export the filtered table.** Set the date range, organizational unit, and any column filters, then click **Export** in the top-right of the AI Activity page. The export reflects your filtered view. * **Export a single conversation.** Open the AI Conversation Details drawer for an interaction, then click **Export** in the drawer. ## FAQ **Can prompt visibility capture Google's AI Mode?** Prompt visibility can capture AI Mode when content sharing via AI Mode is blocked in Google Admin console. You can set this up by visiting the [Google AI Mode content sharing setting](https://admin.google.com/u/1/ac/chrome/settings/user/details/search_content_sharing_settings_setting_group?journey=218\&ac_ouid=03ph8a2z1bsxk8w) and changing the configuration to "Do not allow sharing page and file content with Google AI Mode." Google Admin console Chrome settings page for the Google AI Mode content sharing setting, configured to "Do not allow sharing page and file content with Google AI Mode" **Can prompt visibility block concerning prompts?** No. Prompt visibility focuses on visibility, reporting, and investigation. It assigns an interaction type to help you prioritize review, but it does not block or redirect activity. **Does prompt visibility capture activity from native AI apps?** No. Prompt visibility captures supported AI platforms accessed through a browser. Native mobile and desktop AI applications are not captured at this time. **Why don't I see any Google AI Mode conversations?** Google AI Mode conversations are only captured when the SearchContentSharingSettings Chrome policy is set to 1 in the Google Admin Console. See "Enable Google AI Mode Capture in the Google Admin Console" above. **Does prompt visibility capture images, audio, or files?** No. Prompt visibility captures text-based prompts and responses, but it does not capture images, audio, files, or other non-text content. # Review the Admin Audit Log Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/audit-log Use the GoGuardian Admin Audit Log to view and filter a history of changes made to policies, configuration settings, custom groups, and Exported Reports. Use the Audit Log to view a history of changes made to filtering policies, global configuration settings, custom groups, and Exported Reports in GoGuardian Admin. To open the Audit Log, navigate to **Reporting** > **Audit Log** in GoGuardian Admin. By default, the Audit Log displays results in reverse chronological order (most recent changes first). ## Filter Audit Log Results Use the filter icons on the Audit Log table to narrow results by location or action type. Both filters can be applied together for more specific results. **Filter by location**: Select the funnel icon on the right side of the **Location** column to filter results by the specific GoGuardian Admin feature where the change was made. **Filter by action**: Select the funnel icon to the left of the **Target** column to filter results by action type, the kind of change that was made. After selecting a location or action, check the box for the item you want and select **Apply** to see the filtered results. The search bar supports searches for **Policies** and **Custom Groups** data only. Select and apply the Policies or Groups location filter before using the search tool. image.png image.png ## Resources View student-level web activity by date range, content type, and result. Review custom group settings. Changes to groups appear in the Audit Log. # Use Auto-Format Domains for Website URL Rules Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/auto-format-domains Reference for the Auto-Format Domains toggle, which scopes hostname rules in the Website URLs section of a GoGuardian Admin policy to an exact domain boundary. Auto-Format Domains automatically adds a trailing slash (`/`) to the end of a rule in the Website URLs section of a GoGuardian Admin policy, allowing IT administrators to target top-level domains (TLDs), such as `*.edu`, while preventing users from accessing lookalike domains. Auto-Format Domains is enabled by default and applies only to rules you add going forward. ## Review How Auto-Format Domains Works A website URL rule is made up of a scheme, a subdomain, a domain, a top-level domain (TLD), a path, and query parameters. GoGuardian removes the scheme and the `www` subdomain before matching a rule against a URL, and it applies a trailing slash when Auto-Format Domains is enabled. Without a trailing slash, a rule matches any address that starts with it, including lookalike domains that only resemble the one you intended. `google.com` also matches `google.com.evil-site.net` because the rule has no boundary that marks where the intended domain ends. | Rule Type | Rule | URL | Result | | --------- | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------- | ----------------------- | | Allow | `google.com/` | `google.com` | Allowed | | Allow | `google.com/` | `google.com.evil-site.net` | Not allowed | | Allow | `google.com` (Auto-Format Domains off) | `google.com.evil-site.net` | Allowed unintentionally | | Block | `google.com/` | `google.com` | Blocked | ## Scope Rules to an Exact Top-Level Domain To block or allow every website under a specific top-level domain, such as every `.edu` site, put a wildcard before the TLD. Auto-Format Domains adds the trailing slash for you, so `*.edu` becomes `*.edu/`. | Rule | URL | Result | | -------- | ------------------------ | -------------- | | `*.edu/` | `schoolname.edu` | Matches | | `*.edu/` | `learningisfun.edu/math` | Matches | | `*.edu/` | `google.com/.edu/page` | Does not match | | `*.tk/` | `websitename.tk` | Matches | Without the trailing slash, a rule like `*.co` also matches `.com` domains, because the match has no end boundary. Scoping the rule with a trailing slash is what limits it to the intended TLD. ## Know When Auto-Format Domains Does Not Apply Auto-Format Domains only reformats a rule that names a host and nothing more specific. It leaves the following rule types unchanged, because they already target something more specific than a bare domain: * **Rules with a path already**, such as `docs.google.com/document`. * **Rules with a trailing wildcard**, such as `google.com*`. * **Keyword and substring patterns**, such as `*proxy` or `*games*`, which search for text anywhere in a URL rather than matching a domain. Auto-Format Domains applies only to rules entered directly in the Website URLs field. It does not reformat rules added through a CSV upload. ## Turn Auto-Format Domains On or Off Auto-Format Domains is on by default. To change it for a policy: 1. In [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/policies), navigate to **Policies**. 2. Click the name of the policy you want to update. 3. Open the **Website URLs** tab. 4. Turn **Auto-Format Domains** on or off, next to the **Website URL or Wildcard** field. With Auto-Format Domains off, a rule like `example.com` matches any address that starts with that text, including unrelated domains such as `example.com.evil-site.net`. Turn Auto-Format Domains back on, or add a trailing slash to the rule yourself, to limit it to the intended domain. ## Resources Reference for wildcard syntax elsewhere in a Website URL rule. Add Website URL rules to a filtering policy. # Allow and Block Websites Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites Add website URL rules to a filtering policy to block or allow sites, paths, subdomains, top-level domains, and search terms, and close common bypass routes in GoGuardian Admin. Website URL rules let you directly control access to specific sites, paths, subdomains, and top-level domains (TLDs) within a filtering policy. Rules are managed in the **Website URLs** section of any policy in [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/policies). Choose the method that matches the change: * Use the policy editor below to add rules to 1 policy. * Use [Quick Editor](/products/admin/use-quick-editor) to add the same rules to 1 or more policies. * Use a CSV import to add a large set of rules to 1 policy. ## Understand URL Rule Basics Before adding rules, review how GoGuardian Admin interprets URL entries. **No protocol or prefix needed.** Enter a domain in plain format: `youtube.com`, not `https://www.youtube.com`. The `www` prefix and the `http://` or `https://` scheme are not required and should be omitted. **A trailing slash scopes a rule to an exact domain.** GoGuardian Admin adds a trailing slash to a domain-only rule automatically when Auto-Format Domains is on, which is the default. `youtube.com/` matches `youtube.com` and its paths, but not a lookalike domain such as `youtube.com.evil-site.net`. See [Use Auto-Format Domains for Website URL Rules](/products/admin/auto-format-domains) for the full behavior and how to turn it off. **Paths are included, but subdomains are not.** A rule for `google.com` also covers `google.com/search`, `google.com/maps`, and any other path under that domain. It does not cover `shopping.google.com` or `mail.google.com`. Those subdomains must be added as separate rules. **Subdomains require their own rules.** To block or allow a subdomain, add it directly: `sites.google.com`, `help.goguardian.com`. **Top-level domains are supported.** To block or allow every website that uses a specific top-level domain (TLD), add a TLD wildcard rule, such as `*.edu`. Auto-Format Domains automatically scopes the rule to the exact TLD by adding a trailing slash (`*.edu/`), so the rule doesn't also match unrelated domains that merely contain `.edu`. Review the match preview before saving a TLD rule because it can affect many websites. **Allow rules override block rules at the same URL.** If a URL is blocked by a rule or a category, adding an allow rule for a specific path creates an exception. For example, if `youtube.com` is blocked, adding `youtube.com/kids` as an allow rule permits access to that path while keeping the rest of the domain blocked. All URL rules have an implicit wildcard at the end. Blocking `website.com` is equivalent to blocking `website.com*`, which means the rule also covers all paths and query strings under that domain. To restrict a rule to an exact URL, use a wildcard pattern that does not extend past the intended endpoint. ## Add a Website URL Rule 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Policies**, then open the policy you want to edit. 2. In the policy, select the **Website URLs** section. 3. Enter the domain, subdomain, top-level domain, or path you want to filter, for example, `instagram.com`, `sites.google.com`, or `*.edu`. 4. Choose **Block** to prevent access or **Allow** to permit it. 5. Click **Save** to add the rule to the policy. 6. The new rule appears in the **Website URLs** list. The rule takes effect immediately for all users assigned to that policy. Wildcard rules use asterisks to match patterns across multiple URLs, for example, `*.mlb.com` to block all team subdomains. For full wildcard syntax and examples, see [Use Wildcard Rules in Policies](/products/admin/filtering-with-wildcards). ## Filter Search Results To block search results for a specific term on Google or YouTube, add a block rule using this pattern: ```text theme={null} *search*term ``` Replace `term` with the keyword you want to filter. For example, `*search*guns` blocks searches for that term across both Google and YouTube. Avoid search terms of 3 to 4 characters. Short terms produce unintended matches because the pattern `*search*term` matches any URL containing that string anywhere after the search parameter. For example, `*search*tit` would match URLs containing "title," "subtitle," and similar words. `google.com` is not blocked by GoGuardian Admin's category filtering, so you do not need to add it as an allow rule in most policies. Adding `google.com` as an allow rule is appropriate only when the policy uses Restrictive Mode, where all sites are blocked by default and specific domains must be explicitly allowed. In any other policy, adding a direct allow for `google.com` disables search filtering, including `*search*term` rules and Google Images blocks. ## Block Google Images To block Google Image searches without blocking all of Google, add both of the following as block rules in the **Website URLs** section: ```text theme={null} *udm=2 *tmb=isch ``` One of these two strings appears in every Google Images request. Adding both rules ensures complete coverage. ## Block Categories of Websites GoGuardian has categorized millions of websites and adds hundreds of new sites daily. In the **Website Categories** section of a policy, you can block a category or sub-category to block the thousands of websites that belong to it, without adding each URL by hand. An allowed **Website URL** rule creates an exception to a category block. If a site is blocked by its category, add an allow rule for that site to permit it. For example, `instagram.com` belongs to two categories, Social Networking and Photography. If your organization blocks the Social Networking category but wants to allow Instagram, add `instagram.com` as an allowed Website URL rule. The allow rule creates an exception and permits Instagram despite its blocked category. To block any site that GoGuardian has not yet categorized, such as new proxy, gaming, or inappropriate sites, block the **Uncategorized** category. For setup steps and permission requirements, see [Block Uncategorized Websites](/products/admin/block-uncategorized-websites). ## Understand Policy Priority When two or more policies apply to a user's org unit, the policy type affects the filtering outcome: * **Assigned (locally applied) policies outrank Inherited policies.** This is the one exception to the rule that an allow rule always beats a block rule. If an Assigned policy blocks a site that an Inherited policy allows, the site is blocked. * **Same-type policies fall back to allow-beats-block.** When two Assigned policies or two Inherited policies are in effect, an allow rule supersedes a conflicting block rule. If you apply more than one policy per org unit, keep Inherited policies less restrictive and make Assigned policies more targeted to the org units they cover. For the full precedence model, including the Restrictive Mode exception, see [How Filtering Rules Interact](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact). If a policy appears greyed out, your account does not have org unit access to the org unit the policy is assigned to. A GoGuardian Super User can adjust account permissions and OU access. ## Import Rules via CSV To add a large number of URL rules at once, import a CSV file directly into the policy. 1. In the policy, click the **3-dot menu** in the top-right corner. 2. Select **Import CSV of URLs** from the menu. 3. Select a CSV file or drag and drop it into the upload area. To download a CSV template or review formatting requirements, click the **Need help?** dropdown. 4. After the import completes, the imported rules appear in the **Website URLs** list. Review the list to confirm all rules were added correctly. **CSV requirements:** * Two required columns: `action` and `url` * Use `block` or `allow` in the `action` column * The optional `type` column is required when importing YouTube video rules. Without it, every entry is treated as a website URL rule and YouTube video-specific entries will not behave as intended. * Maximum file size: 3 MB * Maximum URL length: 255 characters per entry * Maximum rules per import: 10,000 URL format in the CSV follows the same rules as manual entry — `google.com` and `http://www.google.com` are treated the same. Understand URL Rule Basics Understand URL Rule Basics A CSV file demonstrating the 'Action' and 'URL' column headers which are required for Policy, CSV uploads ## Close Bypass Routes in GoGuardian Admin Students who want to work around policy-based filtering often rely on a small set of browser modes and account types. The settings below close the most common bypass routes. Some live in GoGuardian Admin; others live in Google Admin Console (covered in the next section). Apply them together to give your filtering policies the best chance of holding. ### Block Consumer Google Accounts This setting locks each device to the Google account used during initial device sign-in, typically the student's school email. When enabled, it blocks: * Adding new accounts at `accounts.google.com` * Signing out of Google * Switching between Google accounts * Signing out of YouTube * Switching between YouTube accounts This is a global setting. It applies to all users who have GoGuardian installed and only affects access to Google Apps accounts. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Advanced Config**. 2. Find the **Block Consumer Google Accounts** toggle. Turn it on. The toggle turns green when the setting is active. 3. Verify the result: The toggle displays green. Students on devices with GoGuardian installed can no longer sign into or switch to personal Gmail accounts. ### Restrict YouTube Live Chat YouTube Live Chat allows real-time interaction on live streams that falls outside standard YouTube content filtering. This setting disables Live Chat within YouTube for users in the policy you select. The Block Live Chat toggle is disabled by default. You must enable it for each policy where you want to restrict Live Chat. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Configuration** > **My Policies**, then select the policy you want to update. 2. Within the policy, select **YouTube**. 3. Turn on the **Block Live Chat** toggle. 4. Verify the result: The toggle is on. Users assigned to this policy can no longer participate in or view YouTube Live Chat. Configure GoGuardian Admin Restrictions ## Close Bypass Routes in Google Admin Console These settings require Google Workspace administrator access and are configured in Google Admin Console, not in GoGuardian Admin. ### Disable Guest Mode Guest Mode allows users to browse without signing in to a Google account. Because GoGuardian extensions do not run in Guest Mode, filtering is inactive for any student browsing in that session. 1. In Google Admin Console, go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Device**. 2. Select **Sign-in Settings**. 3. Under **Guest mode**, select **Disable guest mode**. 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: Guest mode is no longer available on managed Chrome devices. Students must sign in with a recognized account before browsing. Google Admin Console page highlighting the steps to get to the Device Settings page. Device > Chrome > Settings > Device ### Turn Off Incognito Mode GoGuardian browser extensions do not load in Incognito mode, which means GoGuardian Admin does not filter an Incognito browser session. Disabling Incognito mode through Google Admin Console prevents students from opening a session that bypasses filtering entirely. 1. In Google Admin Console, go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Users & browsers**. 2. Under **Security**, find the **Incognito mode** setting. 3. Select **Disallow incognito mode**. 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: The Incognito option is no longer available to users on managed devices. New Chrome windows open in standard mode only. ### Prevent Access to Developer Tools Chrome Developer Tools can be used to interfere with GoGuardian Admin filtering. Blocking access to Developer Tools removes a technical bypass route that more technically adept students may attempt. 1. In Google Admin Console, go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Users & browsers**. 2. Under **User Experience**, find the **Developer Tools** setting. 3. Select **Never allow use of built-in developer tools**. Google Admin Console dashboard highlighting the Developer Tools setting 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: Developer Tools are disabled for users on managed devices. Keyboard shortcuts and menu options that open Developer Tools are no longer functional. ### Restrict Device Sign-In to School Accounts Students who sign in to a school Chrome device with a personal Google account bypass the filtering and policies applied to student accounts. Restricting device sign-in to approved accounts ensures GoGuardian Admin policies apply to everyone who uses the device. 1. In Google Admin Console, go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Device**. 2. Select an OU containing student accounts. 3. Using the **Restrict sign-in** dropdown, select **Restrict sign-in to list of users**. In the text field, enter your school's domain using a wildcard, for example, `*@yourschool.edu`. Add multiple domains or subdomains as needed, separated by commas. 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: Students can no longer sign into school Chrome devices with accounts outside the approved domain list. The Sign in Restriction Google Admin Console setting being set to "Restrict Sign in to a list of users" and the… The "Save" button being demonstrated while on Google Admin Console ## Resources Block or allow URLs by pattern using asterisk wildcards. Scope a domain-only rule to an exact domain boundary and prevent lookalike matches. Set up a new policy and apply it to an org unit or custom group. Set up filtering rules specifically for YouTube content and categories. See how GoGuardian Admin applies filtering across different network environments. # Block Google Doodle Games Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/block-google-doodle Reduce student access to Google Doodle games in GoGuardian Admin with URL and keyword rules, including why direct blocking isn't possible and the workarounds. Google Doodle games load directly within the Google Search page, not from a separate domain. Because GoGuardian Admin filters by URL, blocking Doodle games without also blocking Google requires pattern-based workarounds with known limitations. This article covers GoGuardian Admin filtering only. GoGuardian Teacher users should be aware that Scene filters cannot block Doodle games without blocking Google entirely. Teacher users should contact their IT department or Google Workspace administrator for platform-level restrictions. ## Understand Why Standard Blocking Does Not Work Google Doodle games (including the Snake game) run as embedded content inside `google.com` and `google.com/search`. They are not served from a separate subdomain or path that GoGuardian Admin can target independently. Adding a block rule for `doodles.google.com` blocks the dedicated Google Doodle archive page. It does not prevent students from playing games that appear inline on the main Google Search results page. To block all Doodle games completely, you would need to block `google.com` or `google.com/search` entirely. If students need access to Google for schoolwork, that approach is not practical. Neither Google Chrome nor Google Admin Console currently offers a native setting to disable Google Doodle games. GoGuardian Admin cannot fill that gap directly. The options below reduce access but do not guarantee full prevention. Understand Why Standard Blocking Does Not Work Understand Why Standard Blocking Does Not Work ## Apply URL and Keyword Filtering Rules The Website URLs section of a filtering policy accepts wildcard patterns that target specific URLs and search queries. The rules below address Doodle games with different levels of scope and tradeoff. Add them individually or in combination based on what your environment requires. For keyword filtering rules to work, `google.com` and `google.com/search` must not be added as explicit allow rules in the same policy. An explicit allow rule for those domains overrides keyword filtering. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Policies**, then open the policy you want to update. 2. Select **Website URLs** within the policy editor. 3. Enter the following pattern in the block list to block the dedicated Google Doodle archive page: ``` *doodles.google ``` This rule blocks the Google Doodle archive at `doodles.google.com` but does not block Doodle games that appear inline during a Google Search. 4. To block search queries that directly lead to Doodle games, add one or more of the following patterns to the block list: ``` *search*doodle ``` This blocks Google Search results for "doodle." Students who search for Doodle games will see a block page instead of results. To block any URL containing the word "doodle" (including the Doodle archive and any doodle-related subpaths), add: ``` *doodle ``` This is a broader pattern. It blocks any URL where "doodle" appears anywhere in the address, which covers more Doodle entry points than the archive-specific rule alone. To block searches for "games" across Google Search, add: ``` *search*games ``` This blocks Google Search queries containing "games," which reduces access to Doodle games reached through general game searches. Be aware that this also blocks other game-related searches that may be unrelated to Doodle. To also block searches for the Snake game specifically, add: ``` *search*snake+game ``` The pattern `*search*snake` (without `+game`) blocks all searches containing the word "snake," including biology-related searches. Use `*search*snake+game` to limit the block to the game context. 5. Click **Save** after adding all rules. 6. Verify the result: The new patterns appear in the block list. Students covered by this policy see a block page when navigating to `doodles.google.com` or when running a Google Search for the blocked terms. Apply URL and Keyword Filtering Rules ## Understand the Limitations These rules reduce access but do not fully prevent students from reaching Google Doodle games. **Keyword bypass through misspelling.** Wildcard filtering matches exact character strings. A student who searches for "sneke game" or "g00gle doodle" bypasses any rule that targets the correctly spelled term. You can add new block patterns as new bypass spellings are identified. **Inline Doodle games on Google Search.** When Google features a Doodle game on its search homepage, the game is accessible without a search query. No keyword filtering rule can block content that appears at `google.com` without blocking Google itself. **Rules do not apply retroactively.** Filtering rules apply at the time a request is made. A student who has a game already loaded in their browser before the rule is saved is not affected until the next page load. If complete prevention of Google Doodle games is required, contact Google Workspace support to explore whether Google Admin Console policies can disable Doodle content at the platform level. ## Resources Add URL rules to a filtering policy to block or allow specific sites, paths, and subdomains. Reference for wildcard syntax in the Website URLs section of GoGuardian Admin policies. # Block Live Chat in YouTube Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/block-live-chat-in-youtube Turn on the Block Live Chat toggle in a policy's YouTube section to disable YouTube live chat for all users filtered by that policy. To block live chat on YouTube, turn on the **Block Live Chat** toggle in the **YouTube** section of a policy. This blocks live chat on YouTube for all users filtered by that policy. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Configuration** → **My Policies** and open a policy. 2. Select the **YouTube** section. 3. Turn on **Block Live Chat**. This toggle is disabled by default. GoGuardian Admin YouTube policy section showing the Block Live Chat toggle turned on # Block Multiple Google Account Sign-Ins Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/block-multiple-google-account-sign-ins Prevent students from signing in to multiple Google accounts at once with Multiple Sign-in Access and secondary account restrictions in Google Admin Console. GoGuardian Admin applies filtering and safety settings to each student's managed school account. When a student signs in to a second Google account on the same device, they can move activity outside those managed-account protections. Two settings in Google Admin Console close this bypass route: Multiple Sign-in Access and Sign-in to secondary accounts. These are Google Admin Console settings, not GoGuardian Admin settings. You need a Google Workspace administrator account to configure them. For GoGuardian Admin bypass-prevention settings and the full list of common bypass routes, see [Allow and Block Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites). ## Block Multiple Sign-In Access and Secondary Accounts Both settings below live on the same Google Admin Console page. Apply them together so students cannot add or switch to a second account. 1. Sign in to **admin.google.com** with a Google Workspace administrator account. 2. Go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings**. 3. In the **Users & browsers** settings section, select the organizational unit (OU) you want to configure. To apply the settings to every account, select the top-level OU. 4. Find the **Multiple Sign-in Access** setting. Using the dropdown, select **Block multiple sign-in access for users in this organization**. 5. Find the **Sign-in to secondary accounts** setting. Using the dropdown, select **Block users from signing in to or out of secondary Google Accounts**. The **Sign-in to secondary accounts** setting appears in Google Admin Console's legacy view. 6. Click **Save** at the top of the page. Google Admin Console's User & browser settings page enabling sign-in restriction settings. 7. Verify the result: Both settings display the blocked options you selected for the chosen OU. Students in that OU can no longer add a second Google account or switch between accounts on a managed device. ## Apply the Settings to Specific Organizational Units You do not have to apply these restrictions to every account. Both settings can target all accounts or a specific OU, so you can tailor multiple sign-in access to your organization's needs. * Apply the settings to OUs that contain student accounts, where a second account creates a bypass route. * Skip the settings for OUs that contain staff accounts, where teachers and administrators may need to sign in to more than one Google account. * Move any student who needs access to additional Google accounts into an OU that does not have these settings in place. ## FAQ **Do these settings apply to staff and teacher accounts?** Only if you apply them to an OU that contains those accounts. Configure the settings on student OUs and leave staff OUs unchanged so teachers and administrators keep access to multiple accounts. **Is this the same as blocking consumer Google accounts?** No. Blocking consumer Google accounts is a GoGuardian Admin setting that locks a device to the account used at initial sign-in. Multiple Sign-in Access and Sign-in to secondary accounts are Google Admin Console settings that prevent adding or switching to a second account. See [Allow and Block Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites) for the GoGuardian Admin setting. ## Resources Close the most common filtering bypass routes across GoGuardian Admin and Google Admin Console. Authorize GoGuardian's OAuth access to Google Workspace for SSO, OU sync, and Classroom. # Understand Block Pages Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/block-pages Identify which GoGuardian product or feature produced a block page and decide whether action is needed. When a block page appears on a student device, the page design tells you exactly which GoGuardian product or feature is responsible. Use this article to identify the source quickly and decide whether action is needed. ## Identify the Block Source Each block page has a distinct visual signature. Match what you see on screen to the descriptions below. ### Recognize an Admin Filtering Policy Block The GoGuardian Admin filtering policy block page uses an accessible design and displays the name of the organization managing the student's browsing experience. The page also gives the student context about why the site was blocked. The **Bypass** option remains available when your organization has configured it. To remove it from the block page, see [Customize the GoGuardian Admin Block Page](/products/admin/customize-the-block-page#remove-the-bypass-button). * **To allow temporary access:** The student clicks **Bypass** and enters a valid bypass password. Configure and manage bypass passwords on the [Bypass page](https://goguardian.com/account/blacklist/bypass). See [Configure Bypass Passwords](/products/admin/configure-bypass-passwords). * **To adjust the policy:** Go to **Filtering** > **Policies** and update the policy assigned to the student. See [Create a Filtering Policy](/products/admin/create-a-filtering-policy). * **To assign a policy to a student group:** Go to **Filtering** > **Assign** and update the assignment. GoGuardian Admin filtering policy block page telling a student that the school blocked the page and attempts are logged ### Recognize a Smart Alerts Block A Smart Alerts block page displays a custom trigger message configured for your organization. It fires when a student's browsing activity matches a trigger rule in GoGuardian Beacon. * **To review or update trigger rules:** Go to the [Triggers page](https://smart-alerts.goguardian.com/triggers) in Smart Alerts. GoGuardian logo and a text box being displayed for a webpage blocked by Smart Alerts ### Spot a Parent App Filter Block A Parent App block page appears when a guardian has applied out-of-school-hours filtering through the GoGuardian parent app. This block is set by the student's guardian, not by your organization's policies, and applies only during the hours the guardian has configured. No admin action is required unless a guardian contacts the school about the block. Identify the Block Source ### Spot a Browsing Disabled by Teacher Block The "Browsing Disabled by Teacher" block page appears when a GoGuardian Teacher session is active and a teacher has used the **Lock Screen** command to pause browsing. * **To restore access:** Any teacher with an active session can issue the **Unlock Screen** command from GoGuardian Teacher. This block is temporary and tied to the active teacher session. It does not reflect a policy change in GoGuardian Admin. Joining a new GoGuardian Teacher session before a previous session ends does not by itself release the lock. Any teacher whose session currently includes the student, including a teacher other than the one who issued Lock Screen, can clear it with the Unlock Screen command. See [Unlock a Student's Device](/products/teacher/faq-unlock-student) if the lock does not clear. 'Browsing disabled' page showing GoGuardian's mascot, Wally sleeping ### Identify a Scene Filter Block A scene filter block displays a "Hey there" page. It appears when a GoGuardian Teacher scene is active and the scene's filtering settings restrict the current site. * **To restore access:** The teacher ends the scene or applies a scene that permits the site. Scene filtering is controlled entirely within GoGuardian Teacher sessions and does not reflect your Admin filtering policies. Image shows what the GoGuardian Scene block page looks like from a student perspective. ### Identify a GoGuardian DNS Block The GoGuardian DNS block page appears when network-level DNS filtering has blocked the request. This page does not display a **Bypass** button. **HTTPS variant:** On HTTPS sites, a DNS block may display "Your connection is not private" along with a certificate from `blocked.com-default.ws`. This is expected behavior, not a certificate error on the destination site. Organizations using both GoGuardian DNS filtering and The GoGuardian App v1.17.4 or later see the standard DNS block page for HTTPS requests. Earlier versions of The GoGuardian App may show the certificate warning instead. See [Review DNS Filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) for configuration guidance. 'Restricted' GoGuardian DNS block page with a padlock that has the GoGuardian symbol ### Spot a YouTube Block from Admin Policies When a GoGuardian Admin filtering policy blocks a YouTube video, the video appears blurred with the message: "This video is blocked because it belongs to category \[category name]." * **To adjust video access:** Update the YouTube rules in the filtering policy assigned to the student. See [Configure YouTube Filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering). Blurred YouTube video with a GoGuardian logo that reads ’this video is blocked because it belongs to category “Sports" ### Recognize a YouTube Block from Google Admin Console When Google Admin Console Restricted Mode is blocking a YouTube video, the page displays "Video Unavailable," not a GoGuardian block page. To adjust this setting in Google Admin Console: 1. Go to **Device Settings** > **Chrome Management** > **User Settings**. 2. Find the **Safe Search and Restricted Mode** section. 3. Update the Restricted Mode setting as needed for your organization. "Video Unavailable" page with an exclamation mark inside a circle due to a Google Admin Console YouTube filter Google Admin Console's 'SafeSearch' drop down menu options ### Recognize a Site Block from Google Admin Console When Google Admin Console URL blocking is responsible, the browser displays `ERR_BLOCKED_BY_ADMINISTRATOR`, not a GoGuardian block page. To adjust this setting in Google Admin Console: 1. Go to **Device Settings** > **Chrome Management** > **User Settings**. 2. Find the **URL Blocking** section. 3. Review and update the URL blocking list as needed. The URL Blocking setting applies per organizational unit (OU). Check the setting for each OU and sub-OU individually. A change at the top-level OU does not automatically propagate to all child OUs. "ERRBLOCKEDBYADMINISTRATOR" message for website blocked by Google Admin Console policy URL Blocking setting in Google Admin Console with a text box to input blocked website rules ## Customize the Admin Policy Block Page You can customize the GoGuardian Admin filtering policy block page to change its appearance, remove the **Bypass** button, add a form for students to request access to a blocked site, or include information for students using personal devices. See [Customize the GoGuardian Admin Block Page](/products/admin/customize-the-block-page) for instructions and examples. ## Resources Set up, delete, and review bypass passwords for the Admin Policy block page. Build or adjust the filtering policy that controls which sites produce Admin block pages. Understand how DNS filtering works and where the DNS block page fits in your filtering stack. Manage YouTube access, channels, videos, and playback restrictions at the policy level. # Block Access to Personal Google Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/block-personal-google-accounts Enable Block Consumer Google Accounts in GoGuardian Admin to lock users to their school account and prevent personal Gmail and YouTube sign-ins. To block access to personal Gmail and YouTube accounts: 1. Sign in to [admin.goguardian.com](https://admin.goguardian.com/). 2. In the sidebar, under **Filtering**, click **Configuration**. 3. Click **Advanced Config**, then **Global Config**. 4. Enable **Block Consumer Google Accounts** (green = on, gray = off). The "Block Consumer Google Accounts" setting in the Advanced Config page of GoGuardian Admin # Review Browsing Activity Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/browsing-activity Filter, export, and investigate browsing activity data in GoGuardian Admin, including embedded content details and Smart Alert actions. Use the Browsing Activity page to review student browsing activity across your organization, including blocked and allowed content, content type, and individual student activity. ## Filter Activity Data The page displays the past 5 days of data for all organization units by default. Apply filters to narrow the view by org unit, date range, content type, or result. ### Filter by Org Unit and Date Range Select a specific org unit and date range from the filters at the top of the page. Data from all organization units is shown unless a specific org unit is selected. The Browsing Activity page highlighting the Org Unit and Date Range filtering options The date range selector menu and interface ### Filter by Content Type Filter activity by the following content types: * **Websites**: web pages visited in a browser * **Videos**: YouTube videos students watched * **Docs**: Google Docs accessed during a session * **Searches**: Google searches performed YouTube pages that were visited appear under **Websites**. This includes video pages, but it does not mean the videos themselves were watched. YouTube videos that were actually watched appear under **Videos**. ### Filter by Result Use the Result filter to view content that was blocked or allowed by GoGuardian filtering. Select **Blocked** to see only blocked content, or **Viewed** to see only allowed content. ## Navigate to a Student Report Click a student's name in the **User** column to open that student's individual browsing report and review their detailed activity history. ## Review Embedded Content When a student visits a webpage, GoGuardian Admin can collect information about embedded content loaded within that page — such as YouTube videos, login forms, interactive activities, and other external resources. This visibility helps you troubleshoot filtering issues and identify why students cannot access specific portions of a page. Click any row in the Browsing Activity table to open a details drawer for that event. The drawer shows information organized into the sections described below. The details drawer is only available when the **Filter Embedded Content** setting is enabled in the policy applied to the user. Embedded content data is not available for activity recorded before you enable this setting. ### Enable Filter Embedded Content 1. Go to [Advanced Config](https://admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/settings) in GoGuardian Admin. 2. Find the **Filter Embedded Content** toggle. 3. Turn on **Filter Embedded Content**. ### Open the Details Drawer 1. Go to [Browsing Activity](https://admin.goguardian.com/activity) in GoGuardian Admin. 2. Find the browsing event to investigate. 3. Click the event row to open the details drawer. ### Website Overview The **Website Overview** section shows details about the visited webpage: title, URL, description, category, and filtering result. From this section, you can also [add the URL to Quick Editor](/products/admin/use-quick-editor#add-urls-from-browsing-activity) or suggest a category change. ### User Information and User Activity The **User Information** section shows the user's name, email address, organizational unit, last login time, custom group membership, filtering mode, and assigned or inherited policies. The **User Activity** section shows the exact date and time of the visit, total time on the page, classroom information, device ID (when available after a sync), and IP address. ### Blocked Embedded Content The **Blocked Embedded Content** section lists embedded items that were blocked while the user visited the page. For each blocked item you can view the URL, category, dimensions, and the specific blocking policy. Use this section to troubleshoot cases where an educational website loads but an interactive element or activity does not appear. Identify the blocked resource and determine whether a policy adjustment is needed. ### YouTube Videos The **YouTube Videos** section lists both viewed and blocked YouTube videos associated with the page. For each video you can see the video URL, channel, YouTube category, and — if GoGuardian Admin blocked it — the blocking policy. ### Smart Alert Actions If the browsing event triggered a Smart Alert, the **Smart Alert Actions** section shows the specific trigger that flagged the content and the automated actions taken. Click the alert link to open the corresponding alert for additional investigation. The Browsing Activity page highlighting the Content Type filtering option ## Identify Why a Site Was Blocked Use the "Why was this blocked?" feature to find the filtering rule responsible for a blocked website. This feature does not support GoGuardian DNS filtering blocks, YouTube video filtering, or embedded content blocked via iFrames. 1. Navigate to the [Browsing Activity tab](https://admin.goguardian.com/activity) in GoGuardian Admin. 2. Choose the target org unit and date range at the top of the page. 3. Use the Result filter to select **Blocked** and display only blocked content. 4. Find the row containing the blocked URL you want to investigate. 5. Click the three-dot (kebab) menu icon at the far right of that row. 6. Click **Why was this blocked?** to view the filtering rule that caused the block. If the site should not be blocked, click the policy name link to open that policy and adjust the filtering rules. 7. The filtering rule responsible for the block appears in the panel. If you updated a policy, confirm the policy name reflects your change before closing the panel. The Browsing Activity page highlighting the Result filter option The Browsing Activity page highlighting the "why was this blocked" feature location and "blocked" result filter The "Why was this blocked" feature highlighting the Policy name and block rule responsible for a blocked website ## Export Activity Data Download a CSV of the activity currently displayed on the page. The export reflects the active content type filter and date range. The default results-per-page setting is 10. To include more records in a single export, change the results-per-page selector in the lower-right corner of the page to a value up to 300. Then click **Export** and select **Download CSV**. The Browsing Activity page highlighting the Download as CSV, Export option ## Frequently Asked Questions **Where do YouTube pages and videos appear?** Visited YouTube pages appear under the **Websites** content type, including video pages. YouTube videos that students actually watched appear under **Videos**. **Why don't I see any embedded content?** Embedded content visibility requires the **Filter Embedded Content** setting to be enabled in the policy applied to the user. If the setting is off, embedded content data is not collected or displayed. **Does this feature change how filtering works?** No. The embedded content details view provides additional visibility into activity already captured by GoGuardian Admin. Filtering behavior continues to be governed by your existing policies. **What types of embedded content are supported?** Supported content includes embedded YouTube videos and other resources loaded within an iframe on a webpage. **Can I see why embedded content was blocked?** Yes. For blocked embedded content, GoGuardian Admin displays the policy responsible for the block to help you identify and troubleshoot filtering issues. **Can I take action directly from Browsing Activity?** Yes. You can [add URLs to Quick Editor](/products/admin/use-quick-editor#add-urls-from-browsing-activity) directly from the details drawer, then review and apply them to 1 or more filtering policies. ## Resources Troubleshoot reports of sites being blocked when they should be allowed. Add website URL allow and block rules to 1 or more filtering policies. Review how filtering policies are structured and applied across your organization. Set up Smart Alerts to flag and respond to specific browsing activity automatically. Export browsing activity and other student data reports from GoGuardian Admin. # GoGuardian Admin and Chromebook Desks Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/chromebook-desks How GoGuardian Admin filtering and reporting interact with Chrome OS Desks (virtual desktops), and what Teacher shows when students use multiple Desks. Chrome OS's Desks feature lets students open multiple virtual desktops on a single Chromebook. GoGuardian Admin filtering applies across all open Desks, and browsing activity from every Desk appears in reports regardless of which Desk is active. ## Understand How Filtering Applies Across Desks GoGuardian Admin filtering policies cover all open Desks simultaneously. A student opening a second or third Desk does not create a separate, unfiltered browsing environment. Every tab open on every Desk is subject to the same filtering rules that apply to the student's assigned policy. The Desks feature cannot be disabled from Google Admin Console. GoGuardian Admin filtering covers all Desks regardless of how many are open. ## Understand How Activity Appears in Reports Browsing activity from all open Desks is captured and appears in GoGuardian Admin reports. The Desk a student was using when the activity occurred does not affect whether that activity is recorded or how it appears. Administrators and tech directors reviewing browsing reports will see activity from all Desks in a single unified view. ## Understand What GoGuardian Teacher Shows GoGuardian Teacher displays one screen view at a time: whichever window the student is actively focused on. When a student switches between Desks, the screen view updates to reflect the newly active Desk. Within GoGuardian Teacher, the active tab from the focused Desk appears under the **Active Tab** label in the **Student Activity** section. Tabs open on other Desks appear under **Other Tabs**. Both **Active Tab** and **Other Tabs** entries are subject to GoGuardian Teacher Scene filtering rules, including Tab Limits. Teachers can close tabs in either group using the Close Tab command. The **Active Tab** label updates automatically as the student switches between Desks and open tabs. See GoGuardian Teacher documentation for details on Teacher Commands and Scenes. ## Resources Review how filtering policies are structured and where they apply across student devices. View and filter student browsing activity captured by GoGuardian Admin. Learn how the Desks feature works in Chrome OS, including how to create, switch, and manage virtual desktops. # Configure At-Home Filtering Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/configure-at-home-filtering Enable, schedule, and scope GoGuardian Admin filtering for students working off campus. GoGuardian Admin can apply filtering to students whether they are on campus or working from home. This article covers how to enable or disable at-home filtering, set a schedule for off-campus hours, remove IP ranges so filtering applies off campus, and restrict filtering to Chromebooks only. Before changing any scheduling or IP settings, record your current configuration. You will need it to restore the original settings when students return to campus. ## Understand the Default Behavior By default, GoGuardian Admin has out-of-school mode turned off. With that default in place, filtering applies 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, regardless of where the student is located. When out-of-school mode is turned on with an IP range configured, filtering applies only when the device is outside that IP range. Removing the IP range causes filtering to apply on any network, including home networks, without any location restriction. ## Enable or Disable At-Home Filtering 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com), then select **Products** > **General**. 2. Scroll down to the **Scheduling** section. 3. Turn on the at-home filtering toggle to extend filtering to off-campus devices. Turn it off to limit filtering to on-campus devices only. 4. The toggle reflects your selection. Filtering now applies according to the scope you set. image45.png ## Remove an IP Range to Apply Filtering Off Campus If out-of-school mode is configured with a school IP range, filtering applies only when devices leave that range. Deleting the IP range removes the location restriction and causes filtering to apply on all networks. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com), then select **Products** > **General**. 2. In the **Scheduling** section, find the field where your school IP range is entered. 3. Clear the IP range from the field and save your changes. 4. With the IP range removed, filtering applies to student devices on all networks, including home and remote networks, based on the days and times you have configured. ## Set a Filtering Schedule for Off-Campus Hours After removing the IP range, you can still limit the days and hours when filtering is active. This lets you align off-campus filtering with your district's remote learning policy. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Products** > **General** and scroll to the **Scheduling** section. 2. Select the days of the week when filtering applies. Enter the start and end times for each active day. 3. Save your changes. 4. Filtering is now active only during the days and times you configured, with no IP restriction applied. EnableSchedulingbyDay.png ## Restrict Filtering to Chromebooks Only By default, GoGuardian Admin filtering applies only to Chromebooks. If students are completing assignments on personal Windows or macOS computers with the Chrome browser installed, a Super User can turn off the Chromebooks Only setting to extend filtering to those devices. Modifying the Chromebooks Only setting requires Super User access. Filtering does not extend to mobile devices (phones and tablets), because the mobile Chrome browser app does not support extensions. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com), then select **Products** > **General**. 2. Find the **Chromebooks Only** toggle on the General settings page. 3. Turn off the **Chromebooks Only** toggle to allow filtering on other Chrome-extension-compatible devices, including Windows and macOS computers. 4. Filtering now applies to all devices running a supported Chrome extension, not only Chromebooks. mceclip1.png ## Restore On-Campus Settings When students return to campus, restore your original scheduling configuration so filtering behaves as expected on the school network. * Re-enter your school IP range in the **Scheduling** section. * Reset the days and hours to match your on-campus schedule. * Turn the **Chromebooks Only** toggle back on if your organization uses only Chromebooks on campus. Set a calendar reminder for the day before school resumes to complete this step. ## Troubleshoot GoGuardian on Personal Devices If students report that GoGuardian is not loading on a home or personal device, check the following common causes. * **Browser is out of date.** GoGuardian requires a current version of Chrome. Ask the student to update the browser and restart. * **Network or firewall is blocking GoGuardian.** Some home routers and ISP-level firewalls block the domains GoGuardian uses. Ask the student to try a different network, such as a mobile hotspot, to confirm whether the issue is network-related. * **Student is not signed into Chrome.** GoGuardian filtering applies through the Chrome profile associated with the student's school account. The student must be signed into Chrome with that account, not a personal account. * **Student is not online.** GoGuardian requires an active internet connection. Confirm the device has network access. * **Computer is off or sleeping.** Filtering cannot apply to a device that is powered off or in a sleep state with no network activity. Not all students will have a reliable home network. GoGuardian functionality may be limited for students with poor or inconsistent connectivity. ## FAQ **What happens if I leave at-home filtering on after students return to campus?** Filtering continues to apply off campus in addition to on campus. If no IP range is set, there is no location restriction, and filtering runs on all networks at all times within the configured schedule. **Does off-campus filtering apply to phones and tablets?** No. Filtering relies on the Chrome extension. The mobile Chrome browser app does not support extensions, so phones and tablets are not covered regardless of your settings. **Who can change the Chromebooks Only setting?** Only Super Users can modify the Chromebooks Only toggle. Administrators without Super User access will not see this control. ## Resources Understand how device, network, and location context affect which filtering path is active. Build and assign filtering policies that control what students can access. ## Related: GoGuardian Teacher Configuration Configuring GoGuardian Admin is one part of a complete remote learning setup. GoGuardian Teacher also requires review before students work off campus. Specifically, the Teacher scheduling by day setting and any IP restrictions in Teacher settings affect whether teachers can view student activity outside the school network. Refer to the GoGuardian Teacher documentation for steps to enable scheduling by day and remove school IP restrictions so that off-campus visibility works as expected. # Configure Bypass Passwords Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/configure-bypass-passwords Set up, delete, and review bypass passwords in GoGuardian Admin to grant students temporary access to blocked pages. Bypass passwords let students request temporary access to a page blocked by GoGuardian Admin filtering policies. Use them when a specific student needs short-term access to a site that your organization's policy would otherwise block. ## Learn How Bypass Passwords Work When a student reaches a blocked page, the GoGuardian Admin block page displays a **Bypass** button. The student clicks the button, enters a valid bypass password, and receives access to that URL for a preset duration (minutes, hours, or days), depending on the password configuration. Bypass passwords are global. Every bypass password you create applies to all users in your organization. Each password can be used multiple times. Bypass passwords are not supported on The GoGuardian App deployment. At least one bypass password must be configured before the Bypass button appears on the block page. GoGuardian Admin supports a maximum of 150 bypass passwords. Delete unused passwords before creating new ones if you reach this limit. Use bypass passwords sparingly, if at all. Most filtering needs are better addressed through changes to your organization's filter policies. Relying on bypass passwords as a routine workaround can undermine the consistency of your filtering environment. 'Restricted' GoGuardian block page containing a padlock with the GoGuardian logo and a "Bypass" button ## Create a Bypass Password 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Advanced Config** > **Bypass Passwords**. 2. Enter a password in the text field. Select the desired length of time for access, then choose **Minutes**, **Hours**, or **Days** from the duration drop-down. 3. Click **Add**. The Bypass Password configuration page used to create a customized Bypass Password and Bypass length 4. The new password appears in your bypass password list with the configured duration. The Bypass button is now active on the block page for all users. ## Delete a Bypass Password 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Advanced Config** > **Bypass Passwords**. 2. Turn on the **Show All Passwords** toggle to display all existing bypass passwords. 3. Click **Delete** next to the password you want to remove. 4. The deleted password no longer appears in the list. Students who enter that password will not gain access. ## Review Bypass Password Attempts Navigate to **Advanced Config** > **Bypass Password Attempts** to view a record of all bypass attempts across your organization. Each record includes: * **URL**: the page where the bypass was attempted * **Name**: the name of the user who attempted the bypass * **Email**: the email address of the user * **When**: the date and time of the attempt * **Success**: whether the attempt succeeded (yes or no) * **Password**: the password that was entered The Bypass Password Attempts page stores the 150 most recent attempts. Earlier records are not retained in the interface. Review this page regularly to detect inappropriate student access or repeated failed guessing that may indicate students are attempting to circumvent filtering controls. ## Manage Security for Bypass Passwords Bypass passwords are global and reusable. A student who learns a bypass password can use it repeatedly to access any URL blocked by GoGuardian Admin filtering until the password is deleted. To reduce that risk: * Have an administrator or teacher enter the password for the student rather than sharing it directly with the student. * If a browser save prompt appears, select **Never** to prevent the browser from storing the bypass password. * Delete bypass passwords when they are no longer needed and create a new one for the next use case. GoGuardian Beacon Smart Alert Trigger blocks and GoGuardian Teacher scene blocks cannot be bypassed with a bypass password. If your organization wants to prevent students from attempting bypass passwords entirely, you can hide the Bypass button from the block page using CSS customization. See [Customize the GoGuardian Admin Block Page](/products/admin/customize-the-block-page#remove-the-bypass-button) for instructions. ## Resources Diagnose and resolve situations where a site is blocked that should be allowed. Build precise allow and block rules using wildcard patterns. # Configure Smart Alert Triggers Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/configure-smart-alert-triggers Set up Triggers in GoGuardian Admin to automatically block content, notify administrators, or message students when a Smart Alert matches your conditions. Smart Alert Triggers let you automate responses to Smart Alerts based on the organizational unit (OU) and confidence level you define. When a student generates a Smart Alert that matches a Trigger's conditions, the Trigger fires its configured Actions with no manual review required to initiate the response. Smart Alerts are still generated regardless of whether any Triggers are configured. ## Create a Trigger 1. Go to **Triggers** in GoGuardian Admin. 2. Click **Add New Trigger**. 3. Enter a name for the Trigger. Choose one or more OUs to apply it to. OU coverage cascades to child OUs. A Trigger applied to a parent OU (such as "Middle School") also covers all child OUs beneath it, such as 6th Grade, 7th Grade, and 8th Grade. To apply a Trigger to all users in your organization, select the root OU, displayed as "/". 4. Choose a category: **Explicit**, **Proxy**, or **Games**. Smart Alerts use AI to analyze content and context across a page. Choose the category that describes the content you want to identify. The Games category identifies pages associated with non-educational games. Each Trigger supports one category. Create a separate Trigger for each category you want to cover. Proxy services route student traffic through the proxy's own URL instead of the destination site's URL. Because GoGuardian sees only the proxy's URL, blocked destination sites may remain accessible through the proxy. The Proxy category identifies this behavior so you can act on it directly. 5. Choose the confidence threshold for the Trigger: | Level | Threshold | When to use | | --------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Medium | 50% | Applies to all Smart Alerts. Higher chance of inaccurate classifications | | High | 70% | More likely to classify alerts accurately | | Very High | 90% | Applies only to alerts that are very likely to be accurate | The confidence thresholds apply to Explicit, Proxy, and Games Triggers. If your Trigger is producing too many responses to inaccurate alerts, increase the confidence level. For Proxy Triggers, start at Medium confidence and raise the threshold if false positives are common. 6. Select one or more Actions to fire when a Smart Alert meets the Trigger conditions. Actions can be combined in any configuration. See [Understand Trigger Actions](#understand-trigger-actions) below for a description of each option. 7. Click **Save** to activate the Trigger. 8. The new Trigger appears in your Triggers list with its assigned OUs, category, and confidence level. Confirm that the correct OUs and confidence level are displayed. The Trigger is now active and will fire its Actions when a matching Smart Alert is generated. Create a Trigger Create a Trigger Create a Trigger ## Understand Trigger Actions Each Action is available for Explicit, Proxy, and Games Triggers. Actions fire automatically when a Smart Alert meets the Trigger's conditions. Select one or more Actions when configuring a Trigger. | Action | What It Does | | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Notify and assign** | Sends an email notification to one or more GoGuardian Administrators when a matching alert is generated. Emails come from `noreply@goguardian.com` with the subject line "You have a new GoGuardian notification." | | **Block page** | Automatically blocks the website that generated the alert. The student sees a default block page at `blocked.goguardian.com/x3`. GoGuardian provides a customizable default block page message. | | **Message student** | Sends the student a message via an in-browser Chrome notification. GoGuardian provides a customizable default message. | | **Add to Custom Group** | Automatically adds the student to a specified Custom Group after a set number of alerts within a chosen timeframe. An optional Auto-Removal toggle removes the student from the group after a defined period. | Administrators receiving **Notify and assign** notifications must have an active GoGuardian Admin account registered at manage.goguardian.com with Admin access enabled. Each student may only be in one Custom Group at a time. Students already in a different Custom Group are not added when the **Add to Custom Group** Action fires. ## Enable Image Filtering Image filtering extends Smart Alerts' Explicit category to scan images containing sexually explicit content on pages students visit. When a matching image is detected, it is blurred rather than the full page being blocked, unless a Block page Action is also configured. Image filtering requires a Trigger assigned to the student's OU with the Explicit category selected. GoGuardian Admin does not scan images on sites it categorizes as Appropriate or Educational (including Google, Wikipedia, and YouTube). Images may take a few seconds to process after a page loads. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to the **Triggers** page and select **Edit** on the Trigger you want to update. The Trigger must use the **Explicit** category. 2. Under **Choose Category and Confidence Level**, turn on the **Include images** toggle. 3. For Triggers with the **Block page** Action, you can set a separate block page message for images. Enter the message in the image-specific text field. The default message applies if you leave this blank. 4. Click **Save**. 5. The Trigger now scans images on pages visited by students in the assigned OUs. Matching images appear blurred with a GoGuardian padlock symbol. Clicking the blurred area shows the block message, the URL, and the name of the Trigger. Explicit alerts generated from image filtering appear in the Smart Alerts list with the sub-category **Image** or **Text** to indicate the source. Use the **Category** filter on the alerts list to filter by sub-category. Administrators added to a Trigger's **Notify and assign** Action also receive email notifications for image alerts. ## Resources Review how Custom Groups work before using the Add to Custom Group Action. Customize the block page message students see when a Trigger blocks a site. # Create a Filtering Policy Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/create-a-filtering-policy Create, assign, and validate a new filtering policy in GoGuardian Admin. Use this workflow when you need a new reusable rule set for a school, grade band, OU, custom group, or supported network [filtering context](/products/admin/filtering-contexts). GoGuardian filtering is user-level, not device-level. Policies assigned to OUs that contain only devices and no user accounts have no effect. ## Review Prerequisites * Admin access to GoGuardian Admin * A clear target for the policy, such as an OU, custom group, or network use case * The categories, sites, or [YouTube filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering) behavior you want to allow or block * A decision on whether out-of-school behavior should be different * One or two test URLs you can use to validate the result Creating and modifying policies requires Full Access or Filter and Monitor permissions. Users with Monitor Only access cannot create or edit policies. Use a naming convention that makes the policy easy to identify later, such as audience plus purpose. ## Create the Filtering Policy 1. Sign in to GoGuardian Admin and open the area where your district manages filtering policies. 2. Click **Create New Policy**. Select from one of the available [pre-built templates](#start-from-a-template) to start with a ready-made rule set, or choose **Blank** to build from scratch. 3. Enter a name that clearly describes who the policy is for and why it exists. Optionally add a description and select a color from the color drop-down menu to help identify and distinguish the policy later. 4. Configure the categories to allow or block for this audience. Start with the broadest rule set first, then add narrower exceptions only where needed. A category being "not blocked" is not the same as an allow rule. It means the category is not actively blocked, not that it is explicitly permitted. To permit a specific site within a blocked category, add an explicit allow rule in the Website URLs section. 5. Add the URLs, domains, or patterns to explicitly allow or block, even when the category-level rule would produce a different result. 6. If you need to block all content of a given type by default, turn on the Restrictive Mode toggle in the relevant section. Restrictive Mode is available in the Website URLs, YouTube, and Apps and Extensions sections independently. When on, all content of that type is blocked unless an explicit allow rule exists in that section. Leave it off if you only need to block specific categories or sites. 7. If this audience needs YouTube access, define whether to block YouTube, allow it by category, or handle it with more specific video-level, channel-level, or keyword-level exceptions. The YouTube section includes a **Keywords** tab that blocks any video whose title or description contains a defined keyword, and four toggles: **Age Restriction**, **Block Sidebar**, **Block Comments**, and **Restrictive Mode** for YouTube. For the full YouTube filtering model, see [Filter YouTube Content](/products/admin/youtube-filtering). 8. If students should have different access outside the school network, configure the out-of-school behavior before assigning the policy. 9. Apply the policy to the OU, custom group, or supported filtering context it is meant to control. Policies cascade from OUs to all sub-OUs beneath them. 10. Verify the result: Test the URLs and access scenarios the policy is meant to address. Confirm the expected outcomes appear before assigning the policy to all groups. The Policy management interface highlighting the description and color change selection options Create the Filtering Policy The main Policies page highlighting the Assign Policy button and assignment interface ## Start From a Template Policy templates give you a curated starting point instead of building rules from scratch. Each template is a ready-made rule set drawn from configurations schools commonly use. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Policies**, then click **Create New Policy**. 2. Select a template: **Less Restrictive**, **More Restrictive**, or **Most Restrictive**. To review a template's rules before applying it, click **Preview**. To download its Website URL rules as a spreadsheet, click **Export as CSV**. 3. Click **Use Template**. GoGuardian Admin creates a new policy with the template's rules applied. 4. Update the policy name, description, and color, then adjust the filtering rules to fit your school. All changes save automatically. 5. Assign the policy to the appropriate organizational units or custom groups. An allowed website rule overrides a blocked category for that website. After applying a template, add or remove specific websites and categories without losing the rest of the template's rules. Apply Policy Templates Apply Policy Templates Apply Policy Templates ## Unassign a Policy Two methods are available to remove a policy from an OU. * Find the OU in the Custom Policies tab, click **Assign Policy**, then choose **Unassign**. * Click the **X** on the policy tile directly. If a policy is assigned to one or more OUs outside your OU access, you cannot unassign or edit that policy. Contact your Super User or IT admin to request the removal. A Policy applied to an OU demonstrating the X button used to remove a Policy ## Manage Chrome Apps and Extensions In the **Apps & Extensions** section of a policy, block or allow Chrome apps and extensions in one of three ways: * Paste an app's 32-character App ID into the filter field, then click **Block** or **Allow**. Find the App ID after the last slash in the app's Chrome Web Store URL. * Paste the app's full Chrome Web Store URL into the filter field, then click **Block** or **Allow**. * Open the **Top Apps** tile on the GoGuardian Admin dashboard, open an app's detail page, click **Block** or **Allow**, then choose the policy to apply the rule to. To remove a rule, click the **3-dot menu** next to it and select **Delete Filtering Rule**. Google Admin Console (GAC) app and extension rules are honored before GoGuardian Admin rules. If the GAC blocks or force-installs an app, GoGuardian Admin cannot override that rule. To allow a GAC-blocked app, add it to the allowlist in the GAC. GoGuardian Admin cannot filter Google Play Store apps. Manage Chrome Apps and Extensions ## Import and Export Policy Rules as CSV To bulk-add Website URL rules and YouTube video rules, import a CSV into any policy. 1. On the policy page, click the **3-dot menu** in the corner. 2. Click **Import CSV of URLs**, then select or drag and drop your CSV file. 3. To review requirements or download a template, click the **Need help?** drop-down menu. Imports add to the existing rules rather than overwriting them. For CSV format and limits, see [Allow and Block Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites). To export a policy's rules, choose **Export as CSV** on the policy page. A CSV export contains only the blocked and allowed Website URL rules in the policy. It does not include Website Category, YouTube, or Apps and Extensions settings. Import and Export Policy Rules as CSV Import and Export Policy Rules as CSV ## Validate After Publishing * Test the URLs that drove the change request * Confirm that the right users are receiving the policy * Check for overlapping policies if the result is different than expected * Document why the policy exists so future edits are easier to evaluate If the same user can be affected by more than one policy, verify the effective result rather than assuming a new policy will win automatically. See [Understand Policy Precedence](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact) if assignment overlap is part of the problem. ## Resources Review the feature model before adding more policy variations. Use this concept page when assignment overlaps or inherited rules are involved. Use this troubleshooting flow if the final result still does not match the intended policy. # Manage Custom Groups Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/custom-groups Create and manage Custom Groups in GoGuardian Admin to apply targeted filtering outside your directory structure. Custom Groups let you group students and apply a filtering policy to them regardless of their assigned organizational unit. Use them when your filtering needs do not align with your directory structure, or when you need temporary restrictions with automatic expiration. ## Understand When to Use Custom Groups Custom Groups are the right tool when: * Students need to be grouped by grade or class where more or fewer website resources are required * Students who need more focused browsing conditions should be separated from the rest of their OU * A temporary restriction should expire automatically on a set date and time * All students need a blanket change during school breaks or special occasions Each user may only be in one Custom Group at a time. You must have GoGuardian Admin Full Access permissions to create a Custom Group. ## Navigate the Custom Groups List The Custom Groups page displays two views: **All Groups** shows every group in the organization, and **My Groups** shows only the groups you own or co-edit. Use the filter controls to narrow the list by Group Name, Restrictive Mode status, policy assignment, number of users, Group Owner, or creation date. Navigate the Custom Groups List ## Create a Group 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Custom Groups**, then select **Create Group**. Enter a group name (100-character limit). The group name field includes an optional Restrictive Mode toggle. Enable it here if you want the group to apply a blanket restriction across all content types. Restrictive Mode is enabled by default and can be changed after the group is created. Custom Groups customization and editing modal 2. Choose one policy from the list of existing policies in your organization. Sort policies alphabetically or search by name. To create a new policy immediately, select **Create New Policy** to open the Quick Policy Creator, which lets you add website URLs and wildcard rules directly. Add category rules and YouTube behavior later from the Admin Policies list. Custom Groups 'Add a Policy' user interface 3. Group owners can add other administrators as Co-Editors. Co-Editors must have GoGuardian Admin Filter and Monitor or Full Access permissions. By default, Co-Editors can edit group users. To extend Co-Editor access to Restrictive Mode settings or policy changes, select the appropriate checkboxes for each Co-Editor individually. Custom Group's Co-Editor adding and permissions interface 4. Add users to the group using one of three methods: * **Search by name or email**: find and add one user at a time * **Paste email addresses**: enter a comma-separated list of email addresses * **Import via CSV**: upload a CSV file to add users in bulk Users from any OU can be added, but you must have OU access to a user's OU to add them. Custom Group's 'Add Users' interface Create a Group Create a Group 5. When adding users, turn on **Auto-Remove** to schedule automatic removal from the group. Use the calendar interface to select a date and time for each user's removal. The Auto-Remove column on the group page displays each user's pending removal date. To update a removal date, select one or more users and choose **Edit Auto-Removal Time**. To disable Auto-Remove for a specific user, open the kebab menu next to their name, select **Edit User**, turn off Auto-Remove, and select **Save**. Custom Group's Auto-Remove feature and calendar user interface 6. The new group appears in the Custom Groups list with the assigned policy and any scheduled Auto-Remove dates shown in the Auto-Remove column. Students in the group are now subject to the group's filtering policy, regardless of their OU assignment. Each user's profile in GoGuardian Admin displays their current Custom Group assignment. Use this to quickly confirm which group a student belongs to without navigating back to the Custom Groups list. Custom Groups 'Quick Policy Creator' tool A student's profile in GoGuardian Admin highlighting their Custom Group name Custom Group's drop down menu options for deleting a group, transferring ownership and making a copy ## Understand Restrictive Mode Restrictive Mode changes how group-level filtering interacts with the rest of your policy stack. ### Understand Restrictive Mode When Enabled The group blocks all content (website URLs, YouTube, and apps and extensions) regardless of how each is configured in the assigned policy. Anything not explicitly allowed in the group's policy is blocked. **Explicit inherited allow rules are the exception.** Enabling Restrictive Mode drops the group policy to equal priority with the user's inherited OU policies rather than overriding them outright. At equal priority, an explicit allow rule beats a block — so a site specifically allowed in an inherited policy stays allowed even though the group's Restrictive Mode would otherwise block it. If a group member can still reach a site you expected to block, check whether an inherited policy allows it. For the full priority model, see [How Filtering Rules Interact](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact). Restrictive Mode is not unique to Custom Groups. You can also enable it on any filtering policy — independently for Website URLs, YouTube, and Apps and Extensions — from the policy's own settings. Enabling Restrictive Mode at the group level applies all three content-type restrictions simultaneously; to restrict only one content type, configure Restrictive Mode at the policy level instead. The precedence behavior described above is the same in both places. For Chromebook and Windows users on Chrome, Restrictive Mode also blocks new-tab pages, Chrome settings, and extensions. Add `chrome://newtab` as an allow rule in the group's policy so users can open new tabs. Add `chrome://settings` and `chrome://extensions` as allow rules if your school requires access to those as well. ### Understand Restrictive Mode When Disabled The group's policy has the highest filtering priority, but OU-level policies also apply at a lower priority. A block in the group's policy overrides an allow at the OU level. **Example:** If a user's OU policy allows facebook.com but the group policy blocks the Social Networking category, facebook.com is blocked. ### Understand Teacher Scene Interaction GoGuardian Teacher Scene filtering cannot override a block set in a Custom Group. If a teacher's Scene allows a site that the group's policy blocks, the site remains blocked. Coordinate between administrators and teachers to confirm students can access everything they need for class. ## Manage a Group Select the kebab menu on a group's row in the Custom Groups list to view management options. **Duplicate**: Creates a copy of the group's settings, Co-Editors, and assigned policy. The duplicate requires a new, unique name. Users are not copied because each user may only be in one group at a time. Administrators with Full Access permissions can duplicate any group, including groups they are not a Co-Editor of. Custom Group's 'Duplicate' interface **Transfer Ownership**: Transfers ownership of the group to another administrator. The receiving administrator must have Full Access permissions. After the transfer, the previous owner's access is reduced to Co-Editor. Custom Group's 'Transfer Group Ownership' interface **Delete**: Requires a two-step confirmation. After selecting Delete, a confirmation screen appears. Select the red **Delete** button to permanently remove the group. All administrators with Filter and Monitor access can delete any group, not just the group owner or Co-Editors. This prevents a scenario where a user becomes stuck under a group's filtering policy because the group owner is unavailable. ## Understand YouTube Behavior with Custom Groups YouTube access in a Custom Group depends on whether Restrictive Mode is enabled for that group. ### Manage YouTube Access with Restrictive Mode Enabled youtube.com is blocked unless you explicitly add it as an allow rule in the **Website URLs** section of the group's policy. All YouTube videos and channels are also blocked unless you explicitly allow them in the **YouTube** section of the policy. To allow approved YouTube videos without granting access to the youtube.com homepage, add `youtube.com/watch` as an allow rule in the Website URLs list. ### Manage YouTube Access with Restrictive Mode Disabled The block and allow rules in the group's assigned policy determine access to youtube.com and individual videos. The group policy takes priority over OU-level YouTube rules. **Example:** If the group policy blocks the Music category for YouTube and the OU-level policy allows a video classified under music, the video is blocked. ### Grant YouTube Access to Select Students When an OU-level policy blocks youtube.com or YouTube videos, adding students to a Custom Group does not automatically grant them YouTube access. The group's policy must explicitly allow youtube.com and any approved videos or channels to override the OU-level block. If your organization previously used the Penalty Box feature, you can replicate that behavior with Custom Groups. Create a group with Restrictive Mode enabled, assign a highly restrictive policy, and add the students who need those restrictions. Custom Groups give you the same outcome with more control over expiration dates, co-editors, and policy assignment. ## Resources Review the policy model before creating or assigning a policy to a Custom Group. Use this page when you need to fine-tune YouTube access within a group's policy. # Customize the GoGuardian Admin Block Page Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/customize-the-block-page Edit the GoGuardian Admin policy block page, remove the Bypass button, add a site-access request form, and include custom images or information. You can customize the GoGuardian Admin filtering policy block page to change its appearance and give students relevant information or actions. Other block page types cannot be customized from this setting. Go to **Configuration** > **Advanced Config** > **Global Config** to build or edit the custom block page. The examples below are optional starting points that you can adapt for your organization. ## Remove the Bypass Button To prevent students from bypassing the block page, add the following CSS to the block page configuration: ```css theme={null} .bypassCont button.bypassfilter { display: none; } ``` This hides the **Bypass** button for all users. To keep bypass access for specific groups, see [Configure Bypass Passwords](/products/admin/configure-bypass-passwords). CSS code that hides the Bypass button on the custom block page ## Add a Site-Access Request Form To let students request access to the blocked site, add a link to a Google Form or similar survey on the block page. Require students to sign in with their school Google account before submitting the form so each request is tied to an identifiable user. Add the form link using standard HTML anchor syntax. Replace `FORM_URL` with the publicly accessible URL for your form. ```html theme={null} Request access to this site ``` GoGuardian Admin block page with a Bypass button and space for a site-access request link GoGuardian Admin block page without the Bypass button ## Add an Image or GIF To add a custom image or animated GIF to the block page, use the following HTML. Replace `IMAGE_URL` with the publicly accessible URL for your image or GIF. ```html theme={null} ``` ## Include a Personal-Device Disclaimer If your organization filters personal devices, include a disclaimer that tells students when filtering applies. Adapt the following sample for your organization: ```html theme={null}

This device is filtered by GoGuardian while connected to the school network. Contact your administrator if you have questions about your access settings.

To remove filtering on a personal device, sign out of your school Google account and sign in with a personal Google account. Signing in with a personal account will not remove filtering on a school-issued Chromebook.

``` Use language that reflects your organization's policies. Do not imply that the organization reviews or records student activity beyond what those policies permit. Use “filtered by GoGuardian,” not “reviewed by GoGuardian.” ## Resources * [Understand Block Pages](/products/admin/block-pages) * [Configure Bypass Passwords](/products/admin/configure-bypass-passwords) # Look Up a Student by Device Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/device-lookup Understand why GoGuardian Admin is account-based, not device-based, and how to find students by name or email instead. GoGuardian Admin associates browsing activity with student accounts, not with specific devices. This means you cannot search by device serial number or look up which device a student last used. You can find any student by name or email using Global Search. ## Understand How GoGuardian Admin Identifies Students GoGuardian extensions are installed on student account organizational units (OUs) in the Google Admin Console, not on device OUs. When a student signs in to any managed device with their school Google account, the extension follows the account. The activity recorded in GoGuardian Admin belongs to the student's account regardless of which physical device they were using. This design means one student account can generate activity across many devices, and one device can show activity from many students. The connection GoGuardian tracks is always between a student account and the content they accessed, not between a device and the content. ## Know What GoGuardian Admin Does Not Support GoGuardian Admin does not support the following device-based lookups: * Searching for a student by device serial number * Viewing which device a student used during a specific session * Seeing a history of which devices a student's account has been active on These lookups require device-level data that GoGuardian does not collect. Because the extensions install at the account level, device hardware identifiers are not part of the data GoGuardian Admin records. ## Find Students Using Global Search To locate a student in GoGuardian Admin, use Global Search and enter the student's name or school email address. Global Search returns matching student records regardless of which device or devices the student has used. If a student's name is not appearing in Global Search at all, see [A Student Name Shows as Pending](/products/admin/troubleshoot-pending-students) for common causes and fixes. ## Resources Resolve student names that appear as Pending instead of the student's actual name. Review browsing activity filtered by student, org unit, date, and content type. Understand how GoGuardian extensions are deployed to student accounts through Google Admin Console OUs. Review what Chrome extensions can access at the API level, which defines what GoGuardian can and cannot detect on student devices. # A Device Is Not Filtering on the School Network Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/device-not-filtering-on-school-network Troubleshoot missing DNS filtering coverage for devices on your school network. Use this page when a device on your school network is not receiving the [DNS filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) behavior you expect. DNS Networks in GoGuardian Admin ## Gather the Exact Details First * The network name, subnet, or IP range involved * Whether the device is district-managed, guest, BYOD, or otherwise unmanaged * The device platform and approximate location on campus * The exact URL or domain you used to test filtering * The time of the test and, if available, any related DNS log entry Start by confirming whether the device is expected to be covered by DNS filtering at all. On some networks, managed devices may be intentionally handled through a different [filtering context](/products/admin/filtering-contexts). ## Check the Filtering Path 1. Verify that the device is connected to the expected campus or guest network, not a cellular hotspot, VPN, or another path outside your filtered network design. 2. Check that the relevant subnet, IP range, or network segment is part of the DNS filtering configuration your district intended to protect. 3. Verify that the traffic is being evaluated as the correct user category, such as student, staff, or guest, and that the expected filtering behavior exists for that target. 4. If the device is managed, verify whether [Agent Awareness](/products/admin/dns-precision-filtering#enable-agent-awareness) or another Admin filtering path is changing the expected DNS result. 5. Look for the request in the DNS logs and review the user-level, IP-level, subnet, category, or alias-domain details available in Admin. 6. Test the device again with a known validation URL from the same network path so you can separate configuration issues from one-off site behavior. ## Identify Common Causes | Cause | What to review | | --------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | | The device is not on a covered network path | Network name, subnet, IP range, or DNS routing | | The wrong user category is being evaluated | Student, staff, guest, or custom network grouping | | A managed device is intentionally bypassing DNS filtering | Agent-awareness settings and filtering context | | The request is visible only through an alias domain | DNS logs and CNAME reporting | | The problem is site-specific rather than network-wide | A single blocked-site test versus known validation domains | Do not assume a DNS problem and loosen network filtering broadly if the issue only affects one site or one policy target. ## Know When to Escalate * The network and IP-range setup appears correct, but requests still do not show in DNS logs * The device behavior changes unpredictably between managed and unmanaged devices * DNS logs do not explain why the site is being allowed or bypassed * You need help validating how DNS filtering should interact with your existing Admin deployment ## Resources Review the feature model and configuration assumptions behind school-network filtering. Review subnet rules and Agent Awareness behavior for on-premise DNS deployments. Use this concept page to identify which filtering path is actually active for the device. Use this troubleshooting page when traffic is filtered, but the specific site result is wrong. # DNS Precision Filtering Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/dns-precision-filtering How DNS Precision Filtering extends GoGuardian DNS with subnet-based rules and Agent Awareness for on-premise Windows Server networks. DNS Precision Filtering extends GoGuardian's DNS filtering so you can differentiate rules by subnet and private IP address. It runs as the GoGuardian DNS On-Prem application, a Windows service installed locally on a Windows Server. Once installed, DNS Precision Filtering supports filtering by IP address and Agent Awareness, which recognizes when a device has a GoGuardian agent installed (the GoGuardian extensions or The GoGuardian App) and bypasses DNS filtering for that device. This article covers the DNS Precision Filtering feature set. It does not include installation steps. To get started, contact your GoGuardian Account Manager. ## Add Subnet Filtering Once the GoGuardian DNS On-Prem application is installed, you can add subnets from the **Subnets** tab of any network. 1. Click **Add Subnet**. 2. In the **Name Subnet** section, enter a name for the subnet. 3. In the **Add Private IP Address Ranges** section, enter a **Start IP Address** and **End IP Address**, then click **Add IP Range**. Repeat for each additional range. 4. In the **Assign Policies** section, enter a policy name and click **Assign Policy**. Add Subnet panel showing the Name Subnet field and Add Private IP Address Ranges section Assign Policies section of the Add Subnet panel ## Enable Agent Awareness Agent Awareness is an optional feature that bypasses network-level filtering in favor of filtering by organizational unit (OU). It keeps DNS filtering in place for guests, personal devices, and BYOD environments without affecting users who already have the GoGuardian extensions or The GoGuardian App installed. To enable Agent Awareness, turn on the **DNS On-Prem Agent Awareness** toggle on any network. Network toggle list showing the DNS On-Prem Agent Awareness toggle turned on ## DNS Traffic Updates [Browsing activity](https://admin.goguardian.com/activity) for a network with DNS Precision Filtering deployed is split across two tabs: **Agents** and **DNS**. * The **Agents** tab shows activity from devices with a GoGuardian agent installed. These devices bypass DNS filtering when Agent Awareness is enabled. * The **DNS** tab shows network-level activity for devices without an agent installed. Search by **Domain**, **Student**, or **IP Address**. Each result shows its category, filtering result, user, subnet, and network. DNS tab of browsing activity, showing the Domain, Student, and IP Address search dropdown and result columns DNS Precision Filtering also adds per-student reporting and per-student filtering to [GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns), which is otherwise network-level only. Contact your GoGuardian Account Manager to learn whether DNS Precision Filtering is available for your deployment. # Sync Entra Groups to Admin Custom Groups Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/entra-custom-groups-sync Add Microsoft Entra groups as a user source for GoGuardian Admin Custom Groups to apply filtering policies to Entra-managed users at scale. GoGuardian Admin supports syncing users from Microsoft Entra groups into Custom Groups, so you can apply filtering policies to Entra-managed users without manual entry. Microsoft Entra is a cloud-based identity service that manages user and group access. Before syncing Entra groups to Custom Groups, connect Microsoft Entra to GoGuardian Org Management. See [Sync Groups with Microsoft Entra](/products/org-management/microsoft-entra-sync) for setup instructions. ## Sync an Entra Group to a New Custom Group 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and navigate to **Filtering** > **Custom Groups**. 2. Click **Create Group**. 3. Enter a name in the **Name Group** field. 4. Select a policy from the **Assign Policy** menu. 5. In the **Add Users** section, click the **Sync Entra Groups (Formerly Azure)** tab. 6. Click the **Entra Groups** dropdown. 7. Select the checkbox for each Microsoft Entra group you want to sync. 8. Click **Create Group**. The new Custom Group appears in your Custom Groups list and shows the number of synced users. ## Add Entra Groups to an Existing Custom Group 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and navigate to **Filtering** > **Custom Groups**. 2. Click an existing group. 3. In the **Add Users** section, click the **Synced Entra Groups (Formerly Azure)** tab. 4. Click **Add Entra Groups**. 5. Select the checkbox for each Entra group you want to add. 6. Click **Sync Entra Group**. ## Remove Entra Groups from a Custom Group 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and navigate to **Filtering** > **Custom Groups**. 2. Click an existing group. 3. In the **Add Users** section, click the **Synced Entra Groups (Formerly Azure)** tab. 4. Under **Synced Entra Groups**, click **Remove** next to the group you want to stop syncing. 5. Click **Remove Entra Group**. Users from the removed Entra group are no longer filtered by this Custom Group's policies after the next daily sync at 7:00 PM PST. To stop filtering immediately, manually sync Microsoft Entra in Org Management. ## Frequently Asked Questions **When do Microsoft Entra groups sync?** Entra groups sync automatically every day at 7:00 PM PST. To sync immediately, go to [Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com) and navigate to **Configuration** > **Data Sources** > **Integrations** > **Microsoft Entra (Formerly Azure)** > **Sync Microsoft Entra**. **Can I add users manually to a synced Custom Group?** No. Adding users manually to a Custom Group that is sourced from an Entra group is not supported. To add individual students, add them to the Entra group in Microsoft Entra. They will appear in the Custom Group after the next sync. ## Resources Connect Microsoft Entra to GoGuardian Org Management before syncing to Custom Groups. Create and configure Custom Groups, assign policies, and set Restrictive Mode. Review how filtering policies are structured before assigning one to a Custom Group. Create custom roles for Org Management and Admin. # Export Student Reports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/export-student-reports Export a PDF overview or CSV browsing history for an individual student from GoGuardian Admin, and send reports by email. Individual student reports in GoGuardian Admin are available in two formats: a PDF overview of browsing activity, and a detailed CSV of browsing history. Both formats can be downloaded directly or sent by email from the student's browsing page. ## Export a PDF Overview Report A PDF overview report summarizes a student's activity for the selected date range. It includes: * Searches (count and top search terms) * YouTube video views (count and top videos) * Website visits (count and top sites) * Installed Chrome apps and extensions There may be up to a 4-hour delay between the exported report and the data shown in the dashboard. To generate a PDF immediately, use the browser print command (Command + P on Mac, Control + P on Windows) to save a PDF of the current page view. 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and open the student's individual browsing page. 2. Select a date range using the date menu at the top of the page. 3. Click the dropdown menu at the top of the page. 4. Select **Email Report** from the menu. 5. In the Email Report dialog, select the **PDF** option. 6. Enter one or more recipient email addresses, add an optional message, and click **Send**. 7. Recipients receive an email from [no-reply@goguardian.com](mailto:no-reply@goguardian.com) with the subject line "GoGuardian Admin Student Browsing Activity Report for \[student name]." Student's profile page in GoGuardian Admin highlighting the Export detailed browsing history and Email report options The Email Report tool interface highlighting the PDF or CSV selection, optional message, email addresses to send to… ## Export a CSV Browsing History A CSV browsing history contains detailed event logs across six CSV documents: * Searches * Flagged activity hostnames * Google Docs * Website browsing history * YouTube videos * Blocked content Each row in a CSV file contains the following fields: | Field | Description | | ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | | Website Title | The title of the page or resource | | URL | The full URL of the page or resource | | Hostname | The domain of the site | | Result | Whether the activity was Viewed or Blocked | | Date Visited | The date the activity occurred | | Time Spent | The amount of time the student spent on the page | | Type | The category of activity: Video, Browsing, or Search | ### Download a CSV to the Exported Reports Queue 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and open the student's individual browsing page. 2. Select a date range from the date menu. CSV reports are available in the following increments: * Last day * Last 5 days * Last 14 days * Last month * Last 3 months * Last 6 months 3. Click the dropdown menu at the top of the page. 4. Select **Export Detailed Browsing History**. 5. The report is added to the Exported Reports queue. Open the Exported Reports page in GoGuardian Admin to download the CSV file when it is ready. Reports covering 3 or 6 months can take up to 6 hours to generate due to the volume of data included. ### Email a CSV Report 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and open the student's individual browsing page. 2. Select a date range from the date menu. 3. Click the dropdown menu at the top of the page. 4. Select **Email Report** from the menu. 5. In the Email Report dialog, select the **CSV** option. 6. Enter one or more recipient email addresses, add an optional message, and click **Send**. 7. Recipients receive an email from [no-reply@goguardian.com](mailto:no-reply@goguardian.com) with the subject line "Student CSVs." ## Understand Email Recipient Restrictions Student reports can only be sent to email addresses within your organization. Recipients must be listed in Manage.goguardian.com and have GoGuardian Admin org unit access to the student. Reports cannot be sent to email addresses outside your organization. ## Resources Filter, export, and investigate browsing activity data across your organization. Download and manage CSV reports in the Exported Reports queue. # Review Exported Reports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/exported-reports View, download, and manage previously exported CSV reports in GoGuardian Admin. The Exported Reports page in GoGuardian Admin is a queue of all CSV reports that have been generated from reporting features across the product. Use it to check the status of a report, download completed reports, and delete reports you no longer need. ## Navigate to Exported Reports Go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Exported Reports** in the left-side navigation panel. To narrow the list to a specific type, select the **Report Type** dropdown, choose a type, and click **Apply**. The Exported Reports page in GoGuardian Admin used to view exported report information and download reports exportedreports2.png ## Understand Report Statuses Each row in the Exported Reports queue shows the current status of the report. The possible statuses are: | Status | What it means | | -------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | | Planned | The report is queued and being prepared. | | Running | The report is actively being generated. | | Download | The report is complete and ready to download. | | Error | A problem occurred. Export the report again to retry. | Reports are available for download for three months from the date of creation. After that period, they expire and can no longer be downloaded. ## Read the Report Details Each row in the queue displays the following information: | Column | What it shows | | ----------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | File Type | The file format (.CSV). | | Report Name | The name GoGuardian assigns to the exported file. | | Report Type | The source of the report, such as Student Activity or Top Videos. | | OU | The org unit selected for the report. A value of `/` indicates the root OU. | | Created On | The date the report was exported. | | Created By | The administrator who exported the report. | | Expiring On | The date the report will no longer be available for download. | | Status | The current processing status of the report. | ## Download a Completed Report 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Exported Reports** in the left-side navigation. 2. Find the report you want to download in the queue. Confirm the status column shows **Download**, which indicates the report is ready. 3. Click the **Download** button next to the report. 4. The CSV file downloads to your device. Open the file to confirm the data is complete. The Download button is not clickable if your GoGuardian Admin account does not have access to all org units included in the report. Contact your GoGuardian Super User to request access through Org Management. See [Understand OU Access Requirements](#understand-ou-access-requirements) below. ## Delete a Report To remove a report from the queue, click the **Delete** button next to the report, then click **Delete** again on the confirmation page. ## Understand OU Access Requirements An administrator can only download a report if their GoGuardian Admin account has access to every org unit included in that report. If access to one or more org units is missing, the Download button is not clickable. A GoGuardian Super User can grant or update OU access through Org Management at `manage.goguardian.com`. For details, see [Review User Roles and Permissions](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions). ## Understand the CSV Row Limit All CSV export options in GoGuardian Admin are limited to 15,000 rows. If your report contains more data than the row limit allows, adjust your date range or org unit filter before exporting to reduce the result set. ## Resources Filter and export browsing activity data across your organization. Review how admin roles and org unit access are configured in GoGuardian Admin. # Filter Chrome Apps and Extensions in GoGuardian Admin Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/filter-apps-and-extensions Block or allow Chrome apps and extensions in a policy by App ID or App URL, and understand what GoGuardian can and cannot filter on the Play Store. GoGuardian Admin policies can filter Google Chrome apps and extensions, which are generally found in the [Chrome Web Store](https://chromewebstore.google.com/). Chrome apps not in the Web Store can also be blocked or allowed by App ID. GoGuardian cannot directly filter apps on the Play Store. Play Store app controls are managed through Google Admin Console. You can add filter rules in the **Apps & Extensions** section of a policy three ways: by App ID, by App URL, or via the Admin Dashboard Top Apps tile. App IDs and URLs can be pasted directly into the Apps & Extensions section of a policy applied to students. ## Add a Rule by App ID 1. Locate the app's 32-character ID — the string after the `/` in the Chrome Web Store URL. 2. Copy and paste the ID into the policy's Apps & Extensions filter field. 3. Click **Block** or **Allow** to set the rule. A Policy highlighting the Apps & extensions settings section An extension page in the Chrome Web Store highlighting copying the app ID in the URL Google Admin Console's Allow/Block mode UI for allowing/blocking apps & extensions ## Add a Rule by App URL 1. Go to the [Chrome Web Store](https://chromewebstore.google.com/). 2. Search for the app or extension and copy its Web Store URL. 3. Paste the URL into the policy's Apps & Extensions filter field and click **Block** or **Allow**. An extension page in the Chrome Web Store highlighting copying the full URL # Review Filtering Contexts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/filtering-contexts How device, network, and location context change which GoGuardian Admin filtering path applies. Filtering context is the combination of device state, network path, user targeting, and location that determines how GoGuardian Admin evaluates traffic. Use this concept when the same site behaves differently for different users, devices, or locations. ## Understand Why Filtering Context Matters The question is not only "what [filtering policy](/products/admin/filtering-policies) exists?" It is also "which filtering path is active right now?" That matters because Admin can evaluate traffic differently depending on: * Whether the device is managed or unmanaged * Whether the user is on campus or off campus * Whether the traffic is being handled through a device-based filtering path or [DNS filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) on the network * Whether agent awareness changes how managed devices interact with on-prem DNS filtering * Whether [YouTube filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering) is even available in the active filtering path ## Review Common Filtering Contexts * **Managed device context** for devices already filtered through your existing Admin deployment * **Out-of-school context** when off-campus behavior differs from the on-campus experience * **School-network DNS context** for BYOD, guest, and unmanaged devices, or for campus traffic generally * **Mixed context** when managed devices operate on networks that also use DNS filtering ## Ask These Questions First * Is this device managed by the district? * Is the device currently on the school network, a guest network, or off campus? * Is the traffic expected to be filtered by device assignment, network context, or both? * Should managed devices bypass DNS filtering on campus, or should both paths stay active? ## Identify Signs of the Wrong Context * The same user gets different results on and off campus * Guest devices filter correctly, but district-managed devices do not * A network-wide DNS change does not affect managed devices the way you expected * The site result makes sense only after you inspect the active network path GoGuardian publicly describes smart agent awareness as a way to let agent-filtered users bypass on-prem DNS filtering when you want to reduce redundant policy conflicts. ## Apply Filtering Context in Practice * Start with the exact device and network path * Identify whether the request should be treated as managed-device filtering, DNS filtering, or an off-campus path * Verify the expected behavior in that context before changing any broad policy or network setting * Use logs, Policy Checker, and network reporting together when the active context is unclear ## Resources Review how school-network filtering is designed and configured. Use this concept page when the issue is not only context but also overlapping policy behavior. Use this troubleshooting page when the active context should be DNS filtering but the result does not match. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/filtering-overview How GoGuardian Admin filtering works, what tools are available, and how to decide which approach fits your district. GoGuardian Admin gives you two filtering methods: policy-based filtering for managed student devices and DNS filtering for any device on your school network. Both methods use category-based rules, but they apply at different layers and serve different coverage needs. Custom Groups let you apply a specific policy to a set of students outside your directory structure. Filtering Policies list in GoGuardian Admin ## Review Filtering Methods ### Policy-Based Filtering Policy-based filtering applies through the GoGuardian app or extension installed on a managed device. It follows the student regardless of location — on campus, off campus, or at home — based on the active [filtering context](/products/admin/filtering-contexts) for their session. Use policy-based filtering when: * Your district manages student devices with GoGuardian installed * You need YouTube-level controls: channels, videos, keywords, categories, and playback settings * Filtering should follow the student off campus or at home * Different students need different filtering rules at the same time ### DNS Filtering DNS filtering applies at the network level. It covers any device that connects through a filtered network — including BYOD, guest, and unmanaged devices — without requiring the GoGuardian app or extension to be installed. Use DNS filtering when: * Your district hosts guest or BYOD networks that need filtered access * You need a network-level baseline for unmanaged or personal devices on campus * You want to supplement managed-device filtering with coverage that applies regardless of device type DNS filtering does not support YouTube-level filtering rules such as channel, video, keyword, or playback settings. Use policy-based filtering for those controls. Districts that deploy [DNS Precision Filtering](/products/admin/dns-precision-filtering) get subnet-based rules, per-student reporting, and Agent Awareness with DNS filtering, instead of the network-level-only behavior described above. ## Understand Custom Groups Custom Groups are a targeting mechanism, not a separate filtering method. They let you apply a specific filtering policy to a set of students regardless of their assigned organizational unit. Use them when directory-based policy assignment does not match your filtering intent. Common use cases: * Students who need focused browsing conditions during testing or a specific event * Temporary restrictions that should expire automatically on a set date * A blanket behavior change for a cohort that does not map to an existing OU ## Resources Review the policy model for managed-device filtering. Configure network-level filtering for BYOD, guest, and unmanaged devices. Add subnet-based rules and Agent Awareness to DNS filtering for an on-premise Windows Server network. Apply filtering exceptions outside your directory structure. Review how GoGuardian Admin determines which filtering behavior applies in a given session. # Understand Filtering Policies Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/filtering-policies What a GoGuardian Admin filtering policy is, how policies are assigned and inherited across organizational units, and how to import and export policy CSVs. A policy is a collection of web filtering rules that you apply to groups of users through organizational units (OUs). Policies are the main unit of control in GoGuardian Admin. Each policy contains four sections: * A **Website URLs** section that filters websites and URLs directly. * A **Website Categories** section that filters websites by category. * A **YouTube** content filter. * A **Chrome Apps & Extensions** filter. ## Assign Policies to Organizational Units You apply a policy by assigning it to an organizational unit on the [Filtering → Policies page](https://admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/in-school). A policy applied to a parent OU is automatically inherited by all of its sub-OUs. Assign Policies to Organizational Units ## Review Permission Requirements Applying or editing a policy requires **Filter & Monitor** or **Full Access** permissions in GoGuardian Admin. Users with **Monitor Only** can view which policies are assigned and their contents, but cannot edit or assign them. If a user sees an uneditable, greyed-out policy, the policy is applied to an org unit that the user does not have Admin OU access to. Super Users can edit user account permissions to update access and permission levels. See [User Roles, Permissions, and OU Access](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions). Review Permission Requirements ## Understand Policy Inheritance When a policy is applied to an OU, all of its sub-OUs inherit the policy. For example, a policy assigned to the top (domain) level OU filters every user in your organization. Policy inheritance cannot be disabled, but you can overwrite inherited rules by adding specific allow or block rules to the **Website URLs** section of a locally applied (Assigned) policy. When rules conflict, Assigned policies take precedence over inherited policies. **Example:** if an inherited default policy allows `amazon.com`, but a policy assigned to the "5th grade" OU blocks the E-commerce category, `amazon.com` is blocked for users in the 5th grade OU despite the inherited allow rule. GoGuardian recommends stacking as few policies as possible — ideally no more than two. In a typical structure: * **Policy A** is applied at the root/domain level with baseline rules appropriate for all students. * **Policy B** is applied at the High School OU; freshmen, sophomores, juniors, and seniors all inherit it. * **Policy C** is applied to the Freshman OU; only students in that OU receive its rules. Flow chart of different Policies assigned to OUs ## Review Policy Precedence and Priority When multiple policies are inherited from different levels, they effectively merge and have equal priority, and a locally Assigned policy takes precedence over them: `Policy A = Policy B < Policy C` For example, if the Freshman OU has Policy A and Policy B inherited from its parent OUs ("High School" and "District.org") plus an Assigned Policy C, then when rules conflict, Policy C takes precedence because it is the Assigned policy. In the product, Assigned and Inherited policies are labeled so you can distinguish them. Freshman OU having three Policies assigned GoGuardian Admin Policies demonstrating an "assigned" and "inherited" Policy ## Understand Restrictive Mode Enabling Restrictive Mode in a policy blocks **all** websites and URLs except those explicitly allowed in the **Website URLs** section. If an Assigned policy has Restrictive Mode enabled, its priority is reduced to equal that of an inherited policy. Websites explicitly allowed in any other inherited policy remain allowed for that OU even if the Assigned policy has a conflicting block rule. This is the only exception to Assigned policies carrying higher priority than inherited policies. It prevents an Assigned policy with Restrictive Mode from effectively ignoring all other policies applied to that org unit. Policy showing Restrictive Mode toggled on under Website URLs ## Import and Export Policy CSVs **Export a CSV.** Export any policy to a CSV with the **Export as CSV** option on a policy page. The export contains all blocked and allowed Website URL rules in the policy, but does **not** include Website Category, YouTube, or Apps & Extensions settings. **Import a CSV.** Upload a CSV to any policy to bulk-add blocked and allowed Website URL rules and YouTube videos. Click the kebab (three-dot) menu on the right side of the policy and choose **Import URLs or Videos**. Follow the CSV import requirements for blocked and allowed sites when preparing your file. Import and Export Policy CSVs Import and Export Policy CSVs ## Resources Use this workflow when you need a new policy instead of a quick exception. Add website URL allow and block rules to 1 or more policies. Add allow and block rules to a policy's Website URLs section. Filter YouTube channels, videos, keywords, and playback behavior. Start here when the observed result does not match the policy you expected. # Simulate Policies Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/filtering-simulator Test how a URL or YouTube video would be filtered for a specific student or org unit without changing any live policies. The Filtering Simulator (also called Policy Checker) lets you preview how GoGuardian Admin would handle a URL for a specific student or org unit. Use it to confirm a policy is working as intended, investigate an unexpected result, or verify a change before it reaches students. The Filtering Simulator reads your current policy configuration. Running a simulation does not affect any live filtering rules or student access. ## Review Prerequisites * Admin access to GoGuardian Admin * The full URL you want to test * The org unit (OU) or student you want to simulate ## Run a Simulation 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Filtering Simulator**. 2. In the URL field, enter the full website address you want to test, for example, `coolmathgames.com` or a direct YouTube watch URL. 3. Choose **All org units** to test against every OU at once, or select one or more individual org units to narrow the result. 4. Click **Run Simulation**. 5. The results appear below the form. Each row shows the OU tested, whether the URL is blocked or allowed, which policy applied the rule, and the specific rule that produced the result. For category-based blocks, the result lists the category name. For URL-based blocks, the result lists the blocked URL entry. Review Prerequisites Review Prerequisites ## Interpret Simulation Results Each result row covers the following: | Result field | What it shows | | ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | URL tested | The URL you entered | | Org unit | The OU evaluated in this row | | Filtering context | Whether the result applies to in-school (At School) or out-of-school (At Home) hours | | Policy | The name of the policy that produced the block or allow result | | Rule | The specific rule responsible: a category name, a Website URL entry, or a YouTube filter rule | | Outcome | Block or Allow | Organizations that do not use At Home Mode see only At School filtering results. If At Home Mode is active, the simulator returns a separate result row for each context so you can compare the two. ## Test YouTube Content The Filtering Simulator handles YouTube URLs and accounts for all YouTube-specific filtering layers in the applied policy, including Restrictive Mode, channel rules, video rules, category rules, and keyword filters. 1. In the URL field, enter a full `youtube.com/watch` URL for the video you want to test. The simulator requires a direct watch URL and does not support YouTube Shorts URLs or full channel URLs. 2. Choose the OU you want to test. YouTube filtering results reflect the policy assigned to that OU. 3. Click **Run Simulation**. 4. The result shows whether the video is blocked or allowed. If the video is blocked, the result identifies the YouTube filter rule responsible, for example, a Music category filter or a specific channel block from the applied policy. YouTube Shorts URLs and full channel URLs are not supported in the simulator. Use a direct `youtube.com/watch` URL for individual video tests. Test YouTube Content ## Understand Simulator Limitations The simulator reads policy rules assigned to org units. It does not account for all filtering sources in your district configuration. | Limitation | Detail | | ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Global Filter Settings | The simulator does not reflect Global Filter Settings, such as embedded content filtering or consumer Google account blocking. | | Custom Group rules | Custom Group filtering is applied separately from OU policy filtering. Custom Group rules do not appear in simulator results. | | DNS filtering | Any GoGuardian DNS filtering rules your organization has configured are not included in simulation results. | For the most accurate validation, test a URL from a real student account in the same OU after confirming the expected result in the simulator. The simulator reflects policy configuration; a real device test confirms the full filtering stack. ## FAQ **Can I test a specific student rather than an entire org unit?** The simulator targets org units, not individual students. To simulate filtering for a specific student, select the OU that student belongs to. \\ **Why does the simulator show a different result than what a student actually sees?** The simulator does not account for Global Filter Settings, Custom Group rules, or DNS filtering. If the simulated result and the observed result do not match, check those sources next. **Where can I find a URL that was recently blocked?** Go to **Activity** > **Browsing Activity** in GoGuardian Admin to review blocked and allowed site activity by student or OU. ## Resources Review the policy model before interpreting simulator results. Learn how YouTube filtering layers interact when you need to interpret a YouTube simulation result. Use this troubleshooting flow when the simulator result does not match the observed behavior. Use this concept page when an unexpected policy is winning in the simulation result. # Use Wildcard Rules in Policies Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/filtering-with-wildcards Reference for wildcard syntax in the Website URLs section of GoGuardian Admin policies. Administrators use wildcard rules in the Website URLs section of a policy to block or allow any URL that matches a pattern, not just an exact address. ## Review Wildcard Behavior An asterisk (`*`) matches any sequence of characters in a URL, including subpaths, query strings, and subdomains. Place it anywhere in a pattern to capture variable content. **Implicit wildcard at the end of every rule.** All URL entries have an implied `*` appended automatically. Blocking `website.com` behaves the same as blocking `website.com*`, which blocks `website.com`, `website.com/page`, and any other URL that begins with that string. Block rules and allow rules use identical wildcard syntax. The examples below use block rules, but the same patterns work for allow rules: they allow the matched content instead of blocking it. Review Wildcard Behavior ## Look Up Wildcard Patterns | Pattern type | Example | What it matches | | ------------------ | ----------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Direct keyword | `*proxy*` or `*proxy` | Any URL containing the string `proxy` | | Multi-word keyword | `*game+of+thrones*` or `*game+of+thrones` | Any URL containing the phrase "game of thrones" (the `+` represents a space character in a URL) | | Subdomain block | `*.mlb.com` | Subdomains such as `yankees.mlb.com` and `dodgers.mlb.com`, but not the root `mlb.com` | | Search filtering | `*search*term` or `*search*term*` | Only search results containing "term" on Google and YouTube, not every page with "term" in the URL | | Multi-word search | `*unblocked*games` | Google and YouTube searches for "unblocked games," and any URL that contains both terms in that order with any characters between them | | Google Images | `*tbm=isch` or `*udm=2` | Google Images results pages (`tbm=isch` is the classic parameter, `udm=2` is the newer equivalent) | If a wildcard rule unintentionally blocks a legitimate site, add that site as an allow rule in the same policy. Allow rules take precedence over block rules, so the specific allow entry overrides the broader wildcard block. Short keyword patterns can produce unexpected results. Blocking `*games*` also blocks `coolmathgames.com` and any educational site with "games" in its URL. Terms like `proxy` or `vpn` may also appear in legitimate URLs such as Google Docs or Google Drive share links. Use the most specific pattern that covers the intended target. ## Keep Search Filtering Active The `*search*term` pattern targets only search result pages, which makes it useful for filtering specific queries without blocking the broader site. Do not add `Google.com`, `Google.com/search`, or `YouTube.com` to the allow list. Adding those addresses directly to the allow list bypasses search filtering. ## Apply Common Block Patterns GoGuardian recommends adding the following wildcard patterns to your default block policy. These patterns target common circumvention tools and high-traffic restricted sites. | Pattern | What it targets | | ------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | | `*proxy` | Proxy and proxy-finding sites | | `*search*vpn` | URLs where users search for VPN services | | `*bypass` | Sites advertising bypass or circumvention tools | | `*unblock` | Unblocked-games directories and unblock-tool sites | | `*agar` | Agar.io and related variants | | `*slither` | Slither.io and related variants | | `*splix` | Splix.io and related variants | | `*sl4sh` | Sl4sh.io and related game variants | | `*123movie` | 123Movies and mirror sites | | `*putlocker` | Putlocker and mirror sites | ## Resources Add wildcard rules to a new or existing policy. Troubleshoot blocks caused by wildcard rules or category filtering. # Configure Global Filter Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/global-config A reference for Global Config settings in GoGuardian Admin Advanced Config, including Force SafeSearch, Safe Translator, and Block Direct IP Access. Global Config settings are a group of filtering rules in the Advanced Config section of GoGuardian Admin. They apply to all users filtered by GoGuardian and cannot be scoped to specific users or groups. Global Config settings honor your In School and Out of School Mode schedule. A setting enabled here applies only during the scheduled filtering window for each context. ## Review Available Settings The following settings are available under **Filtering** > **Advanced Config** in GoGuardian Admin. | Setting | What It Does | | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Force SafeSearch | Enforces SafeSearch on Google, Bing, and Yahoo search results for all users | | Safe Translator | Applies content filtering policies to sites accessed through Google Translate and blocks the Translators website category | | Block Direct IP Access | Prevents users from accessing websites by entering a direct IP address in the browser | | Filter Embedded Content | Enforces policy filtering rules on embedded content, not just top-level domains | | Block Consumer Google Accounts | Locks each device to the school Google account used at sign-in | Block Consumer Google Accounts is covered in [Allow and Block Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites). For steps and behavior details, see that article. If your organization uses Restrictive Mode, add `*mail.google.com*` as an allowed site so users can still sign into their managed Gmail accounts. Restrictive Mode blocks all sites not explicitly allowed, which includes Google sign-in pages unless you add the allow rule. Users who added a personal Google account to their device before this toggle was enabled are not automatically removed. To remediate existing personal accounts, remove them from the device manually or force a first-time sign-in through Google Admin Console. ## Enable a Global Config Setting All Global Config settings follow the same steps. Repeat this procedure for each setting you want to turn on. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Advanced Config**. 2. Find the toggle for the setting you want to enable: **Force SafeSearch**, **Safe Translator**, **Block Direct IP Access**, or **Filter Embedded Content**. 3. Turn on the toggle. The toggle turns green when the setting is active. 4. Verify the result: The toggle displays green and the setting is listed as active. The change takes effect for all users filtered by GoGuardian. The Global Config settings page and UI in the Advanced Config section of GoGuardian Admin. ## Understand Each Setting ### Force SafeSearch Force SafeSearch removes explicit content from search results on Google, Bing, and Yahoo. Each of these services offers its own SafeSearch toggle, but users can disable it on their own. Enabling Force SafeSearch through GoGuardian Admin enforces the setting regardless of what users do in their account preferences. This setting applies globally to all users. It cannot be restricted to a subset of users or policies. ### Safe Translator Translation tools like Google Translate can load a full webpage through a translated URL, which can route users around URL-level filtering. Enabling Safe Translator applies your content filtering policies to sites accessed through `translate.google.com` and blocks all sites in the Translators website category for all users, regardless of whether that category is blocked in a specific policy. If a legitimate translator site is blocked after you enable this setting, add an allow rule for that site in the relevant policy. Use a wildcard pattern: for example, `*spanishdict.com*`: to ensure the allow rule overrides the global block. For wildcard syntax, see [Use Wildcard Rules in Policies](/products/admin/filtering-with-wildcards). ### Block Direct IP Access Websites can be reached by hostname or by their public IP address. A user who enters a raw IP address: for example, `74.125.224.72`: into a browser can bypass hostname-based filtering rules. Enabling Block Direct IP Access prevents access to websites via direct IP entry. If specific IP addresses need to remain accessible, add them as allowed sites in the relevant policy. You can use a wildcard pattern to allow a range: for example, `*74.125.224*` allows any IP address containing that segment. ### Filter Embedded Content An iFrame is an HTML element that embeds content from an external source inside a webpage. Because GoGuardian Admin policy rules filter by top-level domain, embedded content from a different domain can load even when the source domain is blocked. Enabling Filter Embedded Content extends policy filtering rules to cover embedded sources, not just top-level domains. Filter Embedded Content does not apply to users whose assigned policy is set to Restrictive Mode. If a policy uses Restrictive Mode, embedded content is not blocked for users on that policy. For more information, see the Restrictive Mode exception in [Review Policy Precedence](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact). ## Manage AI Activity Detection **Detect AI Activity** is an organization-wide Advanced Config setting for Prompt Visibility. It is on by default and controls whether GoGuardian captures supported student prompts and AI-generated responses. It does not control standard webpage records in Browsing Activity. Access to the setting is controlled by the **Advanced Config** permission in Org Management. For setup steps, behavior, and supported AI tools, see [Review AI Activity with Prompt Visibility](/products/admin/ai-activity-prompt-visibility#configure-ai-activity-detection). ## Resources Close additional bypass routes, including Block Consumer Google Accounts, Guest Mode, and Incognito Mode. Add allow rules for specific sites or IP ranges within a policy. Review how GoGuardian Admin resolves conflicts between global settings and policy-level rules. Learn how In School and Out of School Mode affects when Global Config settings are active. # Use Global Search Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/global-search Search for students, websites, Google Docs, and Chrome Apps across your organization in GoGuardian Admin. Global Search in GoGuardian Admin lets administrators find student browsing reports and review organizational usage for websites, Google Docs, and Chrome Apps in one place. Enter a name, email address, or resource name and GoGuardian Admin returns matching results as you type. ## Access Global Search Global Search is available from the top navigation bar in GoGuardian Admin. 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and sign in with your administrator account. 2. Find the **Global Search** bar at the top of the page. 3. Enter a student name, email address, website domain, Google Doc name, or app name. Results appear automatically as you type. 4. A list of matching results appears below the search bar, grouped by result type. Select any result to open its detail page. Access Global Search ## Search for a Student Enter a student's name or email address to open their individual browsing report. 1. In the **Global Search** bar, enter the student's full name or email address. 2. Select the student's name from the search results list. 3. The student's report opens and displays their general information, browsing activity, top content, and reporting export options. ## Search for a Website Enter a website domain to see which students have accessed it, including recent users, top users, and an activity chart. From the website detail page, you can add a filtering rule directly to one of your policies. Global Search finds websites by top-level domain only. Searching for a full URL is not supported. For example, enter `example.com` rather than `https://example.com/page`. 1. In the **Global Search** bar, enter the website domain you want to review, such as `example.com`. 2. Select the website from the search results list. 3. The website detail page displays recent users, top users, and an activity chart showing access over time. 4. To block or allow the website in a policy, click **Block** or **Allow** on the detail page, then select the target policy. 5. The rule appears in the selected policy. Navigate to the policy to confirm the rule is active. ## Search for a Google Doc Enter a Google Doc, Sheet, or Form name to see an activity chart and the top users of that document. 1. In the **Global Search** bar, enter the name of the Google Doc, Sheet, or Form you want to find. 2. Select the document from the search results list. 3. The document detail page opens and displays an activity chart and a list of top users. ## Search for a Chrome App or Extension Enter an app or extension name to see the number of installs and top users. From the app detail page, you can add a filtering rule to a policy. 1. In the **Global Search** bar, enter the name of the Chrome App or extension. 2. Select the app or extension from the search results list. 3. The detail page displays the total number of installs and a list of top users. 4. To block or allow the app in a policy, click **Block** or **Allow**, then select the target policy. 5. The rule appears in the selected policy. Navigate to the policy to confirm the rule is active. ## Navigate to a Detailed Report from Results Every result in Global Search links directly to a detail page. Select any result to open a full report for that student, website, document, or app. From the detail page, you can review usage data, export reports, or update filtering policies without returning to the main navigation. ## Resources Filter, export, and investigate browsing activity data across your organization. Add allow or block rules to filtering policies for specific websites and apps. # Google Searches Are Blocked Unexpectedly Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/google-searches-blocked-unexpectedly Diagnose and fix unexpected Google search blocks caused by Chrome's Network Prediction feature in GoGuardian Admin. Students are getting blocked while searching Google, even though they never opened a blocked site. This is most likely caused by Chrome's Network Prediction feature, which pre-loads top search results before a student finishes typing. ## Understand the Cause Chrome's Network Prediction feature attempts to speed up browsing by pre-loading the top two website results from a Google search before the student selects any link. When at least one of those pre-loaded results is a site blocked by your GoGuardian Admin filtering policy, the block fires immediately — even though the student took no action. In GoGuardian Admin reporting, the block appears as if the student navigated directly to the blocked site. The student's search string and intent are not visible in the block event. **Example:** Your district blocks `reddit.com` in GoGuardian Admin. A student searches Google for "dogs." One of the top two results links to Reddit. Chrome pre-loads that result, GoGuardian identifies it as a blocked site, and the entire search is blocked. The student never clicked Reddit. GoGuardian began receiving reports of this behavior starting March 10, 2025, following a change Google applied to the Network Prediction setting. ## Confirm Network Prediction Is the Cause Before disabling Network Prediction across your domain, confirm it is the source of the blocks. * The affected student was on a Google search page, not a specific site * The block page shows a domain the student did not intentionally open * The domain in the block event is one that appears commonly in search results (for example, `reddit.com`, `twitter.com`, or `quora.com`) * The issue is intermittent and tied to search activity rather than direct navigation If the block is not related to Google searches or Network Prediction, see [A Site Is Blocked Unexpectedly](/products/admin/site-blocked-unexpectedly) for general filtering troubleshooting. ## Disable Network Prediction in Google Admin Console Apply this change to your top-level domain organizational unit (OU) or to each student OU. Applying it only to a sub-OU that does not cover all student accounts leaves other students exposed to the same behavior. 1. Go to [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com) and sign in with your Google Workspace admin account. 2. Select **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **User and browser settings**. 3. In the left panel, select the OU you want to update. Apply the setting to your top-level domain OU to cover all users, or select individual student OUs if you need to limit the scope. 4. In the settings search bar, type **Network Prediction** to locate the setting. 5. Change the setting to **Do not predict network actions**. 6. Click **Save**. The setting takes effect as Chrome policies propagate to managed devices. Policy propagation timing varies. Allow up to 24 hours for the change to apply across all managed devices, though most devices receive updated policies within a few hours. Understand the Cause ## If Searches Are Still Blocked After the Change If Google searches continue to trigger blocks after disabling Network Prediction, the cause is likely unrelated to pre-loading. Use the following resources to continue troubleshooting. * Check whether the blocked domain is explicitly listed in the student's active filtering policy * Review the filtering policy applied to the affected OU * Confirm the block event timestamp and context in GoGuardian Admin reporting ## Resources Use this page when a block is not related to Google searches or Network Prediction. Review how to add or remove site-level rules in a filtering policy. # How Filtering Rules Interact Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact How GoGuardian Admin filtering rules interact when several apply to one request, including categories, URL rules, policy precedence, and bypass codes. GoGuardian Admin applies multiple filtering mechanisms simultaneously. When more than one rule applies to the same request, a defined priority order determines which rule takes effect. Understanding this order helps you predict filtering behavior and diagnose unexpected results. The mechanisms covered here are: website URL rules, category rules, policy assignment (Assigned vs. Inherited), Custom Groups, bypass passwords, Quick Lists, and DNS filtering. ## Understand the Priority Hierarchy When GoGuardian Admin receives a filtering request, it resolves rules in this order: 1. **DNS filtering** (network-level, evaluated before extension-based rules) 2. **Policy assignment type** (Assigned vs. Inherited, modified by Restrictive Mode) 3. **Rule type within a policy** (explicit URL rules take priority over category rules) Each layer is described in detail below. ## How URL Rules and Category Rules Interact Within any single filtering policy, explicit website URL rules take priority over category rules. * A URL that falls under a **blocked category** can be individually allowed by adding it as an explicit allow URL rule. The URL allow wins. * A URL that falls under an **allowed category** can be individually blocked by adding it as an explicit block URL rule. The block wins. An "allowed" category means the category is not actively blocked. It does not function as an explicit allow. This distinction matters when the URL is also subject to a block rule elsewhere in the hierarchy. All URL rules have an implicit wildcard at the end. Blocking `website.com` covers `website.com*`, which includes all paths and query strings under that domain. To restrict a rule to a specific path, use a pattern that does not extend past the intended endpoint. ## How Assigned and Inherited Policies Interact A student's filtering behavior is shaped by two policy sources: * **Assigned policy:** The policy applied directly to the student's org unit or Custom Group. * **Inherited policy:** The policy applied to a parent org unit in the directory hierarchy. By default, the Assigned policy takes priority over the Inherited policy for all rule types. **Policy inheritance cannot be disabled.** When a policy is assigned to an OU, every sub-OU inherits it, and there is no setting to turn inheritance off. Inherited rules can still be overwritten by adding specific allow or block rules to the Website URLs section of a locally Assigned policy. **Inherited policies from different levels merge with equal priority.** Multiple inherited policies carry equal weight, and the locally Assigned policy takes precedence over all of them. Expressed as a formula, where Policy A and Policy B are inherited and Policy C is Assigned: `Policy A = Policy B < Policy C`. **Restrictive Mode changes this behavior.** When Restrictive Mode is enabled on the Assigned policy, its priority drops back to equal with the Inherited policy. At equal priority, an explicit allow rule beats a block rule — so a site specifically allowed in an inherited policy remains allowed even when the Restrictive Mode policy would block it. This is deliberate: it prevents a Restrictive Mode policy from silently overriding every other policy applied to the org unit. When a site is unexpectedly allowed under a Restrictive Mode policy, check whether an inherited policy allows it. | Scenario | Result | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Social Networking blocked in Assigned policy + `facebook.com` allowed in Inherited policy URL rules | Facebook blocked (Assigned wins) | | Social Networking blocked in Inherited policy + `facebook.com` explicitly allowed in Assigned policy URL rules | Facebook allowed (explicit URL in Assigned wins) | | Social Networking allowed in Assigned policy + Social Networking blocked in Inherited policy | Facebook blocked (allowed category is not an explicit allow; Inherited block applies) | | Assigned policy with Restrictive Mode ON blocks `amazon.com` + Inherited policy allows `amazon.com` | Amazon allowed (Restrictive Mode equalizes weight; more permissive outcome applies when rules conflict at equal priority) | ## How Custom Groups Interact with Policies In GoGuardian Admin, Custom Groups apply a policy to a defined set of users regardless of their org unit. A user in a Custom Group is subject to: * The Custom Group's assigned policy (treated as the Assigned policy layer) * The policy inherited from their org unit (treated as the Inherited policy layer) Custom Group policies follow the same Assigned vs. Inherited priority rules above. Restrictive Mode on the Custom Group policy equalizes its weight with the Inherited policy. For more on Custom Group setup and Restrictive Mode, see [Manage Custom Groups](/products/admin/custom-groups). ## How Bypass Passwords Interact with Filtering Bypass passwords grant a student temporary access to a URL that would otherwise be blocked by a filtering policy. The bypass is time-limited, based on the duration configured for that password. Bypass passwords work at the URL level. They do not override DNS filtering. A site blocked by DNS filtering cannot be accessed via a bypass password. For bypass password configuration, see [Configure Bypass Passwords](/products/admin/configure-bypass-passwords). ## How Quick Lists Interact with Filtering Quick Lists are a teacher feature used in GoGuardian Teacher during active sessions. They add URL exceptions to a Scene's allow or block list during a session. Quick Lists do not interact with GoGuardian Admin filtering policies. They operate within the context of a Teacher session only and have no effect on Admin policy behavior before, after, or outside of a session. ## How DNS Filtering Interacts with Extension-Based Filtering DNS filtering and GoGuardian Admin extension-based filtering are independent layers. They operate at different points in a network request and do not override each other. * A site blocked by DNS filtering cannot be allowed through an Admin policy URL rule or bypass password. * A site allowed by an Admin policy URL rule is not automatically permitted through DNS filtering if DNS filtering blocks that domain. This independence means both layers must be considered when diagnosing filtering behavior. A site that appears correctly configured in Admin policies but remains inaccessible may be blocked at the DNS layer. For DNS filtering configuration and use cases, see [Review DNS Filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns). ## Resolve Policy Precedence Conflicts Precedence matters most when the observed result does not match the policy you expected to apply. Watch for it when: * A user belongs to more than one relevant group * A local customized policy and an inherited OU policy both affect the same target * The expected result changes between in-school and out-of-school filtering * A site-specific exception appears to win or lose unexpectedly When more than one policy applies to an org unit, GoGuardian Admin resolves conflicts with these rules: * **Assigned (locally applied) policies outrank Inherited policies.** In a rule conflict, the Assigned policy wins. For example, if an inherited default policy allows `amazon.com` but a policy assigned to the 5th-grade OU blocks the E-commerce category, `amazon.com` is blocked for the 5th-grade OU despite the inherited allow rule. * **Same-type policies fall back to allow-beats-block.** When two Assigned policies or two Inherited policies conflict, an allow rule supersedes a block rule. * **Restrictive Mode is the exception.** A Restrictive Mode policy drops to equal priority with inherited policies, so an explicit inherited allow can still win (see the section above). Stack as few policies as possible per org unit, ideally no more than two. Keep inherited policies less restrictive and make Assigned policies more targeted to the org units they cover. Precedence problems get harder to diagnose when multiple policies appear to solve the same need. ## Verify the Effective Result When the result is not what you expected, trust the effective result over assumptions about which rule should win. Use Policy Checker to compare the policies in effect for a specific user and URL. 1. Confirm the user, device, OU, custom group, and network context involved in the request. 2. Write down every policy that could reasonably apply, including inherited and local policies. 3. Open Policy Checker and review how the rules are being applied in practice rather than guessing from policy names alone. 4. If a local customized policy exists alongside a higher-level inherited policy, verify whether the local policy is producing the final result. 5. Confirm the outcome against the exact URL and context that triggered the question. ## Identify Signs of a Precedence Issue * A site is still blocked even though you added an allow rule somewhere else * Students in different groups get different results for the same site * A change to a parent OU did not produce the outcome you expected * The result is different off campus than it is on campus ## Quick-Reference Summary | Rule type | Priority relative to others | | ----------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | DNS filtering | Evaluated first, before extension-based rules; operates independently | | Assigned policy | Takes priority over Inherited policy (unless Restrictive Mode is on) | | Inherited policy | Lower priority than Assigned; equal priority when Assigned has Restrictive Mode | | Explicit URL rule (within a policy) | Overrides category rules in the same policy | | Category rule (within a policy) | Applies when no explicit URL rule overrides it | | Custom Group policy | Treated as the Assigned policy layer | | Bypass password | Overrides extension-based filtering for the duration; does not override DNS | | Quick Lists | Session-only; do not affect Admin policies | Set up a new policy and apply it to an org unit or Custom Group. Add explicit URL rules to a filtering policy. Create and manage Custom Groups with targeted filtering policies. How DNS filtering works alongside extension-based filtering. Use this troubleshooting flow when precedence is only one possible cause. # Install GoGuardian Extensions and Configure Google Admin Console Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/install-extensions Force-install the GoGuardian and GoGuardian License extensions through Google Admin Console, configure settings, import OUs, and verify deployment. This guide walks GoGuardian Super Users through installing the GoGuardian extensions in Google Admin Console, along with the key Google Admin Console settings. The extensions must be installed for any user you intend to filter and review with GoGuardian Admin, Teacher, or Beacon. GoGuardian *users* (teachers, admins, and staff) only need an account registered at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/) with product access enabled to sign in and use GoGuardian products. To install the extensions using Active Directory or Microsoft Intune, or to deploy The GoGuardian App to Windows, iPads, or Mac, contact your GoGuardian Account Manager for guidance. If you have already installed the extensions, skip to **Verify Extension Deployment**. ## Locate Your GoGuardian Extensions Every GoGuardian account has a unique pair of Chrome extensions. To find your organization's extensions, sign in to GoGuardian with your Super User credentials and open the [Org Management Installation page](https://manage.goguardian.com/installations/chrome). Keep this window open for the next step. GoGuardian Org Management Chrome/Extension installation page showing the GoGuardian and GoGuardian License extension App IDs and URLs ## Force-Install the Extensions 1. Using your Google Admin credentials, sign in to [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com/). 2. In the left panel, click **Devices** → **Chrome** → **Apps & extensions** → **Users & browsers**. Google Admin Console Apps & Extensions page with the Users & browsers tab and an organizational unit selected in the left panel 3. Select the organizational unit or units that contain the student accounts you intend to filter and review. 4. To filter all users in the organization, including teachers and staff, select the domain-level (top-level) OU. Sub-OUs inherit extensions from their parent OU, but double-check each OU and sub-OU you intend to deploy to. 5. Hover over the plus sign near the bottom corner of the screen. 6. Click the waffle icon to add a Chrome app or extension by ID. Google Admin Console Users & browsers panel with the add-extension waffle icon highlighted next to the Chrome Web Store and Play Store icons 7. Click the drop-down menu and select **From a Custom URL**. Google Admin Console Add Chrome app or extension by ID dialog with the From a Custom URL option highlighted 8. Refer back to the Chrome extension install page in Org Management for the App IDs and URLs. 9. Copy and paste the first App ID and URL pair into their fields, then click **Save**. Both extensions have unique installation URLs. 10. In the following window, open the **Installation policy** drop-down and select **Force install**, then select **Allow all permissions** under **Permissions and URL access**. Repeat this process for both the **GoGuardian Extension** and the **GoGuardian License** extension. Google Admin Console extension row with Force Install selected as the installation policy and Allow all permissions selected under Permissions and URL access ## Configure User and Browser Settings User and browser settings control Chrome browser behavior and apply to signed-in managed accounts. From the Google Admin home screen, click **Devices** → **Chrome** → **Settings** → **Users & browsers**, select the OU that contains the user accounts you are deploying to, and configure the following policies. Use the Find tool (Command+F on Mac, Ctrl+F on Windows) to locate policies quickly. ### Configure Required Policies | Policy | Value | Notes | | -------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Incognito Mode | Disallow Incognito Mode | | | Screenshot | Allow users to take screenshots and video recordings | Disabling screenshots causes problems with GoGuardian Teacher and Smart Alerts. | | Developer Tools | Never allow the use of built-in developer tools | Developer tools can be used to disable extensions. Also disallow developer tools access on the extensions page. | | User management of installed CA certificates | Disallow users from managing certificates | Prevents users from tampering with certificates GoGuardian requires. | Google Admin Console Users & browsers settings showing the User management of installed CA certificates policy set to Disallow users from managing certificates ### Configure Recommended Policies | Policy | Value | Notes | | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Task Manager | Block users from ending processes with the Chrome task manager | | | Safe Browsing | Always enable Safe Browsing in standard mode, disallow real-time proxied checks, and don't allow users to override this setting | | | SafeSearch and Restricted Mode | Always use SafeSearch | | | Sign-in to secondary accounts | Block users from signing into or out of secondary Google Accounts | Prevents users from signing into a personal email account, such as adding a personal Gmail account to the account chooser, while signed into a domain-managed account. | | Multiple Sign-In Access | Block multiple sign-in access for users in this organization | Prevents users from switching between accounts on a device without signing out first, so GoGuardian policies always apply. This also prevents a student from signing into another student's account, which may have different filtering policies applied to it. | | SSL error override | Block users from clicking through SSL warnings | Prevents filtering bypass through custom DNS mappings. | Google Admin Console Users & browsers settings showing the SSL error override policy set to Block users from clicking through SSL warnings | Policy | Value | Notes | | ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | URL Blocking | Set `javascript://*`, `data://*`, and `devtools://*` as block rules | These block rules prevent tampering with force-installed extensions. Blocking `javascript://*` only prevents JavaScript from running through the browser bar and bookmarks, not from running within a webpage or application. | Google Admin Console Users & browsers settings showing the URL blocking policy with javascript://* added to Blocked URLs | Policy | Value | Notes | | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Side panel search history | Disable showing recent Google Search results in a browser side panel | The side panel can open a Google Search that cannot be reviewed in GoGuardian Teacher or filtered by Scenes or policies. | Google Admin Console Users & browsers settings showing the Side panel search history policy set to disable recent Google Search results in the browser side panel | Policy | Value | Notes | | ------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Google Lens Overlay | Disable the Google Lens overlay, and add `lens.google.com` as a blocked URL | Google Lens lets users search by image instead of text, and the Lens sidebar search cannot be reviewed in GoGuardian. | | Network prediction | Do not predict network actions | Improves GoGuardian filtering performance. A recent Google update to this setting can block Google searches unexpectedly when a top search result links to a blocked site. | | Gemini integrations | Do not allow Gemini integrations | | ### Review Optional Policies | Policy | Value | Notes | | ------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Chrome Management for Signed-in Users | Apply all user policies when users sign into Chrome | Use caution. "Do Not Apply" prevents GoGuardian from working on non-ChromeOS devices. | | Restricted Mode for YouTube | No policy set | Google's policy is enforced first but can be avoided if users sign out of YouTube. Use GoGuardian policies for YouTube filtering, which apply whether or not a user is signed in. | | Browser Guest Mode | Prevent guest browser logins | Controls whether users can start a guest browser session. If Guest Mode is already disabled at the device level, this setting has no additional effect. | | Idle Settings | Log the user out when idle | | ## Configure App Settings From the Google Admin Console home screen, go to **Devices** → **Chrome** → **Apps & extensions** → **User app settings**. * **Allowed types of apps and extensions** (Required): the **Extension** type must be checked. Unchecking a type prevents that type from being installed by admins or users. Google Admin Console Apps & Extensions User app settings tab with the Allowed types of apps and extensions setting highlighted Google Admin Console Allowed types of apps and extensions setting with Extension, Theme, Google Apps Script, Hosted app, Legacy packaged app, and Chrome packaged app all checked * **Allow/block mode** (Recommended): **Block all apps; admin manages allowlist** for both the Play Store and Chrome Web Store. Some third-party apps and extensions can bypass GoGuardian if they contain a built-in browser that is not Chrome or Edge, or that does not require sign-in. Block all other apps and extensions and manage an approved list on the **Apps & Extensions** → **Overview** page. Google Admin Console User app settings Allow/block mode panel showing Block all apps, admin manages allowlist for both Play Store and Chrome Web Store * **Permissions and URLs** (Required): confirm that these permissions are **not** blocked: * Alarms * Detect idle * Notifications * Memory metadata * Identity * Storage * Web requests * Geolocation * CPU metadata * Native messaging * Block web requests Google Admin Console Permissions and URLs settings showing the Block extensions by permission checklist ## Configure Device Settings From the Google Admin home screen, click **Devices** → **Chrome** → **Settings** → **Device settings**, select the OU that contains your Chromebooks, and configure the following. | Policy | Value | Priority | | -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | | Forced Re-Enrollment | Force device to automatically re-enroll after wiping | Recommended | | Guest Mode | Disable guest mode | Required | | Verified Access | Enable for content protection | — | | Verified Mode | Require verified mode boot for verified access | — | | Sign-in Restrictions | Restrict sign-in to a list of users | Required | For **Sign-in Restrictions**, add your district's domain and subdomains preceded by a wildcard, separating multiple entries with commas — for example: `*@goguardian.com, *@students.goguardian.com, *@teachers.goguardian.com`. If your campus has a restrictive firewall or additional content filter, you may need to open connections to GoGuardian services. Refer to GoGuardian's firewall and additional content-filter allowlist guidance. ## Import Your OU Structure Importing organizational units maps students to an assigned OU in GoGuardian. OUs are used for two purposes: **Teacher and admin permissions.** Super Users can grant all OU access or limit a user's OU permissions to control which student data that user can access. For GoGuardian Admin, Admin OU access controls which student data an admin can see and which filtering policies an admin can edit. **GoGuardian features.** For GoGuardian Admin filtering, policies are applied to imported OUs to filter students granularly by org unit. For Smart Alerts, OUs configure Smart Alert Triggers, such as notifying and assigning school admins by the trigger's OUs. For GoGuardian Beacon, OUs create Beacon Deployments that can be customized with alert settings, school hours, parent notifications, and school counselors. ### Import or Sync OUs Set up the initial OU import and OU source on the [Data Sources → OU Settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/ou-settings) page in Org Management. Only one OU source can be selected at a time: Google Admin Console, Clever, ClassLink, Active Directory, or OneRoster. 1. Sign in to [Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com/). 2. Open [Data Sources → OU Settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/ou-settings). 3. Click **Configure** next to **Google Admin Console (GAC)**. 4. Authorize the sync, select each OU to import (not just new OUs), and complete the import. 5. Verify the result: The selected OUs appear in GoGuardian Org Management. ### Automatic vs. Force Sync Once imported, GoGuardian syncs the OU source each night and updates users' assigned OUs when they move between existing OUs. If new OUs are created, or existing OUs are renamed or reorganized, re-import the OU structure manually to add the new OUs. A significant OU change can affect features that rely on the OU source. Policies may become unassigned if their OU is removed or changed, and Smart Alert Trigger OU assignments and Beacon Deployments may need updating. After a significant OU change, double-check your GoGuardian Admin policies, Smart Alert Triggers, and Beacon Deployments. ## Verify Extension Deployment For GoGuardian products to work, both the **GoGuardian** and **GoGuardian License** extensions must be installed for each user you intend to filter and review. GoGuardian recommends creating a test account, such as `teststudent@schooldistrict.org`, in the same OU as your students. 1. Sign in to a test or student account that belongs to the OU the extensions were deployed to. If available, you can also check a student's device. 2. In Google Chrome, go to `chrome://extensions`. 3. Verify that both the **GoGuardian** and **GoGuardian License** extensions are present and enabled. The extensions only need to be deployed one time. Chrome extensions page showing both the GoGuardian and GoGuardian License extensions installed and enabled on a managed Chromebook # Manage Flagged Activity Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/manage-flagged-activity Use GoGuardian Admin's Flagged Activity to identify concerning terms on webpages students visit, review results by org unit, and configure notifications. Flagged Activity lets administrators identify concerning terms that appear on webpages visited by students, without blocking content. When a term on your Flagged Terms list appears anywhere in a page's HTML source (including metadata), GoGuardian Admin generates an alert. Use the results page to review flagged domains by org unit, export data for reporting, and configure notifications by severity level. ## Manage Your Flagged Terms List The terms on your Flagged Terms list are what the Flagged Activity engine scans for on every page visited by a student with GoGuardian installed. A default list is provided, but you can add, remove, and adjust severity for any term. To reach the configuration page, go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Flagged Activity**, then select **Configuration**. **Add a term:** 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Flagged Activity**. 2. Select **Configuration**. 3. In the **Search or Add Term Here** field, enter the term you want to add. 4. If the term does not already appear in the list, click **Add Term**. 5. Verify the result: The new term appears in your Flagged Terms list. **Set severity before adding a term:** Before clicking **Add Term**, select a severity level from the **Severity** dropdown. The available levels are Low, Medium, and High. **Change severity for an existing term:** 1. In the **Search or Add Term Here** field, enter the term you want to update. 2. Select the **Severity** dropdown to the right of the term. 3. Select the new severity level. 4. Verify the result: The updated severity level appears next to the term in the list. **Remove a term:** 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Flagged Activity**. 2. Select **Configuration**. 3. In the **Search or Add Term Here** field, enter the term you want to remove. 4. Select the delete icon next to the term in the list. 5. Verify the result: The term no longer appears in your Flagged Terms list. A flagged term does not mean a student searched for it. The Flagged Activity engine scans the full HTML source of every page, including metadata and code. A search for an unrelated topic can generate a flag if a flagged term appears anywhere in the resulting page's source. ## Review Flagged Activity Results The Flagged Activity results page shows flagged domains across your organization. Filter by org unit to focus on a specific school or group. 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Flagged Activity**. 2. Use the **Org Units** dropdown to filter results by org unit, or leave it set to the full organization. 3. Review the results table. Each row displays the flagged hostname, severity level, date and time, and the user who generated the flag. 4. To see details for a domain, click the **+** icon to expand the row. The main Flagged Activity page highlighting the Org Unit selection menu to change which group of Flagged Activity is… The expanded view shows: * The exact page URL that was visited * Additional users who generated a flag on the same domain * The flagged term or terms, with a number next to each term indicating how many times it appeared on the page or in the page metadata * A **Dismiss all from URL** button to clear all alerts from that hostname The results page supports user-level drill-down. To see exactly which student accessed flagged content, click a username in the results table. The drill-down view shows that student's full flagged activity log, including the specific URLs visited and the terms triggered. 5. To clear all flagged activity at once, click **Dismiss All**. 6. Verify the result: Dismissed alerts no longer appear in the results list. Flagged Activity does not block pages. It generates alerts only. To block content, use filtering policies or Smart Alerts Triggers. To prevent a specific domain from generating Flagged Activity alerts entirely, add an Allow rule for that domain in the filtering policy assigned to the affected OU. Apply the rule to a policy at the root OU to suppress alerts for all users in your organization. See [Block and Allow Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites). Flagged Activity 'Activity' page displaying alert hostnames, student names, Flagged Terms and more ## Export Flagged Activity Data Download a CSV of flagged activity to share with district leadership or for external reporting. 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Flagged Activity**. 2. Click **Download as CSV**. 3. Select a timeframe and org unit. 4. Enter a title and set a row limit. 5. Click **Export**. 6. Verify the result: A CSV file downloads to your device with flagged activity data for the selected timeframe and org unit. The Flagged Activity CSV Export option ## Configure Notification Settings Control which severity levels trigger email notifications. Administrators only receive notifications for flagged activity from org units they have access to in Org Management. 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin and select **Flagged Activity**. 2. Select **Notification Settings**. 3. Choose a notification option: | Option | What it does | | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------ | | None | No email notifications | | All | Emails for all severity levels | | High and Medium Severity | Emails for medium and high severity alerts | | High Severity | Emails for high severity alerts only | 4. Verify the result: Your notification setting is saved and applies to all future flagged activity from your accessible org units. **Understand severity levels:** Severity is calculated based on the severity assigned to individual terms, how frequently those terms appear on a page, and the relative weight of flagged terms on that page. A page with a high number of low-severity terms can still register as High Severity. **Understand email rate limits:** GoGuardian Admin limits notification emails to reduce alert fatigue: * 1 email per 10 minutes * 5 emails per hour * 10 emails per 24 hours Notification scope is based on org unit access. Administrators receive flagged activity notifications only for org units they can access in Org Management. If you are not receiving expected notifications, confirm your org unit access with your tech director. ## Resources Review how GoGuardian Admin uses machine learning to identify flagged content and generate alerts. Understand the differences between Smart Alerts and Flagged Activity and when to use each. # Manage Flagged Terms Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/manage-flagged-terms Add, remove, and adjust the severity of the terms the Flagged Activity engine scans for on visited websites. Go to **Flagged Activity** → **Configuration**. The terms listed there are what the Flagged Activity engine references when scanning the content of visited websites. A default list of terms and severity levels is provided and is fully customizable — you can remove terms, add terms, and adjust severity for your school. ## Add a Term 1. Type the term into the **Search or Add Term Here** field at the top. 2. If the term is not already in the list, choose a severity from the drop-down. 3. Click **Add Term**. The Flagged Activity Configuration page where flagged terms can be added or searched for. ## Change a Term's Severity Search for the term, then use the **Severity** drop-down to the right of it to change the level. # Migrate Chromebooks to New Theft Recovery Extension Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/migrate-chromebooks-theft-recovery Move existing Theft Recovery Chromebooks to the new extension after Google phased out support for Chrome apps. Google has phased out support for Chrome apps, which affects the previous Theft Recovery extension. This article covers the migration process for existing Theft Recovery customers moving Chromebooks to the new extension. These steps require administrator access to Google Admin Console. If you are setting up Theft Recovery for the first time, see [Set Up Theft Recovery](/products/admin/set-up-theft-recovery). ## Set Up Theft Recovery in Google Admin Console ### Configure Managed Guest Session Settings 1. Sign in to Google Admin Console as an administrator. 2. In the navigation menu, go to **Directory** > **Organizational units**. 3. Click **Create organizational unit** and name it **Lost Devices**. 4. Open **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Managed guest session settings**. 5. Select the **Lost Devices** OU from the sidebar. 6. Apply the following settings: **Managed guest session** * Configuration: **Auto-launch managed guest session** * Session name: **Guest** * Auto-launch delay: **0** **Incognito mode**: **Disallow incognito mode** **Task manager**: **Block users from ending processes with the Chrome task manager** **URL blocking**: `javascript://*` **Screenshot**: **Allow users to take screenshots and video recordings** **Developer tools**: **Never allow use of built-in developer tools** 7. Save your changes. ### Apply Device Restrictions 1. Go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Device settings**. 2. Select the **Lost Devices** OU from the sidebar. 3. Configure the following settings: **Sign-in restriction**: **Do not allow any user to sign in** **Guest mode**: **Disable guest mode** **Forced re-enrollment**: **Force device to re-enroll after wiping** 4. Save your changes. Set Up Theft Recovery in Google Admin Console ### Install the Theft Recovery Extension 1. Go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Apps & extensions** > **Managed guest sessions**. 2. Select the **Lost Devices** OU. 3. Click the **Add** icon and choose **Add Chrome app or extension by ID**. 4. Enter the following extension ID: `ejblgkabfnkbdjmdkpfgojkohmgnpblh` 5. Select **From a custom URL**. 6. Enter the following URL: `https://theft-recovery-ext.goguardian.com/production.xml` 7. Select **Force install**. 8. Save your changes. 9. Verify the result: On a target device, confirm that guest session mode is enabled on the login screen. After signing in as a guest, confirm that the Theft Recovery extension is installed in Chrome. The Add Chrome app or Extension by ID button in Google Admin Console The 'add Chrome app or extension by ID' interface highlighting the 'from a custom URL' option ## Move Chromebooks to the New Organizational Unit 1. In the navigation menu, go to **Chrome** > **Devices**. 2. Select the organizational unit with the old Theft Recovery extension installed. 3. Select the devices you want to move. 4. Click **Move** in the toolbar. 5. Choose the **Lost Devices** OU created in the previous section. 6. Click **Move**. Welcome App 'auto launch' page ## Authorize and Sync in GoGuardian Admin 1. Sign in to GoGuardian Admin and go to **Theft Recovery**. 2. Click the three-dot menu and select **Settings** > **Authorize with Google**. 3. Log in with a Google Admin Super User account. 4. Click **Allow Access**. 5. In the three-dot menu, select **Sync Devices**. 6. Click **Sync Google Admin Console**. 7. Verify the result: Find the device in the list. Once the device successfully checks in, its status changes to **Detected** in the Theft Recovery dashboard. ## Resources * [Understand Theft Recovery](/products/admin/theft-recovery) * [Set Up Theft Recovery](/products/admin/set-up-theft-recovery) * [Track a Missing Device](/products/admin/track-a-missing-device) # Recover a Missing Device Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/recover-a-missing-device Mark a detected Chromebook as recovered in GoGuardian Admin and return it to its original organizational unit. When a lost or stolen Chromebook is found and returned, mark it as recovered in Theft Recovery to move it back to its original organizational unit (OU) and archive the tracking record. ## Mark a Device as Recovered 1. Sign in to GoGuardian Admin and go to **Theft Recovery**. 2. Locate the **Detected** device in the **Active** section. 3. Click the three-dot menu in the device's row and select **Mark Recovered**. 4. In the **Recover a Device** window, select the OU to move the device back to. 5. Confirm the move. 6. Verify the result: The device moves to the **Archived** section and is listed as **Recovered**. A full Theft Recovery record, including all detection and recovery data, is saved for that device. If a recovered device is lost or stolen again, you can track it by clicking **Find Devices** on the Active Theft Recovery page, or by moving it back to the Theft Recovery OU in Google Admin Console. See [Track a Missing Device](/products/admin/track-a-missing-device) for details. ## Resources * [Track a Missing Device](/products/admin/track-a-missing-device) * [Understand Data Collected by Theft Recovery](/products/admin/theft-recovery-data-collected) # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/reporting-overview An overview of every reporting option in GoGuardian Admin: what data each report provides, who can access it, and how long data is available. GoGuardian Admin provides reporting surfaces for browsing behavior, Screen Time, AI Activity, flagged content, and organization-wide activity trends. Each report serves a distinct purpose, and understanding when to use each one helps you get to the right data faster. ## Understand Data Availability and Filtering All reports in GoGuardian Admin share a common filtering system and a shared data availability window. **Data availability:** GoGuardian Admin retains report data for up to 6 months. Reports cannot be generated for dates outside this window. **Date range:** Each report can be filtered by a custom date range. The maximum range for a single export is 1 month. Shorter presets (single day, 1 week, 2 weeks) are also available. **Org unit filtering:** Every report can be filtered by one or more org units (OUs). Filtering by OU limits the data to users assigned to that OU. Leaving the OU filter set to the full organization returns data for all users. Administrators receive data only for the org units they can access in Org Management. If your report appears incomplete, confirm your org unit access with your tech director. Understand Data Availability and Filtering ## Review Report Types ### Dashboard Reports The GoGuardian Admin Dashboard provides a high-level view of activity trends across your organization. Dashboard reports cover the following data types: * **Top Websites**: most-visited web destinations * **Top Videos**: most-watched YouTube videos * **Top Searches**: most common Google searches * **Top Docs**: most-accessed Google Docs * **Top Apps**: most-used Chrome Apps * **Top Categories**: most-visited website categories Each data type can be exported as a CSV directly from the dashboard. Top Categories data is filtered in 1-week increments only. For step-by-step export instructions, see [Review the Admin Dashboard](/products/admin/admin-dashboard). ### Browsing Activity Reports The Browsing Activity report is a CSV export of all student web activity for the selected org unit and date range. Each row in the export includes: * URL and hostname * Result (Viewed or Blocked) * Date visited and time spent * Content type (search engine or direct website access) * User name This report is useful for identifying browsing patterns at the organization level, investigating specific blocked or allowed content, and sharing activity data with district leadership. For export instructions and filtering options, see [Review Browsing Activity](/products/admin/browsing-activity). ### Student Activity Reports Each student has an individual activity report accessible from their profile page. Student Activity reports contain the same fields as Browsing Activity reports, but scoped to a single user: * URL and hostname * Result (Viewed or Blocked) * Time spent and date visited * Content type (search engine or direct website access) Student Activity reports can be downloaded as a CSV or sent by email directly from the student's profile page. Access the profile page by searching for the student's name using Global Search in GoGuardian Admin. ### Review Screen Time Reports The Screen Time report summarizes how long students spend on websites. Review district activity by organizational unit, website category, or classroom, then open an individual student report for daily totals. The report separates activity during and outside teacher sessions, as well as during and outside school hours. For definitions, permissions, and export steps, see [Review Screen Time Activity](/products/admin/screen-time-activity). ### Review AI Activity Reports The AI Activity report shows supported student interactions with browser-based AI tools. Use **Interaction Type** to prioritize conversations labeled **Concerning**, **Appropriate**, or **Needs Context**, then open the details drawer to read the captured transcript. For supported tools, collection settings, limitations, and export steps, see [Review AI Activity with Prompt Visibility](/products/admin/ai-activity-prompt-visibility). ### Flagged Activity Reports Flagged Activity reports are available from the Flagged Activity page in GoGuardian Admin. Each exported row includes: * User name and email * Public IP address * Time accessed * URL * Flagged terms identified on the page Use Flagged Activity reports to review content that triggered configured term alerts, share data with administrators outside GoGuardian Admin, or document patterns for district review. For instructions on reviewing flagged results, exporting data, and configuring notifications, see [Manage Flagged Activity](/products/admin/manage-flagged-activity). ### Exported Reports Every CSV export generated in GoGuardian Admin is placed on the Exported Reports page (`admin.goguardian.com/exported-reports`). The page lists each report's type, creation date, creator, and expiration date . From the Exported Reports page, you can download or delete any report. Reports may take some time to process after you request them. A system notification appears when a report is ready to download. For any GoGuardian Admin page that does not have an export function, use your browser's print-to-PDF tool (Command+P on Mac, Ctrl+P on Windows) to save a PDF copy of the page content. Review Report Types Review Report Types Review Report Types Review Report Types ## Understand What Reporting Does Not Cover GoGuardian Admin does not currently support automated or scheduled report delivery. All reports must be generated manually. GoGuardian Admin does not provide device-level reporting for individual student devices. For device data, organizations using GoGuardian Fleet can export device records, including serial numbers, asset IDs, assigned status, and assigned users, from the Fleet portal. GoGuardian Admin does not provide a dedicated export for individual website traffic. To identify users who visited a specific hostname, use Global Search to find the hostname and review the associated user list. This data can be saved as a PDF using the print-to-PDF method described above. If you need a reporting capability that is not currently available, submit a feature request at [ideas.goguardian.com](https://ideas.goguardian.com). ## Resources Filter dashboard data, review activity cards, and export reports in GoGuardian Admin. Filter, export, and investigate browsing activity data in GoGuardian Admin. Review flagged terms, export flagged activity data, and configure notifications. Compare website activity across school hours, teacher sessions, organizational units, categories, and classrooms. Review supported AI conversations and configure AI activity detection. # Review Screen Time Activity Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/screen-time-activity View aggregate screen time metrics, analyze district-wide reports, and check individual student digital engagement data in GoGuardian Admin. Use Screen Time in GoGuardian Admin to review how long students spend on websites during and outside teacher sessions, as well as during and outside school hours. District-level reports break down activity by organizational unit, website category, and classroom. Student reports show daily activity for an individual student. ## Confirm Screen Time Access Screen Time data follows the **Activity** permission assigned to your GoGuardian Admin role in Org Management. If your role has **No Access** to Activity, Screen Time summary cards, table data, and export controls are not available. Contact a Super User if you need access. ## View Screen Time on the Dashboard The main dashboard provides a high-level summary of district screen time across all context types. 1. Open [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com), which opens the **Dashboard** page. 2. Locate the **Screen Time** card in the lower-right section of the dashboard. It displays: * Total screen time * Screen time in-session and out-of-session * Screen time in-school and out-of-school 3. Click **View Screen Time Report** at the bottom of the card to open the full reporting view. ## Analyze Screen Time Reports The Screen Time reporting page breaks down web activity by context. Use date filters and report tabs to isolate specific data views. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, click **Screen Time** in the navigation menu. 2. Select a date range using the calendar filter dropdown in the upper-right corner. 3. Click a tab to view data by category: * **OUs**: Web engagement sorted by organizational unit. Columns include: * **In Teacher Session**: Duration students spent browsing websites during active classroom sessions * **Outside Teacher Session**: Duration students spent browsing websites outside active classroom sessions * **In School**: Duration students spent browsing websites during scheduled hours * **Outside School**: Duration students spent browsing websites outside scheduled hours * **Total Time**: Combined web activity across all locations * **Categories**: Time students spent on websites grouped by content category * **Classrooms**: Total screen time by classroom * **Apps**: A link to application usage data in Discover ## Check Individual Student Screen Time Data Administrators can review daily web usage for a specific student. The student-level view shows the same metrics as the district report, broken down by day. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, click **All Students** in the navigation menu, or search for the student's name in the toolbar at the top of the page. 2. Click on the student's name. 3. Click the **Screen Time** tab on the student's profile. The tab displays the following metrics for each day: * **In Teacher Session**: Duration the student spent browsing websites during active classroom sessions * **Outside Teacher Session**: Duration the student spent browsing websites outside active classroom sessions * **In School**: Duration the student spent browsing websites during scheduled hours * **Outside School**: Duration the student spent browsing websites outside scheduled hours * **Total Time**: Combined web activity for that day ## Export Screen Time Data Screen Time data can be exported as a CSV file for review outside GoGuardian Admin. 1. In GoGuardian Admin, click **All Students** in the navigation menu, or search for the student's name in the toolbar. 2. Click **Export** in the upper-right corner of the page. 3. Enter a name for the file in the **Report Title** field. 4. Click **Start Export** to begin generating the report. The report may take a few minutes to generate and will appear on the **Exported Reports** page. You can navigate away from the page while the report processes. ## FAQ **Where can I find application usage and active licensing data?** App data is managed separately within GoGuardian Discover. Open Discover from the app switcher at the top of the navigation menu. **Why does a student's total time not match the sum of school hours and teacher sessions?** The school-hours and teacher-session values are overlapping ways to group the same activity. Do not add **In School**, **Outside School**, **In Teacher Session**, and **Outside Teacher Session** together. Use **Total Time** for the combined duration. ## Resources Filter, export, and investigate browsing activity data in GoGuardian Admin. Review activity data for an individual student in GoGuardian Admin. # Set Up Theft Recovery Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/set-up-theft-recovery Create the organizational unit, install the Theft Recovery extension, and sync your devices with GoGuardian Admin to begin tracking missing Chromebooks. To set up Theft Recovery, create a dedicated organizational unit (OU) in Google Admin Console, install the Theft Recovery extension, and sync your Chromebooks with GoGuardian Admin. If you are migrating from the previous Theft Recovery extension, see [Migrate Chromebooks to New Theft Recovery Extension](/products/admin/migrate-chromebooks-theft-recovery). ## Create the Lost Devices Organizational Unit 1. Sign in to Google Admin Console as an administrator. 2. In the navigation menu, go to **Directory** > **Organizational units**. 3. Click **Create organizational unit**, name it **Lost Devices**, and save. ## Configure Managed Guest Session Settings 1. In the navigation menu, go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Managed guest session settings**. 2. Select the **Lost Devices** OU from the sidebar. 3. Apply the following settings: **Managed guest session** * Configuration: **Auto-launch managed guest session** * Session name: **Guest** * Auto-launch delay: **0** **Incognito mode**: **Disallow incognito mode** **Task manager**: **Block users from ending processes with the Chrome task manager** **URL blocking**: `javascript://*` **Screenshot**: **Allow users to take screenshots and video recordings** **Developer tools**: **Never allow use of built-in developer tools** 4. Save your changes. ## Apply Device Restrictions 1. Go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Settings** > **Device settings**. 2. Select the **Lost Devices** OU from the sidebar. 3. Configure the following settings: **Sign-in restriction**: **Do not allow any user to sign in** **Guest mode**: **Disable guest mode** **Forced re-enrollment**: **Force device to re-enroll after wiping** **Schedule reboot**: Enable it, set the frequency to **Daily**, and enter a reboot time, for example, midnight (00:00). 4. Save your changes. After a device is placed in the Lost Devices OU, it must reboot at least once to launch the Theft Recovery extension. A daily Scheduled Reboot forces the device to restart once per day so the extension loads without waiting for a manual reboot. devices.png chromemgmt.png devicesettings.png deviceOU.png reenroll5.jpg forcedreenroll.png saveforced.png ## Install the Theft Recovery Extension Only apply these extension settings to the **Lost Devices** OU. Installing the Theft Recovery extension at the domain level or in any OU that contains active devices will place all devices in that OU into Theft Recovery mode. Devices in Theft Recovery mode have no web filtering applied and do not require a user to sign in. 1. Go to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Apps & extensions** > **Managed guest sessions**. 2. Select the **Lost Devices** OU. 3. Click the **Add** icon and choose **Add Chrome app or extension by ID**. 4. Enter the following extension ID: `ejblgkabfnkbdjmdkpfgojkohmgnpblh` 5. Select **From a custom URL**. 6. Enter the following URL: `https://theft-recovery-ext.goguardian.com/production.xml` 7. Select **Force install**. 8. Save your changes. 9. Verify the result: On a target device in the Lost Devices OU, confirm that guest session mode is enabled on the login screen. After signing in as a guest, confirm that the Theft Recovery extension is installed in Chrome. ## Authorize GoGuardian to Access Google Admin Console 1. Sign in to GoGuardian Admin and go to **Theft Recovery**. 2. Click the three-dot menu in the top right corner and select **Settings** > **Authorize with Google**. 3. Log in with a Google Admin Super User account when prompted. 4. Click **Allow Access** to complete the authorization. Authorizing the sync grants GoGuardian the following Google Admin account permissions: * Provision and delete users on your domain, including viewing and modifying user details and metadata * View metadata, such as name and description, of organizational units * View all Chrome OS device metadata and view and update a specific Chrome OS device's metadata ## Sync Devices from Google Admin Console 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Theft Recovery**. 2. Click the three-dot menu and select **Sync Devices**. 3. Click **Sync Google Admin Console**. 4. Verify the result: Your managed Chromebooks appear in the device list under the **Active** tab in Theft Recovery. ## Resources * [Understand Theft Recovery](/products/admin/theft-recovery) * [Migrate Chromebooks to New Theft Recovery Extension](/products/admin/migrate-chromebooks-theft-recovery) * [Track a Missing Device](/products/admin/track-a-missing-device) # Site Blocked Unexpectedly Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/site-blocked-unexpectedly Troubleshoot blocked-site reports in GoGuardian Admin. Use this page when a student, teacher, or administrator reports that a site is blocked but should be allowed. ## Gather the Exact Details First * The full URL, not just the domain * The affected user or representative test user * The user's OU or custom-group assignment * Device platform and whether the user is on campus or off campus * The time of the report and, if available, a screenshot of the block page Start with the exact URL the user opened. Small URL differences can change the category match, exception match, or [YouTube filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering) behavior. ## Check the Effective Result 1. Test the same URL and user context that triggered the report. Do not troubleshoot against a simplified or shortened version of the site address. 2. Use Policy Checker or the equivalent policy-comparison workflow in Admin to see how [filtering policies](/products/admin/filtering-policies) are being applied to the user or target in question. 3. Review any allowlist, blocklist, or other explicit site rules that could override the broader category behavior. 4. Confirm whether the site is being blocked because of its category, because it is uncategorized, or because of a recent rule change in the policy. 5. If the user could match more than one policy, verify which policy is winning and whether a local customized policy is overriding an inherited one. See [Understand Policy Precedence](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact) if the assignment chain is unclear. 6. Confirm whether the user is being filtered by an in-school policy, an out-of-school policy, or a [DNS filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) path that applies different rules. 7. After making a change, retest the same URL in the same context and document what was changed so future requests are easier to review. ## Identify Common Causes | Cause | What to review | | -------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | A site-specific block overrides the expected category result | Allowlist and blocklist entries in the policy | | The user matches more than one policy | Policy precedence and current assignment | | The site falls into a blocked or uncategorized state | Category rules and how your district handles uncategorized sites | | Different behavior applies off campus | Out-of-school settings and the user's current network context | | The issue only appears on a network or unmanaged-device path | DNS filtering configuration and the target associated with that context | | The issue is specific to YouTube playback or an embedded video | [A YouTube Video Is Blocked Unexpectedly](/products/admin/youtube-video-blocked-unexpectedly) | Do not solve a single-site request by weakening a broad policy unless you intend to change access for every user assigned to that policy. ## Know When to Escalate * The result in Policy Checker does not match the observed behavior * The block occurs only on a specific platform or deployment path * The site still appears blocked after the policy has been updated and retested * You need help confirming categorization or product behavior that is not visible from Admin ## Resources Review the policy structure before making broader changes. Use this workflow when the fix requires a reusable policy rather than a one-off exception. Use this concept page when overlapping policies are likely causing the conflict. Use this troubleshooting page when the blocked result is specific to YouTube or embedded playback. # Site Not Blocked Unexpectedly Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/site-not-blocked-unexpectedly Troubleshoot reports in GoGuardian Admin where a site that should be blocked is still accessible to students. Use this page when a student can access a site that your filtering policy is intended to block. Start by confirming the exact URL the student reached. A wildcard allow rule can match part of a URL and override a block rule on the same domain. See [Filter with Wildcards](/products/admin/filtering-with-wildcards) for how wildcard matching works. ## Check the Effective Result 1. Look up the student's account in GoGuardian Admin by name or email. Check the **Last Login** field. If the student does not appear or the last login date is not recent, the GoGuardian extension may not be installed or the student may not be signed in to their managed account. GoGuardian Admin filtering applies only to managed user accounts with the GoGuardian extension (or app) installed and active. If your organization deploys extensions through Google Admin Console, verify that the extension is deployed correctly using [Enable GoGuardian in Google Admin Console](/products/org-management/enable-in-google-admin-console). For other deployment types, contact [GoGuardian Support](https://support.goguardian.com/s/contactsupport). Check the Effective Result 2. Find the student's account and note their **Last Organizational Unit**. Go to **Filtering > Policies** and check whether an Assigned or Inherited policy covers that org unit. If no policy is applied, assign a policy to the student's org unit, or to a parent org unit so the policy is inherited downward. See [Understand Filtering Policies](/products/admin/filtering-policies) for guidance on policy assignment. Check the Effective Result 3. Open the policy applied to the student's org unit. In the **Website URLs** section, confirm that a block rule exists for the domain. Check whether a wildcard rule is intended to block the site and review [Filter with Wildcards](/products/admin/filtering-with-wildcards) to confirm the pattern covers the URL in question. To check category-based blocking, go to the **Website Categories** section and enter the domain in the **Check URL** field. Confirm that the category or sub-category assigned to that site is set to **Blocked**. Check the Effective Result 4. In a single-policy setup, an explicit allow rule for a URL or domain overrides any block rule for the same site. In the **Website URLs** section of the policy, confirm that the domain is not listed with an allow action and that no wildcard allow rule matches any part of the URL. Wildcard allow rules apply to the full URL string. A rule like `*math*` will allow access to any URL that contains "math," including a domain that is also listed with a block rule. Remove or narrow the allow rule to restore the block. Check the Effective Result 5. When two or more policies at the same precedence level apply to the same org unit, an allow rule in one policy overrides a block rule in another. Find the student's org unit on the [Filtering > Policies](/products/admin/filtering-policies) page and check whether multiple policies are assigned or inherited at the same level. Note that Assigned policies carry higher priority than Inherited policies at the same org unit. An allow rule in an Inherited policy does not override a block rule in an Assigned policy. See [Understand Policy Precedence](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact) for the full priority order. As a best practice, keep Default and Inherited policies less restrictive and apply more specific filtering rules at the Assigned level. This makes it easier to reason about which rules are active for a given org unit and reduces the chance of an allow rule in a lower-priority policy unexpectedly permitting access to a site you intend to block. Check the Effective Result Check the Effective Result 6. At Home Mode applies a separate set of filtering policies when students are off campus or outside configured school hours. If At Home Mode is enabled and a student is currently in an At Home state, they receive the At Home filtering policies instead of the in-school policies. GoGuardian determines a student's At Home or At School status based on two factors: whether the current time falls within the configured In School Hours window, and whether the device's network IP address falls within the configured School IP Range. Both conditions must match for a student to be treated as At School. If either condition is not met, the student receives At Home filtering. Go to the **At Home Mode** filtering section to review which policies apply outside school hours and whether those policies allow the site in question. Super Users can review or update At Home Mode settings in [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) under **Configuration > Products**. GoGuardian checks a student's At Home or At School status every 15 minutes. If a student puts their device to sleep while in an At Home state, they may retain At Home filtering rules briefly when the device wakes up. This resolves on its own within a few minutes. The student can also enter `chrome://restart` or `edge://restart` in the address bar to force an immediate update. Administrators can configure managed-device MDM policies, for example in Google Admin Console, to automatically sign users out when a device sleeps or the lid closes. This prevents a device from retaining a stale At Home or At School status after it wakes. Consult your MDM documentation for the relevant session or sign-out policy setting. Check the Effective Result 7. If your organization has configured a bypass password, students can use it to gain temporary access to blocked sites. Go to **Advanced Config** > **Bypass Password Attempts** in GoGuardian Admin and check whether the student has recently used a bypass password to access the site. Bypass password access is time-limited. When a student uses a bypass password, they receive access for a configured duration that can be set in minutes, hours, or days, not permanently. After the configured period expires, the site is blocked again under the active filtering policy. If bypass passwords are being used more broadly than intended, review your bypass password configuration in [Configure Bypass Passwords](/products/admin/configure-bypass-passwords) and consider updating or removing passwords that are no longer needed. Check the Effective Result ## Identify Common Causes | Cause | What to review | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | The GoGuardian extension is not installed or the student is not signed in | Student's Last Login in GoGuardian Admin and extension deployment | | No policy is applied to the student's org unit | Policy assignment on the Filtering > Policies page | | The block rule does not cover the exact URL or domain pattern | Website URLs section of the policy and wildcard syntax | | A wildcard allow rule matches part of the blocked URL | Website URLs section, including any allow rules with wildcard patterns | | A second policy at the same level contains a conflicting allow rule | Multiple policies applied to the same org unit | | At Home Mode applies a less restrictive policy outside school hours | At Home Mode filtering policies and In School Hours configuration | | A student used a bypass password to access the blocked site | Bypass Password Attempts page | Do not remove a broad allow rule to fix a single-site issue without reviewing which other sites that rule covers. Removing a wildcard allow rule can block sites your organization intends to allow. ## Know When to Escalate * The policy shows a block rule for the site but the student can still access it after the policy is confirmed and saved * The issue occurs only on a specific device, platform, or network * At Home Mode settings appear correct but the student is receiving the wrong filtering policy * You cannot determine which policy is active for the student's org unit Contact [GoGuardian Support](https://support.goguardian.com/s/contactsupport) and provide the student's name or email address and the URL of the site that should be blocked. ## Resources Review the policy structure before making changes to block or allow rules. Use this page when overlapping policies may be causing a conflict. Use this troubleshooting page for the inverse problem, when a site is blocked but should be allowed. Review bypass password settings and activity if students are gaining temporary access to blocked sites. # Smart Alert Notifications and Email Alerts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/smart-alert-notifications-and-email-alerts How in-app notifications and email notifications work for Smart Alerts, including when they are sent and the related Preferences settings. ## In-App Notifications Users are notified when they are assigned an alert, or when an assigned alert is updated or commented on. Notifications appear in the top-right corner of the Smart Alerts interface. Click the notification icon or the **Notifications** tab to open the notification center. Updates and notifications are grouped by date. Clear them individually or by date using the checkbox and the **Clear** button that appears, or remove all with **Clear All**. ## Email Notifications Email notifications are sent when an alert is assigned to a user by another administrator, by the **Notify & Assign** trigger action, or when an assigned alert is updated. To receive them, a user must enable **Receive email notifications** under the **Preferences** tab. Screenshots of Explicit alerts are blurred in notification emails. You can exclude them from email notifications by disabling **Include screenshots in email** under the **Preferences** tab. Search alerts by student or reference number Bell icon alert count 56 (highlighted) Profile icon Sample User name… Smart Alerts tabs: Alerts, Triggers, Notifications (selected), and Preferences. Toggle box column headers:January… # Configure Smart Alerts Access Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/smart-alerts-access Grant GoGuardian Admin users access to Smart Alerts, choose a permission level per role, and configure OU scoping to control which alerts each admin sees. Smart Alerts is available to GoGuardian Admin users with Full Access, Filter and Monitor, or Monitor Only permissions. Access is granted through Org Management and scoped to the organizational units (OUs) assigned to each user. ## Review Smart Alerts Permissions by Role Each GoGuardian Admin permission level has a distinct set of Smart Alerts capabilities. | Capability | Full Access | Filter and Monitor | Monitor Only | | ------------------------ | ----------- | ------------------ | ------------ | | View alerts | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Request alert PDFs | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Comment on alerts | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Manually assign alerts | Yes | Yes | No | | Change alert status | Yes | Yes | No | | Confirm alert category | Yes | Yes | No | | Create and edit Triggers | Yes | Yes | No | For a full comparison of what each permission level can do across all GoGuardian Admin features, see [Review User Roles and Permissions](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions). ## Create a New Account with Smart Alerts Access Use these steps to create a new user account and grant Smart Alerts access at the same time. You must have a Super User account to complete this task. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and sign in with your Super User account. 2. Click **Add User**. 3. Enter a name and email address for the new account. 4. Under **GoGuardian Admin**, select **Full Access**, **Filter and Monitor**, or **Monitor Only**. 5. Select each OU the user can access. The user will only see Smart Alerts generated by students in OUs you select here. 6. Click **Add User** to create the account. GoGuardian automatically sends a welcome email to the new user. 7. The new account appears in the Org Management user list with the assigned permission level and OUs. The user can sign in and access Smart Alerts for students in the OUs you selected. ## Add Smart Alerts Access to an Existing Account Use these steps to update an existing user account to include Smart Alerts access. You must have a Super User account to complete this task. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and sign in with your Super User account. 2. Use the search bar to find the user account you want to update. 3. Click **Edit** to the right of the user's name. 4. Under **GoGuardian Admin**, select **Full Access**, **Filter and Monitor**, or **Monitor Only**. 5. Select each OU the user can access. If the user already has OU assignments, confirm they cover the correct student populations. 6. Click **Save** to apply the updated permissions. 7. The user's account now shows the updated permission level and OU assignments. The user can access Smart Alerts for students in the selected OUs. Edit User. GoGuardian Admin (selected), Role options: disabled, full access (selected), monitor only, filter only Smart Alert Feature Acess by Admin Role: Full Access, Filter and Monitor, and Monitor Only can all View Alerts,… root OU (partially filled box) Students OU (partial filled box), Sub OUs: GGHQ High School (not selected), GGHQ… ## Understand OU Access and Alert Visibility OU access controls which Smart Alerts an administrator can see. An administrator only sees alerts generated by students in OUs assigned to their account. Selecting a parent OU does not automatically grant access to child OUs unless each child OU is also selected. In the example below, a user assigned to GGHQ Middle School and GGHQ Elementary School can view alerts only for students in those OUs. The root OU and any unselected sub-OUs appear with a partially filled indicator rather than a full checkmark, confirming that access is partial. Assign OU access carefully. If an administrator needs to see alerts for students across your entire organization, select the root OU. If OU assignments are too narrow, the administrator may miss relevant alerts. ## Resolve the Red Triangle Indicator When an administrator is manually assigned to a Smart Alert for a student outside their OU access, a red triangle appears next to that administrator's name on the alert. This means the administrator cannot view the alert. To resolve this, update the administrator's OU access in Org Management to include the OU the student belongs to. 1. Open the Smart Alert with the red triangle indicator. Note the student's OU listed in the alert details. 2. In Org Management at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com), find the administrator's account and click **Edit**. 3. In the OU access section, select the checkbox for the student's OU. 4. Click **Save** to apply the updated OU access. 5. Return to the Smart Alert. The red triangle no longer appears next to the administrator's name, confirming they now have access to view the alert. Assigned (2), Triangle with '!' denotes that a user is assigned but does not have access to the student OU ## Resources Reference the full permission levels available for GoGuardian Admin and Org Management. Learn how Smart Alerts works, how alerts are generated, and how to manage notifications. # Manage the Smart Alerts Allowlist Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/smart-alerts-allowlist Prevent Smart Alerts from scanning specific domains, subdomains, or pages by adding them to the Smart Alerts Allowlist in GoGuardian Admin. The Smart Alerts Allowlist lets you prevent GoGuardian Admin from scanning specific domains, subdomains, or individual pages for alert-triggering content. Use it when a trusted site generates recurring false-positive alerts that do not reflect genuine safety concerns. ## Add an Allowlist Rule 1. Go to **Smart Alerts** in GoGuardian Admin, then select the **Allowlist** tab. 2. Click **Add Rule**. 3. Enter the domain, subdomain, or path you want to allow. To add multiple rules at once, enter each on a new line. 4. Click **Add Rule(s)** to confirm and save. 5. The new rule appears in your Allowlist. GoGuardian Admin will no longer scan the specified resource for alert-triggering content. Allowlist rules are global: each rule applies to all users across your organization and prevents Smart Alerts from generating for all alert types: Explicit, Image, Proxy, and Games. An Allowlist rule also prevents scanning of all embedded content, including text and images, on the allowed page. Use the narrowest rule that covers the trusted resource. For example, allowlist the specific page or subdomain for an approved educational game instead of its entire parent domain. Avoid adding major domains such as `google.com` to the Allowlist, as this prevents scanning across all pages on that domain. Add an Allowlist Rule Add an Allowlist Rule ## Review Allowlist Syntax Allowlist rules support full domains, individual paths, subdomains, and wildcards. The following table uses `goguardian.com` as an example only. | Rule Type | Syntax | Example | What It Covers | | ------------------ | ---------------------- | ------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Full domain | `domain.com` | `goguardian.com` | The domain and all paths beneath it, such as `goguardian.com/teacher` and `goguardian.com/training` | | Individual path | `domain.com/path` | `goguardian.com/support` | Only the specified path. Other paths on the domain remain scanned | | Subdomain | `subdomain.domain.com` | `example.goguardian.com` | The specified subdomain only. Other subdomains remain scanned | | Wildcard subdomain | `*.domain.com` | `*.goguardian.com` | All subdomains of the domain, such as `login.goguardian.com` and `teacher.goguardian.com` | | Wildcard path | `domain.com/*` | `goguardian.com/*` | All paths on the domain without requiring each path to be listed individually | ## Add a Rule from a Smart Alert You can add an Allowlist rule directly from any existing alert, including a Games alert, without navigating to the Allowlist tab. 1. Go to **Smart Alerts** in GoGuardian Admin and find the alert you want to allowlist. 2. Add the rule using one of the following methods: * **From the alert row:** Open the dropdown menu next to the alert row and select **Add to Allowlist**. * **From the alert detail page:** Click the alert to open its detail page, then click **Add to Allowlist** near the associated image. 3. Confirm the rule appears in the **Allowlist** tab. GoGuardian Admin will no longer scan the associated resource. Add an Allowlist Rule Add an Allowlist Rule ## Remove an Allowlist Rule Allowlist rules can be removed at any time. Each addition and removal is recorded in the GoGuardian Admin Audit Log. 1. Go to **Smart Alerts** in GoGuardian Admin, then select the **Allowlist** tab. 2. Locate the rule you want to remove. 3. Click the remove or delete control next to the rule. 4. The rule no longer appears in the Allowlist. GoGuardian Admin resumes scanning the previously allowed resource. ## Resources Learn how GoGuardian Admin generates alerts, how confidence levels work, and how to find and review alerts in the dashboard. Set up automatic actions that run when a Smart Alert is generated for a specific org unit and confidence level. # Block Proxy Sites with Smart Alerts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/smart-alerts-for-proxies Create a Smart Alert Trigger that uses the Proxy category to automatically detect and block proxy sites, including org unit scoping and confidence levels. The Smart Alerts algorithm can scan for and detect websites with proxy elements using the **Proxy** category, and generate Smart Alerts to block them. ## Understand Proxies A web proxy is an intermediary service between a user and the internet. Because the URL stays the same as the proxy's URL regardless of what is accessed, sites that would otherwise be blocked by URL or category can still be reachable through a proxy. ## Create a Trigger to Block Proxies On the [Smart Alerts page](https://admin.goguardian.com/smart-alerts), open the **Triggers** tab and click **Create New Trigger**. 1. Go to **Triggers** in GoGuardian Admin. 2. Click **Add New Trigger**. 3. Enter a name for the Trigger — GoGuardian recommends naming it for who it applies to. Then choose which **Org Units** to apply it to. The Trigger's actions only run for students in the selected OUs. For example, a Trigger set to the 6th Grade OU acts only on 6th Grade students, while one set to the top-level OU covers all students. OU coverage cascades to child OUs. A Trigger applied to a parent OU (such as "Middle School") also covers all child OUs beneath it, such as 6th Grade, 7th Grade, and 8th Grade. To apply a Trigger to all users in your organization, select the root OU, displayed as "/". 4. Set the **Category** to **Proxy**. 5. Choose the confidence threshold for the Trigger — a measure of how confident the algorithm is that the alert is correctly categorized: | Level | Threshold | When to use | | --------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Medium | 50% | Applies to all Smart Alerts; higher chance of inaccurate classifications | | High | 70% | More likely to classify alerts accurately | | Very High | 90% | Applies only to alerts that are very likely to be accurate | If your Trigger is producing too many responses to inaccurate alerts, increase the confidence level. For Proxy triggers, start at Medium confidence and raise the threshold if false positives are common. 6. Select one or more Actions to fire when a Smart Alert meets the Trigger conditions. Actions can be combined in any configuration. See [Understand Trigger Actions](/products/admin/configure-smart-alert-triggers#understand-trigger-actions) for a description of each option. 7. Click **Save** to activate the Trigger. 8. The new Trigger appears in your Triggers list with its assigned OUs, category, and confidence level. Confirm that the correct OUs and confidence level are displayed. The Trigger is now active and will fire its Actions when a matching Smart Alert is generated. Create a Trigger to Block Proxies Create a Trigger to Block Proxies Create a Trigger to Block Proxies # Smart Alerts Image Filtering Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/smart-alerts-image-filtering How the Smart Alerts Explicit category flags and blocks sexually explicit images, how to enable image filtering, and how alerts appear to administrators. The Smart Alerts Explicit category can automatically flag and block images containing sexually explicit content as students browse the web. Key behavior to keep in mind: * Images may take a few seconds to process, so they may not be blocked immediately. * Image filtering does not scan websites GoGuardian categorizes as "Appropriate" or "Educational," including sites such as Google, Wikipedia, and YouTube. * Image filtering does not run unless a Smart Alert Trigger is configured for the user's org unit. ## Enable Image Filtering To enable image filtering on an existing Trigger, click **Edit** on the Trigger, then enable the **Include images** toggle under **Choose Category and Confidence Level**. To create a new Trigger, see [Configure Smart Alert Triggers](/products/admin/configure-smart-alert-triggers). ### Customize the block page message (optional) For Triggers that include the Block Content action, you can customize the block page text students see for blocked pages and blocked images separately. Enable Image Filtering Enable Image Filtering Enable Image Filtering ## Review Alerts as an Administrator Once enabled, Smart Alerts containing explicit images appear in the Alerts section of the Smart Alerts page as they are generated. Explicit alerts carry a sub-category of "Image" or "Text" depending on the source, and you can filter alert types using the **Category** menu. Review Alerts as an Administrator Review Alerts as an Administrator # Compare Smart Alerts and Flagged Activity Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/smart-alerts-vs-flagged-activity How Smart Alerts and Flagged Activity differ in GoGuardian Admin: how each detects content and what options each gives you for responding to alerts. Use Flagged Activity and Smart Alerts (GoGuardian Admin's two alert systems) to identify concerning web content and respond automatically. Both scan page content and generate notifications, but they detect content differently and offer different response options. ## Understand Flagged Activity Flagged Activity generates an alert when a word on a page's full HTML source matches an entry on your Flagged Terms list. The system scans the entire page source, not just visible text, which means a term can appear in metadata or code comments without the student ever seeing it. Flagged Activity alerts are never blocked. Terms appearing in a Flagged Activity alert were not necessarily searched for or seen by the student. The alert reflects what appeared anywhere in the page source. Each administrator controls their own notification settings for severity level. Options are: All, High and Medium Severity, or High Severity only. Severity levels are set per term in the Flagged Activity Configuration page in GoGuardian Admin. Some Flagged Activity alert URLs may require sign-in to view (such as a student's email inbox) and may be inaccessible to the reviewing administrator. Use the Hostname dropdown in the Flagged Activity alert list to follow the link and review the page that generated the alert when direct access is available. Understand Flagged Activity Understand Flagged Activity ## Understand Smart Alerts Smart Alerts uses GoGuardian's prediction model to determine whether a page contains explicit sexual or adult content, or signs of a web proxy, based on the page's text. Unlike Flagged Activity, Smart Alerts does not match specific terms. It analyzes the full content context. An alert is generated when the model reaches 50% confidence or higher. Smart Alerts Triggers extend the system's response capabilities. When a Smart Alert meets a Trigger's confidence threshold and matches a student's OU, the Trigger can automatically block content, notify administrators, message the student, or add the student to a Custom Group. Understand Smart Alerts ## Compare the Two Systems | | Flagged Activity | Smart Alerts | | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | | Detection method | Keyword matching against your Flagged Terms list | Algorithmic analysis of page text | | Content covered | Any term you define | Explicit (sexual/adult) content and web proxies | | Blocks content | No (generates alerts only) | Yes, when a Trigger with Block page action is configured | | Default state | Off (requires adding terms to the Flagged Terms list) | On (Explicit and Proxy alerts are enabled by default) | | Notification options | Per-severity level per administrator | Via Trigger Notify & Assign action | ## Resources Review Smart Alert categories, the alert list, and notification preferences. Set up automated responses to Smart Alerts by OU and confidence threshold. # Configure Smart Rules Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/smart-rules Turn on Smart Rules in GoGuardian Admin to automatically block proxy sites that machine learning identifies as web proxies, regardless of URL. Smart Rules uses machine learning to automatically block web proxy sites based on page content rather than URL. When a site is identified as a proxy, GoGuardian Admin blocks it even if its URL has not been categorized yet. Smart Rules is distinct from Smart Alert Triggers. Smart Alert Triggers automate responses to Smart Alerts based on explicit or proxy content signals you configure. Smart Rules is a single toggle that applies machine-learning proxy detection globally across all policies. For Trigger-based proxy responses, see [Configure Smart Alert Triggers](/products/admin/configure-smart-alert-triggers). ## Enable Smart Rules 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Filtering** > **Advanced Config**. 2. Select **Smart Rules** from the Advanced Config menu. 3. Turn on the **Smart Rules** toggle. 4. Smart Rules is now active. GoGuardian Admin will automatically block sites its machine learning algorithm identifies as web proxies, including newly created proxy sites that have not yet been categorized. Custom policy rules take priority over Smart Rules. If a Website URL rule in a policy explicitly allows a site, that site will not be blocked by Smart Rules even if Smart Rules identifies it as a proxy. Enable Smart Rules ## Understand How Smart Rules Works Smart Rules applies machine learning to identify proxy sites based on the content of the page itself, not the URL. This lets GoGuardian Admin block new and uncategorized proxy sites as they appear. The algorithm draws on millions of browsing events and input from administrators to classify page content dynamically. A site blocked by Smart Rules is identified as a web proxy at the time of the visit, not pre-categorized in GoGuardian's URL database. Smart Rules applies to all policies in your organization. It cannot be scoped to specific organizational units, device groups, or individual policies. ## Block Proxy Sites with Website Category Filtering Smart Rules operates at the page-content level. For proxy sites that are already categorized in GoGuardian Admin's URL database, you can also block them using Website Category filtering. To block categorized proxy sites, add the **Malicious Sites > Proxy** category as a block rule in your filtering policy. Using both approaches together gives the broadest proxy coverage: Website Category filtering handles known, categorized proxy sites, and Smart Rules handles newly created or uncategorized ones. For instructions on adding a category block, see [Create a Filtering Policy](/products/admin/create-a-filtering-policy). Website Categories section of a GoGuardian filtering policy highlighting the "malicious sites" category The "Proxy" category being set to block in a policy's website category section ## Resources Set up automated responses to Smart Alerts, including proxy-based Triggers. Add Website Category rules to a policy to block categorized proxy sites. # Review Student Activity Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/student-activity Navigate to an individual student's activity page in GoGuardian Admin to review browsing history, blocked events, top content, and activity timeline. Use the student activity page in GoGuardian Admin to review an individual student's browsing history, blocked events, activity timeline, and top content for a selected date range. This page is the primary tool for investigating a specific student's web activity and identifying the source of a block. ## Navigate to a Student Activity Page 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Use the global search bar at the top of the page to enter the student's name or email address. 3. Select the student's name from the search results to open their individual activity page. 4. The student's activity page opens, showing their name, email address, last login date, organizational unit, device information, and last public IP address. The **Last Login** date represents the last time GoGuardian saw the user online or was able to collect data from their device. You can also open a student's activity page by clicking their name in the [Browsing Activity](/products/admin/browsing-activity) page. If the organizational unit displayed on the student's page does not match their current OU in Google Admin Console, the OU source may need to be manually resynced. See [Sync OUs from Google Admin Console](/products/org-management/sync-ous-from-google). Navigate to a Student Activity Page ## Set the Date Range By default, the student activity page displays data from the last 5 days. Use the date picker to extend or change the range. Student data is available for up to 6 months. The date picker allows viewing data in increments of up to 1 month at a time. Set the Date Range ## Review Browsing History The Detailed Browsing History section lists every page the student visited and every blocked event, in reverse chronological order. ### Filter by Content Type Use the Activity filter to narrow the history view to one or more content types: * **Websites**: web pages visited in a browser * **Videos**: YouTube videos watched * **Google Docs**: Google Docs accessed * **Web Searches**: Google searches performed Select one or more content types to apply the filter. Clear all selections to return to the full history view. The Detailed Browsing History page for a student's account in GoGuardian Admin highlighting the "Result" and other… ### Filter by Result Use the Result filter to display only blocked content or only allowed content. This is useful when investigating which content was blocked by a filtering policy, a Smart Alert trigger, a teacher scene, or a Parent App restriction. ### Filter by Title or URL Apply a text filter to the Title or URL column by clicking the magnifying glass icon next to that column header, entering the text to filter for, and clicking **Apply**. Detailed Browsing History - Filter Title and URL Review Browsing History ## Review the Activity Timeline The activity timeline appears within the Detailed Browsing History section and summarizes the student's activity across four categories for the selected date range. Use the toggle to switch between an hourly and a daily view. | Category | What It Shows | | ----------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Time Online | Total time the student spent online | | Blocked Attempts | Content blocked by Admin filtering policies (does not include Teacher scene blocks or Smart Alert blocks) | | Explicit Content Alerts | Explicit content the student viewed that generated an alert | | Websites Visited | All websites the student browsed | Student detailed browsing history timeline ## Identify Blocked Events When a student's browsing history includes a blocked event, the row shows the block source. GoGuardian Admin, Smart Alerts, GoGuardian Teacher, and the Parent App can each generate blocks that appear in the student's history. | Block Type | Source | | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Blocked by Admin Policy | A custom URL rule or category block in a filtering policy | | Blocked by Smart Alert Trigger | A custom trigger in Smart Alerts | | Blocked by Teacher Scene | A scene applied during a GoGuardian Teacher classroom session | | Blocked by Parent App | A restriction applied by a parent or guardian through the GoGuardian Parent App | For Teacher scene blocks, the classroom owner's name appears in the row. For Smart Alert blocks, the [Smart Alerts timeline](/products/admin/smart-alerts-vs-flagged-activity) provides additional detail about the alert, including the trigger that fired and the content that matched it. ### Find the Rule That Caused a Block 1. Navigate to the student's activity page using the global search bar or by clicking the student's name in the [Browsing Activity](/products/admin/browsing-activity) page. 2. In the Detailed Browsing History section, use the Result filter to display only blocked content. 3. Find the row containing the blocked URL you want to investigate. 4. Click the three-dot (kebab) menu icon at the far right of that row. 5. Click **Why was this blocked?** to open the block details panel. 6. The panel displays the blocked URL, the policy that contains the rule, and the specific rule that caused the block. Click the policy name to open that policy and adjust the filtering rules if needed. Blocked By Smart Alerts Blocked By Teacher Scene Detailed Browsing History - Why was this blocked link What was this blocked window showing blocked URL ## Review Teacher Interventions The Teacher Intervention area on the student activity page shows the number of times a teacher or staff member issued a command during a GoGuardian Teacher session, or when the student was locked by a teacher scene. Each intervention count reflects a direct action taken by a teacher to redirect the student's device during class. For details about teacher commands and scenes, see the [GoGuardian Teacher documentation](/products/teacher). Teacher Intervention Detail Screen ## Review Top Content The Top Content section displays the five most-visited websites, Google Docs, and Google searches for the selected date range, along with a chart showing the relative proportion of time or page views for each item. The chart shows: * The proportion of time spent on each of the top five websites, as a fraction of total time on those five sites * The proportion of time spent on each of the top five Google Docs, as a fraction of total time on those five docs * The number of page views for each of the top five Google searches Top Sites, Docs, and Searches Screen ## Review Student Screen Time Select the **Screen Time** tab on the student's report to review daily website activity during and outside teacher sessions, as well as during and outside school hours. Screen Time data follows your role's **Activity** permission. For metric definitions and export steps, see [Review Screen Time Activity](/products/admin/screen-time-activity#check-individual-student-screen-time-data). ## Review Student AI Conversations Select the **AI Conversations** tab to review prompt and response content captured from supported browser-based AI tools. This tab receives new conversations only while **Detect AI Activity** is on and the updated setting has reached the student's device. For interaction types, supported tools, and collection settings, see [Review AI Activity with Prompt Visibility](/products/admin/ai-activity-prompt-visibility). ## Review Device Usage The Device Usage section lists every device the student signed into for the first time during the selected date range. If a student used a device during the date range but first signed into that device before the range began, that device does not appear in this section. Only devices the student signed into for the first time within the range are listed. If a student has not signed into a school-managed device for the first time within the selected date range, the Device Usage section displays "No Device Information." Device Usage ## Resources Filter and investigate browsing activity across your organization from the Browsing Activity page. Download a CSV of a student's activity data for external reporting or record-keeping. Understand the reporting tools available in GoGuardian Admin and when to use each. # Understand Theft Recovery Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/theft-recovery Learn how Theft Recovery helps administrators locate and recover lost or stolen Chromebooks managed in GoGuardian Admin. Theft Recovery is a feature in GoGuardian Admin that helps administrators locate and recover lost or stolen Chromebooks. When a device goes missing, administrators move it to a designated organizational unit (OU) to trigger the Theft Recovery extension and begin collecting location, screenshot, and user data. ## Learn How Theft Recovery Works Once moved to the Theft Recovery OU and rebooted, the Theft Recovery extension launches automatically on the missing device. The extension begins collecting data as soon as the device connects to the internet. Theft Recovery captures three types of data: * **Screenshots**: A screenshot is taken each time a user navigates to a new page. The report displays the last 100 screenshots captured. * **Geolocation**: Theft Recovery uses WLAN AP-based location, IP location, and HTML5 geolocation APIs to determine the device's location. * **User information**: If a user signs in with a Gmail account, their name and email address are recorded in the Theft Recovery report. ## Choose When to Use Theft Recovery Use Theft Recovery when a Chromebook managed in Google Admin Console is reported lost or stolen. Before starting, confirm the following requirements are in place: * A designated OU configured for the Theft Recovery extension * The Theft Recovery extension installed on that OU * The device managed in Google Admin Console and synced to GoGuardian Admin ## Review Theft Recovery Limitations Theft Recovery does not collect data until the missing device connects to the internet and reboots at least once after being moved to the Theft Recovery OU. No data is collected while the device is offline. Theft Recovery does not use keylogger software, the webcam, or the microphone. By default, devices in Theft Recovery mode have no web filtering applied. Administrators can optionally enable filtering to restrict website access on a missing device. ## Resources * [Set Up Theft Recovery](/products/admin/set-up-theft-recovery) * [Migrate Chromebooks to New Theft Recovery Extension](/products/admin/migrate-chromebooks-theft-recovery) * [Track a Missing Device](/products/admin/track-a-missing-device) * [Recover a Missing Device](/products/admin/recover-a-missing-device) * [Understand Data Collected by Theft Recovery](/products/admin/theft-recovery-data-collected) # Understand Data Collected by Theft Recovery Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/theft-recovery-data-collected Learn what data Theft Recovery captures from a missing Chromebook, what triggers data collection, and what is never collected. When a Chromebook is in Theft Recovery mode, GoGuardian Admin collects data to help administrators locate and recover the device. Understanding what Theft Recovery collects, and under what conditions, helps administrators set expectations and respond to stakeholder questions about privacy. ## Learn When Data Collection Begins Theft Recovery does not collect data immediately after a device is moved to the Theft Recovery OU. Three conditions must be met before the report populates: 1. The missing device must connect to the internet. 2. The device must reboot at least once after being moved to the Theft Recovery OU. 3. The Theft Recovery extension must load successfully. If the device remains offline, no data is collected. ## Review What Theft Recovery Records When all three conditions are met, Theft Recovery captures the following data: **Screenshots** A screenshot is taken each time a user navigates to a new page. The Theft Recovery report displays the last 100 screenshots captured. **Geolocation** Theft Recovery uses the Google Location Services database to determine the device's location, combining WLAN AP-based location, IP location, and HTML5 geolocation APIs to achieve the highest accuracy available. Under some conditions—such as certain firewall configurations—high-accuracy geolocation may not be available. In those cases, the reported accuracy indicator remains reliable even when coordinates are approximate. **User information** If a user signs in to a Gmail account on the device, their name and email address are recorded in the Theft Recovery report under **User**. ## Confirm What Theft Recovery Does Not Record Theft Recovery does not use keylogger software, the webcam, or the microphone. These data types are never collected, regardless of device configuration. ## Resources * [Understand Theft Recovery](/products/admin/theft-recovery) * [Track a Missing Device](/products/admin/track-a-missing-device) # Track a Missing Device Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/track-a-missing-device Mark a lost or stolen Chromebook as tracked in GoGuardian Admin and view location, screenshot, and user data in the Theft Recovery dashboard. After setting up Theft Recovery, you can begin tracking lost or stolen Chromebooks managed in Google Admin Console. Once tracked and rebooted, the Theft Recovery extension captures screenshots, geolocation, and user data from anyone using the device. ## Start Tracking a Missing Device 1. Sign in to GoGuardian Admin and go to **Theft Recovery**. 2. Click **Find Devices** and choose either **Single Device** or **Multiple Devices**. **To track a single device:** 1. Search for the device by Asset ID, Serial Number, Assigned User, or Location. 2. Select the device from the **Track a Missing Device** selector. 3. Choose the OU configured for Theft Recovery and click **Start Tracking**. **To track multiple devices:** 1. Choose the OU configured for Theft Recovery and click **Next**. 2. Upload a CSV file containing the device serial numbers. Use the CSV template provided in the upload window. 3. Click **Save**. 3. Verify the result: Once the device reboots and connects to the internet, its status changes to **Detected** in the Theft Recovery dashboard. Devices can also be moved to the Theft Recovery OU manually in Google Admin Console. When moved manually, the device appears in the Theft Recovery dashboard only after the extension detects activity on the device. If the device or Theft Recovery OU does not appear in the **Track a Missing Device** interface, click the three-dot menu and select **Sync Devices** to sync with Google Admin Console. ## Review Device Activity When Theft Recovery detects activity on a missing device, a record appears in the **Active** section of the Theft Recovery dashboard. Clicking the device entry opens the full **Device Details** report, which includes screenshots, geolocation data, and user information. **Device statuses:** * **Detected**: The Theft Recovery extension is actively collecting data from the device. The Device Details report is available. * **Undetected**: The device has not rebooted since being moved to the Theft Recovery OU, or has not yet connected to the internet. **What the Device Details report shows:** * **Screenshots**: A screenshot is taken each time a user navigates to a new page. Each report displays the last 100 screenshots. * **Geolocation**: Theft Recovery uses WLAN AP-based location, IP location, and HTML5 geolocation APIs to determine the device's location. The reported accuracy of a location point is always reliable, even when coordinates are approximate. * **User information**: The name and email address of any Google account signed in on the device. ## Apply Filtering to Missing Devices By default, devices in Theft Recovery mode have no web filtering applied. Administrators can optionally restrict website access to help with device recovery. Even though Theft Recovery devices have no GoGuardian web filtering by default, GoGuardian DNS and other firewall or network-level filters may still apply to the device on a filtered network. ### Turn on Restrictive Mode 1. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Theft Recovery** > **Filtering**. 2. Turn on the **Restrictive Mode** toggle. 3. Verify the result: All websites are blocked on the missing device except those explicitly added to the allowed list. ### Add Allowed Websites 1. Enter hostnames individually, or click **Upload CSV of Hostnames** to add them in bulk. A CSV template is available within the upload window. 2. Verify the result: Allowed hostnames appear in the Theft Recovery filtering list and are accessible on tracked devices. ## Resources * [Understand Theft Recovery](/products/admin/theft-recovery) * [Recover a Missing Device](/products/admin/recover-a-missing-device) * [Understand Data Collected by Theft Recovery](/products/admin/theft-recovery-data-collected) # Troubleshoot Why a Website Is Blocked in GoGuardian Admin Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/troubleshoot-blocked-websites Identify what blocked a student — a policy rule, custom group, global config, Scene, or embedded content filtering — and how to allow the site. This article provides a workflow for troubleshooting and resolving students who are unexpectedly blocked by GoGuardian. ## Identify the Block Page Before troubleshooting, identify which block page the user sees. Different block pages indicate whether the site was blocked by GoGuardian Admin policies, Smart Alerts, GoGuardian DNS, GoGuardian Teacher Scenes, Google Admin Console, or something outside GoGuardian. See [Types of GoGuardian Block Pages](/products/admin/block-pages) for examples. Identify the Block Page ## Use the "Why Was This Blocked?" Feature Administrators can see which policy rule, custom group, global config setting, or GoGuardian Teacher Scene caused a block using the **Why was this blocked?** feature. The "Why was this blocked?" feature does not support GoGuardian DNS filtering blocks, YouTube video filtering, or embedded content blocked through iFrames. 1. Search for the student who saw the block page using the global search bar at [admin.goguardian.com](https://admin.goguardian.com/). 2. Under **Detailed Browsing History**, click the filter icon in the **Result** column to show only blocked history. 3. Click the kebab (three-dot) menu on the far right of the row containing the blocked URL. 4. Click **Why was this blocked?** to view the rule that caused the block. Student browsing activity dashboard filtered to only display Blocked results The popup shows the blocked URL, the name of the responsible policy, and the specific rule. For a policy block, click the policy link to update 1 policy. To add the same URL rule to several policies, use [Quick Editor](/products/admin/use-quick-editor). For URL format and rule behavior, see [Allow and Block Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites). Why was this blocked screen showing: Blocked URL, Policy, and rule causing the block ## Troubleshoot Embedded Content Filtering **Filter Embedded Content** is an optional setting in the Advanced Config section of GoGuardian Admin. When enabled, every user filtered by GoGuardian has their policy rules applied to content embedded on a webpage. A student may then see a partial block page when the page is allowed but embedded content on it is blocked. To find the blocked URL, start with the details drawer in Detailed Browsing History. If that doesn't surface the URL, use one of the options below. ### Option 1: Use the Details Drawer in Detailed Browsing History 1. Under **Detailed Browsing History**, find the entry for the page with the blocked embedded content and open its details drawer. 2. Copy the blocked URL from the details drawer and add it as an allow rule in the user's policy. ### Option 2: Use the Inspect Tool 1. Right-click the page and select **Inspect**. 2. On the **Elements** tab, search (Ctrl+F on Windows and ChromeOS, Command+F on Mac) for `iframe`. 3. Look for a result that reads `iframe src=` followed by an HTTPS web address. 4. Hover over the matching `iframe src=` link to highlight the block page. Add the blocked URL as an allow rule in the user's policy to grant access. ### Option 3: Use the Bypass Password The Bypass Password temporarily unblocks blocked content. You can use it to surface a blocked URL in the logs. 1. Have the student go to the site with the blocked embedded content. 2. Have the student click **Bypass**, enter any password, and click **Submit**. Have the student click Bypass, enter any password, and click Submit. 3. In GoGuardian Admin, go to **Advanced Config** → **Bypass Password Attempts**. 4. Find the student's attempt and its corresponding URL, then add that URL as an allow rule in the student's policy. See [Configure Bypass Passwords](/products/admin/configure-bypass-passwords) for recommended best practices. Troubleshoot Embedded Content Filtering ## Contact Support If you are still troubleshooting, contact the GoGuardian support team by live chat or email. Include the blocked website or embedded content and the name or email address of the student. # Block CROSH Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/troubleshoot-crosh Understand what CROSH is, how it appears in GoGuardian reports, and how to block it using a wildcard rule in a filtering policy. CROSH (Chrome Shell) is the Chrome OS command-line environment. Students can open it with a keyboard shortcut, and when they do, it appears in GoGuardian reports as a distinctive URL. This article explains how CROSH appears in GoGuardian Admin and GoGuardian Teacher, and how to block it using a wildcard rule in a filtering policy. ## Understand How CROSH Works CROSH is a command-line shell built into Chrome OS, similar to Command Prompt on Windows or Terminal on macOS. Students can open it by pressing **Ctrl+Alt+T** on any Chromebook, which opens a new browser tab displaying a terminal window where commands can be entered, similar to a command-line interface on other operating systems. Most Linux commands are restricted inside CROSH by default. To run commands that could affect the GoGuardian extension, a student would also need Developer Tools enabled in Google Admin Console. Keeping Developer Tools disabled is the primary safeguard. If you are not sure whether Developer Tools is disabled for your students, review your Google Admin Console configuration. Keeping Developer Tools disabled limits what students can do inside CROSH, even if they open it. For guidance on disabling Developer Tools, see [Allow and Block Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites). The CROSH Terminal as seen on a Chromebook A student's GoGuardian Admin history showing CROSH being accessed GoGuardian Teacher 'Waiting for Activity' message when monitoring a student's screen ## Review How CROSH Appears in GoGuardian CROSH does not behave like a standard web page, so it shows differently depending on which GoGuardian product you use to review student activity. ### In GoGuardian Admin When you review a student's browsing history in GoGuardian Admin, CROSH access appears as the following URL: ``` chrome-untrusted://crosh/ ``` This entry appears in the student's activity timeline the same way any other visited URL does. ### In GoGuardian Teacher Because CROSH is a Chrome OS system page rather than a web page, GoGuardian Teacher cannot display the screen contents. When a student has CROSH open, the session view shows **"Waiting for activity"** instead of a live screen. ## Block CROSH in a Filtering Policy You can prevent students from accessing CROSH by adding a wildcard rule to any filtering policy assigned to their org unit. 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and select **Filtering** > **Policies**. Open the policy assigned to the students you want to restrict. 2. In the policy, select the **Website URLs** section. 3. Enter the following pattern in the URL field: ``` *crosh* ``` This pattern matches any URL that contains the string `crosh`, including `chrome-untrusted://crosh/`. 4. Choose **Block** as the rule action. 5. Click **Save** to add the rule to the policy. 6. The `*crosh*` rule appears in the **Website URLs** list with a Block action. The rule takes effect immediately for all students assigned to this policy. To confirm, check a student's browsing history in GoGuardian Admin after the next time they attempt to open CROSH. The `*crosh*` wildcard blocks any URL containing "crosh." If your organization uses other tools or sites with "crosh" in their URL, review the rule for unintended matches before saving. For more on how wildcard patterns work, see [Use Wildcard Rules in Policies](/products/admin/filtering-with-wildcards). ## Resources Learn wildcard syntax and review patterns for common block targets. Add URL rules to a filtering policy to block or allow specific sites and domains. # Embedded Content Filtering Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/troubleshoot-iframe-filtering Identify and resolve blocked embedded content in GoGuardian Admin when an embedded resource is blocked but the parent page is allowed. Use this page when a page loads correctly but an embedded resource inside it is blocked, resulting in a partial block page. Advanced Config in GoGuardian Admin This article covers embedded content filtering only. For a broader site block that affects the entire page, see [A Site Is Blocked Unexpectedly](/products/admin/site-blocked-unexpectedly). ## Understand Embedded Content Filtering Filter Embedded Content is an optional setting in the **Advanced Config** section of GoGuardian Admin. When turned on, GoGuardian applies each user's policy filtering rules to embedded content on any webpage, not only to the parent page URL. A student may see a partial block page: the surrounding page loads, but the embedded resource inside it is blocked. To find the blocked embedded content's URL, open the student's Detailed Browsing History in GoGuardian Admin and open the details drawer for that entry. The **Why was this blocked?** feature does not support embedded content filtering blocks. If the details drawer in Detailed Browsing History doesn't surface the blocked URL, use one of the two methods below instead. ## Identify the Blocked Embedded Content URL Start with the details drawer in Detailed Browsing History. If the blocked URL isn't available there, use one of the two methods below to find the source URL. ### Method 1: Use the Details Drawer in Detailed Browsing History 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and navigate to the affected student's **Detailed Browsing History**. 2. Find the entry for the page with the blocked embedded content and open its details drawer. 3. Copy the blocked URL from the details drawer. Open the policy assigned to the affected student and add the URL or domain as an allow rule. See [Block and Allow Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites) for the full steps. ### Method 2: Use the Browser Inspect Tool This method lets you find the embedded content's source URL directly from the browser without requiring any student interaction. 1. Right-click the blocked area on the page and select **Inspect** from the context menu. The browser developer tools panel opens. 2. Select the **Elements** tab in the developer tools panel. Press **Ctrl+F** (Windows or ChromeOS) or **Command+F** (Mac) to open the search field, then enter `iframe` in the search field. 3. Look for a result that begins with `iframe src=` and includes an HTTPS web address. Hover over that result in the Elements tab to highlight the blocked area on the page and confirm you have found the correct element. \ Confirm whether the Elements tab label and search shortcut appear exactly as described in the GoGuardian Admin context or in a standard Chromium browser. 4. Copy the URL from the `iframe src=` value. Go to GoGuardian Admin, open the policy assigned to the affected user, and add the embedded content's source URL or domain as an allow rule. See [Block and Allow Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites) for the full steps. ### Method 3: Use the Bypass Password Attempts Log This method uses an intentional failed bypass attempt to log the blocked URL in GoGuardian Admin. Use it when direct browser inspection is not practical. 1. Have the student navigate to the page with the blocked embedded content. Ask the student to click the **Bypass** button on the block page and enter any password, then click **Submit**. The password does not need to be correct. The goal is only to log the blocked URL. 2. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and navigate to **Advanced Config**, then select **Bypass Password Attempts**. Find the student's entry in the list. 3. Copy the URL from the bypass attempt record. Open the policy assigned to the affected student and add the URL or domain as an allow rule. See [Block and Allow Websites](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites) for the full steps. The bypass password method works even when the Bypass Password feature is not formally configured in your district. Any password entry logs the attempt and the URL. ## Contact Support If none of these methods surface the blocked URL, or if the block persists after adding the allow rule, contact the GoGuardian support team. Include the full page URL, the affected student's name or email address, and the policy name. [Contact GoGuardian Support](https://support.goguardian.com/s/contactsupport) ## Resources Use this page for blocks affecting the entire page, not just embedded content. Add an allow rule for the embedded content's source domain after you identify it. # A Student Name Shows as Pending Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/troubleshoot-pending-students Diagnose and resolve student names that appear as Pending in GoGuardian Admin. Student names appear as **Pending** in GoGuardian Admin when the extension has not yet had a chance to resolve the name from Google, when the name exceeds the character limit, or when a Windows student is not signed in to Chrome correctly. Each cause has a direct fix. ## Identify the Cause Before applying a solution, confirm which scenario matches the student's situation: * **Extension not yet used:** The student has accounts set up in GoGuardian Admin, but they have not signed in to a managed device since the GoGuardian extensions were deployed. * **Display name too long:** The student's Google display name is 20 or more characters long. * **Windows sign-in issue:** Your organization uses the GoGuardian extensions for Windows, and the student is not signed in to Chrome with their school account. ## Resolve a Pending Name ### Extension Not Yet Used When a student signs in for the first time after the GoGuardian extensions are deployed, the extension retrieves the student's name from Google. This can take up to 60 minutes after the first session begins. Browsing activity may already be visible for the student during this period, which confirms the extension is working correctly and that the delay applies only to name resolution, not to data collection. Allow at least 60 minutes of active use, then refresh GoGuardian Admin to check whether the name has resolved. If the name is still showing as Pending after 60 minutes, check the other causes below. ### Display Name Too Long GoGuardian Admin cannot automatically pull display names that are 20 or more characters long. Names at or above this limit must be submitted manually. Contact [GoGuardian Support](https://support.goguardian.com/s/contactsupport) and provide the student's full name and school email address. If multiple students are affected, attach a CSV file with both the name and email for each student. ### Windows Sign-In Issue On Windows, GoGuardian uses the student's Chrome profile sign-in rather than the device's Windows account sign-in. A student who is signed in to Windows but not to Chrome will appear as Pending. Confirm that the student is signed in to Chrome with their school email address. Signing in to Gmail or Google Workspace in the browser is not the same as signing in to the Chrome profile. The student must be signed in to the Chrome profile itself. If the student is signed in to Chrome correctly but the name still shows as Pending, the Windows registry key for the GoGuardian extension may not be configured correctly. Use the [Windows troubleshooting guide](https://manage.goguardian.com/windows/troubleshooting) to verify the setup. ## Contact Support If none of the above resolved the problem, contact [GoGuardian Support](https://support.goguardian.com/s/contactsupport) and provide the affected student's name and school email address. For multiple students, include a CSV file with all names and corresponding email addresses. ## Resources Verify that extensions are deployed correctly to the right organizational units. Confirm which students have active sessions in GoGuardian Admin. # Understand AI Activity Classifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/understand-ai-activity-classifications Learn how GoGuardian Admin uses an AI model to classify student AI conversations and help administrators prioritize review. GoGuardian Admin uses a type of AI called a large language model (LLM) to classify student conversations captured by prompt visibility. These AI-assisted classifications help administrators quickly identify conversations that may warrant closer review. Each conversation receives 1 **Interaction Type**: * **Appropriate** * **Concerning** * **Needs Context** These classifications help prioritize review. They do not determine whether a student violated school policy, and they do not replace an administrator's judgment. To learn how to access captured conversations, see [Review AI Activity with prompt visibility](/products/admin/ai-activity-prompt-visibility). ## Learn How the AI Model Classifies Conversations The AI model evaluates the intent expressed in the student's prompts. The AI tool's responses do not determine the classification. The classification process follows these general principles: * The AI model evaluates the student's expressed intent, not individual keywords alone. * Educational or informational conversations can be **Appropriate**, even when they discuss sensitive subjects. * If any part of the student's conversation clearly reflects concerning intent, the full conversation is classified as **Concerning**. * When the prompts do not provide enough information to determine intent confidently, the conversation is classified as **Needs Context**. AI models can make mistakes. Treat each Interaction Type as a way to prioritize review, not as a final determination about student intent or behavior. ## Understand Appropriate Conversations An **Appropriate** conversation is an educational, creative, informational, or productivity-related conversation that supports learning. This can include: * Asking for explanations or tutoring * Brainstorming ideas * Studying or practicing a subject * Requesting editing or feedback * Researching general information * Supporting other legitimate learning activities A conversation can discuss a sensitive subject and still be classified as **Appropriate** when the student's expressed intent is educational or informational. ## Identify Concerning Conversations A conversation is classified as **Concerning** when the student's prompts clearly indicate intent related to 1 or more of the following areas. Hover over a **Concerning** Interaction Type in GoGuardian Admin to see the applicable area. ### Recognize Academic Dishonesty Requests for an AI tool to substantially complete work the student is expected to do independently, provide answers without explanation, conceal the use of AI, or help evade plagiarism or AI-detection systems. ### Recognize Explicit Content Requests to generate or access sexually explicit or age-inappropriate content. ### Recognize Filtering Circumvention Attempts to bypass or work around school internet filters, device management controls, or other restrictions. Informational questions about these subjects are not automatically classified as **Concerning**. The student's prompts must clearly indicate a concerning intent. ## Review Conversations That Need Context A conversation is classified as **Needs Context** when there is not enough information to confidently determine the student's intent. This may occur when a prompt is: * Brief * Ambiguous * Missing relevant information * Dependent on context that is not available in the conversation **Needs Context** does not mean that a conversation is appropriate or concerning. It indicates that an administrator should review the full transcript and consider any relevant educational or situational context. ## Review Each Classification in Context AI models can misunderstand context, nuance, humor, quoted material, or a student's intent. Treat an Interaction Type as a starting point for review, not a conclusion. Before determining whether follow-up is appropriate: 1. Open the conversation details. 2. Read the complete transcript. 3. Consider the student's expressed intent and any relevant context. 4. Follow your district's review and escalation policies. prompt visibility supports prioritization and investigation. It does not block prompts, prevent an AI platform from responding, or automatically determine whether action is required. # Update Multiple Policies with Quick Editor Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/use-quick-editor Add website URL allow and block rules to 1 or more GoGuardian Admin filtering policies from a single workspace. Use Quick Editor to prepare website URL allow and block rules, then add them to 1 or more filtering policies in GoGuardian Admin. Use it when the same website rule belongs in several policies or when you want to collect URLs from Browsing Activity before applying them. You need **Filter & Monitor** or **Full Access** permissions. You can only select policies assigned to organizational units within your Admin OU access. Quick Editor supports website URLs only. Use the policy editor or CSV import for other supported rule types. ## Add URLs Directly 1. In GoGuardian Admin, click **Quick Editor** near the top of the page. 2. Click **+ Enter a URL**. 3. Enter the website URL. 4. Repeat these steps for each URL you want to add. GoGuardian Admin Quick Editor with URL entry and Block and Allow controls Before applying the rules, review [how GoGuardian Admin interprets URL entries](/products/admin/block-and-allow-websites#understand-url-rule-basics). A domain rule includes paths under that domain but does not automatically include its subdomains. ### Add URLs from Browsing Activity 1. Go to [Browsing Activity](https://admin.goguardian.com/activity) in GoGuardian Admin. 2. Find the website activity you want to use. 3. Open the activity details, then click **Add to Quick Editor** for the URL. GoGuardian Admin Dashboard website menu with Add to Quick Editor available 4. Open **Quick Editor** to review the URL before applying it to policies. ## Set Rule Actions 1. For each URL in Quick Editor, select **Block** or **Allow**. 2. To set every URL to Allow, click **Allow all**. To clear the list, click **Remove all**. 3. Review each URL and action before continuing. An allow rule can create an exception to a blocked website category, and policy assignment and precedence can affect the final result. ## Apply Rules to Policies 1. Continue to the policy selection page. 2. Select each policy that needs the URL rules. Quick Editor may hide policies because of your permissions. If a policy is missing, confirm that your account has **Filter & Monitor** or **Full Access** and Admin OU access to the organizational unit where the policy is assigned. 3. Click **Continue** to add the rules to the selected policies. GoGuardian Admin Quick Editor policy selection page with multiple policies available 4. Verify the result: Open each selected policy and confirm that the rules appear in its **Website URLs** list. Allow up to 15 minutes for the changes to take effect, then test the affected URL with a user who receives the policy. If the result differs from what you expect, use [Why Was This Blocked?](/products/admin/troubleshoot-blocked-websites#use-why-was-this-blocked-feature) or [Simulate Policies](/products/admin/filtering-simulator) to identify the effective rule. ## Create Policy from Quick Editor 1. After setting each URL to **Block** or **Allow**, continue to the policy selection page. 2. Click **+ Create New Policy**. 3. Complete the policy setup, then confirm that the Quick Editor rules appear in the new policy's **Website URLs** list. 4. Verify the result: Allow up to 15 minutes for the changes to take effect. Assign the new policy to its intended organizational unit or supported filtering context, then test the affected URLs before wider rollout. See [Create a Filtering Policy](/products/admin/create-a-filtering-policy) for assignment, policy configuration, and validation guidance. ## Resolve Common Problems * **A policy is missing or unavailable**: Confirm your GoGuardian Admin permissions and Admin OU access. A Super User can update both in Org Management. * **A rule does not appear in a selected policy**: Open the policy and review its **Website URLs** list. Try the change again. If the rule is still missing, [contact Support](/support/contact-support) with the URL and policy name. * **Filtering does not match the new rule**: Confirm that the user receives the policy, then review policy precedence, Restrictive Mode, categories, and other filtering layers. See [Understand How Filtering Rules Interact](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact). * **Quick Editor does not open or controls do not respond**: Refresh GoGuardian Admin and try again. If the problem continues, [contact Support](/support/contact-support) and include the page where the problem occurred. ## Resources Review URL formats, rule behavior, wildcards, and CSV imports. Review permissions, assignment, inheritance, and precedence. Find website activity and investigate filtering results. Identify the policy or filtering layer responsible for a block. # Review Website Categories Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/website-categories A reference listing of all website categories and subcategories available for filtering in GoGuardian Admin policies. Use category rules in a filtering policy to block or allow groups of websites by content type. GoGuardian Admin classifies sites into categories; some categories include subcategories for more targeted control. Blocking a parent category applies the block to all of its subcategories. To add category rules to a policy, open the policy in GoGuardian Admin and select the **Categories** tab. Choose a category or subcategory, then select **Block** or **Allow**. ## Review Available Categories The following categories and subcategories are available for filtering in GoGuardian Admin policies. | Category | Subcategories | | ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Academic Dishonesty | — | | Aggressive Behavior | — | | Archives | — | | Artificial Intelligence Tools | — | | Business | Banking, Bitcoin, Job Search, Online Payment, Personal Finance | | Controlled Substances | Alcohol Sale, Drugs, Tobacco | | Educational | Assessments, College/Careers, Educational Games, Informal Learning Materials, K-12 Education | | Entertainment | Audio/Video Downloads, Books/Short Stories/Poetry, Celebrity Gossip/Entertainment News/Pop Culture, Magazines, Movie Tickets, Movies and Television, Music, Radio/Podcasts | | Games | Educational Games, Gambling/Betting/Fantasy Sports, Gaming Information, Online Games | | Malicious Sites | Add-Ons, Adware, Dialers, File Hosting, Fraud, Hacking, Infected Sites, Phishing, Piracy, Proxy, Spam, Spyware | | News | — | | Pornography | — | | Religious | — | | Sexual | Nudity, Sexuality | | Shopping | Cell Phones and Add-ons, Clothing, E-commerce, Online Auctions | | Social | Blogs, Chat Rooms, Dating, Discussion Forum, E-mail, Instant Messaging, Social Networking | | Sports | — | | Time Wasting | Comics and Memes, Fan Fiction, Humor, Manga, Photography | | Translators | — | | Traveling | — | | Uncategorized | — | Most categories with subcategories also include a "General \[Category] Websites" subcategory, which catches sites in that content type not covered by a specific named subcategory. GoGuardian Admin includes a **Block Uncategorized** setting that blocks uncategorized content when turned on. To enable it, see [Block Uncategorized Websites](/products/admin/block-uncategorized-websites). ## Suggest a Website Category If a website is uncategorized or its current categorization looks incorrect, any GoGuardian Admin user can suggest a category for GoGuardian's categorization team to review. Two entry points are available. * **From browsing data:** Select the 3-dot (kebab) menu next to a captured browsing record — in the **Browsing Activity** tab or a student's Detailed Browsing History — then select **Suggest Category**. * **From a policy:** In the **Categories** tab of a policy, enter a URL in the search bar and select **Check URL** to see the site's current categorization. Select **Share Category Feedback** to submit a different category. Suggestions are reviewed by GoGuardian; submitting one does not immediately change how the site is filtered. To block or allow the site right away, add an explicit rule in the Website URLs section of the policy. ## Understand the Appropriate Category A small number of high-traffic sites, most notably `youtube.com` and `google.com`, are classified as **Appropriate**. The Appropriate category itself cannot be blocked. If you want to block one of these sites, add it as a block rule in the Website URLs section of a policy instead. The Appropriate classification describes the site itself, not the content of any individual page. If a student looks up inappropriate videos or searches, those pages are still classified as Appropriate in GoGuardian Admin. To control that content, use YouTube filtering rules, keyword search filtering, or category rules that apply to the underlying result. ## Resources Add category rules to a new or existing policy. Block or allow specific URLs within a category using wildcard patterns. # A Windows Device Is Not Filtering Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/windows-device-not-filtering Diagnose and resolve filtering coverage gaps on Windows devices running The GoGuardian App. Use this article when a Windows device is not receiving the filtering behavior you expect from The GoGuardian App. Filtering on Windows runs through The GoGuardian App (deployed via MDM) and requires several components to be in place before coverage is active. This article covers filtering through The GoGuardian App on Windows. For DNS-based filtering issues on school networks, see [A Device Is Not Filtering on the School Network](/products/admin/device-not-filtering-on-school-network). **Common issues:** * [The GoGuardian App Is Not Installed on the Device](#the-goguardian-app-is-not-installed-on-the-device) * [An Installed GoGuardian Extension Hasn't Disabled Itself](#an-installed-goguardian-extension-hasnt-disabled-itself) * [The Device Isn't Correctly Identifying the Signed-In Student](#the-device-isnt-correctly-identifying-the-signed-in-student) * [The Student Is Not in a Filtered Organizational Unit](#the-student-is-not-in-a-filtered-organizational-unit) * [The App Is Installed but Filtering Is Still Not Active](#the-app-is-installed-but-filtering-is-still-not-active) ## The GoGuardian App Is Not Installed on the Device **Cause:** The GoGuardian App must be deployed to Windows devices through your MDM solution (SCCM, Intune, or GPO). If the app was never deployed, or if the device was not enrolled in MDM at the time of deployment, no filtering is active. 1. On the Windows device, open **Settings**, then go to **Apps** and search for "GoGuardian." Confirm The GoGuardian App appears in the list. 2. If the app is absent, verify that the device is enrolled in your MDM (SCCM, Intune, or GPO) and that the GoGuardian deployment target includes this device or its device group. 3. In your MDM console, check the deployment status for The GoGuardian App. Confirm the deployment succeeded and that no errors are reported for this device. 4. If the device was recently enrolled, allow up to 30 minutes for the MDM policy to apply, then recheck the app list. 5. Verify the result: The GoGuardian App appears under Apps on the Windows device and no MDM deployment errors are reported. ## An Installed GoGuardian Extension Hasn't Disabled Itself **Cause:** The GoGuardian App filters all browsers on Windows at the system level and does not require the GoGuardian browser extension. Any GoGuardian extension installed in Chrome or Edge is designed to disable itself when it detects The GoGuardian App running on the device. If the extension stays active instead of disabling itself, it can conflict with system-level filtering. 1. Open Chrome or Edge on the Windows device and go to the extensions page (`chrome://extensions` in Chrome or `edge://extensions` in Edge). 2. If the GoGuardian Extension is listed and still enabled, confirm The GoGuardian App is running on the device (see [The GoGuardian App Is Not Installed on the Device](#the-goguardian-app-is-not-installed-on-the-device) to check installation status). 3. If The GoGuardian App is confirmed running but the extension remains enabled, remove the extension through your MDM or browser management policy — it is not required alongside The GoGuardian App. 4. Verify the result: The GoGuardian Extension is either absent or disabled in the browser's extension list, and filtering runs through The GoGuardian App. ## The Device Isn't Correctly Identifying the Signed-In Student **Cause:** The GoGuardian App does not use browser sign-in to identify students. Most Windows deployments use user injection, where The GoGuardian App reads the currently signed-in operating system user to determine which student is on the device. Filtering policies apply to whichever account the device identifies through this method. 1. On the Windows device, confirm the student is signed in to the operating system with their assigned school account. Browser sign-in status does not affect filtering. 2. Confirm your organization's user injection configuration is correctly mapping OS accounts to student accounts in GoGuardian Admin. See your MDM or identity provider's user injection setup for The GoGuardian App. 3. If the device is shared or uses a generic or shared OS login rather than an individual student account, user injection cannot identify the correct student, and filtering may apply the wrong policy or none. Confirm each student signs in to Windows with their own account. 4. Verify the result: The correct student account appears as identified in The GoGuardian App, and the expected filtering policy applies. ## The Student Is Not in a Filtered Organizational Unit **Cause:** GoGuardian Admin applies filtering policies through organizational units (OUs). A student whose account is not in any OU configured in GoGuardian Admin receives no filtering policy, even if The GoGuardian App is installed and the student is signed in. 1. Go to [admin.goguardian.com](https://admin.goguardian.com/) and find the student's account. 2. Confirm the student's account belongs to an OU that has a filtering policy assigned. 3. If your organization uses Active Directory or Clever as the OU source (rather than Google Admin Console), confirm the student's account was synced from that source and appears in the expected OU in GoGuardian Admin. For Active Directory environments, see [Understand Active Directory OU Sync](/products/org-management/active-directory). 4. If the student is in the correct OU but no filtering policy is assigned to it, assign one from the [Filtering Policies](/products/admin/filtering-policies) page in GoGuardian Admin. 5. Verify the result: The student's account appears in an OU with an assigned filtering policy in GoGuardian Admin. ## The App Is Installed but Filtering Is Still Not Active **Cause:** If The GoGuardian App is installed, no conflicting extension is active, and the correct student is identified and assigned to the right OU, a configuration or version issue may be preventing the app from communicating with GoGuardian Admin. 1. On the Windows device, open The GoGuardian App (if it has a system tray icon or status indicator) and confirm it shows a connected or active state. If it shows an error, note the error message. 2. Confirm the device has network access and can reach GoGuardian service endpoints. If a firewall or proxy is in place, confirm that GoGuardian domains and IP addresses are permitted. 3. Check the app version. If an older version of The GoGuardian App is installed, update it through your MDM to the current release. 4. Restart The GoGuardian App service on the device through your MDM or directly on the device, then retest filtering with a known blocked URL. 5. Verify the result: Filtering blocks the expected URL, and the app shows a connected state. ## Identify Common Causes | Symptom | What to Review | | ---------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Filtering not active on any browser on the device | GoGuardian App installation status in MDM | | Filtering active in Chrome but not in Edge (or vice versa) | An installed GoGuardian extension that hasn't disabled itself in the affected browser | | Filtering active for some students but not others | OU assignment and filtering policy in GoGuardian Admin | | Filtering active at school but not at home | At-home filtering configuration in GoGuardian Admin | | Device shows app installed but behavior is inconsistent | App version, network access to GoGuardian endpoints | Theft Recovery is not available on Windows devices. If Theft Recovery is listed as a requirement in your deployment plan, it applies only to Chromebook devices. ## Know When to Escalate * The GoGuardian App reports an error state and the error does not resolve after reinstalling * The device passes all diagnostic checks but filtering is still not applied * Filtering works for some students on the same device but not others, and OU assignments appear correct * You need help confirming which filtering path (app-based vs. DNS) is active for a specific device Contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) with the device name, the student account affected, and the results of each diagnostic step above. ## Resources Review how GoGuardian Admin uses Active Directory as the OU source for Windows environments. Review how filtering policies are created and assigned to OUs. Set up filtering for students using school devices off campus. Troubleshoot DNS filtering issues on school networks. # Configure YouTube Filtering Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/youtube-filtering How GoGuardian Admin controls YouTube access, playback, channels, videos, and YouTube-specific restrictions. YouTube filtering in GoGuardian Admin lives inside [filtering policies](/products/admin/filtering-policies) and lets you manage YouTube at both the website layer and the video-playback layer. Use it when you need to fully block YouTube, allow only approved channels or videos, or reduce distraction with playback and engagement restrictions. ## Review YouTube Filtering Options * Block or allow access to YouTube webpages through Website URLs rules * Block or allow individual channels and videos * Block videos by keyword or category * Hide comments, live chat, and the related-videos sidebar * Enforce age restriction * Use Restrictive Mode to block all videos except the ones you explicitly allow ## Choose the Right YouTube Control | Need | Use | | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | | Block or allow the YouTube website itself | Website URLs rules | | Block or allow video playback, including embedded playback | YouTube channels, videos, keywords, and categories | | Limit comments, sidebar recommendations, live chat, or age-sensitive content | YouTube toggle settings | | Allow only approved channels or approved videos | YouTube Restrictive Mode plus explicit allow rules | | Block YouTube search results while keeping other access available | A Website URLs rule for `youtube.com/search` | | Control YouTube Kids | Website URLs rules, not YouTube video controls | To understand how Website URLs rules, YouTube rules, and Google Admin settings interact, see [Understand YouTube Filtering Layers](/products/admin/youtube-filtering-layers). ## Review Common Configuration Patterns ### Block YouTube Completely * Block `youtube.com` in Website URLs rules to stop access to the site itself * Enable YouTube Restrictive Mode to stop video playback, including embedded videos, except for the videos or channels you explicitly allow `youtube.com` cannot be blocked by website category filtering. To block the YouTube site, add `youtube.com` as a Website URLs block rule. ### Allow YouTube With Restrictions * Leave `youtube.com` accessible * Use category, channel, video, and keyword rules to shape what students can watch * Add toggle restrictions such as comments, sidebar, live chat, and age restriction where needed The Block Comments toggle hides comment sections below videos. It does not apply to YouTube Live Stream chat threads. Use the Block Live Chat toggle to remove chat from live streams. ### Allow Only Approved Channels and Videos * Enable Restrictive Mode in the YouTube section * Add allow rules for the channels and videos your district wants to permit * Use direct video allows when a channel is too broad but one specific video is appropriate A channel allow rule supersedes any other block rules for videos from that channel. Students can watch any video from an allowed channel even if other block rules would otherwise apply. ### Reduce Discovery and Distraction * Keep the site accessible * Block `youtube.com/search` if you want to reduce search-driven browsing * Hide comments, sidebar recommendations, and live chat where those create distraction or risk ## Set Up YouTube Filtering Rules 1. Use Website URLs rules for site and page access. Use YouTube settings when the question is whether a specific video, channel, category, or YouTube playback experience should be allowed. 2. Add `youtube.com`, `youtube.com/search`, `youtube.com/shorts*`, or other YouTube URLs to Website URLs rules when the site path itself is what you want to control. A Website URLs allow rule for a video page does not override a block set in the YouTube section. The YouTube section takes precedence over Website URLs rules for video playback. When `youtube.com` is blocked via Website URLs and you need to allow a specific video, replace the `?` in the video URL with `*` before adding it as a Website URLs allow rule. For example: `youtube.com/watch*v=abc123`. 3. Add channel rules, video rules, keyword filters, category rules, and YouTube-specific toggles inside the policy's YouTube section. The Videos filter accepts `youtube.com/watch`, `youtube.com/shorts`, and the `youtu.be` short-link URL format. The Keywords filter accepts only single terms. Multi-word strings are not supported. Video category filtering may occasionally miscategorize content. If a video is blocked unexpectedly by a category rule, add an individual Video allow rule for that video to override the category block. To block videos by keyword, open the **Keywords** tab within the policy's YouTube section, click the **Enter a Keyword** field, type the keyword, and click **Block**. This blocks videos whose titles or descriptions contain that keyword; it does not block YouTube searches for the term. YouTube keyword filtering does not currently support wildcard entries. 4. Restrictive Mode blocks all YouTube videos except the videos and channels you explicitly allow. This is useful for tightly curated classroom or grade-band access. 5. Validate the result with a direct YouTube page, an embedded video on another site, and any special cases such as Shorts or YouTube Kids that matter to your rollout. Policy changes can take up to 15 minutes to propagate to student accounts. Test with a student account after that window has passed to confirm the expected behavior. ## Plan for Special Cases ### Handle Embedded Videos Embedded videos can still be controlled by YouTube rules. If a video is embedded on another site, you may need to copy the video's direct URL or channel URL and allow it in the policy. ### Control YouTube Shorts Shorts videos follow standard YouTube video rules, but Shorts pages can also be controlled with Website URLs rules such as `youtube.com/shorts*`. When you add a `youtube.com/shorts` URL to the Videos section of a policy, GoGuardian Admin automatically converts the Shorts link to a `youtube.com/watch` URL. ### Manage YouTube Playlists Playlist-specific filtering is not supported. If a playlist matters, control the underlying channel or the individual videos instead. ### Configure YouTube Kids YouTube Kids is controlled through Website URLs rules rather than YouTube video controls. If you need to block or allow YouTube Kids, treat it as a website-level rule. YouTube Kids URLs contain a `?` character. Replace the `?` with `*` before adding the URL to a Website URLs rule. GoGuardian policy filtering does not accept question marks in URLs. ### Work With Google Admin Restricted Mode YouTube filtering rules from Google Admin Console take precedence over GoGuardian Admin policy rules. If a video or channel is allowed in a GoGuardian policy but blocked by Google Admin Console settings, the video is blocked. Account for this when you decide where to apply YouTube filtering rules. To configure Restricted Mode for YouTube in Google Admin Console: 1. Go to admin.google.com. 2. Click **Devices**, then **Chrome**. 3. Select **Settings**, then **User & browser settings**. 4. Select the org unit to apply the setting to from the **Organization Units** menu. 5. Under **Content** > **Setting**, click **SafeSearch and Restricted Mode**. 6. In the Configuration menu, select one of the three restriction levels. Google Admin offers three Restricted Mode levels that produce meaningfully different video availability. **Enforce Strict Restricted Mode on YouTube** screens out the most content using an automated signal-based system while leaving some videos available. **Enforce at least Moderate Restricted Mode on YouTube** applies lighter filtering and makes a much larger collection of videos available. **Do not enforce Restricted Mode on YouTube** leaves YouTube fully unrestricted at the Google layer, so all filtering relies on GoGuardian Admin policies alone. [DNS filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) does not support YouTube-specific channel, video, keyword, category, or toggle rules. Do not expect network-only DNS filtering to reproduce the same YouTube behavior as device-based Admin filtering. ## Resources Use this troubleshooting page when the final result is wrong for a specific video, channel, or embedded player. Use this concept page to understand which control layer is producing the current result. Review the broader Admin policy model when YouTube behavior is one part of a larger policy design. # Explore YouTube Filtering Layers Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/youtube-filtering-layers How Website URLs rules, YouTube rules, and Google Admin settings combine to control YouTube in GoGuardian Admin. YouTube results in GoGuardian Admin are produced by multiple layers of control. Use this concept when a user can open a YouTube page but not play a video, when embedded playback behaves differently than the main site, or when a video is still blocked even though your policy appears to allow it. ## Review YouTube Filtering Layers ### Understand Google Admin Restricted Mode Google Admin Restricted Mode can block videos before GoGuardian Admin policy rules are evaluated. If a video is blocked there, allowing it in GoGuardian Admin will not override that result. ### Review Website URL Rules Website URLs rules control whether users can access a YouTube page or path at all. Use them for `youtube.com`, `youtube.com/search`, `youtube.com/shorts*`, and YouTube Kids URLs. ### Review YouTube Filtering Rules [YouTube filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering) governs video playback and YouTube-specific behavior, including channels, videos, keywords, categories, comments, sidebar, live chat, age restriction, and Restrictive Mode. ### Check Policy Precedence Rules When multiple policies apply to or are inherited by an org unit, their YouTube rules combine, and the most locally applied policy takes precedence in a rule conflict. To see the combined YouTube result, run the **Policy Checker** tool on the org unit, select **YouTube**, and choose a category to view the result. ## Interpret Common Outcomes | What you see | Most likely layer | | -------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | | The YouTube page itself is blocked | Website URLs rules | | The page loads but the video player is blocked | YouTube filtering or Google Admin Restricted Mode | | An embedded video is blocked on another site | YouTube filtering, not only the host site's URL | | A video is allowed for one group but blocked for another | Policy precedence or different policy assignment | | A YouTube Kids result ignores YouTube video rules | Website URLs rules, because YouTube Kids is handled separately | ## Review Special Cases * **Shorts**: the page path can be blocked with Website URLs rules, while Shorts videos themselves follow standard YouTube video rules * **Playlists**: playlist-specific filtering is not supported, so use channel or individual-video rules instead * **Embedded players**: copy the direct video or channel URL when you need to troubleshoot or allow the content precisely * **DNS traffic**: [DNS filtering](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) does not support YouTube-specific video or toggle rules A Website URLs allow rule for a video page does not override a block created in the YouTube section. The final result depends on which layer is actually doing the blocking. Students see two different block pages depending on the layer that blocked them. A Website URL block shows the standard GoGuardian Admin block page for the full page. A YouTube filtering block shows a YouTube-specific block message within the video frame. The block page tells you which layer produced the result. ## Apply This Concept in Practice * First determine whether the problem is page access, video playback, or upstream Google Admin behavior * Then identify which YouTube layer is active for the user and content in question * Only after that, change a policy rule, channel allow, Website URLs rule, or Google Admin setting ## Resources Review the available YouTube-specific controls and common configuration patterns. Use this troubleshooting page when you need to trace a real blocked result back to the correct layer. Use this concept page when the YouTube issue is caused by overlapping policy assignment rather than the wrong control layer. # YouTube Video Blocked Unexpectedly Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/admin/youtube-video-blocked-unexpectedly Troubleshoot YouTube videos or embedded playback that are blocked unexpectedly in GoGuardian Admin. Use this page when a YouTube video, channel, or embedded player is blocked but should be available. ## Gather the Exact Details First * The full YouTube URL, Shorts URL, or embedded-site URL * Whether the YouTube website is blocked, or only the video playback is blocked * Whether the content is a direct YouTube video, an embedded player, a live stream, a Short, or YouTube Kids * The affected user and their OU or custom-group assignment * Whether your district uses Google Admin Restricted Mode for YouTube Start by separating page access from video playback. A user may be allowed to open a YouTube page but still be blocked from watching the video. ## Check the Control Layers 1. If `youtube.com` or a related URL is blocked, start with Website URLs rules. If the page loads but the player is blocked, start with YouTube-specific rules. 2. If your district enforces Restricted Mode in Google Admin, confirm that the video is not being blocked there before you change GoGuardian Admin settings. 3. Review channel rules, video rules, keyword filters, category filters, Restrictive Mode, and toggle settings in [Configure YouTube Filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering). 4. If the video is embedded on another site, copy the direct video URL or channel URL and test that target directly. If the issue involves Shorts or YouTube Kids, verify which rule type actually applies. 5. If more than one policy affects the user, verify the effective YouTube result in Policy Checker and review [Understand Policy Precedence](/products/admin/how-filtering-rules-interact). 6. After making a change, retest the same direct video URL, embedded location, or site path that triggered the issue. ## Identify Common Causes | Cause | What to review | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `youtube.com` or another YouTube path is blocked | Website URLs rules | | The video is blocked by channel, category, keyword, or Restrictive Mode | YouTube filtering in the policy | | Google Admin Restricted Mode blocks the video before Admin can allow it | Google Admin settings and [Understand YouTube Filtering Layers](/products/admin/youtube-filtering-layers) | | The site is allowed but embedded playback is still blocked | Direct video URL or channel allow rules | | The request involves Shorts, playlists, or YouTube Kids | Special-case behavior in [Configure YouTube Filtering](/products/admin/youtube-filtering) | Allowing a YouTube page URL in Website URLs rules does not override a block in the YouTube section. Fix the layer that is actually producing the block. ## Know When to Escalate * The video is blocked even though both the relevant GoGuardian policy and Google Admin settings appear to allow it * The blocked result only occurs for embedded playback and not for the direct video URL * Policy Checker does not explain the effective YouTube result * The behavior varies in a way that suggests a product bug rather than a rule conflict ## Resources Review the feature model and configuration options for YouTube access and playback. Use this concept page to determine which layer is causing the block. Use the broader site-troubleshooting page when the problem is not limited to YouTube. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon AI-driven student safety alerts that detect signals of self-harm, suicide risk, and violence across student devices. GoGuardian Beacon reviews student activity on school-issued devices and surfaces alerts when AI detects signals of self-harm, suicide risk, or threats of violence. Your safety team receives contextual, actionable alerts so counselors and administrators can intervene quickly and confidently. GoGuardian Beacon is designed in consultation with leading mental health experts and is built to fit into your district's existing suicide prevention policy. Since March 2020, an estimated 18,623 students have been prevented from physical harm through GoGuardian Beacon. In surveys of Beacon users, 87% say their students and communities are safer as a result. ## Understand How GoGuardian Beacon Works Beacon analyzes student activity across multiple digital contexts where risk signals commonly appear: * Search engine queries * Web browsing, including social media platforms * Gmail and Outlook * Popular AI chat sites * Other web apps on school-issued devices When Beacon's AI detects activity that matches patterns associated with self-harm, suicide, or violence, it generates an alert and notifies the designated staff members on your escalation list. The alert includes a time-stamped summary of the concerning activity along with relevant browsing history and screenshots so your team can evaluate the situation immediately. **Supported platforms:** ChromeOS, Windows, macOS ## Review Key Capabilities Beacon's AI is trained on real risk data to identify subtle patterns and context, dramatically reducing the volume of false-positive alerts and ensuring your team focuses on genuinely high-risk situations. Each alert includes complete, time-stamped details of the concerning activity, relevant browsing history, and screenshots — giving responders the context they need to act quickly and confidently. Configure which risk categories generate alerts for your district. Enable or disable specific alert types to match your school's safety priorities and staff capacity. Define escalation paths by alert severity, Organizational Unit, or time of day. Beacon routes each alert to the right staff member based on the rules you set. Assign multiple contacts to an escalation path so alerts reach the right people even when a primary contact is unavailable. Configure how alerts are handled outside school hours, including who gets notified and how urgently, so high-risk situations are never missed. Pause alert notifications during scheduled school breaks without losing alert coverage, then automatically resume when school resumes. Snooze individual alerts during active investigations to reduce noise. Review alert trends and patterns from the Beacon analytics dashboard to understand risk patterns across your district. ## Set Up Alert Workflows 1. In the Beacon dashboard, navigate to **Alert settings** and review the available risk categories — such as self-harm, suicide, and violence. Enable the categories your district reviews and set a sensitivity level for each. 2. Go to **Escalation lists** and add the staff members who should receive alerts. You can create multiple escalation lists for different schools, grade levels, or alert types. 3. For each escalation list, define notification rules based on alert severity. For example, you can configure low-severity alerts to notify a school counselor by email, while high-severity alerts send an immediate text message to the counselor and principal. 4. Navigate to **Schedules** and add your district's school year calendar, including holidays and breaks. Beacon uses this schedule to apply your configured after-hours rules automatically during non-school periods. After configuring your escalation workflows, test the setup by reviewing the alert routing rules in **Escalation lists** to confirm each alert type routes to the correct contacts. ## Respond to Alerts When Beacon generates an alert, the designated staff members receive a notification via email or text message, depending on your escalation settings. The notification links to the full alert in the Beacon dashboard. Each alert contains: * **Student identity** — the student who triggered the alert * **Alert category** — the type of risk signal detected (for example, self-harm or violence) * **Severity level** — the AI-assessed severity of the activity * **Time-stamped activity** — a chronological record of the concerning activity * **Screenshots** — captures of the relevant activity to provide visual context * **Browsing history** — recent browsing context surrounding the alert From the alert view, you can mark the alert as reviewed, add notes for your team, escalate to additional staff members, or snooze it if an investigation is already underway. Beacon alerts are signals that require human judgment. A Beacon alert does not confirm that a student is in immediate danger. Always follow your district's established response protocols and involve trained counseling or mental health staff when evaluating alerts. ## Configure Escalation Workflows Beacon's escalation system lets you define exactly who receives an alert and how, based on the specifics of each situation. You can configure escalation rules based on: * **Alert severity** — route critical alerts to senior staff while directing lower-severity alerts to frontline counselors * **Organizational Unit** — assign school-specific staff to receive alerts for their own students rather than routing all district alerts to a single team * **Time of day** — configure different contacts for alerts generated during school hours versus evenings and weekends Each escalation list supports multiple contacts. If the primary contact does not acknowledge an alert within a defined period, Beacon can automatically escalate to a secondary contact. Escalation paths are fully auditable — Beacon logs which staff members were notified, when they acknowledged the alert, and what actions were taken. GoGuardian Beacon was designed in consultation with leading mental health experts. The alert categories, severity framework, and recommended response workflows reflect current best practices in school-based suicide prevention and crisis intervention. ## Frequently Asked Questions Yes. Beacon allows granular customization of escalation lists and notification rules based on the alert's severity level, the Organizational Unit the student belongs to, and the time of day the alert is generated. This ensures alerts reach the right staff member through the right channel, every time. Beacon's AI analyzes student activity across search engines, web browsing (including social media), Gmail, Outlook, popular AI chat sites, and other web apps on school-issued devices. This broad coverage is designed to catch concerning behavior wherever it occurs on a student's device, not just in a single app or platform. Beacon's AI is continuously trained on real risk data to distinguish between concerning activity and benign content that superficially resembles risk signals — for example, a student researching a historical event versus a student expressing intent to harm. By focusing staff time only on high-confidence alerts, Beacon helps counselors and administrators work efficiently without wading through irrelevant notifications. # Configure a Beacon 24/7 Escalation List Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/247-escalation-list Create and manage a Beacon 24/7 escalation list, schedule shifts with responders, switch between lists, and set up a second list for breaks or holidays. Only Super Users and Super Counselors can configure a 24/7 escalation list. The 24/7 escalation list is how administrators and counselors in GoGuardian Beacon set up phone-call escalation for Active Planning alerts. A list contains a Weekday Schedule and a Weekend Schedule, each made up of shifts with assigned responders. Only one list can be enabled for a deployment at a time. When an alert triggers a 24/7 escalation, a Beacon Safety Support Specialist calls the first responder in the active shift and leaves a voicemail if there is no answer. After one minute, the Safety Support Specialist calls again, then moves to the next responder on the list. This continues until a responder is reached or every responder, including the Last Responder, has been called. If no one answers, all responders receive a voicemail and an email directing them to review the alert. Escalation Lists settings page with the 24/7 tab open ## Create 24/7 Escalation List 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu. 3. Select **Escalation Lists**, then select **24/7**. 4. Click **Create Escalation List**. 5. Optionally enter a name in the **List Nickname** field. Use a recognizable name, such as `School Year` or `Summer Schedule`. ## Schedule Shifts and Assign Responders Build coverage separately for weekday and weekend hours. Each shift needs at least one responder. ### Add Shifts 1. On the **Weekday** tab, click **Add Shift**. 2. Select the **Start Time** and **End Time** for the shift. To schedule an overnight shift, set a start time later than the end time. For example, a start time of `8:00 PM` and an end time of `8:00 AM` covers overnight hours. Shift row with Start Time and End Time set 3. Click **Add Responder** and select a responder from the **Select Responder** list. The responder must be an existing user in your Beacon deployment. If the responder is not in your deployment, add them in [Product Settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/beacon) first. 4. Repeat step 3 to add every responder for this shift. 5. Click the priority number next to a responder to change the call order, then click the checkmark to confirm. Responders with the same priority number are called in random order. 6. Click **Add Shift** again to add another weekday shift. 7. Verify the result: the coverage timeline above the shifts fills in for each covered time period. Weekday schedule with coverage timeline and an assigned shift 8. Below the shift list, click **Add Last Responder**. The Last Responder must be available at all times and days, since they are called when no other responder on the shift answers. A Last Responder does not need a shift, a priority, or a schedule. No Last Responder state with the Add Last Responder button 9. Select a responder from the **Select Responder** list. 10. Verify the result: the **Last Responder** section displays the selected responder. A schedule needs at least one shift with a responder, a Last Responder, or both. Beacon does not save a schedule with no coverage. 11. Click **Save List**. If the weekday or weekend schedule has a coverage gap, Beacon displays a **Missing Coverage for 24/7 Escalation List** warning. During a coverage gap, Active Planning alerts are sent by email and text only. No phone call is placed. Click **Add Coverage** to return to the schedule, or click **Not Now** to save the list with the gap. Toast confirming the 24/7 Escalation List was saved 12. Repeat the steps in **Add Shifts** for the **Weekend** shifts. ## Switch or Disable an Enabled List Only one escalation list can be active at a time. 1. Go to **Settings**, then select **Escalation Lists**, then select the **24/7** tab. 2. Under **Enabled List**, select **Schedule A**, **Schedule B**, or **Disable All**. Email notifications are sent only when **Disable All** is selected. All phone calls for 24/7 Active Planning alerts stop until a list is enabled. 3. Click **Save Selection**. ## Create a Second Escalation List Create a second list to cover breaks, holidays, or other events that need a different schedule. 1. Go to **Settings**, then select **Escalation Lists**, then select the **24/7** tab. 2. Under **Your Lists**, select the **Schedule B** tab, then click **Create Escalation List**. 3. Follow the steps in **Create 24/7 Escalation List** and **Schedule Shifts and Assign Responders** to build the second schedule. 4. Verify the result: both schedules appear under **Your Lists**, and you can switch between them from **Enabled List**. Add Second Escalation List empty state under Your Lists ## Resources Configure tier-based escalation lists for email and text notifications. Review which roles can manage escalation lists. Add users to a deployment before adding them to an escalation list. # Beacon 24/7 FAQ Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/247-faq Answers to common questions about the Beacon 24/7 service, Escalation Lists, and the Safety Support team. Beacon 24/7 provides around-the-clock review of escalated alerts by the GoGuardian Safety Support team. The questions below address the most common topics for administrators and counselors setting up and using the service. ## Escalation Lists The Escalation List should include highly trusted school staff and administrators who have been trained in your school's Suicide Prevention Plan. * Include at least two scheduled staff members at all times, plus a Last Responder. * All contacts must already be registered in Org Management and listed as a Beacon user. Names and email addresses must match exactly. * Each person must understand that they are responsible for being available to accept calls from the Safety Support team at any time they are scheduled. * Staff on this list should have either Super Counselor or Counselor user privileges in Beacon. * Teachers and IT administrators are typically not included unless they have specific mental health training. * If a staff member is also a parent or guardian of a student enrolled in your district, review your school's policies before adding them to the list. The Last Responder should be someone who is always available to answer the phone and take action, at any hour. The Safety Support team contacts the Last Responder only if no other Escalation List member can be reached. This person must keep their phone close at all times. The two lists serve different purposes. * The **CSV Escalation List** is used to contact staff by phone when the Safety Support team escalates a verified **Active Planning** alert. Staff are called based on their schedule at the time the alert is generated. * The **Escalation List under Settings > Staff Notifications** is used to notify staff by email for all other phases your school has chosen to receive notifications for, including: * **Suicide Ideation** * **Self Harm** * **Help & Support** * **Suicide Research** Check the **Alerts** page in Beacon first. The page shows where the Safety Support team is in the escalation process and whether any action has been taken. You can also reference the initial notification email, which includes the full Escalation List with each member's email address and phone number. ## Safety Support Team The GoGuardian Safety Support team reviews escalated alerts. Specialists come from a variety of professional and educational backgrounds. All receive training from GoGuardian partners, including the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention (AFSP) and organizations specializing in crisis call center management and school-based student counseling. Beacon 24/7 is intended to function as one component of your school's overall prevention efforts. It should not be the sole measure relied upon for student safety. No. The Safety Support team calls only the contacts listed on your school's Escalation List. ## Access and Technical Issues Reply to the notification email with details of the issue. GoGuardian will escalate the issue to the appropriate team. In the meantime, contact your IT administrator or another Beacon user who can access the Alerts page and take required actions on your behalf. ## Privacy Yes. Visit the [GoGuardian Trust & Privacy Center](https://www.goguardian.com/privacy-information/) for details on how GoGuardian protects student safety and privacy. ## Resources Step-by-step instructions for accessing and resolving escalated alerts. Recommendations for Escalation List setup and staff preparedness. Configure phone escalation contacts for Active Planning alerts. Descriptions of each alert phase detected by Beacon. # 24/7 Letter Template for Escalation List Counselors Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/247-letter-template A customizable letter that schools can send to Escalation List members about their role in receiving and responding to Beacon 24/7 Active Planning escalations. GoGuardian Beacon provides a sample letter that schools and districts can customize and send to staff who have been added to the Beacon 24/7 Escalation List. This letter orients those users to their specific role in receiving phone calls from GoGuardian's Safety Support team when an Active Planning alert is escalated. Remove all instructional text before sending this letter. Replace all bracketed placeholder text — such as `[insert name of school/district]` — with your school or district's information. This template is provided for informational purposes only. GoGuardian does not warrant that it satisfies any applicable federal, state, or district requirement. Your school or district remains solely responsible for ensuring all communications with staff comply with applicable laws, standards, and policies. Contact [goguardianbeacon@goguardian.com](mailto:goguardianbeacon@goguardian.com) with questions about how to use this template. Dear \[insert name], This school year, \[insert name of school/district] has adopted GoGuardian Beacon 24/7 services as part of our school's broader suicide prevention program. You are receiving this letter because you have been added as a counselor on the Escalation List for the Beacon 24/7 program. This means you may receive phone calls from GoGuardian's Safety Support team when an escalated alert requires immediate action. **What is GoGuardian Beacon?** GoGuardian Beacon helps notify \[insert name of school/district]'s counselors and other school support staff if the system detects that a student searches, creates, views, or interacts with online content that could be related to suicide or self-harm. Because of this, GoGuardian Beacon helps \[insert name of school/district] identify and intervene when a student may be at risk of suicide or self-harm. GoGuardian Beacon was designed in consultation with mental health experts, including the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention (a nationally recognized not-for-profit organization dedicated to suicide prevention) and the American Association of Suicidology. It is important to know that neither \[insert name of school/district] nor GoGuardian Beacon can detect every situation when a student is suicidal. **What to expect** As a member of the Escalation List, you can expect to receive phone calls from GoGuardian's Safety Support Specialists. Safety Support Specialists review Active Planning alerts to verify the need to escalate to school staff for a student's safety. On the phone call with a Safety Support Specialist, you will be asked to confirm responsibility for the alert, review the alert on your Beacon Alerts page, and mark any actions taken. **Save the Beacon 24/7 number to your contacts.** Save the Beacon 24/7 phone number — **(855) 921-2124** — to your contacts as "Beacon 24/7 Escalation." This number is for outbound calls only and does not accept incoming calls. **Why are alerts being generated?** Escalated Active Planning alerts are student-triggered events that the GoGuardian Safety Support team has reviewed and determined require urgent and immediate action. Review these alerts in GoGuardian Beacon and take action as soon as possible. **What are all of the alert phases?** **Active Planning** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate the student is actively planning their suicide, such as looking up methodologies or composing suicide notes. **Suicide Ideation** — Online behavior and content that could indicate that a student is forming or expressing thoughts about suicide, including thoughts about their own suicide. **Self Harm** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate a student's desire to harm themselves without intent to end their life. **Help & Support** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate the student is seeking help and support resources for themselves or a peer, such as hotline numbers, American Foundation for Suicide Prevention documents, or support forums. **Suicide Research** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate the student is looking up statistics and information about suicide, as one might for a class assignment rather than exhibiting signs of Suicide Ideation. **What will a Beacon 24/7 alert look like?** Beacon 24/7 alerts include a status bar showing the Safety Support team's review progress. The four stages are: 1. **Review Alert** — The alert has been reviewed or is currently under review by the Safety Support team. 2. **Decision** — The Safety Support team has verified or is currently verifying whether the alert relates to the Active Planning phase. 3. **Action** — If the Safety Support team determines the alert requires immediate attention, the escalation protocol will be initiated. Alerts re-categorized to a different phase will display "No Escalation." 4. **Completion** — The Safety Support team's review is complete. A result badge indicates whether a contact was successfully reached, contact attempts were unsuccessful, or the alert was re-categorized to a more appropriate phase. On the Beacon Alerts page, Beacon 24/7 alerts that need immediate review will display a green, blue, or red notification box below the alert card. **How do I take action on an alert?** There are two options for reviewing alerts: **Option 1** — Toggle any actions taken related to this alert, including an in-person conversation, guardian contact, or response protocol initiation. **Option 2** — Select a risk level for this specific alert. **Note:** Beacon users must toggle all applicable actions taken in order to properly resolve the alert. Toggling actions taken also removes the blue outline around the alert card. It is important to review the Beacon Help Center resources for more information about Beacon 24/7 and your role in managing escalated alerts. Let us know if you have any questions. Warmly, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ \[Insert name of school administrator (e.g., principal)] \[Insert name of school/district] ## Resources Step-by-step instructions for reviewing and resolving escalated alerts. Understand the layout and status bar of a 24/7 alert card. Manage who receives calls during Active Planning escalations. Definitions for key Beacon terms, including alert phases. # About GoGuardian Beacon Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/about-beacon GoGuardian Beacon reviews student activity on school devices and alerts designated staff to signals of suicide risk, self-harm, or harm to others. GoGuardian Beacon reviews student activity on school-issued devices and generates alerts when its machine-learning (ML) models detect signals of suicide risk, self-harm, or potential harm to others. ## Understand GoGuardian Beacon Beacon is a multi-class classifier ML model trained to identify online behaviors that may indicate suicide or self-harm. It analyzes browsing across student content — including search engines, social media, email, and web apps — to provide a holistic view of a student's online activity. Beacon can also alert staff to potential student safety threats or violence based on search content. Schools can tailor Beacon to complement their existing suicide prevention protocol. School staff — including counselors, administrators, and other key stakeholders — can be notified and empowered with information to connect students who may be at risk with appropriate support as quickly as possible. Beacon is one part of a broader student safety plan. Designated school staff are always the ultimate decision-makers as to whether a Beacon-generated alert requires human intervention. GoGuardian Beacon. Sometimes kids need help asking for help. A suicide prevention tool built just for schools. ## Customize Beacon for Your School Beacon allows schools to involve the entire school community as part of the program, including staff, parents, and students. Each deployment can be configured with: * A unique Escalation List of staff who receive alert notifications * Custom settings for school hours and alert phases * Guardian contact information for quick reference on alert cards ## Resources Review the detection process, alert contents, and how designated staff respond. Definitions for key terms used throughout Beacon documentation. Step-by-step checklist for Super Users setting up Beacon Starter. Create a Beacon deployment and connect it to an Organizational Unit. # Activity Log Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/activity-log The Beacon Activity Log records every change made to Beacon settings, including the date, the modified setting, and the user who made the change. The GoGuardian Beacon **Activity Log** records all changes made to Beacon settings. It provides an auditable history of configuration changes across your deployment. ## Review Activity Log Records Each entry in the Activity Log includes the following information: | Field | Description | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------- | | **Date and Time** | When the change was made. | | **Details** | Which setting was modified. | | **User** | The staff member who made the change. | Activity Log: Keep track of changes made to Beacon Settings. List includes: Date & time, Details of the change, and… The Activity Log records changes to Beacon settings only. For a record of alert-related browsing activity, see the Rationale tab within an individual alert card, which displays screenshots from 15 minutes before and after an alert is generated. *** Manage alert preferences, escalation lists, and notification settings. Deployment- and student-level alert data across your organization. How the Rationale tab explains why Beacon generated an alert. Beacon role definitions and what each role can access. # Alert Card Anatomy Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/alert-card-anatomy Each field on a Beacon alert card surfaces key information about the student, the alert, and the actions taken. The GoGuardian Beacon alert card quick view displays the most important information about an alert without opening the full record. The fields below are listed in clockwise order beginning with the student name. | Field | Description | | -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Student Name** | Name and email address of the student who generated the alert. | | **Date** | Date and time the alert was generated. | | **Frequency of Alerts** | Total number of recent alerts generated by this student. | | **New Alert** | New, unread alerts are indicated by a dark outline and light blue highlighting. | | **Predicted Phase** | Beacon's classification of the detected online activity. Possible phases: Active Planning, Suicide Ideation, Self Harm, Help & Support, Suicide Research. | | **Primary Guardian** | Contact information for the student's primary parent or guardian. Open the alert card for full guardian details. | | **Actions Taken For This Alert** | Actions recorded by counselors within the alert details page (for example, In-Person Conversation, Guardian Contacted, Plan Devised). | 1. Student Name/email 2. date/time 3. number of alerts 4. new alert 5. phase: active planning 6. guardian name/phone… Alerts that have not had an action taken on them appear with a dark outline on the alert card list view. *** Status bar and result badges specific to Beacon 24/7 alerts. How the Rationale tab explains why Beacon generated an alert. Steps for reviewing and resolving an alert from an email notification. # Beacon 24/7 Alert Card Anatomy Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/alert-card-anatomy-247 Beacon 24/7 alert cards include a Status Bar and result badges that show the Safety Support Team's review progress and outcome. GoGuardian Beacon 24/7 alert cards display the same fields as Beacon Core alert cards, with the addition of a **Status Bar** that shows the Safety Support Team's review progress. All Beacon 24/7 alerts must be reviewed in Beacon, and any messages from the Safety Support Team must be viewed and confirmed. ## Review the Status Bar The Status Bar tracks the Safety Support Team's review through four stages. | Stage | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Alert Review** | The alert has been received and is under review by the Safety Support Team. | | **Decision** | The Safety Support Team is verifying whether the alert is associated with the Active Planning phase. | | **Action** | If the alert is confirmed as Active Planning, the Safety Support Team initiates the escalation protocol and begins contacting members of your Escalation List according to scheduled coverage. Alerts re-categorized to a different phase display "No Escalation." | | **Completion** | The Safety Support Team's review is complete. A result badge is assigned based on the outcome. | Alert Card GoGuardian 24/7™ Status. Step 1: Reviewed, 2. Decision (active planning), 3. Action (escalation… GoGuardian 24/7™ Status. Reviewed, Active Planning, Escalation initiated, Successfully Contacted (badge shows check) GoGuardian 24/7™ Status. Reviewed, Active Planning, Escalation initiated, Successfully Contacted (badge shows check) GoGuardian 24/7™ Status. Reviewed, Active Planning, Escalation initiated, Failed to Contact (badge shows X) ## Review Result Badges Result badges appear at the Completion stage and indicate the final outcome of the Safety Support Team's review. | Badge | Color | Meaning | | -------------------------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Successfully Contacted** | Green | The Safety Support Team escalated the alert and reached a member of the Escalation List. | | **Phase Changed** | Blue | The Safety Support Team determined a different phase better described the alert. Beacon users are notified based on Staff Notification settings for non-Active Planning phases. | | **Failed to Contact** | Red | The Safety Support Team escalated the alert but could not reach anyone on the Escalation List, including the Last Responder. These alerts require immediate attention. | A red "Failed to Contact" badge means the Safety Support Team could not reach anyone on the Escalation List. Review the alert immediately and follow your school's response protocol. *** Reference for standard Beacon alert card fields. Steps for reviewing and resolving an alert from an email notification. How the Rationale tab explains why Beacon generated an alert. Deployment- and student-level alert data across your organization. # Alert Categories Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/alert-categories Reference definitions for the four GoGuardian Beacon Threats and Violence alert categories: Guns and Bombs, Violent Acts, Bullying, and Historical Acts. GoGuardian Beacon identifies four Threats and Violence alert categories. Each category covers a distinct type of online activity. Beacon generates alert cards only for categories that are toggled on in **Alert Preferences**. Threats and Violence alerts are available on Beacon Core and 24/7 only. For instructions on enabling categories, see [Enable Threats and Violence Alert Categories](/products/beacon/enable-categories). ## Guns & Bombs The **Guns & Bombs** category covers online searches inquiring about how to acquire, build, use, conceal, or transport a gun or bomb. ## Violent Acts The **Violent Acts** category covers online searches that explicitly inquire about how to commit a violent act, how to obtain the means to commit a violent act, or that express a desire to commit a violent act. ## Bullying The **Bullying** category covers online searches indicating that the person searching is a victim of bullying, harassment, or threats, or is seeking help to stop bullying, harassment, or threats. ## Historical Acts The **Historical Acts** category covers online searches that directly reference specific school shootings or attacks, or specific perpetrators of those attacks. The name of a school or perpetrator must appear in the text. ## Resources Turn on alert categories and configure staff notifications. Configure which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Complete the full Beacon setup checklist. Set the school hours that control when notifications are sent. # Alert Phases Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/alert-phases Beacon identifies five alert phases that classify the type of online activity associated with a student's alert card. GoGuardian Beacon classifies each detected alert into one of five phases. The phase reflects the nature of the online activity associated with the alert. Counselors and administrators use the phase to guide their response. ## Review Alert Phases ### Active Planning **Active Planning** alerts are generated when Beacon detects online activity that may indicate a student is actively planning self-harm. This is the highest-severity phase and is subject to review and escalation by the Beacon 24/7 Safety Support team when the 24/7 service is enabled. ### Suicide Ideation **Suicide Ideation** alerts are generated when Beacon detects online activity that may reflect a student expressing thoughts related to suicide — for example, writing "I want to die" — without indicating active planning. ### Self Harm **Self Harm** alerts are generated when Beacon detects online activity that may reflect a student's desire to injure themselves on purpose, such as through cutting. ### Help & Support **Help & Support** alerts are generated when Beacon detects that a student may be seeking help or support resources — such as hotline numbers, American Foundation for Suicide Prevention materials, or support forums — either for themselves or for a peer. ### Suicide Research **Suicide Research** alerts are generated when Beacon detects that a student may be looking up general statistics or information about suicide, such as for a class assignment, rather than expressing personal ideation. **Suicide Research** and **Help & Support** alert cards are not generated for activity on `.edu` or `.gov` websites. ## Understand Phase and Escalation Only **Active Planning** alerts are eligible for escalation to the Beacon 24/7 Safety Support team. All other phases generate notifications to the staff members listed in your school's email notification settings. ## Resources Step-by-step instructions for reviewing Active Planning escalations. How to assign and interpret risk levels on alert cards. Configure which phases generate alerts and notifications. Common questions about the Beacon 24/7 escalation service. # Alert Preferences Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/alert-preferences Choose which GoGuardian Beacon alert phases generate dashboard cards and staff notifications for your school. Alert preferences in GoGuardian Beacon control which phases generate alert cards on the dashboard and which phases trigger staff notifications. Super Counselors and Super Users can configure these settings. Beacon identifies five phases of self-harm-related behavior: **Active Planning**, **Suicide Ideation**, **Self Harm**, **Help & Support**, and **Suicide Research**. By default, all phases are toggled on. Active Planning alerts and notifications are always on and cannot be disabled. This feature is not available on Beacon Starter. Beacon Starter generates Active Planning alerts only. Each phase can be set to one of three states: | State | What it does | | --------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Alert Cards and Notifications** | Alert cards appear on the dashboard, and the escalation list receives email and text notifications. | | **Alert Cards only** | Alert cards appear on the dashboard. No notifications are sent. Configure this in **Staff Notifications** by disabling notifications for the phase. | | **Off** | No alert cards and no notifications are generated for this phase. The phase is grayed out in **Staff Notifications** and cannot be toggled on there. | ## Modify Alert Preferences 1. Go to `beacon.goguardian.com` and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu. 3. Select **Alert Preferences**. 4. Turn on or turn off each phase according to your school's needs. 5. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. The Beacon Alert Preferences interface. Used for selecting themes of alerts for Beacon to detect ## Modify Staff Notifications Staff notifications determine whether the escalation list receives email and text messages for each enabled phase. Turning off a phase in **Alert Preferences** automatically disables it in **Staff Notifications**. 1. Go to `beacon.goguardian.com` and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu. 3. Select **Staff Notifications**. 4. Turn on or turn off the phases your staff should be notified about via email and text message. 5. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click **Save Changes**. ## Resources Set the school hours that control when notifications are sent. Turn on alert categories for Threats and Violence behavior. Complete the full Beacon setup checklist. Review definitions for Threats and Violence alert categories. # Beacon API Coverage Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/beacon-api-coverage Expand GoGuardian Beacon alert coverage by connecting Gmail, Google Docs, and Outlook APIs, enabling analysis across personal devices and non-browser access. Connect the Gmail, Google Docs, and Outlook APIs to extend GoGuardian Beacon's coverage beyond school-issued devices to personal devices and native mobile apps. All API coverage options require Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7 licensing. ## Gmail API The Gmail API allows GoGuardian Beacon to analyze emails sent through managed Google accounts on any device, including personal smartphones. [Enable Gmail API coverage](/products/beacon/enhanced-gmail-monitoring) ## Google Docs API Google Docs Coverage allows GoGuardian Beacon to analyze student activity in Google Docs on any device. Coverage extends to all devices and native apps, beyond browsers with the GoGuardian extension or app. [Enable Google Docs Coverage](/products/beacon/enable-google-docs-coverage) ## Outlook API The Outlook API allows GoGuardian Beacon to analyze emails sent through managed Outlook accounts on any device, including personal smartphones. [Enable Outlook API coverage](/products/beacon/outlook-email-monitoring) # Beacon Glossary Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/beacon-glossary Definitions for key terms used in GoGuardian Beacon, including deployments, roles, alert phases, and escalation lists. This glossary defines the core terms used throughout GoGuardian Beacon documentation and the Beacon interface. ## Review Key Terms **Alert Card** — When Beacon generates an alert, a card appears on the Beacon Alerts page. The card contains detailed information about the alert, including browsing activity, phase, actions taken, and guardian contact information. **Alerts Page** — The page where all alert cards for a deployment are located. Multiple filtering options are available to locate specific alert cards. Each deployment has its own secure Alerts page. **Deployment** — A unique group of Organizational Units (OUs) created by a SuperUser. Each deployment has its own set of users, settings, and Escalation List tailored to a specific group of students. Only users with permission to access a deployment can view that deployment. **Escalation List** — The list of users who will receive alert notifications, and the order in which they will be notified when a new alert is generated. **Phase** — The category assigned to an alert by Beacon's algorithm. Beacon detects and categorizes five alert phases: | Phase | Description | | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Active Planning** | Signals indicating active planning of self-harm or harm to others | | **Suicide Ideation** | Signals indicating thoughts of suicide | | **Self Harm** | Signals indicating engagement with or research on self-harm | | **Help & Support** | Signals indicating a student is seeking help or support resources | | **Suicide Research** | Signals indicating research on suicide-related topics | **Staff Notifications** — Notifications sent to the Escalation List when a new alert is generated. Notifications for Active Planning alerts are required. Notifications for the remaining four phases are optional and configured by a SuperUser or SuperCounselor. **User Permissions (Roles)** — Access levels assigned to staff members that determine their privileges within Beacon. Beacon has four roles: | Role | Capabilities | | ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **SuperUser** | Full access — receive alerts, update alerts, set risk level, update guardian contacts, add/remove users, edit settings | | **SuperCounselor** | Receive alerts, update alerts, set risk level, request guardian contact updates, add/remove users, edit settings | | **Counselor** | Receive alerts, update alerts, set risk level | | **Viewer** | Receive alerts, update alerts — no ability to set risk level or edit settings | ## Resources Overview of what Beacon is and how schools use it. Review the detection process, alert contents, and alert phases. Create a Beacon deployment and connect it to an Organizational Unit. Step-by-step checklist for Super Users setting up Beacon Starter. # Best Practices: Beacon 24/7 Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/best-practices-247 Recommendations for building an effective Escalation List, selecting a Last Responder, and ensuring staff are reachable when a Beacon 24/7 alert is escalated. The following practices help ensure your school is prepared to respond to escalated Beacon 24/7 alerts. ## Build Escalation List with Care Staff on the Escalation List have access to sensitive alert information. Select people who: * Are trained in your school's Suicide Prevention Plan and confident in executing it * Are willing and able to take action at any hour, including outside of school hours * Hold Super Counselor or Counselor user privileges in Beacon * Are registered in Org Management with names and email addresses that match exactly Include at least two staff members on schedule at all times, plus a designated Last Responder. Teachers and IT administrators are typically not included unless they have specific mental health training. If a staff member is also a parent or guardian of a student enrolled at your school, consult your school's policies before adding them to the Escalation List. ## Choose Last Responder Carefully The Last Responder is contacted only if the Safety Support team cannot reach anyone else on the Escalation List. This person must: * Be available and reachable at any time, day or night * Keep their phone close at all times * Be prepared to take immediate action upon receiving a call ## Plan for Missed Calls If an Escalation List member misses a call: * Check the **Alerts** page in Beacon immediately. The page shows the current escalation status and any actions already taken. * Review the initial notification email. It includes the full Escalation List with each member's email address and phone number. * Contact another staff member on the Escalation List who can access Beacon and take action. ## Avoid General Office Numbers Escalation calls happen outside of school hours. Ensure each Escalation List member provides a direct personal phone number, not a shared office line. Confirm that the number matches what is listed for them in Org Management. ## Save Beacon 24/7 Number to Your Contacts Save **(855) 921-2124** to your contacts as **Beacon 24/7 Escalation**. This number is used for outbound calls only. It does not accept incoming calls. Encourage all Escalation List members to do the same. ## Bypass Do Not Disturb on Mobile Devices To ensure escalation calls come through when Do Not Disturb is active, follow the steps below for each device type. ### iPhone 1. Open the **Contacts** app and find the Beacon 24/7 Escalation contact. 2. Tap **Edit** in the upper right corner of the contact card. 3. Scroll down and tap **Ringtone**. 4. Toggle **Emergency Bypass** to on. This allows calls from this contact to bypass Do Not Disturb. 5. (Optional) Choose a different ringtone for this contact. 6. Tap **Done**. ### Android These steps apply to Android 10. Steps may vary by device or Android version. 1. Open your phone's **Settings** app. 2. Tap **Sound**, then tap **Do Not Disturb**. 3. Under **Exceptions**, scroll to **Calls** and tap **Allow Calls**. 4. Select the appropriate option: anyone, contacts only, or starred contacts only. 5. Turn on **Allow repeat callers** to let a call through if the same number calls twice within 15 minutes. ## Resources Answers to common questions about Escalation Lists and the Safety Support team. Configure phone escalation contacts for Active Planning alerts. Step-by-step instructions for reviewing and resolving escalated alerts. Descriptions of each alert phase detected by Beacon. # Best Practices: Beacon Rollout Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/best-practices-rollout Recommended practices for setting up GoGuardian Beacon, selecting users, configuring access levels, and preparing staff before going live. A successful Beacon rollout depends on careful user selection, appropriate access configuration, and thorough staff preparation before the system goes live. The following practices reduce risk and support an effective response when alerts are generated. ## Be Selective About Which Users Receive Access When adding someone to GoGuardian Beacon, confirm that all users are prepared to receive information about student suicide and self-harm. Consult your school's suicide prevention policy to determine which staff members should have access to your Beacon deployments. In most cases, mental health staff — such as school psychologists, counselors, and administrators — will have access to Beacon. Teachers typically do not receive access to this sensitive information. ## Be Thoughtful About the 24/7 Escalation List For schools with Beacon 24/7: Be deliberate about who is added to the Escalation List. Safety Support Specialists call these individuals when an Active Planning alert is escalated. Members of the Escalation List should be part of the school's suicide prevention protocol and policy team. If third-party individuals — such as crisis centers or school resource officers — are contracted for student mental health services, ensure those contracts meet your school or district's privacy standards (including but not limited to FERPA), that those individuals have received appropriate training on your district's approach to discipline and multi-tiered systems of support, and that they have the correct access levels in Beacon. Running practice drills or hypothetical scenarios as part of staff training helps ensure all Escalation List members are prepared to receive an incoming Safety Support Specialist call. ## Configure Access Levels Appropriately Super Counselor permissions are for school officials with the authority to make decisions about Beacon settings related to suicide and self-harm. Super Counselors can edit settings within their deployments. Review the [User Roles and Permissions](/products/beacon/user-roles-and-permissions) article to understand each access level before assigning users. ## Ensure All Users Understand Your Crisis Protocol All Beacon users should be trained on suicide prevention in general, your school's suicide prevention and emergency protocols, and the specific actions each user is expected to take when a Beacon notification is received. Consistent training across all users supports a coordinated and timely response. ## Keep Settings and User Roles Current Staff roles and responsibilities change over time. Disable users when they leave or change roles, and update access levels as appropriate. Review your active Beacon users at the start of each school year and after any staff transition. ## Start with the Most Actionable Alert Phases As schools learn to incorporate Beacon into their suicide prevention protocols, starting with only the **Active Planning** and **Suicide Ideation** phases helps ensure that responders are prepared to act on the information that surfaces. Once your team is familiar with the system, you can decide whether to enable additional phases or Threats and Violence categories. Instructions for adjusting which phases and categories Beacon surfaces are available in [Alert Preferences](/products/beacon/alert-preferences). ## Resources Review the access levels available to Beacon users. Configure which alert phases and categories generate notifications. Add, disable, and update Beacon users and access levels. Complete all Beacon setup steps before going live. # Communicating with Guardians — Additional Resources Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/communicating-with-guardians Resources and guidance for schools and districts communicating transparently with families about GoGuardian Beacon as part of a suicide prevention program. GoGuardian Beacon is one part of a broader student safety program. Schools and districts are the experts at understanding their communities' policies, norms, relationships, and legal requirements. The resources on this page are starting points for transparent communication with families — customize them to fit your school or district's needs. If you or someone you know may be struggling with suicidal thoughts, call or text the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline by dialing or texting **988**, or contact the Crisis Text Line by texting TALK to **741741**. In an emergency, call **911**. ## Review Communication Resources for Families The following resources support schools and districts communicating with parents and guardians about GoGuardian Beacon: * [Parent and Guardian Communication Resources](/products/beacon/parent-guardian-communication-resources) — Frequently asked questions about Beacon for parents and guardians * [GoGuardian Self-Harm and Suicide Prevention Resource Page](https://www.goguardian.com/suicide-self-harm-resources) — Additional facts and resources If you are a parent or guardian looking for information about GoGuardian Beacon, contact your child's school or district directly. ## Resources Frequently asked questions about Beacon for parents and guardians. Steps and guidance for preparing your school's communication plan. Sample letter for schools to send home when adopting Beacon. Overview of Beacon and how schools use it. # Communicating with Parents and Guardians About GoGuardian Beacon Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/communicating-with-parents-and-guardians Steps and resources for schools and districts to communicate transparently with families about adopting GoGuardian Beacon. Schools and districts are the experts at understanding their communities' policies, norms, relationships, and legal requirements. GoGuardian provides template resources to support transparent communication with families about how Beacon works, how it treats student privacy, and what customization options are available. Tailor these resources to align with your school or district's specific needs. If you or someone you know may be struggling with suicidal thoughts, call or text the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline by dialing or texting **988**, or contact the Crisis Text Line by texting TALK to **741741**. In an emergency, call **911**. ## Follow These Steps for Communicating with Families **Determine which GoGuardian products your school or district uses.** GoGuardian offers a suite of products for schools and districts. Your communication home to parents and guardians should describe the specific GoGuardian products your school or district has adopted. Resources on this page are specific to GoGuardian Beacon. **Determine which policies or settings your school or district has selected.** GoGuardian products offer a variety of settings and policy options. For example, your school or district can configure different settings for school hours and out-of-school hours, and can apply settings to different groups of students through Organizational Unit (OU)-based configuration. **Determine whether your school or district should obtain parental consent or include opt-out language.** GoGuardian's sample letters do not include consent language or opt-out language. GoGuardian obtains school-based consent under the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act. However, depending on your local laws, policies, and community norms, your school or district may be legally required to — or may want to — include explicit consent or opt-out language. Consult your legal and policy team if you have questions about this decision. ## Resources for GoGuardian Beacon Use the following resources when communicating with families about your school or district's adoption of GoGuardian Beacon: * [Letter Template for Parents and Guardians](/products/beacon/letter-template) — A customizable letter explaining what GoGuardian Beacon is and how it works, for schools to tailor and send home to families * [Parent and Guardian Communication Resources](/products/beacon/parent-guardian-communication-resources) — A full list of parent and guardian FAQs ## Take These Preparation Steps **Prepare your school's Beacon account for guardian notifications.** GoGuardian Beacon includes a Guardian Notifications feature that schools and districts can enable after school hours. When enabled, Beacon sends email notifications to parents and guardians when an alert is generated. Review the Guardian Notifications configuration article for setup instructions. After enabling notifications, follow up on alerts sent through the Guardian Notifications feature to confirm that parents received them and are equipped to take appropriate next steps. **Prepare parents and guardians before enabling notifications.** If you choose to enable Guardian Notifications, ensure that parents and guardians are prepared before you turn the feature on. Specifically, confirm that parents and guardians: * Know how to update your school or district with changes to contact information or educational rights * Know who to contact at the school after receiving a notification * Understand what available resources look like if they or their student need support Regularly remind existing families of this information and provide it to new families of transferred or enrolled students. **Educate families about suicide prevention.** Providing parents and guardians with suicide prevention education strengthens your school's broader safety program. The following resources support parent and guardian training on identifying warning signs, risk factors, and protective factors: * [AFSP More Than Sad Training](https://www.afsp.org/morethansad) — Training for parents on youth suicide prevention * [Model School District Policy for Suicide Prevention](https://assets.ctfassets.net/h21wlbfg9e09/4VDOxwz2bSqwmkUWEwEK0C/49559098e1b46d51c3a0f6b054ed8d6d/Model_School_Policy.pdf) — Includes a section on parental notification and involvement * [GoGuardian Self-Harm and Suicide Prevention Resource Page](https://www.goguardian.com/suicide-self-harm-resources) — Additional resources for schools and families ## Resources Sample letter for schools to send home when adopting Beacon. Frequently asked questions about Beacon for parents and guardians. Guidance for preparing staff and families before enabling Guardian Notifications. Overview of Beacon and how schools use it. # Configure Alert Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/configure-alert-notifications GoGuardian Beacon sends dashboard, email, and SMS notifications to escalation list members — configure your preferences in Your Beacon Profile. GoGuardian Beacon sends three types of alert notifications to users on the Escalation List: dashboard notifications, email notifications, and SMS (text message) notifications. Configure your preferences under **Settings** > **Your Beacon Profile**. Notifications are only sent to users who have been added to the Escalation List. ## Understand Notification Types **Dashboard notifications** — New and unread alerts appear in the timeline with a dark outline and blue highlighting. **Email notifications** — Email notifications are required and cannot be disabled. They are sent only to users on the Escalation List. **SMS notifications** — SMS notifications are optional. Enable them by adding a cell phone number to your Beacon profile. ## Enable SMS Notifications 1. Log in to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and go to **Settings** > **Your Beacon Profile**. 2. Enter your cell phone number in the phone number field. 3. Scroll down and select the **Text Message** checkbox under **Notification Format**. 4. Click **Save Changes**. “Your Beacon Profile” settings page used for adding name, email, phone number and choosing email or text alert… SMS notifications are optional. Email notifications remain active regardless of your SMS preference. Configure interval times and reminder frequency for alert notifications. Build and manage escalation lists for Threats and Violence alerts. Learn how to respond to Beacon text message alerts. Take action on an alert to stop ongoing email notification cycles. # Configure Beacon Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/configure-beacon-settings Work through the GoGuardian Beacon setup checklist: add users, set school hours, configure alert preferences, build your escalation list, and enable extras. GoGuardian Beacon requires initial configuration before staff can begin receiving alerts. Only Super Users and users with Super Counselor permissions can manage these settings. ## Complete the Setup Checklist Complete the following steps in order after deploying the GoGuardian extensions and creating your deployment. 1. [Add users to Beacon](#add-users-to-beacon) 2. [Set school hours](#set-school-hours) 3. [Configure alert preferences](#configure-alert-preferences) 4. [Set staff notification preferences](#set-staff-notification-preferences) 5. [Configure the escalation list](#configure-the-escalation-list) 6. [Add custom emergency contact numbers](#add-custom-emergency-contact-numbers) 7. [Complete your Beacon profile](#complete-your-beacon-profile) 8. [Enable parent notifications (optional)](#enable-parent-notifications-optional) 9. [Enable student messaging (optional)](#enable-student-messaging-optional) *** ## Add Users to Beacon Before adding a user, a Super User must grant that user Beacon permissions in Org Management. For details, see [Beacon User Roles and Permissions](/products/beacon/user-roles-and-permissions). 1. Type the user's name or email address in the search box as it appears in Org Management. Select the appropriate user from the results. 2. Click **Add User** to the right of the search field. 3. Complete any additional fields for the user. 4. Click **Add User** at the bottom of the page. Once added, you can send the user a notification email confirming that their account is active. *** Demonstration of the Users section in the Beacon Settings interface and how to add a user by searching and using the… ## Set School Hours School hours control when staff, parent, and student notifications are sent. Settings in **Staff Notifications**, **Parent Notifications**, and **Student Messaging** all depend on the hours defined here. 1. Go to **Settings** in the Beacon navigation menu, then select **School Hours**. 2. Enter your start and end times for Monday through Friday. 3. Turn on **Weekend Reporting** and enter start and end times if your school operates on weekends. 4. Select the appropriate timezone from the dropdown. 5. Click **Save Changes**. *** The School Hours settings in Beacon used to toggle on if weekends are "open" for alerts, the timezone, and school hours ## Configure Alert Preferences Disable alerts for phases your school does not need. When a phase is disabled, no alert cards appear on the dashboard and no email or text notifications are sent for that phase. By default, all phases are toggled on. Active Planning alerts cannot be disabled. This feature is not available on Beacon Starter. Beacon Starter generates Active Planning alerts only. 1. Go to **Settings**, then select **Alert Preferences**. 2. Turn on or turn off each phase — **Active Planning**, **Suicide Ideation**, **Self Harm**, **Help & Support**, and **Suicide Research** — according to your school's needs. 3. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. *** The Alert Preferences user interface in Beacon used to enable via toggle alert preferences for themes like Help &… ## Set Staff Notification Preferences Designate which alert phases generate email and text message notifications for staff. Active Planning notifications are always on and cannot be disabled. This feature is not available on Beacon Starter. 1. Go to **Settings**, then select **Staff Notifications**. 2. Turn on or turn off the phases your staff should be notified about. 3. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. *** Staff Notifications interface in Beacon used to enable via toggle which types of alerts staff will be notified of… ## Configure the Escalation List The escalation list determines which staff members receive notifications when an alert is generated and the order in which they are contacted. **Escalation List** — The ordered list of users who receive email and optional text notifications for new alerts. Only users with Beacon access may be added. **Interval Time** — The window a user has to respond to an alert before Beacon notifies the next person on the list. **After School Notifications** — When enabled, email and text notifications are sent during and after school hours. When disabled, notifications are sent during school hours only. **How escalation works** — When a new alert is generated, the user in position 01 receives an email notification (and text message, if enabled). If that user does not act on the alert within the interval time, Beacon notifies the next user on the list. For Beacon Starter, only position 01 can be filled — with either one individual user or **All Users**. Selecting **All Users** notifies all users in the deployment at the same time. *** Beacon Escalation Lists UI used for adding users who will be notified via email or text based on their profile settings ## Add Custom Emergency Contact Numbers Local authority and hotline contact information appears on each Alert Details report for quick access. * **Update Guardian Contact Information** — Contact your Super User to update student and guardian information. Super Users can bulk-add parent and guardian contact information at `manage.goguardian.com`. * **Local Authorities** — Add your local authority's name and non-emergency phone number. * **Hotline** — If your organization is required to notify a self-harm hotline, add that information here. *** Custom Emergency Contact Numbers user interface used to add emergency contact information, Hotlines, and local… ## Complete Your Beacon Profile Go to **Your Beacon Profile** to add or update your cell phone number and set your notification preferences. You can also view your account's Beacon permissions from this page. Your name and email address are managed in Org Management and cannot be changed from Beacon. For step-by-step instructions, see [Set Up Your Profile](/products/beacon/set-up-your-profile). *** "Your Beacon Profile" page used to add contact information and Beacon alert notification preferences ## Enable Parent Notifications (Optional) This feature is not available on Beacon Starter. When parent notifications are enabled, Beacon sends an email notification directly to a student's registered guardian when an alert is generated outside of school hours. The default email message has been approved by the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention and the American Association of Suicidology. You can modify the message to suit your organization's needs. *** Enable Parent Notifications page used to designate parent notifications settings ## Enable Student Messaging (Optional) When self-harm-related activity is identified, Beacon can send the student a message directly. Student messaging is off by default. Once enabled, you can use the default message or enter a custom message. You can also configure when messaging is active: during school, after school, or always. The default message has been approved by the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention and the American Association of Suicidology. Messages appear on the student's device as a Chrome notification, typically in the bottom right corner of the screen. *** Enable Student Messaging settings page used to configure student messaging settings such as time of day ## Resources Set the school hours that control when notifications are sent. Control which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Pause Beacon for a defined time period across all deployments. Add your phone number and configure your notification format. # Configure School Hours Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/configure-school-hours Set school hours in GoGuardian Beacon to control when staff, parent, and student notifications are sent. School hours in GoGuardian Beacon determine when notifications are sent to staff, parents, and students. Beacon identifies student online activity around the clock, but the hours you define here govern notification delivery for all three groups. Super Counselors and Super Users can configure this setting. The following features depend on the school hours defined here: * **Staff Notifications** — Email and text message notifications can be disabled outside of school hours. * **Parent Notifications** — When enabled, parents or guardians receive an email notification when an alert is generated outside of school hours. Guardian contact information is managed in Org Management. * **Student Messaging** — Student messaging is disabled by default. When enabled, you can choose one of three options: **Always**, **During School**, or **After School**. 1. Go to `beacon.goguardian.com` and sign in. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu, then select **School Hours**. School Hours settings 2. Enter your start and end times for Monday through Friday under **Weekdays (M–F)**. 3. Under **Weekends**, turn on **Are you open on weekends?** and enter start and end times if your school operates on weekends. 4. Choose the appropriate timezone from the **Timezone** dropdown. 5. Click **Save Changes**. ## Resources Control which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Complete the full Beacon setup checklist. Add your phone number and choose your notification format. Pause Beacon for a defined time period across all deployments. # Core Letter Template for Counselors — Suicide and Self-Harm Alerts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/core-letter-template A customizable template letter for schools to inform Beacon Core users about their role in reviewing suicide and self-harm alerts. GoGuardian Beacon provides a sample letter that schools and districts can customize and send to staff who will have access to the Beacon Alerts page. This letter helps orient counselors and other designated users to their role in reviewing suicide and self-harm alerts generated by Beacon Core. Remove all instructional text before sending this letter. Replace all bracketed placeholder text — such as `[insert name of school/district]` — with your school or district's information. This template is provided for informational purposes only. GoGuardian does not warrant that it satisfies any applicable federal, state, or district requirement. Your school or district remains solely responsible for ensuring all communications with staff comply with applicable laws, standards, and policies. Contact [goguardianbeacon@goguardian.com](mailto:goguardianbeacon@goguardian.com) with questions about how to use this template. Dear \[insert name], This school year, \[insert name of school/district] has adopted GoGuardian Beacon Core services as part of our school's broader suicide prevention program. You are receiving this letter because you will have access to the Beacon Alerts page and will be reviewing alerts as they come through. **What is GoGuardian Beacon?** GoGuardian Beacon helps notify \[insert name of school/district]'s counselors and other school support staff if the system detects that a student searches, creates, views, or interacts with online content that could be related to suicide or self-harm. Because of this, GoGuardian Beacon helps \[insert name of school/district] identify when a student may be at risk of suicide or self-harm. GoGuardian Beacon was designed in consultation with mental health experts, including the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention (a nationally recognized not-for-profit organization dedicated to suicide prevention) and the American Association of Suicidology. It is important to know that neither \[insert name of school/district] nor GoGuardian Beacon can detect every situation when a student is suicidal. **What to expect** As a Beacon user, you can expect to see alerts populate your Beacon Alerts page. \[Insert the actions users must take when they receive alerts and your school's suicide prevention plan.] **What are all of the alert phases?** **Active Planning** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate the student is actively planning their suicide, such as looking up methodologies or composing suicide notes. **Suicide Ideation** — Online behavior and content that could indicate that a student is forming or expressing thoughts about suicide, including thoughts about their own suicide. **Self Harm** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate a student's desire to harm themselves without intent to end their life. **Help & Support** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate the student is seeking help and support resources for themselves or a peer, such as hotline numbers, American Foundation for Suicide Prevention documents, or support forums. **Suicide Research** — Online behavior and content that may demonstrate the student is looking up statistics and information about suicide, as one might for a class assignment rather than exhibiting signs of Suicide Ideation. **What will an alert look like?** Each alert card on the Beacon Alerts page displays the following information: 1. **Student Name** — Name and email address of the student who generated the alert. 2. **Date** — The date and time that the alert was generated. 3. **Frequency of Alerts** — The total number of recent alerts that this student has generated. 4. **New Alert** — New and unread alerts are distinguished by a dark outline and light blue highlighting. 5. **Actions Taken For This Alert** — List of actions recorded by counselors within the alert details page. 6. **Primary Guardian** — Primary parent or guardian contact information. Open the alert for full contact details. 7. **Predicted Phase** — A description of the online behavior as identified by Beacon. **How do I take action on an alert?** There are three options for reviewing alerts in Beacon Core: **Option 1** — Click the icon next to the predicted phase and select whether the predicted phase was correct. **Option 2** — Toggle any actions taken related to this alert, including an in-person conversation, guardian contact, or response protocol initiation. **Option 3** — Select a risk level for this specific alert. **Note:** Taking action on an alert card removes the blue outline and stops further email notifications about that alert. It is important to review the Beacon Help Center resources for more information about Beacon. Let us know if you have any questions. Warmly, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ \[Insert name of school administrator (e.g., principal)] \[Insert name of school/district] ## Resources Configure which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Navigate the Beacon Alerts page and understand alert card layout. Review the access levels available to Beacon users. Definitions for key Beacon terms, including alert phases. # Create a Deployment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/create-a-deployment Create a GoGuardian Beacon deployment to assign Beacon to one or more Organizational Units and begin receiving alerts for students in those OUs. A Beacon deployment connects Beacon to a set of Organizational Units (OUs) in your Google domain. Each deployment has its own Escalation List, settings, and alert history. Create deployments based on which staff should be notified for each set of OUs. Beacon does not automatically include child sub-OUs of a parent OU. Each sub-OU you want Beacon to cover must be selected individually. Each OU can be part of only one deployment. There is no limit to the number of OUs in a single deployment. Update deployment configurations any time your OU structure changes. ## Create a Deployment Before creating a deployment, sync your OUs using the sync icon in the top-right corner of Org Management. 1. As a SuperUser, go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/). 2. Click **Products** in the main navigation. 3. Select **Beacon** from the left sidebar. 4. Click **Create Deployment**. 5. Enter a name (required) and an optional description for the deployment. 6. Click the OUs search field in the **Available OUs** tile. Filter and select the OUs you want to include in this deployment. 7. Click **Add OU** to move each selected OU into the **Deployment OUs** tile. Repeat for all OUs you want to include. 8. Click **Create Deployment**. Newly added OUs may take up to 30 minutes to surface alerts. The Create Beacon Deployment interface in the Beacon section of GoGuardian Org Management 9. After creation, an empty escalation list notification will appear. Click the **Resolve in Beacon** link to go to the Deployment settings page and configure the Escalation List. A deployment is not active until at least one user is added to the Escalation List. Alerts will not be sent until the Escalation List is configured. The Beacon Deployments tab highlighting the "empty escalation list" notification with a link to the Beacon… ## Resources Complete the full Beacon Starter setup in the recommended order. Definitions for deployments, escalation lists, roles, and alert phases. Install the GoGuardian Extensions before creating your first deployment. Overview of Beacon and how it supports student safety programs. # Beacon Dashboard Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/dashboard-overview The Beacon dashboard aggregates alert data at the deployment and student levels, giving staff a centralized view of alert trends across their organization. The GoGuardian Beacon dashboard is available to Beacon Core and Beacon 24/7 customers. It is not available on Beacon Starter. Staff see data for deployments where they have been added as a user. Super Users see data for all deployments across the organization. ## Filter the Dashboard The dashboard supports filtering by deployment, date range, theme, and phase. By default, all deployments, all themes, and a 30-day time frame are applied. After changing any filter, click **Apply Filters** to update the dashboard. Applied filters persist until you change them manually. Deployments (dropdown selection). Date range. Themes/Categories (dropdown selection) Action button: Apply filters, Reset ## Review 24/7 Active Planning Status by Deployment This table is available to Beacon 24/7 customers only. It shows alert outcomes for all alerts originally designated as Active Planning, after review by the Safety Support Specialists (SSS) team. | Status | Description | | -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Pending** | An Active Planning alert is currently under review by the SSS team. | | **Successfully Contacted** | The SSS team escalated the alert and reached a member of the Escalation List. | | **Failed to Contact** | The SSS team escalated the alert but could not reach anyone on the Escalation List. | | **Phase Changed** | The SSS team determined a different phase better described the alert. No phone calls were made. | | **Off Hours** | The alert was generated outside scheduled coverage hours. It was not reviewed by the SSS team and no phone calls were made. | The table displays the top five deployments by total count. Click **View More Deployments** to see all deployments within the selected filters. A CSV download is available from that expanded view. 24/7 Active Planning Status by Deployments. Columns: Deployment name, failed contact, pending, phase changed,… ## Deployments with Most Alerts This table shows alert breakdown by deployment, organized by resolution status: **Needs Action**, **In Progress**, and **Resolved**. The table displays the top five deployments by total count. Click **View More Deployments** to see all deployments. A CSV download is available from the expanded view. Deployments with the Most Alerts: Columns: Deployment name, Needs Action, In progress, Resolved, Total ## Review Students with the Most Alerts This table shows the students who have generated the most alerts within the selected filters. The table displays the top five students by total count. Click **View More Students** to see all students. A CSV download is available from the expanded view. *** Reference for every field on a Beacon alert card. Status bar and result badges specific to Beacon 24/7 alerts. Track all changes made to Beacon settings. How Beacon determines why an alert was generated. Students with the most Alerts. Student name/deployment name, number of alerts # Enable Threats and Violence Alert Categories Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/enable-categories Turn on Threats and Violence alert categories in GoGuardian Beacon so staff receive dashboard cards and notifications for specific threatening behaviors. GoGuardian Beacon can detect four categories of threatening and violent behavior. By default, all Threats and Violence categories are toggled off. Super Counselors and Super Users can enable categories and configure staff notifications. Threats and Violence alerts are available on Beacon Core and 24/7 only. The four categories are: **Guns & Bombs**, **Violent Acts**, **Bullying**, and **Historical Acts**. For definitions of each category, see [Alert Categories](/products/beacon/alert-categories). ## Enable Alert Categories 1. Go to `beacon.goguardian.com` and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu. 3. Select **Alert Preferences**. 4. Turn on the categories your staff should receive alert cards for. 5. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. Beacon generates alert cards for student online activity related to the categories that are toggled on. howtoenablecategories.png ## Configure Staff Notifications for Categories Enabling a category in Alert Preferences displays alert cards on the dashboard. To also send email and text notifications to staff, configure Staff Notifications separately. 1. Go to `beacon.goguardian.com` and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu. 3. Select **Staff Notifications**. 4. Turn on the categories your staff should be notified about via email and text message. 5. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click **Save Changes**. ## Resources Review the definitions for all four Threats and Violence alert categories. Configure which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Complete the full Beacon setup checklist. Add your phone number and choose your notification format. # Enable Google Docs Coverage in GoGuardian Beacon Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/enable-google-docs-coverage Set up Google Docs coverage so GoGuardian Beacon can review content written or edited in Google Docs and generate alerts when it identifies concerning content. Google Docs coverage allows GoGuardian Beacon to review content written or edited in Google Docs files. When a student contributes concerning content to a Docs file, Beacon generates an alert. Coverage applies to any file where a student has signed in with a school email address, regardless of device. Google Docs coverage requires Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7 licensing. On Beacon Starter, Beacon reviews Google Docs content by document scraping rather than API. Screenshots and browsing history are not available on Google Docs alert cards. ## Enable Google Docs Coverage Setup requires configuration in both Org Management and Google Admin Console. ### Step 1: Select Google Docs in Org Management 1. Log in to [Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com) as a Super User. Navigate to **Configuration** > **Product Settings** > **Beacon** > **Email Monitoring**. Click **Configure** on the **Google Workspace** card. Beacon Email Monitoring — Google Workspace and Microsoft Outlook cards 2. Select the **Google Docs** checkbox to include content from document files. 3. Click **Next** to proceed to domain-wide delegation setup. ### Step 2: Add Domain-Wide Delegation in Google Admin Console 4. Click the **Google Admin console** link shown on screen to open the domain-wide delegation configuration page. 5. Enter the **First Client ID**, **Second Client ID**, and **OAuth Scope** values from Org Management into the corresponding fields in Google Admin console. Domain-wide delegation changes can take up to 24 hours to propagate fully across your organization. ### Step 3: Validate and Enable 6. Return to Org Management. Select the confirmation checkbox to confirm the Google Admin console configuration is complete. Click **Next**. 7. Enter an email address for a user in the organizational unit (OU) where domain-wide delegation is enabled. 8. Click **Validate**. 9. Click **Next** to complete setup. The **Google Workspace** card on the Product Settings page displays an **Enabled** status badge. GoGuardian Beacon will now review content in Google Docs files and generate alerts when concerning content is identified. ## Google Docs Alert Cards Alerts from Google Docs content appear in the Beacon Alerts section alongside standard alerts. Each Google Docs alert card includes the following, in addition to student information, predicted category, and timestamp: * **Google Docs badge:** The Google Docs logo appears next to the alert category to identify the source. * **Tab:** The document tab where the student wrote the concerning content. * **Content:** The text the student wrote or edited in the document. GoGuardian Beacon reviews Google Docs files on any device where a student has signed in with a school email address, regardless of whether the device is managed. ## Frequently Asked Questions **How long does it take for domain-wide delegation to update?** Domain-wide delegation changes can take up to 24 hours to propagate fully across your organization. **Can I enable Gmail and Google Docs coverage at the same time?** Yes. Select both the **Gmail** and **Google Docs** checkboxes during Step 1 to enable coverage for both simultaneously. ## Resources Set up Gmail API coverage for Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7. Review the components of Gmail-generated alert cards in Beacon. Overview of all Beacon configuration options in Org Management. Complete all Beacon setup steps before going live. # Enhanced Gmail Alert Cards Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/enhanced-gmail-alert-cards A reference for the extra details on Beacon alert cards generated from Gmail API coverage, including email content, recipients, and predicted phase. Alert cards generated from Gmail API-based monitoring display additional information about the email that triggered the alert. This information is displayed prominently on the card and is easy to read and navigate. Beacon's Gmail API is not available for Beacon Starter customers. ## Review the Quick-View Alert Card The Gmail symbol appears at the top of an alert card to indicate that it was generated from Gmail API-based monitoring. The card also shows the number of concerning emails the student sent within a particular email thread. If the student sent multiple concerning emails in the same thread, additional predicted phases beyond the original are visible by hovering over **+ more predictions**. Review the Quick-View Alert Card ## Review the Rationale Tab The **Rationale** tab on a Gmail alert card displays the following information: * Student who sent the email * Subject of the email or thread * Recipients of the email * Predicted phase of the content * Body text of the email that was sent To view the full body text of an email, click **Show More** where applicable. If multiple emails in the thread contain concerning content, they are displayed below the original email, with the most recent email appearing at the top. Screenshots and browsing history are not available on Gmail API alert cards. Review the Rationale Tab ## Resources Enable Gmail API monitoring for Beacon Core or 24/7. Enable Outlook API monitoring for Beacon Core or 24/7. Navigate the Beacon Alerts page and understand alert card layout. Understand the components of a standard Beacon alert card. # Enable Enhanced Gmail Monitoring Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/enhanced-gmail-monitoring Enhanced Gmail Monitoring allows GoGuardian Beacon to analyze emails sent through managed Google accounts, including emails sent from personal devices. Enhanced Gmail Monitoring improves Beacon's ability to analyze emails sent through Gmail, producing more accurate alerts with fewer false positives. When enabled, Beacon can analyze emails sent from managed Google accounts regardless of the device used, including personal devices. Enhanced Gmail Monitoring requires Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7 licensing. Only Super Users can complete this configuration. ## Understand Enhanced Gmail Monitoring Setup involves three steps completed across both Google Admin Console and Org Management: 1. Add Domain-Wide Delegation to Google Admin Console 2. Validate the Gmail API connection 3. Enable the Gmail API in Org Management ## Step 1: Add Domain-Wide Delegation 1. Go to [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com) and sign in with your administrator account. 2. Navigate to [admin.google.com/ac/owl/domainwidedelegation](https://admin.google.com/ac/owl/domainwidedelegation). 3. Click **Add new** and enter the following: * **Client ID:** `112161068141953563053` * Select **Overwrite existing client ID** * Under **OAuth scopes**, enter: `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/gmail.readonly` Click **Authorize**. 4. Click **Add new** again and enter the following: * **Client ID:** `115924662447705174210` * Select **Overwrite existing client ID** * Under **OAuth scopes**, enter: `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/gmail.readonly` Click **Authorize**. 5. In Org Management, navigate to **Configuration > Product Settings > Beacon > Enhanced Gmail Monitoring**. Select the confirmation checkbox to confirm that both client IDs have been added. Changes typically take 5–10 minutes to apply. In rare cases, propagation can take up to 24 hours. Domain wide delegation setting in Google Admin Console highlighting the "add new" button ## Step 2: Validate the Gmail API After completing Step 1, verify that the connection between GoGuardian and Google is working correctly. 1. In Org Management, click **Step 2: Validate Gmail API** under the Enhanced Gmail Monitoring tab. 2. Enter the email address of a student in your organization. 3. If validation is unsuccessful, an error message appears. Wait a few hours and try again. If validation is successful, proceed to Step 3. ## Step 3: Enable the Gmail API 1. In Org Management, toggle **Turn Gmail API on** under the Enhanced Gmail Monitoring tab. Enhanced Gmail Monitoring is now active. Beacon will begin analyzing emails sent from managed Google accounts. "Enable Gmail API" setting drawing attention to the "Turn Gmail API on" toggle ## Resources Overview of all Beacon configuration options in Org Management. Overview of Beacon's detection and alert system. Understand the components of a Beacon 24/7 alert card. Complete setup steps for deploying GoGuardian Beacon. # Configure Escalation Lists Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/escalation-lists Escalation lists in GoGuardian Beacon define which staff receive alert notifications, in what order, and whether contacts differ during and after school hours. An escalation list is a prioritized list of staff contacts who receive notifications when a Beacon alert is generated. Contacts are organized into tiers. Tier 1 contacts are notified first. If no action is taken within the configured interval time, Beacon notifies the next tier. Beacon continues to send notifications to each tier based on the notification settings for that category. Multiple contacts can be assigned to a single tier. All contacts in a tier receive notifications at the same time. This escalation list controls email and text notifications only. To set up phone-call escalation for Active Planning alerts, see [Configure a Beacon 24/7 Escalation List](/products/beacon/247-escalation-list). Only Super Users and Super Counselors can configure escalation lists. The ability to set separate escalation lists for during and after school hours requires a Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7 license. ## Set Up the Suicide and Self-Harm Escalation List 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** from the navigation menu. 3. Select **Escalation Lists**. 4. Click the **Suicide + Self Harm** tab. 5. Type a name or email address to search for a user. Select the user when their name appears. Add as many users to a tier as needed. To add all current Beacon users to a tier at once, click **Add All Users**. 6. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the screen. Any user with any Beacon permission level can be added to an escalation list. With Beacon Starter, only the first position may be filled — with either one individual user or all users. Selecting all users notifies everyone in the deployment at the same time. Set Up the Suicide and Self-Harm Escalation List ## Configure After-School Hours Notifications After-school notification behavior is set independently from school-hours notifications. Three options are available. 1. Select **Email Summary of After Hours Alerts**. 2. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. The email summary is sent to all escalation list members configured for during school hours. 1. Select **Send Notifications**. 2. * To use the same escalation list as school hours, select **Use the same contacts as Suicide + Self Harm school hours**. * To define a separate list for after-hours, clear **Use the same contacts as Suicide + Self Harm school hours** and configure the after-hours list. 3. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. 1. Select **No Notifications**. 2. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. For Beacon 24/7 deployments, this setting does not affect your 24/7 phone call escalation list schedule. Configure After-School Hours Notifications ## Set the Interval Time Interval time sets how long Beacon waits for a user to respond to an alert before notifying the next tier. In Beacon Starter, if no action is taken on the alert card within the interval time, a reminder email is sent to the user on the escalation list. This process repeats up to 5 times. Configure the interval time under the **Interval Time** section of the **Escalation Lists** settings page. Set the Interval Time ## Remove a User from an Escalation List 1. Go to **Settings**, then select **Escalation Lists**. 2. Click **Edit** next to the tier that contains the user. 3. Click the **X** next to the user's name to remove them from the tier. 4. Click **Save** at the bottom of the page. Click Save at the bottom of the page. To remove an entire tier, click **Delete** next to that tier. At least one user must remain on the escalation list at all times. The final user on the list cannot be removed. Remove a User from an Escalation List Remove a User from an Escalation List ## Update the Escalation List in Beacon Starter In Beacon Starter, change the current escalation list user by replacing them directly. 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** from the navigation menu. 3. Select **Staff Notifications**. 4. Click **Edit** next to the current user. 5. Click the **X** next to their name to remove them. 6. Type the name of the new user and click **Add 1 User**, or click **Add All Users** to add all current users in the deployment. 7. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. Click Save Changes at the bottom of the page. ## Resources Build a shift-based phone call escalation schedule for Beacon 24/7. Review which roles can manage escalation lists. Add users to a deployment before adding them to an escalation list. Enable student names in all Beacon email alert notifications. # Preguntas Frecuentes — GoGuardian Beacon (Spanish) Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/faq-spanish Preguntas frecuentes para padres y tutores legales sobre cómo funciona GoGuardian Beacon, las notificaciones, la privacidad y los recursos de apoyo. This article is provided in Spanish. For the English version, see [GoGuardian Beacon FAQ](/products/beacon/247-faq). ## Preguntas Frecuentes acerca de GoGuardian Beacon **¿Por qué nuestra escuela decidió usar GoGuardian Beacon?** Los estudiantes pasan gran parte de su tiempo en línea en dispositivos y cuentas de propiedad de la escuela, y por lo general el personal de la escuela son a menudo los primeros en asistir a un estudiante cuando su salud mental está sufriendo. En 2015, el 8.6 por ciento de los estudiantes de secundaria informaron haber realizado un intento de suicidio en los últimos 12 meses. El suicidio es ahora uno de los problemas más apremiantes que enfrentan nuestros jóvenes, y las escuelas están optando por combatir este problema tomando varias medidas, incluyendo el uso del software GoGuardian Beacon. GoGuardian Beacon es una tecnología que ayuda a complementar un programa ya existente en la prevención del suicidio. GoGuardian Beacon fue seleccionado como un recurso para ayudar a identificar señales de alerta temprana de suicidio potencial y comportamiento de autolesión entre los estudiantes. Ninguna escuela, distrito o GoGuardian Beacon pueden detectar cada síntoma, comportamiento o caso en que un estudiante tenga intenciones suicidas. Si existe alguna sospecha de que un estudiante está en riesgo, queremos tomar medidas para notificar a quien esté al cuidado del estudiante en cualquier momento en que el estudiante pueda necesitar a alguien con quien hablar. Durante las horas escolares, los consejeros pueden localizar y garantizar que el estudiante esté seguro. Fuera del horario escolar, podrían ser los padres o tutores legales que intervengan como el cuidador más cercano y disponible en ese momento. **¿Qué es GoGuardian Beacon?** Beacon es un software diseñado para ayudar a que el personal de las escuelas pueda identificar y prevenir de manera proactiva y rápida los comportamientos de los estudiantes en riesgo de suicidio y autolesiones. Beacon está específicamente diseñado para identificar cuándo un estudiante accede a contenido, o exhibe comportamientos en línea que pueden estar relacionados con autolesiones o suicidio. Este software ayuda a notificar a los funcionarios escolares que están asignados a la lista de primera intervención de Beacon. Es importante recordar que ninguna escuela o distrito, ni GoGuardian Beacon, pueden detectar cada signo o síntoma de suicidio, o cada caso en que un estudiante tenga intenciones suicidas. **¿Cómo GoGuardian Beacon permite que las escuelas hagan participar a los padres o tutores legales?** GoGuardian Beacon permite que las escuelas activen una función que notificará a los padres y tutores legales a través de correo electrónico después del horario escolar. Esto significa que cada escuela elige y establece diferentes sistemas de notificación. Recomendamos comunicarse con su escuela o distrito para saber la configuración de las notificaciones para los padres. **¿Por qué las notificaciones de los padres y tutores legales están disponibles solo después del horario escolar?** GoGuardian intenta notificar a la persona que está al cuidado del estudiante en cualquier momento dado, especialmente cuando el estudiante necesita inmediatamente alguien con quien hablar. Fuera del horario escolar, el padre o tutor legal de un estudiante es a menudo el cuidador más cercano y más disponible. Una parte importante de este proceso es que los padres aprendan cómo ayudar a los estudiantes a sentirse seguros, o a buscar ayuda profesional cuando están atravesando momentos difíciles o cuando el momento así lo requiera. **¿Cómo GoGuardian sabrá que mi hijo está buscando algo relacionado con el suicidio o la autolesión?** El software GoGuardian Beacon analiza el contenido de la pestaña abierta en el navegador Chrome y busca palabras dentro del contexto del sitio web que estén usando. Las investigaciones muestran que más del 90% de los estudiantes recurren a Internet para buscar información sobre sus necesidades de salud mental. Beacon busca contenido y comportamientos en línea que indiquen que un estudiante corre el riesgo de autolesionarse o suicidarse. Cuando GoGuardian Beacon detecta comportamientos de que algún estudiante está viendo contenido relacionado con suicidio o autolesiones, GoGuardian le enviará un correo electrónico a usted o a la escuela de su hijo. Nuevamente, recuerde que ninguna escuela o distrito, ni GoGuardian Beacon, pueden detectar todas las instancias en que un estudiante tenga intenciones suicidas, o corre el riesgo de autolesionarse. **Como padre, madre o tutor legal, ¿qué debo hacer para recibir estas alertas?** Para que una escuela o distrito pueda enviar notificaciones a un padre o tutor legal, este debe agregar una dirección de correo electrónico que esté en funcionamiento, de esta manera comenzará a recibir alertas de Beacon. Recuerde revisar regularmente su correo electrónico, incluida su carpeta de correo no deseado, en caso de que haya recibido alguna alerta. Asegúrese de que la bandeja de entrada del correo electrónico tenga suficiente espacio para recibir notificaciones. Si tiene preguntas sobre estas notificaciones, hable con el administrador de su escuela. Es fundamental que le informe a su escuela si su dirección de correo electrónico o número de teléfono han cambiado (o si hay un cambio en quién tiene los derechos legales de educación de su hijo). Si su correo electrónico no está actualizado, no recibirá notificaciones de Beacon. **¿Cuándo comenzaré a recibir estas alertas?** Cada escuela ha predeterminado si los padres o tutores legales deben recibir alertas después del horario escolar y durante los fines de semana. Comuníquese con el director de su escuela o distrito escolar para obtener información sobre la configuración de su cuenta de GoGuardian. Además, su escuela o distrito debe informar a los padres y tutores legales de cualquier cambio en la configuración. Los padres y tutores legales podrán recibir alertas durante la noche, cada día antes de comenzar las clases, los fines de semana y durante las vacaciones de invierno o primavera, según la configuración de cada escuela o distrito. **¿Puedo acceder a información adicional sobre la alerta?** Sí. Si un padre, tutor legal o estudiante elegible desea obtener información adicional sobre la alerta, hable con la escuela para saber con quién debe contactarse. No se comunique con GoGuardian para obtener detalles sobre las notificaciones de Beacon, ya que solo los representantes de la escuela pueden responder preguntas y dar más detalles. **¿Qué dirá el mensaje o alerta cuando lo reciba?** Cada escuela y distrito puede personalizar su mensaje. Este mensaje puede variar. Por favor, diríjase a su escuela o distrito para más información. **¿Qué se espera de mí cuando reciba notificaciones de GoGuardian Beacon como padre o tutor legal?** Cada escuela y distrito cuenta con el asesoramiento de profesionales de la salud mental y tienen recomendaciones sobre cuál es la mejor manera de responder a las alertas. Por ejemplo, cuando recibe una alerta, lo primero que debe hacer es localizar a su hijo para asegurarse de que esté a salvo. Asegúrese de que todas las armas y objetos que puedan ser usados como armas y las sustancias peligrosas estén guardadas de forma segura. Los próximos pasos a seguir podrían incluir buscar más información con la escuela y con su hijo, consultar a otros adultos que puedan ayudar o con su pediatra. Tenga en cuenta que la información que proporciona la alerta debe ser considerada en el contexto actual del estado anímico de su hijo para respaldarlo de la mejor manera posible. Para obtener consejos y sugerencias, visite la Sociedad para la Prevención del Suicidio de Adolescentes en [http://www.sptsusa.org](http://www.sptsusa.org/) y la Fundación Americana para la Prevención del Suicidio en [www.afsp.org/teens](http://www.afsp.org/teens) y [www.afsp.org/mentalhealth](http://www.afsp.org/mentalhealth). Es importante saber que puede recibir estos mensajes fuera de horario regular, lo que significa que ni su escuela ni GoGuardian podrán llamar al 911 por usted. Además, puede que las escuelas no reciban alertas de Beacon cuando están fuera de sesión (por ejemplo, los fines de semana o durante las vacaciones de invierno). Los próximos pasos a seguir pueden incluir una evaluación urgente de salud mental, por ejemplo, a través de un profesional de salud mental, su pediatra, atención de urgencia o un departamento de emergencias. Una vez que la escuela reanude el día escolar, los padres pueden comunicarse con los funcionarios de la escuela para obtener más información sobre la alerta, de esta manera juntos pueden determinar qué recursos adicionales están a su disposición. Cada escuela y distrito tienen su propio protocolo de notificaciones para los padres fuera del horario de trabajo. Si cree que su hijo está en crisis o no está seguro de su bienestar, llame o envíe un mensaje de texto a la Línea de Crisis 988 marcando o enviando un mensaje al **988**, o comuníquese con la Línea de Texto de Crisis enviando un mensaje de texto con la palabra TALK al **741741**. En caso de emergencia, llame al **911**. Su escuela o distrito debe proporcionarle una lista de los recursos disponibles y relevantes para padres, como una línea telefónica de la escuela, o cómo comunicarse con los consejeros escolares o personal de salud mental, así como también recursos en línea. Por favor, si recibe una notificación no llame a GoGuardian, ya que GoGuardian no compartirá detalles sobre la notificación por teléfono y GoGuardian no es un profesional de la salud mental que pueda aconsejar sobre los próximos pasos a seguir. **¿Cómo hablo con mi hijo o hija sobre el suicidio?** Por favor, póngase en contacto con su escuela o distrito para recibir recomendaciones. Para acceder a videos en línea, recomendaciones y consejos para padres, visite la Sociedad para la Prevención del Suicidio de Adolescentes en [http://www.sptsusa.org](http://www.sptsusa.org/). Si está en una crisis, llame o envíe un mensaje de texto a la Línea de Crisis 988 marcando o enviando un mensaje al **988**, o comuníquese con la Línea de Texto de Crisis enviando un mensaje de texto con la palabra TALK al **741741**. \[Tenga disponible cualquier número de red de seguridad de salud mental local, líneas directas o números de instituciones o lugares que crees que pueden ser importantes] **¿GoGuardian Beacon basa su algoritmo en el perfil de mi hijo o hija?** El sistema de GoGuardian Beacon analiza el contenido en línea con el que un estudiante interactúa o crea en el computador de la escuela; de acuerdo al análisis del contenido se activa una alerta. GoGuardian Beacon no analiza la información demográfica de los estudiantes, ni ninguna otra fuente de salud mental de un niño. GoGuardian solo almacena la información de la alerta. GoGuardian Beacon no almacena ninguna otra información de salud mental sobre su hijo (es decir, GoGuardian Beacon no tiene información del Programa de Educación Individualizada, conversaciones previas con consejeros, o notas del psicólogo escolar). **¿Cómo puedo saber cuándo GoGuardian Beacon está revisando la cuenta de mi hijo?** GoGuardian Beacon opera en las cuentas de Google gestionadas por cada distrito y organización. Cuando un estudiante inicia sesión en el navegador Chrome con su cuenta de la escuela y las extensiones de GoGuardian están presentes, es posible que GoGuardian esté revisando la actividad. **¿Cómo GoGuardian protege los datos de mi hijo o hija?** Para ayudar a mantener seguros los contenidos académicos en línea, GoGuardian recopila cierta información de identificación personal sobre cada estudiante. GoGuardian ha consultado con expertos en privacidad, también participa en organizaciones de privacidad, es un signatario orgulloso del Compromiso de Privacidad del Estudiante (Student Privacy Pledge), y ha recibido certificaciones de iKeepSafe por cumplir tanto con la Ley de Privacidad y los Derechos de Educación de la Familia como con las leyes de privacidad de los estudiantes de California (que han servido como modelo para las leyes de privacidad de los estudiantes de muchos otros estados). Para obtener información más detallada sobre GoGuardian, puede visitar el sitio web de GoGuardian, el Centro de Confianza y Privacidad (GoGuardian Trust and Privacy Center) y el Centro de Privacidad de Productos (GoGuardian Product Privacy Policy). Si bien GoGuardian proporciona información importante a la cual los padres pueden acceder directamente, comuníquese con su escuela o distrito si tiene preguntas específicas sobre cómo su escuela hace uso de GoGuardian. Cada organización, de acuerdo a sus políticas escolares y la comunidad, decide qué productos y configuraciones utiliza de GoGuardian. GoGuardian desde el comienzo ha estado involucrado con escuelas en el desarrollo, diseño y respaldo del producto de prevención del suicidio de GoGuardian Beacon. Por ejemplo, GoGuardian se asoció con la Fundación Americana para la Prevención del Suicidio (una organización sin fines de lucro reconocida a nivel nacional dedicada a la prevención del suicidio) y la Asociación Americana de Suicidología. Estos expertos en prevención del suicidio han ayudado a GoGuardian a implementar las mejores técnicas usadas en la prevención del suicidio entre los estudiantes. ## Resources Frequently asked questions about Beacon for parents and guardians (English). Overview of Beacon and how schools use it. Sample letter for schools to send home when adopting Beacon. Review the detection process and alert contents. # Grouped Alerts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/grouped-alerts Beacon groups related alerts from the same URL and phase within a 15-minute window so counselors can review and act on them together. Grouped Alerts lets you review and take action on a set of related alerts at once, rather than processing each alert individually. Once an action is taken on a grouped alert, the group closes. Any subsequent activity matching the same URL and predicted phase combination forms a new group, ensuring continued detection and notification. ## Understand Grouping Criteria Beacon groups alerts together when all of the following conditions are met: * Generated from the same URL * Triggered the same predicted phase * Occurred within a 15-minute window Gmail and email inbox alerts may not be grouped due to technical complexities with determining similarity across a user's inbox. Assigned users receive one notification per group. Additional alerts that meet the grouping criteria are added to the existing group. A new notification is sent only when a user takes action on the group, or when a completely separate alert is generated. ## Review Grouped Alert Views Grouped alerts appear consistently across all areas of the Beacon interface. ### Dashboard A grouped alert appears as a stack of cards in the Beacon dashboard. The card displays the phase, actions taken, and risk level for the entire group. It also shows the alert trigger (domain and full URL) and the time window over which the group was formed. Clicking a grouped alert card opens the detailed view. ### Search Results Searching by student name, risk level, phase, or any other criteria surfaces grouped alerts alongside individual alerts. Clicking a result in search opens the detail drawer. ### Quick View Quick view uses the stacked card display to distinguish grouped alerts from individual alerts. ### Detailed View The detailed view for a group allows you to evaluate and act on the entire group in one place. * A carousel displays every screenshot associated with the individual alerts in the group. * A unique list of all students involved appears in the view. * Clicking a screenshot in the carousel expands it to show additional details, including a timestamp and the associated student. If parent notifications are enabled for your deployment, a green checkmark or red X appears next to each student's name to indicate whether a parent notification was successfully sent. Beacon grouped alerts appear as stack of cards for the same URL display: number of alerts in the stack, date/time… search for student name, results include single alerts and grouped alerts for the searched student quick view: alert date - July 17, 2019, alert group: 9 alerts, date/time range, Phase: help and support, Medium… Opened Alert: Details include Screenshots. Navigation buttons left and right provided to view previews of screenshots. From preview of screenshots, clicking on the screenshot provides a larger view for inspection. Button: Close (select… From detailed view, list of student names for group alert listed Green check or red X next to each name indicates… ## Resources Step-by-step instructions for accessing and resolving alerts. Descriptions of each alert phase detected by Beacon. How to assign and interpret risk levels on alert cards. Overview of the Beacon alerts dashboard. # How Beacon Works Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/how-beacon-works GoGuardian Beacon uses machine learning to review student activity on school devices and alert staff to signals of suicide risk, self-harm, or harm to others. GoGuardian Beacon uses machine learning (ML) to analyze student online activity on school-issued devices. When the ML models detect activity aligned with signals of suicide risk, self-harm, or harm to others, Beacon generates an alert for designated school staff to review. ## Understand the Detection Process Beacon uses supervised learning — an ML technique where models are trained on labeled datasets to make predictions about new outcomes. Beacon's models are trained on datasets labeled by individuals with experience in recognizing and responding to mental health risks. When deployed by a school, Beacon's ML models continuously analyze student online activity. If the models detect activity that matches the patterns they were trained to identify, Beacon generates an alert. Designated school staff are always the ultimate decision-makers as to whether a Beacon-generated alert requires human intervention. ## Review Alert Contents Each alert contains the following information to help the reviewing staff member make an informed, rapid decision about student safety: * Date and time of the event * 30-minute browsing history window (±15 minutes from the event) * Student name and email address * Guardian contact information (if available) * Risk category * URL * Relevant content * Screen captures (if available) ## Understand Alert Phases Beacon categorizes each alert into one of five phases: | Phase | Description | | -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Active Planning** | Signals indicating a student may be actively planning self-harm or harm to others | | **Suicide Ideation** | Signals indicating a student may be experiencing thoughts of suicide | | **Self Harm** | Signals indicating a student may be engaging in or researching self-harm | | **Help & Support** | Signals indicating a student may be seeking help or support resources | | **Suicide Research** | Signals indicating a student may be researching suicide-related topics | Notifications for Active Planning alerts are required. Notifications for the remaining four phases are optional and can be configured by a SuperUser or SuperCounselor. ## Resources Overview of what Beacon is and how schools use it. Definitions for key terms used throughout Beacon documentation. Create a Beacon deployment and connect it to an Organizational Unit. Step-by-step checklist for Super Users setting up Beacon Starter. # Include Student Names in Email Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/include-student-names-in-notifications GoGuardian Beacon Super Users can enable student names in all Beacon email alert notifications, not just Active Planning alerts, on a per-deployment basis. By default, student names appear in email notifications for Active Planning alerts only. Super Users can enable student names in notifications for all Beacon alert categories. This setting must be enabled separately for each deployment. This feature is not available on Beacon Starter. Beacon Starter generates Active Planning alerts only, and student names are always included in those notifications. This setting only affects alert categories for which your school has already turned on staff notifications. If staff notifications for a category are turned off, enabling this setting does not affect those notifications. ## Enable Student Names in All Email Notifications 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** from the navigation menu. 3. Select **Escalation Lists**. 4. Click the **Notification Settings** tab. Click the Notification Settings tab. 5. Under **Email Notification Content**, select the option to include student names in all notifications. 6. If a confirmation prompt appears, complete it to confirm the change. 7. Click **Save Changes**. Click Save Changes. ## Resources Configure which staff members receive alert notifications and in what order. Add users to a deployment and configure their notification preferences. Review which roles can manage notification settings. Build a shift-based phone call escalation schedule for Beacon 24/7. # Initial Setup Checklist Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/initial-setup-checklist A six-step checklist for Super Users deploying and configuring a GoGuardian Beacon Starter subscription. This checklist covers the steps to deploy and configure a Beacon Starter subscription. For a full walkthrough with videos, log in to GoGuardian University and complete the [GoGuardian Beacon Onboarding Guide](https://university.goguardian.com/courses/goguardian-beacon-starter-onboarding-guide). Beacon Starter is included at no additional cost with a GoGuardian Admin subscription. If you are unsure which Beacon level your organization has, contact your GoGuardian representative. For Beacon Core or 24/7 onboarding, contact your GoGuardian representative to get started. ## Setup Steps ### Step 1 — Install GoGuardian Extensions Install the GoGuardian Extensions via Google Admin Console. See [Install GoGuardian Extensions](/products/admin/install-extensions) for instructions. Skip this step if you have already installed the extensions for another GoGuardian product. ### Step 2 — Configure User Permissions Assign the appropriate Beacon account type to each staff member who needs access to Beacon in Org Management. Beacon has three account types: | Account type | Access level | | ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Super Counselor** | Full access. Modify all settings, snooze alerts, view and modify all alert components, set risk level, add or remove users, request guardian contact updates, and provide phase categorization feedback. | | **Counselor** | Limited read-write access. View and modify all alert components, set risk level, create notes, and view settings. Cannot edit settings or manage users. | | **View Only** | Read only. View all alert components, update actions taken, view notes and risk level, and provide phase categorization feedback. | Only Super Users can assign or change Beacon permission levels. Super User is the Org Management permission that grants access to Beacon, not a Beacon account type. For full permission details, see [Beacon User Roles and Permissions](/products/beacon/user-roles-and-permissions). ### Step 3 — Create Deployments in Org Management Create one or more deployments in Org Management. Each deployment covers a specific set of Organizational Units (OUs). Each deployment can have unique users added. Create each deployment based on the users who should be notified for each set of OUs. Key rules for deployments: * Each sub-OU you want Beacon to cover must be selected individually. Beacon does not automatically include child sub-OUs of a parent OU. * Each OU can only be part of one deployment. * There is no limit to the number of OUs in a single deployment. * Update deployment configurations any time your OU structure changes. See [Create a Deployment](/products/beacon/create-a-deployment) for step-by-step instructions. ### Step 4 — Set Up Users Add yourself and any additional staff to the deployment's User List. Complete your user profile. Users added to a deployment can see all alert cards and information for that deployment. Be selective when adding users. Users must have Beacon permissions assigned in Org Management before they can be added to a deployment. ### Step 5 — Configure Settings and Escalation List Configure Beacon settings and add users to the Escalation List for the deployment. The Escalation List is a notification system that determines who receives alert notifications and in what order. It is configured under **Staff Notifications** and is separate from the Users List. In Beacon Starter, only one user or all users may be added to the Escalation List to receive staff notifications. A deployment is not active until at least one user is added to the Escalation List. ### Step 6 (Optional) — Add Guardian Contact Information Add parent and guardian contact information under the **Guardians** tab. You can add contacts one at a time or by CSV upload. Add Relationships to link guardians to students. Guardian contact information appears on each alert card for quick reference. Beacon is one part of a student safety plan. Review GoGuardian's best practices for rolling out Beacon before enabling the product for students. ## Resources Step-by-step instructions for creating a Beacon deployment. Install the GoGuardian Extensions via Google Admin Console. Definitions for key Beacon terms, including roles, phases, and escalation lists. Guidance on preparing staff and guardians for Beacon notifications. # Investigate a Beacon Alert Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/investigate-an-alert How to review the evidence in a Beacon alert, assess whether the alert reflects a real concern, and document your response. When a GoGuardian Beacon alert arrives, open the alert card and review the evidence before taking action. The steps below cover how to orient yourself using the alert card fields, review the Rationale tab evidence, assess severity, document your findings, and close or pause the alert. ## Review the Alert Card Fields Before opening the full alert card, the card summary shows the fields most relevant to triage. | Field | What to check | | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Risk Level** | The manually assigned severity level (No Risk, Low Risk, Medium Risk, High Risk). Newly generated alerts have no assigned risk level. | | **Predicted Phase** | Beacon's classification of the detected content (for example, Suicide Ideation, Active Planning, Self Harm). | | **Frequency of Alerts** | Total number of recent alerts for this student. Elevated frequency may indicate a pattern. | | **Actions Taken** | Any actions already recorded by other staff. | For definitions of all card fields, see [Alert Card Anatomy](/products/beacon/alert-card-anatomy). For phase definitions, see [Alert Phases](/products/beacon/alert-phases). ## Review the Evidence in the Rationale Tab FcgOUiO.png 1. Click the alert card to open the full alert record. 2. Select the **Rationale** tab. 3. Review the **Screenshots** section. Beacon captures screenshots from 15 minutes before and after the alert. The screenshot from the source of the alert is highlighted in yellow. Use the arrows to scroll through the capture window, and click any screenshot to enlarge it. 4. Review the **Words on the Page** section. This section displays all text Beacon analyzed on the page. Flagged terms are highlighted. 5. Compare the screenshots and the Words on the Page together. If the screenshots do not show clearly concerning content, check Words on the Page before drawing any conclusion. A screenshot that does not show explicit content does not mean the alert was generated in error. Beacon analyzes text that may fall outside the visible bounds of a screenshot. The Words on the Page section captures that text. Do not assess the alert based on screenshots alone. 6. Verify the result: the Rationale tab should show at least one screenshot and a Words on the Page section with highlighted terms. If either section is missing, the alert record may still be loading. ## Assess Severity Use the following signals together to form an assessment: * **Risk level:** A manually assigned risk level from a prior reviewer indicates how colleagues have assessed this alert. If no risk level is assigned, the assessment is yours to make. * **Alert phase:** Phases such as Active Planning and Intent carry higher specificity than broader phases. See [Alert Phases](/products/beacon/alert-phases) for phase definitions and [Risk Levels](/products/beacon/risk-levels) for risk level descriptions. * **Volume and specificity of flagged terms:** A single flagged term in an academic paper is different from repeated, specific language across multiple pages. Review the full Words on the Page section, not just the highlighted terms in isolation. If the alert appears to reflect academic research, fiction, or incidental content rather than a genuine concern, assess it as a potential false positive. See the next section before taking action. ## Assess a Potential False Positive Do not dismiss an alert without completing a full evidence review. 1. Review both the Screenshots and the Words on the Page sections completely. 2. Look at the context surrounding flagged terms in the Words on the Page section. A single term in a news article, a textbook excerpt, or a creative writing assignment carries different weight than the same term in a search query or repeated across a browsing session. 3. Document your assessment in the **Notes** tab before resolving the alert. Include the context you reviewed and why you concluded the alert does not reflect an elevated concern. 4. If you are uncertain, consult your district's protocols before resolving. When in doubt, do not resolve without a second review. ## Document Your Review 1. Click the alert card to open the full alert record. 2. Select the **Notes** tab. 3. Enter your notes. Include: * The evidence you reviewed (screenshots, Words on the Page findings) * Any context you gathered (conversation with the student, guardian contact, prior alerts) * The action you are taking or recommending 4. Click **Submit**. 5. Verify the result: the new note appears in the Notes tab with your name and a timestamp. ## Snooze or Resolve the Alert After reviewing the evidence and documenting your assessment, take one of the following actions: **Snooze** the alert if the student is actively being supported and you want to pause notifications for a set period (1 Hour, 1 Day, 1 Week, 1 Month, or Indefinitely). The snooze is logged and visible to other staff. **Resolve** the alert to close it. Resolving is logged. Use resolve when you have completed your review, taken appropriate action, and determined no further follow-up is needed at this time. Both actions are auditable. For snooze configuration and scope options, see [Snooze an Alert](/products/beacon/snooze-an-alert). How the Rationale tab's screenshots and Words on the Page are generated. Reference for every field on a Beacon alert card. Pause future notifications while a student is being supported. Definitions for each phase Beacon detects. How risk levels work and how to assign them. # Letter Template for Parents and Guardians Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/letter-template A customizable template letter for schools and districts to notify parents and guardians about the adoption of GoGuardian Beacon. GoGuardian Beacon provides a sample letter that schools and districts can customize and send home to parents and guardians when adopting Beacon as part of a suicide prevention program. Tailor the letter to reflect your school's specific use of Beacon, your district's legal requirements, and any consent or opt-out language required by local policy. Remove all instructional text before sending this letter. Replace all bracketed placeholder text — such as `[insert name of school/district]` — with your school or district's information. This template is provided for informational purposes only. GoGuardian does not warrant that it satisfies any applicable federal, state, or district requirement. Your school or district remains solely responsible for ensuring all communications with parents and guardians comply with applicable laws, standards, and policies. Contact [privacy@goguardian.com](mailto:privacy@goguardian.com) with questions about how to use this template. Dear Parent or Guardian: This school year, \[insert name of school/district] has adopted GoGuardian Beacon services as part of our school's broader suicide prevention program. GoGuardian Beacon is important to \[insert name of school/district] because suicide is now one of the most pressing issues facing youth. In fact, 18.8 percent of high school students in 2019 reported having seriously considered attempting suicide over the past 12 months, according to the Centers for Disease Control. Additionally, GoGuardian Beacon may help \[insert name of school/district] intervene even when children have difficulty asking adults for help. Nine out of ten teens (90%) who report symptoms of depression say they have gone online for information on mental health issues. GoGuardian partnered with school suicide prevention efforts in developing, designing, and supporting its GoGuardian Beacon product, including the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention (a nationally recognized not-for-profit organization dedicated to suicide prevention) and the American Association of Suicidology. **What is GoGuardian Beacon?** GoGuardian Beacon helps notify \[insert name of school/district]'s counselors and other school support staff if the system detects that a student searches, creates, views, or interacts with online content that could be related to suicide or self-harm. Because of this, GoGuardian Beacon helps \[insert name of school/district] identify and intervene when a student who may be at risk of suicide or self-harm. It is important to know that neither \[insert name of school/district] nor GoGuardian Beacon can detect every situation when a student is suicidal. **What is my role as a parent or guardian with GoGuardian Beacon?** Parents and guardians continue to play a vital role in each student's support network. You can read the GoGuardian Parent FAQs for more information about GoGuardian's technology. \[Your school or district should describe and list relevant resources for parents, such as a school hotline, how to contact your school counselors or mental health staff, and online resources for parents. You can incorporate these resources: call the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline by dialing or texting 988, or text TALK to 741741 at the Crisis Text Line. In an emergency, call 911.] \[If \[insert name of school/district] enables parental notifications after school hours, \[insert name of school/district] can use GoGuardian Beacon to automatically notify a parent or guardian after school hours via email to help provide support for a student who may be at risk. \[insert name of school/district] will notify parents or guardians at the contact information associated with the student on the \[insert name of school/district] system. Please ensure that our system has your correct email address on file at all times.] \[Insert instructions for parents or guardians to follow if they receive a Beacon notification.] Please do not contact GoGuardian directly, as GoGuardian does not offer mental health or emergency services. **What are my choices as a parent or guardian?** \[Your school or district may add language about choices that parents have regarding the use of GoGuardian Beacon in connection with their child, including any opt-out or FERPA rights. Please consult your school's or district's legal and policy team for this decision.] **How does GoGuardian protect my child's privacy?** To help your child remain safe online, GoGuardian collects certain personally identifiable information about your child. GoGuardian has consulted with privacy experts, participates in privacy organizations, is a proud signatory of the [Student Privacy Pledge](https://studentprivacypledge.org/privacy-pledge), and has been awarded certifications by [iKeepSafe](https://ikeepsafe.org/products) for complying with both the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and California student privacy laws. For more detailed information, visit GoGuardian's [website](https://www.goguardian.com/), [Trust and Privacy Center](https://www.goguardian.com/privacy-information.html), and [Product Privacy Policy](https://www.goguardian.com/policies/product-privacy). Please read this letter and the GoGuardian Beacon Parent FAQs carefully and let us know if you have any questions. \[Your school or district should determine which preferences you want to offer parents and guardians and add any required forms.] Warmly, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ \[Insert name of school administrator (e.g., principal)] \[Insert name of school/district] Attachments: * \[Insert any attachments your school or district wants to send to parents and guardians about GoGuardian Beacon] ## Resources FAQ resource for parents and guardians about how Beacon works. Steps and guidance for preparing your school's communication plan. Overview of Beacon and how schools use it. Complete setup steps before enabling guardian notifications. # Add and Manage Beacon Users Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/manage-beacon-users Add users to a GoGuardian Beacon deployment, update their permissions and notification preferences, and remove users when needed. Super Users and Super Counselors can add users to a Beacon deployment. Before adding a user, the user must have an existing GoGuardian account in your organization and have Beacon access enabled for their account. For instructions on creating and managing accounts, see [Create and Manage User Accounts](/products/org-management/create-manage-user-accounts). If a user's name does not appear in the search list when you attempt to add them, they may not have a GoGuardian account in Org Management or may not have Beacon access enabled. ## Add a User to Beacon 1. Go to **Settings** from the navigation menu, then select **Users**. 2. Under **Add New User**, enter the user's email address. 3. Click **Add User**. 4. Optionally, enter the user's cell phone number and turn on text message notifications. 5. Click **Save Changes**. After a user is added, you have the option to send them a welcome email with information about the Beacon deployment. Text and email notifications are only sent to users on the Escalation List. ## Edit an Existing User Super Users can edit any user's permission level, phone number, and notification preferences. 1. Go to **Settings** from the navigation menu, then select **Users**. 2. Click **Edit** next to the user's name. 3. Update any of the following: * **Cell Phone Number** * **Permissions** * **Notification Preferences** 4. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. Each user can also edit their own cell phone number and text message notification preferences under the **Your Beacon Profile** setting. Existing Users: Names, Emails, Permissions. Action buttons: Edit (selected) and Notify ## Remove a User from Beacon Super Users and Super Counselors can remove users from a Beacon deployment. Removing a user from Beacon does not delete their account from Org Management. 1. Go to **Settings** from the navigation menu, then select **Users**. 2. Click **Edit** next to the user's name. 3. Scroll down, then click **Delete User**. To fully disable a user's account, contact your Super User. ## Resources Review what each Beacon role can and cannot do. Configure which users receive alert notifications and in what order. Enable student names in all Beacon email alert notifications. Overview of how Beacon works and its role in a school safety program. # Notification Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/notification-settings Super Counselors and Super Users configure interval time and reminder frequency for Beacon alert notifications by category or globally. GoGuardian Beacon lets Super Counselors and Super Users configure how often and how many times escalation list members are notified about an alert. These settings apply per alert category or globally across all categories. ## Set the Interval Time The interval time is the amount of time between each notification in the escalation cycle. If no action is taken on an alert card, Beacon waits the configured interval before notifying the next user. Once a user takes action on the alert, notifications stop. Available interval times: * 5 minutes (default) * 15 minutes * 30 minutes * 1 hour * 2 hours ## Set the Number of Reminders The number of reminders setting determines how many times a reminder email — and optional SMS — is sent to escalation list members for a given alert. Once a user takes action on the alert card, reminders stop. The number of reminders can be set from 0 to 5. ## Configure Interval Times and Number of Reminders 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com). 2. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu, go to **Escalation Lists**, then click the **Notification Settings** tab. 3. * To apply the same interval time and reminder count to all alert categories, turn off **Yes** for "Would you like to set your interval time and number of reminders by alert categories?" and adjust the global settings. * To set different values per category or phase, turn on **Yes** for that option, then adjust the interval time and reminder count for each category you have enabled in Alert Preferences. 4. Click **Save Changes**. Interval time and reminder scheduling Image shows configuration options for notifications by category Settings apply only to alert categories and phases that have notifications turned on in Alert Preferences. Set up individual notification preferences including SMS. Build and manage escalation lists for Threats and Violence alerts. Take action on an alert to end the email notification cycle. Review the alert categories and phases Beacon identifies. # Enable Enhanced Microsoft Outlook Monitoring Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/outlook-email-monitoring Enable the Enhanced Microsoft Outlook Monitoring feature in Beacon to analyze emails sent from managed Outlook accounts across all devices. Enhanced Microsoft Outlook Monitoring improves GoGuardian Beacon's ability to analyze emails sent through Outlook accounts, producing more accurate alerts with fewer false positives. When enabled, Beacon can analyze emails sent from managed Outlook accounts regardless of the device used to send them — including personal devices. Enhanced Microsoft Outlook Monitoring requires Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7 licensing. ## Enable Enhanced Outlook Monitoring 1. Log in to Org Management at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) as a Super User. Navigate to **Configuration** > **Product Settings** > **Beacon** > **Email Monitoring**. Click **Edit** under the Outlook option. 2. Navigate to [Microsoft Entra Admin Center](https://entra.microsoft.com/#view/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/TenantOverview.ReactView) with a Microsoft administrator account. Copy your **Tenant ID** from the **Properties** tab. Paste the Tenant ID into the field in Org Management and click **Submit**. 3. Click the link with a URL customized for your Tenant ID, provided in Org Management. Sign in to your Microsoft account. Click **Accept** when prompted to grant GoGuardian Outlook API permission. Check the confirmation box once you have completed this step. 4. Enter a user's email address from your Microsoft tenant into the validation field. Click **Start Validation**. Confirm that you understand what enabling Outlook API for Beacon does. 5. Toggle the **Outlook API** switch to **ON** to complete setup. Enable Enhanced Outlook Monitoring Enable Enhanced Outlook Monitoring Enable Enhanced Outlook Monitoring Enable Enhanced Outlook Monitoring ## Resources Understand alert cards generated from Gmail API-based monitoring. Review the full Beacon configuration checklist. Configure which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Complete all Beacon setup steps before going live. # Parent and Guardian Communication Resources Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/parent-guardian-communication-resources Frequently asked questions about GoGuardian Beacon for parents and guardians, covering how the system works, notifications, privacy, and support resources. These resources help parents and guardians understand how GoGuardian Beacon works, what to expect when a notification is received, and where to find additional support. Schools and districts can share this article directly with families or use it as the basis for their own parent communication materials. If your child is in crisis or you are unsure about their safety, call or text the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline by dialing or texting **988**, or contact the Crisis Text Line by texting TALK to **741741**. In an emergency, call **911**. Do not contact GoGuardian directly — GoGuardian does not provide mental health or emergency services and cannot share notification details over the phone. ## Review Beacon Basics Students spend much of their time online on school-owned devices and accounts, and school staff often serve as first responders when a student's mental health is suffering. Suicide is one of the most pressing issues facing youth, and schools are choosing to address this by incorporating tools like GoGuardian Beacon into their suicide prevention programs. GoGuardian Beacon was selected as one resource to help identify early warning signs of potential suicide and self-harm behavior among students. Neither GoGuardian Beacon nor any school or district can detect every sign of suicide or every instance when a student is suicidal. When staff identify a concern, they take measures to notify whoever is caring for the student at that moment. During school hours, counselors can locate and ensure the student is safe. Outside of school hours, that may be parents or guardians stepping in as the closest and most available caregiver. GoGuardian Beacon is a suicide and self-harm prevention tool for schools, designed to help staff proactively identify students who may be at risk so they can quickly provide assistance. Specifically, Beacon identifies when a student accesses content or exhibits online behaviors that may be related to self-harm or suicide, and notifies the school officials assigned to the Beacon escalation list. It is important to know that neither the school or district nor GoGuardian Beacon can detect every sign of suicide or every instance when a student is suicidal. Beacon allows schools to enable a feature that notifies parents and guardians via email after school hours. Each school determines its own notification settings. Contact your school or district directly for information about their parent notification configuration. GoGuardian attempts to notify the person who is caring for a student at any given moment, especially when that student needs someone to talk to immediately. Outside of school hours, a student's parent or guardian is often the closest and most available caregiver. An important part of this process is that parents learn how to support students in distress in a way that helps them feel safe and access professional help when needed. ## Review Parent and Guardian Notifications GoGuardian Beacon analyzes the active tab open in a student's Chrome browser, examining the words on a website and the context in which they are used. Research shows that more than 90% of students turn to the internet to address their mental health needs. Beacon identifies content and online behaviors that may indicate a student is at risk of self-harm or suicide. When Beacon detects that content may indicate a student is viewing material related to suicide or self-harm, it sends an email to you and your child's school. Please remember that any school or district and GoGuardian Beacon cannot detect every instance when a student is suicidal or at risk of self-harm. Before a school or district can send notifications to a parent or guardian, a functioning email address must be on file in the platform. Check your email regularly — including your spam folder — and ensure your inbox has enough storage to receive notifications. Contact your school administrator with questions about notifications. It is critical that you inform your school if your email address or phone number changes, or if there is a change in who holds your child's educational rights. If your contact information is not current, you will not receive Beacon notifications. Each school site determines whether parents and guardians receive alerts after school hours, on weekends, or both. Contact your school or district's administrator for their specific notification settings. Depending on those settings, you could receive alerts overnight, before school starts each day, on weekends, and during winter or spring breaks. Yes. If a parent, legal guardian, or eligible student wants additional information about the alert, contact the school directly for the appropriate contact information. Do not contact GoGuardian for details about Beacon notifications — only school representatives can provide that information. Each school or district can customize the content of the notification message, so the message may vary. Contact your school or district for more information about what their notifications include. Each school has recommendations from mental health professionals on how to respond to alerts. When you receive an alert, locate your child to ensure they are safe. Ensure all potential weapons or dangerous substances are securely stored. Additional steps may include seeking more information from your child and their school, consulting other trusted adults, or contacting their pediatrician. The information an alert provides should be considered in the context of your child's current well-being to support them in the best way possible. For tips and advice, visit the [Society for the Prevention of Teen Suicide](https://www.sptsusa.org/) and the [American Foundation for Suicide Prevention](https://www.afsp.org/). It is important to know that you may receive notifications after hours, which means that neither your school nor GoGuardian will be able to call 911 for you. Schools may also not receive alerts when they are out of session, such as on weekends or during winter break. Next steps may include an urgent mental health evaluation through a mental health professional, pediatrician, urgent care, or an emergency department. When school is back in session, you can contact school officials for more information about the alert. If your child is in crisis or you are unsure about their safety, call or text the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline by dialing or texting **988**, or contact the Crisis Text Line by texting TALK to **741741**. In an emergency, call **911**. Contact your school or district for their recommendations. For online videos, tips, and advice for parents, visit the [Society for the Prevention of Teen Suicide](https://www.sptsusa.org/). If you are in crisis, call or text the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline by dialing or texting **988**, or contact the Crisis Text Line by texting TALK to **741741**. ## Review Privacy and Data GoGuardian Beacon's system analyzes the online content that a student interacted with or created to trigger an alert. Beacon does not analyze a student's demographic information or any other sources of mental health information. Outside of the alert information itself, GoGuardian Beacon does not store other mental health information about your child — for example, Beacon does not have Individualized Education Program information, prior conversations with counselors, or notes from a school psychologist. GoGuardian Beacon operates on each school or district's managed Google accounts. When a student is logged into the Chrome browser with their school account and the GoGuardian extensions are present, it is possible that GoGuardian is reviewing activity. GoGuardian collects certain personally identifiable information about each student to help them remain safe online. GoGuardian has consulted with privacy experts, participates in privacy organizations, is a proud signatory of the [Student Privacy Pledge](https://studentprivacypledge.org/privacy-pledge), and has been awarded certifications by [iKeepSafe](https://ikeepsafe.org/products) for complying with both the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and California student privacy laws. For more detailed information, visit GoGuardian's [website](https://www.goguardian.com/), [Trust and Privacy Center](https://www.goguardian.com/privacy-information.html), and [Product Privacy Policy](https://www.goguardian.com/productPrivacy.html). Contact your school or district if you have specific questions about how your school uses GoGuardian and which products and settings they have selected. GoGuardian partnered with the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention and the American Association of Suicidology in developing GoGuardian Beacon. These suicide prevention experts helped GoGuardian understand best practices for student suicide prevention and substantially informed GoGuardian's products and practices. ## Resources Sample letter for schools to send home when adopting Beacon. Steps and guidance for preparing your school's communication plan. Overview of Beacon and how schools use it. Review the detection process and alert contents. # Parent and Guardian Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/parent-guardian-notifications Beacon can automatically notify parents and guardians after school hours when a student may need support. Configure, customize, and maintain these settings. GoGuardian Beacon includes an optional feature that sends after-school email notifications to a student's parent or guardian when Beacon identifies content that may indicate the student needs support. This feature is designed to help families connect with their school's support resources. Parent and guardian notifications are not available on Beacon Starter. This feature requires Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7. Consistent with guidance from the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention and the American Association of Suicidology, the notification does not include details about what triggered the alert. This protects student safety. Parents and guardians who receive a notification should contact the school for more information. ## Review What the Notification Includes The parent or guardian notification includes: * The student's name * A customizable message with school-provided resources and contact information It does not include details about the specific content or activity that generated the alert. ## Educate Parents and Guardians First Before enabling parent and guardian notifications, inform and educate parents and guardians about your school or district's adoption of Beacon. Cover what they can expect to see in a Beacon notification, suicide prevention strategies, and the resources and next steps available if they receive a notification or otherwise suspect that their child may be at risk of suicide. ## Set Up Parent and Guardian Notifications 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Go to **Settings** > **Parent Notifications**. 3. Turn on parent and guardian notifications for after-school hours. 4. Edit the notification message to include your school or district's contact information and any parent resources you want to provide. 5. Click **Save Changes**. Include at least one school point of contact in the notification message. Parents and guardians need to know who to call or email when they receive the notification. Beacon settings for Parent notifications configurations ## Maintain Accurate Parent and Guardian Contact Information Beacon sends notifications to the contact information associated with the student in Org Management. Inaccurate or outdated contact information will prevent notifications from reaching the right people. * Upload and update parent or guardian contact information at [manage.goguardian.com/guardians](https://manage.goguardian.com/guardians). * Remind parents and guardians to notify the school if their contact information changes. * Super Counselors can submit a request to update parent or guardian information by going to **Custom Contacts** > **Update/Review Guardian Contact Information**. Super Users must approve the change. Beacon custom contacts settings ## Verify a Parent Notification Was Sent 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and click the relevant alert card. 2. Look in the lower right area of the alert card. A confirmation message indicates whether the parent or guardian notification was sent successfully. 3. If the notification failed to send, confirm with the parent or guardian that the email address on file in Org Management is current and free of spelling errors. Beacon alert verification for Guardian notifications Beacon alert guardian notifications email failed verification ## Find Answers for Parents and Guardians If you have received a notification or have questions about GoGuardian Beacon, contact your child's school or district directly for more information. If you or someone you know may be struggling, support is available. Call or text **988** to reach the Suicide and Crisis Lifeline. Text **TALK** to **741741** to reach the Crisis Text Line. For emergencies, call **911**. Set up your personal notification preferences for email and SMS. Configure interval times and reminder frequency for staff alert notifications. Add and manage users who can access Beacon alerts and settings. Navigate the Beacon dashboard and alert feed. # Respond to Email Notification Alerts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/respond-to-email-alerts When Beacon identifies activity associated with self-harm or suicide risk, an email notification is sent with a direct link to the alert for immediate review. When Beacon identifies activity associated with self-harm or suicide risk, a notification email is sent to users in order of the **Escalation List**, up to five times or until an action is taken on the alert card. If no action is taken within the set Interval Time, the next user on the Escalation List is notified. If text message notifications are enabled, an SMS notification is also sent from **381-21** alongside the email. ## Access the Alert 1. Click the **View Alert** link in your **Alert Notification** email. You are taken to the Beacon sign-in page. 2. Sign in at [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com). The **Alerts** page displays your most recent alert. Alerts that have not had an action taken on them appear with a dark outline on the alert card list view. Alert Card outlined: Student Name, email address, Predicted Phase: Suicide Ideation, Date, time, Primary Guardian's… Tab options: Rationale (selected), Browsing history, Previous Actions Taken, Previous Alerts. Screenshots with… Google Search Box shows "fastest way to kill myself" Words on the page (highlighted). Toggle on/off Highlight. Option: Download Text button Phone text: Hello, A student has been searching for content related to the Active Planning phase. Please log in for… ## Review the Alert 1. Click the alert card to open it. Go to the **Rationale** tab. 2. Click the screenshot labeled **Source of the Alert**. An enlarged view opens. 3. If the screenshot is ambiguous, scroll to the **Words on the Page** section. This displays all text Beacon analyzed on the page, with relevant terms highlighted. Words on the Page is useful in cases where the screenshot does not show the content that triggered the alert. ## Resolve the Alert Taking any of the following actions stops email notifications and moves the alert to the **Needs Action** status. 1. Select one of four resolution options: * **Toggle on an Action Taken** — for example, In-Person Conversation, Guardian Contacted, Plan Devised, or Authorities Contacted. * **Select a Risk Level** from the drop-down menu. * **Create a Note** in the Notes tab. * **Snooze the alert** — available only on non-Active Planning alerts. Alert details: Snooze Alert. Risk Level: None Selected. Actions taken: toggle off/on for each: In person… ## Verify the Phase Prediction After taking action, verify Beacon's **Predicted Phase** by clicking the listed phase and selecting **Yes** or **No**. This feedback improves Beacon's prediction model and can be updated at any time. ## Dismiss a Miscategorized Alert Alerts cannot be deleted from Beacon. If an alert was generated for activity that does not reflect a concern, mark it accordingly. 1. In the alert card, set the **Risk Level** to **No Risk**. This also ends the Escalation List notification cycle. 2. Click the **Predicted Phase** and select **No** to indicate the phase prediction was not accurate. *** Reference for every field on a Beacon alert card. How the Rationale tab explains why Beacon generated an alert. Pause future alerts for a specific URL, domain, or search phrase. # Review a Beacon 24/7 Alert Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/review-a-247-alert Beacon 24/7 alerts are reviewed and escalated by the GoGuardian Safety Support team — this article explains how to access, review, and resolve those alerts. Beacon 24/7 escalated alerts are student-triggered events that the GoGuardian Safety Support team has reviewed and escalated because the online behavior or content demonstrated methodologies, suicide notes, or similar indicators. You can review these alerts from the **Alerts** page in GoGuardian Beacon. Refer to your school's suicide prevention policy to help determine what actions your users take at this stage. The content that triggered the alert is not included in the notification email. Use the link in the email to access the full alert card, which contains browsing history, rationale, and screenshots. ## Access Alert from Email When Beacon detects activity associated with self-harm or suicide, an email notification is sent from **[beacon-noreply@goguardiannotifications.com](mailto:beacon-noreply@goguardiannotifications.com)** to all members on the Escalation List. The email includes the student's name, deployment, and the current Escalation List in call order. 1. Click the login link in the Beacon Alert Notification email. 2. If prompted, sign in to GoGuardian Beacon. 3. The alert card opens automatically. Review the alert content before taking action. ## Review Alert on Alerts Page Alert cards with a colored border require attention. Click any alert card to open the full detail view. 1. Click the alert card on the **Alerts** page. 2. The **Rationale** tab contains: * Screenshots highlighting the content that triggered the alert * DOM text highlighting specific terms associated with the alert 3. The **Browsing** tab displays screenshots, direct URL links, the time of the alert, and the phase or category. 4. Select the **Mark as Read** checkbox inside the **Rationale** tab. OzXXw2m.png Vfpy3si1.png ## Resolve Alert 1. Click the alert card on the **Alerts** page. 2. Read through all available information before taking action. 3. Toggle each action taken for this alert under **Actions Taken for This Alert**. 4. Select the appropriate risk level for the student. 5. Under the **Rationale** tab, a summary from the Safety Support team notes whether contact with an Escalation List member was successfully made. 6. Select the **Mark as Read** checkbox to complete the alert. Toggling all required actions also removes the colored border from the alert card. The **Previous Actions Taken** section displays the date, time, and actions recorded for previous alerts associated with the same student. resolveanalert.png ## Resources Answers to common questions about the Beacon 24/7 service. Descriptions of each alert phase detected by Beacon. How to assign and interpret risk levels on alert cards. Configure who receives Beacon 24/7 escalation calls. # Review Alerts on Mobile Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/review-alerts-on-mobile Beacon's mobile-friendly web interface gives all users immediate access to alert cards from any phone browser — no app download required. GoGuardian Beacon's mobile website provides access to student safety alert cards from any phone browser. Mobile-friendly alert cards are available to all Beacon users automatically — no separate setup is required. Confirm that your phone's browser does not have "Request Desktop Website" enabled. Instructions are below. ## Access Alert Cards on Mobile Two methods are available: 1. Click the URL link in a Beacon email or SMS notification. 2. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) in your phone's browser and select the alert card from the All Alerts feed. ## Review What Is Available on Mobile All of the following are accessible on mobile alert cards: * Student name and email address * Predicted phase * Rationale tab, including screenshots * Browsing History tab, including screenshots * Previous Actions Taken tab * Other Alerts tab * Notes tab, including the ability to write a new note * Parent or guardian information (when applicable) * Toggle actions taken * Select a risk level * Download as a PDF ## Review Mobile Limitations The following functions are accessible on a desktop or laptop browser but are not currently available on mobile: * Snooze an alert * Provide feedback through "Did we get this right?" * Go to deployment Settings * Go to the Dashboard Overview ## Navigate Out of an Alert Card on Mobile Click the three horizontal lines in the upper right corner of the page. From the menu, select where you want to go: * All Alerts for the deployment * GoGuardian Privacy Center * GoGuardian Beacon Help Center * Sign Out of Beacon ## Set Your Browser to Request Mobile Website If alert cards appear in desktop layout on your phone, confirm that your browser is set to request the mobile version of websites. 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) in Safari. 2. Tap the **AA** button in the address bar to open the Page Menu. 3. Confirm that **Request Desktop Website** is not selected. 4. Under **Website Settings** for beacon.goguardian.com, confirm that the **Request Desktop Website** toggle is turned off. Both settings must be configured for the mobile layout to display correctly. 1. Open the Chrome app and go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com). 2. Tap the three-dot menu in the upper right corner. 3. Confirm that **Desktop site** is not checked. If it is checked, uncheck it to return to the mobile view. Respond to a Beacon text message alert and end the escalation cycle. Enable SMS notifications to receive mobile alerts. Navigate the full Beacon dashboard on desktop. Take action on an alert to stop ongoing email notifications. # Risk Levels Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/risk-levels Risk levels are manually assigned to Beacon alert cards by counselors or administrators to help prioritize follow-up actions. Alerts are generated without an assigned risk level. Counselors and administrators assign risk levels manually to help colleagues prioritize alerts and delegate follow-up actions. Assigning a risk level is optional. ## Review Risk Level Values | Risk level | Color indicator | | ----------- | --------------- | | No Risk | Grey | | Low Risk | Yellow | | Medium Risk | Orange | | High Risk | Red | A fifth value, **Select Risk Level**, is the default for all newly generated alerts. It indicates that no risk level has been assigned yet. mceclip2.png mceclip3.png mceclip5.png ## Assign Risk Level Open an alert card from the **Alerts** page. Select the appropriate risk level from the risk level dropdown on the alert card. The selection is saved automatically. Setting a risk level is optional, but doing so helps all Beacon users on your team understand the urgency of each alert and prioritize their responses. mceclip6.png ## Resources Step-by-step instructions for reviewing and resolving alerts. Descriptions of each phase that Beacon detects. How Beacon groups related alerts for batch review. Overview of the Beacon alerts dashboard. # Save an Alert as PDF Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/save-alert-as-pdf Any Beacon alert card can be downloaded as a PDF file directly from the Rationale tab. GoGuardian Beacon allows users to download any alert card as a PDF file for sharing or record-keeping. ## Download the PDF 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. From the **Alerts** page, click the alert card you want to save. 3. Select the **Rationale** tab within the alert card. 4. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click **Download as PDF**. The file downloads automatically. Rational Tab of alert. Action option: Download as PDF (selected) ## Review PDF Contents The downloaded PDF includes the following information: | Field | Description | | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Student Name** | Name of the student who generated the alert. | | **Predicted Phase** | Beacon's classification of the detected activity. | | **Risk Level** | The risk level assigned to the alert. | | **Guardian Information** | Contact details for the student's primary guardian. | | **Actions Taken For This Alert** | All actions recorded on the alert. | | **Screenshot of Alert** | The source screenshot that triggered the alert. | | **Pre-Activity Screenshots** | Screenshots captured before the alert was generated. | | **Post-Activity Screenshots** | Screenshots captured after the alert was generated. | | **Words on the Page** | All text Beacon analyzed on the page, with relevant terms highlighted. | *** How the Rationale tab explains why Beacon generated an alert. Reference for every field on a Beacon alert card. Steps for reviewing and resolving an alert from an email notification. # Schedule a Pause Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/schedule-a-pause Pause GoGuardian Beacon for a defined period so no alerts or notifications are generated — useful for school events, testing periods, or planned downtime. Super Users can schedule a pause to stop GoGuardian Beacon from generating alerts and notifications for a specific period. During a pause, no alert cards are created and no notifications of any kind are sent. When the pause ends, Beacon resumes activity based on your deployment settings. A scheduled pause applies to all deployments within the organization. Only Super Users can create, edit, or disable pauses. The Scheduled Pause feature is available on Beacon Core and 24/7 only. Any time a pause is scheduled, edited, disabled, beginning, or ending, Beacon sends an email notification to all Super Users in the organization. ## View Scheduled Pauses 1. Go to `manage.goguardian.com` as a Super User. 2. Under **Configuration**, click **Product Settings**. 3. Select **Beacon**. 4. Click the **Pause Beacon** tab to view all scheduled, active, finished, and disabled pauses. View Scheduled Pauses ## Create a New Pause 1. Follow the steps in View Scheduled Pauses to open the **Pause Beacon** tab. 2. Click **Create New Pause Beacon**. 3. Enter a name for the scheduled pause. 4. Define the date and time the pause should begin. 5. Define the date and time the pause should end. 6. Click **Save**. A pause must be scheduled at least 30 minutes before its start time. Create a New Pause ## Edit a Scheduled Pause 1. Find the pause you want to edit in the **Pause Beacon** tab. 2. Click the three vertical dots to the right of the pause. 3. Choose **Edit**. 4. Update the name, start date and time, or end date and time. 5. Click **Save**. Edit a Scheduled Pause ## Disable a Scheduled or In-Progress Pause 1. Find the pause you want to disable in the **Pause Beacon** tab. 2. Click the three vertical dots to the right of the pause. 3. Choose **Disable**. 4. Review the pause details and click **Disable Pause** to confirm. Disable a Scheduled or In-Progress Pause ## Filter Pauses Use the filter options in the **Pause Beacon** tab to view pauses by status: * **Scheduled** — Pauses that have not yet started * **Finished** — Pauses that have ended * **All** — All pauses regardless of status * **Disabled** — Pauses that were manually disabled In rare instances, you may still receive alerts during a pause. This can occur due to outdated versions of the GoGuardian app or extension, or unique technical conditions. Filter Pauses ## Resources Complete the full Beacon setup checklist. Set the school hours that control when notifications are sent. Control which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Add your phone number and choose your notification format. # Set Up Staff Notifications for Threats and Violence Alerts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/set-up-staff-notifications Create a separate escalation list for Threats and Violence alerts, or reuse the Suicide and Self Harm list — configurable by school hours. The Threats and Violence escalation list lets Beacon Super Users and Super Counselors designate a separate group of contacts to receive notifications when a Threats and Violence alert is generated. You can reuse the same escalation list as Suicide and Self Harm alerts, or create a distinct list. Threats and Violence alerts require Beacon Core or Beacon 24/7 licensing. ## Understand How Escalation Lists Work Notifications are sent based on tier order. Contacts in tier 1 are notified first. If no action is taken within the configured interval time, Beacon notifies tier 2 contacts. This cycle continues according to the [notification settings](/products/beacon/notification-settings) for the category. You can add multiple contacts to each tier. All contacts in a tier are notified at the same time. Multiple tiers can be edited simultaneously. ## Use the Same Escalation List as Suicide and Self Harm Alerts 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com). 2. Click **Settings** in the navigation menu, then go to **Escalation Lists**. 3. Click the **Threats + Violence** tab. 4. Turn on **Yes** for "Do you want the same escalation list settings as Suicide + Self Harm?" 5. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the screen. Click Save Changes at the bottom of the screen. ## Create a Separate Escalation List for Threats and Violence Alerts 1. Turn on **No** for "Do you want the same escalation list settings as Suicide + Self Harm?" 2. Go to the **School Hours** section. Add contacts in the order they should be notified during school hours. 3. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the screen. Click Save Changes at the bottom of the screen. Create a Separate Escalation List for Threats and Violence Alerts ## Enable After-School Hours Notifications 1. Navigate to the **After School Hours** section within Escalation Lists. 2. Turn on **Yes** for "Should your staff receive notifications for alerts generated after school hours?" 3. Select the checkbox next to "Use the same contacts as Threats + Violence school hours" to apply the same list, or leave it unchecked to add a separate after-school contact list. 4. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the screen. Click Save Changes at the bottom of the screen. ## Disable After-School Hours Notifications for Threats and Violence Alerts 1. Navigate to the **After School Hours** section within Escalation Lists. 2. Turn on **No** for "Should your staff receive notifications for alerts generated after school hours?" 3. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the screen. Disable After-School Hours Notifications for Threats and Violence Alerts Configure interval times and reminder frequency for escalation list notifications. Set up individual notification preferences for dashboard, email, and SMS alerts. Add and manage the users who can be added to escalation lists. Understand the difference between Super Users, Super Counselors, and other roles. # Set Up Your Profile Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/set-up-your-profile Add your phone number, verify your permissions, and choose your notification format in your GoGuardian Beacon profile. Every user with access to GoGuardian Beacon must set up their profile on first login. Your profile stores your cell phone number and notification preferences. Your name and email address are managed in Org Management by a Super User and cannot be changed from within Beacon. 1. Go to `beacon.goguardian.com` and sign in. 2. Click **Settings**, then select **Your Beacon Profile**. 3. Confirm that your name and email address are accurate. If either field is incorrect, contact your Super User to update the information in Org Management. 4. Enter your cell phone number if you want to receive text message notifications for Beacon alerts. This field is required to enable text notifications. 5. Review the **Permissions** section to confirm that your account has the correct access level. Contact your Super User if your permissions need to be adjusted. 6. Choose whether to receive notifications by email only, or by both email and text message. Email notifications are required and cannot be disabled. Text message notifications are optional. 7. Click **Save**. Email and text message notifications are sent only to users on the escalation list. ## Review Profile Fields ### Name and Email Address Your name and email address are set by your Super User in Org Management. These fields cannot be edited in Beacon. To update this information, send a request to your Super User. ### Cell Phone Number The **Cell Phone Number** field enables Beacon's text message notification service. Enter your number here to make text notifications available. Text notifications for Active Planning alerts are required when enabled; all other phases are optional. ### Permissions The **Permissions** section displays your account's access level and the actions available to you in Beacon. Only Super Users can modify permissions. For a full description of roles and permissions, see [Beacon User Roles and Permissions](/products/beacon/user-roles-and-permissions). ### Notification Format Select how you want to be notified when Beacon identifies a student accessing self-harm-related content. Email notifications are required and cannot be turned off. Text message notifications are optional. For more information on how notifications are sent, see [Configure Beacon Settings](/products/beacon/configure-beacon-settings). "Your Beacon Profile" page used to add name, email, cell number, and email or text notification preferences ## Resources Complete the full Beacon setup checklist. Control which alert phases generate dashboard cards and notifications. Set the school hours that control when notifications are sent. Pause Beacon for a defined time period across all deployments. # SMS Notification Terms Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/sms-notification-terms GoGuardian Beacon SMS notification terms cover opt-in, opt-out, message frequency, and carrier information for staff who receive text message alerts. GoGuardian Beacon sends SMS messages to users who have opted in to receive text message notifications for Beacon alerts. Only notifications enabled in the **Staff Notifications** section of **Alert Preferences** are sent. ## Review Message Frequency Message frequency is recurring. The number of messages depends on your Beacon notification settings and whether an alert is generated for your deployment. ## Opt Out To stop receiving Beacon SMS messages at any time: 1. Log in to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and go to **Settings** > **Your Beacon Profile**. 2. Under **Notification Format**, uncheck **Text Message**. 3. Click **Save Changes**. You will no longer receive SMS messages from GoGuardian Beacon. To opt back in, follow the same steps and select the **Text Message** checkbox. ## Review Rates and Carrier Information Message and data rates may apply. Contact your wireless provider with any questions about your text or data plan. Carriers are not liable for delayed or undelivered messages. ## Review Privacy Information For questions about privacy, review the [GoGuardian Product Privacy Policy](https://www.goguardian.com/policies/product-privacy). ## Contact Support If you are experiencing issues with Beacon SMS notifications, contact GoGuardian Support at [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) or visit [support.goguardian.com](https://support.goguardian.com/s/contactsupport). Enable or disable SMS notifications in Your Beacon Profile. Learn how to respond to a Beacon text message alert. Resolve issues with receiving Beacon text message alerts. Take action on an alert to end the email notification cycle. # SMS Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/sms-notifications Beacon SMS alerts include the predicted alert phase and a sign-in link — take action on the alert card to stop the escalation cycle. When GoGuardian Beacon generates an alert, it notifies the first user on the **Escalation List**. If SMS notifications are enabled, both a text message and an email are sent. The text message includes the predicted phase and a sign-in link to the alert. Learn more about SMS terms and opt-out options in [SMS Notification Terms](/products/beacon/sms-notification-terms). ## Sign In and Review the Alert 1. Click the link in the text message. You will be taken to the Beacon sign-in page. 2. Enter your GoGuardian credentials to access the Beacon Alerts page. 3. The unread alert appears at the top of the feed with a dark outline. Click the alert card to open the Alert Details view. The alert card displays the student's primary guardian contact name and phone number for a quick response. ## Take Action to Stop the Escalation Cycle To end the escalation list notification cycle, complete at least one of the following actions on the alert card: * Select a **Risk Level** using the dropdown. * Select at least one item under **Actions Taken for this Alert**. If no action is taken within the configured **Interval Time**, the next user on the escalation list is notified. If you do not take action, notifications will continue cycling through the escalation list until the escalation cycle is complete or a user acts on the alert. A student's alert tile in GoGuardian Beacon displaying student name, predicted alert phase, Guardian, and alert… GoGuardian Beacon Alert Details page highlighting the risk level and actions taken for the alert ## Verify the Phase Prediction After taking action, verify Beacon's phase prediction: 1. Click the listed **Predicted Phase** on the alert card. 2. Select **Yes** or **No** to confirm whether the prediction is accurate. Your feedback helps improve Beacon's prediction model. You can update your response at any time. **Phase names used by Beacon:** * Active Planning * Suicide Ideation * Self Harm * Help & Support * Suicide Research Alert Details Beacon alert card highlighting the Predicted Phase of 'Active Planning' ## Mark a Miscategorized Alert Alerts cannot be deleted. If Beacon has miscategorized an alert, mark it as follows: * Set **Risk Level** to **No Risk**. * Click the **Predicted Phase** and select **No** if the prediction is inaccurate. Setting the risk level to **No Risk** ends the escalation list cycle. Review opt-in terms, opt-out instructions, and carrier information. Enable SMS notifications in Your Beacon Profile. Configure interval times and the number of reminders per alert. Resolve issues with receiving Beacon text message alerts. # Snooze an Alert Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/snooze-an-alert Super Counselors and Super Users can snooze a Beacon alert to pause future alerts for a specific URL, domain, or search phrase. Snoozing a GoGuardian Beacon alert pauses future alerts for a specific URL, domain, or search phrase. You can target the snooze to an individual student or all students in a deployment, and set a time frame for how long the snooze remains active. Snoozing an alert stops future notifications for the snoozed content. Other staff members will not receive alerts for the snoozed URL, domain, or search phrase during the snooze period. The Snooze feature is available on Beacon Core and Beacon 24/7. It is not available on Beacon Starter. Grouped alerts cannot be snoozed. Only Super Counselors and Super Users can snooze alerts. ## Snooze by URL 1. Select the alert card you want to snooze. 2. Click **Snooze Alert** in the top right corner of the alert card. 3. Confirm that the URL or search term shown is the content you want to snooze. 4. Choose one of the following: * **Individual Student** * **All students within the deployment** 5. Choose how long the snooze should remain active: * **Indefinitely** (not available for Active Planning alerts) * **1 Hour** * **1 Day** * **1 Week** * **1 Month** 6. Enter any additional context about the alert, if needed. 7. Click **Snooze**. snoozea.png snoozeb.png ScreenShot2021-03-24at11.10.09AM.png ## Snooze by Domain Snoozing a domain pauses alerts for all pages and content under that domain. This option is appropriate for known, trusted educational or instructional sites. Major domains such as google.com and Google tools such as docs.google.com cannot be snoozed. Individual Google Doc links can be snoozed. Follow the same steps as snoozing by URL. When the snooze dialog opens, the domain will be shown in place of the individual URL. ## View Snoozed Alerts All active and past snoozed alerts are listed in the **Snoozed List** tab in your Beacon settings. 1. Go to your Beacon **Settings**. 2. Click **Alert Preferences**. 3. Select the **Snoozed List** tab. The Snoozed List includes the following information for each entry: | Column | Description | | -------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | **Time-Stamp** | Date and time the snooze was applied. | | **User** | The staff member who applied the snooze. | | **Student** | The student or students the snooze affects. | | **Time Frame** | The snooze duration and the time remaining. | | **View/Edit** | Opens the snooze to view or edit its settings. | | **Remove** | Deletes the snooze from the list. | ## Edit or Remove a Snooze You can edit or remove a snoozed alert from the deployment settings or directly from the alert card. 1. Go to your Beacon **Settings**. 2. Click **Alert Preferences**. 3. Select the **Snoozed List** tab. 4. Click the snoozed alert you want to edit or remove. 5. Make any desired changes, or click **Delete** to remove the snooze. Once deleted, the alert is cleared from the Snoozed List. 6. Click **Snooze** to save any changes. 1. Open the alert card that has an active snooze. A yellow banner appears at the top of the card. 2. Click **Edit** in the yellow banner. 3. Make any desired changes, or click **Delete** to remove the snooze. 4. Click **Snooze** to save any changes. *** Steps for reviewing and resolving an alert from an email notification. Reference for every field on a Beacon alert card. Beacon role definitions, including Super Counselor and Super User permissions. Manage alert preferences, escalation lists, and notification settings. # Stop Email Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/stop-email-notifications Take action on a Beacon alert card to stop ongoing email notifications — select a risk level, log an action, create a note, or snooze the alert. Beacon sends email notifications to escalation list members in tier order. If no action is taken within the configured interval time, the next escalation list member is notified. Notifications continue cycling through the escalation list until someone takes action or the notification limit is reached. Taking any of the following actions on the alert card stops further email notifications. For Active Planning alerts on the Beacon 24/7 plan, phone calls will continue until a GoGuardian representative reaches an escalation list member and confirms appropriate actions are being taken. ## Stop Notifications from an Email 1. Click the **log in** link in the email notification. You will be taken directly to the alert card. Sign in with your GoGuardian credentials if prompted. 2. Complete at least one of the following: * Select a **Risk Level** * Turn on an action under **Actions Taken** * Create a **Note** * Select **Snooze** (available for non-Active Planning alerts) image.png ## Stop Notifications from the Beacon Alert Page 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click the relevant alert card. 3. Complete at least one of the following: * Turn on an action under **Actions Taken** * Create a **Note** * Select **Snooze** (available for non-Active Planning alerts) Selecting a **Risk Level** is also available from the alert page and will stop email notifications. Configure the interval time and number of reminders for alert notifications. Set up your personal notification preferences for email and SMS. Learn how to respond to and act on a Beacon text message alert. Navigate the Beacon dashboard and alert feed. # Student Messaging Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/student-messaging Configure Beacon to display a customizable on-screen message to students when activity associated with Suicide or Self Harm phases is detected. Student Messaging is an optional feature that displays a customizable message on a student's screen when Beacon detects activity associated with Suicide or Self Harm phases. Only Super Users and Super Counselors can configure this setting. This feature is turned off by default. ## Review the Default Message The default student message is approved by the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention (AFSP) and the American Association of Suicidology (AAS). It provides students with support resources and encourages them to speak with a trusted adult. The default message reads: > It seems like you might be having thoughts of suicide. We want you to know we care about you and want to help. If you'd like to speak with someone right now, just call or text the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline at 988 or text HOME to 741741. You can also visit [988lifeline.org](https://988lifeline.org) for more resources. Please consider reaching out to your parents, school counselors, friends, or someone else you trust as well. You can review and edit the default message in Beacon Settings. The message connects students with resources and support information when Beacon detects concerning activity. The default message content is reviewed and approved by AFSP and AAS. If you edit the default text, ensure that your revised message follows safe messaging guidelines before saving. ## Configure Student Messaging 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** from the navigation menu. 3. Select **Student Messaging**. 4. Toggle on the **Student Messaging** feature. 5. Choose when students should receive messages when alerts are generated: * **Always** — both during and after school * **During School** — during the hours defined in your School Hours setting * **After School** — outside of defined school hours 6. Review the default message. Edit if needed. Ensure any changes follow safe messaging guidelines. 7. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. Confirm in the pop-up window. Before enabling student messaging, ensure that staff are prepared to support any student who receives a message. The confirmation step requires you to acknowledge that your school has provided students with the information they need to respond. Beacon Student Messaging Preferences and Settings Window ## Configure School Hours School Hours are defined by a Super User or Super Counselor under **Beacon Settings > School Hours**. The time of day options for student messaging use those defined hours. ## Resources Configure student messaging for Threats and Violence alerts. Descriptions of each phase detected by Beacon, including Suicide Ideation and Self Harm. Define the school hours window that governs notification and messaging timing. Overview of all Beacon configuration options. # Understand How Students Appear in GoGuardian Beacon Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/student-roster-sync Learn where GoGuardian Beacon gets student and guardian data, confirm which students a deployment covers, and troubleshoot a student who is missing from Beacon. GoGuardian Beacon does not have its own student roster. Which students Beacon covers is determined by your Organizational Unit (OU) structure and your Beacon deployments, and the student and guardian details on each alert come from Org Management. This article explains that data flow and how to fix a student who is missing from Beacon. ## Where Beacon Gets Student Data Beacon draws on two sources, both managed outside of Beacon itself: * **Coverage (which students are included):** A Beacon deployment connects Beacon to a set of OUs in your Google domain. Students in a covered OU are included; students outside every deployment are not. OUs are synced in Org Management. See [Create a Deployment](/products/beacon/create-a-deployment). * **Student and guardian details (what appears on an alert):** A student's name, email address, and guardian contact information come from the data in Org Management. Beacon analyzes activity on school-issued devices where the GoGuardian Extensions are installed. See [How Beacon Works](/products/beacon/how-beacon-works). ## Confirm Which Students a Deployment Covers A student is covered only when their OU is part of an active deployment. Confirm all three of the following: * **The student's OU is assigned to a deployment.** Each OU can belong to only one deployment. A student whose OU is in no deployment produces no alerts. * **The specific sub-OU is selected.** Beacon does not automatically include child sub-OUs of a parent OU. Each sub-OU you want covered must be selected individually in the deployment. * **The deployment is active.** A deployment does not send alerts until at least one user is added to its Escalation List. ## Troubleshoot a Missing Student If a student should be covered but isn't appearing in Beacon, work through these causes in order: 1. **OUs are out of date.** Sync your OUs using the sync icon in the top-right corner of Org Management, then recheck the deployment. 2. **The OU or sub-OU isn't in a deployment.** Add the student's exact OU (and any relevant sub-OUs individually) to a deployment. See [Create a Deployment](/products/beacon/create-a-deployment). 3. **The deployment was just changed.** Newly added OUs may take up to 30 minutes to surface alerts. Wait, then recheck. 4. **The device isn't covered.** Beacon analyzes activity on school-issued devices with the GoGuardian Extensions installed. Confirm the extensions are deployed to the student's device. See [Install GoGuardian Extensions](/products/admin/install-extensions). 5. **The student has had no qualifying activity.** Beacon only generates an alert when its models detect signals of risk. A covered student with no matching activity correctly shows no alerts. ## Update Guardian and Contact Information Beacon sends parent and guardian notifications to the contact information associated with the student in Org Management — it is not entered in Beacon. If a student's guardian contact is missing or incorrect, update it at [manage.goguardian.com/guardians](https://manage.goguardian.com/guardians). For the full workflow, including how Super Counselors request changes, see [Parent and Guardian Notifications](/products/beacon/parent-guardian-notifications). ## Review Sync Timing Expectations * **OU changes:** Sync OUs manually in Org Management; newly added OUs can take up to 30 minutes to surface alerts. * **Guardian contact changes:** Update contacts in Org Management. If a parent notification fails to send, confirm the email address on file is current and free of spelling errors. Assign OUs to a Beacon deployment to define coverage. How Beacon analyzes activity and generates alerts. Configure and maintain guardian contact information. Deploy the extensions Beacon relies on for device coverage. # Threats and Violence FAQ Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/threats-and-violence-faq Answers to common questions about how Beacon detects, categorizes, and manages Threats and Violence alerts. The questions below address common topics for administrators and counselors using the Threats and Violence feature in GoGuardian Beacon. ## Detection and Coverage Beacon currently identifies student online activity on search engines including Google, Bing, and Yahoo for Threats and Violence signals. Yes, depending on your alert preferences. A student may generate two alert cards for the same online activity — one for a Suicide and Self Harm phase and one for a Threats and Violence category. ## Alert Management Yes. Use the **Filter by theme** section at the top of the **Alerts** page to display only Threats and Violence alert cards. You can also filter by category, student name, date range, risk level, and unresolved status. Yes. You can bypass Threats and Violence alerts the same way you bypass Suicide and Self Harm alerts. See the [Snooze Alert](/products/beacon/snooze-an-alert) article for details. ## Escalation Lists You can create a separate Escalation List for Threats and Violence alerts, or use the same Escalation List as Suicide and Self Harm alerts. Configure this under **Settings > Staff Notifications**. ## Resources Configure automatic parent and guardian email notifications for Threats and Violence alerts. Display on-screen messages to students when Threats and Violence activity is detected. Reference for Threats and Violence category names and descriptions. Set up staff notification preferences for all alert types. # Threats and Violence Parent and Guardian Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/threats-and-violence-parent-notifications Beacon can automatically notify parents and guardians by email when a student's activity triggers a Threats and Violence alert after school hours. GoGuardian Beacon can send automated email notifications to parents and guardians when a student's activity triggers a Threats and Violence alert. Notifications are sent only after school hours, as defined in your school's School Hours setting. This feature is not available on Beacon Starter. It is turned off by default. Only Super Users and Super Counselors can configure this setting. ## Review What the Notification Includes The parent or guardian notification includes: * The student's name * A customizable message with parent resources The notification does not include details about the content that triggered the alert. Parents and guardians must contact your school directly to obtain more information. For this reason, including school contact information in your notification message is strongly recommended. ## Enable Parent and Guardian Notifications 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** from the navigation menu. 3. Select **Parent Notifications**. 4. Toggle on the **Threats + Violence Parent/Guardian Notification**. 5. Toggle on each category for which you want parents and guardians to receive notifications. 6. Review the provided **Threats + Violence** template. Edit the message to include your school's contact information and any additional resources. 7. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page, then confirm in the pop-up window. parentguardian.png ## Review and Edit Notification Message notificationformat.png The notification message is customizable. The message does not include details about what triggered the alert. Add school contact information so parents and guardians know who to reach for follow-up. ## Maintain Parent and Guardian Contact Information Notifications are sent to the contact information associated with each student in your school's system. Schools are responsible for maintaining current and active parent and guardian email addresses and phone numbers. Encourage parents and guardians to notify the school whenever their contact information changes so records can be updated. Parent and guardian notifications are sent only during after-school hours as defined in the **School Hours** setting. ## Resources Common questions about the Threats and Violence feature. Display on-screen messages to students when Threats and Violence activity is detected. Define the school hours window that governs notification timing. Reference for Threats and Violence category names and descriptions. # Threats and Violence Student Messaging Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/threats-and-violence-student-messaging Configure Beacon to display a customizable on-screen message to students when activity associated with Threats and Violence is detected. Threats and Violence Student Messaging is an optional feature that displays a customizable message on a student's screen when Beacon detects activity associated with Threats and Violence categories. Only Super Users and Super Counselors can configure this setting. This feature is not available on Beacon Starter. It is turned off by default. ## Review the Default Message You can review and edit the message sent to your students in Beacon Settings. The default Threats and Violence message reads: > It seems like you might be having thoughts related to threats or violence. We want you to know we care about you and want to help. Please consider reaching out to your parents, school counselors, or another trusted adult. If you need immediate help, call 911 or text HOME to 741741. If you edit the default text, ensure that your revised message follows safe messaging guidelines before saving. Enabling Student Messaging: Automatically notifying students with information of this nature is very sensitive… ## Enable Student Messaging 1. Go to [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click **Settings** from the navigation menu. 3. Select **Student Messaging**. 4. Toggle on the **Threats + Violence Student Messaging**. 5. Toggle on the time period during which you want students to receive messages when alerts are generated: * **Always** — both during and after school * **During School** — during the hours defined in your School Hours setting * **After School** — outside of defined school hours 6. Review the provided **Threats + Violence** template and edit it as needed. 7. Click **Save Changes** at the bottom of the page. 8. A confirmation window appears. Select the checkbox to confirm that students have been prepared to receive alerts of this nature, then click **Save**. Before enabling student messaging, ensure that staff are prepared to support any student who receives a message. The confirmation step requires you to acknowledge that your school has equipped students with the information they need to respond. Beacon Settings Menu: Student Messaging (selected). Threats + Violence Messaging: Would you like to display a… ## Configure School Hours School Hours are defined by a Super User or Super Counselor under **Beacon Settings > School Hours**. The time of day selection for student messaging uses those defined hours. ## Resources Common questions about the Threats and Violence feature. Configure parent and guardian notifications for Threats and Violence alerts. Configure student messaging for Suicide and Self Harm alert phases. Define the school hours window that governs notification and messaging timing. # Threats and Violence Letter Template for Counselors Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/threats-violence-letter-template A customizable template letter for schools to inform Beacon Core users about their role in reviewing Threats and Violence alerts. GoGuardian Beacon provides a sample letter that schools and districts can customize and send to staff who will have access to Threats and Violence alerts on the Beacon Alerts page. This letter helps orient designated users to the Threats and Violence alert categories available in Beacon Core. Remove all instructional text before sending this letter. Replace all bracketed placeholder text — such as `[insert name of school/district]` — with your school or district's information. This template is provided for informational purposes only. GoGuardian does not warrant that it satisfies any applicable federal, state, or district requirement. Your school or district remains solely responsible for ensuring all communications with staff comply with applicable laws, standards, and policies. Contact [goguardianbeacon@goguardian.com](mailto:goguardianbeacon@goguardian.com) with questions about how to use this template. Dear \[insert name], This school year, \[insert name of school/district] has adopted GoGuardian Beacon Core services as part of our school's broader suicide prevention program. Included with this service, GoGuardian Beacon also offers a feature that can alert staff when a student is browsing Threats and Violence related content. You are receiving this letter because you will have access to the Beacon Alerts page for Threats and Violence alerts and will be reviewing alerts as they come through. **What is GoGuardian Beacon?** GoGuardian Beacon helps notify \[insert name of school/district]'s counselors and other school support staff if the system detects that a student searches, creates, views, or interacts with online content that could be related to suicide or self-harm. GoGuardian Beacon can also alert staff to potential student safety threats or violent content based on search activity. Because of this, GoGuardian Beacon helps \[insert name of school/district] identify when a student may be at risk. GoGuardian partnered with school suicide prevention efforts in developing, designing, and supporting its GoGuardian Beacon product, including the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention (a nationally recognized not-for-profit organization dedicated to suicide prevention) and the American Association of Suicidology. It is important to know that neither \[insert name of school/district] nor GoGuardian Beacon can detect every situation when a student is suicidal or every instance of threats and violence. **What to expect** As a Beacon user, you can expect to see alerts populate your Beacon Alerts page. \[Insert the actions users must take when they receive alerts.] **What are all of the Threats and Violence categories?** **Guns & Bombs** — Online searches inquiring about how to acquire, build, use, conceal, or transport a gun or bomb. **Violent Acts** — Online searches that explicitly inquire about how to commit a violent act, how to obtain the means to commit a violent act, or that express a desire to commit a violent act. **Bullying** — Online searches indicating that the person searching is a victim of bullying, harassment, or threats, or is seeking help to stop bullying, harassment, or threats. **Historical Acts** — Online searches that directly reference specific school shootings or attacks, or specific perpetrators of those attacks. The name of a school or perpetrator must appear in the text. **What will an alert look like?** Each Threats and Violence alert card on the Beacon Alerts page displays the following information: 1. **Student Name** — Name and email address of the student who generated the alert. 2. **Date** — The date and time that the alert was generated. 3. **Frequency of Alerts** — The total number of recent alerts that this student has generated. 4. **New Alert** — New and unread alerts are distinguished by a dark outline and light blue highlighting. 5. **Actions Taken For This Alert** — List of actions recorded by counselors within the alert details page. 6. **Primary Guardian** — Primary parent or guardian contact information. Open the alert for full contact details. 7. **Predicted Category** — A description of the online behavior as identified by Beacon. **How do I take action on an alert?** There are two options for reviewing Threats and Violence alerts: **Option 1** — Toggle any actions taken related to this alert, including an in-person conversation, guardian contact, or response protocol initiation. **Option 2** — Select a risk level for this specific alert. **Note:** Taking action on an alert card removes the blue outline and stops further email notifications about that alert. It is important to review the Beacon Help Center resources for more information about Beacon. Let us know if you have any questions. Warmly, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ \[Insert name of school administrator (e.g., principal)] \[Insert name of school/district] ## Resources Reference definitions for the four Threats and Violence alert categories. Turn on Threats and Violence categories in Beacon settings. Configure which alert phases and categories generate notifications. Review the access levels available to Beacon users. # Tips and Resources Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/tips-and-resources Guidance for preparing school staff and parents and guardians before enabling GoGuardian Beacon Guardian Notifications. Preparing staff and families before enabling GoGuardian Beacon Guardian Notifications reduces confusion and supports a coordinated response when alerts are generated. ## Prepare Your School for Guardian Notifications GoGuardian Beacon includes a Guardian Notifications feature that schools and districts can enable after school hours. When enabled, Beacon sends email notifications to parents and guardians when an alert is generated. Before enabling Guardian Notifications: * Review the Guardian Notifications configuration article for setup instructions. * Confirm that guardian contact information is uploaded and linked to students in the **Guardians** tab. * Train all staff who may receive questions from families about Beacon notifications. ## Prepare Parents and Guardians Parents and guardians who receive a Beacon notification need context to respond appropriately. Before enabling Guardian Notifications, ensure parents and guardians: * Know how to update your school or district with changes to contact information or educational rights * Know their relationship to the student and who to contact at the school * Understand that a notification indicates a concern that school staff are already aware of and are addressing * Know where to find additional resources if they or their student need support Prepare parents and guardians before you enable Guardian Notifications for the first time. Regularly remind existing families and provide this information to new families of transferred students. ## Educate Families About Suicide Prevention Providing parents and guardians with suicide prevention education strengthens your school's broader safety program. The following resources support parent and guardian training on identifying warning signs, risk factors, and protective factors: * [AFSP More Than Sad Training](https://www.afsp.org/morethansad) — Training for parents on youth suicide prevention * [Model School District Policy for Suicide Prevention](https://assets.ctfassets.net/h21wlbfg9e09/4VDOxwz2bSqwmkUWEwEK0C/49559098e1b46d51c3a0f6b054ed8d6d/Model_School_Policy.pdf) — Includes a section on parental notification and involvement * [GoGuardian Self-Harm and Suicide Prevention Resource Page](https://www.goguardian.com/suicide-self-harm-resources.html) — Additional resources for schools and families Beacon is one part of a student safety plan. Designated school staff are the decision-makers for every alert. Beacon notifications do not replace direct staff response. ## Resources Overview of Beacon and how schools use it. Complete setup steps for Beacon Starter, including the optional Guardians step. Review the detection process and alert contents. Definitions for key Beacon terms. # Troubleshoot SMS Short Code Issues Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/troubleshoot-sms-short-code If you are not receiving Beacon SMS alerts, a carrier-level or device-level block on the Beacon short code is the most common cause. GoGuardian Beacon sends SMS alerts from the following short code: **38121** If you are not receiving Beacon text message alerts, the short code may be blocked at the device level or by your phone carrier. ## Review Common Causes and Fixes Some smartphones include a setting to block premium or short code messages. On certain devices — such as Samsung Galaxy phones — this setting may be labeled **Enable/Disable Premium Messaging** or similar. Go to your phone's messaging settings and confirm that short code messages are allowed. This setting is sometimes enabled by the sales representative at the store where the device was purchased, without the user's knowledge. Your phone carrier may be blocking short code messages at the network level. If your device settings are already configured to allow short codes, contact your carrier to: * Request that short codes be allowed on your account. * Ask them to whitelist short code **38121** specifically. ## Contact Support If the Issue Persists Contact GoGuardian Support at [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) or visit [support.goguardian.com](https://support.goguardian.com/s/contactsupport). Learn how to respond to a Beacon text message alert. Review opt-in, opt-out, and carrier information for Beacon SMS. Enable or update SMS notification settings in Your Beacon Profile. Adjust interval times and reminder frequency for alerts. # Understand Alert Generation Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/understand-alert-generation The Rationale tab in a Beacon alert explains why the alert was generated by showing the screenshots and page text that Beacon analyzed. The **Rationale** tab inside a GoGuardian Beacon alert card displays the evidence Beacon analyzed when generating the alert. This gives counselors and staff visibility into how Beacon's model reached its decision. The Rationale tab contains two sections: **Screenshots** and **Words on the Page**. A screenshot associated with an alert may not always show content visually related to self-harm or suicide. Many websites include additional text that falls outside the visible bounds of a screenshot. The Words on the Page section captures that text. ## Review Screenshots in Alerts Beacon captures screenshots of a student's browsing activity from 15 minutes before and after the alert is generated. Each screenshot has a corresponding timestamp. The screenshot from the source of the alert is highlighted in yellow and displayed in the center of the list. Use the arrows on either side to scroll through screenshots. Click any individual screenshot to enlarge it. ## Review Words on the Page The **Words on the Page** section displays all text found on the page that Beacon analyzed. This section is useful when a screenshot does not clearly show the content that triggered the alert. A highlighting tool is available on suicide and self-harm alert cards. Please note that this highlighting tool is only a tool to help break up the text visually and bring awareness to words that may be concerning. However, what it highlights may not indicate why the Beacon model generated the alert. A PDF of the Words on the Page content can be downloaded by clicking **Download As PDF**. *** Reference for every field on a Beacon alert card. Steps for reviewing and resolving an alert from an email notification. Download a complete alert card as a PDF file. # Beacon User Roles and Permissions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/beacon/user-roles-and-permissions GoGuardian Beacon has three account types (Super Counselor, Counselor, and View Only), each with a defined set of permissions for receiving and managing alerts. GoGuardian Beacon has three user account types: Super Counselor (full access), Counselor (limited read-write access), and View Only (read only). Each account type controls what actions a user can take on alerts, settings, and other users within a deployment. Only Super Users can assign or change Beacon permission levels. Super User is the GoGuardian Admin and Org Management permission that grants access to Beacon. It is not a Beacon account type. Beacon users have access to sensitive information pertaining to students who may be at risk for suicide or self-harm. Consult your school's suicide prevention policy before adding users to a deployment. ## Compare Role Permissions | Permission | Super Counselor | Counselor | View Only | | ------------------------------------------- | :-------------: | :-------: | :-------: | | Receive text or email notifications | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Update actions taken | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Create notes | Yes | Yes | No | | View notes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Update risk level | Yes | Yes | No | | View risk level | Yes | Yes | Yes | | View browsing activity | Yes | Yes | Yes | | View previous actions | Yes | Yes | Yes | | View local authority or hotline information | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Snooze alerts | Yes | No | No | | Provide phase categorization feedback | Yes | No | Yes | | Modify Beacon settings | Yes | No | No | | View Beacon settings (read-only) | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Add or remove users | Yes | No | No | | Request guardian contact updates | Yes | No | No | | Update personal user profile | Yes | Yes | Yes | ## Understand Each Role ### Super Counselor Super Counselors are top-level users within the context of their Beacon deployment. They have full access to all alert management features, deployment settings, and user management. Multiple Super Counselors can exist within a single Beacon deployment. A Super Counselor can modify all Beacon settings, snooze alerts, view and modify all components of Beacon alerts, receive text and email notifications, update actions taken, create notes, update risk level, view local authority and hotline information, view browsing activity, view previous actions, and provide phase categorization feedback. Super Counselors can also add or remove users within Beacon and request updates to parent or guardian contact information for individual students. ### Counselor A Counselor can view Beacon settings but cannot edit them. Counselors can view and modify all components of Beacon alerts, receive text and email notifications, update actions taken, create notes, update alert risk levels, view local authority and hotline information, view browsing activity, and view previous actions and previous alerts. Counselors can also update their personal user profile. ### View Only A user with View Only access can view Beacon settings but cannot edit them. View Only users can view all components of Beacon alerts, receive text and email notifications, update actions taken, view notes, view risk level, view local authority and hotline information, view browsing activity, view previous actions, and provide phase categorization feedback. View Only users can also update their personal user profile. ## Resources Add users to a deployment, edit permissions, and remove users. Configure which staff members receive alert notifications and in what order. Overview of how Beacon works and its role in a school safety program. Enable student names in all Beacon email alert notifications. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover GoGuardian Discover shows app usage, device activity, and license costs so your district can review adoption, manage contracts, and enforce policies. GoGuardian Discover gives you data to review software license usage, manage vendor contracts, and identify apps that need policy attention. Learn what Discover does and how it's organized. Filter, read, and compare dashboard metrics. Browse apps, review fields, and check policy and terms. Publish and manage saved App Catalog views. Manage licenses and upload contracts. Block apps in GoGuardian Admin from Discover. Resolve missing data and failed uploads. ## Understand What GoGuardian Discover Does Discover turns raw app usage data into strategic intelligence. Instead of guessing which tools students actually use, you get verifiable, continuously updated metrics that let you make confident decisions about your edtech budget, vendor contracts, and compliance posture. AI identifies unused and underused licenses and recommends exactly which subscriptions to cut or renegotiate. Easily generate reports showing licenses that were purchased but never used, so you can find savings before contract renewals. Analyze app adoption down to the grade level, classroom, and subject area to guide targeted professional development. Enter vendor meetings with precise usage patterns, adoption rates, and engagement data to negotiate better pricing and terms. Instantly surface applications being used by students that have not been approved by your district's IT policy. Automatically track changes to app privacy policies and terms of service so you are notified when a tool's data practices shift. Maintain a continuous, auditable inventory of all applications in use and identify tools that may introduce security risks. Confirm that only properly vetted tools are in use across your district, supporting your data privacy compliance obligations. ## Save Money with GoGuardian Discover Districts often carry unused or underused software licenses from year to year because renewal decisions happen before usage data is available. Discover solves this by giving you a clear picture of adoption before your contracts come up for renewal. You can generate reports that show, for every application in your inventory, how many licenses were purchased versus how many were actually used — broken down by school, grade level, or classroom. This lets you go into budget conversations with concrete evidence rather than estimates. Discover updates data once per day, during off-hours. Usage and license data in your reports reflects the most recent completed refresh cycle. ## Generate Negotiation-Ready Reports When a vendor contract comes up for renewal, Discover gives you the data you need to negotiate from a position of strength. You can pull reports on: * Usage rates and adoption percentages across your district * Which schools or grade levels are actively using a tool versus ignoring it * Trends over time showing whether adoption is growing or declining Presenting this data in a vendor meeting shifts the leverage. Vendors cannot dispute verified usage numbers, and districts consistently use this intelligence to negotiate lower per-seat costs or reduce license counts to match actual use. ## Manage App Inventory Discover provides a continuous inventory of every application in use across your district, not just the ones your IT team officially sanctioned. When a student or teacher uses a tool that is not on your approved list, Discover flags it so you can investigate and make a policy decision. This protects your district from tools that may collect student data without proper vetting, violate district security policies, or create compliance gaps. Discover also identifies changes to app privacy policies and terms of service over time. If an approved tool changes how it handles student data, you will know — so you can review the change and act before it becomes a compliance issue. Unsanctioned apps may collect student data in ways that violate FERPA, COPPA, or your district's data privacy agreements. Use Discover to identify and block these tools before they become a liability. ## Connect with GoGuardian Admin Discover data works directly with [GoGuardian Admin](/products/admin) to close the loop between visibility and enforcement. License utilization metrics and app inventory data inform your filtering policies. When Discover identifies an unsanctioned or high-risk application, you can immediately create a blocking rule in GoGuardian Admin. This means the insights you generate in Discover translate directly into action without requiring manual coordination between tools. ## Frequently Asked Questions Discover provides verifiable data on application usage and adoption rates. You can generate reports showing which applications are highly utilized and delivering instructional value, giving you the evidence you need to justify renewals and budget proposals to school board members and district leadership. Yes. Discover identifies underused or unused licenses and applications before renewal deadlines. This gives you critical leverage in contract discussions — you can negotiate for better pricing based on actual utilization or cut costs on tools with low adoption. Vendors cannot dispute usage data pulled directly from student activity. Discover tracks every application in use across your district and flags tools that have not been approved by your IT policy. It identifies unsanctioned applications that may pose privacy risks or violate your security policies, so you can investigate and block them immediately through GoGuardian Admin. Discover updates data once per day, during off-hours. Usage and license data in your reports reflects the most recent completed refresh cycle. Yes. By identifying all applications in use — including unsanctioned ones — Discover helps you ensure that your district is only using tools that have been properly vetted for data privacy compliance. This supports your obligations under FERPA, COPPA, CIPA, and applicable state laws. # Ask Questions About Discover Data Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/ask-questions-about-data Ask questions about app usage, screen time, licenses, compliance, schools, and grade levels from the Discover dashboard. Use **Questions** in GoGuardian Discover to ask about your organization's data in everyday language. Each answer includes an AI-generated summary and a table or visualization when supported. ## Ask a Question 1. Go to **GoGuardian Discover** and open **Dashboard**. 2. Find the **What do you want to know?** module. 3. Enter a question about your Discover data. 4. Submit the question. 5. Verify the result: Review the summary and any table or visualization before using the answer. Each answer displays **Generated by AI** in the lower-left corner. Hover over the information icon to view this reminder: > Answers generated by AI may be inaccurate or incomplete. Please verify the information before using it. ## Choose What to Ask Questions can cover: * App usage and adoption * Screen time * App costs and licenses * Privacy and compliance information * Organizational units (OUs) * Classrooms * Operating systems * Date ranges * AI apps * Schools * Grade levels For example, ask: * Which apps were used most often this month? * Which AI apps are students using? * Compare screen time across schools during the last 30 days. * Compare screen time across all grade levels. * Which apps were used most often by grade 8 during the last 30 days? * Which licensed apps have the fewest active users? * Show app usage by OU. * Which apps have the highest costs? * How has screen time changed since the beginning of the school year? ## Ask About Schools If your organization syncs school data from Clever or ClassLink, you can ask Questions to: * Find a school by name or ID * Limit results to one or more schools * Group results by school * Compare results across all schools If a school is missing or incorrect, update the school or roster association in Clever or ClassLink. Then sync the updated roster data in GoGuardian Org Management. ## Ask About Grade Levels When your organization supplies student grade data through Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster, you can ask Questions to: * Limit results to one or more grade levels * Group results by grade level * Compare results across all grade levels If a grade level is missing or incorrect, update the student grade in your roster source. Then sync the updated roster data in GoGuardian Org Management. Grade-level data is available for browsing activity collected on or after August 31, 2026. Earlier browsing activity does not include grade-level data. Your results are limited to the OUs assigned to your Discover role. ## Improve Your Results Include these details when they apply: * **Metric:** Name unique users, screen time, cost, license utilization, or another measure. * **Date range:** Specify a period such as the last 30 days or this school year. * **Population:** Identify a grade level, school, OU, classroom, or operating system. * **Analysis:** Ask Discover to compare, group, rank, or show changes over time. * **Complete names:** Enter the full school or app name when possible. Instead of asking, "Tell me about apps," ask, "Show the 10 most-used apps by unique users across all schools during the last 30 days." ## Review Past Questions Select **Past Questions** from the left navigation to review questions you previously asked. Question history is saved separately for each user and currently has no retention limit. From **Past Questions**, you can review an earlier result or run the question again. The wording of the answer may change when you rerun a question because the response is generated by AI. ## Export Supported Results Supported results can be exported as CSV files. If an export option does not appear, that result cannot be exported from Questions. You may be able to export related data elsewhere in Discover. For example, the App Catalog supports CSV export. ## Resolve Common Issues ### Refine an Unexpected Answer Add the metric, date range, grade level, school, OU, classroom, or other scope you want Discover to use. ### Rerun a Missing Visualization Run the question again. If the issue continues, simplify the question or split it into separate questions. ### Find a Missing School Confirm the school and its roster associations in Clever or ClassLink. Then sync the updated roster data in GoGuardian Org Management. ### Find a Missing Grade Level Confirm that the student grade is present in Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster. Then sync the updated roster data in GoGuardian Org Management. ### Check an Answer with No Data Confirm that: * The requested date range includes activity. * The grade level, school, OU, classroom, or operating system is available to your role. * The question does not contain conflicting conditions. * Your organization has the requested licensing, cost, or compliance information. ## Resources * [Filter Dashboard Data](/products/discover/filter-dashboard-data) * [Compare App Usage Across Groups](/products/discover/compare-app-usage-across-schools) * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Review User Roles and Permissions](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions) # Block App in GoGuardian Admin Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/block-app-in-admin Add an app to a block policy in GoGuardian Admin directly from the Discover App Catalog. This article explains how to add an app to a block policy in GoGuardian Admin from GoGuardian Discover. This is a cross-product workflow: the action starts in Discover and takes effect in GoGuardian Admin. You need permission to edit policies in GoGuardian Admin to complete this workflow. If you can't select a policy, contact your GoGuardian Admin owner. ## Block App in Admin from Discover 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **App Catalog**. 3. Find the app you want to block. 4. Open the app details. 5. Click **Block in GoGuardian Admin**. 6. Review the app domain or domains that Discover will send to GoGuardian Admin. 7. In the policy picker, select the GoGuardian Admin policy you want to update. 8. Click **Block App in Selected Policies**. 9. Wait for the success message confirming the app was added. 10. Go to **GoGuardian Admin** and open the policy you updated. Confirm the app domain appears in the policy's blocked sites list. Adding an app to a block policy prevents students assigned to that policy from accessing the app. You can select multiple policies in one action. ## FAQ **Does this block apply immediately?** The block follows GoGuardian Admin policy syncs, which can take up to 15 minutes to apply. **Do I need extra permissions to add an app to a policy?** Yes. You need permission to edit policies in GoGuardian Admin. If you can't select a policy, contact your GoGuardian Admin owner. ## Resources * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Review App Catalog Fields](/products/discover/review-app-catalog-fields) # Browse App Catalog Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/browse-app-catalog Open the App Catalog in Discover, find apps, and review or compare app usage from each app's details page. Use the App Catalog in GoGuardian Discover to find apps and review usage for your selected scope. Open an app's details page to compare usage across groups in a unified chart and table. ## Browse the App Catalog 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Select **App Catalog**. 3. Review the app list. Each row includes these columns: * **App:** The distinct application used during the selected date range and filter scope. * **Unique Users:** The number of distinct users who used an app during the selected date range and filter scope. * **Avg. Usage Time:** The average time spent per student using the app each week during the selected date range. * **Last Used:** The most recent date the app was used within the selected date range and filter scope. Find low-adoption apps by clicking the **Unique Users** column header and sorting in ascending order. ## Filter Apps by Grade Level 1. Open the App Catalog filters. 2. Select **Grade Levels**. 3. Select one or more grade levels. 4. Apply the filters. The catalog includes apps and usage data that match the selected grade levels and your other active filters. You can combine **Grade Levels** with school, OU, operating-system, classroom, and date filters. Discover hides **Grade Levels** when grade-level data is unavailable, such as when your organization has no supported Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster integration in GoGuardian Org Management. Grade-level data is available for browsing activity collected on or after August 31, 2026. ## Filter Apps by School 1. Open the App Catalog filters. 2. Select **Schools**. 3. Select the school you want to review. 4. Apply the filter. The catalog includes apps and usage data that match the selected school and your other active filters. For more information about combining filters, see [Filter Dashboard Data](/products/discover/filter-dashboard-data). Discover hides the **Schools** filter when your organization does not have school data from Clever or ClassLink. ## Compare Usage from App Details 1. Select an app name in **App Catalog** to open its details page. 2. Find the **Usage** section. The chart appears above the detailed table and uses the same date range and group context. 3. Select table-row checkboxes to add up to 5 groups to the chart. 4. Select **Grade Levels** to compare usage by grade level. You can also compare usage by OU, school, classroom, or operating system. 5. Verify the result: Each selected group appears in the chart legend, and its table-row checkbox remains selected. Search the table to find groups without clearing existing selections. You can also sort the table, move between pages, change the chart metric, or update the date range while keeping the comparison configuration. For the full comparison workflow, see [Compare App Usage Across Groups](/products/discover/compare-app-usage-across-schools). ## FAQ **Why do some apps show low usage?** Low usage means fewer users opened those apps in the selected time period. It does not, by itself, indicate whether a license should be renewed or canceled. **Can I export this list?** You can export App Catalog data as a CSV file. See [Compare App Usage Across Groups](/products/discover/compare-app-usage-across-schools) for the App Details comparison workflow. ## Resources * [Filter Dashboard Data](/products/discover/filter-dashboard-data) * [Identify Underused Apps](/products/discover/identify-underused-apps) * [Compare App Usage Across Groups](/products/discover/compare-app-usage-across-schools) * [Review App Catalog Fields](/products/discover/review-app-catalog-fields) # Compare App Usage Across Groups Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/compare-app-usage-across-schools Compare app usage across grade levels, schools, classrooms, organizational units, or operating systems from an app's details page in Discover. Use the unified chart and table on an app's details page in GoGuardian Discover to compare usage across up to 5 grade levels, schools, classrooms, organizational units (OUs), or operating systems. ## Compare App Usage 1. Go to **Discover** and select **App Catalog**. 2. Find the app you want to review, then select its name. 3. In the **Usage** section, choose the date range for the comparison. 4. Select the group type you want to compare: **OUs**, **Schools**, **Grade Levels**, **Classrooms**, or **OSes**. 5. Select a table-row checkbox to add that group to the chart above the table. 6. Add up to 5 groups to the comparison. 7. Review the chart to compare usage across the selected groups. 8. Verify the result: Each selected group appears as a series in the chart, and its table-row checkbox remains selected. Search filters the rows shown in the table without clearing groups you already selected. Selections also remain when you sort the table, move between pages, change the chart metric, or update the date range. ## Change Compared Groups * Clear a table-row checkbox to remove that group from the chart. * Remove a group from the chart legend to clear the corresponding table-row checkbox. * Switch group types to build a separate comparison for OUs, schools, grade levels, classrooms, or operating systems. Discover retains the selections for each group type while you move between them. ## FAQ **Why is the Grade Levels filter unavailable?** Discover hides **Grade Levels** when grade-level data is unavailable. Confirm that your organization has a supported Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster integration in GoGuardian Org Management and that the roster source supplies student grade levels. **Why is the Schools option unavailable?** Discover hides **Schools** when your organization does not have school data from Clever or ClassLink. Confirm the roster integration and shared schools in GoGuardian Org Management. See [Sync Rosters with Clever or ClassLink](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync). **Why does a group show no usage?** The group may have no activity in the selected date range, or its roster associations may be incomplete. Expand the date range, then see [Fix Missing Data](/products/discover/fix-missing-data) if data is still missing. **Can I compare more than 5 groups?** No. Remove a selected group before adding another group to the chart. ## Resources * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Review App Catalog Fields](/products/discover/review-app-catalog-fields) * [Fix Missing Data](/products/discover/fix-missing-data) # Create and Manage Shared Views Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/create-manage-shared-views Create a shareable App Catalog view, control its columns and date range, and manage public access through its URL. Shared Views let your organization publish a saved view of GoGuardian Discover App Catalog data. A Shared View keeps the filters captured when it was created while letting viewers search, sort, and move between pages. Your Discover role needs **Edit/View** access for **Shared Views** to create or manage Shared Views. Shared Views are organization-owned. Any user with this permission can manage every Shared View in the organization. New Shared Views are **Public** by default. Anyone with the link can open a Public view without signing in to Discover. Review its columns and **Public Description** before sharing the link. ## Prepare the App Catalog 1. Go to **Discover** and select **App Catalog**. 2. Apply the filters you want the Shared View to use, including **Grade Levels** when you want to limit the view to selected grade levels. 3. Set the date range. 4. Confirm that the App Catalog shows the apps you want to share. The Shared View wizard captures the App Catalog's current filters, including **Grade Levels**. Shared Views do not display the captured filters during creation or editing. Describe the filtered scope in the **Public Description** when viewers need that context. Viewers cannot change the captured filters or the saved date-range behavior. ## Create a Shared View 1. From **App Catalog**, click **Create Shared View**. 2. Enter a **Shared View Name**. 3. Enter a **Public Description**. This description appears to people who open the Shared View. Include the filtered scope when viewers need that context. 4. Optionally, enter an **Internal Description**. Only Discover users who can manage Shared Views see this description. 5. If the captured date range ends today, choose how the date range behaves: * **Fixed date range:** Keeps the original start and end dates. * **Rolling date range:** Moves the range forward over time while keeping the same duration. 6. Choose the columns to display. 7. Finish creating the Shared View. 8. Verify the result: Discover creates the view as **Public**, displays a toast with a copyable link, and adds the view to the top of the Shared Views table. ## Choose Visible Columns Turn each column on or off based on what the intended audience needs. ### Review Recommended Columns * **Approval Status** * **Notes** * **Approval Date** * **Expiration Date** * **Attachments** * **Unique Users** * **Avg. Screen Time** * **Tags** * **Last Used** ### Review Additional Columns | Category | Available Columns | | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Usage Insights | **License Usage**, **Engagements**, **Usage Change** | | Governance & Ownership | **Assigned Admin** | | Licensing & Procurement | **License Type**, **License Count**, **License Unit**, **Cost per Unit**, **Non-Recurring Cost**, **Total Contract Value** | Visible Columns panel showing the columns available in a Shared View Public viewers can see every enabled column. They can also download approval attachments when **Attachments** is enabled. Review notes, attachments, assigned-administrator information, and licensing or cost data before publishing the view. ## Understand Public and Private Access | Access Mode | Viewer Access | | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Public | Anyone with the link can open the view without Discover authentication or a Discover role. | | Private | The link is inactive and does not open the view. | Changing a Public view to Private immediately deactivates its link. Changing the view back to Public reactivates the same link. Shared View links do not expire automatically. To replace a link, regenerate its URL or delete the view. ## Manage Shared Views Go to **Shared Views** to manage the organization's views. Any Discover user with **Shared Views: Edit/View** can manage every view in the table, regardless of who created it. From the view or its actions menu, you can: * Edit its name, descriptions, date-range behavior, and visible columns * Duplicate it * Change its access mode between **Public** and **Private** * Copy its link * Regenerate its URL * Delete it Saved edits appear at the existing URL. If the original creator leaves the organization or loses access, other authorized users can continue managing the view. ### Duplicate a View Duplicating creates a separate Shared View with a new URL. The copy keeps the source view's Public or Private access mode and configuration. You can then edit the copy without changing the original. ### Regenerate a URL Use **Regenerate URL** from the view's actions menu when you need to replace a distributed link. Regenerating a URL: * Immediately invalidates the old URL * Creates a new URL for the same Shared View * Preserves the view's access mode, filters, columns, name, and descriptions After regenerating the URL, use the separate **Copy Link** action to copy it. Discover does not show the new URL in a toast. ### Delete a View Deleting a Shared View permanently invalidates its URL. Create a new view if you need to share the configuration again later. ## Understand the Viewer Experience A person opening a Public Shared View can: * Search within the displayed apps * Sort the displayed columns * Move between pages * Download approval attachments when **Attachments** is included A viewer cannot: * Change the captured filters * Change the date range * Turn columns on or off * Export the displayed data Viewer searches, sorting, and pagination do not change the saved Shared View. ## Use the Approved Apps View Discover automatically provides an **Approved Apps** Shared View for the organization. Authorized users can manage it from the Shared Views table like other organization-owned views. Review its configuration and access mode before distributing its link. ## Troubleshoot an Unavailable Shared View If a Public view displays **Shared View Unavailable**, traffic may be temporarily higher than usual. Refresh the page after a few minutes. If the link continues to be unavailable, ask a Discover user with **Shared Views: Edit/View** access to confirm that: * The view still exists * Its access mode is **Public** * The URL has not been regenerated ## Resources * [Understand Shared Views](/products/discover/understand-shared-views) * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Manage App Approval Details](/products/discover/manage-app-approval-details) * [User Roles and Permissions](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions) # Filter Dashboard Data Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/filter-dashboard-data Focus Discover dashboard data by grade level, school, organizational unit, operating system, classroom, or date range. Use filters in GoGuardian Discover to focus dashboard data by grade level, school, organizational unit (OU), operating system, classroom, or date range. The schools and grade levels available in Discover come from roster data supplied through Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster in GoGuardian Org Management. Discover does not let you assign student grade levels manually. ## Filter the Dashboard 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Open the **Dashboard** page. 3. Select one or more of the available filters: * **Grade Levels** * **Schools** * **OU** * **OSes** * **Classroom** * **Date range** 4. Select the values you want to include. 5. Click **Apply**. Discover updates the dashboard to include data that matches all applied filters. For example, when you select a grade level and a school, the dashboard includes activity that matches both selections. Discover hides **Grade Levels** when grade-level data is unavailable, such as when your organization has no supported roster integration in GoGuardian Org Management. Discover also hides **Schools** when school data is unavailable. ## Clear the Grade Levels Filter 1. Open the dashboard filters. 2. Clear the selected grade-level value. 3. Click **Apply**. The dashboard returns to the scope defined by your remaining filters. ## FAQ **Can I use more than one filter at the same time?** Yes. Discover applies all selected filters together. **Why is the Grade Levels filter unavailable?** Discover hides **Grade Levels** when no grade-level data is available. Confirm that your organization has a supported Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster integration in GoGuardian Org Management and that the roster source supplies student grade levels. **Does the Grade Levels filter include earlier activity?** Grade-level data is available for browsing activity collected on or after August 31, 2026. Earlier browsing activity does not include grade-level data. **Where do I correct a missing or incorrect school?** Update the school or roster association in Clever or ClassLink. Then run a roster sync from the **Integrations** page in GoGuardian Org Management. See [Sync Rosters with Clever or ClassLink](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync). ## Resources * [Ask Questions About Discover Data](/products/discover/ask-questions-about-data) * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Compare App Usage Across Groups](/products/discover/compare-app-usage-across-schools) * [Fix Missing Data](/products/discover/fix-missing-data) # Find Usage Trends Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/find-usage-trends Read the Usage Trends chart in Discover to understand how app usage changes over time for your selected filters. This article explains how to read the Usage Trends chart in GoGuardian Discover. Use this workflow to understand how app usage changes over time for your selected filters. ## Locate Usage Trends 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **Dashboard**. 3. Find the **Usage Trends** chart in the dashboard analytics section. 4. Confirm that the chart displays data for your current filters. The X-axis shows dates in your selected date range. The Y-axis shows the selected usage metric value. ## FAQ **Can Discover tell me why usage changed on a specific day?** No. Discover shows usage data over time, and you decide how to interpret the trend based on your local context. ## Resources * [Filter Dashboard Data](/products/discover/filter-dashboard-data) * [Review Dashboard Metrics](/products/discover/review-dashboard-metrics) # Fix Missing Data Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/fix-missing-data Identify causes of missing, partial, or unexpected data in the Discover dashboard or App Catalog. If GoGuardian Discover shows no data, partial data, or unexpected gaps, review the active filters, roster data, and your access. ## Review the Active Filters 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Open **Dashboard** or **App Catalog**. 3. Review all active filters. 4. Clear the filters, then apply them again one at a time. 5. Expand the date range. 6. Check whether the expected data appears before you reapply additional filters. A selected grade level, school, OU, classroom, operating system, or date range can exclude data that does not match every active filter. ## Check Grade-Level Data The grade levels available in Discover come from student roster data supplied through Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster in GoGuardian Org Management. * If **Grade Levels** is not available, confirm that your organization has a supported roster integration and that the roster source supplies student grade levels. * If an expected grade level is missing or incorrect, update the affected students in the roster source. * After correcting grade-level data, run a roster sync in GoGuardian Org Management and check Discover again after the sync completes. Discover applies grade levels to browsing activity collected on or after August 31, 2026. Earlier browsing activity does not include grade-level data. ## Check School Data The schools available in Discover come from your organization's Clever or ClassLink roster integration. * If **Schools** is not available as a filter, your organization does not have school data available to Discover. * If an expected school is missing, confirm that Clever or ClassLink shares the school with GoGuardian. * If a school is available but shows incomplete data, confirm that the expected roster OUs are associated with that school in your roster source. * If school information recently changed, run a roster sync from the **Integrations** page in GoGuardian Org Management, then check Discover again after the sync completes. Update missing or incorrect school information in Clever or ClassLink rather than in Discover. For setup and sync steps, see [Sync Rosters with Clever or ClassLink](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync). ## Check Your Access Discover data is limited to the OUs assigned to your Discover role. If another administrator can see data that you cannot, ask a GoGuardian Org Management Super User to review your Discover role and OU access. See [User Roles and Permissions](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions) for details. ## Contact Support If the issue continues, contact GoGuardian Support and include: * Product name: Discover * Organization name * The affected dashboard or App Catalog view * The date range and active filters * The school name, if the issue is school-specific * The selected grade levels, if the issue is grade-specific * Whether a Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster sync completed successfully ## Resources * [Filter Dashboard Data](/products/discover/filter-dashboard-data) * [Compare App Usage Across Groups](/products/discover/compare-app-usage-across-schools) * [Sync Rosters with Clever or ClassLink](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync) # Identify Underused Apps Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/identify-underused-apps Find apps with low adoption in Discover to review usage data before deciding whether to renew or cancel licenses. Find apps with low adoption in GoGuardian Discover. This workflow helps you review usage data before you decide whether to renew or cancel licenses. ## Sort App Catalog by Unique Users Sorting by Unique Users in ascending order shows apps with the fewest users first. 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **App Catalog**. 3. Click the **Unique Users** column header and set it to ascending order. 4. Review the first rows to identify apps with the smallest number of unique users. ## Sort App Catalog by Last Used Sorting by Last Used helps identify apps that haven't been opened recently. 1. In **App Catalog**, click the **Last Used** column header and order it so the oldest date appears first. 2. Review the first rows to identify apps with the least recent activity. ## Resources * [Review App Catalog Fields](/products/discover/review-app-catalog-fields) # Manage Email Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/manage-email-notifications Choose whether GoGuardian Discover emails you about app license expirations and changes to app privacy policies or terms of service. GoGuardian Discover can email you about app license expirations and changes to app privacy policies or terms of service. These notifications are on by default, and each Discover user manages their own preferences. ## Choose Email Notifications 1. In the upper-right corner of Discover, click your name. 2. Select **Account Settings** from the menu. 3. Under **Email Notifications**, turn each notification type on or off: * **App license expirations** * **Changes to app policies** 4. To stop all Discover emails, turn on **Unsubscribe from all emails**. 5. Verify the result: Discover saves each change automatically, and the settings show your current preferences. Email Notifications settings with options for app license expirations, changes to app policies, and unsubscribing from all emails ## Review Notification Types | Setting | Default | When Discover Sends the Email | | ------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **App license expirations** | On | Discover checks license expirations nightly and sends applicable emails after the check. A repeat cadence is not defined. | | **Changes to app policies** | On | An app's privacy policy or terms of service changes, and the organization uses the app or has a license for it. | | **Unsubscribe from all emails** | Off | Turning this on stops all Discover emails, regardless of the individual notification settings. | ## Understand Who Receives Policy-Change Emails Policy-change notifications are available organization-wide to Discover users. Each user can turn off all emails or an individual notification type. No additional role or permission requirement is documented. Discover does not send an email about a policy change after someone in the organization dismisses that change. ## Resources * [Manage Licenses](/products/discover/manage-licenses) * [Review App Policy and Terms](/products/discover/review-app-policy-and-terms) # Manage Licenses Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/manage-licenses Review license status, update license details, and set reminders before renewal dates in Discover. Manage license records in GoGuardian Discover to review status, update details, and set reminders before renewal dates. This article covers the core workflow for active, expiring, and expired licenses. ## Open License Management View 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **License Usage** in the Top Apps table. You can also review license usage from the App Catalog. 3. Click **View More**. ## Edit License Details 1. Select a license record. 2. Click **Edit**. 3. Update the fields in the **Financials** and **Contract Details** sections. 4. Click **Save**. ## Resources * [Manage Email Notifications](/products/discover/manage-email-notifications) * [Upload Contract](/products/discover/upload-contract) * [Review License Status Fields](/products/discover/review-license-status-fields) # Review App Catalog Fields Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/review-app-catalog-fields Definitions for App Catalog usage and approval fields in Discover, including where approval details appear. This article defines key usage and approval fields in GoGuardian Discover. Use it to understand what each field means and where approval details appear. ## Review App Catalog Fields | Column | Definition | Format | Data Notes | | --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | | App | The application name Discover uses for grouped usage data | Text | Based on Discover app mapping configuration | | Unique Users | The number of distinct user accounts that opened the app during the selected date range | Number | Count is per user account | | Avg. Usage Time | The average time a user spent in the app during the selected date range | Duration | Display format may vary by environment | | Last Used | The most recent date the app had activity in the selected date range | Date | Based on the latest usage event in the selected scope | ## Check App Approval Fields The **Approval Status** column shows the district's current decision or review state for each app. Expand an app row or open the app details page to review the context stored with that status. | Field | Definition | Where It Appears | | --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Approval Status | The district's current decision or review state for the app | App Catalog column, expanded app rows, app details, and Shared Views | | Note | Context recorded with the approval decision | Expanded app rows, app details, and Shared Views when enabled | | Approval Date | The date the district approved the app | App details and Shared Views when enabled | | Expiration Date | The date the approval needs another review | App details and Shared Views when enabled | | Last Updated By | The user who most recently changed any approval detail | App details | | Attachments | Supporting documents stored with the approval record | Expanded app rows, app details, and Shared Views when enabled | **Approval Status** is required when approval information is included in a Shared View. The district can select or clear the other approval fields for each view. ## FAQ **What does "unique users" count?** Unique Users counts the number of distinct user accounts with at least one usage event for the app during the selected date range. It doesn't count the number of sessions or devices. **Why might "Last Used" be blank for an app?** The app had no usage in the selected date range. Expand the date range to check for earlier activity. ## Resources * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Identify Underused Apps](/products/discover/identify-underused-apps) * [Manage App Approval Details](/products/discover/manage-app-approval-details) # Review App Policy and Terms Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/review-app-policy-and-terms Review app privacy and compliance results in Discover, including automated legal scan outputs and change summaries. GoGuardian Discover automatically scans app legal content and provides summaries when changes are detected. This workflow helps your district review legal changes faster and decide whether a deeper policy review is needed. ## Review Automated Scan Inputs Discover's automated legal scan uses each app's legal source URLs as the scan input. Verify the source links before reviewing status or summary outputs. 1. Go to **Discover** and select **App Catalog**. 2. Find the app you want to review. 3. Select the app name to open the app details page. 4. Click the **Overview** tab. 5. Find **Terms of Service** and open the link in a new tab. 6. Find **Privacy Policy** and open the link in a new tab. 7. Confirm that both links point to the expected vendor legal pages. ## Review Stored Privacy and Compliance Results Discover stores privacy and compliance outputs for each app so your team can review them without manually collecting legal metadata. 1. Go to **Discover** and select **App Catalog**. 2. Find the app you want to review. 3. Select the app name to open the app details page. 4. Select the **Privacy & Compliance** tab. 5. Review certification results for 1EdTech and iKeepSafe. 6. Review COPPA and FERPA compliance statuses. 7. Review the Data Sharing Agreement value for your district. 8. Review **Data last updated** to confirm data freshness. ## Review Change Summary When Discover detects legal content changes, it presents a summary so you can quickly review what changed before opening the full legal text. 1. Go to **Discover** and select **App Catalog**. 2. Find the app you want to review. 3. Select the app name to open the app details page. 4. On the app details page, review the summary text under the app name. 5. Select **Read More** when the summary is truncated. If a change summary is shown, use it as a first-pass review of updated legal language. 6. Open the linked Terms of Service and Privacy Policy pages to validate any high-impact updates before taking district action. ## FAQ **What does the Data Sharing Agreement field show?** The Data Sharing Agreement field shows whether a data sharing agreement is in place, in progress, not available, or not needed for your district and this app. **Who reviews the legal changes Discover surfaces?** Discover surfaces the data. Your district's decision-makers determine whether a change requires action. ## Resources * [Manage Email Notifications](/products/discover/manage-email-notifications) * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) # Review Dashboard Metrics Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/review-dashboard-metrics Definitions for each metric on the Discover dashboard, including app usage, usage trends, and license cost data. This article defines each metric shown on the GoGuardian Discover dashboard. Use these definitions to interpret app usage, usage trends, and license cost data consistently. ## Review App Usage Metrics | Metric Name | Definition | How It Is Calculated | Where It Appears | | --------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | | Unique Users | The number of distinct user accounts that opened an app in the selected date range | Count of distinct user accounts with app usage events in the selected date range | Dashboard app usage cards and App Catalog | | Unique Devices | The number of distinct devices that opened an app in the selected date range | Count of distinct devices with app usage events in the selected date range | Dashboard app usage cards | | Avg. Usage Time | The average amount of time users spent in an app during the selected date range | Total usage time divided by the number of unique users, displayed as a duration | Dashboard and App Catalog | ## Review Usage Trend Metrics | Metric Name | Definition | How It Is Calculated | Where It Appears | | ------------ | --------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- | | Usage Trends | Changes in app usage over a time period | Data points plotted across the selected date range. X-axis shows dates, Y-axis shows the selected metric | Dashboard Usage Trends chart | ## Review License Cost Metrics | Metric Name | Definition | How It Is Calculated | Where It Appears | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | | Cost of Licenses | Total cost of licenses for apps in the selected scope | Sum of contract values for apps with license data in Discover | Dashboard license cost card | | Cost per User | License cost divided by the number of unique users | Total license cost divided by unique user count in the selected date range | Dashboard license cost card | | Cost per Device | License cost divided by the number of devices | Total license cost divided by device count in the selected scope | Dashboard license cost card | ## FAQ **What does "selected date range" mean?** The default date range is the last 30 days. You can change it using the **Date range** filter on the dashboard. **Why does a metric show a blank value?** A blank value means Discover has no data for that app or scope in the selected date range. Check your active filters or wait for the next data refresh. ## Resources * [Filter Dashboard Data](/products/discover/filter-dashboard-data) * [Find Usage Trends](/products/discover/find-usage-trends) # Review License Status Fields Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/review-license-status-fields Definitions for each license status in Discover and the available actions for each status. This article defines each license status in GoGuardian Discover and lists available actions for each status. ## Review License Status Fields License status shows whether a license is current, approaching renewal, or past renewal. | Status | Definition | Available Actions | | -------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------- | | Active | The license is current and hasn't reached its renewal date | Edit details, set reminder | | Expiring | The license renewal date is approaching within the reminder window | Edit details, set or edit reminder, renew | | Expired | The license has passed its renewal date | Edit details, set reminder for the next renewal cycle | ## FAQ **How does Discover decide when a license is expiring?** A license appears as expiring when it's within the reminder window you set. Discover also surfaces licenses that expired in the last 30 days or will expire within the next 30 days in the dashboard alert. **Where does license status appear?** ## Resources * [Manage Licenses](/products/discover/manage-licenses) * [Upload Contract](/products/discover/upload-contract) # Suggest App for Catalog Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/suggest-app-for-catalog Submit an app suggestion in Discover to request a new app for catalog review. This article explains how to submit an app suggestion in GoGuardian Discover. App suggestions help your team request new apps for catalog review. ## Suggest App in App Catalog 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **App Catalog**. 3. Click the question mark button next to your account in the upper-right of the page. 4. Click **Submit App Suggestion**. 5. Enter the app name in the **App Name** field. 6. Enter the app URL in the **App Website** field. 7. Under **Tags**, select the tag relevant to the app you're suggesting. 8. Add a reason you think the app should be included in the catalog. 9. Click **Submit Suggestion**. After you submit, GoGuardian's team reviews your suggestion and may reach out if they have questions. The app is not added to the catalog immediately. ## Resources * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) # Troubleshoot Contract Upload Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/troubleshoot-contract-upload Resolve contract upload failures in Discover caused by unsupported formats, oversized files, or unreadable content. Your contract upload can fail in GoGuardian Discover when the file format is unsupported, the file is too large, or the file content is unreadable. This article explains how to identify the cause, retry the upload, and correct extracted fields when extraction is incomplete. ## Identify Possible Causes Review the most common causes before retrying: * The file format is not supported. Supported formats: PDF, CSV, XLS, DOCX, TXT, MD. * The file size exceeds 20 MB. * The file is password-protected, scanned with low quality, or otherwise unreadable. * A bulk upload exceeded the number of files allowed per upload. ## Verify Contracts 1. Confirm that each contract uses a supported file format: PDF, CSV, XLS, DOCX, TXT, or MD. 2. Confirm that each file is under 20 MB. 3. Open the contract locally and confirm the text is readable. 4. Re-upload the contract from **Contracts** in Discover. 5. If you're uploading in bulk, split the files into smaller batches and upload again. ## Fix Incorrectly Extracted Information If your upload succeeds but extracted fields are incorrect, update them directly: 1. Go to **Contracts** or **Licenses** in Discover. 2. Find the uploaded contract and open its extracted details. 3. Click **Edit**. 4. Update fields such as vendor name, license count, cost, and renewal date. 5. Click **Save**. ## Contact Support If uploads keep failing after completing these steps, contact GoGuardian Support and include: * Error message text * Upload timestamp * Affected file names ## FAQ **Why does one file fail while others in the same batch succeed?** Each file is validated and processed independently. One unreadable or unsupported file can fail while the rest complete. **Can I upload contracts in bulk and correct only the incorrect rows?** Yes. Find the specific contract record in **Contracts** or **Licenses**, open it, and update the incorrect fields. ## Resources * [Upload Contract](/products/discover/upload-contract) # Understand Screen Time Insights Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/understand-screen-time-insights Review average daily active Screen Time by user, grade level, school context, organizational unit, classroom, operating system, app, category, and approval status. **Screen Time Insights** shows average daily active web browsing time per user and the apps, categories, groups, and school contexts associated with that activity. Use it to compare Screen Time across a selected date range and scope. Every Discover user can open **Screen Time Insights**. ## Understand How Screen Time Is Measured Screen Time measures web browsing while a browser tab is active and in focus. Background tabs do not accumulate Screen Time, and only 1 tab in 1 browser window can be in focus at a time. Screen Time currently has no idle-time cutoff. A focused tab can continue accumulating Screen Time while the device is idle. Closing the browser or device lid, putting the device to sleep, or losing connectivity stops new Screen Time from accumulating. Screen Time data is processed nightly. Activity from today may not appear until the following day. ## Filter Screen Time Insights The default date range is **Last 30 days**. Use these filters to change the scope of every chart and table on the page: * **Grade Levels** * **Schools** * **OUs** * **OSes** * **Classrooms** * **Date** Click **Reset All** to clear the Grade Levels, Schools, OUs, OSes, and Classrooms filters and restore **Last 30 days**. Discover hides **Grade Levels** when grade-level data is unavailable, such as when your organization has no supported Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster integration in GoGuardian Org Management. Grade-level data is available for browsing activity collected on or after August 31, 2026. ## Review Screen Time Trends The **Screen Time Trends** chart displays average daily active Screen Time per unique user. Its primary value is labeled **Per User per Day**. The chart separates the average into: * **In School** * **Out of School** * **Undetermined** **Avg. Daily Time** always equals **Avg. In School** plus **Avg. Out of School** plus **Avg. Undetermined**. Displayed durations are rounded to the nearest minute, while calculations use unrounded values. The user count at the bottom of the chart shows how many unique users are included. The percentage change compares the selected period with the immediately preceding period of equal length. Screen Time Insights showing filters, Screen Time Trends, and the Top OUs by Screen Time table The **Per User per Day** tooltip reads: “Average daily active screen time per user across all browsing activity during the selected date range, including websites and apps not currently tracked in Discover. When available, active screen time is separated into in-school and out-of-school activity.” ## Interpret School Context Discover assigns each browsing activity 1 of these categories when the activity is processed: | Category | Meaning | | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | In School | The GoGuardian App or extension identified the browsing as in-school activity. | | Out of School | The GoGuardian App or extension identified the browsing as out-of-school activity. | | Undetermined | The GoGuardian App or extension could not provide an in-school or out-of-school label when the browsing occurred. | The category is fixed when the activity is processed. Later changes to **In School Hours** or **School IP Ranges** do not reclassify historical activity. Browsing can be **Undetermined** when it was collected by an older version of The GoGuardian App or extension, when a temporary network or processing issue prevented classification, or when the organization did not have the required school information configured. The **Undetermined** tooltip reads: “Screen time that couldn't be determined to be in school or out of school because the required information wasn't available.” See [Configure At Home Mode](/products/org-management/at-home-mode) for information about **In School Hours** and **School IP Ranges**. ## Compare Screen Time by Group **Top OUs by Screen Time** displays average daily Screen Time by organizational unit. Select the **OUs**, **Classrooms**, or **OSes** tab to change the grouping, table heading, and first column. The table includes: * **Users** * **Avg. In School** * **Avg. Out of School** * **Avg. Undetermined** * **Avg. Daily Time** The table sorts by **Avg. Daily Time** in descending order by default. Users can sort the other columns and move between pages. The table does not provide search or a results-per-page setting. ## Review Apps, Categories, and Approval Status The lower section of **Screen Time Insights** includes: * **Top Categories by % of Total Screen Time** * **Screen Time by App Approval Status** * **Top Apps by Screen Time** Screen Time Insights showing Top Categories, Screen Time by App Approval Status, and Top Apps **Top Categories by % of Total Screen Time** includes only apps categorized in Discover. **Screen Time by App Approval Status** includes **App not in Discover** for browsing that cannot be mapped to an app in the Discover catalog. In **Top Apps by Screen Time**, **% of Screen Time** is each app's share of all Screen Time. Its denominator includes browsing associated with apps that are not captured in Discover and activity classified as **Undetermined**. The app table includes: * **App** * **Tags** * **Approval Status** * **Users** * **Avg. In School** * **Avg. Out of School** * **% of Screen Time** The table does not show **Avg. Undetermined** as a separate app-level column. That activity remains included in the Screen Time denominator. **Top Apps by Screen Time** sorts by **% of Screen Time** in descending order by default. Users can sort every column except **Tags** and **Approval Status**, move between pages, and click an app name to open its **App Details** page. The table does not provide search or a results-per-page setting. Chart segments, categories, approval statuses, and values other than app names are not interactive. ## Resolve Missing Screen Time Data When no activity matches the selected scope, each affected chart or table displays: > No Screen Time Data Found. Try adjusting filters or timeframe to view screen time activity. Change or reset the filters and confirm that the selected date range includes processed activity. ## Review Export Availability **Screen Time Insights** does not provide an export button. ## Resources * [Configure At Home Mode](/products/org-management/at-home-mode) * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Review App Catalog Fields](/products/discover/review-app-catalog-fields) # Understand Shared Views Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/understand-shared-views Learn how Shared Views publish selected Discover App Catalog data and how Public and Private access affect each link. Shared Views publish a saved view of GoGuardian Discover App Catalog data through a shareable URL. Use them to give educators and other stakeholders access to selected app, usage, approval, ownership, licensing, and cost information without giving them a Discover role. ## Decide When to Use a Shared View Create a Shared View when your organization needs to distribute a consistent App Catalog scope. The view captures the active App Catalog filters, including **Grade Levels**, and lets its creator choose which columns viewers see. Shared Views do not display the captured filters during creation or editing. Describe the filtered scope in the **Public Description** when viewers need that context. Discover also provides an **Approved Apps** Shared View for the organization. Review its configuration and access mode before distributing its link. ## Compare Public and Private Access | Access Mode | Viewer Access | | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Public | Anyone with the link can open the view without signing in to Discover. | | Private | The link is inactive and does not open the view. | Changing a Public view to Private immediately deactivates its link. Changing the view back to Public reactivates the same link. Public links do not expire automatically. An authorized Discover user can deactivate a link, regenerate its URL, or delete the view. ## Review Viewer Access Public viewers can search the displayed apps, sort columns, move between pages, and download included approval attachments. They cannot change the captured filters or date range, choose different columns, or export the displayed data. Each viewer's search, sorting, and pagination choices do not change the saved Shared View. ## Control Shared View Data Creators choose which available columns appear. Available data includes: * Approval status, notes, dates, and attachments * Usage and Screen Time information * Tags and assigned-administrator information * License quantities, costs, and contract value Public viewers can see every enabled column. Review the selected columns, **Public Description**, notes, attachments, ownership information, and cost data before distributing a Public link. Privacy and compliance fields are not available in the Shared View column selector. ## Manage Shared View Permissions Discover provides 2 Shared Views permission levels: * **Edit/View:** Shows Shared Views and lets the user create or manage every Shared View in the organization. * **No Access:** Hides Shared Views and prevents the user from creating or managing them. There is no read-only Shared Views permission for Discover administrators. Shared Views are organization-owned, so they remain manageable if their original creator leaves the organization or loses access. Public viewers do not need a Discover role or permission. ## Create and Manage Shared Views See [Create and Manage Shared Views](/products/discover/create-manage-shared-views) for steps to create a view, choose columns, change access, duplicate a view, regenerate its URL, or delete it. ## Resources * [Browse App Catalog](/products/discover/browse-app-catalog) * [Manage App Approval Details](/products/discover/manage-app-approval-details) * [User Roles and Permissions](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions) # Upload Contract Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/discover/upload-contract Upload contract files in Discover to extract and review license details. Supports single-file and bulk uploads. Upload contract files in GoGuardian Discover to extract and review license details. This workflow supports single-file uploads and bulk uploads. ## Manually Add Contract 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **App Catalog**. 3. Click **Add License Info** > **Add Manually**. 4. Select the app related to the contract. 5. Enter the contract details under **Financials** and **Contract Details**. 6. Click **Save License Info**. ## Upload Contract 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **App Catalog**. 3. Click **Add License Info** > **Upload Contract**. 4. Select the contract file from your device. 5. Confirm the details extracted from the contract. 6. Click **Save License Info**. Supported file formats: PDF, CSV, XLS, DOCX, TXT, MD. Max file size: 20 MB. Discover uses LLM extraction to pull license fields from the uploaded file. Review all extracted fields and correct any inaccuracies before saving. ## Upload Contracts in Bulk 1. Go to **Discover**. 2. Click **App Catalog**. 3. Click **Add License Info** > **Add in Bulk**. 4. Select the contract files from your device. 5. Wait for Discover to queue and process the files. ## FAQ **What should I do if extraction misses a field?** Open the contract record and update the missing field manually. If the extraction fails repeatedly, see [Troubleshoot Contract Upload](/products/discover/troubleshoot-contract-upload). **How long does contract processing take?** Processing time depends on file size and queue volume. ## Resources * [Manage Licenses](/products/discover/manage-licenses) * [Troubleshoot Contract Upload](/products/discover/troubleshoot-contract-upload) # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/dns GoGuardian DNS is a network-level web filtering solution that covers every device connected to your school network — no extensions or software required. GoGuardian DNS filters internet traffic at the DNS layer for any device connected to a school network. Unlike extension-based filtering, GoGuardian DNS is device-agnostic: it protects laptops, tablets, phones, and BYOD devices as long as they route through a filtered network. Learn how DNS filtering works and when to use it alongside or instead of GoGuardian Admin. Create a network, assign a filtering policy, and point your DNS at GoGuardian resolvers. Block ads and pop-ups for every device on a filtered network with the AdDeflect add-on. # Enable AdDeflect Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/dns/addeflect How to turn on AdDeflect for a GoGuardian DNS network to block ads and pop-ups for every device on that network. AdDeflect is an optional add-on for GoGuardian DNS that blocks ads and pop-up ads across websites and YouTube for every device on a filtered network. Enabling AdDeflect reduces distractions and limits ad-based tracking for students. When AdDeflect is active, blocked ads are replaced with a gray overlay labeled "Advertisement" rather than disappearing entirely. AdDeflect is a premium add-on. Contact your GoGuardian account representative to confirm it is enabled for your account before following these steps. ## Enable AdDeflect for a Network 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and select **Filtering** → **DNS Networks**. 2. Click the pencil icon next to the network where you want to enable AdDeflect. 3. Find the **AdDeflect** toggle in the network settings and turn it on. 4. Save your changes. 5. Verify the result: AdDeflect is active for all devices on that network. Ads from tracked ad hosts appear as gray "Advertisement" placeholders. AdDeflect blocks ads based on a dataset of known ad-serving hosts. Pop-up ads from hosts not in the dataset may not be blocked. Ad coverage may vary by website. ## Resources * [Set Up GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/set-up-goguardian-dns) * [Understand GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) # Delete DNS Network Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/dns/delete-a-network How to remove a DNS network from GoGuardian Admin, including what is deleted and the effect on filtering. Deleting a DNS network removes all associated policies, features, and IP addresses for that network. Devices that route through that network will lose DNS filtering immediately after deletion. ## Delete a Network 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and select **Filtering** → **DNS Networks**. 2. Click the pencil icon to the right of the network you want to delete. 3. In the network settings, click the three-dot menu in the top-right corner. 4. Select **Delete this Network**. 5. Verify the result: The network no longer appears in your DNS Networks list. Filtering stops immediately for devices that were routed through it. Deleting a network disables internet filtering for all traffic from that network. Confirm the network is no longer in use before proceeding. ## Resources * [Set Up GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/set-up-goguardian-dns) # FAQs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/dns/dns-faqs Answers to common questions about GoGuardian DNS, including device support, policy management, filtering limitations, and AdDeflect. **Does GoGuardian DNS work on iPads, Windows devices, and Android phones?** Yes. GoGuardian DNS filters at the network level and does not require any software on individual devices. Any device that connects to a filtered network — including iPads, Kindles, Windows devices, tablets, iPhones, and Android phones — is covered. **Does GoGuardian DNS replace GoGuardian Admin?** No. GoGuardian DNS and GoGuardian Admin serve different purposes and work together. GoGuardian Admin provides extension-based filtering for managed Chrome users, with features like Smart Alerts, per-student reporting, and YouTube filtering. GoGuardian DNS provides network-level filtering for all devices on campus. Use both for full coverage. Districts that deploy [DNS Precision Filtering](/products/admin/dns-precision-filtering) get per-student reporting with GoGuardian DNS instead of the network-level-only behavior described above. **Do I need separate filtering policies for GoGuardian DNS and GoGuardian Admin?** No. GoGuardian DNS can use the same policies already defined in GoGuardian Admin. However, DNS filtering does not support URL path rules, YouTube rules, or Apps and Extensions rules. GoGuardian recommends creating a separate DNS-specific policy that omits unsupported rule types. See [Understand GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) for the full list of differences. **What filtering limitations does GoGuardian DNS have compared to GoGuardian Admin?** GoGuardian Admin supports filtering at the URL path level — for example, blocking `sites.google.com/unblockedgames`. GoGuardian DNS filters at the root domain level only, so a rule targeting a path would have to block the entire domain to be effective. YouTube filtering, Apps and Extensions filtering, Smart Alerts, Smart Rules, and per-student reporting are not available in GoGuardian DNS. See [Understand GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) for the full comparison. **Can GoGuardian DNS block direct IP addresses?** No. DNS filtering intercepts domain name resolution requests. When a user types a direct IP address, no DNS request is made, so no filtering occurs. Most sites redirect to their domain name to use SSL encryption — that redirect triggers a DNS request, which GoGuardian DNS can then filter. Direct IP access bypasses this. **Can different users — teachers, students, guests — have different filtering policies?** Yes. You can apply different policies to different internal networks by segmenting your network traffic through your router, such as using separate LANs, VLANs, or SSIDs. Each segment needs a separate public IP address from your ISP. Once segmented, you can assign different filtering policies to each network in GoGuardian Admin. **Does GoGuardian DNS decrypt SSL traffic?** No. GoGuardian DNS filters at the domain name level only. SSL decryption is not required or performed. This differs from inline hardware filters that require a physical appliance to inspect SSL traffic. **Where do I configure the GoGuardian DNS resolver addresses?** Use the **DNS Forwarders** setting on an internal DNS server (such as Windows Server) if your workstations need access to internal resources like print servers or internally hosted software. Use **DHCP scope** configuration for networks without internal resources — most common on BYOD or guest networks. **What is AdDeflect?** AdDeflect is a premium add-on for GoGuardian DNS that blocks ads and pop-up ads from the majority of websites and YouTube, network-wide. See [Enable AdDeflect](/products/dns/addeflect). ## Resources * [Understand GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) * [Set Up GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/set-up-goguardian-dns) * [Fix DNS Resolver Connectivity](/products/dns/troubleshoot-dns-resolvers) # Set Up GoGuardian DNS Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/dns/set-up-goguardian-dns Create a DNS network in GoGuardian Admin, assign a filtering policy, and point your network's DNS settings at GoGuardian's resolvers. GoGuardian DNS filters internet traffic at the network level by routing DNS requests through GoGuardian's resolvers. Setup involves three steps: creating a network, assigning a filtering policy, and pointing your network's DNS at GoGuardian's resolvers. GoGuardian DNS requires public IP addresses for each network. Request them from your ISP if you do not have them. IP ranges are not currently supported — add individual IP addresses only. ## Add a Network 1. Go to [GoGuardian Admin](https://admin.goguardian.com) and select **Filtering** → **DNS Networks**. DNS Networks in GoGuardian Admin 2. Click **Create Network**. 3. Enter a name for the network. 4. Click **Add**. 5. Verify the result: The new network appears in your DNS Networks list. ## Configure Network Settings 1. Click the pencil icon next to the network you created. Network settings form showing IP address fields and optional configuration toggles 2. Enter your network's public IP address. Repeat for each additional IP address. 3. Optional: Configure the following settings: * **Logs and Statistics** — turn on to collect DNS traffic data for reporting. If turned off, no activity appears on the DNS Traffic page. * **Block Suspicious Responses** — when turned on, blocks DNS responses that return RFC 1918 private IP addresses. Prevents DNS rebinding attacks. * **AdDeflect** — when turned on, blocks ads and pop-ups network-wide. Requires AdDeflect to be enabled on your account. See [Enable AdDeflect](/products/dns/addeflect). 4. Verify the result: Settings save and the network updates in your DNS Networks list. ## Assign a Filtering Policy 1. Click **+ Add** next to the network to assign a filtering policy. 2. Select an existing policy from your GoGuardian Admin policies, or create a new one. 3. Verify the result: The policy appears under the network. GoGuardian recommends creating a dedicated policy for DNS filtering rather than reusing a policy built for extension-based filtering. DNS filtering does not support URL path rules, YouTube rules, or Apps and Extensions rules. Existing policies can be copied and edited for DNS use. See [Understand GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) for a full list of supported and unsupported filtering features. ## Point Your Network's DNS at GoGuardian Resolvers Direct your network traffic to GoGuardian DNS by updating your DNS settings on your network's firewall, router, or DHCP server to the following resolver addresses: ``` 35.155.221.215 35.167.25.37 52.24.103.199 54.214.161.74 ``` Before changing your DNS settings, record your current DNS server addresses so you can roll back if needed. Use the **DNS Forwarders** configuration on an internal DNS server (such as Windows Server) for networks with internal resources like print servers or internally hosted software. Use **DHCP scope** configuration for networks without internal resources — most common on BYOD or guest networks. 4. Verify the result: Run `nslookup goguardian.com [resolver IP]` in a terminal to confirm connectivity to each resolver. A successful response confirms the resolver is reachable. If a resolver does not respond, see [Fix DNS Resolver Connectivity](/products/dns/troubleshoot-dns-resolvers). ## Resources * [Understand GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) * [Enable AdDeflect](/products/dns/addeflect) * [Fix DNS Resolver Connectivity](/products/dns/troubleshoot-dns-resolvers) # Fix DNS Resolver Connectivity Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/dns/troubleshoot-dns-resolvers Steps to diagnose and resolve GoGuardian DNS resolver connectivity issues when resolvers are not responding. GoGuardian DNS resolvers are not responding when traffic from your network is not reaching GoGuardian's DNS servers. This means filtering is not active for that network. ## Identify Possible Causes * The network's public IP address has not been added in GoGuardian Admin * DNS traffic has not been redirected to GoGuardian's resolver addresses * A firewall or network filter is blocking traffic to GoGuardian's DNS servers * The public IP address in GoGuardian Admin does not match the current public IP of the network ## Apply a Solution 1. Confirm the network's public IP address is entered in GoGuardian Admin under **Filtering** → **DNS Networks**. If it is missing or incorrect, update it and save. DNS Networks in GoGuardian Admin 2. Confirm your network's DNS traffic is pointing to GoGuardian's resolver addresses. Find the device that manages public DNS settings — typically a firewall, router, or DHCP server — and verify the following addresses are configured: ``` 35.155.221.215 35.167.25.37 52.24.103.199 54.214.161.74 ``` 3. Test connectivity to each resolver using the terminal command: ``` nslookup goguardian.com [resolver IP] ``` Replace `[resolver IP]` with each resolver address. A response confirms connectivity. No response indicates the resolver is unreachable from your network. 4. If connectivity tests fail, check your firewall and network filters to confirm that incoming and outgoing traffic to GoGuardian's resolver addresses is permitted. ## Contact Support If none of the above resolved the issue, contact GoGuardian Support with the results of your `nslookup` tests and your network's public IP address. ## Resources * [Set Up GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/set-up-goguardian-dns) * [Understand GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns) # How GoGuardian DNS Works Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/dns/understand-goguardian-dns How GoGuardian DNS works as a network-level filtering solution, what it covers, and how it compares to GoGuardian Admin extension-based filtering. GoGuardian DNS is a network-level web filtering solution. It works by routing traffic through GoGuardian's DNS resolvers and applying filtering rules to every device that connects to a filtered network. No extensions or software are required on individual devices. GoGuardian DNS is designed for K-12 schools that need CIPA-compliant filtering across all devices on campus — including BYOD, guest, and unmanaged devices that do not have the GoGuardian extension installed. ## Understand How DNS Filtering Works DNS stands for Domain Name System — the system that translates domain names like `goguardian.com` into IP addresses. GoGuardian DNS intercepts these translation requests and applies your filtering policy before any device can reach a blocked domain. Because filtering happens at the network level, GoGuardian DNS: * Covers all devices connected to your filtered networks, regardless of operating system or browser * Requires no software installation or agent deployment on individual devices * Applies the same filtering rules to managed and unmanaged devices on the same network When a device on your filtered network attempts to access a blocked domain, the DNS request is denied and the user is redirected to a block page. If a blocked site uses HTTPS, the browser may display a "Your connection is not private" warning. This is expected behavior. The warning appears because the requested certificate (for the blocked site) does not match the certificate from GoGuardian's block page redirect. ## Understand What GoGuardian DNS Filters GoGuardian DNS applies filtering at the **domain level**. It uses the same policy framework as GoGuardian Admin, with important differences: | Feature | GoGuardian Admin | GoGuardian DNS | | ----------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Coverage | Users logged into Chrome with the GoGuardian extension | All devices connected to a filtered network | | URL path filtering | Supported | **Not supported** — DNS filters root domains only | | Wildcard filtering | Supported, including path wildcards | Supported, but domain/subdomain only (not path) | | YouTube filtering | Supported | **Not supported** | | Apps and Extensions filtering | Supported | **Not supported** | | Force SafeSearch | Supported | Supported | | Website categories | Supported | Supported | | Per-student reporting | Supported | **Not supported** — network-level only, unless [DNS Precision Filtering](/products/admin/dns-precision-filtering) is deployed | | Smart Alerts | Supported | **Not supported** | | Smart Rules | Supported | **Not supported** | | Direct IP blocking | Supported | **Not supported** | **URL path filtering example:** A policy rule that blocks `sites.google.com/unblockedgames` targets the path `/unblockedgames`. GoGuardian DNS ignores the path and would need to block the entire `sites.google.com` domain to enforce that rule — which would block all of Google Sites. For path-level rules, use GoGuardian Admin filtering. **Wildcard filtering:** Wildcards like `*unblock*` match domains and subdomains — for example, `unblockedgames.com`. They do not match URL paths. Districts that deploy **[DNS Precision Filtering](/products/admin/dns-precision-filtering)** get per-student reporting and per-student filtering with GoGuardian DNS, instead of the network-level-only behavior described above. Contact your GoGuardian Account Manager to learn whether DNS Precision Filtering is available for your deployment. ## Understand When to Use GoGuardian DNS Use GoGuardian DNS when you need: * Filtering for BYOD, guest, or unmanaged devices on campus * A network-level filtering layer that works regardless of browser or operating system * A supplement to GoGuardian Admin that extends coverage beyond managed Chrome devices GoGuardian DNS does not replace GoGuardian Admin for managed devices. Use both products together when your environment includes both managed Chrome devices and unmanaged or BYOD devices. ## Resources * [Set Up GoGuardian DNS](/products/dns/set-up-goguardian-dns) * [GoGuardian DNS FAQs](/products/dns/dns-faqs) # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet GoGuardian Fleet is a device management and repair tracking tool for K-12 IT teams. Track inventory, manage repairs, and sync with Google Admin Console. GoGuardian Fleet gives IT administrators a single place to track device inventory, manage repair tickets, and stay in sync with Google Admin Console. Fleet covers devices — not browsing activity. Learn what Fleet tracks, how it syncs with Google Admin Console, and what it does not do. Format a CSV file and bulk import device information into Fleet. Start, update, and complete repair tickets. Track costs, time, and repair history per device. Find devices by serial number, user, OU, or location. Use barcode scanners for quick assignment. # Change Displayed Device Data in GoGuardian Fleet Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/change-displayed-device-data Choose which columns appear in the Devices and Repairs tabs in GoGuardian Fleet to find and view specific device details. GoGuardian Fleet can display up to four columns at once in both the **Devices** and **Repairs** tabs, and you can change which device attributes appear — status, assigned user, organizational unit, location, and more. The **Repairs** tab has three additional display options: Cost, Time Spent, and Type of repair. Changing columns works well with Fleet's search filters to find specific device details. ## Change What Columns Are Shown 1. Click the cog icon in the upper-right corner of the Fleet table. Fleet: Devices. In the header of the far right column contains a cog icon (selected). New window displays all coumn… 2\. Select any combination of columns, then click **Update**. 3. Repeat to change the displayed data again. # Check Device Software Versions in GoGuardian Fleet Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/check-device-software-versions Display and sort OS and firmware versions across your devices in GoGuardian Fleet to spot out-of-date devices, and see what Fleet can and cannot tell you. Fleet can display the software version of all of your devices so you can spot which ones may be out of date. 1. Click the **Devices** tab. 2. Click the column adjustment cog icon. 3. Check **OS Version** and **Firmware Version**, plus up to two other options. mceclip1.png 4\. Click the **OS Version** or **Firmware Version** column header to sort devices in ascending or descending order by version. Fleet cannot tell you how out of date a version is, whether you should update a device, whether you are missing critical OS or firmware updates, or the last time your devices were updated. # Export Repair Data Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/export-repair-data How to export GoGuardian Fleet repair data as a CSV file and analyze it in Google Sheets. GoGuardian Fleet lets you export all repair data — or a filtered subset — as a CSV file. Use the export to analyze repair costs, identify repair trends, and create charts in a spreadsheet application. ## Export Repair Data 1. Go to [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com) and select the **Repairs** tab. 2. Optional: Use the Status and Repair Type filters, or the Search bar, to narrow the export to a specific subset of repairs. Skip this step to export all repairs. 3. Click **Export repair data**. 4. Verify the result: A `repairs-export.csv` file downloads to your computer. mceclip0.png mceclip1.png mceclip3.png 2019-06-0608.51.31.gif ## Analyze Repair Data in Google Sheets 1. Go to [sheets.google.com](https://sheets.google.com) and open a new spreadsheet or an existing one. 2. Select **File** → **Import**. 3. Select the **Upload** tab and drag `repairs-export.csv` into the upload area, or click **Select a file from your computer** and choose the file. mceclip2.png 4\. Verify the result: Fleet repair data appears as a spreadsheet with one row per repair ticket. ## Create Charts from Repair Data After importing the CSV into Google Sheets, use the Explore function to automatically generate charts and visualizations. 1. Click any cell that contains data. 2. Click **Explore** in the lower-right corner of Google Sheets. 3. A sidebar appears with suggested charts — for example, repairs by type, total costs by device, or repairs over time. 4. Drag charts from the sidebar into the spreadsheet as needed. To create a chart for a specific subset of repairs, highlight the relevant rows before clicking Explore. ## Resources * [Track Device Repairs](/products/fleet/track-device-repairs) * [Search and Filter Devices](/products/fleet/search-and-filter-devices) # FAQs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/fleet-faqs Answers to common questions about GoGuardian Fleet, including what Fleet tracks, device assignment limits, repair tickets, and CSV imports. **Does GoGuardian Fleet show student browsing activity?** No. Fleet shows device-level information — status, location, OU, and repair history. It does not access or display browsing activity, even for organizations that use GoGuardian Admin or Teacher. **Can Fleet update my devices' OS or firmware?** No. Fleet displays the OS version and firmware version of each device, but cannot push updates. Manage updates through Google Admin Console. See [Update Device Status](/products/fleet/update-device-status) for how to view version information in Fleet. **Can I see a list of teacher devices?** Yes, if your organization assigns teachers to dedicated OUs or gives teacher devices a consistent Asset ID prefix. Filter by OU to see all devices in a teacher-specific OU, or search by the common Asset ID prefix — for example, `Teacher_CB_` — to find all teacher devices. **Can a device have more than one repair ticket?** Yes. Each entry in the Repairs tab represents a single repair event. A device that has been repaired multiple times has multiple repair ticket entries. All historical repair tickets for a device are visible in the **Previous Device Repairs** section of any individual repair detail. **Does a repair ticket show all repairs for a device?** No. Each repair ticket covers one repair event. To see all repairs across a device's lifetime, open any repair ticket for that device and look at **Previous Device Repairs** at the bottom of the detail panel. **Can I delete a cost line item from a repair ticket?** Yes. In the repair detail, click **Delete** next to the cost entry you want to remove. **What happens if I import a device that's already in Fleet?** The CSV values overwrite the existing values in Fleet. For example, if a device currently shows `user@school.edu` in Fleet but the CSV shows `newuser@school.edu`, Fleet updates to `newuser@school.edu`. The new email must be a valid, existing address in your domain. Blank cells in the CSV preserve the existing values in Fleet (except for the `Loaner` column, which must always have a value). **How many devices can I assign to a single student?** Fleet allows 1 device plus 1 loaner to be assigned to a single user through the interface. To assign more than 2 devices to a single email, use CSV bulk import. See [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices). ## Resources * [Understand GoGuardian Fleet](/products/fleet/understand-goguardian-fleet) * [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices) * [Track Device Repairs](/products/fleet/track-device-repairs) * [Search and Filter Devices](/products/fleet/search-and-filter-devices) # Grant a User Access to GoGuardian Fleet Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/grant-user-access-to-fleet Enable or disable a user's access to GoGuardian Fleet from the User Management page in Org Management. You can enable or disable a user's access to GoGuardian Fleet from the GoGuardian User Management page. To grant a user access to Fleet: 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/). 2. Click **Edit** in the row for the user's name and email address. mceclip0.png 3\. On the Edit User screen, click the drop-down next to **GoGuardian Fleet** and select **Enabled**. mceclip1.png 4\. Click **Save User**. # Import Devices Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/import-devices How to format a CSV file for GoGuardian Fleet, bulk import device information, and understand what happens when you import a device that already exists. GoGuardian Fleet uses CSV files to bulk import or update device information. A correctly formatted CSV lets you set serial numbers, asset IDs, OUs, locations, and student assignments for many devices at once. ## Understand the CSV Format Fleet CSV files must include all 6 column headers, in this exact order and with these exact names: | Column | Required | Description | | ----------------- | -------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `Serial Number` | Yes | The device's serial number | | `Asset ID` | No | Your organization's ID for this device | | `OU` | No | The Organizational Unit the device belongs to. Must start with `/` and match an existing OU name in your organization — for example, `/Students/Grade9` | | `Location` | No | The assigned location for this device | | `Student (email)` | No | The email address of the user assigned to this device | | `Loaner` | Yes | Whether the device is a loaner. Enter `true` or `1` for loaner, `false` or `0` for non-loaner | **Blank cells:** Blank cells are treated as null. For most columns, a blank cell preserves the existing value in Fleet. The `Loaner` column is the exception — it must always contain `true/1` or `false/0`. **Importing an existing device:** If a device with the same serial number already exists in Fleet, the CSV values overwrite the values in Fleet. For example, if Fleet shows `user@school.edu` for a device but the CSV shows `newuser@school.edu`, Fleet updates to `newuser@school.edu`. The new email must be a valid, existing address in your domain. ## Create a Fleet CSV File 1. Open [Google Sheets](https://sheets.google.com) and create a new blank spreadsheet. 2. In row 1, enter the column headers in order: `Serial Number`, `Asset ID`, `OU`, `Location`, `Student (email)`, `Loaner`. 3. Add device data in the rows below. Only `Serial Number` and `Loaner` are required for each row. 4. Select **File** → **Download** → **Comma-separated values (.csv, current sheet)**. 5. Verify the result: A `.csv` file downloads to your computer. Spreadsheet for Fleet Columns A. Serial Number and F. Loaner are highlighted and Marked as Required Fields. Loaner… a GoGuardian CSV template displaying a CSV file with headers for Serial Number, Asset ID, OU, Location, Student… ## Import Devices into Fleet 1. Go to [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com) and select the **Devices** tab. 2. Click **Update Device Data**. 3. Drag and drop your CSV file into the upload panel, or click inside the panel to browse and select the file. 4. Click **Upload CSV**. 5. Verify the result: Devices appear in the Devices tab. See [Sync with Google Admin Console](/products/fleet/sync-with-google-admin-console) to confirm counts match. ## Sync GAC Data into Fleet via CSV When Google Admin Console has updated values (such as OU or Asset ID) that are not yet reflected in Fleet, use this method to force GAC values into Fleet: 1. Export devices from Google Admin Console: go to `admin.google.com` → **Devices** → **Chrome Devices**, select all organizational units, and export to CSV. 2. Delete all columns except: serial number, orgunitpath, annotatedAssetId, annotatedUser, annotatedLocation. 3. Rename the column headers to match the Fleet format: `Serial Number`, `Asset ID`, `OU`, `Location`, `Student (email)`, `Loaner`. 4. Add the `Loaner` column with appropriate `true`/`false` values. 5. Make 2 copies of this file. 6. In one copy, set the values you want to reset to blank or zero (for example, set all OUs to `/`). Upload this copy to Fleet — this "zeros out" the fields. 7. Upload the original copy with the correct GAC values — this pushes the correct values into both Fleet and Google Admin Console. ## Resources * [Sync with Google Admin Console](/products/fleet/sync-with-google-admin-console) * [Search and Filter Devices](/products/fleet/search-and-filter-devices) # Manage Fleet Users Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/manage-fleet-users How to add GoGuardian user accounts, grant or revoke Fleet access, and resolve authorization errors. Each person who needs access to GoGuardian Fleet must have their own GoGuardian account with Fleet access enabled. User accounts and access are managed through [GoGuardian Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com). ## Add a User Account 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and select **User Management**. 2. Click **Add User** to add a single user, or **Bulk Add/Update** to add multiple users via CSV. For bulk add, place user names in the first column and email addresses in the second column. 3. Enter the user's name and email address. Alt="Add User Name & Email" 4. Turn on **Enable User** to activate the account. By default, new users are disabled. 5. Optional: Turn on **Super User** to give the user full administrative control, including the ability to add, modify, and remove other users. 6. Optional: Assign OU access if the user needs access to GoGuardian Admin for specific organizational units. 7. Click **Add User**. 8. Verify the result: The user receives an email prompting them to set a password and complete account setup. Alt="Add User & Bulk Add/Update Buttons" Alt=DIRADDNEWAddUserByCSV.png Alt="Enable & Disable Roles" Alt="Suborg Access Only Applies to GoGuardian" ## Grant Fleet Access to a User 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and select **User Management**. 2. Find the user and click **Edit**. 3. Click the dropdown next to **GoGuardian Fleet** and select **Enabled**. 4. Click **Save User**. 5. Verify the result: The user can now sign in at [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com). ## Revoke Fleet Access from a User 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and select **User Management**. 2. Find the user and click **Edit**. 3. Click the dropdown next to **Fleet** and select **Disabled**. 4. Click **Save User**. 5. Verify the result: The user can no longer access GoGuardian Fleet. ## Fix an Authorization Error An authorization error in Fleet means the account being used does not have Fleet access enabled. **If all users lost Fleet access at once** (can happen during initial Fleet setup): 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) using an administrator-level account and select **User Management**. 2. Find each affected user and click **Edit**. 3. Set the dropdown next to **GoGuardian Fleet** to **Enabled**. 4. Click **Save User**. Repeat for each affected user. **If one account cannot access Fleet** (signed up with a different account than the Google Admin Console administrator): 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and select **User Management**. 2. Click **Add User**. 3. Enter the name and email address of the account that needs Fleet access. In the Roles section, set **GoGuardian Fleet** to **Enabled**. 4. Click **Add User**. 5. Verify the result: The new account can sign in to Fleet at [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com). If the Force Sync feature in Fleet stops working, re-authorize your Google account by visiting [fleet.goguardian.com/connect](https://fleet.goguardian.com/connect). ## Resources * [Understand GoGuardian Fleet](/products/fleet/understand-goguardian-fleet) * [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices) # Revoke a User's Access to GoGuardian Fleet Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/revoke-fleet-access Remove a user's access to GoGuardian Fleet from the User Management page in Org Management. You can revoke a user's access to GoGuardian Fleet from the User Management page at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/). 1. On the **User Management** tab, find the user whose access you want to revoke and click **Edit**. mceclip3.png 2\. In the Edit User side panel, click the drop-down next to **GoGuardian Fleet** and select **Disabled**. mceclip1.png 3\. Click **Save User**. # Search and Filter Devices Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/search-and-filter-devices How to find devices and users in GoGuardian Fleet using search, column filters, and barcode scanners. GoGuardian Fleet provides search, filters, and column customization to help you find specific devices, view subsets of your inventory, and quickly assign devices using a barcode scanner. ## Search for a Device Enter a term in the Search bar to search across these fields: Serial Number, Asset ID, Assigned User, and MAC Address. Enter at least 3 characters. The search matches any part of a field — for example, searching `009` returns any device whose serial number contains `009`. **Find a specific device:** Search for its serial number, asset ID, or the assigned user's email. If you do not know the serial number, use filters (Status, OU, Location) to narrow the results. **Find all devices assigned to a student:** Enter the student's email address in the Search bar. When the suggestion `User: [email]` appears, select it — Fleet shows all devices assigned to that user. You can also go to the **Users** tab, search for the student, and click **View More** to see their assigned devices. **Find all devices for a teacher:** Teachers in Fleet are identifiable only if they are in a dedicated teacher OU or if their device Asset IDs include a consistent teacher designation. Filter by OU or search for the common Asset ID prefix to find teacher devices. ## Apply Column Filters Fleet's column headers include filter options for Location, OU, Status, and Loaner. Click the filter icon on a column header to filter by any value that exists for that column. Filters stack — applying a second filter narrows the results from the first. To remove a filter, click the filter icon and select **Reset**. To clear all filters at once, click **Clear Filters and Sorters** below the search bar. ## Sort the Device List Click any column header to sort devices by that field. Click once to sort ascending, click again to sort descending. ## Customize Displayed Columns Fleet shows up to 4 columns at a time in the Devices tab. The Repairs tab supports additional columns: Cost, Time Spent, and Type. 1. Click the cog icon in the upper-right corner of the device table. 2. Select the columns you want to display. 3. Click **Update**. 4. Verify the result: The table updates to show the selected columns. **View OS version and firmware:** Select the **OS Version** and **Firmware Version** columns to see software version data for every device. Sort by either column to identify devices with older versions. Note that Fleet shows version numbers only — it does not indicate whether a device needs an update or flag specific security patches. ## Use a Barcode Scanner to Assign Devices A barcode scanner connected to your computer works like a keyboard — scanning a barcode populates the active text field with the device's serial number or asset ID. **Quick assign or unassign a device:** 1. In the **Devices** tab, click **Quick Assign/Unassign**. 2. Select **Assign** or **Unassign**. 3. Select the **Search or scan devices** field and scan the device's barcode. 4. Select the matching device from the suggestions. 5. Enter the student's email address in the user field and select the correct account. 6. Click **Assign**. 7. Verify the result: The device assignment updates in the Devices table. **Start a repair using a barcode scanner:** 1. In the **Repairs** tab, click **Create New Repair**. 2. Select the **Find a device for Repair** field and scan the device's barcode. 3. Select the matching device from the suggestions. 4. Set the damage type, repair status, and any notes. 5. Click **Create Repair**. ## Check Device Software Versions Fleet displays the OS and firmware version of every synced device, so you can identify which devices need updates. 1. Click the **Devices** tab. 2. Click the column-adjustment cog icon. 3. Check **OS Version** and **Firmware Version**, plus up to two other columns. 4. Click the **OS Version** or **Firmware Version** heading to sort ascending or descending. Fleet shows version numbers but cannot tell you whether a version is out of date, whether to update, whether security patches are missing, or when a device was last updated. For auto-updates on ChromeOS, see Google's documentation on deploying automatic Chrome device updates. Devices. Search box: user email entered. Showing 4 of 4. Results for each device include: Status (assigned), User… ## Resources * [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices) * [Track Device Repairs](/products/fleet/track-device-repairs) * [Update Device Status](/products/fleet/update-device-status) # Start a Device Repair in GoGuardian Fleet Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/start-a-device-repair Create a repair record in GoGuardian Fleet: find the device, set the damage type and status, add notes, and optionally assign a loaner or notification. 1. In GoGuardian Fleet, click the **Repairs** tab. 2. Click **Create New Repair**. 3. Click the search field and enter the serial number, asset ID, user, or location of the device. 4. Select the **Type of Damage**. If the repair is not one of the available options, select **Other Issue** and describe it in the **Notes** field. 5. Select the **Status of Repair**. Devices typically start at the **Needs Repair** or **Destroyed** phase. 6. Enter any relevant **Notes**. 7. (Optional) Check **Assign a Loaner** to display available loaner devices. 8. (Optional) Check **Send notification email** to notify a specified address that the repair process has started. 9. Click **Create Repair**. “Create new Repair” button on the “Repairs” tab used to begin adding a new repair record in Fleet. “New Repair” interface in Fleet used to select damage type, add notes, repair status, with options to send… # Sync with Google Admin Console Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/sync-with-google-admin-console How GoGuardian Fleet syncs automatically with Google Admin Console, how to trigger a manual sync, and how to verify device counts after syncing. GoGuardian Fleet syncs automatically with Google Admin Console each night. For immediate updates, use Force Sync. Fleet imports provisioned devices only — unpublished or deprovisioned devices do not appear. ## Understand How Sync Works Force Sync ensures Fleet and Google Admin Console are in parity. Both directions update when you sync: * **Google Admin Console → Fleet:** Last sync date, OS version, firmware version, MAC address, model, and other device metadata from Google Admin Console update Fleet. * **Fleet → Google Admin Console:** User, Location, Asset ID, Status, and Notes in Fleet update Google Admin Console. User, Location, Asset ID, Status, and Notes are only pulled from Google Admin Console during the initial sync. After the initial sync, Fleet is the source of truth for these fields. If Google Admin Console has newer values for these fields, use a CSV import to push the correct values — see [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices). Force Sync is unavailable if Fleet and Google Admin Console are already syncing. ## Run Force Sync 1. Go to [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com) and select the **Devices** tab. 2. Hover over the sync icon at the top of the page and click **Sync with GAC**. Fleet "Sync with GAC" button 3\. In the confirmation window, click **Sync with GAC**. 4\. Verify the result: Fleet updates with the latest device data from Google Admin Console. Large syncs can take several minutes to several hours. If Force Sync fails, re-authorize your Google account at [fleet.goguardian.com/connect](https://fleet.goguardian.com/connect) and try again. Sync data with GAC: Flow of information chart ## Verify Device Count After Sync After syncing, confirm the device count in Fleet matches Google Admin Console. 1. In Google Admin Console (`admin.google.com`), go to **Devices** → **Chrome Devices**. 2. Click the **Status** dropdown and select **Provisioned**. 3. Note the total number of provisioned devices. 4. In Fleet, select the **Devices** tab. 5. Verify the result: The device count shown above the Devices table matches the provisioned count in Google Admin Console. If the counts do not match, the sync may still be in progress. Wait a few minutes and recheck. If the discrepancy persists, confirm all devices are enrolled in Google Admin Console before re-syncing. Verify Device Count After Sync Verify Device Count After Sync Verify Device Count After Sync Verify Device Count After Sync ## Reconcile Google Admin Console Values with Fleet If fields such as OU, Asset ID, user email, or location have been updated in Google Admin Console but not yet in Fleet, use this process to sync them. 1. Export your devices from Google Admin Console: go to **Devices** → **Chrome devices**, check the box to select all OUs, then click the export icon and open the CSV in a spreadsheet editor. 2. Delete all columns except: Serial Number, `orgunitpath`, `annotatedAssetId`, `annotatedUser`, `annotatedLocation`. Add a `Loaner` column and rearrange to match Fleet's CSV template order: Serial Number, Asset ID, OU, Location, Student (email), Loaner. 3. Make two copies of this file. 4. In one copy, zero out the fields you want to reset (e.g. set all OUs to `/` or Asset IDs to `0`). Upload this file to Fleet — this pushes the zeroed values to Fleet and back to Google Admin Console. 5. Upload the original file (with the correct GAC values). This overwrites the zeroed values in Fleet and Google Admin Console with the correct data. ## Resources * [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices) * [Understand GoGuardian Fleet](/products/fleet/understand-goguardian-fleet) # Track Device Repairs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/track-device-repairs How to start, update, and complete device repair tickets in GoGuardian Fleet, including cost tracking, filtering by repair type, and viewing repair history. GoGuardian Fleet's Repairs tab lets IT teams log and track every device repair from start to finish. Each device can have multiple repair tickets over its lifetime, and each ticket tracks repair type, status, costs, time spent, and images. ## Start a Repair Ticket 1. Go to [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com) and select the **Repairs** tab. 2. Click **Create New Repair**. 3. Enter the device's serial number, asset ID, user, or location in the search field and select the device. 4. Select the type of damage from the **Type of Damage** dropdown. Select **Other Issue** if the damage type is not listed, and use the Notes field to describe the issue. 5. Select the initial repair status — typically **Needs Repair** or **Destroyed**. 6. Enter any relevant notes. 7. Optional: Select **Assign a Loaner** to assign an available loaner device to the student while the device is being repaired. 8. Optional: Select **Send notification email** to notify a specified email address that the repair has started. 9. Click **Create Repair**. 10. Verify the result: A repair ticket appears in the Repairs tab. repaired2.png ## Update a Repair Ticket Use these repair status options to reflect the current state of a device in the repair process: | Status | When to use | | -------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | | Needs Repair | The device still needs to be repaired | | On Hold | Repair work is paused — use Notes to explain why | | Awaiting Parts | Repair is suspended until new parts arrive | | Destroyed | The device is beyond repair or too expensive to fix | | Replaced | The device has been replaced by a new device | | Repaired | The repair is complete | | Completed | The repair process is fully closed | | Other | None of the above statuses apply | **To update a repair ticket:** 1. Select the **Repairs** tab and click **View More** to the right of the device. Use Search or filters to find it. 2. Use the **Repair Type** dropdown to change the type of repair if needed. 3. Use the **Images** section to upload photos of the device or repair process (JPEG, PNG, or GIF, max 10 MB each). 4. Use the **Status** dropdown to set the current repair status. 5. Verify the result: The status updates immediately. ## Record Repair Costs and Time Tracking costs per repair ticket gives you a running total of what each device has cost to maintain over its lifetime. 1. Open a repair ticket by clicking **View More** next to the device. 2. In the **Cost of Repair** section, enter the cost amount, time spent (in minutes), and any notes about the expense. 3. Click **Add Cost**. 4. Verify the result: A cost line item appears in the Cost panel with the running total for this ticket. To delete a cost line item, click **Delete** on the entry. Optional: Click **View/Print Invoice** or **Email Invoice** to send or print a record for billing or documentation. ## Complete a Repair 1. Open the repair ticket and set the **Repair Type** to what was fixed. 2. Upload any repair photos. 3. Enter the final repair cost, time spent, and notes, then click **Add Cost**. 4. Set the **Status** dropdown to **Completed** or **Repaired**. 5. Verify the result: The ticket shows Completed status and the device can be reassigned to a student or location. repairing.png Fleet menu. Repairs (selected) Repair Details for #346356 (completed) Repair Type: Connectivity Issue. Device… Cost of Repair section: Total Cost: $0.00, Hours Spent 0.00, Add Cost text box, time spent (minutes) text box,… Images (0) Area to click or drag files for upload. Previous Device Repairs (8) Listed by date, type of issue, and… Fleet Menu, repairs (selected) Activity Log (selected). Activity Log for Asset ID listed from most recent ## View All Repairs for a Device Each repair ticket in the Repairs tab represents a single repair event. A device with multiple repairs will have multiple entries. 1. Select the **Repairs** tab and find any repair ticket for the device. 2. Click **View More** to open the repair detail panel. 3. Scroll to **Previous Device Repairs** at the bottom of the panel to see all historical repairs for that device. 4. Click any previous repair to review its details. mceclip0.png image.png ## Filter Repairs by Type or Status 1. Select the **Repairs** tab. Fleet Menu: Repairs (selected) List of repairs includes: date created, status (completed, awaiting parts, needs… 2\. Click the filter icon in the **Status** column and select the status you want — for example, **Needs Repair**. needs-repair.png 3\. Click the filter icon in the **Repair Type** column and select the repair type — for example, **Screen Issue**. filter-repair-type.png 4\. Verify the result: The table shows only repair tickets that match both filters. ## Resources * [Export Repair Data](/products/fleet/export-repair-data) * [Search and Filter Devices](/products/fleet/search-and-filter-devices) # Troubleshoot a Fleet Authorization Error Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/troubleshoot-fleet-authorization-error Why an authorization error appears in GoGuardian Fleet and two ways to fix it — enabling Fleet access for a user or creating a new user with Fleet access. An authorization error means the account you are signed in to does not have access to GoGuardian Fleet. This happens in two ways: * During initial Fleet setup, all users in an organization can have their Fleet access set to Disabled. Fix this with Method 1. * An account other than the one used to administer your Google Admin Console or GoGuardian account was used to sign up for Fleet. Fix this with Method 2. ## Method 1: Enable Fleet Access for a User 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/), sign in to your administrator-level account, and click the **User Management** tab. 2. Find the user who cannot access Fleet and click **Edit**. 3. Click the drop-down next to **GoGuardian Fleet** and select **Enabled**. 4. Click **Save User**. Repeat for any other users who need Fleet access. image1b.gif image2b.gif ## Method 2: Create a New User with Fleet Access This lets you access Fleet using a different account. You can also grant your primary Google Admin Console administrator account access using Method 1. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/), sign in to your administrator-level account, and click **User Management**. 2. Click **Add User**. 3. Enter your name and email address. Under **Roles**, click the drop-down next to **GoGuardian Fleet** and select **Enabled**. 4. Click **Add User**. # How GoGuardian Fleet Works Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/understand-goguardian-fleet What GoGuardian Fleet is, what device data it tracks, how it syncs with Google Admin Console, and what it does not do. GoGuardian Fleet is a device inventory and repair tracking tool for K-12 IT teams. It gives administrators a single view of all managed devices — their location, status, assigned user, and repair history — and keeps that data in sync with Google Admin Console. ## Understand What Fleet Tracks Fleet displays device-level information pulled from Google Admin Console and updated through CSV imports. Data available in Fleet includes: * Serial number, asset ID, and MAC address * Assigned user (by email) * Organizational Unit (OU) * Location * Device status (Assigned or Unassigned) * OS version and firmware version * Last sync date * Repair history and costs Fleet displays this data across 2 tabs: **Devices** and **Repairs**. ## Understand What Fleet Does Not Do Fleet is a device management and tracking tool. It does not: * Access or display student browsing activity (even for GoGuardian Admin or Teacher subscribers) * Push OS or firmware updates to devices — Fleet shows version data, but updates must be managed through Google Admin Console * Replace Google Admin Console — Fleet works alongside it ## Understand How Fleet Syncs with Google Admin Console Fleet syncs with Google Admin Console automatically each night. The sync updates device records in Fleet based on changes made in Google Admin Console, and pushes certain Fleet fields (like Location, Asset ID, and User) back to Google Admin Console. You can trigger a manual sync at any time using Force Sync. See [Sync with Google Admin Console](/products/fleet/sync-with-google-admin-console) for details. ## Resources * [Manage Fleet Users](/products/fleet/manage-fleet-users) * [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices) * [Sync with Google Admin Console](/products/fleet/sync-with-google-admin-console) # Update Device Status Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/fleet/update-device-status How to update device inventory status, edit device fields, and check which devices are assigned or unassigned in GoGuardian Fleet. GoGuardian Fleet tracks 2 types of device status: inventory status (whether a device is assigned or unassigned) and repair status (the current state of an open repair ticket). This article covers inventory status updates. For repair status, see [Track Device Repairs](/products/fleet/track-device-repairs). ## Understand Inventory Status **Assigned** — the device has a user linked to it in Fleet. **Unassigned** — the device has no assigned user. ## Update Inventory Status for One or More Devices 1. Go to [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com) and select the **Devices** tab. 2. Click on the device you want to update. Use Search or filters to find it quickly. 3. Edit the desired fields in the device detail panel. 4. Optional: Click **Unassign All** to set the device to Unassigned. 5. Click **Bulk Edit** to save changes. bulk-edit.png 6\. Verify the result: The device status and field values update in the Devices table. devices.png repairs1.png status.png print-email.png ## Check Which Student a Device Is Assigned To Click on the device in the Devices tab. The assigned user's name and email appear in the **User Details** card in the side panel. ## Check Device OS and Firmware Versions 1. In the **Devices** tab, click the cog icon in the table header. 2. Select **OS Version** and **Firmware Version** from the column options, then click **Update**. 3. Click the **OS Version** or **Firmware Version** column header to sort devices by version number. 4. Verify the result: Devices are sorted so you can identify which ones have older version numbers. Fleet displays OS and firmware version numbers but does not indicate whether a device is out of date or requires a security update. Update devices through Google Admin Console or enable automatic updates — see Google's documentation on [deploying auto-updates for Chrome devices](https://support.google.com/chrome/a/answer/3168106). ## Resources * [Search and Filter Devices](/products/fleet/search-and-filter-devices) * [Track Device Repairs](/products/fleet/track-device-repairs) * [Import Devices](/products/fleet/import-devices) # The GoGuardian App on iPad Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/gg-app/ipad How The GoGuardian App works on iPadOS — screen sharing, Teacher commands, and unsupported features — and how it differs from Chromebook and Windows. The GoGuardian App on iPadOS supports GoGuardian Teacher's classroom management and reporting tools, with key differences from Chromebook and Windows deployments. Feature differences on iPadOS are due to limitations of Apple's operating system and cannot be changed. ## Allow Notifications Before Getting Started Features of The GoGuardian App, including Teacher commands, rely on push notifications to reach student devices. Confirm that notifications are enabled on each student's iPad before the first session. On each student's iPad: 1. Go to **Settings**, then select **Notifications**. 2. Select **Screen Sharing**. 3. Turn on **Allow Notifications**. ## Understand Screen Sharing on iPad On Chromebook deployments, GoGuardian Teacher views student screens automatically when a session starts. On iPadOS, students must grant permission at the start of each session. When a class session begins, students receive a push notification asking permission for the teacher to view their screen. The teacher's dashboard shows the student's tile with a "waiting screen permission" message until the student accepts the **Start Broadcast** prompt. A three-second countdown follows before the broadcast begins. Once the broadcast starts, students can tap the **Home** button or tap outside the broadcast prompt to leave the screen. A red recording icon appears in the top-right corner of the student's device. Tapping it stops the broadcast. If a student stops the broadcast, the teacher can use the **Request screen permission** button to resend the permission prompt. iPad deployments provide a full-screen view of the student's device, including all open apps — not just the browser. This is the same behavior as Windows deployments, and broader than Chrome deployments, which capture only the browser window. ## Review Modified Teacher Commands The following commands work differently on iPadOS than on Chromebook or Windows devices. **Open Tab** On Chromebook and Windows, the Open Tab command opens a website automatically on the student's device. On iPadOS, it sends a push notification that reads "Your teacher wants you to open a website." The website opens when the student taps the notification. **Close Tab** On iPadOS, closing a student's tab redirects the browser to a "Your teacher closed this website" page instead of fully closing the tab. The student can reopen the page by navigating back or tapping **Reload**. Closed-tab pages are not displayed in the Student Activity view. **Device Lock** Apple does not allow third-party apps to lock iPadOS devices. When a teacher uses the Device Lock command on an iPad, it disables web browsing rather than locking the device. Students receive a push notification that their internet has been disabled, along with any message the teacher includes. Attempting to open a website displays a "Browsing Disabled" page. Students can still use their device freely and access apps that do not require internet access while the lock is active. **Teacher Chat** On iPadOS, The GoGuardian App includes a dedicated Chat tab where students can read messages from and send replies to their teacher. If a teacher sends a message while the app is closed, the student receives a push notification. Tapping the notification opens the Chat tab. ## Check Unsupported Features on iPad The following GoGuardian Teacher features are not supported on iPadOS: | Feature | Status | | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Video conferencing (video call, voice-only call, and Lecture mode) | Not supported. Teachers cannot select iPadOS students for calls. If all students in a class are on iPadOS, the **Call Students** tab is disabled. | | Annotate screen | Not supported. | | Scene auto-open websites | Not supported. Web filtering in Scenes works normally, but auto-opening specific websites when a Scene is applied is not available on iPadOS. | | Scene tab limits | Not supported. | ## Know Additional iPad Limitations **Notifications during screen broadcast** While a screen broadcast is active, iPadOS suppresses push notifications from all other apps on the student's device, including GoGuardian's own notifications. Open Tab, Teacher Chat, and other GoGuardian Teacher notifications do not display on the student's device while a broadcast is active. Apps that rely on notifications may not behave as expected during this time. Students should open and load any notification-dependent apps before starting the screen broadcast. A student can change this behavior with a device setting in iPadOS that allows notifications during screen recording. This setting can only be changed by the student on the device — it cannot be configured or enforced through MDM. Only one app at a time can record screen activity on iPadOS. If students use another screen-sharing app, the GoGuardian broadcast must be stopped first. **Background apps** On iPadOS, apps including web browsers do not run in the background. If a student minimizes a browser, GoGuardian loses its connection to that browser. Open websites will not appear in the Student Activity view until the browser is brought back to the foreground. **Student Activity view** The Student Activity tab displays open websites and tabs in the browser only. Teachers can see students using other apps on their iPad during a screen broadcast, but Student Activity does not list third-party or local apps. The Close Tab command cannot close non-browser apps. ## Resources Review system requirements and supported platforms for all GoGuardian App deployments. Review feature differences for Windows deployments. Full reference for all GoGuardian Teacher commands. How Teacher Check-Ins work on supported platforms. # The GoGuardian App on macOS Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/gg-app/macos The GoGuardian App on macOS supports GoGuardian Admin filtering and GoGuardian Beacon. GoGuardian Teacher is not yet supported on macOS. The GoGuardian App on macOS provides GoGuardian Admin filtering and GoGuardian Beacon. GoGuardian Teacher is not yet supported on macOS. ## Review What Is Supported on macOS The GoGuardian App on macOS delivers the same Admin filtering and Beacon coverage as on other platforms: * **GoGuardian Admin filtering** — the app locally proxies internet traffic using SSL decryption and applies GoGuardian Admin policy rules across all browsers * **GoGuardian Beacon** — student safety reviewing runs in the background, generating alerts when content signals are detected Filtering applies across all browsers on the Mac, not only Chrome. This is the same web browser-agnostic behavior as Windows deployments. ## Know Unsupported Features on macOS **GoGuardian Teacher is not yet available on macOS.** Classroom management features — including session start, screen viewing, Teacher commands, and Teacher Chat — are not supported. Students on Mac devices do not appear in GoGuardian Teacher sessions. Screenshots of student activity are also not supported on macOS. Administrators can review browsing activity in GoGuardian Admin reports, but no live screen capture is available. If your school uses GoGuardian Teacher and your students are on Mac devices, contact GoGuardian support for guidance on your deployment options. ## Allow Network Extension During Deployment When The GoGuardian App is first installed on a Mac, macOS may prompt the user or IT administrator to allow a network extension. This permission is required for GoGuardian's local proxy to filter internet traffic. For MDM-managed devices, your MDM can pre-configure the network extension approval so that no user interaction is required during deployment. ## Understand Hostname Exception Behavior Hostname, application, IP, and Windows application exceptions are configured in Org Management and apply to macOS deployments as well. When a domain is added as a hostname exception, GoGuardian does not filter web traffic to that domain on Mac devices. See [Add Exceptions in Organization Management](/products/org-management/add-exceptions) for instructions. ## Resources Review system requirements and supported platforms for all GoGuardian App deployments. Review platform-specific behavior for iPad deployments, where Teacher is supported. Review platform-specific behavior for Windows deployments, where Teacher is supported. Manage hostname, application, and IP exceptions for GoGuardian filtering. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/gg-app/overview The GoGuardian App installs Admin, Beacon, and Teacher on managed Windows, iPad, and Mac devices, filtering internet traffic locally through SSL inspection. The GoGuardian App installs GoGuardian Admin, GoGuardian Beacon, and GoGuardian Teacher on managed devices. It filters internet traffic locally using SSL decryption, applying GoGuardian Admin policy rules without requiring a Chrome browser or extension. ## Learn How The GoGuardian App Works The GoGuardian App runs as a native application on managed Windows, iPad, and Mac devices. Once installed, it locally proxies internet traffic using SSL decryption. The app inspects and filters requests based on the organization's GoGuardian Admin filtering policies. This approach extends GoGuardian Admin filtering, Beacon student safety features, and Teacher classroom management to devices running Windows 10 or later, iPadOS 17 or later, and macOS 14 or later — without requiring the GoGuardian Chrome extension or a Chromebook. ## Choose When to Use The GoGuardian App Use The GoGuardian App when your school or district manages: * **Windows devices** through Active Directory, Microsoft Intune, or PDQ Deploy * **iPads** enrolled in a supported MDM platform * **Mac devices** enrolled in a supported MDM platform If student devices are Chromebooks managed through Google Admin Console, use the GoGuardian Chrome extension instead. See [GoGuardian Extensions](/products/admin/install-extensions). Devices must be enrolled in a supported MDM platform before deploying The GoGuardian App. The app is deployed by the MDM — it cannot be installed manually by students or teachers. ## Review Supported Platforms The GoGuardian App supports the following operating systems, MDM platforms, and processor architectures. | Operating System | Supported Versions | Supported MDMs | Processor | | ---------------- | -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | | Windows | Windows 10 and later | Active Directory, Intune, and PDQ Deploy | x86 64-bit, including Arm with x86 emulation | | iPadOS | 17 and later | Addigy, FileWave, Intune, Iru, Jamf Pro, Jamf School, Meraki, Mosyle, and Workspace ONE | Arm | | macOS | 14 and later | FileWave, Intune, Iru, Jamf Pro, Jamf School, Meraki, and Mosyle | Intel and Arm (Universal build) | Once you've confirmed your devices and MDM are supported, review the platform-specific guide for your deployment. ## Resources Review platform-specific features and limitations for iPad deployments. Review platform-specific features and UX differences for Windows deployments. Install the GoGuardian Chrome extension on Chromebook devices. # The GoGuardian App on Windows Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/gg-app/windows How The GoGuardian App differs from the Windows Legacy deployment: advantages of the new app, UX changes in Teacher features, and unsupported features. The GoGuardian App replaces the Windows Legacy deployment (GoGuardian Extensions + MSI package) for Windows devices. All major GoGuardian Teacher features are supported, with a few UX differences and unsupported features described in this article. ## Review Windows Deployment Advantages The GoGuardian App on Windows offers several improvements over the Windows Legacy deployment: * **Faster, more simplified deployment** — the app installs through your MDM without requiring separate extension and MSI package management * **Improved security and performance** — local traffic proxying with SSL decryption provides more reliable filtering than the extension-based approach * **Web browser agnostic** — filtering applies across all browsers, not only Chrome ## Check Modified Teacher Features The following GoGuardian Teacher features work differently in The GoGuardian App compared to the Windows Legacy version. GoGuardian Teacher video calls and voice-only calls are not supported on Windows. Lecture and Presentation mode are supported. ### Understand Close Tab Behavior On The GoGuardian App, closing a student's browser tab keeps the tab open but replaces its contents with a page that reads "Your teacher closed this website." Native Windows applications can still be fully closed using the **Close App** command. ### Review Teacher Chat Placement The Teacher Chat interface is a dedicated tab inside The GoGuardian App window. In Windows Legacy, Teacher Chat opened in a standalone pop-up window. ### Check Announcements Delivery The Announcements feature lets teachers send messages to individual students or the entire class. In Windows Legacy, announcements appeared as a pop-up modal inside all open browser tabs. In The GoGuardian App, announcements appear in a standalone pop-up window outside the browser. ### Review Check-In Placement The Check-Ins feature lets teachers send a class-wide prompt to see how students are feeling. In Windows Legacy, the Check-In survey appeared in a standalone pop-up window. In The GoGuardian App, Check-Ins are displayed in the **Home** tab of the app window. ### Know Scene Tab Limit Behavior GoGuardian Teacher Scenes can auto-open websites when a Scene is applied and limit the number of tabs a student can have open. In The GoGuardian App, when a student reaches the tab limit, additional tabs redirect to the "Your teacher closed this website" page rather than closing. Auto-open behavior remains the same. ## Understand Hostname Exception Behavior Hostname and application exceptions configured in Org Management prevent GoGuardian from filtering web traffic to specific domains. When a domain is excluded, GoGuardian Teacher's Student Activity view does not display student activity from that domain. To add or manage exceptions, go to **Org Management** and select **Installations**, then choose **Manage Exceptions**. See [Add Exceptions in Organization Management](/products/org-management/add-exceptions) for detailed instructions. ## Resources Review system requirements and supported platforms for all GoGuardian App deployments. Review feature differences for iPad deployments. Full reference for all GoGuardian Teacher commands. Manage hostname, application, and IP exceptions for GoGuardian filtering. # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass Digital hall pass management that replaces paper passes with an insight-driven system for improving student accountability and campus safety. GoGuardian Hall Pass replaces paper hall passes with a digital, data-driven system. Students request passes from their device, you approve or deny with a single click, and administrators gain real-time visibility into who is in the hallway at any given moment. Pass data accumulates over time so you can identify behavioral patterns and act before problems escalate. **Accessible via:** Any web browser, on any student or staff device ## Review Key Capabilities Students submit pass requests from their device. You approve or deny with one click — no paper, no interruption to your lesson. Configure rules so routine passes — like a student's first bathroom trip of the day — are approved automatically without requiring your action. Set limits on how many passes a student can use per period, per day, or per location to reduce excessive hallway time. Temporarily pause all new pass requests school-wide or for your class — for example, during a test or a lockdown drill. Flag specific student combinations so the system alerts you or prevents both from being in the same location at the same time. Set up a shared device at a hallway station where students can check in and out without a teacher needing to act. View trends in pass frequency, duration, and destination by student, class, location, or time period. Connect to your student information system for automated roster and staff management. Tie pass behavior to positive behavioral interventions and supports programs, rewarding students for responsible hallway use. Hall Pass connects with GoGuardian Teacher so you can manage passes without switching between apps during a session. ## Understand How Hall Pass Works When a student needs to leave the classroom, they submit a pass request from their device — selecting the destination (bathroom, nurse's office, library, and so on) and the expected duration. You see the request on your dashboard and approve or deny it in one click. The student receives an instant notification. While the student is out, you can see their pass status at any time. Hall monitors and administrators have the same visibility from their own dashboards — showing which students are currently out, where they are headed, and how long they have been gone. When the student returns, they check back in digitally, closing the pass. ## Set Up Pass Rules 1. Add the destinations students can request — for example, restroom, nurse, library, front office, or counselor. You can set each location as available to all students or restricted to specific groups. 2. For each location, define the maximum number of passes per student per period or per day. Set a maximum pass duration so the system flags passes that run over time. 3. Identify pass types that do not require manual approval. For example, you might auto-approve a student's first restroom pass of the period or a pass to the library during a research block. 4. Turn on notifications so you and hall monitors are alerted when a student's pass exceeds the expected duration. You can set the threshold that triggers an alert. Start with a small number of rules and expand once staff are comfortable with the system. Overly complex rule sets can slow adoption. ## Identify Frequent Fliers Hall Pass tracks pass history for every student and surfaces behavioral trends in the analytics dashboard. You can view: * Which students have the highest pass frequency over a given period * Which locations generate the longest average pass durations * Peak times when hallway traffic is highest * Students whose pass patterns have changed significantly Use these reports to identify students who may need a targeted behavioral intervention before an issue escalates. You can filter by class, grade level, or date range to focus on the trends most relevant to your situation. Behavioral trend data is available to teachers for their own students and to administrators for the full campus. Access is controlled by your district's Hall Pass configuration. ## Use Emergency and Evacuation Mode During a crisis, lockdown drill, or fire evacuation, you need to know immediately which students are not in their assigned classroom. Hall Pass provides a centralized dashboard that shows: * Every student currently out on an active pass * Each student's stated destination * How long each student has been out * Which students have not checked back in Staff with campus-wide access can view this information in real time from any device with a browser, enabling faster and more accurate accountability during an emergency. Hall Pass is a visibility and accountability tool. It does not replace your district's emergency response procedures. Confirm with your safety coordinator how Hall Pass data integrates into your existing protocols. ## Review AI-Driven Policy Recommendations As pass data accumulates, Hall Pass analyzes patterns across your campus and generates specific recommendations for rule adjustments. For example, the system might identify that restroom passes during third period consistently run long on Tuesdays, or that a particular hallway location correlates with a high rate of behavioral incidents. Recommendations appear in the analytics dashboard and suggest concrete rule changes — such as tightening the pass limit for a specific location or adjusting the auto-approve threshold for a period. You review and apply changes; the system does not modify rules automatically. This shifts hall pass management from reactive (responding after incidents) to proactive (adjusting policies before problems become patterns). ## Frequently Asked Questions Hall Pass creates a verifiable, real-time log of every student who is out of the classroom. Administrators and hall monitors can see exactly where each student is headed and how long they have been out. The system also analyzes pass data to generate proactive rule recommendations, helping you tighten policies before incidents occur rather than after. Teachers use a one-click interface to approve or deny pass requests, so the transaction takes seconds. Students receive instant digital notifications rather than waiting for a paper pass to be filled out. Auto-approve rules handle routine requests with no teacher action at all. Hall Pass enforces configurable rules on pass duration, pass limits per period, and approved destinations. Staff receive automatic alerts when a student is overdue, enabling immediate follow-up. Every pass creates a timestamped record for administrative review. Hall Pass is cloud-based and integrates with your existing student information system for roster and staff management. Deployment requires minimal IT effort. Most campuses can configure locations, rules, and staff accounts in a single setup session. Yes. During an emergency or evacuation drill, any authorized staff member can open the real-time dashboard to see which students are currently out on a pass, where they are headed, and who has not returned. This supports faster and more accurate student accounting. Yes. Hall Pass is browser-based and works on any device — Chromebook, Windows laptop, Mac, tablet, or phone. There is no app to install for teachers or students. # Add Users to GoGuardian Hall Pass Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/add-users-to-hall-pass How Org Management OU and individual user assignments control who has access to Hall Pass, what role they have, and which school site they can access. GoGuardian Hall Pass gets its user roster from GoGuardian Org Management. You assign Organizational Units (OUs) or individual users to a site directly in Org Management, which tells Hall Pass who belongs to that site and what role they have. When a user signs in, Hall Pass checks their directory entry against these assignments and grants access accordingly. Each site has three roles: **Admins**, **Staff**, and **Students**. You assign OUs and users separately for each role from that role's tab. * **OU assignment** applies a role to everyone in a directory path (Organizational Unit). This is the primary method for most users. * **Individual user assignment** applies a role to a specific person, regardless of their OU. Individual assignment overrides OU assignment for that person and is intended for exceptions. You can assign individual users one at a time. For the **Admins** and **Staff** roles, you can also upload a CSV of email addresses to assign many users at once. ## Add Organizational Units to a Site Use OU assignment to give an entire student population or staff group access to a site. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and sign in with your district administrator account. 2. Navigate to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**. 3. Click **Edit** on the site you are configuring. 4. Select the tab for the role you're assigning: **Admins**, **Staff**, or **Students**. GoGuardian Org Management — Add Organization Units as Staff panel with several OU checkboxes selected and Add OU enabled 5. In the **Available OUs** list, search for the OU path and select its checkbox. For example: `/school_a/students` or `/district/staff/east_high`. 6. Click **Add OU**. The OU moves to **Assigned OUs**. 7. Click **Save Site**. 8. Verify the result: users in that OU can sign in to Hall Pass and see the correct site and role without a "no sites" error. Repeat this process to assign OUs to other roles or other sites. ## Add Individual Users to a Site Use individual user assignment for exceptions: a staff member who supports multiple sites, an administrator whose OU would assign the wrong role, or a temporary staff member who needs access for a specific building. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and sign in with your district administrator account. 2. Navigate to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**. 3. Click **Edit** on the site you are configuring. 4. Select the tab for the role you're assigning: **Admins**, **Staff**, or **Students**. GoGuardian Org Management — Add Users as Staff panel with available users selected and Add User enabled 5. In the **Available Users** list, search for the user and select their checkbox. 6. Click **Add User**. The user moves to **Assigned Users**. 7. Click **Save Site**. 8. Verify the result: the user can sign in to Hall Pass with the assigned role at the assigned site, regardless of their OU placement. To give one person access to multiple sites, add them as an individual user on each site. ### Upload Admins or Staff via CSV To assign many individual users to the **Admins** or **Staff** role at once, upload a CSV of email addresses instead of adding them one at a time. CSV upload is not available on the **Students** tab. Assign students through an OU or by selecting individual users. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and sign in with your district administrator account. 2. Navigate to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**. 3. Click **Edit** on the site you are configuring. 4. Select **Admins** or **Staff**. 5. Click **Upload CSV**, then click or drag your CSV file into the upload field. GoGuardian Org Management — Edit Site page with the Upload CSV button highlighted above the Add Users as Staff section GoGuardian Org Management — Bulk Add/Update dialog for uploading a CSV of email addresses 6. Click **Add Users**. 7. Click **Save Site**. 8. Verify the result: each user in the CSV can sign in to Hall Pass with the assigned role at the assigned site. The CSV must be a single column of email addresses, one per line, with no header row or column names. ## Troubleshoot Common Access Issues ### "No Sites" Error on Sign-In This error means Hall Pass found no OU assignment or individual user assignment that matches the user for any role. To resolve it: 1. Confirm the user's OU path in your directory (Google Admin Console or Active Directory). 2. In Org Management, go to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**, click **Edit** on the site, and check the **Admins**, **Staff**, and **Students** tabs for an OU assignment matching that path. 3. If no assignment exists, add one. If an assignment exists, confirm the OU path matches the user's actual OU path exactly. 4. If the match looks correct and the error persists, add the user individually as an override. ### Exact OU Path Matching OU assignment uses exact path matching. If your assignment is `/school_a/students` but a student's OU path is `/school_a/students/grade_9`, the assignment may not apply. Use the OU path level your district standardizes on, and confirm that every user in scope falls within that path. ### Unexpected Role Assignments If a user's role in Hall Pass does not match what their OU assignment would assign, check whether that person is also individually assigned to a different role. Individual assignment takes precedence over OU assignment. A stale individual assignment from a previous school year or role change can override the current OU assignment unexpectedly. To resolve it, find and remove the individual assignment from the relevant role tab in Org Management. ### Multi-Site Staff Staff who support more than one school need a separate assignment for each site. Without an explicit assignment for each site, the user sees only one building (or none at all) when they sign in. Add them as an individual user on each additional site. ### A User Is Missing from Hall Pass Entirely If a teacher or student doesn't appear in Hall Pass at all — not just the wrong role or site — there are two possible causes: 1. **They aren't assigned.** Hall Pass shows only users covered by an OU assignment or individual user assignment. Confirm an assignment covers their OU (or add them individually), as described under [No Sites Error on Sign-In](#no-sites-error-on-sign-in). 2. **They aren't in Org Management yet.** Because Hall Pass has no roster of its own, a user who was never provisioned into Org Management can't be assigned. Confirm the account exists in Org Management first. If it's missing, resolve the underlying directory sync — see [Troubleshoot Rostering and Sync Issues Across GoGuardian](/products/org-management/troubleshoot-clever-classlink-sync) — or add the account manually in [Manage User Accounts](/products/org-management/create-manage-user-accounts). Once the account exists, your assignments apply on the user's next sign-in. ### Remove or Deactivate a User * **Remove Hall Pass access only:** On the site's **Admins**, **Staff**, or **Students** tab, remove the OU or individual user assignment that grants the user access, then click **Save Site**. The change takes effect on their next sign-in. * **Deactivate the account entirely:** Archive the user in Org Management. An archived account can no longer sign in to any GoGuardian product until it's reactivated. ## Resources * [Hall Pass User Roles and Permissions](/products/hall-pass/user-roles-and-permissions) * [Set Up Hall Pass in Org Management](/products/hall-pass/set-up-hall-pass) * [Troubleshoot Rostering and Sync Issues Across GoGuardian](/products/org-management/troubleshoot-clever-classlink-sync) # Understand Approvals, Limits, and Rules Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/approvals-limits-and-rules How GoGuardian Hall Pass decides whether a pass activates immediately or waits for approval, and how approvals, overrides, and enforcement rules interact. GoGuardian Hall Pass evaluates every pass request against a set of policy checks before allowing a student to leave. Understanding how those checks work helps administrators configure policies accurately and helps staff respond to blocked passes with confidence. This article covers: * How passes enter the **Waiting for Approval** state * The blockers that prevent a pass from activating * How approvals and overrides work * Pass limits and how enforcement rules interact ## Understand How Passes Move from Request to Active When a student requests a pass, Hall Pass runs all configured policy checks in sequence. The outcome depends on what those checks find: * **No blockers, no approvals required:** the pass moves directly to **Active** * **1 or more blockers or approval requirements:** the pass enters **Waiting for Approval** A pass in Waiting for Approval is not canceled. It remains open until a staff member approves it, an override is applied, or the conditions blocking it clear (for example, capacity frees up or a cooldown window expires). ## Review Pass Statuses | Status | What it means | | ------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Waiting for Approval** | The pass exists, but 1 or more blockers prevent it from activating | | **Scheduled** | The pass is set to become active at a future time | | **Active** | The student is currently out on the pass | | **Overtime** | The pass has exceeded its expected duration but is still within the grace window | | **Expired** | The pass has exceeded the overtime grace window | | **Ended / Canceled / Rejected** | The pass is closed and will not continue | **Expired** is a visibility signal. The student is overdue, but depending on your workflow, staff may still need to end the pass manually. A pass in Waiting for Approval can become active later (after an approval is granted, capacity frees up, or a cooldown resets). ## Understand Blockers When a pass enters Waiting for Approval, 1 or more of the following conditions caused it. ### Understand Approval Requirements | Blocker | What triggers it | | --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Origin approval required** | The origin room is configured to require teacher approval before the student can leave | | **Destination approval required** | The destination room is configured to require teacher approval before the student arrives | ### Review Capacity Blockers | Blocker | What triggers it | | -------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Destination room is at capacity** | Too many active passes are already assigned to that destination | | **The maximum number of hall passes for this site are in use** | Too many active passes are in progress across the site | ### Identify Student Limit Blockers | Blocker | What triggers it | | -------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Student has reached the pass limit** | The student has reached a daily or weekly pass limit set by site settings or a group rule | | **Minimum time between passes** | The student is within a cooldown window since their last pass ended | ### Check Out-Together Rule Blockers | Blocker | What triggers it | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Another student with an out-together rule is currently in the hallway** | A student in the same out-together rule already has an active pass | ### Identify Time Restriction Blockers | Blocker | What triggers it | | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Time restriction is active** | The current time falls within a configured time restriction window | ## Review How Approvals Work A staff member can move a pass forward in 2 ways: **Provide a required approval:** If a pass is in Waiting for Approval because origin or destination approval is required, a staff member with the appropriate role can approve it. Approving removes that specific blocker. If other blockers remain, the pass stays in Waiting for Approval. **Apply an override:** Overrides let staff approve a pass even when a policy would otherwise block it. Hall Pass includes the following override labels: * Capacity Override * Origin Approved * Destination Approved * Out-together Rule Override * Site Capacity Override * Student Pass Limit Override * Minimum Time Between Passes Override * Time Restriction Override Override permissions are configured by administrators. Keep override access limited and define when overrides are appropriate, for example, emergencies or documented exceptions. ## Check How Scheduled Passes Are Enforced Scheduling a pass creates it immediately but delays activation until the start time. Enforcement checks re-evaluate at activation time: * A pass can schedule successfully and still fail to activate if approvals haven't been granted or if conditions like capacity or pass limits are not met at the scheduled start time. Train staff that **scheduled** means "queued," not "guaranteed." ## Configure Pass Limits Pass limits cap how many passes a student can take within a given interval: * **Per Day:** resets at midnight (or at a configured time) * **Per Week:** resets at the start of the school week Limits can be set at the site level (applying to all students) or scoped to specific groups using Group Rules. Group Rules take precedence over site defaults for students they cover. ## See How Multiple Rules Interact Multiple enforcement rules can apply to the same student at the same time. When they do: * All active blockers are listed on the pass * Each blocker must be resolved (approved, overridden, or cleared naturally) before the pass activates * Resolving 1 blocker does not clear others A pass in Waiting for Approval with both a capacity block and a pass limit block requires both conditions to clear before it becomes active. ## Avoid Common Pitfalls **"Why did it schedule but not activate?"** Scheduled passes are still subject to enforcement at activation time. Open the pass and check the blocker reason. **Capacity settings can unintentionally limit movement.** If site or destination capacity is set too low, expect many passes in Waiting for Approval at peak periods. Start conservatively and adjust based on reporting. **Combining cooldowns with low pass limits can feel restrictive.** A long minimum time between passes combined with a low daily or weekly limit can result in frequent blocks. Validate these settings against your real bell schedule. **Out-together rules need clear naming and staff communication.** If staff don't understand why a student is in Waiting for Approval, they'll assume the system is broken. Name rules for the policy and communicate which students are covered. **Multi-site users.** Staff or students associated with multiple sites must be in the correct site context to view and act on passes for that building. If someone can't find a pass, verify they're in the right site. # Approve, Reject, Cancel, or End a Pass Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/approve-reject-cancel-end-a-pass Learn how staff manage a pass after it's created, including approving, rejecting, canceling, ending, and overriding blockers. After a pass is created, staff can take action on it depending on its current status and your site's configuration. The available actions are **Approve**, **Reject Pass**, **Cancel Pass**, **End Pass**, and **Override Blockers**. ## Approve a Pass Use **Approve** when a pass is in **Waiting for Approval** and you are the required approver for the origin or destination room. 1. Open the pass from **Home** or **Hall Monitor**. 2. Click **Approve**. 3. Verify the result: if all blockers are resolved, the pass becomes **Active** (or **Scheduled** if it has a future start time). If other blockers still apply (capacity, limits, or a conflict), the pass remains in **Waiting for Approval** with the remaining reasons listed. A pass can require more than 1 approval. For example, both the origin room and the destination room may require separate approval. Check the pass details to confirm all required approvals have been given. ## Reject a Pass Use **Reject Pass** when a pass in **Waiting for Approval** should not proceed. 1. Open the pass from **Home** or **Hall Monitor**. 2. Click **Reject Pass**. 3. Verify the result: the pass moves to **Rejected** and does not activate. The student receives a notification that their pass to the destination was declined. ## Cancel a Pass Use **Cancel Pass** when a pass that is **Scheduled**, **Waiting for Approval**, or **Active** should no longer happen and the student does not need to go. 1. Open the pass from **Home** or **Hall Monitor**. 2. Click **Cancel Pass**. 3. Verify the result: the pass moves to **Canceled** and does not activate. ## End a Pass Use **End Pass** when a student has returned and an **Active** pass should be closed. 1. Open the pass from **Home** or **Hall Monitor**. 2. Click **End Pass**. 3. Verify the result: the pass moves to **Ended** and no longer appears as in progress. **Expired is not the same as Ended.** An expired pass is overdue but still open. A staff member must end it unless your site has an automatic cleanup workflow. ## Override Blockers Use **Override Blockers** when a pass is in **Waiting for Approval** due to a rule or limit and your role or site policy permits you to bypass that blocker. 1. Open the pass from **Home** or **Hall Monitor**. 2. Click **Override Blockers**. 3. Confirm the override. 4. Verify the result: the pass activates despite the active blocker. The override is recorded in the pass history. Each override type corresponds to the blocker it resolves: | Blocker | Override label | | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | | Destination room is at capacity | Capacity Override | | The maximum number of hall passes for this site are in use | Site Capacity Override | | Student has reached the pass limit | Student Pass Limit Override | | Another student with an out-together rule is currently in the hallway | Out-together Rule Override | | Origin approval required | Origin Approved | | Destination approval required | Destination Approved | | Minimum time between passes | Minimum Time Between Passes Override | | Time restriction is active | Time Restriction Override | ## Note Key Behaviors * **Kiosk mode changes who is acting.** In kiosk mode, actions may be recorded as coming from the student unless a staff PIN is used. If audit trails matter for your process, use the PIN workflow when appropriate. * **Multi-site staff.** If a pass detail won't open or actions fail, you may be in the wrong site context. Switch to the pass's site and try again. # Enable Auto-Approve for a Room Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/auto-approve-passes Configure a room in GoGuardian Hall Pass to automatically approve passes so students skip the Waiting for Approval state. Auto-approve is a per-room setting in GoGuardian Hall Pass that lets passes to a specific room bypass the **Waiting for Approval** state and go directly to **Active**. It's most useful for high-traffic, low-supervision rooms like bathrooms or water fountains where individual approval adds friction without adding value. Auto-approve does not bypass site-wide enforcement. Capacity limits, pass limits, time restrictions, and out-together rules can still block a pass even when auto-approve is turned on for the destination room. ## Enable Auto-Approve for a Room 1. Go to **Manage** and select **Rooms**. 2. Select the room you want to configure. 3. In the room form, turn on **Auto-Approve Passes**. > The field description reads: "Automatically approve passes to this room. This is useful for rooms like bathrooms." 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: The room now shows Auto-Approve Passes as enabled. Passes to this room move directly to Active without requiring manual approval. ## Understand What Still Applies When Auto-Approve Is On Turning on Auto-Approve Passes for a room does not disable other enforcement checks. A pass to an auto-approve room can still enter Waiting for Approval if any of the following apply: * **Destination room is at capacity:** the room has reached its active pass limit * **The maximum number of hall passes for this site are in use:** site capacity is full * **Student has reached the pass limit:** the student has hit a daily or weekly pass limit * **Minimum time between passes:** the student is within a cooldown window * **Another student with an out-together rule is currently in the hallway:** an out-together rule applies to this student * **Time restriction is active:** a time restriction is currently blocking new passes If a pass to an auto-approve room is in Waiting for Approval, check the pass for the specific blocker reason. ## Choose When to Use Auto-Approve Auto-approve works best for rooms where: * Traffic is high and passes are routine (bathrooms, water fountains, hallway lockers) * No destination teacher approval is needed * Speed of movement matters more than review For rooms that require staff oversight (counselor's office, nurse, administrator), leave auto-approve off so staff can review each request. # Use Emergency Mode Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/emergency-mode Activate an emergency in GoGuardian Hall Pass to stop new passes, transition active passes to check-ins, and account for every student who is out of class. GoGuardian Hall Pass emergency mode is a site-wide safety state that shifts the entire site from normal hallway operations to emergency procedures in seconds. Use it during safety incidents, lockdowns, or drills to quickly identify and account for students who are out of class. ## Understand What Emergency Mode Does When you create an emergency, Hall Pass automatically: 1. Notifies staff and students of the emergency. 2. Transitions all active passes to emergency check-ins. 3. Prevents new passes from being created until the emergency is resolved. While an emergency is active, the screen shows: "An emergency is currently active for your site. Hall passes are unavailable." ## Create an Emergency 1. In the sidebar, select **Emergency**. 2. On the **Create Emergency** screen, enter an optional message in the **Message for staff (Optional)** field. This message is sent to staff along with the emergency notification. 3. Select **Create Emergency**. 4. Verify the result: Hall Pass immediately notifies all staff and students, transitions active passes to check-ins, and locks new pass creation. ## Check In Students During an Emergency After an emergency is created, the **Active Emergency** screen shows a table of students who had active passes at the time. The table columns are **Student**, **Route**, and **Status**. A card on the screen reads: "The following students had active hall passes at the time of the emergency. If these students are with you, please check them in." To check in a student: 1. Find the student in the table. 2. Select **Check in** to mark them as accounted for. 3. If you check in a student by mistake, select **Undo** to remove the check-in. Any staff member with access to the emergency screen can check in students. ## End the Emergency 1. Select **End Emergency** in the **Active Emergency** banner. 2. If any students haven't been checked in, a warning appears: "You have students who have not been checked in." 3. Review the unchecked students, then select **End Emergency** in the confirmation dialog: "Are you sure you want to end the emergency?" 4. Verify the result: Hall Pass returns to normal operations and new passes can be created again. ## Apply Emergency Best Practices * **Plan ahead**: Decide which staff roles can create an emergency and identify backups in case the primary contact isn't available. * **Practice with drills**: Run at least 1 practice emergency so staff recognize how Hall Pass changes and know what to do without coaching. * **Brief staff before you need it**: If staff aren't trained on the check-in workflow, an emergency can create confusion instead of clarity. * **Remember to end it**: Leaving an emergency active after an incident ends blocks all new pass creation. Assign someone to confirm it's ended. * **Verify access in advance**: Only admins and designated roles can create an emergency. Confirm who has access before an incident occurs. # Create Group Rules Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/group-rules Set up Group Rules in GoGuardian Hall Pass to apply custom pass limits to specific students or organizational units. Group Rules let administrators apply pass limits to a defined set of students instead of relying on site-wide defaults. Use a group rule when a specific group of students needs a different daily or weekly pass limit than the rest of the site, for example, students on a behavior plan who need tighter limits, or a support group that needs more flexibility. Group Rules do not control time-of-day access. To block passes during specific time windows, use [Time Restrictions](/products/hall-pass/time-restrictions). ## Create a Group Rule 1. Go to **Manage** and select **Group Rules**. 2. Select **Create Group Rule**. 3. Complete the form: * **Name:** the rule name visible to administrators and staff * **Description:** an optional note visible to administrators and staff. Use this to document why the rule exists. * **Pass Limit:** enter a number and select the interval: **Per Day** or **Per Week** * **Students:** select individual students to include in this rule * **Organizational Units:** select 1 or more OUs to apply the rule to students directly in those OUs (see note below) 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: The new group rule appears in the Group Rules list. Students covered by the rule now use the group rule's pass limit instead of the site default. ## Understand Pass Limit Intervals | Interval | When the count resets | | ------------ | ------------------------------------------------ | | **Per Day** | At midnight, or at a configured daily reset time | | **Per Week** | At the start of the configured school week | Choose **Per Day** for limits that need to reset with each school day. Choose **Per Week** when students have a set number of passes for the whole week, regardless of how they distribute them. ## Apply OUs for Bulk Targeting Organizational Units let you apply a group rule to all students directly enrolled in an OU without selecting each student individually. Important: OU targeting applies only to students who are **direct members** of the selected OU. Students in child OUs (descendants) are not included. If your OU structure is hierarchical, add each relevant child OU separately or add students individually. ## Review Configuration Tips **Keep group membership intentional.** Large or poorly scoped groups are harder to troubleshoot when a pass is unexpectedly blocked. **Name rules for the policy, not the students.** A name like "Behavior Plan: Reduced Passes" is more useful to staff than a student's name or an internal code. **Multiple rules can apply to the same student.** If a student is in 2 group rules with different limits, Hall Pass uses the most restrictive limit. Audit overlapping rules if staff report unexpected blocks. **"It works for some students but not others."** That's usually a group rule behaving as designed. Make sure staff know which students are in which groups and why. # Use Hall Monitor Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/hall-monitor View real-time pass movement across your site and resolve active, overtime, and expired passes. Hall Monitor is a real-time view of all active pass movement across your site. It's designed for hall monitors, front office staff, security personnel, and administrators who need to review pass activity and resolve in-progress passes. From Hall Monitor, staff can: * See who is currently out on a pass * Identify students who are overdue * Open pass details and take action on in-progress passes ## Navigate to Hall Monitor 1. Open Hall Pass at [hallpass.goguardian.com](https://hallpass.goguardian.com). 2. In the sidebar, select **Hall Monitor**. ## View Active Passes Hall Monitor shows passes in these in-progress statuses: | Status | What it means | | ------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Active** | Student is currently out on a pass | | **Overtime** | Student has been out longer than the expected duration | | **Expired** | Student has gone past the overtime window. These are usually the highest priority to follow up on. | Select any pass to view its details: student name, origin, destination, start time, and expected duration. ## Resolve a Pass From a pass detail view, you can take the following actions on in-progress passes: * **End Pass**: Close the pass when the student returns * **Cancel Pass**: Stop a pass that is no longer needed. Select the appropriate action and confirm. **Note:** Reject is not available from Hall Monitor. Reject applies only to passes in the Waiting for Approval state, which are handled from **Home**. Hall Monitor shows only Active, Overtime, and Expired passes. ## Use Hall Monitor at a Kiosk Location Some schools run Hall Pass from a shared device ("kiosk") assigned to a specific room or office. When kiosk mode is active, Hall Monitor can show a location-scoped view of passes related to that kiosk's location, including: * Passes where the kiosk location is the origin * Passes where the kiosk location is the destination * Passes that are waiting for approval at that location If you're responsible for a kiosk: 1. Enable kiosk mode for the correct location at the start of the day. 2. Disable kiosk mode when the device is no longer supervised. Disabling requires the staff PIN used to enable it. ## Common Issues **Hall Monitor isn't a setup area.** It's designed for real-time review of in-progress passes. For rules, rooms, and reports, go to the admin management areas. **"Expired" doesn't automatically end the pass.** Expired means the student is overdue. It's a status signal, not a closed state. A staff member may still need to end the pass, depending on your school's workflow. **Passes aren't showing up in kiosk mode.** If passes appear to be missing, confirm the kiosk is set to the correct room or office. Location-scoped views only show passes tied to the selected kiosk location. **You manage multiple sites.** If you support more than 1 school or site, confirm you're viewing the correct site before taking action on a pass. # Integrate GoGuardian Teacher with Hall Pass Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/integrate-teacher Connect GoGuardian Hall Pass with GoGuardian Teacher so teachers can create and view passes without leaving their classroom workflow. GoGuardian Hall Pass integrates with GoGuardian Teacher so teachers can access key Hall Pass actions without leaving their classroom workflow. This article explains what the integration provides, how it works, and how to fix common access issues. ## Understand What the Integration Provides When the integration is active, teachers can: * See whether a student currently has a Hall Pass and what its status is * Open a focused Hall Pass window to **Create pass** for a selected student * Open a focused Hall Pass window to **View pass** details for an in-progress pass and take action, based on their permissions ## See How the Integration Works GoGuardian Teacher requests Hall Pass context for the teacher and their selected students. Hall Pass responds with: * Links to open the create-pass or view-pass windows * Real-time pass status so Teacher can stay updated on changes The pass window opens as a focused pop-up. Teachers complete the pass workflow there (selecting origin, destination, Travel Type, duration, and other fields), then return to Teacher when done. ## Confirm the Integration Is Working To confirm the integration is active: 1. Open GoGuardian Teacher and go to a class session. 2. Select a student. 3. Look for a Hall Pass affordance in the student panel, such as a pass status indicator or a link to create or view a pass. If you see the Hall Pass affordance, the integration is working. If nothing appears, review the access issues below. ## Fix Access Issues ### Teacher Doesn't Have Hall Pass Access GoGuardian Teacher can only retrieve Hall Pass context for teachers who are assigned to a Hall Pass site with the Staff or Site Admin role. If a teacher isn't assigned, Teacher can't show Hall Pass data for them. To fix this, go to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites** in Org Management. Click **Edit** for the relevant site, then assign the teacher from the **Staff** or **Admins** tab by OU or as an individual user. The **Admins** tab assigns the Site Admin role in Hall Pass. See [Set Up Hall Pass in Org Management](/products/hall-pass/set-up-hall-pass) for full steps. ### Student and Teacher Aren't on Same Hall Pass Site If a teacher and a student don't share a Hall Pass site, the teacher won't be able to create a pass for that student. Ensure both the teacher and the student are mapped to the same site in Org Management. ### Hall Pass Isn't Enabled for Org If teachers see a "Hall Pass not enabled" error, Hall Pass may not be licensed or enabled for the organization, or the teacher is missing the site mapping required for Hall Pass authorization. Contact your GoGuardian administrator to confirm the product is enabled. ### Pop-up Blockers Are Preventing Window from Opening The integration opens Hall Pass in a new pop-up window. If teachers report that nothing happens when they select a Hall Pass action, have them allow pop-ups for GoGuardian Teacher and Hall Pass domains in their browser settings. ### Student Isn't Appearing as Eligible Deactivated or archived students may not appear as eligible for Hall Pass actions. Confirm the student is active in the site. ## Related Resources For the teacher perspective on creating and managing passes, see the GoGuardian Teacher documentation. For a full walkthrough of creating and approving passes in Hall Pass, see [Create and Manage Passes as Staff](/products/hall-pass/teacher-staff-passes). # Set Up Kiosk Mode Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/kiosk-mode Configure a shared device as a dedicated Hall Pass kiosk so students can request passes from a consistent location without disrupting instruction. Kiosk mode turns a shared classroom or office device into a dedicated GoGuardian Hall Pass station. Pass activity in kiosk mode is scoped to a single location, so staff and students always see requests for the right room. ## Before You Begin You must set a PIN for your account before you can enable kiosk mode. If you haven't set one yet, GoGuardian Hall Pass will prompt you on the Kiosk Mode screen. ## Set Your PIN 1. Open GoGuardian Hall Pass and select the account menu in the top right. 2. Select **Kiosk Mode**. 3. If no PIN is set for your account, a message appears: "You must set a PIN for your account to enable kiosk mode." Select **Set PIN** and follow the prompts. ## Create a Kiosk Sign-In A kiosk sign-in is tied to one kiosk location. Passes shown in kiosk mode are scoped to that location. 1. Open GoGuardian Hall Pass and select the account menu. 2. Select **Kiosk Mode**. 3. Select a location from **Select Kiosk Location**. 4. If credentials already exist for that location, the **Kiosk Login** panel shows the username and password you can use. If no credentials exist, select **Create Kiosk Login** to generate them. GoGuardian Hall Pass shows the kiosk URL, username, password, and a QR code the kiosk device can scan to sign in quickly. ## Choose Student Sign-In Method Select the method that matches your site's setup. This determines how students identify themselves when requesting a pass. | Method | When to Use | How Students Sign In | | ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Student Name** | Supervised kiosks where staff can confirm students choose the correct name | Students select their name from the list. | | **Student Badge** | Your site uses the Student Badges feature or has existing student IDs synced through Clever or ClassLink | Students scan a printed Hall Pass badge. | | **Student ID** | Student IDs are available in GoGuardian Hall Pass (synced through Clever or ClassLink) | Students enter their student ID. | | **QR Code (Staff Only)** | Staff need unique and secure kiosk access | Staff open a Camera app or QR code reader and scan the code. The QR code is valid for a short period. If you get an error, reload the Kiosk Login panel to generate a new one. | ## Sign In to Kiosk Mode on a Shared Device Use the device students will use to request passes. 1. On the shared device, go to the kiosk URL shown on the **Kiosk Login** panel. 2. Enter the **Kiosk Username** and **Kiosk Password**, or scan the QR code with the shared device. 3. Choose a student sign-in method. 4. Click **Login to Kiosk**. ## Request a Pass in Kiosk Mode Students can request passes from the kiosk location. Site rules, approvals, pass limits, capacity limits, and time restrictions still apply. 1. Click **Request Pass**. 2. If student sign-in is required, the student signs in using the method selected for the kiosk session. 3. Complete the pass request details. 4. Click **Request Pass**. If the pass meets all site rules, it becomes active. If the pass needs approval or is blocked by a rule, GoGuardian Hall Pass shows the pass status. ## View Passes in Kiosk Mode The Active Passes section shows current passes related to the kiosk location — passes where the kiosk location is the origin or destination. 1. Find the pass under **Home** > **Active Passes**. 2. Click the pass card. 3. If prompted, ask the student to sign in. 4. Click **Use Staff PIN** when staff authorization is needed to view or act on the pass. ## Start the Kiosk Select **Start Kiosk**. GoGuardian Hall Pass switches to kiosk mode and scopes all pass activity to the selected location. ## Exit Kiosk Mode To return to the standard Hall Pass view: 1. Select the account menu. 2. Select **Exit Kiosk Mode**. 3. Verify the result: GoGuardian Hall Pass returns to the standard view and displays your full pass activity for the site. ## Revoke Kiosk Access Revoking a kiosk login immediately ends all active kiosk sessions for that location. 1. Open GoGuardian Hall Pass and select the account menu. 2. Select **Kiosk Mode**. 3. Select the kiosk location. 4. Select **Revoke the Credential**. 5. In the confirmation dialog, select **Revoke Login**. GoGuardian Hall Pass removes access for that location and signs out all existing kiosk sessions. ## Troubleshoot Kiosk Mode ### The Kiosk Won't Load or Sign In 1. Confirm the shared device is going to the kiosk URL shown on the **Kiosk Login** panel, not a general Hall Pass page. 2. Re-enter the **Kiosk Username** and **Kiosk Password** exactly as shown, or scan the QR code instead of typing. 3. If the QR code returns an error, reload the **Kiosk Login** panel to generate a new one — codes are valid only for a short period. 4. Check the device's network connection and confirm it's running a current browser. Kiosk mode can also run as an installed app; see [Set Up PWA Kiosk Mode](/products/hall-pass/pwa-kiosk-mode). ### A QR Code Won't Scan * **The code expired.** Kiosk QR codes are valid only briefly. Reload the **Kiosk Login** panel to generate a fresh code. * **The camera can't read it.** Confirm the scanning device has camera permission enabled, and that the code is displayed or printed clearly. For printed student badges, see [QR Codes and Badges](/products/hall-pass/qr-codes-and-badges). ### Students Can't Check In 1. Confirm the student sign-in method matches your site's data. **Student Badge** and **Student ID** require IDs synced through Clever or ClassLink; **Student Name** requires the student to be on the site roster. 2. If the roster is incomplete, the student may not be mapped to this site. See [Troubleshoot Hall Pass Users, Roles, and Sync](/products/hall-pass/add-users-to-hall-pass#troubleshoot-common-access-issues). 3. Remember that site rules still apply — approvals, capacity limits, pass limits, and time restrictions can block a request even when sign-in works. ### Reset or Reconfigure a Kiosk To move a kiosk to a new location or issue fresh credentials, revoke the existing kiosk login (which ends all active sessions for that location), then create a new kiosk sign-in for the correct location. See [Revoke Kiosk Access](#revoke-kiosk-access) and [Create a Kiosk Sign-In](#create-a-kiosk-sign-in). ## Frequently Asked Questions **Why are passes missing from kiosk mode?** Kiosk mode only shows passes related to the selected kiosk location. Confirm the shared device is signed in to the correct room, office, or staff location. **Can kiosk mode bypass approvals or pass limits?** No. Kiosk mode follows the same Hall Pass rules as other pass workflows, including approvals, capacity limits, pass limits, and time restrictions. **Why do staff need a PIN?** A staff PIN lets GoGuardian Hall Pass record staff-authorized actions from a shared device. Staff must set a PIN before creating or managing kiosk access. **Which student sign-in option should my school choose?** Choose the method your site uses for student identity. Students can select their name, scan a printed Hall Pass badge, or enter their student ID. **What happens when I revoke a kiosk sign-in?** GoGuardian Hall Pass revokes access for that kiosk location and signs out all existing kiosk sessions tied to that credential. **What are common issues to watch for?** * **Wrong kiosk location means passes are missing:** Kiosk mode is scoped to the selected location. If the pass list looks wrong, confirm the kiosk is set to the correct room or office. * **PIN required:** Enabling or managing kiosk mode requires a staff PIN. Staff should set their PIN before the first use. * **Kiosk mode does not bypass site rules:** Capacity limits, pass limits, and approvals can still block passes. * **Shared device accountability:** Decide whether your school wants kiosk actions attributed to students or staff via PIN, and train accordingly. # Hall Pass Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/notifications Understand the notifications GoGuardian Hall Pass sends, including emergency alerts, and troubleshoot notifications that aren't arriving. GoGuardian Hall Pass sends notifications to keep staff and students informed about pass activity and site-wide safety events. This article explains the notifications you can rely on today and how to troubleshoot ones that don't arrive. ## Emergency Notifications When an administrator or designated staff member creates an emergency, Hall Pass immediately notifies all staff and students at the site. The person creating the emergency can include an optional message for staff, which is sent along with the emergency notification. Hall Pass also transitions active passes to check-ins and blocks new passes until the emergency ends. For the full workflow, see [Use Emergency Mode](/products/hall-pass/emergency-mode). ## Other Pass Notifications Beyond emergencies, Hall Pass surfaces pass status — such as when a pass needs approval or is blocked by a site rule — in the app as passes are requested and acted on. Confirm your site's approval and rule settings if staff or students aren't seeing the pass updates they expect. ## Troubleshoot Missing Notifications If a staff member or student isn't receiving notifications they expect: 1. **Confirm the right account and site.** Notifications follow the user's Hall Pass role and site mapping. Confirm the user is mapped to the correct site — see [Add Users to GoGuardian Hall Pass](/products/hall-pass/add-users-to-hall-pass). 2. **Check browser notification permissions.** If Hall Pass runs in a browser, the browser must allow notifications from the site. Check the browser's site permissions and re-enable notifications if they were blocked. 3. **Check email delivery.** If a notification is sent by email, have the recipient check spam and filtered folders, and confirm the email address on their account is correct. 4. **Confirm the event actually occurred.** For emergency notifications, confirm an emergency was created and hasn't already ended. ## Contact Support If notifications still aren't arriving after these checks, contact GoGuardian Support with the affected user's email, their role and site, and which notification they expected. # Create Out-together Rules Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/out-together-rules Set up out-together rules in GoGuardian Hall Pass to prevent specific students from having active hall passes at the same time. Out-together rules prevent groups of students from having active hall passes at the same time. When 1 student in the rule has an active pass, any other student in the same rule who tries to request a pass enters **Waiting for Approval** with the blocker: **Another student with an out-together rule is currently in the hallway**. Use out-together rules when your school's policy or a student's individual plan requires that certain students not be unsupervised in common areas simultaneously. ## Create an Out-Together Rule 1. Go to **Manage** and select **Out-together Rules**. 2. Select **Create Out-together Rule**. 3. Complete the form: * **Name:** the rule name visible to administrators and staff * **Description:** an optional note visible to administrators and staff. Use this to document the reason for the rule (for example, "Safety plan: no overlap in hallways"). * **Students:** select the students this rule covers 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: The new out-together rule appears in the Out-together Rules list. When any student in the rule has an active pass, others in the same rule cannot start a pass without approval or an override. ## Understand What Happens When a Rule Blocks a Pass When the blocker **Another student with an out-together rule is currently in the hallway** appears on a pass: * The pass is in **Waiting for Approval** (it is not canceled) * A staff member with override permissions can apply an **Out-together Rule Override** to allow the pass * Once the first student's pass ends, the blocker clears and a new pass request can proceed normally ## Review Configuration Tips **Name rules for the policy, not the students.** Names like "No overlap: behavior plan" or "No overlap: safety plan" communicate purpose to staff without exposing individual student information in rule labels. **Keep rule membership small and intentional.** Large rules increase the number of daily blocks and make it harder for staff to identify which rule is applying to which student. **Communicate rules to staff.** If staff don't understand why a student is in Waiting for Approval, they'll assume the system isn't working correctly. Brief staff on which students are covered and when overrides are appropriate. **Overrides should be deliberate.** Out-together Rule Overrides exist for genuine exceptions (emergencies, documented exceptions in a student's plan), not as a workaround for a rule that's set up too broadly. # Understand Pass Statuses and Timing Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/pass-statuses A reference guide to every GoGuardian Hall Pass status, what causes each one, and who can act on it. Every pass in GoGuardian Hall Pass carries a status that reflects where it is in its lifecycle. Statuses change automatically based on time and site rules, or manually when staff or students take action. Each status tells you what is happening and what action, if any, is needed. ## Review Pass Statuses | Status | What it means | Who can act | | ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- | | **Waiting for Approval** | The pass exists but can't activate. A rule is preventing it: an approval is required, a room or site is at capacity, a limit has been reached, or a conflict is active. | Staff with appropriate role | | **Scheduled** | The pass will start at a future time. No action is needed until the start time arrives, unless the pass needs to be canceled. | Staff, student (cancel only) | | **Active** | The student is currently out. The pass is in progress and counting toward the duration. | Staff (end, cancel) | | **Overtime** | The student exceeded the expected duration but is still within the maximum time window. The pass has not expired. | Staff (end, cancel) | | **Expired** | The student exceeded the maximum duration. The pass is overdue and still open until a staff member ends it or your site's auto-cleanup runs. | Staff (end) | | **Ended** | A staff member or student manually closed the pass. No further action needed. | None | | **Canceled** | The pass was stopped before it became active. No further action needed. | None | | **Rejected** | A staff member denied the pass request. The student is notified that their pass was declined. | None | ### Understand Timing and Automatic Transitions Hall Pass moves a pass through time-based statuses automatically, using the pass's start time, expected duration, and your site's grace period settings: * A pass transitions from **Active** to **Overtime** when the expected duration runs out. * A pass transitions from **Overtime** to **Expired** when the maximum duration (duration + grace period) runs out. * Some sites configure a **Max Blocked Pass Duration** for passes in **Waiting for Approval**. If enabled, the pass moves to **Canceled** automatically after the configured window with no action. **Expired is not the same as Ended.** Expired means the pass is overdue but still open. Staff must end it manually, or your site's auto-cleanup workflow handles it. ## Understand What Causes "Waiting for Approval" A pass reaches **Waiting for Approval** when any of the following blockers apply at the time of the request or at the scheduled start time: | Blocker | What it means | | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Origin approval required | The origin room requires a staff member to approve before the student leaves. | | Destination approval required | The destination room requires a staff member to approve before the student arrives. | | Destination room is at capacity | The destination room has reached its maximum occupancy. | | The maximum number of hall passes for this site are in use | The site-level concurrent pass limit has been reached. | | Student has reached the pass limit | The student has hit their individual pass frequency limit. | | Another student with an out-together rule is currently in the hallway | An out-together rule prevents 2 or more linked students from being out at the same time. | | Minimum time between passes | Not enough time has passed since the student's last pass. | | Time restriction is active | A time restriction rule is currently blocking passes for this room, student, or site. | To see which blocker applies to a specific pass, open it from **Home** or **Hall Monitor**. The pass detail view lists all active blockers. ## Respond to a Pass in "Waiting for Approval" * **Approval required.** The correct staff member must open the pass and click **Approve**, or follow your site's override policy if the approver is unavailable. * **Capacity (room or site).** Wait for another pass to end, or ask the student to choose a different destination if your policy allows it. * **Student limit or minimum time.** Wait for the limit to reset or the cooldown interval to expire. * **Out-together rule conflict.** Wait for the other student's pass to end, or use **Override Blockers** if your role permits it. ## Respond to Overtime or Expired Passes * **Overtime.** Follow up with the student and ask them to return. * **Expired.** Escalate per your school's policy. The student is overdue. End the pass once the student returns. ## Understand Scheduled Passes and Activation Failures A pass with status **Scheduled** is queued, not guaranteed. At the scheduled start time, Hall Pass re-evaluates all rules. If a blocker applies at that moment (approval required, room at capacity, student limit reached), the pass moves to **Waiting for Approval** instead of **Active**. Check a scheduled pass that didn't activate by opening it from **Home** or **Hall Monitor**. The pass detail view shows the blocker reason. # Set Up Hall Pass as a PWA in Kiosk Mode Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/pwa-kiosk-mode Deploy GoGuardian Hall Pass as a Progressive Web Application (PWA) in kiosk mode on managed ChromeOS devices using Google Admin Console. This article covers PWA kiosk deployment on managed ChromeOS devices using Google Admin Console (GAC). Deploying Hall Pass as a PWA in kiosk mode locks a shared device to the Hall Pass interface, prevents students from navigating away, and keeps the app updated automatically. ## Before You Begin Confirm the following before configuring anything in Google Admin Console: * **ChromeOS devices**: Kiosk mode is native to ChromeOS. * **Managed licenses**: Devices must be enrolled in your school's Google Workspace domain. * **Dedicated Organizational Unit (OU)**: Create a specific OU (for example, "Hall Pass Kiosks") for these devices. This keeps the restrictive kiosk settings from applying to students' personal logins. ## Install Hall Pass as a PWA in Kiosk Mode Instead of installing through a user's browser, you'll force-install the app at the device level. 1. Log in to the **Google Admin Console**. 2. Go to **Devices > Chrome > Apps & extensions > Kiosks**. 3. Select the OU you created on the left side. 4. Select the yellow **(+)** button in the bottom right, then select **Add by URL**. 5. Enter the Hall Pass application URL. 6. Under **Installation Policy**, set it to **Installed**. ## Configure Auto-Launch Auto-launch ensures the device boots directly into Hall Pass without showing a login screen. 1. In the **Kiosks** menu, find the **Auto-launch app** dropdown at the top of the list. 2. Select your **Hall Pass app** from the list. 3. Select **Save** in the top right. The next time the device reboots, it will skip the login screen and launch Hall Pass immediately in full-screen mode. ## Lock Down Device Settings Configure the following settings in **Devices > Chrome > Settings > Device Settings** to prevent students from exiting the kiosk: | Setting | Value | Purpose | | ---------------------- | --------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Kiosk Sleep Mode** | No Action | Prevents the device from timing out or showing a lock screen. | | **System Info** | Disabled | Blocks Ctrl + Alt + I, which shows system stats. | | **Screen Dimming** | Never | Keeps the Hall Pass interface visible at all times. | | **Keyboard Shortcuts** | Restrict | Disables common exit shortcuts, including Ctrl + Shift + Q (Sign out). | ## Prevent Back-Navigation Since kiosk mode has no browser back button, configure these additional settings to prevent navigation out of Hall Pass: 1. In GAC, go to **User & Browser Settings**. 2. Search for **Overscroll history navigation**. 3. Set it to **Disabled**. 4. Verify the result: Students can no longer swipe to navigate back out of the app. For standard Hall Pass kiosk deployment, the PWA method described in this article is the recommended approach. It supports Auto-launch and receives remote updates automatically. Isolated Web Apps (IWAs) are restricted to specific enterprise partners for high-security hardware access and aren't suitable for standard Hall Pass deployments. # Set Up QR Codes and Badges Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/qr-codes-and-badges Create and manage downloadable student ID badges with QR codes or barcodes for Hall Pass kiosk sign-in. GoGuardian Hall Pass creates downloadable student ID badges with QR codes or barcodes for kiosk sign-in. Schools may refer to this use case as digital ID cards, student ID cards, QR ID cards, or barcode badges. In GoGuardian Hall Pass, the feature is called **Badges**, and the downloaded badge PDF is designed to be printed and distributed to students. Badges can be generated by GoGuardian Hall Pass, synced from Clever, or mapped to QR codes and barcodes your school already uses. ## Generate a Badge for 1 Student 1. Open the student's profile. 2. Select **Generate Badge**. 3. In the **Generate Badge** dialog, choose how to assign the token: * **Auto**: Hall Pass generates the token automatically. * **Custom**: Use an existing barcode or QR code value. Enter the value in the **Value** field. 4. Select **Generate Badge** to confirm. 5. Verify the result: The badge appears on the student's profile. To download or revoke it, select **Download Badge** or **Revoke Badge** from the same profile. A badge token can only be active for 1 student at a time. Revoking a badge immediately invalidates printed copies. The student will need a replacement. ## Generate Badges for All Students (Bulk) Bulk badge generation creates badges for every student who doesn't already have an active badge. Existing active badges aren't overwritten. 1. Go to **Site Settings** and open the **Badges** section. Admin access is required. 2. Select **Generate Badges**. 3. Wait for an email with download links to the badge PDF files. Download links expire in 7 days. 4. Print and distribute the badges to students. 5. Verify the result: Each student without an active badge now has one. Students with existing badges are unchanged. ## Assign Existing QR Codes or Barcodes (Bulk CSV Upload) If your school already uses QR codes or barcodes, you can map those values to student accounts instead of generating new ones. 1. Go to **Site Settings** and open the **Badges** section. 2. Select **Custom Badges**. 3. Upload a CSV or Excel file with 2 columns: student email and badge token. 4. Review the results. Common errors during bulk upload: | Error | Cause | | ------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------- | | "Another user has an active badge with token \[token]" | The token is already assigned to a different student. | | "User not found" | The email address doesn't match any student in your site. | | "User is not a student" | The email belongs to a staff account, not a student. | 5. Resolve any errors and re-upload if needed. 6. Verify the result: All rows without errors now have active badge tokens assigned to the matching student accounts. ## Use Existing Clever Badges If your organization syncs student IDs through Clever, students can scan their existing Clever badges in GoGuardian Hall Pass. You don't need to upload Clever badge tokens through **Custom Badges**. 1. Confirm that student IDs are synced from Clever to Hall Pass. 2. When setting up kiosk mode, choose **Student Badge** as the student sign-in method. 3. Have a student scan their Clever badge at the kiosk. 4. Verify the result: The student is signed in, and the kiosk displays their name and pass options. ## Use Badges with Kiosk Mode **Prerequisite:** When setting up kiosk mode, set **Student Authentication** to **Badge**. Badge scanning isn't available if a different authentication method is selected. Once the kiosk is running with Badge authentication: 1. Open the **Scan Badge** dialog on the kiosk device. 2. Allow camera access and select the correct camera if multiple cameras are available. 3. Have the student scan their QR code or barcode to sign in. 4. Verify the result: The student is signed in and the kiosk displays their name and pass options. ## Apply Badge Best Practices * **Distribute badges at the start of each term**: Establish a consistent process so every student has a badge before kiosks go live. * **Use durable printing and lanyards**: Keep QR codes flat and protected so they scan reliably. * **Keep a replacement workflow ready**: Lost or damaged badges need to be revoked and reprinted quickly. * **Test cameras in their actual locations**: Low light, glare, or a long scanning distance can reduce scan success. Test before students arrive. * **CSV uploads require exact matches**: Student emails and token formats must match exactly. A single typo causes the row to fail. # Set Up Recurring Passes Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/recurring-passes Learn how to create and manage recurring passes in GoGuardian Hall Pass for students with predictable, repeating movement needs. Recurring passes are used for predictable, repeating movement such as daily check-ins, scheduled services, or regular appointments. Instead of creating a new pass each time, you define a schedule once and Hall Pass generates passes automatically at the configured times. Recurring passes do not bypass enforcement. At each activation time, approval rules, capacity limits, and other restrictions still apply based on your site's configuration. ## Choose When to Use Recurring Passes * A student attends a daily support service at the same time each day. * A student has a weekly appointment that repeats on the same days. * Staff want to pre-plan movement for a student with a consistent routine. ## Create a Recurring Pass 1. Go to **Recurring Passes** in the sidebar. 2. Click **Create Recurring Pass**. 3. Complete the form fields below. 4. Click **Create Recurring Pass** to activate the schedule. 5. Verify the result: the recurring pass appears in the **Recurring Passes** list and begins generating passes at the configured times. ### Complete Recurring Pass Form Fields | Field | Description | | ------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Name** | A label for this recurring pass. Used to identify it in the list. | | **Description** | Optional context about why this pass exists or who manages it. | | **Time of Day** | The time each pass activates. | | **Days of Week** | The days the pass recurs. Select 1 or more days. | | **Duration (minutes)** | How long each pass runs, in minutes. | | **Expiration Grace Period (minutes)** | Additional minutes added after the scheduled duration before the pass expires. For example, a 5-minute pass with a 2-minute grace period expires after 7 minutes total. | | **Travel Type** | Select **Round-trip** or **One-way**. | | **Students** | The student or students this pass applies to. | | **Origin Room** | The room the student is leaving from. | | **Destination Room** | The room the student is going to. | ## Edit or Delete a Recurring Pass 1. Go to **Recurring Passes** in the sidebar. 2. Select the recurring pass you want to change. 3. Edit the fields as needed, then save. To stop the recurring pass entirely, delete it from this view. 4. Verify the result: edited passes show updated settings in the list. Deleted passes no longer appear. Editing a recurring pass affects future passes only. Passes that have already been generated are not changed. ## Note Key Behaviors * **Scheduled is not guaranteed.** If a recurring pass doesn't activate at its scheduled time, open it from **Home** or **Hall Monitor** to see the blocker reason. Common causes include approval requirements, room capacity, or an active time restriction. * **Approval routing still applies.** If your policy requires destination approval, confirm that the correct staff member or room owner is configured to receive approval requests. Recurring passes follow the same approval rules as manual passes. * **Multi-site users.** Recurring passes are site-specific. Make sure you're in the correct site context when creating or managing them. # Review Reports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/reports Use GoGuardian Hall Pass Reports to understand pass activity, identify trends, and make informed decisions about site policy, staffing, and locations. GoGuardian Hall Pass Reports give administrators a detailed view of pass activity across students, staff, and locations. Use them to answer questions like which locations see the most traffic, when peak pass times occur, which students are frequently out, and which staff generate the most activity. Go to **Reports** in the Hall Pass sidebar to access all report screens. ## Compare Reports at a Glance | Report | What it shows | | ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Activity Overview | Pass activity over time, with filters for pass type and granularity | | Top Students | Students with the most hall pass activity over the selected period | | Top Staff | Staff with the most hall pass activity over the selected period | | Top Locations | Locations with the most hall pass activity over the selected period | | Writeups | Writeups submitted by staff over the selected period | | Out Together | Students who have been in the hallway together over the selected period | All reports include a date range selector. Select your date range before reviewing or exporting data. ## Analyze Activity Overview The **Activity Overview** report displays a chart of pass activity over time. Use it to identify peak periods during the day, week, or month and to compare activity trends across time. **Filters:** * **Total:** all passes in the selected period * **Realtime:** passes created in real time * **Scheduled:** passes created in advance * **Expired:** passes that expired without being ended **Granularity options:** Group by Hour, Group by Day, Group by Week, or Group by Month. **Use cases:** * Identify peak hallway activity windows to adjust staffing or time restrictions. * Compare week-over-week or month-over-month trends after policy changes. * Determine whether scheduled or realtime passes make up the majority of activity. ## Review Top Students The **Top Students** report lists students with the most hall pass activity over the selected period. **Columns:** | Column | Description | | ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------- | | Student | Student name | | Number of Hall Passes | Total passes created for the student | | Total Hall Pass Duration | Cumulative time the student has spent on passes | **Use cases:** * Identify students who may benefit from additional support or check-ins. * Spot patterns in pass frequency that may indicate scheduling issues. ## Review Top Staff The **Top Staff** report lists staff with the most hall pass activity over the selected period. **Columns:** | Column | Description | | -------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | | Staff Member | Staff name | | Hall Passes Created | Number of passes this staff member created | | Hall Passes Approved | Number of passes this staff member approved | **Use cases:** * Understand how pass creation and approval is distributed across staff. * Confirm that pass workflows are being used consistently across classrooms. ## Inspect Top Locations The **Top Locations** report lists locations with the most hall pass activity over the selected period. **Columns:** | Column | Description | | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | Location | Location name | | Hall Pass Origins | Number of passes that started at this location | | Hall Pass Destinations | Number of passes that ended at this location | **Use cases:** * Validate destination capacity settings against actual traffic. * Identify locations that may need additional time restrictions or rules. ## Check Writeups The **Writeups** report shows writeups submitted by staff over the selected period. Review writeups to understand patterns in student behavior that staff have documented, and to inform policy or supervision decisions. ## Examine Out Together The **Out Together** report shows students who have been in the hallway together over the selected period. **Columns:** | Column | Description | | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------ | | Student 1 | First student | | Student 2 | Second student | | Count | Number of times these students were out together | | Out Together Rules | Any Out Together Rules applied to this pair | **Use cases:** * Review whether Out Together Rules are surfacing the right pairs. * Identify co-occurring patterns not yet covered by existing rules. ## Export a Report All reports include an **Export** button. Selecting **Export** queues a CSV file for generation. Hall Pass will send you an email when your report is ready to download. **Available export types:** * Pass Activity * Out Together * Writeups * Top Students * Top Staff * Top Locations Keep in mind that reports are scoped to the site you're currently viewing. If you manage multiple sites, confirm you're in the correct site before exporting or presenting data. ## Apply a Review Routine Consistent reporting helps you stay ahead of patterns and make adjustments before issues escalate. * **Weekly:** Review Activity Overview to understand current pass volume and peak windows. * **Monthly:** Review Top Locations and Out Together to validate location capacity, Out Together Rules, and hallway coverage patterns. * **As needed:** Use insights from Top Students and Writeups to inform individual support decisions. * **After policy changes:** Run Activity Overview and Top Locations to confirm that new rules or time restrictions are having the intended effect. When reviewing any report, always confirm the date range matches your intended period. If your site spans multiple time zones or recently changed schedules, verify timezone expectations before exporting or sharing data. # Request a Pass Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/request-a-pass Learn how staff and students request a hall pass in GoGuardian Hall Pass, including all form fields and what to expect after submitting. When a pass is requested, GoGuardian Hall Pass checks your site's rules and either activates the pass immediately or holds it for approval. What happens next depends on your site's configuration: a pass can go directly to **Active**, or it may land in **Waiting for Approval** if an approval rule, capacity limit, or other restriction applies. If the pass is scheduled for a future time, it appears as **Scheduled** until its start time. ## Request a Pass as a Student Students request passes from the **Home** screen. 1. Go to **Home**. 2. Select your destination room when prompted: "What room are you going to?" 3. Confirm your origin room when prompted: "What room are you coming from?" 4. Respond to the travel type prompt: "Are you coming right back?" Select **Yes** for **Round-trip** or **No** for **One-way**. 5. Enter how long you need when prompted: "How much time do you need?" 6. Click **Send Request**. 7. Verify the result: your pass status appears on screen. It will show **Active** if the pass started immediately, **Waiting for Approval** if a rule is holding the pass, or **Scheduled** if the pass is set for a future time. After submitting, your pass status shows one of the following: * **Active** — the pass started immediately and you're cleared to go. * **Waiting for Approval** — a rule or approval requirement is holding the pass. Wait for a staff member to act. * **Scheduled** — the pass is queued for a future start time. ## Request a Pass as Staff Staff create passes for students from the **Home** screen. 1. Go to **Home** and start a new pass request. 2. Select the **Student**. 3. Select the **Origin Room** (where the student is leaving from). 4. Select the **Destination Room** (where the student is going). 5. Enter the **Duration** in minutes. 6. Select the **Travel Type**: **Round-trip** or **One-way**. 7. Optional: Turn on **Schedule for Later** and set a future start time. 8. Optional: Enter a **Comment** to add context for approvers or the record. 9. Click **Request Pass** to submit. 10. Verify the result: the pass appears in your active pass list with its current status (**Active**, **Waiting for Approval**, or **Scheduled**). After submitting, the pass appears as: * **Active** — the pass started immediately. * **Waiting for Approval** — a rule is preventing activation. Open the pass to see the reason. * **Scheduled** — the pass will activate at the set start time. ## Note Key Behaviors * **Origin and destination can't be the same.** Hall Pass prevents the request if both rooms are identical. * **Duration may be capped.** Your site or destination room may enforce a maximum duration. If the duration resets or errors, lower it and try again. * **Students can't add comments.** The **Comment** field is staff-only. If a student needs to provide context, staff must collect it before submitting. * **Scheduled doesn't mean guaranteed.** A scheduled pass can still reach **Waiting for Approval** at activation time if approvals, capacity, or limits apply. Open the pass to see the blocker reason. * **Multi-site users.** If you belong to multiple sites, make sure you're in the correct site context before creating or viewing a pass. # Understand Rooms and Locations Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/rooms-and-locations Configure GoGuardian Hall Pass rooms: the settings, categories, capacity controls, and staff-as-location option that define where passes start and end. Rooms define where passes can originate and where students can go. They also power approvals, capacity controls, and kiosk workflows. Configuring rooms correctly before staff and students begin using GoGuardian Hall Pass reduces common access and approval issues. ## Navigate to Rooms 1. Sign in to [hallpass.goguardian.com](https://hallpass.goguardian.com). 2. In the sidebar, select **Rooms** under **Manage**. ## Add or Edit a Room 1. On the **Rooms** screen, select **Create Room** to create a new room, or select an existing room to edit it. 2. Complete the room fields: | Field | Description | | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Name** | The display name staff and students see when selecting a destination or origin. Use clear, familiar names (for example, Library, Nurse's Office, Main Office). | | **Icon** | A visual identifier for the room. | | **Room Number** (Optional) | The physical room number, if applicable. | | **Category** | Groups the room with similar rooms. Select **Manage Categories** on the Rooms screen to create or edit categories. | | **Room is open** | Toggles the room on or off. Closed rooms are not available for pass selection. | | **Auto-Approve Passes** | When turned on, passes to or from this room are approved automatically without staff action. | | **Counts toward pass limit** | When turned on, passes using this room count against the student's daily or weekly pass limit. | | **Limit room capacity** | When turned on, sets the maximum number of active passes that can use this room as a destination at one time. When the limit is reached, new pass requests to that room are held as **Waiting for Approval**. | | **Limit pass duration** | When turned on, overrides the site default and sets a maximum pass duration specific to this room. | | **Allowed Origin or Destination** | Controls whether this room can be used as a pass origin, a destination, or both. | | **Allowed travel types** | Restricts which travel types are available when this room is the origin or destination. | | **Set default pass duration** | Sets a suggested duration pre-filled when a pass to or from this room is created. | | **Assign staff to room** | Links specific staff members to this room for approval routing and kiosk access. | | **Require staff approval** | When turned on, passes involving this room require approval from an assigned staff member before becoming active. | | **Allowed destinations** | Restricts which other rooms students can travel to from this room as an origin. | 3. Select **Save**. 4. Verify the result: The room appears in the Rooms list with the correct name, category, and open status. ## Manage Room Categories Categories group rooms on the pass creation screen, making it easier for students and staff to find destinations. 1. On the **Rooms** screen, select **Manage Categories**. 2. Add, rename, or remove categories as needed. 3. Return to individual rooms and assign each room to the appropriate category. ## Allow Staff as Locations By default, Hall Pass uses rooms as origins and destinations. Your site can also allow staff members to serve as a pass origin or destination, supporting workflows like "send student to counselor." This setting is configured at the site level. To enable or disable it: 1. In the sidebar, select **Site Settings**. 2. Locate the **Allow Staff as Locations** setting. 3. Turn the setting on or off as needed. 4. Verify the result: When enabled, staff names appear as selectable options alongside rooms during pass creation. If this setting is turned off, create a dedicated room destination (for example, Counselor's Office, Front Office) so those workflows remain available. ## Review How Rooms Affect Everyday Workflows **Approvals.** When **Require staff approval** is turned on for a room, any pass involving that room enters a **Waiting for Approval** state until an assigned staff member approves it. **Capacity.** When **Limit room capacity** is turned on, Hall Pass prevents new passes from being approved to that room once the limit is reached. The site-level capacity setting works similarly across all rooms combined. **Kiosk.** Staff can only activate kiosk mode for rooms they are assigned to. **Same origin and destination.** Hall Pass does not allow a pass where the origin and destination are identical. ## Add Temporary Staff Temporary staff need access to Hall Pass to manage passes for the day. There are 2 ways to grant this access: * Add them to the site as a staff member with Hall Pass provisioning in Org Management. * Provide them with a staff code so they can access Hall Pass without a provisioned account. Adding temporary staff as associated staff on a classroom is the most effective way to ensure they can manage passes during their assignment. The sidebar label for this user type is **Temporary Staff**. ## Resources * [Set Up Hall Pass in Org Management](/products/hall-pass/set-up-hall-pass) * [Review Site Settings](/products/hall-pass/site-settings) # Set Up Hall Pass in Org Management Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/set-up-hall-pass Configure GoGuardian Hall Pass sites and assign Admins, Staff, and Students in Org Management. Set up GoGuardian Hall Pass sites and role assignments in GoGuardian Org Management before configuring rooms, rules, or site settings in Hall Pass. You need district administrator access to Org Management. ## Confirm Hall Pass Is Enabled 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and sign in with your district administrator account. 2. Open the GoGuardian product switcher and confirm **Hall Pass** appears. 3. If Hall Pass does not appear, contact GoGuardian Support to confirm your organization's license. 4. Verify the result: You can open Hall Pass without an access error. ## Create Site for Each School or Building Each school or building that uses Hall Pass needs a site in Org Management. 1. In Org Management, go to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**. GoGuardian Org Management Product Settings page showing the Hall Pass Sites list and Edit actions for existing sites 2. Click **Add Site**. 3. Enter a name that helps users identify the school or building. 4. Save the site. 5. Repeat these steps for each additional school or building. 6. Verify the result: Each school or building appears in the **Sites** list. ## Assign Site Admins The **Admins** tab assigns the **Site Admin** role in Hall Pass. Use this role for people who configure Hall Pass for the site. 1. Go to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**. 2. Click **Edit** for the site. 3. Select the **Admins** tab. GoGuardian Org Management Edit Site page with the Admins, Staff, and Students tabs and the Admins assignment panels visible 4. Assign an OU or individual user by following [Assign Organizational Units](#assign-organizational-units) or [Assign Individual Users](#assign-individual-users). 5. Click **Save Site**. 6. Verify the result: The assigned user can open the site with the Site Admin role. ## Assign Staff and Students Use the **Staff** tab for teachers and other staff who manage passes. Use the **Students** tab for students who request passes. 1. Go to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**. 2. Click **Edit** for the site. 3. Select **Staff** or **Students**. 4. Assign an OU or individual user by following the applicable method below. 5. Click **Save Site**. 6. Verify the result: The assigned users can open the correct site with the selected role. ## Assign Organizational Units Use an organizational unit (OU) assignment when everyone in an applicable directory path needs the same role at a site. 1. Open the site with **Edit**, then select **Admins**, **Staff**, or **Students**. 2. In **Available OUs**, find the applicable OU path and select its checkbox. 3. Click **Add OU**. The OU moves to **Assigned OUs**. GoGuardian Org Management Edit Site Students tab showing Available OUs and an OU in Assigned OUs for the site 4. Click **Save Site**. 5. Verify the result: Users in the assigned OU can access the site with the selected role. OU assignments use the applicable directory path. Confirm that the assigned path matches the users' actual OU path before troubleshooting access. ## Assign Individual Users Use an individual assignment for an exception, such as a staff member who works at multiple sites or an administrator who needs a different role from their OU assignment. 1. Open the site with **Edit**, then select **Admins**, **Staff**, or **Students**. 2. In **Available Users**, find the user and select their checkbox. 3. Click **Add User**. The user moves to **Assigned Users**. GoGuardian Org Management Edit Site Staff tab showing Available Users, Assigned Users, and the Upload CSV control 4. Review the user under **Assigned Users**. GoGuardian Org Management Edit Site Staff tab showing the individual-user search area and users assigned to the site 5. Click **Save Site**. 6. Verify the result: The user can access the assigned site with the selected role. An individual user assignment overrides an OU assignment for that user. Assign staff who work at multiple sites at every applicable site. ### Upload Individual Users with CSV Use a CSV to assign multiple individual users to the selected role. 1. Open the site with **Edit**, then select **Admins**, **Staff**, or **Students**. 2. Click **Upload CSV** above **Available Users**. 3. Add the CSV file. 4. Click **Add Users**. 5. Click **Save Site**. 6. Verify the result: The uploaded users appear under **Assigned Users** for the selected role. The CSV must contain 1 email address per row in a single column with no header. Student CSV uploads are limited to 500 students. ## Verify Role and Site Access Test each assigned role before continuing with site configuration. 1. Sign in with a test account for each assigned role. 2. Confirm that each account opens the correct site. 3. For a Site Admin account, confirm that Hall Pass identifies the site role as **Admin**. GoGuardian Hall Pass home page showing a demo account at a site with the Admin role 4. Verify the result: Every test account reaches the expected site with the expected role. If a user cannot access a site, return to **Product Settings** → **Hall Pass** → **Sites**, click **Edit**, and review the **Admins**, **Staff**, and **Students** tabs. Check the user's individual assignment first because it overrides their OU assignment. ## Resources * [Add Users to GoGuardian Hall Pass](/products/hall-pass/add-users-to-hall-pass) * [Review Hall Pass User Roles and Permissions](/products/hall-pass/user-roles-and-permissions) * [Understand Rooms and Locations](/products/hall-pass/rooms-and-locations) * [Review Site Settings](/products/hall-pass/site-settings) # Review Site Scans Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/site-scans Use GoGuardian Hall Pass Site Scans to review AI-generated reports of pass activity, identify prioritized issues, and take action before problems escalate. Site Scans are automated, AI-generated reviews of your Hall Pass data. Hall Pass analyzes pass activity and site configuration to surface potential issues and anomalies. Each report includes prioritized issues with descriptions and suggested next steps. Go to **Site Scans** in the Hall Pass sidebar to view your reports. > This report was generated by GoGuardian's AI agents. Our agents analyzed your site's hall passes and activity during the period of time specified to look for potential issues and anomalies. No student PII was shared with the agents. ## Understand What Site Scans Do Site Scans run automatically on a schedule. When a new scan runs, Hall Pass adds it to your Site Scans list. Each report covers a defined period of pass activity and flags issues by priority so you can focus attention where it matters most. Site Scans run weekly. Reports cover the previous week (Monday through Sunday in your site time zone). Hall Pass displays the next scheduled scan date on the Site Scans page: "We will automatically run a new scan on \[date]." ## Review a Site Scan Report 1. Go to **Site Scans** in the Hall Pass sidebar. 2. Confirm Site Scans are enabled. If the status shows disabled, select **Enable** to resume scans. 3. Select a report from the list to open it. The table shows **Report Period** and **Issues** for each scan. 4. Review the issues listed in the report. Each issue includes a **Description**, a **Next Steps** recommendation, and a priority indicator. 5. Verify the result: Each issue displays its priority level (High, Medium, or Low), a description of what the scan detected, and a recommended next step. High-priority issues appear at the top of the list. ## Interpret Issue Priorities and Next Steps Each issue in a Site Scan report is assigned one of 3 priorities. | Priority | What it means | | -------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | | High | Significant pattern or anomaly that warrants prompt follow-up | | Medium | Notable finding that should be reviewed and tracked | | Low | Minor or informational item with limited urgency | Use the **Description** to understand what the scan detected. Use the **Next Steps** to guide your response. For high-priority issues, treat the next steps as action items and document your follow-up decisions. Compare reports over time to confirm that rule changes or staffing adjustments are having the intended effect. Share relevant findings with staff who manage the affected locations or policies. Keep in mind that if your site has low pass volume, reports may be short or show few issues. A short report doesn't mean the scan failed. It means there was limited activity to analyze. ## Enable or Disable Site Scans Site Scans are enabled by default. If scans are disabled, Hall Pass will not generate new reports or send notifications. * To enable scans: Select **Enable** on the Site Scans page. * To disable scans: Select **Disable** on the Site Scans page. Changes you make to rules or staffing will appear in the next scan, not in the current report. # Review Site Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/site-settings Site settings control how GoGuardian Hall Pass behaves across a school and what students and staff see during pass workflows. Review them before rollout. Site settings control pass limits, timing behavior, student permissions, and location options for an entire GoGuardian Hall Pass site. Changes here apply to all staff and students at that school. Review these settings before staff and students begin using Hall Pass. ## Navigate to Site Settings 1. Sign in to [hallpass.goguardian.com](https://hallpass.goguardian.com). 2. In the sidebar, select **Site Settings**. ## Review Site Capacity | Setting | Description | | ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Site Capacity** | The maximum number of concurrent active passes allowed across the entire site at one time. When this limit is reached, students see the message "The maximum number of hall passes for this site are in use" and cannot create new passes until an active pass ends. | Start with a conservative capacity and tune it using **Reports** and **Insights** after a few weeks of use. A capacity that is too low causes students to encounter the site-capacity block during busy periods even when individual destinations have room. ## Configure Pass Duration Settings | Setting | Description | | -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Max Pass Duration** | The maximum length allowed for any single pass at this site. Room-level duration limits cannot exceed this value. | | **Pass Expiration Grace Period** | The buffer period after a pass reaches its scheduled end time before it transitions to **Overtime** or **Expired** status. | | **Max Blocked Pass Duration** | How long a pass in **Waiting for Approval** status can remain pending before Hall Pass cancels it automatically. This applies to passes that require staff approval and have not yet been approved or rejected. | ## Configure Student Limits | Setting | Description | | ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Pass Limit** | The maximum number of passes a student can create within a set interval (per day or per week). Configure the interval using the **Pass Limit Interval** setting. | | **Time Between Passes** | The required wait time between the end of one pass and the start of the next for a given student. | Combining a long time-between-passes value with a low pass limit can create significant friction. Validate these settings against your bell schedule and student support needs before finalizing them. ## Configure Student Permissions | Setting | Description | | -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Allow Students to End Passes** | When turned on, students can end an active pass themselves. When turned off, only staff can end a student's pass. If you turn this off, establish a consistent end-of-trip process with staff to prevent passes from lingering in active or expired states. | ## Configure Location Options | Setting | Description | | ---------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Allow Staff as Locations** | Controls whether staff members can be selected as pass origins or destinations alongside rooms. When turned off, only rooms are available. If you disable this, ensure room destinations exist for common staff-based workflows such as nurse, counselor, or front office. | ## Understand How These Settings Affect the User Experience **Site Capacity.** When the site-level cap is reached, students see a block message and cannot request new passes, even if their chosen destination has available capacity. **Time Restrictions rules.** Site-level duration limits work in combination with Time Restrictions rules. If a Time Restrictions rule shortens allowed pass durations during a specific period, the more restrictive value applies. Use the **Time Restrictions** nav item under **Manage** to configure time-based rules separately from site-wide duration maximums. **Pass limit and time-between-passes stacking.** Both limits apply independently. A student who hits the time-between-passes window cannot request a new pass even if they have remaining passes in their limit. Audit both settings together. **Blocking all movement.** A very low site capacity or aggressive Time Restrictions rules can make Hall Pass appear unavailable during busy periods. Use **Reports** and **Smart Reports** to identify peak usage windows and adjust settings accordingly. ## Resources * [Set Up Hall Pass in Org Management](/products/hall-pass/set-up-hall-pass) * [Understand Rooms and Locations](/products/hall-pass/rooms-and-locations) # Set Up Smart Reports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/smart-reports Create recurring, AI-generated reports in GoGuardian Hall Pass to answer specific questions about your site's pass activity on a consistent schedule. Smart Reports are recurring, AI-generated summaries based on your Hall Pass data. You write a question, set a schedule, and choose which staff receive the report. GoGuardian Hall Pass generates the report automatically and notifies subscribed staff when it's ready. Hall Pass does not share student names or emails with its AI partners. ## Create a Smart Report 1. Go to **Smart Reports** in the Hall Pass sidebar. 2. Select **Create Smart Report**. 3. Enter a **Name** for the report. 4. Optionally, enter a **Description**. 5. Enter your question in the **Question for AI Agent** field. * If you need to reference a specific student, select **Insert User ID** to insert that student's Hall Pass user ID into the query. Hall Pass does not share student names or emails with its AI partners. 6. Select a **Cadence**: * **Daily (M-F):** the report runs every weekday * **Weekly:** the report runs once per week 7. If you selected **Weekly**, choose a **Day of Week**. 8. Select a **Time of Day** for the report to generate. 9. Add **Subscribed Staff** (the staff members who will receive a notification when this report is ready). 10. Select **Save**. 11. Verify the result: The new Smart Report appears in your Smart Reports list. Subscribed staff receive a notification each time it generates on the schedule you set. ## Manage Smart Reports From the Smart Reports list, select a report to open its detail page. From there you can: * **Edit Report:** update the name, description, question, schedule, or subscribed staff * **Copy:** duplicate the report as a starting point for a new one * **Delete:** permanently remove the report * **Past Reports:** view previously generated versions of this report ## Write Effective Questions The **Question for AI Agent** field determines what the report analyzes. Focused, specific questions produce more useful results. * Ask questions that align with a decision you need to make (for example, "Which locations had the highest pass volume last week?"). * Include a time window in your question (for example, "last week" or "past 30 days") so results are consistent across runs. * Create separate reports for different goals instead of combining unrelated topics in 1 question. * Review the output after the first run and refine the question over time for clearer results. ## Troubleshoot Smart Reports **Report didn't save.** A name, a question, and at least 1 subscribed staff member are required. Confirm all 3 fields are filled in before saving. **Weekly report won't save.** Weekly reports require a selected **Day of Week**. Select a day and try saving again. **Report didn't run at the expected time.** Reports run based on the site time zone, not the viewer's device time. Confirm your site time zone in **Site Settings** if the timing seems off. **Results reference the wrong period.** If you didn't include a time window in your question, the AI agent may interpret the scope differently across runs. Add a specific window like "last week" or "past 7 days" to your question. # Request and Manage Your Hall Pass Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/student-passes Learn how to request a pass, understand your pass status, and end a pass when you return. GoGuardian Hall Pass lets you request permission to leave your current location and travel to a destination, such as the restroom, nurse's office, or library. This article explains how to submit a pass request, what each pass status means, and what to do when a pass can't start right away. As a student, you can: * Request a pass to leave your current location and go to a destination * Check your pass status * End your pass when you return, if your school allows it ## Request a Pass 1. Open Hall Pass and go to **Home**. 2. Choose your destination. 3. If prompted, confirm your origin by answering **"What room are you coming from?"** 4. Answer **"What room are you going to?"** to confirm your destination. 5. Answer **"Are you coming right back?"** to set your **Travel Type**: * Select **Yes** for a round-trip pass * Select **No** for a one-way pass 6. Answer **"How much time do you need?"** Use the counter to set the number of minutes. 7. Select **Send Request**. 8. Verify the result: Your pass appears in your pass list with a status of Active, Waiting for Approval, or Scheduled. After you submit, you'll see 1 of these outcomes: * **Waiting for Approval**: A teacher or staff member needs to approve before the pass can activate * **Scheduled**: Your pass is queued to start at a future time * **Active**: Your pass is ready to use right away ## Understand Your Pass Status ### Waiting for Approval Your pass is pending because a teacher or staff member needs to approve it before you can go. Wait for them to respond. You don't need to submit another request. ### Scheduled Your pass was created successfully, but it won't become active until the scheduled start time. What to do: * Keep the pass on your list and return at the scheduled time. * If your plans change, cancel the scheduled pass (if your school allows it) and submit a new request. ### Active You're currently out on a pass. Follow your school's expectations: go directly to your destination and return on time. ### Overtime You've been out longer than the expected duration. Return as soon as possible and end the pass if your school allows students to end their own passes. ### Expired You've gone past the overtime window. Return immediately. If you can't end the pass yourself, a staff member may need to end it for you. ### Ended The pass was closed, either by you or by a staff member, when you returned. ### Canceled The pass was stopped before it activated or before you returned. If you still need to leave, submit a new request. ### Declined Your pass request was declined by a staff member. Check with your teacher if you need to try again. ## End Your Pass Some schools allow students to end their own passes. If that option is available: 1. Open your active pass. 2. Select **End Pass**. If you don't see an option to end a pass, your school requires a staff member to end it instead. ## Common Issues **You can't add a comment to a pass.** Hall Pass only allows staff to add comments. If you need to share context with your teacher, tell them before they approve the pass. **Origin and destination can't be the same.** If you select the same location for both, Hall Pass will prevent the request. Choose a different destination or origin. **Your duration was shortened automatically.** Your school or the destination may enforce a maximum pass duration. If the counter resets to a lower number, lower your duration to match and try again. **Your scheduled pass didn't activate.** A pass can be scheduled successfully but still be blocked at its start time if it needs approval or hits a capacity limit. If it doesn't activate, check the reason shown on the pass and wait for a staff member to resolve it. **You're linked to multiple schools.** If you attend more than 1 school or site, you may need to select the correct site before you can request or view passes for that school day. # Create and Manage Passes as Staff Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/teacher-staff-passes Create passes for students, approve or reject pass requests, and manage in-progress passes from Hall Pass. GoGuardian Hall Pass lets teachers and staff create passes on behalf of students, approve or reject incoming requests, and resolve in-progress passes. This article covers the core workflows for teachers and staff. As a teacher or staff member, you can: * Create passes for students, including scheduling a pass to start later * Approve, reject, cancel, or end passes you're responsible for * Configure auto-approve to reduce interruptions, if your school allows it * Use your PIN for kiosk workflows, if kiosk mode is enabled at your site ## Create a Pass for a Student 1. Go to **Home**. 2. Start a new pass request. 3. Select the **student**. 4. Select the **Origin** (where the student is leaving from) and the **Destination** (where they're going). 5. Choose: * **Travel Type** (as configured by your school or destination) * **Duration** * Optional: **Schedule for later** to set a future start time * Optional: **Comment** to add context for other staff reviewing the pass 6. Select **Submit**. 7. Verify the result: The pass appears in your pass list with a status of Active, Waiting for Approval, or Scheduled. After you create a pass, you'll see 1 of these outcomes: * **Active**: The pass meets all site rules and required approvals are satisfied. The student can go now. * **Waiting for Approval**: A rule requires approval before the pass can activate. The pass will show the reason, such as "Origin approval required" or "Destination approval required" * **Scheduled**: The pass is set to activate at a future time ## Approve or Reject Pass Requests When a pass requires approval, handle it from the pass list on **Home** or from a pass detail view. 1. Open the pass. 2. Review the details: student, origin, destination, requested duration, and any comment. 3. Choose the action you want: * **Approve**: Confirm the request so the pass can activate. If prompted, choose which blocker(s) you're approving. * **Override Blockers**: Select this to approve a pass despite 1 or more active blockers (such as capacity limits or rule conflicts). Only use this if your school's policy permits it. * **Reject Pass**: Decline the request. The student will see that their pass was declined. * **Cancel Pass**: Stop a scheduled or waiting pass that is no longer needed. * **End Pass**: Close an active pass when the student returns. ## Understand Approval Types Hall Pass can require approval from different staff depending on the pass route: * **Origin approval required**: Approval is needed from the teacher or staff member associated with the room the student is leaving * **Destination approval required**: Approval is needed from the teacher or staff member associated with the room the student is going to Some schools allow authorized staff to override blockers (for example, approving a pass even when it would otherwise be blocked by a capacity limit). If you see override options, only select them according to your school's policy. ## Reduce Interruptions with Auto-Approve Auto-approve is a staff setting that can automatically approve requests that meet your criteria. You can configure: * **Enabled/disabled**: Turn auto-approve on or off * **Destinations**: The specific rooms or locations you're willing to auto-approve * **Active pass capacity**: How many active passes you'll allow at once under auto-approval What to expect: * If a request matches your auto-approve settings, it moves forward without manual approval from you * Auto-approve doesn't bypass site-wide rules. Other rules (limits, capacity, conflicts) can still block a pass even if you have auto-approve turned on. ## Set Up Your PIN for Kiosk Mode Some schools run Hall Pass from a shared device ("kiosk") in a classroom or office. Enabling or disabling kiosk mode requires a staff PIN. To set your PIN: * Go to **Account Settings** and set your PIN there, or * Select **Set PIN** on the **Kiosk Mode** screen Once your PIN is set, you can enable and disable kiosk mode as needed. In kiosk mode, the device is tied to a specific **kiosk location** (usually a room), and passes are scoped to that location. ## Common Issues **You work at multiple schools.** If you're assigned to more than 1 site, you may be prompted to select the correct site before creating or viewing a pass. If a pass detail won't open, switching to the pass's site usually resolves it. **A room you expect isn't listed.** Room-based approvals and kiosk locations depend on room assignments and whether the room is open at your site. Contact your administrator if a room is missing. **The duration you set was reset.** Some destinations restrict maximum pass duration. If your duration resets after you select a destination, it's because the destination has a lower maximum. Adjust the duration to match and submit. **A scheduled pass didn't activate.** A pass can be scheduled successfully but still be blocked at its start time due to approvals, capacity, or limits. Open the pass to see the blocker reason. **Students can't add comments.** Comments are staff-only. If you need context from a student before approving, gather it verbally before creating or approving the pass. # Create Time Restrictions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/time-restrictions Block pass requests during specific time windows in GoGuardian Hall Pass, for example, during testing, assemblies, or the first and last minutes of class. Time restrictions let administrators define windows when pass requests are blocked. Use them to prevent passes during testing blocks, assemblies, lunch transitions, or the first and last few minutes of class periods. By default, a time restriction applies site-wide. You can scope a restriction to a specific group of students using Organizational Units. ## Create a Time Restriction 1. Go to **Manage** and select **Time Restrictions**. 2. Select **Create Time Restriction**. 3. Complete the form: **Rule Name:** the name visible to administrators and staff. Use a clear, policy-based name like "No passes during testing block" or "First 10 minutes of class." **Message for Students:** the message students see when a time restriction blocks their pass request. Write something specific so students understand why their request was blocked and what to do next. **Start Date:** the first date this restriction is active. Use this to scope a restriction to a specific event like finals week. **End Date:** the last date this restriction is active. Leave blank if the restriction should apply indefinitely. **Restrict real-time passes:** turn on to block passes that students request in the moment. **Restrict scheduled passes:** turn on to block passes that students have scheduled in advance. A pass scheduled before the restriction was created can still be blocked if its activation time falls within a restricted window. **Time Restriction Windows:** define the specific time windows within the date range when the restriction applies. Add 1 or more windows (for example, 8:00 AM–8:10 AM, 2:50 PM–3:00 PM). Windows can repeat on selected days of the week. **Organizational Units:** select 1 or more OUs to scope this restriction to students directly in those OUs. Leave blank to apply site-wide. 4. Click **Save**. 5. Verify the result: The new time restriction appears in the Time Restrictions list. During the configured windows, pass requests from students in the targeted OUs (or site-wide, if no OU is set) enter Waiting for Approval with the blocker: Time restriction is active. ## Compare Real-Time and Scheduled Pass Restrictions These are 2 separate toggles. You can turn on either or both: | Toggle | What it blocks | | ----------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Restrict real-time passes** | Pass requests made during the active window | | **Restrict scheduled passes** | Scheduled passes whose activation time falls within the active window | If you only turn on **Restrict real-time passes**, students with a scheduled pass that starts during the window can still activate that pass. To block both, turn on both toggles. ## Understand Date Scoping Start and end dates let you create a restriction that's only active during a specific event: * A restriction for finals week with a start date of Monday and an end date of Friday applies only during that week * Outside that date range, the restriction is inactive even if the time window would otherwise match This lets you set up event-based restrictions in advance without needing to create and delete rules manually. ## Apply OU Targeting Organizational Unit targeting scopes the restriction to students who are **direct members** of the selected OU. Students in child OUs (descendants) are not included. If your restriction needs to cover students across multiple OUs, add each OU separately or leave the field blank to apply site-wide. ## Review the Blocker Students See When a time restriction is active and a student requests a pass, the pass enters **Waiting for Approval** with the blocker: **Time restriction is active**. Students also see the **Message for Students** you configured. Staff with override permissions can apply a **Time Restriction Override** to allow the pass despite the active restriction. ## Review Configuration Tips **Use specific names.** "No passes: finals week, Period 3-6" is more useful than "Time restriction 1." **Write a clear student message.** Students don't see the rule name. They see the message. "Hall passes are not available during the testing block. See your teacher if you have an urgent need." is more useful than leaving the field blank. **Watch for overlapping windows.** Multiple overlapping restrictions can unintentionally block large portions of the day. Review active restrictions after any schedule change. **Scheduled passes aren't immune.** A pass a student schedules before a restriction goes into effect can still be blocked if its start time falls within a restricted window. Train staff to check for this when students report that a scheduled pass didn't activate. **Update restrictions when schedules change.** Special days, assemblies, and schedule changes can shift class times in ways that make existing restriction windows inaccurate. Update or temporarily disable affected restrictions when your bell schedule changes. # Hall Pass User Roles and Permissions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/hall-pass/user-roles-and-permissions What each Hall Pass role can do: Student, Staff, and Site Admin. How roles determine access to passes, settings, and reports. GoGuardian Hall Pass has three system-level roles: Student, Staff, and Site Admin. Each role controls what a user can do when they sign in, which views they can access, and which settings they can change. Roles are assigned through GoGuardian Org Management, not inside Hall Pass itself. ## Compare Roles at a Glance | Capability | Student | Staff | Site Admin | | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ----- | ---------- | | Request a pass | Yes | No | No | | View own pass status | Yes | — | — | | End own pass (if site allows) | Yes | — | — | | Create passes for students | No | Yes | Yes | | Approve, reject, cancel, or end passes | No | Yes | Yes | | Configure auto-approve for rooms they manage | No | Yes | Yes | | Use a kiosk PIN on shared devices | No | Yes | Yes | | Access Hall Monitor (school-wide pass view) | No | Yes | Yes | | Configure rooms and locations | No | No | Yes | | Manage site settings | No | No | Yes | | Define rule sets (Time Restrictions, Out-together Rules, Group Rules) | No | No | Yes | | Create recurring passes | No | No | Yes | | Run Reports and Smart Reports | No | No | Yes | ## Understand the Student Role Students can request passes, check the status of an active pass, and end their own pass if the site setting **Allow Students to End Passes** is turned on. They cannot create passes for other students, approve or reject passes, or access any management views. Students see only student-facing pass workflows. They do not have access to the sidebar options that staff and administrators use to manage passes, rooms, or rules. ## Understand the Staff Role Staff includes teachers, office staff, and hall monitors. From their Hall Pass view, staff can: * Create passes for students in their classroom or assigned rooms * Approve, reject, cancel, or end passes they are responsible for * Configure auto-approve settings for rooms they manage * Use a kiosk PIN to run Hall Pass in kiosk mode on a shared device * Access **Hall Monitor**, which shows all active passes across the school in real time Staff cannot change site-level settings, manage room configurations, define rule sets, create recurring passes, or run reports. Those capabilities require the Site Admin role. ## Understand the Site Admin Role Site Admin is the configuration role for Hall Pass. Site Admins have all Staff capabilities plus: * Configure rooms and locations (create, edit, and close rooms; manage room categories; assign staff to rooms) * Manage site settings (site capacity, pass duration limits, student pass limits, time-between-passes, student permissions, location options) * Define rule sets, including Time Restrictions, Out-together Rules, and Group Rules * Create and manage recurring passes for students with predictable movement needs * Run Reports and Smart Reports to review pass activity across students, staff, and locations Site Admin is the appropriate role for building administrators, IT administrators, and any staff member responsible for configuring Hall Pass for a school. ## Understand Hall Monitor Access Hall Monitor is a view, not a separate role. Staff and Site Admin users can access **Hall Monitor** from the Hall Pass sidebar. It shows all active, overtime, and expired passes across the site in real time. There is no separate "Hall Monitor" role assignment in Org Management. To learn more about the Hall Monitor view, see [Use Hall Monitor](/products/hall-pass/hall-monitor). ## Understand How Roles Are Assigned Roles are assigned in GoGuardian Org Management using OU mappings or individual user mappings. An OU mapping connects a directory path (from Google Admin Console or Active Directory) to a Hall Pass site and role. An individual user mapping overrides the OU mapping for a specific person. For step-by-step instructions, see [Add Users to GoGuardian Hall Pass](/products/hall-pass/add-users-to-hall-pass). ## Resources * [Add Users to GoGuardian Hall Pass](/products/hall-pass/add-users-to-hall-pass) * [Set Up Hall Pass in Org Management](/products/hall-pass/set-up-hall-pass) * [Review Site Settings](/products/hall-pass/site-settings) # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management Overview of GoGuardian Org Management — the cross-product administration hub for user accounts, roles, provisioning, security, and organizational settings. GoGuardian Org Management is the district-wide administration hub at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). Use it to create and manage staff accounts, assign product access and OU permissions, configure security settings, and control organization-wide scheduling and filtering behavior. **Access:** Super User permissions or a custom RBAC role with the appropriate Org Management permissions. Add new staff accounts, set product access and OU permissions, archive users, and send password resets. Reference for every GoGuardian product role — what each role can see and do, and how OU access works. Create and assign custom roles to give staff precise, scoped access to specific parts of Org Management and Admin. Download, edit, and re-upload the User Management CSV to update multiple accounts at once. Set different filtering and activity review rules for in-school hours versus out-of-school hours. Understand MFA requirements and generate backup codes for locked-out users. Configure SAML identity providers so staff can sign in to GoGuardian using their organization's SSO. Review a timestamped record of permission changes, CSV uploads, and custom role updates. ## What GoGuardian Org Management Manages * Staff user accounts — create, edit, archive, and reactivate * Product access tiers for Admin, Teacher, Beacon, Fleet, and Director * Organizational Unit (OU) permissions for Admin and Teacher * Custom access roles via Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) * User provisioning — CSV bulk upload, Google Directory sync, SFTP sync, Clever, and ClassLink * Security settings — MFA, SAML/SSO, automatic logout * Scheduling settings — At Home Mode, In School Hours, IP ranges * Activity review settings — Restrict to Chromebooks Only, Monitor at Home * Chat log access and audit history * Teacher usage reporting and daily summary emails * Product licensing visibility GoGuardian Org Management settings affect all GoGuardian products for your organization. Changes to At Home Mode, In School Hours, or filtering toggles take effect immediately for all students. Before adjusting scheduling or filtering settings, confirm the current configuration by navigating to **Products** > **General** at manage.goguardian.com. Take a screenshot before making changes so you can restore the original settings if needed. # Access Historical Chat Logs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/access-historical-chat-logs Find and review records of GoGuardian Teacher chat conversations between teachers and students in GoGuardian Org Management. GoGuardian administrators can access records of GoGuardian Teacher chat logs between teachers and students in the Chat Log section of GoGuardian Org Management at manage.goguardian.com/chat-logs. Chat logs between a teacher and student remain available even if the class has been deleted or the student removed from the class. ## Find Chat History 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/chat-logs](https://manage.goguardian.com/chat-logs). GoGuardian Org Management Chat Logs — filter controls for Teacher Name, Student Name, and Date Range 2. Select a **Teacher Name**, a **Student Name**, and a **Date Range** (up to 1 month at a time). 3. Click **Apply Filters**. Find Chat History 4. Click **View Log** next to any result to see the chat transcript for that date. 5. Verify the result: The chat transcript opens, showing the full conversation for the selected date. From the chat transcript, you can email the report as a PDF or CSV. Emails can only be sent to other GoGuardian users within your organization. Find Chat History ## Review Chat Log Activity in the Audit Log Chat Log activity (including searches, views, and exports) is captured in the Audit Log. Click the **+** sign next to any Audit Log entry to view details. Review Chat Log Activity in the Audit Log # Understand Active Directory OU Sync Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/active-directory How GoGuardian's Active Directory integration syncs organizational units from a Windows AD server to replace the default Google Admin Console OU source. GoGuardian Admin can sync organizational units (OUs) directly from a Windows Active Directory (AD) server instead of Google Admin Console. This integration is designed for schools and districts that run Windows-only environments and do not use Google Admin Console to manage device or user OUs. ## Understand When to Use Active Directory Sync GoGuardian recommends Active Directory OU sync only for organizations that do **not** use Google Admin Console. If your school or district uses both Google Admin Console and Active Directory, continue using Google Admin Console as your OU source. To enable Active Directory OU sync, contact your GoGuardian account representative or [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com). GoGuardian supports only one OU provider at a time. Enabling Active Directory OU sync disables Google Admin Console and Clever as OU sources for your organization. ## Understand How It Works The integration uses a lightweight application (the GoGuardian AD Sync application) installed on your Active Directory Domain Controller. The application: 1. Connects to GoGuardian using an access token generated in Org Management 2. Pulls the OU structure from your AD server on a daily automatic schedule 3. Syncs the selected OUs into GoGuardian so they can be assigned to filtering policies You control which OUs are imported. Only OUs containing user accounts are required, but all OUs can be imported. Larger structures with many user accounts can take up to 10 minutes to complete a full sync. ## Review Requirements Before setting up Active Directory OU sync, confirm the following: * **Windows Active Directory**: Your organization uses Windows AD as the primary user and device directory (not Google Admin Console) * **Domain Controller access**: You have permission to install an application on the AD Domain Controller * **.NET Framework 4.5 or later**: Required for the AD Sync application to run * **GoGuardian account access**: A Super User account at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/) to generate the application token * **Firewall access**: GoGuardian IP addresses, ports, and domains are permitted through your firewall or proxy ## Resources Install the AD Sync application and configure GoGuardian to use Active Directory as your OU source. Diagnose and resolve sync failures, token errors, and application issues. # Add Exceptions in Organization Management Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/add-exceptions Add hostname, application, IP, and Windows application exceptions in Org Management to allow specific resources to bypass GoGuardian filtering. Exceptions allow specific websites, applications, and IP addresses to bypass GoGuardian filtering. Use them when resources required by your organization experience unexpected behavior due to GoGuardian's local proxy. A Super User or custom role can manage exceptions in Org Management. ## Understand How Exceptions Work Exceptions are used when applications or websites experience unexpected behavior, including: * Websites that fail to load all elements or resolve * Websites with SSL pinning that cause connection delays * Applications that cannot open * Resources blocked by Admin policies that must remain accessible, such as direct IP addresses or subdomains Exceptions still pass through GoGuardian's local proxy when The GoGuardian App is installed, but are not filtered by GoGuardian Admin policies. Exceptions can take up to five minutes to apply. Once active, they supersede policies in GoGuardian Admin, GoGuardian Beacon, and GoGuardian Teacher — the resources are no longer filtered. GoGuardian and Google domains are hardcoded exceptions and do not need to be added manually. ## Identify Resources to Add as Exceptions Before adding exceptions, review the Diagnostics log in Org Management to identify which resources are being blocked. Diagnostics show HTTP/HTTPS traffic blocked in the last 24 hours per user, including the blocked URL, event type, and recommended next steps. Common resources to add as exceptions include: * CDN URLs * Subdomains used by web applications or single sign-on (SSO) authentication * Low-traffic websites blocked by Admin policies or unable to establish a secure connection with GoGuardian See [Troubleshoot with Diagnostics](/products/org-management/diagnostics) to pull a blocked traffic log for a specific user. ## Add Hostname Exceptions Hostname exceptions exempt specific domains or subdomains from GoGuardian filtering across all browsers and apps. 1. Go to `manage.goguardian.com` and select **Installations**. 2. Select **The GoGuardian App**, then choose **Manage Exceptions**. 3. Select **Hostname Exceptions**. 4. Enter one domain or subdomain per line. Use full domain format (`example.com`) or subdomain format (`sub.example.com`). 5. Click **Save**. 6. Verify the result: The hostname appears in your exceptions list. Changes take up to five minutes to apply. \[screenshot: Hostname Exceptions field in Org Management with example domain entries] **Best practices for hostname exceptions:** * Add wildcards for both the root domain and subdomain when a site has multiple services: `example.com` and `*.example.com`. Adding only one does not automatically apply to the other. * Prefix subdomain exceptions with a wildcard and period (`*.apple.com`) to prevent access to misleading websites. Do not use `*apple.com` without the period. * Avoid wildcards on both sides of a domain (`*.example.com*`) to prevent unexpected behavior. Add Hostname Exceptions ## Configure Application Exceptions Application exceptions automatically exempt the required domains for commonly used cloud applications. Toggling on an application exception is faster than identifying and entering individual domain exceptions manually. 1. Go to `manage.goguardian.com`, select **Installations**, then select **The GoGuardian App**. 2. Select **Manage Exceptions**, then select **Application Exceptions**. 3. Turn on the toggle for each application to exempt. 4. Verify the result: The toggled applications appear as active in your exceptions list. Applications available for automatic exception: * Adobe Creative Cloud * Apple App Store * Classlink * Clever * Edmentum - Study Island * Google Classroom * Google Play Store * Microsoft Office * Microsoft Store * Microsoft Teams * Pearson * Seesaw * Zoom Configure Application Exceptions ## Add IP Exceptions IP exceptions exempt specific static IP addresses from GoGuardian filtering. Use these for network infrastructure resources such as printers that use fixed IP addresses. 1. Go to `manage.goguardian.com`, select **Installations**, then select **The GoGuardian App**. 2. Select **Manage Exceptions**, then select **IP Exceptions**. 3. Enter each IP address and click **Add**. 4. Verify the result: The IP address appears in your exceptions list. Add IP Exceptions ## Set Up Windows Application Exceptions Windows application exceptions exempt specific local application files — such as executables and dynamic-link libraries — from GoGuardian filtering on Windows devices. Requires The GoGuardian App 1.22.0 or later. 1. Go to `manage.goguardian.com`, select **Installations**, then select **The GoGuardian App**. 2. Select **Manage Exceptions**, then select **Windows Exceptions**. 3. Enter each file path and click **Add**. 4. Verify the result: The file path appears in your Windows exceptions list. \[screenshot: Windows Exceptions field with example executable path entries] **Best practices for Windows application exceptions:** * Add specific app files, including executables (`.exe`) and dynamic-link libraries (`.dll`) * Include the deepest child path or use a wildcard to match it — child paths do not inherit parent exceptions. Example: `C:\Program Files\Vendor\*` * Separate path segments with backslashes (`\`). Example: `C:\Program Files\Vendor\app.exe` * Prefix each path with a drive letter (`C:\`) or two backslashes for a UNC path (`\\server\share\folder`) * Limit wildcards (`*`) to trusted paths or variable-name paths, such as apps that change install paths after updates * Keep paths to 255 characters or fewer * Exclude invalid characters: `< > ? " |` * Keep **Allow Native Apps** enabled to allow native Windows applications and reduce troubleshooting Set Up Windows Application Exceptions ## Resources Review blocked traffic logs to identify resources that need exceptions. Review Windows-specific feature behavior and hostname exception context. Confirm which roles can manage exceptions in Org Management. # Configure At Home Mode Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/at-home-mode Set up At Home Mode in GoGuardian Org Management to apply different filtering and activity review rules when students are off campus or outside school hours. At Home Mode is an optional setting that lets organizations apply different filtering and activity review rules based on whether students are "in school" or "at home." When turned on, administrators can define **In School Hours** by day and time, and optionally add **School IP Ranges** to determine network-based scope. At Home Mode settings are at [manage.goguardian.com/products/settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/settings). ## Understand How At Home Mode Works By default, At Home Mode is off. While off, GoGuardian Admin filtering rules configured on the At School assign page apply 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, on and off campus. When At Home Mode is turned on, the GoGuardian Admin At Home filtering page ([admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/out-of-school](https://admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/out-of-school)) becomes active. A separate set of filtering policies applies whenever "At Home" conditions are met. At Home Mode also affects GoGuardian Teacher class sessions. Students who are "at home" according to your configuration are not visible to a teacher during a class session. Instead, their screen displays "Monitoring Restricted." Understand How At Home Mode Works The "At Home Mode" tab in the Policies section of GoGuardian Admin used to apply filtering rules for students… Understand How At Home Mode Works ## Configure In School Hours In School Hours define when students are considered "in school." These settings are required before School IP Ranges take effect. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/products/settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/settings). GoGuardian Org Management — Product Settings showing At Home Mode toggle and In School Hours configuration 2. Turn on **At Home Mode**. 3. Select each day of the week your organization considers in school. 4. Select school start and end hours for each day, then click **OK**. Select school start and end hours for each day, then click OK. 5\. Verify the result: The selected days show the configured hours. Students outside those hours are considered "At Home." ## Add School IP Ranges School IP Ranges are supplemental to In School Hours. A student must be within the defined school hours before their IP address is checked. IP ranges alone do not determine in-school status. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/products/settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/settings). GoGuardian Org Management — IP Ranges section in Scheduling Settings 2. Confirm **At Home Mode** is on and **In School Hours** are set. 3. Enter a **From** IP address as the starting point for your IP range. 4. Enter a **To** IP address as the ending point. 5. Click **Add**. 6. Verify the result: The IP range appears in the list. Students on the school network during school hours are considered "In School." Provide your network's public IP range. Internal (private) IP ranges are not supported. To enforce At Home filtering by IP range only, regardless of time, add your School IP Ranges and set In School Hours to 12:00 AM through 11:59 PM for every day. Any student off the school network is always considered "At Home." Add School IP Ranges ## Disable Filtering or Activity Review During At Home Hours If At Home Mode is on, you can independently disable filtering and activity review during At Home hours. Turn off the **Filter at Home** toggle to stop applying filtering policies when students are not in school. Turn off the **Monitor at Home** toggle to stop reviewing student browsing activity during At Home hours. ## Enable At Home Mode Around the Clock To have students always considered "At Home," turn on At Home Mode and turn off every day in **In School Hours** so no days are active. **Example:** An organization may turn on At Home Mode around the clock during winter break and turn off both **Filter at Home** and **Monitor at Home** to suspend filtering and activity review without removing the GoGuardian extensions from devices. ## Review Common Configuration Scenarios | Scenario | At Home Mode | Result | | -------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | | Same rules 24/7 | Off | GoGuardian Admin filtering policies apply at all times | | Different filtering policies by time | On, Filter at Home on | Separate filtering applies during At Home hours | | Filtering on, no activity review after hours | On, Monitor at Home off | Filtering active; activity review stops during At Home hours | ## Configure GoGuardian Parent App Options When At Home Mode is on, administrators can enable three filtering options in the GoGuardian Parent App: **Website Filtering**, **On Demand Internet Pausing**, and **Scheduled Internet Pausing**. Each option can be enabled or disabled individually. Parent App filtering options are available to parents only while a student is in At Home mode, based on In School Hours settings. School IP Ranges do not influence in-school or out-of-school status for GoGuardian Parent App features. # Review the Audit Log Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/audit-log Use the Audit Log in GoGuardian Org Management to view a record of permission changes, CSV uploads, and role updates across your organization. The Audit Log in GoGuardian Org Management gives IT administrators a record of changes within their organization, supporting accountability and compliance. The Audit Log is at manage.goguardian.com/logs. GoGuardian Org Management Audit Log showing a list of changes ordered by most recent activity By default, the Audit Log displays all changes ordered by most recent activity. Results can be filtered by search, Action, and date range. ## Review Logged Actions The Audit Log captures changes related to: * User permissions (product access enabled or disabled) * CSV file uploads * Newly created, deleted, and updated custom roles via RBAC The Org Management Audit Log which provides a change log of updates made to Org Management users, permissions, and… ## Filter by Search The **Email** search filter (default) returns results based on the email of the user who made a change. The full email address is not required. Using the dropdown, results can also be filtered by **ID** number or product: **Admin**, **Teacher**, **Beacon**, **Fleet**, and **Director**. ## Filter by Action Filtering by **Action** provides these toggle options: | Action | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Bulk Updated** | Changes made via CSV file upload | | **Created** | Newly created RBAC roles | | **Deleted** | Custom RBAC roles that have been deleted | | **Updated** | Changes to a staff member's product access, or updates to a custom role in RBAC (for example, renaming an existing role) | Multiple Action filters can be applied simultaneously. ## Filter by Date Range Use the **Date Range** selection tool to filter Audit Log results by a specific timeframe. The Filter by Date Range tool used to filter Org Management Audit Log results by a specific timeframe # Turn On Automatic Logout Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/automatic-logout Enforce a session timeout for all GoGuardian users in your organization to protect sensitive data on unattended devices. Automatic Logout is a global setting in GoGuardian Org Management that ends active sessions for GoGuardian users after a period of inactivity. Super Users can turn this setting on or off for the entire organization. Session timeouts protect sensitive student information on unattended devices and reduce the risk of unauthorized access. Automatic Logout applies to teachers, admins, and counselors. It does not affect students. ## Turn On Automatic Logout 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/products/settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/settings). 2. Select the **General** tab under **Product Settings**. GoGuardian Org Management — Product Settings General tab showing the Automatic Logout toggle 3. Turn on the **Automatic Logout** toggle. 4. Verify the result: The toggle is on and the setting is saved. All GoGuardian users in your account will be subject to session timeout. the toggle button for the Automatic Logout setting in Org Management ## Understand How Automatic Logout Works A user is considered inactive when there is no keystroke or mouse movement detected within the timeout window. The inactivity window is 60 minutes. When the timeout triggers, the user's session ends and they are returned to the sign-in screen. Automatic Logout is a global setting and cannot be applied to specific users or roles. Turning it on affects all GoGuardian users in the organization. # Bulk Update User Permissions by CSV Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/bulk-update-permissions-csv Download, edit, and upload a CSV file to update multiple user permissions and account statuses at once in GoGuardian Org Management. Super Users can manage user accounts and permissions for multiple users at once using the bulk edit workflow in GoGuardian Org Management at manage.goguardian.com. The bulk update workflow has three steps: 1. Download the CSV 2. Edit the CSV 3. Upload the updated CSV ## Step 1: Download the CSV Click the three-dot menu in the upper left corner of User Management and select **Download CSV**. Save the file to your computer, then open it in a spreadsheet editor. ## Step 2: Edit the CSV Using your spreadsheet editor, make the necessary user permission changes. Save and export the spreadsheet as a CSV file. Confirm that the CSV formatting is correct and all columns contain valid values. For more information on CSV columns and valid values, see the Formatting a CSV for Org Management article. CSVs can be broken into smaller files, as long as each file includes the required column headers and is formatted correctly. ## Step 3: Upload the CSV 1. Click **Upload CSV** from the three-dot menu in User Management. 2. Drag your CSV into the upload field, or browse to select it. 3. Click **Upload CSV**. Once uploaded, you'll receive a confirmation message and any error messages the CSV triggered. ## Bulk Update User Status To bulk-update users' status to Archived or Active: 1. Click **Download CSV** from the three-dot menu in User Management. 2. Save the CSV file. 3. Edit the **Status** column, setting each value to **Archived** or **Active** as needed. 4. Save and export the CSV file. 5. Go to Org Management and click **Upload CSV**. # Use ClassLink SSO with GoGuardian Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/classlink-sso-for-teacher Two ways teachers can log in to GoGuardian Teacher with ClassLink Single Sign-On, and how admins add the GoGuardian SSO app in ClassLink. Teachers can use ClassLink Single Sign-On (SSO) to log in to GoGuardian Teacher two ways. Admins must set up the ClassLink integration and share teacher data with GoGuardian for these login methods to work. See [Integrating ClassLink with GoGuardian](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync). ## Log In from the GoGuardian Teacher Page 1. Go to [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com/). 2. Click **Log in with ClassLink**. Classlink login feature 3\. Log in on the ClassLink Launchpad page. You are then redirected to your GoGuardian Teacher dashboard. If you are already logged in to ClassLink, you are redirected back quickly. ## Log In from the ClassLink Launchpad For teachers to launch GoGuardian from ClassLink, an admin first adds the GoGuardian SSO app: 1. In the ClassLink Management Console, under **Applications**, select **Add & Assign Apps**, then click **App Library**. 2. Search for **GoGuardian SSO**, identify the **GoGuardian Oauth2** app, and click **Add**. 3. Back in **Add & Assign Apps**, find the app and click **Assign**. 4. In the pop-up, click **Add** for each teacher group that should have access. Teachers can then launch GoGuardian Teacher directly from their ClassLink Launchpad. # Sync Rosters with Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync Connect Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster to sync teachers, students, grade levels, rosters, guardians, and organizational data used by GoGuardian products. Connecting Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster to GoGuardian syncs teacher and student accounts, student grade levels, class rosters, guardian relationships, and organizational data directly from your student information system (SIS). After the initial sync, data updates automatically each night. Only one integration source can be active at a time. If your organization uses Google Admin Console for organizational unit (OU) sync, setting Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster as the OU source will replace it. Teacher accounts, student accounts, grade levels, class rosters, and guardian relationships sync independently and do not conflict with Google Admin Console. ## Understand What Syncs and What Does Not | Data type | Syncs from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster | Notes | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Teacher accounts | Yes | Created or updated on each sync. Not archived when a teacher is removed. | | Student accounts | Yes | Created or updated from student records shared by the SIS. When Google Admin Console is the only sync source, students instead appear after they sign in with the extension or app installed. | | Student grade levels | Yes | Synced from the grade-level data shared by the SIS. When the integration is also the OU source, grade levels are used for grade-level OU placement. | | Class rosters | Yes | Classes are automatically added to teachers' Active Classrooms list in GoGuardian Teacher. | | Guardian relationships | Yes | Guardians gain access to GoGuardian Parent if the app is enabled. | | Schools | Yes | Shared schools support school-level organization and reporting. GoGuardian Discover uses school data for school-level filters and analysis. | | Organizational units (OUs) | Optional | Requires enabling OU sync separately. Teacher OUs can be assigned from the integration when it is also the OU source. | | Admin accounts | Optional | Requires Admin Provisioning and a GoGuardian Admin license. | Teachers removed from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster lose GoGuardian Teacher access on the next sync but their account is not archived. Manually adjust product access in Org Management if needed. Syncing is one-way. GoGuardian pulls data from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster, but never writes data back to the source. Changes made in GoGuardian do not appear in your student information system. Manual changes made in Org Management persist through future syncs. Both individual edits and bulk CSV changes to product access or permissions are retained on subsequent syncs. If the integration source and GoGuardian disagree, treat the manual change in Org Management as the source of truth. ## Prepare Before Connecting Before linking Clever or ClassLink, verify that email addresses match across systems. * **Teachers:** The email address for each teacher in Clever or ClassLink must match the email address already in GoGuardian Org Management. A mismatch creates a second, separate GoGuardian account. * **Students:** Each student's email address in Clever or ClassLink must match the email address used to deploy the GoGuardian extension or The GoGuardian App. Once an integration is connected and teachers are included in the shared data, those teacher accounts gain GoGuardian Teacher access and receive an email notifying them. If you are not ready for teachers to receive that notification, configure sharing rules to exclude teachers until you are ready to go live. ## Connect Clever ### Step 1: Add GoGuardian in the Clever Portal 1. Sign in to your Clever district dashboard at [schools.clever.com](https://schools.clever.com). 2. Go to **Applications**, then click **Request Applications**. 3. Search for **GoGuardian** and click **Request App**. 4. Verify the result: GoGuardian appears in your Applications list. If approval takes more than a few business days, contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) to expedite. ### Step 2: Configure Sharing Rules in Clever 1. In the Clever portal, open the GoGuardian application settings. 2. Choose sharing rules for GoGuardian. GoGuardian recommends **Custom sharing rules**, which lets you choose specific schools, teachers, and enrolled classes rather than sharing all district data. Use the **Field Access** settings in Clever to control which guardian fields are shared for each student, including contact information and relationships. ### Step 3: Link Clever in GoGuardian Org Management 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations). GoGuardian Org Management — Integrations page showing the Clever tile 2. Click **Link with Clever**. 3. Authenticate with your Clever credentials when prompted. If you are already signed in to Clever, the browser redirects back to `manage.goguardian.com` automatically. 4. Verify the result: The Clever tile shows a connected status on the Integrations page. ### Step 4: Run the Initial Sync 1. On the Integrations page, click **Sync Now** on the Clever tile. 2. Wait for the sync to complete. The tile updates with a completion timestamp and a breakdown of synced records by category: **Teachers**, **Students**, **Classrooms**, **Guardians**, and **OUs** (if Clever is set as your OU source). 3. Verify the result: Each synced category shows a green checkmark. Any categories with a yellow triangle contain errors — see [Troubleshoot Clever and ClassLink Sync Errors](/products/org-management/troubleshoot-clever-classlink-sync) to resolve them. After the initial sync, GoGuardian syncs with Clever automatically each night. Click **Sync Now** at any time to pull in updates immediately. If your organization uses GoGuardian Discover, open a Discover view that includes filters and confirm that **Schools** is available. Discover hides the filter when no school data is available. Connect Clever Connect Clever ## Connect ClassLink ### Step 1: Confirm Data in the ClassLink Portal 1. Sign in to your ClassLink portal at [launchpad.classlink.com](https://launchpad.classlink.com/home). 2. Verify that your student information system (SIS) data has been synced to ClassLink. If your data is not yet in ClassLink, contact your ClassLink support representative. 3. Confirm that the current, correct rosters are present before proceeding. ### Step 2: Verify Teacher Email Addresses In the ClassLink portal, confirm that the email address listed for each teacher matches the email already in GoGuardian Org Management at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). Conflicting emails create duplicate teacher accounts. ### Step 3: Add GoGuardian in the ClassLink Portal 1. In the ClassLink portal, go to **ClassLink Roster Server** and select **Applications**. 2. Search for **GoGuardian** and click **Add Application**. 3. Verify the result: GoGuardian appears in your Applications list. ### Step 4: Configure Sharing Rules in ClassLink 1. In the ClassLink portal, open the GoGuardian application settings. 2. Set sharing rules for GoGuardian. GoGuardian recommends **Custom sharing rules** to select specific schools, teachers, and classes. After sharing rules are configured, use the **Sanity Check** icon (next to the edit icon in the Applications table) to preview a breakdown of what data will be shared with GoGuardian before running the sync. ### Step 5: Link ClassLink in GoGuardian Org Management 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations). GoGuardian Org Management — Integrations page showing the ClassLink tile 2. Click **Link with ClassLink**. 3. Authenticate with your ClassLink credentials when prompted. If you are already signed in to ClassLink, the browser redirects back automatically. 4. Verify the result: The ClassLink tile shows a connected status on the Integrations page. ### Step 6: Run the Initial Sync 1. On the Integrations page, click **Sync Now** on the ClassLink tile. 2. Wait for the sync to complete. The tile updates with a timestamp and a breakdown by category. 3. Verify the result: Each category shows a green checkmark. Categories with a yellow triangle contain errors — see [Troubleshoot Clever and ClassLink Sync Errors](/products/org-management/troubleshoot-clever-classlink-sync) to resolve them. After the initial sync, GoGuardian syncs with ClassLink automatically each night. Click **Sync Now** at any time to pull in updates immediately. If your organization uses GoGuardian Discover, open a Discover view that includes filters and confirm that **Schools** is available. Discover hides the filter when no school data is available. image.png ## Connect OneRoster ### Gather OneRoster Settings Obtain the **Base URL**, **Token URL**, **API Key**, and **API Secret** for your SIS's 1EdTech OneRoster connection. ### Link OneRoster in GoGuardian Org Management 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations). 2. Click **Link OneRoster**. 3. Enter the **Base URL**, **Token URL**, **API Key**, and **API Secret**. 4. Verify the result: The OneRoster tile shows a connected status on the Integrations page. OneRoster connection settings in GoGuardian Org Management OneRoster Base URL and Token URL fields OneRoster API Key and API Secret fields Connected OneRoster integration tile ### Run the Initial OneRoster Sync 1. On the Integrations page, click **Sync Now** on the OneRoster tile. 2. Wait for the sync to complete. The tile updates with a completion timestamp and a breakdown by category. 3. Verify the result: The OneRoster tile shows that the sync completed. After the initial sync, GoGuardian syncs with OneRoster automatically each night. Click **Sync Now** at any time to pull in updates immediately. If a sync returns errors, open the [Sync Log tab](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/sync-log), download the error log, and compare the entries with your OneRoster database. Sync errors are most often caused by missing or incorrect email addresses. ## Sync Organizational Units from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster (Optional) Clever, ClassLink, and OneRoster can serve as the source for organizational unit (OU) sync in GoGuardian Admin. GoGuardian can sync OUs from Clever, ClassLink, OneRoster, Google Admin Console, and Active Directory, but only one source can be active at a time. Enabling a roster integration as your OU source disables Google Admin Console or Active Directory OU sync. OUs synced from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster follow the organizational structure in your SIS, including shared schools and student grade levels. Google Admin Console and Active Directory offer more flexible sub-OU segmentation. For example, you can create "restricted" or "no YouTube" sub-OUs that contain only the students who should have more limited internet access, then apply more restrictive policies to those sub-OUs without affecting students outside them. If your filtering strategy depends on that kind of segmentation, use Google Admin Console or Active Directory as your OU source instead. By default, teacher OUs are not imported from the roster integration, and teachers receive the filtering policy at the root (topmost) level of the domain. To assign teacher OUs from your SIS instead, use the **Restrict Teacher Monitoring by Org Unit** option described below. To enable OU sync from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster: 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations) and select the **OU Settings** tab. 2. Click **Enable** under Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster. 3. Return to the Integrations page and click **Sync Now** to import OUs immediately, or wait for the nightly sync. 4. Verify the result: OUs appear in the user permissions view under **Suborg Access** in Org Management. If expected OUs are missing, review sharing settings in your SIS and resync. ### Assign Teacher OUs from Roster Integration Organizations that use Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster as their OU source can assign GoGuardian Teacher OU access directly from the SIS. The next sync assigns integrated teachers Teacher OU access based on their SIS OUs. * For Clever or ClassLink, select **Restrict Teacher Monitoring by Org Unit** on the integration tile. * For OneRoster, enable the teacher OU assignment option in the OneRoster integration settings. * Regardless of a teacher's previous OU access, OUs are reassigned to mirror those listed in the SIS on each sync. * You can add extra OUs for a teacher manually or by CSV, and subsequent syncs do not overwrite those additions. OneRoster teacher OU assignment settings This option is available only when Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster is your OU source. It does not support organizations that use Google Admin Console or Active Directory as their OU source. ### Place New Student in Their OU Clever, ClassLink, and OneRoster OUs sync once per day. When a new student is added to your SIS and shared with GoGuardian, the next nightly sync or a manual sync indexes that student into the correct OU. To index a new student immediately, go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations) and click **Sync Now**. ## Provision Admin Accounts from Roster Integration (Optional) GoGuardian can automatically create GoGuardian Org Management and GoGuardian Admin accounts for users with administrative roles in Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster. Admin Provisioning requires a GoGuardian Admin license. To enable Admin Provisioning for Clever or ClassLink: 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations) and click **Admin Provisioning Settings** on the Clever or ClassLink tile. 2. Turn on **Admin Provisioning**. 3. Select the Org Management and Admin roles to assign to provisioned accounts, then click **Save**. 4. Verify the result: On the next sync, GoGuardian creates accounts for users with **Site Admin** or **District Admin** status in Clever (or **Admin** status in ClassLink) and assigns the roles you selected. To enable Admin Provisioning for OneRoster: 1. On the [Integrations tab](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations), turn on **Admin Provisioning**. 2. Open [Admin Provisioning (OneRoster)](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/oneroster-admin-provisioning-settings). 3. Assign Org Management and GoGuardian Admin roles based on OneRoster roles. 4. To assign OU access based on each administrator's OneRoster OU access, turn on **Restrict Administrator Access by Org Unit**. 5. Click **Save Changes**. 6. Verify the result: The next sync provisions the administrators with the selected roles and OU access. Restricting administrator access by OU requires OneRoster to be the GoGuardian OU source. Assignable roles include Super User (Org Management), Full Access, Filter and Monitor, and Monitor Only (Admin), as well as any custom RBAC roles. For more on custom roles, see [Granular Access Control](/products/org-management/granular-access-control). Optional: Provision Admin Accounts from Clever or ClassLink Optional: Provision Admin Accounts from Clever or ClassLink Optional: Provision Admin Accounts from Clever or ClassLink Optional: Provision Admin Accounts from Clever or ClassLink Resolve teacher, student, classroom, and guardian sync errors. Set up teacher provisioning from Google Admin Console. Add and edit user accounts manually in Org Management. Create custom roles for Org Management and Admin. # Create and Manage User Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/create-manage-user-accounts Add individual user accounts, assign product roles and OU access, and manage account status in GoGuardian Org Management. Before teachers and admins can use GoGuardian products, their email addresses need to be added to your organization and granted product and OU access. In addition to adding new accounts, the User Management section of GoGuardian Org Management can be used to: * Archive and activate user accounts * Add or update a user's access to GoGuardian products (Teacher, Admin, Beacon, Fleet) * Add or update OU access, which controls which students and student activity users can see * Send password reset links to users * Use the Log-in-As feature to sign into a user's GoGuardian Teacher account This article covers creating individual user accounts. For bulk CSV upload or integration provisioning, see the Bulk Update Permissions by CSV, Set Up Teacher Accounts, and Google Directory Provisioning articles. ## Add a User Account To create an account, select the **Add User** button on the manage.goguardian.com homepage. GoGuardian Org Management — User Management homepage with the Add User button On the Add User page: GoGuardian Org Management — Add User page showing Product Roles and Organization Unit Permissions fields 1. Enter a name, email address, and phone number (optional). 2. In the **Product Roles** section, turn on access for each GoGuardian product the user needs. 3. In the **Organization Unit Permissions** section, select which student OUs the user should have access to. 4. Click **Add User**. GoGuardian Admin and GoGuardian Beacon each have different access tiers. To learn about Full Access, Filter & Monitor, and Monitor Only (Admin) or Super Counselor, Counselor, and View Only (Beacon), see the User Roles and Permissions article. ## Understand Welcome Emails Accounts created individually receive a GoGuardian welcome email from [service@goguardian.com](mailto:service@goguardian.com). The email lists which products the user has access to and includes a password setup link. Sign-in via Google SSO is automatically available to any active account. A GoGuardian-specific password is an additional, optional sign-in method. The welcome email is not sent for accounts created in bulk via CSV or Clever, ClassLink, OneRoster, or Google integration. ## Edit Account Permissions 1. Go to manage.goguardian.com using a Super User account. 2. Use the search field to find the user account. 3. Click **Edit** on the far right of the user's row and make any needed adjustments. Edit user form in Org Management showing Product Roles and Organizational Unit Permissions sections 4. Click **Save User**. mceclip0.png ## Grant OU Access Assigning OU access to teachers and administrators gives you granular control over the student information each user can see. **GoGuardian Teacher:** If a student is assigned to the /First Grade OU, a teacher needs Teacher OU access to the /First Grade OU to see that student in their classroom. **GoGuardian Admin:** OU permissions control which student information an admin can see, including activity reports, Dashboard data, and Smart Alerts. Admins cannot edit policies outside their assigned OU access. To edit OU access, click **Edit** and check the appropriate boxes under **Organizational Unit Permissions**. OU access is required for GoGuardian Teacher and GoGuardian Admin separately. The **OU** column on the User Management homepage shows only the account's GoGuardian Admin OU access. To view and edit GoGuardian Teacher OU access, click **Edit** and expand the **GoGuardian Teacher** tab under Product Roles. ## Manage Account Status Two statuses exist: **Active** and **Archived**. * **Active:** The user's account can use their assigned GoGuardian products. * **Archived:** Use this for users who no longer work with the school or district, or no longer need access. There is no option to delete a user account. Archiving is the only way to remove access. archivefeature3.png mceclip1.png mceclip2.png mceclip0.png **To archive a user:** 1. Click **Edit** on the far right of the user's row. 2. Scroll down and click the red **Archive User** button. Bottom of edit user form showing red Archive User button 3. Select **Confirm**. **To reactivate a user:** 1. Go to the user's row in User Management. 2. Click **Reactivate**. archivefeature2.png # Troubleshoot with Diagnostics in Organization Management Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/diagnostics Use the Diagnostics tool in Org Management to review blocked traffic logs and resolve filtering issues for users on The GoGuardian App. Diagnostics in Org Management shows HTTP/HTTPS traffic blocked in the last 24 hours for a specific user. Use it to identify why GoGuardian is blocking a resource and determine the correct fix. A Super User or custom role can access Diagnostics. ## Understand What Diagnostics Shows Diagnostics logs up to 1,000 blocked traffic events in the last 24 hours. Each log entry includes: | Field | Description | | -------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Timestamp** | Date and time of the blocked attempt, in `mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm` format | | **Event Type** | The reason GoGuardian blocked the request. See Identify the Block Cause below. | | **Hostname** | The blocked URL — a domain (`example.com`) or subdomain (`sub.example.com`) | | **Next Steps** | The recommended action to resolve the block | Understand What Diagnostics Shows ## Identify the Block Cause Diagnostics uses four event types to classify blocked traffic: | Event Type | Meaning | Resolution | | ------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Blocked request** | A GoGuardian Admin policy blocked this URL, the URL belongs to a website category toggled off in a policy, or **Restricted Mode** is turned on in a policy | Remove or update the filtering rule, adjust the website category, or turn off Restricted Mode in the Admin policy, or add the URL to Hostname Exceptions | | **TLS error** | GoGuardian could not establish or maintain a secure connection with the web server | Add the hostname to [Hostname Exceptions](/products/org-management/add-exceptions) | | **Device write failure** | The device lacks disk storage or file permissions are not granted | Free up storage on the device or check file permissions | | **Read response error** | GoGuardian received an unexpected response from the web server | Add the hostname URL to Hostname Exceptions | Understand What Diagnostics Shows **TLS errors in detail** TLS errors occur when GoGuardian cannot create a trusted connection with a web server. The connection may fail at the start or drop mid-session. An `EOF` (End of File) message in the log indicates a TLS error where GoGuardian could not connect to the website. Common causes of TLS errors: * The web server's TLS protocol does not match GoGuardian's protocol * An invalid or untrusted certificate from the web server * A local firewall or proxy blocking the connection * The browser blocking the connection * An incorrect date or time on the device * SSL pinning on the website ## Troubleshoot a Blocked Resource 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/installations/diagnostics](https://manage.goguardian.com/installations/diagnostics) or in Org Management, go to **Installations**, then select **Diagnostics**. Search the user's name to open their profile. Confirm their **Last Organizational Unit** to verify their active policy. 2. Review the Diagnostics log for the blocked URL. Note the **Event Type** and the **Hostname**. If the event type is **Blocked request**, check the Admin policy applied to the user's OU for the blocked URL or a matching website category. If the event type is **TLS error**, the hostname needs to be added to Hostname Exceptions. 3. Based on the event type: * **Blocked request** — In GoGuardian Admin, open the policy applied to the user's OU. Find the filtering rule for the blocked URL, then either delete the rule or change it to **Allow**. Also check whether the URL falls under a website category toggled off in the policy, or whether **Restricted Mode** is turned on in the policy. Alternatively, add the domain to Hostname Exceptions. * **TLS error** or **Read response error** — Add the hostname to [Hostname Exceptions in Org Management](/products/org-management/add-exceptions). * **Device write failure** — Free up disk storage on the device or verify that GoGuardian has the required file permissions. 4. After applying the fix, have the user attempt to access the resource again. If the block is resolved, the URL no longer appears as a new blocked event in Diagnostics. If the issue persists, check for additional blocked subdomains or CDN URLs in the log. **If the issue persists after following the steps above:** * Visit the website in a different browser or an unfiltered device to confirm the site itself is accessible * Inspect the website's network requests using browser developer tools to identify additional blocked subdomains * Confirm that a local firewall or proxy is not blocking the resource independently of GoGuardian * Use a network packet capture utility to examine traffic at the network level * Review the provider's documentation for required hostnames and add them to Hostname Exceptions ## Resources Add hostname, application, IP, and Windows application exceptions. Update Admin filtering policies to allow or block specific URLs. Confirm which roles can access Diagnostics in Org Management. # Temporarily Disable Filtering and Activity Review Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/disable-filtering-and-monitoring Turn off GoGuardian Admin filtering and activity review during holidays, closures, or other periods when school is not in session. During holidays, snow days, or extended closures, organizations may need to temporarily disable all GoGuardian Admin filtering and activity review. Super Users can adjust GoGuardian Org Management settings to turn these off until school resumes. Before changing these settings, note or screenshot your current configuration so you can restore the original days, hours, and IP ranges when school resumes. ## Disable Filtering and Activity Review 1. Sign in to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). 2. Go to **Products**, then select **General**, and scroll down to the **Scheduling** section. 3. Turn on **At Home Mode**. 4. Turn off **Filter at Home**. 5. Turn off **Monitor at Home**. 6. Clear all days in **In School Hours** so no days are marked as in school. 7. Remove any saved IP ranges. 8. Verify the result: No days are selected in In School Hours, and both Filter at Home and Monitor at Home are off. Students are considered "At Home" around the clock, with filtering and activity review suspended. Set a calendar reminder for the day before school resumes to reconfigure In School Hours, school days, and IP ranges. # Enable GoGuardian in Google Admin Console Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/enable-in-google-admin-console Authorize GoGuardian's OAuth access to Google Workspace so Google SSO, OU sync, and Classroom integrations work correctly. To use Google SSO, sync organizational units (OUs), or connect Google Classroom for GoGuardian Teacher, you must approve GoGuardian's App IDs in Google Admin Console. This grants GoGuardian the OAuth access it needs to read Google Workspace data. Until each App ID is set to trusted, the integrations that depend on it will not work. ## Review GoGuardian App IDs Add each App ID in the table below when you complete the CSV upload. Each row maps to a specific integration. If you are unsure which integrations your organization uses, add all rows. Approving an unused App ID has no effect. | App Name | App ID | Service | Purpose | | ---------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | | GoGuardian | `1022294148666-eoi1ra4mqv9kgcf7sm2snl4oolfhcbcv.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Sign-In | GoGuardian user login via SSO | | GoGuardian | `1022294148666-393p05kvfint8elhvpn7dlle48gopg1j.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Workspace Admin | Google OU sync | | GoGuardian | `703444103148-javmmfqmdfg24fmd21pjjckjputiusta.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Classroom | Google Classroom and Coursework integration for GoGuardian Teacher | | GoGuardian | `703444103148-2el54f15o8t22gdf5d8ptj7f2juo97i8.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Workspace Admin, Google Sign-In | GoGuardian Fleet sync with Google | | GoGuardian | `1022294148666-pv1huq1klftfatranqqq8co51gimihe9.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Workspace Admin | Sign-up flow | | GoGuardian | `703444103148-r69enb35v7mvbfferhhg1061qrt8hr0q.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Drive | Google Drive access for Pear Deck and GoGuardian Teacher integration | | GoGuardian Agent | `544569167386-a09b2qc2gh4d26t1rvj93mo2u22k45i7.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Sign-In | GoGuardian app for iOS | | GoGuardian Agent | `544569167386-kk8c5d9t38k7lpvqu6se61e13qh9dhrk.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Sign-In | GoGuardian app for Windows | | GoGuardian Agent | `544569167386-butoa23q70m80ubcqvdo5pmpv66ev15o.apps.googleusercontent.com` | Google Sign-In | GoGuardian app for macOS | Copy App IDs using **Ctrl+C** (Windows) or **Cmd+C** (Mac). Do not right-click and select **Copy Link Address** or **Copy Link to Highlight**, as those actions copy a URL, not the App ID string. Enter each ID exactly as shown, with no `http://` or `https://` prefix. Image shows how to get to the appropriate third party app access menu within Google Admin Console Image shows where to search for app ID Image shows successful search and where to click to go to the next step Image shows where to click in the app menu to show/edit google permissions Image shows the proper permissions for all GoGuardian application IDs within Google Admin Console ## Approve App Access via CSV Upload 1. In Google Admin Console, go to **Security** > **Access and data control** > **API controls** > **Manage Third-Party App Access**. 2. Click **Bulk update list**. If you prefer to add apps individually, click **Configure new app** and search for "GoGuardian" to add each App ID one at a time. 3. Download the blank CSV template and open it in a spreadsheet application. For each App ID in the table above, add a row with the App ID value, set **Type** to `web application`, and set **Access** to `trusted`. 4. Save the file and upload it to complete the bulk update. 5. Confirm the upload completed without errors. Google Admin Console displays a confirmation when the file is processed successfully. If the upload returns errors, see [Google's bulk-upload error reference](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12653991) for a list of error codes and how to resolve them. If you prefer not to use a CSV, you can approve each App ID individually from the Manage Third-Party App Access page. See [Approve or block access to third-party apps](https://support.google.com/a/answer/13288950) in Google's documentation for step-by-step instructions. Approve App Access via CSV Upload Approve App Access via CSV Upload Approve App Access via CSV Upload ## Confirm App Access Is Trusted Use these steps to confirm that each App ID is set to trusted. Run this check after the initial setup, or when troubleshooting an OU sync failure or SSO error. 1. Go to **admin.google.com** > **Security** > **Access and data control** > **API controls** > **Manage Third-Party App Access**. 2. Enter the App ID you want to confirm in the search field and select the correct result. 3. Click **Access to Google data** and confirm the access level is set to **Trusted** or **Allow list exemption**. 4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each App ID in the table above. 5. Each App ID shows **Trusted** or **Allow list exemption** in the access settings. GoGuardian integrations that depend on these App IDs (including SSO, OU sync, and Classroom) are now authorized to complete their OAuth handshake. ## Resources Set up Google Admin Provisioning to automatically create GoGuardian Admin accounts by syncing Google Groups. Deploy GoGuardian extensions to student devices through Google Admin Console. # End GoGuardian Subscription Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/end-goguardian-subscription Follow the offboarding steps for your product combination to remove GoGuardian Admin policies, disable Teacher sessions, or uninstall extensions. Follow the steps for the product combination you're keeping or discontinuing. Complete only the sections that apply to your organization's offboarding plan. ## Offboarding by Product ### Discontinue GoGuardian Admin and Keep GoGuardian Teacher #### Remove Admin Policies from Organizational Units (OUs) 1. Sign in to [admin.goguardian.com](http://admin.goguardian.com/) with Super User credentials. 2. Navigate to Filtering > Configuration. 3. Remove all filtering policies from your OUs for "At School" and "At Home" modes. #### Turn Off Out of School Mode 1. In Admin, navigate to Filtering > Configuration > Advanced Config > Scheduling. 2. Turn off the "Enable Out of School Mode" toggle. #### Turn Off Filtering Settings 1. In Admin, navigate to Filtering > Configuration > Advanced Config > Global Config. 2. Turn off the following configurations: 1. Force SafeSearch 2. Safe Translator 3. Block Direct IP Access 4. Block Consumer Google Accounts 5. Filter Embedded Content #### Remove Students from Custom Groups 1. In Admin, navigate to Filtering > Custom Groups. 2. Remove all students from the list of users or delete the group. #### Turn Off or Delete Smart Alerts Triggers 1. In Admin, navigate to Smart Alerts > Triggers. 2. Turn off or delete all triggers. #### Remove Theft Recovery OU in Google Admin Console 1. Sign in to admin.google.com. 2. Navigate to Device Management > Chrome Management > Devices. 3. On the sidebar, select your OU for lost or missing devices configured for Theft Recovery. 4. Move the devices into another OU. 5. After moving the devices, hover the original OU in the sidebar, click the options icon (3 dots), and select Delete Organization. The Theft Recovery app and settings are removed with the OU. ### Discontinue Teacher and Keep Admin 1. Using your Super User credentials, sign in to manage.goguardian.com. 2. Select Products Settings in the navigation menu. 3. Select Teacher. 4. Turn off the "Allow Classroom Sessions" toggle. ### Discontinue Teacher and Admin, and Keep GoGuardian Director Complete the previous two sections in this guide to disable Teacher and Admin and leave the extensions installed in the Google Admin Console. ### Discontinue Teacher and Admin, and Keep GoGuardian Fleet, Director, or GoGuardian Beacon #### Keep Fleet Only Remove your GoGuardian extensions and Theft Recovery as explained in the "Remove Theft Recovery OU in Google Admin Console" section. Fleet continues working without the extensions installed. #### Keep Fleet, Director, and Beacon Complete the following sections: 1. Discontinue GoGuardian Admin and Keep GoGuardian Teacher 2. Discontinue Teacher and Keep Admin Keep both of your GoGuardian extensions installed. ### Discontinue All GoGuardian Services #### Uninstall GoGuardian Extensions 1. Sign in to admin.google.com. 2. Select Chrome in the navigation menu. 3. Select "Apps & extensions" in the dropdown menu. 4. Select "Users & browsers". 5. On the sidebar, select the OU where you installed the GoGuardian extensions. 6. Find and remove both GoGuardian extensions from the list. You can check your GoGuardian extension IDs by visiting the "Installations" page in GoGuardian Org Management. 7. Save your changes in Google Admin Console. Google Admin Console policies can be overridden and modified in OUs and sub-OUs. Changes to root OUs may not fully apply to sub-OUs within the root. Verify that both GoGuardian extensions were removed from all OUs and sub-OUs. #### Remove Theft Recovery 1. Sign in to admin.google.com. 2. Navigate to Device Management > Chrome Management > Devices. 3. On the sidebar, select the OU configured for Theft Recovery. 4. Move the lost or missing devices into another OU. 5. After moving the devices, hover the original OU in the sidebar, click the options icon (3 dots), and select Delete Organization. The Theft Recovery app and settings are removed with the OU. # Google Directory Teacher Provisioning Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/google-directory-provisioning Sync teacher accounts from Google Admin Console to create and manage GoGuardian teacher access automatically. With Google Directory Teacher Provisioning, Super Users can sync data with Google Admin Console to create new teacher accounts and optionally limit teachers' access to a specific group of students. Google Directory Provisioning also supports provisioning administrators from Google. See [Provision Admin Accounts from Google](/products/org-management/provision-admins) for details. ## Review Requirements Before you begin, confirm you have the following: 1. A Google account with Super Admin permissions. This is required to sync with Google Teacher Provisioning. 2. GoGuardian app services enabled in Google Admin Console. See Enable GoGuardian as a Third-Party App in Google Admin Console for setup steps. For Google Directory sync, the second app on the list, Google OU Sync, is required. ## Link Google Teacher Provisioning 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations) and click **Link Google Teacher Provisioning**. Link Google Teacher Provisioning button highlighted 2. Sign in with a Google account that has admin access to Google Admin Console. This step is only required during the initial integration setup. Google admin sign-in prompt for Google Teacher Provisioning If the Google account used to set up the integration loses Super Admin access, Google Teacher Provisioning will fail to sync. The account must regain Super Admin access, or the integration can be deleted and recreated by another Super Admin's Google account. 3. Once linked, go to the **Teacher Provisioning** tab under Integrations and click **New Sync Group** to create a Sync Group. Teacher Provisioning option under Integrations tab menu ## Create a Sync Group Each Sync Group has three selections: a Teacher Directory, an optional restriction to a Student Directory, and a nickname. ### Teacher Directory Selection Select Teacher Directory to choose an OU selection to sync The Teacher Directory selection specifies an Organizational Unit (OU) path from the Google Directory. This tells GoGuardian where to look to create or update GoGuardian Teacher accounts in the Organization Management portal. Teacher accounts that are newly created through User Provisioning, as well as pre-existing accounts included in a Sync Group, automatically receive GoGuardian Teacher access. Only one OU can be selected per Sync Group, but you can create multiple Sync Groups for different sync paths and options. If an Organizational Unit containing sub-OUs is selected, users within the sub-OUs are also included in the sync. If instead a sub-OU path is selected and synced, only users within that sub-OU are included. The same logic applies to both the Teacher and Student Directory selections. Confirm that only teacher email addresses are listed in the Teacher Directory OU. All email addresses included will receive access to GoGuardian Teacher, which could unintentionally grant students access to GoGuardian Teacher. ### Restricting Access to Student Directories Restrict access to Student Directory selection Restricting access to Student Directories is an optional toggle that lets admins restrict Google-synced teachers' access to specific students by adding a Student Directory to the Sync Group. When you choose a Student Directory OU path, teachers automatically gain OU access and permissions for students in that OU. Only one Student Directory can be chosen per Sync Group. Teachers who need OU access to more than one OU can have their OU access changed outside of Google User Provisioning without later syncs overriding those changes. If you choose **No Restrictions** for the Student Directory selection, teachers receive full OU access and can access all students in the school. Teachers added to a Sync Group who already have OU access assigned will have their current OU access replaced by the Student Directory OU selection only after their first sync. OU access can later be restored or reassigned as described above. For more information on Teacher Organizational Unit access, how it's assigned for individual teachers, and how it affects GoGuardian Teacher class sessions, see Teacher Organizational Unit Access. For instructions on bulk updating OU access for multiple teachers, see [Bulk Update Permissions by CSV](/products/org-management/bulk-update-permissions-csv). ### Sync Group Nicknames Selection to provide a nickname to the Sync Group Use the nickname field to specify a name or ID for each Sync Group. A nickname helps you keep track of different Sync Groups, especially if you anticipate changes to teacher access or student permissions throughout the school year. ## Sync Group Walkthrough and Example In the following example, the Demo Teacher account is actively assigned to the User Provisioning Demo Organizational Unit. Demo Teacher profile in Google Admin Console When the User Provisioning Demo Organizational Unit is selected as the Teacher Directory for a Sync Group, the Demo Teacher account is added to the Organization Management portal once the automatic or forced sync completes. Numbered steps to set up Settings for Sync Group Org Management showing Google User Provisioning icon User accounts synced using Google User Provisioning display a black integration icon underneath the User field. Hovering over the icon displays "Synced with Google Directory" to confirm the integration source. With the /Student Accounts OU listed in the Student Directory, the Demo Teacher account gains access to the /Student Accounts OU. User profile in Org Management highlighting Product Roles and OU Permissions Student OU selected in User Permissions ## Sync Schedule Similar to syncing Organizational Units with GoGuardian, User Provisioning syncs automatically each night. You can also queue a sync at any time by clicking **Sync All**. User Provisioning interface showing the Sync All option ## Understand Changes to Teacher OUs When a Google-synced teacher's account is moved to an OU in Google Admin Console that's outside a Sync Group's Teacher Directory, the account loses access to GoGuardian Teacher the next time a sync occurs. Similarly, if a Sync Group's Teacher Directory changes to a different OU, teachers no longer part of that Sync Group lose GoGuardian Teacher access. ## Review Sync History When a sync completes, the results and completion time appear in the Integrations tab by selecting the dropdown menu next to the Teachers field. Integrations tab dropdown showing sync completion details The same information, along with a history of all previous syncs, is available in the Audit Log. Filter the Audit Log results by Integration source using the cogwheel icon. Integrations tab in Org Management highlighting Audit Log to show when a sync was conducted # Set Up Granular Access Control with RBAC Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/granular-access-control Create and assign custom roles in GoGuardian Org Management to control user access to specific pages and features. Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) lets administrators build and assign custom user roles to tailor a user's GoGuardian Admin and GoGuardian Org Management access to their exact needs. Each role can be granularly customized to allow or restrict access to specific pages and features. ## Review Common Use Cases ### Admin RBAC Use Cases * Allowing a user to see Smart Alerts without access to filtering options * Granting counselors access to only Flagged Activity, the Dashboard, or both * Assigning a network administrator access to DNS * Allowing teachers to edit certain policies for adding an allowed website, YouTube video, channel, or other content ### Org Management RBAC Use Cases * Granting access to only User Management for adding, editing, and archiving user accounts * Assigning User Management access so a user can log in as a teacher and assist with GoGuardian Teacher * Allowing access to the Guardian tab for managing parent and guardian accounts and access to the Parent App * Granting access to Integrations for managing Clever, ClassLink, Active Directory, and Google integrations ## Create and Manage Roles Go to manage.goguardian.com and select **Manage Roles** in the User Management section. User Management Manage Roles button to access RBAC settings GoGuardian Org Management — Manage Roles RBAC interface showing Management and Admin tabs Admin and Org Management roles are created, managed, and assigned separately. From the Manage Roles interface, click **Management** to access the Org Management roles page, or click **Admin** to access the GoGuardian Admin roles page. Each tab opens a separate interface where new roles can be added using the **+ Add Role** button. Existing roles can be updated, deleted, or duplicated using the three-dot menu. Default roles provided by GoGuardian cannot be edited and appear greyed out. ## Access Levels RBAC Manage Roles: User Management and Admin Roles Settings The following access levels are available for both Org Management and Admin roles: * **No Access** * **View** * **View/Edit** * **Enabled** * **Disabled** Hover over the **ⓘ** icon next to any permission to learn more about what it controls. ### Custom Groups Access Levels GoGuardian Admin's Custom Groups feature has four permission levels: 1. **View, Full Edit, Create** (Super User to Custom Groups): can edit any group without being the owner or co-editor. Allows adding and removing co-editors and adjusting their permissions, adding and removing students (OU access required), changing the group type, applying a policy, renaming a group, deleting any group, and transferring ownership. 2. **View, Co-Edit, Create** (suggested for most admins): can only edit groups as the owner or co-editor. Can only delete groups the user owns. 3. **View, Co-Edit**: can be added as a co-editor to add or remove students. Cannot create, delete, or duplicate groups, and cannot transfer ownership. 4. **No Access** ## Assign Roles Once a role is created and configured, it can be assigned to users in User Management individually or in bulk via CSV. ### Assign a Role to an Individual User 1. Select **Edit** next to the user's name in User Management. 2. Expand the **GoGuardian Org Management** or **GoGuardian Admin** tab. 3. Select the role from the dropdown. ### Assign Roles in Bulk via CSV To assign roles to multiple users at once, add the role name under the appropriate column headers in the CSV file. See the Bulk Update Permissions by CSV article for CSV formatting details. ## Access Denied Pages * Users who attempt to access a page their Org Management RBAC role does not allow will see the **Access Denied** page. * Users who attempt to access a restricted page in Admin RBAC will see the **Page Unavailable** page. Access Denied Message Page Unavailable Message # Review Licensing, Renewals, and Sales Contacts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/licensing-and-renewals Find the right contact to renew GoGuardian licensing, request a quote, or view your organization's current product licenses. Licensing renewals, quotes, and sales inquiries are handled by GoGuardian account representatives. Super Users can also view current product licenses directly in GoGuardian Org Management. ## Contact Your Account Representative (Current Customers) To renew or extend licensing, request a quote for a new product or service, or for general sales inquiries, contact your GoGuardian account representative by email. If you're not sure who to contact, submit a request at [goguardian.com/contact-support](https://goguardian.com/contact-support). The GoGuardian Support team cannot modify licensing or process renewals, but can connect you with the appropriate account representative. ## Request a Trial (New Customers) To get started with GoGuardian, visit [GoGuardian.com](https://www.goguardian.com) and request a trial. ## View Current Licensing Super Users can view your organization's enabled products and licensing dates at the **Product Licenses** tab: [manage.goguardian.com/products/licenses](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/licenses). View Current Licensing # Make Another User a Super User Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/make-another-user-an-administrator Promote an existing GoGuardian user to Super User in Org Management so they can manage accounts, permissions, and product settings. Super Users can access [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/) and make account-level changes — adding users, editing permissions, and changing high-level GoGuardian Admin, Teacher, and Beacon settings. To promote an existing user to a Super User: 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/). 2. Find the user and click **Edit** at the right end of their row. 3. In the side panel, toggle on **Super User**. 4. At the bottom of the side panel, click **Save**. 'Edit User' interface demonstrating how to toggle Super User access for a user on before hitting 'save' The 'Save User' button used to confirm changes made to a GoGuardian user's account # Sync Groups with Microsoft Entra Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/microsoft-entra-sync Connect Microsoft Entra to GoGuardian Org Management to import user groups and sync them to GoGuardian products and Admin Custom Groups. Syncing Microsoft Entra groups with GoGuardian Org Management imports user groups into GoGuardian products and makes them available as Admin Custom Groups. Entra groups sync automatically once connected and can be resynced at any time. You must have a Microsoft Entra Global Administrator account to grant GoGuardian the required permissions. ## Sync Groups with Microsoft Entra 1. Go to [Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com). 2. Navigate to **Configuration** > **Data Sources**. Find the **Microsoft Entra** card under the **Students and Groups** section. 3. Click **Sync Microsoft Entra**. 4. Review the required permissions in the **Connect to Microsoft Entra** modal. 5. Click **Continue**. 6. Sign in to Microsoft Entra using your **Global Administrator** account credentials. 7. Select the groups you want to import into GoGuardian. 8. Click **Sync Groups**. 9. Confirm the active sync status on the **Microsoft Entra (Formerly Azure)** card. To sync more than 1 Entra tenant, click **Sync Microsoft Entra** on the **Integrations** tab to add additional tenants. ## Frequently Asked Questions **What access does GoGuardian need for this integration?** GoGuardian requires permission to list and read properties for Entra groups and group memberships, read user properties in groups, and sync groups. You can grant these permissions during the initial integration setup. **When do Microsoft Entra groups sync?** Entra groups sync automatically every day at 7:00 PM PST. To sync immediately, go to [Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com) and navigate to **Configuration** > **Data Sources** > **Integrations** > **Microsoft Entra (Formerly Azure)** > **Sync Microsoft Entra**. **Can I integrate multiple Entra tenants?** Yes. Go to [Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com) and navigate to **Configuration** > **Data Sources** > **Integrations** > **Microsoft Entra (Formerly Azure)** > **Sync Microsoft Entra** to add additional tenants. ## Resources Provision teacher accounts from Google Admin Console. Import teacher accounts and class rosters from your SIS. Add and edit user accounts manually in Org Management. Bulk-provision users using a CSV file or SFTP connection. # Modify an Existing Clever or ClassLink Integration Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/modify-an-existing-integration De-integrate to archive synced classrooms, change sharing rules in Clever or ClassLink, and re-integrate to pull the changes into GoGuardian. If you synced classrooms through Clever or ClassLink but shared the wrong sections, or you want to remove older classrooms and add new ones, de-integrating is a good first step. De-integrating archives **all** synced classrooms; you then change sharing rules and re-integrate to pull the changes in. ## De-integrate the Account Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/), select the **Integrations** tab, and click the trash icon under the service used to sync classrooms. De-integrating automatically archives all classrooms for teachers. mceclip0.png ## Change Classroom Sharing Permissions In your rostering provider's sharing permissions, remove sections to archive them and add new sections to share them with GoGuardian. See your provider's documentation for setting up sharing rules in [Clever](https://support.clever.com/) or ClassLink. ## Re-Integrate Re-integrating after changing sharing permissions excludes the old or unwanted classrooms. Click **Sync** in the Clever or ClassLink panel under the **Integrations** tab in Org Management to begin. New classrooms appear as "Created" in the Teacher Audit Log. Re-integrated classes move from the **Archived** tab to **Pending** in teachers' dashboards and show as "Updated" in the Teacher Audit Log. Re-Integrate # Set Up Multi-Factor Authentication Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/multi-factor-authentication Understand how MFA works in GoGuardian products and how to generate a backup code for a locked-out user in GoGuardian Org Management. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) requires users to verify their identity with two or more methods when signing in. GoGuardian supports two MFA methods: a six-digit code sent via email, and a backup code generated by an Org Management Super User. MFA is required for all GoGuardian customers signing in via email and password for the following products: * GoGuardian Admin * GoGuardian Beacon * Fleet * GoGuardian Org Management * GoGuardian Teacher GoGuardian does not require MFA for single sign-on (SSO). Google, Clever, ClassLink, and RapidIdentity are exempt. ## Sign In with Email-Based MFA When MFA is required, users enter their login credentials and then receive a six-digit code by email. Enter the six-digit code in the GoGuardian product to complete sign-in. After entering the code, users can trust their device for 30 days. During that period, the code is not required to sign in. Sign In with Email-Based MFA Sign In with Email-Based MFA ## Generate a Backup Code for a Locked-Out User Super Users can generate a backup code for a user who is locked out of their account. The code is valid for 10 minutes and can only be used once. 1. Go to **Org Management**. GoGuardian Org Management — User Management page showing the Edit button for accessing Generate MFA Code 2. Click **Staff** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Edit** on the affected user's account. 4. Click **Generate MFA Code** under **Product Roles**. A new window displays the code to share with the user. Click Generate MFA Code under Product Roles. A new window displays the code to share with the user. 5\. Verify the result: The backup code appears in a new window. Share it with the user so they can sign in. Generate a Backup Code for a Locked-Out User ## FAQ **Is MFA optional?** No. MFA is required for all users signing in via email and password. **How long is the backup code valid?** The backup code is valid for 10 minutes from the time it's generated and can only be used once. **What if I didn't receive the MFA code?** Check your inbox and spam folders. If the code still hasn't arrived, click **Resend** at the sign-in screen. **Can I generate a backup code for my own account?** No. Contact a Super User in Org Management to generate a backup code for your account. **How do I get help from GoGuardian Support?** Submit a support ticket with the affected user's email address, a description of what they're seeing, and a screenshot if applicable. # Understand OU Mapping and Assigned Org Units Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/ou-permissions Learn how OU Mapping connects rostering paths to GoGuardian organizational units and how Assigned Org Unit controls staff access in Org Management. OU Mapping connects organizational paths from Clever or ClassLink to organizational units (OUs) in GoGuardian. Use it when the structure in your rostering provider does not match the OU structure that GoGuardian uses for staff access. An OU mapping can assign a staff member's **Assigned Org Unit** and, when the corresponding restriction is enabled, set OU access for GoGuardian Teacher or GoGuardian Admin. These settings serve different purposes and can use the same mapping without granting the same type of access. ## Understand How OU Mapping Works Each OU mapping connects a Clever or ClassLink path to a GoGuardian OU. During a sync, GoGuardian uses that connection to determine which OU applies to integrated staff members from the mapped path. Depending on your integration settings, a mapping can update the following fields: | Setting | What the Mapping Does | How the Setting Is Used | | ---------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Assigned Org Unit** | Sets the staff member's assigned location when **Set Assigned Org Unit** is selected for OU Mapping. | Limits the part of the organization that the staff member can access in GoGuardian Org Management. This is most commonly used to limit **Log In As** access. | | GoGuardian Teacher OU access | Sets OU access for integrated teachers when **Restrict Teacher Monitoring by Org Unit** is enabled. | Determines which student OUs a teacher can access in GoGuardian Teacher. | | GoGuardian Admin OU access | Sets OU access for integrated administrators when **Restrict Administrator Access by Org Unit** is enabled. | Determines which student OUs an administrator can access in GoGuardian Admin. | **Assigned Org Unit** does not replace GoGuardian Teacher or GoGuardian Admin OU access. Assigned Org Unit controls access in Org Management. The product-specific OU settings control access to students in Teacher or Admin. ## Choose Which OU to Map Map the rostering path to the OU that matches the access the staff member needs. * Map to a student OU when the same mapping must set Teacher or Admin access to students in that OU. * Map to a staff OU when Assigned Org Unit needs to represent the staff member's location and the mapping is not being used to assign product-specific student access. If staff accounts and student accounts are stored in separate OUs, one mapping may not represent both the staff member's location and the student OUs they need to access. In that case, use the mapping for the access that must stay synchronized, then add the other OU permissions manually or by CSV. ## Understand How Assigned Org Unit Is Set GoGuardian uses the following order when setting **Assigned Org Unit**: 1. A manual change in Org Management or a bulk CSV upload takes priority and persists through future syncs. 2. If **Set Assigned Org Unit** is selected for OU Mapping, the mapped GoGuardian OU populates the field for integrated staff in that mapping. 3. If no mapping sets the field, a Google Admin Console sync populates it from the user's Google OU only when the field is blank or set to the root OU (`/`). This order prevents an automated sync from replacing a more specific assignment that your organization has already configured. Organizations that already had at least one OU mapping when **Set Assigned Org Unit** was introduced have this setting selected automatically. Review existing mappings before changing the setting so that staff access does not change unexpectedly. ## Override or Reset an Assigned Org Unit To use a more specific OU than your directory or rostering provider supplies, update **Assigned Org Unit** manually in Org Management or through a bulk CSV upload. Manual assignments remain in place during future Google Admin Console, Clever, or ClassLink syncs. To return a staff member to automated assignment, clear their **Assigned Org Unit** value. The next sync repopulates the field from the applicable OU mapping when **Set Assigned Org Unit** is selected. If no mapping applies, Google Admin Console can repopulate the field from the user's Google OU. Before a sync, confirm that the mapping points to the OU that represents the access you want to automate. After the sync, review the staff member in User Management and verify that **Assigned Org Unit** and any product-specific OU permissions show the intended OUs. ## Review Related Configuration Connect a rostering provider and configure OU sync and product-specific OU restrictions. Apply manual role and OU permission changes to multiple staff accounts. Configure Google Admin Console as the source for your GoGuardian OU structure. Review and update individual staff accounts in Org Management. # Provision Admin Accounts from Google Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/provision-admins Set up Google Admin Provisioning to automatically create GoGuardian Admin accounts by syncing Google Groups. Use Google Admin Provisioning to automatically create and assign GoGuardian Admin accounts by syncing Google Groups. When a user joins a mapped Google Group, GoGuardian assigns them the corresponding Admin role, with no manual invitation required. ## Review Requirements Before configuring Google Admin Provisioning, confirm the following: * **GoGuardian Admin licensing**: An Admin license is required to sync and assign GoGuardian Admin roles. * **GoGuardian access in Google Admin Console**: Grant GoGuardian access to Google Workspace data so provisioning can sync Google Groups. See [Enable GoGuardian in Google Admin Console](/products/org-management/enable-in-google-admin-console). * **Google Workspace permissions**: The configuring user needs Super Admin access, or at minimum Read access to Groups in Google Workspace, to see Google Groups in Org Management. ## Configure Google Admin Provisioning 1. In Org Management, navigate to **Integrations** and confirm the **Google Directory** link is enabled. If it is not, enable it before continuing. Once Google Directory is enabled, select the **Google Directory** tile and check the box for **Admin Provisioning Settings** to activate the feature. Review Requirements Review Requirements Review Requirements 2. On the Administrator Provisioning (Google) page, select **+ New Mapping Group**. 3. On the New Mapping page, select a Google Group to provision, then choose an Org Management role and a GoGuardian Admin role to assign to members of that group. Select **Save**. Assignable roles include **Super User** (Org Management), **Full Access**, **Filter and Monitor**, and any custom RBAC roles your organization has created. 4. Return to the Administrator Provisioning (Google) page to confirm the new mapping group appears in the list. Users already in the mapped Google Group receive their assigned role at the next sync. New group members are provisioned automatically after they join. ## Resources Reference the full permission levels available for GoGuardian Admin and Org Management. Approve GoGuardian's access to Google Workspace data before setting up provisioning. # Configure Staff SAML SSO Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/saml-sso Set up SAML single sign-on for staff in GoGuardian Org Management so users can access GoGuardian products with their existing identity provider credentials. SAML lets users access multiple web applications with one set of credentials by securely exchanging authentication data between an identity provider (IdP) and a service provider. GoGuardian administrators can enable SAML for their staff as an additional sign-in option for GoGuardian Admin, GoGuardian Teacher, GoGuardian Beacon, and Org Management. ## Review Requirements Before setting up SAML, confirm you have: * Super User or custom role access to the Staff SAML SSO section of [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/staff-saml-config) * Access to your organization's identity provider ## Set Up SAML 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and select **Staff SAML SSO** from the navigation menu. GoGuardian Org Management — Staff SAML SSO configuration page 2. Click **Add Additional Provider**. 3. Enter an IdP nickname, select **XML File URL** or **XML File Upload / Manual Configuration**, and fill in the required fields from your IdP. 4. Copy both the **ACS URL** and **Entity ID** and enter them in your IdP configuration. 5. Customize the login button label and styling. Customize the login button label and styling. 6\. Click **Save Configuration**. 7\. Verify the result: The new SAML provider appears in your list of configured providers. You can create multiple SAML connections if staff credentials are split across more than one identity provider. ## Sign In with SSO as Staff 1. Go to GoGuardian Admin, GoGuardian Beacon, GoGuardian Teacher, or Fleet. 2. Click **Sign in with Single Sign-On**. GoGuardian login page showing Sign in with Single Sign-On button for staff accounts 3. Enter your staff email address. 4. Select your account from the list. SSO sign-in through third-party applications is not currently supported. Use the **Sign in with Single Sign-On** option on GoGuardian's login pages, or use the direct SAML sign-in link: `https://account.goguardian.com/#/staff-saml-login` ## Supported Identity Providers GoGuardian supports any IdP using SAML 2.0. Verified compatible providers include Google, Azure, OneLogin, and ClassLink. # Set Up Teacher Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/set-up-teacher-accounts Create GoGuardian Teacher accounts individually, by CSV, or through a Clever or ClassLink integration in GoGuardian Org Management. To give users access to GoGuardian Teacher, accounts must be created in the User Management section of GoGuardian Org Management at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). Accessing Org Management requires GoGuardian Super User permissions. ## Add One Teacher Account 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). GoGuardian Org Management — User Management with the Add User button 2. Click **Add User**. 3. Enter a first and last name. 4. Enter an email address. 5. Turn on **GoGuardian Teacher**. 6. Assign Teacher OU access if you don't want to grant this user full OU access. 7. Scroll down and click **Save**. Add User settings and interface in GoGuardian Org Management Once added, a welcome email is sent to the user with a link to set up a password. The password link expires within 48 hours. If the link expires, a Super User can send another email using the **Reset Password** link. The welcome email is sent only to users whose accounts are created individually. Accounts created by any bulk method (CSV or integration) do not receive a welcome email. ## Add Multiple Teacher Accounts via CSV 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). 2. Click the three-dot menu and select **Download CSV**. Org Management User Management page with three-dot menu open showing Download CSV option 3. Add users to the CSV. See the Bulk Update Permissions by CSV article for formatting details. 4. Set permissions, status, and OU access for each user. 5. Upload the CSV. ## Add Teacher Accounts Through Clever or ClassLink If your organization uses Clever or ClassLink, integrating with GoGuardian syncs teacher accounts, classes, class rosters, and more. See the following articles for setup instructions: * [Connect Clever](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync#connect-clever) * [Connect ClassLink](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync#connect-classlink) # Set Up Active Directory Sync Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/setup-active-directory Install the GoGuardian AD Sync application and configure Active Directory as your OU source in GoGuardian Org Management. Use this procedure to connect GoGuardian to your Active Directory server and import your OU structure. Completing this setup replaces Google Admin Console or Clever as the OU source for your GoGuardian organization. GoGuardian supports one active OU provider at a time. Enabling Active Directory OU sync disables Google Admin Console and Clever as OU sources. You cannot run Active Directory sync alongside either of those providers. Active Directory sync is intended for districts that use Windows and Active Directory exclusively and do not use Google Admin Console. If your district uses Google Admin Console to manage users and devices, continue using Google Admin Console for OU sync. Switching to Active Directory sync removes Google Admin Console as your OU source and cannot be reversed without contacting GoGuardian support. ## Review Before You Start Before beginning, confirm that: * Active Directory OU sync has been enabled for your account by GoGuardian support * .NET Framework 4.5 or later is installed on your Domain Controller * GoGuardian IP addresses, ports, and domains are permitted through your firewall or proxy ## Configure Active Directory Sync 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/) and select **Integrations**, then select **OU Settings**. Step 1 — Open OU Settings in Org Management 2. Scroll to the **Active Directory** section and select **Link Active Directory**. The panel updates to show the application download button, the application token, and the OU list (which populates after the first sync). 3. Select **Download Application** and save the file to your Domain Controller. Run the downloaded file and follow the installation wizard to launch the GoGuardian AD Sync application on the server. 4. In the GoGuardian AD Sync application on the server: 1. Enter the desired time for the daily automatic sync. 2. Copy the application token from [manage.goguardian.com/integrations/ou-settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/ou-settings) and paste it into the token field. 3. Select **Sync Now** and wait for the completion confirmation. 5. After the sync completes, return to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations/ou-settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/ou-settings) and refresh the page. Select **OU List** to expand the directory tree. Select the OUs you want to import into GoGuardian. Only OUs that contain user accounts are required, but all OUs can be imported. Sub-OUs of a selected parent OU are included automatically. 6. Select **Sync Selected OUs**. A confirmation message appears in the upper right corner. Allow a few minutes for the changes to apply. Large OU structures with many user accounts can take up to 10 minutes to fully sync. 7. Go to [admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/in-school](https://admin.goguardian.com/policy/assign/in-school) and confirm the imported OUs are available for policy assignment. ## Manage Ongoing Syncs GoGuardian syncs Active Directory OUs once per night automatically. To trigger a sync immediately, open the GoGuardian AD Sync application on your Domain Controller and select **Sync Now**. Sync results and timestamps are visible in two places: * In the **Integrations** tab in Org Management: select the dropdown next to the Teachers field to see the most recent sync result * In the Org Management **Audit Log**: filter by Integration source using the cogwheel to see a full history of all previous syncs ## Understand OU Access Behavior When a synced teacher's account moves to an OU outside of a Sync Group's Teacher Directory in Google Admin Console, that teacher loses GoGuardian Teacher access at the next sync. The same applies if a Sync Group's Teacher Directory is updated to a different OU. ## Resources Review how Active Directory OU sync works and when to use it instead of Google Admin Console. Diagnose and resolve sync failures, token errors, and application issues. # Sync OUs from Google Admin Console Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/sync-ous-from-google Import and sync organizational units from Google Admin Console into GoGuardian Admin to map students to OUs for filtering, alerts, and Beacon deployments. Organizational units (OUs) from Google Admin Console map students to groups that GoGuardian Admin uses for filtering policies, Smart Alert Triggers, and GoGuardian Beacon deployments. This article covers how to import OUs, how automatic nightly syncs work, how to force a sync, and what to do when your OU structure changes. Importing OUs does not import student accounts. Student accounts are created automatically when students sign in with the GoGuardian extension or The GoGuardian App installed on their device. ## Understand What OUs Are Used For Once imported, OUs are the organizational layer that drives three core GoGuardian Admin features: * **Filtering policies**: Assign different filtering rules to different student groups based on OU assignment. * **Smart Alert Triggers**: Scope Triggers to specific OUs so automated responses apply only to the right students. * **GoGuardian Beacon deployments**: Restrict Beacon alert routing and coverage to defined OU groups. GoGuardian Admin users without OU access to a student's assigned OU cannot view that student's information or edit policies assigned to that OU. GoGuardian Teacher users cannot see students in their classroom if the teacher's OU access does not match the student's assigned OU. For details on OU access and roles, see [Roles and Permissions](/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions). ## Review Google Account Requirements The following permissions and conditions are required before you can import or sync OUs: * Confirm user accounts reside in the correct OUs * Verify your OU hierarchy includes one or more sub-OUs * Grant GoGuardian Read permissions to domains, organizational units, and users ## Import OUs from Org Management 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). 2. Click the **Sync OUs** icon (two arrows forming a circle, to the left of the profile avatar) at the top of the page. 3. When prompted, select your Admin-level Google Admin Console account. 4. Choose the OUs to import into GoGuardian Admin. Select all OUs and sub-OUs you want GoGuardian Admin to recognize, not only new ones being added. OUs omitted from this step are removed from GoGuardian Admin's OU structure. 5. Click **Import**. 6. The selected OUs appear in the **OU Settings** tab. Confirm that all expected OUs and sub-OUs are listed. GoGuardian Admin is now updated to reflect your Google Admin Console OU structure. After completing a manual OU sync, review the **Filtering > Policies** page in GoGuardian Admin and reapply any policies that may have been removed during the OU restructuring. Import OUs from Org Management ## Import OUs from GoGuardian Admin 1. Go to [admin.goguardian.com](https://admin.goguardian.com). 2. Click **Sync Org Units with GAC** at the top of the page. 3. When prompted, select your Admin-level Google Admin Console account. 4. Choose the OUs to import. Select all OUs and sub-OUs you want GoGuardian Admin to recognize, not only new ones. 5. Click **Import**. Click Import. 6. The selected OUs are now active in GoGuardian Admin. Review the **Filtering > Policies** page and reapply any policies that may have been removed. ## Adjust Active OUs in OU Settings After the initial import, administrators can change which OUs are active at any time without running a full sync. This is useful when you want to narrow or expand the set of OUs that GoGuardian Admin recognizes, without modifying your Google Admin Console structure. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and open the **OU Settings** tab. 2. Check the box next to any OU you want to activate. Uncheck the box next to any OU you want to deactivate. Sub-OUs can be toggled independently of their parent OUs. 3. Click **Save**. A confirmation popup appears. Confirm the action for the changes to take effect. 4. Confirm that the OU list reflects your intended selections. Review any filtering policies, Smart Alert Triggers, or GoGuardian Beacon deployments that reference OUs you deactivated to make sure they are still correctly scoped. Deactivating an OU removes it from GoGuardian Admin's active OU structure but does not delete it from Google Admin Console. Reactivate it at any time by checking its box and saving again. ## Understand Automatic Nightly Syncs GoGuardian Admin automatically syncs your imported OUs once per day. Changes made in Google Admin Console, including students moving between OUs or new students added to an imported OU, are reflected in GoGuardian Admin by the following morning. Automatic syncs update student-to-OU assignments within the OUs you have already imported. They do not add new OUs that were not selected during a manual import. For structural changes such as new OUs, renamed OUs, or deleted OUs, run a manual import. ## Troubleshoot a Sync Failure If an OU sync fails, or if a student appears in the wrong OU after a sync, review the steps above to confirm your Google Admin Console permissions, then run a manual import for causes and resolution steps. ## Manage OU Structure Changes When your organization renames, adds, or deletes OUs in Google Admin Console, GoGuardian Admin does not pick up those structural changes automatically. Run a manual import from either GoGuardian Admin or Org Management to reflect the new structure. After a structural reimport, review and update the following configurations to confirm they are still correctly assigned: * **Filtering policies** in GoGuardian Admin: confirm policies are assigned to the correct OUs after any renaming or restructuring. * **Smart Alert Triggers**: confirm each Trigger is scoped to the correct OUs. * **GoGuardian Beacon deployments** (if applicable): confirm Beacon deployments are still associated with the intended OUs. ## Resources Review how OU access interacts with GoGuardian Admin user roles and permissions. Scope Smart Alert Triggers to specific OUs after your OU structure is imported. # Sync Organizational Units via Clever Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/sync-ous-via-clever Use Clever as the OU source for nightly syncs in GoGuardian, when to choose it, and how Clever's school and grade-level structure maps to OUs. GoGuardian supports organizational unit (OU) synchronization through Clever. OUs synced from Clever depend on the schools and grade levels shared with GoGuardian through Clever's sharing rules. To get started, complete the [Clever integration](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync) first. Once Clever is linked, it can serve as the source for nightly OU syncs. Teacher accounts are not imported as OUs through Clever. If you use GoGuardian Admin to filter teacher accounts, all teacher accounts receive the filtering policy applied at the root (top) level of the domain. ## Decide When to Use Clever for OU Sync GoGuardian can sync OUs from Clever, Google Admin Console, or Active Directory. Choose Clever when you prefer to sync OUs based on Clever's data structure (district → school → grade level) rather than the more flexible structures in Google Admin Console. The key distinction is that teachers are excluded from the OU data received from Clever. Only one OU provider can be used with GoGuardian at a time. Enabling Active Directory OU sync disables Google Admin Console or Clever OUs. ## Understand How Clever OU Sync Works Clever OU sync is based on the schools and grade levels students are categorized into within Clever. A typical Clever OU structure looks like this: * **GoGuardian Elementary:** Grade 1, Grade 2, Grade 3, Grade 4, Grade 5 * **GoGuardian Middle School:** Grade 6, Grade 7, Grade 8 * **GoGuardian High School:** grade-level OUs for each high school grade # Manage Teacher Daily Summary Emails Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/teacher-daily-summary-emails Turn on or off Teacher Daily Summary emails and understand the sections included in each daily report in GoGuardian Org Management. In GoGuardian Org Management, Super Users can turn on Teacher Daily Summary emails to receive a daily summary report of overall GoGuardian Teacher usage. Teacher Daily Summaries are an individual setting. Turning them on or off does not affect other Super Users. ## Turn On or Off Teacher Daily Summary Emails 1. Sign in to manage.goguardian.com as a Super User. 2. Click the **Product Settings** tab, then click **Teacher**. 3. Turn on or turn off **Teacher Daily Summary**. A green toggle means the feature is on. A gray toggle means it is off. 4. Verify the result: The toggle reflects your selection and the change takes effect immediately. Turning Teacher Daily Summary emails on or off requires the user to have GoGuardian Teacher access set to **Enabled**. ## Read a Teacher Daily Summary Email Each email contains four sections: **Summary Details** * Date * Average session duration (in minutes) * Total connected students across all sessions that day **Command Activity**: statistics on commands issued by teachers across all sessions that day: * Number of screens locked * Number of tabs opened * Number of tabs closed * Total commands issued **Browsing Activity**: a diagram of the top websites visited by students during sessions that day, shown as percentages of all websites visited. **Teachers**: a list of teachers for that day and the number of hours each had classroom sessions running. GoGuardian Org Management > Product Settings (selected) > Teacher (selected) > Teacher Daily Summary (selected)… GoGuardian Teacher Daily Summary: Here is a summary of the activity from yesterday: Date, Average Session Duration,… # Review Teacher Usage and Reporting Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/teacher-usage-reporting Use the Teacher Product Usage tool in GoGuardian Org Management to view session statistics, usage metrics, and daily summaries for your organization. The Teacher Product Usage tool in GoGuardian Org Management shows how frequently teachers use GoGuardian Teacher and provides organization-wide statistics. ## Access Teacher Product Usage Go to GoGuardian Org Management at manage.goguardian.com, click the **Product Settings** tab, click **Teacher**, and then click **Usage**. GoGuardian Org Management — Teacher Product Usage dashboard showing usage metrics and session statistics ## Usage Metrics The graphs at the top of the Teacher Product Usage tool show the following metrics for a selected date range: | Metric | Description | | ----------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Money Saved** | Calculated by multiplying Instructional Time Gained by the average hourly teacher wage nationally. The **Hourly Wage** value can be modified for your organization. | | **Instructional Time Gained** | Calculated by multiplying the total number of GoGuardian Teacher sessions by an estimation of instructional time gained per session (7.5 minutes, based on a 2019 GoGuardian Teacher survey). | | **Scheduled Sessions** | Total number of sessions started via scheduling. | | **Manual Sessions** | Total number of sessions started manually. | | **Satisfaction** | Average satisfaction score (1 to 3) from the end-of-session survey presented to teachers. | ## View the Classroom Sessions Log The Classroom Sessions Log shows the 20 most recent classroom sessions for your organization. Click **Load More** at the bottom of the page to see the next 20. Click **Load More** as many times as needed to view all previous sessions. ## Turn On Teacher Daily Summary Emails Super Users can turn on Teacher Daily Summary emails to receive a daily summary of overall GoGuardian Teacher usage. See [Manage Teacher Daily Summary Emails](/products/org-management/teacher-daily-summary-emails) for details. ## Request a More Detailed Report If the Teacher Product Usage tool and Teacher Daily Summary do not provide the level of detail you need, contact your account representative to ask about a more detailed report for your organization. These reports are built on a case-by-case basis, as they may require additional time and resources. ## Submit Feedback To request additional features or information in the Teacher Daily Summary emails or the Audit Log, share your ideas at [ideas.goguardian.com](https://ideas.goguardian.com). Other administrators and teachers can upvote your idea, and many popular requests have been added to the products. # Troubleshoot Active Directory Sync Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/troubleshoot-active-directory-sync Diagnose and resolve GoGuardian Active Directory sync failures, application errors, and expired token issues. Use this article to resolve issues with the GoGuardian Active Directory (AD) Sync application not completing, returning errors, or showing an expired token. ## Confirm the AD Sync Application Is Running The AD Sync application must be running on your Domain Controller for syncs to complete. Open the application on the Domain Controller and select **Sync Now**. Verify that the sync succeeds both in the application and in Org Management at [Data Sources > OU Settings > Active Directory](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/ou-settings). If the sync still fails or returns errors, continue with the steps below. GoGuardian Active Directory Sync Tool used for syncing Active Directory with GoGuardian ## Allow GoGuardian in Your Firewall or Proxy If the sync application is not running or returns no errors but fails silently, your firewall or proxy may be blocking GoGuardian traffic. Confirm that GoGuardian IP addresses, ports, and domains are permitted through your firewall or proxy. The full list of required IP addresses, ports, and domains is available from GoGuardian Support. To request it, contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com). ## Verify .NET Framework 4.5 The AD Sync application requires .NET Framework version 4.5 or later on the Domain Controller. To check the installed version: 1. Select **Start** > **Run**, then enter `regedit` to open Registry Editor. 2. Navigate to: `Computer > HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE > SOFTWARE > Microsoft > NET Framework Setup > NDP > v4 > Full`. 3. Select **Full** and look for the **Release** value. If the `Full` key or `Release` value is missing, .NET 4.5 is not installed. Install it by following the [applicable Microsoft guide](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/framework/install/). Windows Registry Editor page used to check the .Net version for troubleshooting ## Install the Latest Version of the AD Sync Application If the Domain Controller meets the requirements above, install the latest version of the AD Sync application. 1. In Org Management, go to **Data Sources** > **OU Settings** > **Active Directory** > **Download Application**. 2. Save the file to the Domain Controller. 3. Double-click the downloaded file and follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation. Active Directory OU Import Tool highlighting the "Download Application" button for downloading the Sync Application ## Delete the Integration and Generate a New Token If the application returns "Your token is invalid or has expired!" or continues to behave unexpectedly, delete the integration to generate a fresh token. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/) and select **Data Sources** > **Integrations**. 2. Under **Active Directory**, select **Delete** > **Delete Integration**. 3. Refresh the page and confirm the integration syncs with the new token. Active Directory Integrations page error demonstrating a "integration sync has failed" message If the AD Sync application still shows unexpected behavior after following all steps above, contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) with the status messages from the application and your Windows Server version. ## Resources Review how Active Directory OU sync works and when to use it. Re-run the initial setup if you need to reconfigure the integration from scratch. # Troubleshoot Rostering and Sync Issues Across GoGuardian Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/troubleshoot-clever-classlink-sync Identify which roster source is failing — Google Directory, Clever, ClassLink, or CSV/SFTP — and resolve missing users, wrong classes, and sync failures. Use this article when teachers, students, classrooms, or guardians are not syncing correctly into GoGuardian. Roster data can enter GoGuardian from more than one source, so the first step is to identify which source is failing, then follow the steps for that source. ## Understand How Roster Data Flows into GoGuardian GoGuardian provisions accounts and rosters from one or more of these sources. Confirm which your organization uses before troubleshooting: * **Google Directory:** Syncs teacher and administrator accounts from Google Admin Console based on OU paths. Runs automatically each night (approximately 0700–1200 UTC); trigger it manually with **Sync All**. See [Google Directory Teacher Provisioning](/products/org-management/google-directory-provisioning). * **Clever or ClassLink:** Syncs teachers, students, classrooms, and guardians from your SIS. See [Sync Rosters with Clever or ClassLink](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync). * **CSV via SFTP:** Uploads a CSV overnight from your SFTP server to create, update, and archive accounts. Trigger it manually with **Force Sync**. See [User Provisioning with CSV via SFTP Sync](/products/org-management/user-provisioning-csv-sftp). * **Manual CSV upload:** A one-time CSV uploaded through the User Management page. These sources can run together. When CSV data conflicts with Clever or ClassLink data, the CSV takes precedence — for example, if Clever provisions a teacher but the CSV archives them, the account is archived. ## Diagnose the Problem by Symptom Match what you're seeing to the likely source, then jump to that section: * **A teacher or admin is missing:** Check Google Directory (was the account moved out of the Sync Group's OU?) or the CSV. Students and guardians come from Clever or ClassLink. * **Students or classrooms are missing or wrong:** Check Clever or ClassLink sync errors. * **A teacher has the wrong students or full access unexpectedly:** Check the Google Directory Sync Group's Student Directory restriction. * **The whole sync didn't run:** This is a sync status failure — see [Understand the Two Types of Sync Failures](#understand-the-two-types-of-sync-failures). ## Find Clever and ClassLink Sync Errors 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations). 2. Locate the Clever or ClassLink tile. After a completed sync, the tile shows the completion time and a breakdown of results by category: **Teachers**, **Students**, **Classrooms**, **Guardians**, and **OUs**. 3. Look for a yellow triangle next to any category. A yellow triangle means at least one record in that category failed to sync. A green checkmark means all records synced successfully. GoGuardian Org Management — Integrations page showing Clever sync results with a yellow triangle error indicator 4. Click the category with a yellow triangle to expand the error details. ## Download the Error Log For a full list of failed records and their error messages, download the error log from the Clever or ClassLink tile. 1. On the Integrations page, click **Download** on the Clever or ClassLink tile. 2. Open the downloaded zip file. It contains separate CSV files for each sync category (Teachers, Students, Classrooms, Guardians). 3. Each row in the CSV includes a record ID from Clever or ClassLink. Copy that ID and paste it into your Clever or ClassLink portal to identify the specific person or classroom and its associated error. Student reference ID in error logs being used to search in Clever/ClassLink portal ## Resolve Email and Account Errors Email errors are the most common cause of sync failures. They affect teacher, student, and guardian records. ### "There is no email address listed in SIS" The record has no email address in Clever or ClassLink. 1. In Clever or ClassLink, find the user identified by the ID in the error log. 2. Add a valid email address to that user's record. 3. Return to the GoGuardian Integrations page and click **Sync Now** to pull in the update. ### "Invalid email address" The email address exists but is not formatted correctly. 1. In Clever or ClassLink, find the user with the invalid email address. 2. Correct the email address format. For formatting requirements, refer to standard email address conventions ([local-part@domain.tld](mailto:local-part@domain.tld)). 3. Click **Sync Now** on the GoGuardian Integrations page to resync. ### "Duplicate email address found" or "We found an existing user with this email address" Two records in Clever or ClassLink share the same email address. Because email addresses are unique identifiers in GoGuardian, duplicate emails cannot be synced. 1. In Clever or ClassLink, search for the email address to identify both records. 2. Determine whether the records belong to the same person or two different people sharing an email address. 3. Update one or both records with unique, valid email addresses. 4. Click **Sync Now** to resync. Email addresses are unique across all of GoGuardian, not just within your organization. If the email you are trying to sync already belongs to another GoGuardian account, the record cannot sync. Contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) to resolve an email address tied to a different GoGuardian account. Integration Error showing missing student email address error Clever and ClassLink integration error log download link Clever/ClassLink global search bar for ID and email addresses ## Fix Classroom Errors ### "This classroom has exceeded the maximum number of enrolled students" GoGuardian Teacher classes have a maximum of 115 students. A classroom with more than 115 enrolled students cannot sync. 1. In Clever or ClassLink, split the oversized class into two or more smaller classes, each with 115 students or fewer. 2. Click **Sync Now** to resync the updated classes. If teachers need to run sessions with the full group, they can run multiple sessions concurrently or create ad hoc classes directly in GoGuardian Teacher. ### "No students enrolled" GoGuardian requires at least one student to be enrolled in a class before it can sync. 1. In Clever or ClassLink, either add a student to the class, archive the class so it is no longer shared with GoGuardian, or remove the class from the data shared with GoGuardian. 2. Click **Sync Now** to resync. ## Resolve "We Had Trouble Syncing" Errors The message "We had trouble syncing some \[records]" can have multiple causes. It often appears alongside another error that is the root cause. 1. Before investigating, click **Sync Now** to run a fresh sync. Transient failures sometimes resolve on resync. 2. Review the error log for any email or account errors listed alongside this message. Resolve those first — a teacher account that fails to sync due to an email error causes that teacher's classrooms to fail as well. 3. If the error persists and the log does not identify a root cause, contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) with the error log attached. ## Review Sync History in the Audit Log The Integrations page includes an Audit Log that records every sync, its outcome, and the associated error log. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com/integrations/audit-log](https://manage.goguardian.com/integrations/audit-log). 2. Find the sync entry you want to review. Each entry shows the date, time, and sync status. 3. Click the entry to download its error log and review specific failures. Use the Audit Log to identify whether sync failures are isolated to a single run or recurring. Integrations Audit Log interface ## Understand the Two Types of Sync Failures When troubleshooting, it helps to know which type of failure you are dealing with. **Sync status failure:** The entire sync did not complete. This typically means the connection between GoGuardian and Clever or ClassLink has broken, or there is a service outage on either side. Reconnect the integration and retry. If the problem continues, contact support. **Entity data failure:** The sync ran but specific records failed. This is almost always caused by missing, invalid, or duplicate email addresses, or by a class roster that exceeds 115 students. ## Troubleshoot Google Directory Provisioning Google Directory syncs teacher and administrator accounts from Google Admin Console based on OU paths. * **Teachers are missing after a sync:** Confirm the affected users are still inside the Sync Group's Teacher Directory OU. When a synced teacher is moved to an OU outside the Sync Group, that teacher loses GoGuardian Teacher access on the next sync. Moving the Sync Group to a different OU has the same effect on teachers no longer covered. * **Students received teacher access by mistake:** The Teacher Directory OU likely contains non-teacher email addresses. Every email in the selected OU (and its sub-OUs) receives GoGuardian Teacher access. Move non-teachers out of that OU and resync. * **A teacher can see all students instead of a specific group:** Check the Sync Group's **Restrict Access to Student Directories** setting. **No Restrictions** grants full OU access; select a Student Directory OU to scope access. * **The entire sync stopped working:** The Google account used to set up the integration may have lost Super Admin access. Restore Super Admin access to that account, or delete and recreate the integration with another Google Super Admin account. * **A change isn't reflected yet:** Google Directory syncs nightly (approximately 0700–1200 UTC). Select **Sync All** to trigger a sync immediately. ## Troubleshoot CSV and SFTP Sync CSV via SFTP uploads a roster file overnight; a manual CSV can also be uploaded on the User Management page. * **The sync didn't pick up your file:** GoGuardian syncs the most recently added CSV in the configured directory. Confirm the newest file is the one you intend to sync, and that the SFTP server is reachable during the overnight window (0700–1200 UTC). * **Records fail to import:** Validate the CSV against the User Management upload format first. Test the file through the manual upload dialog before relying on the scheduled sync. See [Bulk Update Permissions by CSV](/products/org-management/create-manage-user-accounts) for formatting requirements. * **A change didn't apply in time:** With **Sync Daily** on, the file syncs each early morning. Click **Force Sync** to run a new sync within a few minutes. * **CSV and Clever or ClassLink disagree:** The CSV takes precedence. If a record is wrong, correct it in whichever source is authoritative for that field. * **The SFTP connection fails:** GoGuardian Support cannot configure SFTP servers. Confirm the server supports SFTP (FileZilla FTP Server does not), the GoGuardian account has read access to its dedicated directory, and credentials are unique to GoGuardian. ## Contact Support If the error log does not identify a root cause, or a sync status failure persists after reconnecting the integration, contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) with the error log attached. Set up the Clever or ClassLink integration from scratch. Sync teacher accounts from Google Admin Console. Automate account provisioning from a daily CSV. Add and edit user accounts manually in Org Management. # Fix GoGuardian Sign-In and Account Access Errors Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/troubleshoot-login Identify which GoGuardian product you're signing in to and resolve sign-in errors from account permissions, disabled access, SSO, MFA, or incorrect credentials. GoGuardian users may have trouble signing in due to account permissions or licensing status. GoGuardian access is managed by GoGuardian Super Users at each organization. For account creation or access issues, contact a GoGuardian Super User (usually someone in IT or administration). ## Identify Which Product You're Signing In To GoGuardian's staff-facing products share one account system, but each has its own sign-in page. Confirm you're on the right page for the product you need: * **GoGuardian Admin:** [admin.goguardian.com](https://admin.goguardian.com) * **GoGuardian Teacher:** [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) * **GoGuardian Beacon:** [beacon.goguardian.com](https://beacon.goguardian.com) * **Fleet:** [fleet.goguardian.com](https://fleet.goguardian.com) * **Org Management (Super User account management):** [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) An account can have access to some products and not others. If a user can sign in to one product but not another, the account exists — the issue is product-specific access, covered in the error sections below. Pear Assessment, Pear Deck, and Pear Practice use separate sign-in pages and account systems. This article covers the GoGuardian staff products above. For Pear sign-in issues, see the troubleshooting article for that product. Identify Which Product You're Signing In To ## Fix "You're almost there...admin approval required" This error appears when a user tries to sign in to teacher.goguardian.com but has GoGuardian Teacher access disabled. **For teachers:** contact a GoGuardian Super User at your organization for help. **For Super Users:** go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and set the user's GoGuardian Teacher access to **Enabled**. Account access can be updated one at a time by clicking **Edit** next to a user's name, or in bulk via CSV upload. Fix "You're almost there...admin approval required" ## Fix "Let's get started..." This error appears when a user with no GoGuardian product access tries to sign in to GoGuardian Admin. A similar error appears when a user tries to sign in to GoGuardian Beacon while Beacon access is disabled. **For administrators or counselors:** contact a GoGuardian Super User at your organization. **For Super Users:** go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) and set the correct role: * GoGuardian Admin: **Full Access**, **Filter & Monitor**, **Monitor Only**, or a custom RBAC role * GoGuardian Beacon: **Super Counselor**, **Counselor**, or **View Only** Fix "Let's get started..." ## Resolve "Your account could not be found. Please reach out to your IT Administrator" This error appears when a user tries to sign in via Google SSO but does not have an active GoGuardian account matching that Google email. **Resolution:** confirm the Google email address matches the email registered to your organization's GoGuardian account. Contact a GoGuardian Super User to verify or update the email on file. Identify Which Product You're Signing In To ## Reactivate "Your account has been disabled by your organization's admin" or "Your Account is Currently Disabled" This error appears when a user's GoGuardian account has been archived. **For GoGuardian users:** contact a GoGuardian Super User to reactivate your account. **For Super Users:** click the **Reactivate** button next to the user's name in [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). Identify Which Product You're Signing In To Identify Which Product You're Signing In To ## Fix "Incorrect email or password, please try again" This error appears when the email or password entered does not match a GoGuardian account. **For Google Workspace users:** try signing in with the **Login with Google** option. **For users with GoGuardian passwords:** check the spelling of the email and password. Click **Forgot your password?** on any GoGuardian sign-in page to receive a password reset link. GoGuardian password requirements: * At least 8 characters * At least 1 uppercase letter * At least 1 lowercase letter * At least 1 number * At least 1 special character: `@`, `$`, `!`, `%`, `*`, `?`, or `&` Fix "Incorrect email or password, please try again" Identify Which Product You're Signing In To ## Resolve Single Sign-On (SSO and SAML) Problems If your organization uses single sign-on, sign-in problems often trace to the identity provider rather than the individual account. * **The SSO button doesn't appear or doesn't work:** Use the **Sign in with Single Sign-On** option on GoGuardian's login pages rather than launching from a third-party app — SSO sign-in through third-party applications is not currently supported. Staff can also use the direct SAML link: `https://account.goguardian.com/#/staff-saml-login`. * **SSO returns an error or an unexpected account:** Confirm the email your identity provider sends matches the email on the GoGuardian account. A mismatch produces the "Your account could not be found" error above. * **A newly added provider isn't working for staff:** A Super User should confirm the SAML provider is configured and listed in Org Management. See [Configure Staff SAML SSO](/products/org-management/saml-sso) for setup, the ACS URL and Entity ID, and supported identity providers. MFA is not required when signing in through SSO. Google, Clever, ClassLink, and RapidIdentity sign-ins are exempt. ## Resolve Multi-Factor Authentication Problems Users signing in with email and password must complete multi-factor authentication (MFA). * **The six-digit code didn't arrive:** Check inbox and spam folders, then click **Resend** at the sign-in screen. * **The user is fully locked out:** A Super User can generate a one-time backup code, valid for 10 minutes. See [Set Up Multi-Factor Authentication](/products/org-management/multi-factor-authentication) for the steps. * **The user is prompted every sign-in:** After entering a code, users can trust the device for 30 days to skip the prompt during that period. ## Still Need Help If none of the above resolves the problem, submit a support ticket with the affected user's email address, a description of what they're seeing, and a screenshot if available. # User Provisioning with CSV via SFTP Sync Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/user-provisioning-csv-sftp Automatically sync a CSV from your SFTP server daily to create, update, and archive GoGuardian user accounts. GoGuardian supports SFTP sync using the Secure File Transfer Protocol to upload a CSV daily from your organization's SFTP server. The uploaded CSV lets GoGuardian create new user accounts, update permissions, and archive accounts for staff including teachers, counselors, and IT administrators. This saves time compared to manually uploading a CSV whenever accounts need updating. This feature is available to Super Users at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). GoGuardian Org Management — Integrations page showing the SFTP sync configuration option ## Prepare Your CSV Use the same CSV format as the User Management manual upload. GoGuardian recommends testing the CSV with the User Management upload dialog before configuring SFTP sync. See Bulk Update Permissions by CSV for formatting requirements. ## Set Up Your SFTP Server If your organization has an SFTP server, SFTP sync can be configured quickly after confirming the following requirements are met. GoGuardian Support cannot assist with creating or managing SFTP servers. Microsoft Support or a managed service provider may be able to help with SFTP server setup. **Connectivity requirements** * The SFTP server must be available during the late evening and early morning hours in North America (0700–1200 UTC). The sync runs overnight so that all changes are applied before the next school day begins. **Security requirements** * A directory dedicated to GoGuardian user provisioning * A GoGuardian-specific account with a unique password. The password is encrypted once entered. GoGuardian employees cannot view it. * Read permissions for the GoGuardian account scoped to GoGuardian directories only * Access logging enabled to verify that only trusted accounts are gaining access Give GoGuardian access only to the GoGuardian-specific directory on your SFTP server, and use a unique username and password for authentication. ## Frequently Asked Questions **Will SFTP sync affect existing CSV uploads?** No. Manual CSV uploads through the User Management dialog continue to work as before. **Is the one-time CSV upload button being removed?** No. The manual upload option remains available. **Does GoGuardian host an SFTP server?** No. A GoGuardian-hosted SFTP server is not supported. Your organization must provide the SFTP server. **Does it matter which SFTP server my organization uses?** Yes. Your organization must use a server that specifically supports SFTP. Supported options include Tectia, Titan, Couchdrop, ProvideServer, and Bitvise. FileZilla FTP Server does not support SFTP and will not work. **Can my organization use a shared SFTP account with GoGuardian?** No. Use a unique username and password for the GoGuardian SFTP integration. Never share credentials between vendors. **Is a specific file format required?** Yes. The system expects a CSV that conforms to the same format used in the manual upload on the User Management page. **Which file on the SFTP server will GoGuardian sync?** GoGuardian syncs the most recently added CSV file in the configured directory. **How frequently does the sync run?** If the **Sync Daily** toggle is on, GoGuardian syncs in the early morning hours every day. **Can I sync on demand?** Yes. Click **Force Sync** to trigger a new sync within a few minutes. **Can my organization use SFTP sync alongside Clever or ClassLink?** Yes. SFTP sync and Clever or ClassLink integrations are mutually compatible. **What happens when CSV data conflicts with Clever or ClassLink data?** The CSV takes precedence. For example, if Clever provisions a teacher but the CSV archives them, the CSV data wins. # User Roles and Permissions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/user-roles-and-permissions Reference for all GoGuardian user roles, product access tiers, OU permissions, and role-based access control in Org Management. This article covers user roles and permissions in GoGuardian Org Management (manage.goguardian.com). Org Management can only be accessed by a Super User or a user granted access via a custom RBAC role. ## Super User Role Users with **Super User** permissions can: * Access manage.goguardian.com * Create, disable, and manage all GoGuardian user accounts and permissions * Manage OU sources and integrations * Manage all global GoGuardian Admin and GoGuardian Teacher settings, including At Home Mode, In School Hours, GoGuardian Teacher scheduling hours, and more * Log in to a GoGuardian Teacher account using the Log-in-As feature ## Site Administrator Role The Site Administrator role has more limited access to Org Management than a Super User. Users with **Site Administrator** permissions can: * Manage GoGuardian user accounts and permissions * Log in to a GoGuardian Teacher account using the Log-in-As feature Site Administrators have **View** or **No Access** permissions to the rest of manage.goguardian.com. ## GoGuardian Admin Access Tiers ### Full Access Users with **Full Access** can: * Access all Admin features without restrictions * View the Dashboard * View student activity reports * View and edit policies * Apply policies to OUs * Modify filtering settings * Add or remove students from Custom Groups (requires access to the student's OU) * View and edit Smart Alerts * Access Theft Recovery * Modify their own flagged activity notification preferences ### Filter & Monitor Users with **Filter & Monitor** access can: * View the Dashboard * View student activity reports * View and edit policies * Modify filtering settings * Add or remove students from Custom Groups (requires access to the student's OU) * View and edit Smart Alerts * Access Theft Recovery * Modify their own flagged activity notification preferences ### Monitor Only Users with **Monitor Only** access can: * View the Dashboard * View policies * View student activity reports * View Smart Alerts * Modify their own flagged activity notification preferences Data in all Admin roles is limited by the OU access assigned to the user. ## GoGuardian Teacher Access Users with **Enabled** access can: * Access teacher.goguardian.com * Create and manage classrooms * Review enrolled students during live classroom sessions ## GoGuardian Fleet Access Tiers * **Full Access:** Access all Fleet features without restriction. * **View Only:** Read-only access to all data in Fleet. ## GoGuardian Director Access Users with **Enabled** access can use all Director features. Data is limited by OU access assigned to the user. ## GoGuardian Beacon Access Tiers ### Super Counselor Users with **Super Counselor** access can: * View and modify all components of Beacon Alerts, including notifications, phases, risk level, actions taken, local authority and hotline information, browsing activity, and previous actions * Modify all Beacon settings * Add and remove users within Beacon * Modify permissions for other Beacon users * Request updates to parent and guardian contact information for individual students ### Counselor Users with **Counselor** access can: * View and modify all components of Beacon Alerts * View Beacon settings (cannot edit) * Update their own profile, including phone number and notification preferences ### View Only Users with **View Only** access can: * View all components of Beacon Alerts * View Beacon settings (cannot edit) ## GoGuardian Discover Access Tiers GoGuardian Discover uses the same roles and permissions system as the rest of the platform, managed in Org Management. Access is structured the same way as GoGuardian Admin's role-based access, but the roles and permissions are specific to Discover. Super Users automatically have full access to Discover and do not need a role. Every other user needs a Discover role, assigned in Org Management under **Manage Users**, in the **Discover** dropdown. A user's Discover access can also be limited to specific OUs. Discover has two default roles: * **Full Access:** Can edit everything in Discover. * **View Only:** Can view Discover data, cannot change anything. Orgs can also build custom roles from the four Discover permissions below. ### Discover Permissions | Permission | Access levels | Controls | | :------------ | :--------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | App Licenses | View or Edit/View | Add and edit app licensing and agreement information, upload contracts | | App Approvals | View or Edit/View | View approval information or manage app approval status, details, and attachments | | Custom Tags | View or Edit/View | Add, modify, or apply custom tags | | Shared Views | No Access or Edit/View | Create and manage Shared Views and their share links | The Dashboard, App Catalog, and Screen Time Insights are visible to any user with a Discover role, but the data shown in those sections is still limited to the sub-OUs assigned to the user's role in Org Management. App Licenses, App Approvals, and Custom Tags always allow at least View access. Shared Views is the only section a role can hide entirely, and View Only users do not see it. Users need **Edit/View** access for **App Approvals** to change an app's approval status or details. **View** access is read-only. * Blocking an app in GoGuardian Admin from within Discover also requires GoGuardian Admin access with policy permissions. * Only Super Users can start a Discover trial. ## OU Access Organizational Unit Permissions control which students and student information a user can see in GoGuardian Admin and GoGuardian Teacher. Each product has its own OU access configuration. * **Admin:** Controls which students, activity reports, policies, Dashboard data, and Smart Alerts can be seen or edited. * **Teacher:** Controls which students a teacher can see in class sessions. If a student's OU is not in the teacher's access, the student's screen displays "Monitoring not Allowed by Admin." For a full explanation of how Teacher OU access affects class sessions, see [Reviewing Activity Not Allowed By Admin](/products/teacher/reviewing-activity-not-allowed). * **Discover:** Controls which apps, licensing data, and tags a user can view or edit, based on the OU access assigned to their role. * **Fleet and Beacon:** Users can only view information for OUs they have access to. ## Role-Based Access Control With RBAC, you can create customizable user roles and grant granular access to specific parts of Org Management without providing full Super User access. ### Create a New Role 1. Go to manage.goguardian.com and select **Manage Roles** in the User Management section. Org Management — User Management page showing Add User and Manage Roles buttons 2. From the Role Management interface, click **+ Add Role**. 3. Enter a name for the role and configure its access permissions. Roles can be renamed or duplicated at any time. ### Assign a Role to a User 1. Select **Edit** next to an individual's name in User Management. 2. Expand **GoGuardian Org Management** and then select **Role** to assign the new role. Roles can also be assigned in bulk via CSV file upload. ### Delete a Role 1. Select the three-dot menu next to the role and choose **Delete**. 2. If users are assigned to the role being deleted, you will be prompted to reassign them before deletion completes. # Verify User Logins with GoGuardian Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/verified-login Enable Verified Login in GoGuardian Org Management to validate user identities during Google Chrome sign-in. Verified Login is a security setting in GoGuardian Org Management that reduces security risks by validating user identities during sign-in on Google Chrome. It requires GoGuardian extensions 4.1.238 or later installed in Chrome. ## Explore How Verified Login Works Verified Login enhances security by requiring users to sign in to Google Chrome and checking their user identities. IT administrators can enable Verified Login in one of the following ways: * **With domain-wide delegation**: When domain-wide delegation is enabled in the Google Admin console, identities are checked when users sign in to Google Chrome. If their identity is verified, they can access the internet * **Without domain-wide delegation**: Without domain-wide delegation enabled, users sign in to Chrome and then must sign in to GoGuardian with Google, Clever, or ClassLink single sign-on (SSO) to verify their identities For users on managed Chromebooks or Macs, domain-wide delegation allows for non-interactive verified authentication. For Windows devices, domain-wide delegation allows for this type of authentication in Chrome when users are signing into the Chrome browser. Please note that non-interactive verified authentication is not supported for extensions in Microsoft Edge or for extensions in Chrome when users are not signing into Chrome. ## Enable Verified Login in Org Management 1. Sign in to [Org Management](http://manage.goguardian.com/) as a Super User. 2. Click **Product Settings** > **General**. 3. Toggle on **Verified Login**. 4. Determine your environment's need for domain-wide delegation. If you're enabling it, please open a new tab and follow the instructions in the next section. 5. Select "**I've enabled domain-wide delegation in the Google Admin console.**" (recommended) 6. Click **Enable Verified Login**. ## Configure Domain-Wide Delegation in Google Admin 1. Sign in to [Google Admin](http://admin.google.com/) as an administrator. 2. In the navigation menu, visit **Security** > **Access and data control** > **API controls**. 3. Click [Manage domain-wide delegation](https://admin.google.com/u/2/ac/owl/domainwidedelegation?rapt=AEjHL4Mc4asFua7n8502tbdoH7Eny6BdPNByYXWAz3-WT4T3EykLwBoD77y8VWGONRkHpn7FqjdHUewqMlcckrRS50kRP5URDzuOCVGP29AC28LmXWKi_ow). 4. Click **Add new**. Google Admin console Domain-wide Delegation panel under Security > API Controls, with "Add new" and "Download client info" links 5. Paste the following for **Client ID**: `1022294148666-ecrhf33feoo7cp7vtccfh616ol6cq1m5.apps.googleusercontent.com` 6. Paste each of the following for **OAuth scopes**: `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email` `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile` 7. Click **Authorize**. Google Admin console "Add a new client ID" form with the Client ID and two OAuth scopes fields filled in ## FAQ **What authentication methods does Verified Login support?** Verified Login supports Google, Clever, and ClassLink SSO. **Does Verified Login affect filtering or Beacon alerts?** No. Verified Login controls sign-in behavior only. Filtering policies, GoGuardian Beacon alert configurations, and other product settings are not affected. **What environments are supported?** Verified Login is not available for GoGuardian extensions prior to version 4.1.238, in the following configurations, and with GoGuardian Gateway or The GoGuardian App deployments: * Windows: Microsoft Edge environments * Windows: Chrome environments where user identity comes from Active Directory or Microsoft Entra ID rather than browser sign-in **What happens to users in unsupported environments when Verified Login is enabled?** Users who cannot authenticate through Google OAuth will see a standard sign-in prompt and must sign in to access the internet. Please confirm all users have access to a supported SSO method (Google, Clever, or ClassLink) before enabling the setting. # Verify the GoGuardian Extension Deployment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/verify-extension-deployment Confirm that the GoGuardian and GoGuardian License extensions are installed and identify settings that affect activity review. For any GoGuardian product to work, both the **GoGuardian** and **GoGuardian License** extensions must be installed for each student. GoGuardian recommends creating a test account (such as `teststudent@schooldistrict.org`) in the same OU as students for testing. ## Verify the Extensions 1. Sign in to a test or student account in the same OU where extensions are deployed. 2. Open Google Chrome and go to `chrome://extensions`. 3. Confirm that both the **GoGuardian** and **GoGuardian License** extensions are present and enabled. If one or both extensions are missing, see the Deploy the Extensions article for deployment steps. The GoGuardian License and Extension as seen in the Chrome://extensions page ## Review Settings That Affect Activity Review The GoGuardian extensions are always present if deployed, but activity review can be affected by settings configured at manage.goguardian.com. Access to GoGuardian Org Management is limited to GoGuardian Super Users or users with custom role access. The following settings affect whether GoGuardian is actively reviewing activity: * **Restrict extension filtering and monitoring to Chromebooks only** toggle, found at [manage.goguardian.com/products](https://manage.goguardian.com/products) * **At Home Mode** settings and configured **In School Hours**, found at [manage.goguardian.com/products](https://manage.goguardian.com/products) * **IP Ranges**, found at [manage.goguardian.com/products](https://manage.goguardian.com/products) * **GoGuardian Teacher Session Restrictions** and **Enable Scheduling by Day**, found at [manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings) See the Configure At Home Mode article for details on At Home Mode settings. # Welcome Email, Password Setup, and Login Options Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/welcome-email-and-login-options How new GoGuardian users get access, the welcome email and password setup, and the available sign-in options including Google, Clever, and ClassLink SSO. To sign in and start using GoGuardian, one of your school's Super Users must first register your email address at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/). Once registered, you can log in to any GoGuardian product your Super User has granted your account access to. ## Welcome Email User accounts created manually (one at a time) receive a welcome email from `service@goguardian.com` that lists which GoGuardian products the account can access and includes a password setup link. The welcome email is not required to access GoGuardian, as long as a Super User has set up the account. The welcome email a new GoGuardian user would receive when their account is created GoGuardian Admin login page highlighting the 'Forgot your password?' option ## Sign-In Options * **Google SSO** is automatically available to every account. If your school email is a Google account, use the Google login option so you have one less password to remember. * **GoGuardian password** — a password used strictly for GoGuardian login. Recommended for non-Google emails such as Outlook. To set up or reset it, click **Forgot your password?** on any GoGuardian login page. * **Clever or ClassLink SSO** — available once GoGuardian is synced with Clever or ClassLink. Administrators can also add GoGuardian as an application in Clever or ClassLink to provide a login option directly from those portals. See [Using Clever SSO](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync) and [Using ClassLink SSO](/products/org-management/clever-classlink-sync). The GoGuardian Teacher login page highlighting the email/password option and Google sign in option # Understand When GoGuardian Is Active Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/org-management/when-is-goguardian-active Learn when GoGuardian filters content and reviews student activity based on your organization's product configuration and settings. GoGuardian products filter content and review activity for students who have the GoGuardian Extensions or The GoGuardian App installed on their school email address. When and how a student is filtered or has their activity reviewed depends on which products the organization uses and how settings are configured. ## Understand Activity Review Activity review means a student's online activity is captured in GoGuardian Admin, GoGuardian Teacher, or GoGuardian Beacon. When this occurs depends on each organization's settings. **GoGuardian Admin** captures websites that students visit. Flagged Activity and Smart Alerts may also be generated when potentially concerning activity is identified. **GoGuardian Teacher** captures websites accessed by students in the teacher's class roster, but only while the teacher's class session is active. **GoGuardian Beacon** is a student safety tool that captures websites and takes screenshots when a GoGuardian Beacon alert is generated. Understand Activity Review The GoGuardian License and Extensions as seen in the Chrome Extension page. ## Understand Filtering Filtering means a student's online activity (websites, individual webpages, embedded content, or YouTube videos) is blocked by GoGuardian Admin filtering or GoGuardian Teacher Scenes. Filtering is primarily determined by policies in GoGuardian Admin, which can block website URLs, categories, YouTube videos, and Chrome Apps and Extensions. Teachers can also filter websites using Scenes, but only during active class sessions. Both filtering and activity review settings are controlled at the organization level by GoGuardian administrators. Understand Filtering ## Review Device Scope Settings The **Restrict Filtering & Monitoring to Chromebooks Only** setting in [manage.goguardian.com/products](https://manage.goguardian.com/products) controls which devices GoGuardian is active on. When this setting is **on**, GoGuardian only filters and reviews activity on Chromebook devices. When this setting is **off**, other devices (Windows, Mac) can have activity reviewed while an account with GoGuardian installed is signed into the browser or The GoGuardian App. ## Understand At Home Mode At Home Mode is an optional setting that lets organizations filter and review student activity differently during "in school" hours versus outside of school hours. When **At Home Mode is off**, students are filtered and have activity reviewed the same way around the clock. When **At Home Mode is on**, organizations can configure **Filter at Home** and **Monitor at Home** settings independently. **Filter at Home example:** With **Filter at Home** on, an organization could block social media and gaming sites during school hours but allow them in the evenings. **Monitor at Home example:** An organization can choose to review activity only during school hours by turning **Monitor at Home** off, or keep activity review on at all times by leaving **Monitor at Home** on. In School Hours settings determine which days and times are considered "in school." These are configured at [manage.goguardian.com/products](https://manage.goguardian.com/products). Understand At Home Mode Understand At Home Mode 'Allow Classroom Sessions' GoGuardian Teacher toggle setting in Org Management Understand At Home Mode ## Review GoGuardian Teacher Session Settings GoGuardian Teacher settings control when Teacher class sessions can run. These are managed in the Teacher section of Org Management at [manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings). The **Allow Classroom Sessions** toggle controls whether Teacher class sessions can run. This toggle should typically stay on during school hours. Session hours can be further restricted using **Scheduling by Day** settings. When a day is enabled, sessions can only run during the selected hours for that day. ## Review Privacy Settings Two privacy settings provide transparency to students about GoGuardian activity. **Notify End Users When GoGuardian is Active** is found in the General section of Org Management. When on, a persistent notification is displayed so students are aware their account has GoGuardian active. **Display Session Information to Students** is found in the Teacher section of Org Management. This displays a browser notification to students when a GoGuardian Teacher class session becomes active. Review Privacy Settings Review Privacy Settings Review Privacy Settings ## Review Reporting Options GoGuardian Admin offers a range of reporting options, including student browsing history reports. For a full overview of Admin reporting capabilities, see [GoGuardian Admin Reporting Overview](/products/admin/reporting-overview). GoGuardian Teacher captures student browsing history only while a class session is active. Teachers can review previous class sessions to see websites visited during class, and can generate [Student Browsing Reports](/products/teacher/student-browsing-reports) or [email a Student Report as a PDF](/products/teacher/email-student-reports). ## Communicate with Parents and Guardians GoGuardian recommends reaching out to parents and guardians to let them know about GoGuardian and when their student's school account may be filtered or have activity reviewed. For guidance, see the parent and guardian communication articles for the products your organization uses: * [Communicate with Parents and Guardians About GoGuardian Teacher](/products/teacher/communicate-with-parents-and-guardians) * [Communicating with Parents and Guardians About GoGuardian Beacon](/products/beacon/communicating-with-parents-and-guardians) ## Verify GoGuardian Extensions Extensions are installed to each user's managed email address and are active while the user is signed into that account in Chrome (or Edge, if configured). To confirm which account is signed into Chrome, click the profile icon in the upper corner of the browser or go to [myaccount.google.com](https://myaccount.google.com). To verify the GoGuardian Extensions are installed, go to `chrome://extensions` and confirm both **GoGuardian** and **GoGuardian License** are listed. # Add Guardian Contact Information Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/parent-app/add-guardian-contact-information How administrators add individual parent and guardian accounts and link them to students in GoGuardian Org Management. Super Users can add guardian accounts and link them to students one at a time through GoGuardian Org Management. These relationships provide access in GoGuardian Parent and supply guardian contact information for GoGuardian Beacon alert cards. To add multiple guardians at once, see [Set Up GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/set-up-goguardian-parent) for CSV bulk upload instructions. ## Add a Guardian 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) in your browser. 2. Click **Parent & Guardians** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Add Guardian**. 4. Enter the guardian's full name and email address. 5. Optional: Enter a phone number. 6. Click **Save**. 7. Verify the result: The guardian appears in the Guardians list. ## Link a Student to a Guardian After adding a guardian, link one or more students to create the relationship that appears in the app's student chooser. 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) in your browser. 2. Click **Parent & Guardians** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **+** next to the guardian's name, then click **Add Relationship**. 4. Enter the student's name or email address and select it from the list. 5. Enter the relationship type, for example, Mother, Father, Step-Father, or Guardian. 6. Click **Save**. 7. Verify the result: The student appears under the guardian's entry in the Guardians list, and the student appears in the guardian's app. If GoGuardian Parent is already enabled when you create a guardian account, Parent App access is automatically enabled for that guardian. You can adjust access at any time from the Guardians list. Guardian contact information linked to a student also appears on that student's GoGuardian Beacon alert cards. ## Resources * [Set Up GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/set-up-goguardian-parent) * [Overview](/products/parent-app/overview) # Get Started with GoGuardian Parent Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/parent-app/get-started-with-goguardian-parent How parents and guardians download, sign in to, and configure the GoGuardian Parent app after receiving access from their school's administrator. GoGuardian Parent is available on iOS and Android. Your school's IT administrator enables access and links your account to your student. Once access is set up, follow these steps to get started. GoGuardian Parent requires iOS 12 or later, or Android 5.0 or later. ## Download and Open the App 1. Download GoGuardian Parent from the [Apple App Store](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/goguardian-parent-app/id1470168511) or [Google Play](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.goguardian.parent). 2. Open the app after installation. ## Sign In with Your Email Address 1. Enter the email address on file with your school's administration. 2. Verify the result: A prompt appears to check your email. If you see the message "Sorry, the email you provided can't be verified," double-check the spelling. If the address is correct, contact your school or district's IT department to confirm the email is registered. ## Complete Email Verification 1. Open the verification email on your mobile device. 2. Tap the link in the email to complete sign-in. If the link does not work, return to the app and enter the PIN included in the verification email. ## Accept the Terms and Conditions 1. Read the terms and conditions by scrolling to the bottom of the text. 2. Select the checkbox to confirm you have read the terms. 3. Click **I Agree**. 4. Verify the result: The app opens to the Your Students page. If the **I Agree** button shows as "Read to the bottom," scroll to the end of the terms text, then select the checkbox. If the problem continues, close the app, confirm your device has an internet connection, and try again. Contact your school's IT department if the issue persists. ## Select a Student and Review Activity 1. Select a student from the **Your Students** page. 2. Choose a time range: Last Day, Last 7 Days, Last 14 Days, or Last 30 Days. 3. Use the navigation bar at the bottom to switch between Summary, Activity, Filters, Time Limits, and Settings. What you can view depends on your school's configuration. If your school enables Screen Time, the student's Screen Time data is also available in the app. See [Review Student Activity in GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/review-student-activity) for a full list of available data. ## Configure Parental Controls Parental controls — website filtering and internet pausing — are available only if your school's IT administrator has enabled them. Controls apply only during out-of-school hours. **To block a website:** 1. Select **Filters** from the navigation bar at the bottom of the app. 2. Tap the button to add a website. 3. Enter the domain you want to block — for example, `instagram.com` or `mail.google.com`. Subdomains and full domains are both supported. Wildcard expressions are not supported. 4. Tap **Create**. 5. Verify the result: The site appears in your blocked websites list. It may take up to 2 minutes for the block to take effect. To remove a blocked site, swipe left on the entry and confirm deletion. You do not need to open the website entry first. **To pause internet access:** 1. Select **Time Limits** from the navigation bar. 2. Tap **Pause Internet** and select a time increment. 3. Verify the result: The app displays a countdown and confirms internet access is paused for your student. Tap **Resume Internet** to restore access before the pause ends. **To set a recurring internet schedule:** 1. Select **Time Limits** from the navigation bar. 2. Tap **Add Schedule**. 3. Select one or more days of the week, then set the start and end times for when the internet should be off. 4. Tap **Create**. 5. Verify the result: The schedule appears in the Time Limits section and repeats on the selected days. GoGuardian Parent Time Limits view showing recurring offline schedules on multiple days For overnight schedules that span midnight, create two separate schedule entries — for example, one from 9:00 PM to 12:00 AM and one from 12:00 AM to 7:00 AM. Contact your school's IT department if you have questions about when your student's out-of-school hours begin. ## Resources * [Overview](/products/parent-app/overview) * [Review Student Activity in GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/review-student-activity) # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/parent-app/overview GoGuardian Parent lets administrators share student browsing activity with verified guardians and gives guardians optional out-of-school internet controls. GoGuardian Parent is a mobile app for iOS and Android that lets school IT administrators share managed student browsing activity with verified parents and guardians. Administrators control what data is visible and which features are enabled. Guardians access the app to review their student's activity and, when enabled, apply limited internet controls during out-of-school hours. GoGuardian Parent requires iOS 12 or later, or Android 5.0 or later. ## Understand What Administrators Control Administrators with Super User access configure GoGuardian Parent through [GoGuardian Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com). Administrators: * Add and manage guardian accounts and their relationships to students * Enable or disable guardian access to the Parent App * Control access to **Top 5 Summary**, **Teacher Intervention Counts**, **All Activity View**, and **Screen Time** * Enable **Website Filtering**, **On Demand Internet Pausing**, and **Scheduled Internet Pausing** Top 5 Summary, Teacher Interventions, All Activity, and Screen Time data are limited to the past 30 days. Browsing activity outside of school hours may not be available depending on administrative configuration. ## Understand What Guardians Can View When an administrator enables access, guardians can view: * **Top 5 Summary**: the student's top 5 visited websites, Google Workspace files, apps and extensions, and YouTube videos * **Teacher Interventions**: a count of how many times a teacher using GoGuardian Teacher locked screens, opened tabs, or closed tabs for the student. Availability depends on the school's GoGuardian Teacher subscription. * **All Activity**: a chronological list of websites the student visited or attempted to visit, including blocked sites * **Screen Time**: the student's Screen Time data For Top 5 Summary, Teacher Interventions, and All Activity, guardians can select Last Day, Last 7 Days, Last 14 Days, or Last 30 Days. The addition of Screen Time does not remove or replace any existing Parent App data or controls. ## Understand Parental Controls Parental controls are optional features administrators can enable for guardians. Controls only apply during out-of-school hours, as defined by the school's At Home Mode schedule. School filtering policies remain active and take precedence — guardians cannot allow sites the school has blocked. When enabled by an administrator, guardians can: * **Block websites** — prevent the student from accessing specific domains on their managed device * **Pause internet access** — suspend internet access for a set time increment, from 15 minutes to the rest of the day * **Schedule internet pauses** — set recurring schedules for when internet access is off Parental controls require At Home Mode to be configured in GoGuardian Org Management. Contact your school's IT department to determine when your student is considered "out of school." These features have no guaranteed functionality on personally owned, unmanaged student devices. Parental Controls settings in GoGuardian Org Management. ## Resources * [Set Up GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/set-up-goguardian-parent) * [Add Guardian Contact Information](/products/parent-app/add-guardian-contact-information) * [Get Started with GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/get-started-with-goguardian-parent) * [Review Student Activity in GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/review-student-activity) # Review Student Activity in GoGuardian Parent Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/parent-app/review-student-activity What browsing activity data parents and guardians can access in GoGuardian Parent, and how administrators control data visibility. GoGuardian Parent gives parents and guardians access to student browsing activity and Screen Time data on school-managed devices. Administrators control which data categories are visible. See [Understand Data Availability](#understand-data-availability) for how far back each category goes. ## Understand Available Data Views There are 4 types of student data that administrators can enable for guardian access. ### Top 5 Summary The Summary view shows at-a-glance data for the selected time range. Administrators can enable guardians to see the student's top 5 items in each category: * Websites visited * Google Workspace files viewed * Apps and extensions used * YouTube videos watched Select a time range — Last Day, Last 7 Days, Last 14 Days, or Last 30 Days — to filter the results. GoGuardian Parent Summary showing Top Websites and Top Documents for the selected 30-day period ### Teacher Interventions The Summary view also includes a count of teacher actions taken during GoGuardian Teacher sessions, including: * Screen locks and unlocks * Tabs opened or closed by the teacher * Websites blocked during a session Teacher Interventions require a GoGuardian Teacher subscription. This section does not appear if your school does not use GoGuardian Teacher. ### All Activity The Activity view shows a chronological list of websites the student visited or attempted to visit on their managed device. Each entry shows the site URL, the time of the visit, and how long the student spent on the site. Sites blocked by the school's filtering policies are labeled accordingly. ### Screen Time The Screen Time view gives guardians access to the student's Screen Time data when an administrator enables this permission in GoGuardian Org Management. If the view does not appear, contact your school or district to confirm whether Screen Time access is enabled. GoGuardian Parent Screen Time view showing average and total use, session context, school context, and day-by-day totals ## Understand Data Availability * Top 5 Summary, Teacher Interventions, All Activity, and Screen Time data are limited to the past 30 days. * Browsing activity outside of school hours may not be available, depending on how your school's administrator has configured GoGuardian Admin. * Data reflects activity on school-managed devices only. Activity on personally owned, unmanaged devices is not captured. ## Resources * [Overview](/products/parent-app/overview) * [Get Started with GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/get-started-with-goguardian-parent) * [Set Up GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/set-up-goguardian-parent) # Set Up GoGuardian Parent Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/parent-app/set-up-goguardian-parent How administrators configure GoGuardian Parent: inform stakeholders, add guardian accounts, link students to guardians, and enable app features. GoGuardian Administrators with Super User access configure GoGuardian Parent through [GoGuardian Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com). Before you add guardians, confirm that GoGuardian Admin is installed for the student accounts you want guardians to review. Then inform stakeholders, add guardian accounts and relationships, and enable the Parent App features your organization wants to provide. ## Confirm GoGuardian Admin Coverage GoGuardian Parent shows activity collected through your organization's GoGuardian Admin deployment. If GoGuardian Admin already works for the student accounts you want to include, no additional installation is required. Otherwise, complete the appropriate deployment before you continue: * For managed ChromeOS accounts, [install the GoGuardian Extensions](/products/admin/install-extensions). * For other supported managed devices, confirm that your GoGuardian Admin deployment is active. ## Inform Staff, Guardians, and Students Before enabling GoGuardian Parent, notify staff, guardians, and students that guardians will be able to review student browsing activity through the app. GoGuardian provides ready-to-use email templates at the bottom of the [Parent App settings page](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/parent) for this purpose. Inform Staff, Guardians, and Students ## Add Guardian Accounts and Relationships Adding guardians is a two-step process: add the guardian's contact information, then link the guardian to one or more students. ### Add Guardians Guardians can be added one at a time or in bulk. **To add a single guardian:** 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) in your browser. 2. Click **Parent & Guardians** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Add Guardian**. 4. Enter the guardian's full name and email address. 5. Optional: Enter a phone number and turn on SMS notifications. 6. Click **Save**. 7. Verify the result: The guardian appears in the Guardians list. **To add guardians in bulk via CSV:** 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) in your browser. 2. Click **Parent & Guardians** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Bulk Add/Edit** and select the **Contact Information** template to download the CSV. 4. Complete the CSV using the column definitions below, then upload the file. 5. Verify the result: Guardians appear in the list after the upload completes. **Guardians CSV columns:** | Column | Format | Description | | ------------ | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | | `name` | Text | Guardian's full name. Example: `Wally Fletcher` | | `email` | Text | Guardian's email address. Example: `wally@example.com` | | `phone` | 10-digit number | Optional phone number. Example: `4158870124` | | `parent_app` | `enabled` or `disabled` | Whether the guardian has Parent App access | | `delete` | `delete` or blank | Enter `delete` to remove the guardian | If your organization integrates with Clever or ClassLink, guardian and relationship data can be synced automatically. Use the Field Access settings in Clever to control which student fields are shared. ### Link Students to Guardians After adding guardians, link each guardian to their students. **To add a relationship one at a time:** 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) in your browser. 2. Click **Parent & Guardians** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **+** next to the guardian's name, then click **Add Relationship**. 4. Enter the student's name or email address and select it from the list. 5. Enter the relationship type, for example, Mother, Father, Step-Father, or Guardian. 6. Click **Save**. 7. Verify the result: The student appears under the guardian's entry. **To link students in bulk via CSV:** The value in `guardian_email` must exactly match the guardian email address already in GoGuardian Org Management. 1. Click **Bulk Add/Edit** and select the **Relationships** template. 2. Complete the CSV using the column definitions below, then upload the file. **Relationships CSV columns:** | Column | Format | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------- | | `guardian_email` | Text | Email address of the guardian | | `student_email` | Text | Email address of the student | | `relationship` | Text | Relationship type. Example: `Mother` | | `primary` | `primary` or blank | Enter `primary` to designate this as the primary guardian | | `delete` | `delete` or blank | Enter `delete` to remove the relationship | ## Enable the Parent App and Configure Features After adding guardians and relationships, enable the Parent App and configure which features guardians can access. 1. Go to the [Parent tab](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/parent) in GoGuardian Org Management. 2. Turn on the **GoGuardian Parent** toggle to enable the app. 3. Select which activity views guardians can access: * **Top 5 Summary**: top visited websites, Google Workspace files, apps and extensions, and videos * **Teacher Intervention Counts**: count of teacher actions taken during sessions (requires GoGuardian Teacher subscription) * **All Activity View**: full browsing activity log * **Screen Time**: student Screen Time data 4. Optional: Turn on parental controls: * **Website Filtering** * **On Demand Internet Pausing** * **Scheduled Internet Pausing** 5. Verify the result: Guardians with access enabled receive an invitation to download the app and can access only the data and controls your organization enabled. Top 5 Summary, Teacher Interventions, All Activity, and Screen Time data are limited to the past 30 days. Parental controls require At Home Mode to be configured. See [At Home Mode](/products/org-management/at-home-mode) for setup instructions. GoGuardian Org Management Parent App settings with Screen Time enabled as a guardian-visible activity option ## Manage Guardian Access in Bulk To enable or disable Parent App access for multiple guardians at once: 1. Go to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com) in your browser. 2. Click **Parent & Guardians** in the navigation menu. 3. Select the checkboxes next to the guardians you want to update. Select the top checkbox to select all guardians. 4. Click **Enable** or **Disable** to update access for all selected guardians. 5. Verify the result: The Parent App status updates for all selected guardians. ## Resources * [Overview](/products/parent-app/overview) * [Add Guardian Contact Information](/products/parent-app/add-guardian-contact-information) * [Get Started with GoGuardian Parent](/products/parent-app/get-started-with-goguardian-parent) * [At Home Mode](/products/org-management/at-home-mode) # Access Student Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/access-student-account-as-teacher View a student's account by proxying into it or linking it to yours, without affecting the student's test results or standards report data Teachers can access student accounts by using a proxy or linking the student's account to theirs. Please note test results populate the standards report when a test is assigned to a student account. You can avoid skewing the report by unassigning the test after reviewing it. ## Access Student Account as Pear Assessment Teacher Teachers can access student accounts by using a proxy or linking the student's account to theirs. This article explains how to do each in Pear Assessment. Please note test results populate the standards report when a test is assigned to a student account. You can avoid skewing the report by unassigning the test after reviewing it. ## Proxy into Student Account 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Hover on a student's row. 4. While hovering, click the **View as Student** button at the end of the row. ScreenShot2020-07-30at80015AM.png Note: You will not be able to open a student’s test. You will only be able to check that the test has been assigned. ScreenShot2020-07-30at8.43.24AM.png ## Link Student Account 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Click **Add Student**. ScreenShot2020-07-30at80015AM1.png 4. Fill out the relevant details and click **Yes, Add Student** to create the student account. 5. Click on your avatar in the navigation menu. 6. Click **Switch Account**. 7. Click **Add Another Account**. 8. Sign in with the new student account. 9. Confirm the account is now available in the navigation menu > your avatar > **Switch Account**. # Accommodations for Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/accommodations-for-students Review the built-in accessibility tools available to students, including text-to-speech, extended time, high-contrast themes, and adjustable text size. Pear Assessment offers accommodations for students to be empowered in reaching their educational goals, such as text-to-speech, high-contrast theme, adjustable text size, and more. ## Accommodations for Students in Pear Assessment Pear Assessment offers accommodations for students to be empowered in reaching their educational goals. Please see the list below of features that we offer that can be used to accommodate or modify tests for students. ## List of Accommodations * Text-To-Speech: Pear Assessment offers TTS functionality that allows students to have assessment questions and instructions read aloud. This feature can benefit students with reading difficulties, visual impairments, or other disabilities. * Immersive Reader: Students can more easily read and process text by adjusting its appearance on the page (color, size, etc.), translating it to the language of their choice, or having it read aloud to them. * Extended Time: Teachers can extend the time limit for assessments for specific students, accommodating those who require additional time to complete tasks. * High-Contrast Themes: Pear Assessment provides high-contrast themes to improve visibility for students who may have difficulty distinguishing colors or prefer high-contrast displays. * Magnifying Glass: This feature allows educators to zoom in or enlarge specific parts of a question or content within an assessment, such as images, diagrams, or complex math equations that may require closer examination for better clarity. * Calculator: Depending on assessment settings, students may have access to an online calculator, which can be useful for math and science assessments. * Line Reader: The line-reader tool in Pear Assessment helps students focus on one line of text at a time, improving reading comprehension by reducing distractions and promoting a systematic approach to reading. * Screen Zoom: The screen zoom tool in Pear Assessment allows users to enlarge specific parts of the screen, making it easier to view and interact with content, especially useful for the visually impaired or for accessibility purposes. * Print and Digital Tests: Teachers can provide assessments in alternative formats (e.g., paper and pencil) to accommodate students who require non-digital options. * Playback Speed Adjustment: Students can adjust the Text-to-Speech speed using this setting to have it play as slow as half-speed and as fast as 2X speed. * Adjustable Text Size: Students can customize the text size on the platform, making it easier to read content according to their preferences and needs. # Add Audio Clip to Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-audio-clip-to Attach audio to a question by recording directly in the editor or uploading an MP3 file from your device. In Pear Assessment, teachers can add an audio clip to a question, which is also known as an Item. Audio can be recorded or uploaded from a local device. ## Add Audio Clip to Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, teachers can add an audio clip to a question, which is also known as an Item. Audio can be recorded or uploaded from a local device. ## Add Audio 1. Click **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **New Item**. 3. Click the audio button in the editor under the **Edit Mode** tab. 4. Click one of the following buttons in Pear Assessment: * **Microphone**: Record audio up to 5 minutes long. Please note the file will automatically attach to the question after you stop recording. You can delete it with the delete/backspace key on your keyboard. * **Upload**: Add an MP3 file from your device. 5. Complete the rest of the settings for your question and save or publish it. View of an audio clip in recording. View of the MP3 file upload screen. # Add Classes to Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-classes-to Create one or more classes in Manage Class, including grade, subject, and standard sets, with optional advanced settings for dates, courses, and tags. Teachers can add one or more classes under the Manage Class section in Pear Assessment. ## Add Classes to Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, teachers can add one or more classes under the Manage Class section. ## Add Classes 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Create Class**. 3. Add your class details with the following information: * Class Name * Grade * Subject * Standard Sets * School 4. Expand **Advanced Settings** to add start and end dates, courses, and tags (optional). 5. Click **Create Class**. Note: Pear Assessment does not allow a class section to contain multiple subjects. Only one subject may be associated with a class section. We recommend that users not select **Other** for Subject. If you teach multiple subjects, please create a different class section for each of those subjects. This will help keep your standards report separate and orderly. # Add Co-Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-co-teacher Grant another teacher access to your class so they can enroll students, assign assessments, and manage grades alongside you. Co-teachers can be added in Pear Assessment > **Manage Class** > class name > **Add Co-Teacher**. You can add as many co-teachers as needed to a class. ## Add Co-Teacher in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, you can add one or more co-teachers to a classroom if they have a new or existing Pear Assessment account. A co-teacher has the following permissions in the class: * Enroll students * Sync students from third-party integrations * Add, remove, and edit students * Assign and grade assignments * Share the class with another teacher * Archive the class ## Add Co-Teacher 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on the class name. 3. Click **Add Co-Teacher** in the toolbar at the top of the window. 4. Enter a teacher's name, email, or username. 5. Click on the populated information. 6. Click **Add**. Tip: You can view which co-teachers have been added by visiting that specific class. # Add Demographic Data to Student Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-demographic-data-to-student-accounts Attach demographic details to student accounts via Manage District or Manage Class so the data appears in Data Studio and enables population-group filtering. Demographic data can be added optionally to a student account in the **Manage District** or **Manage Class** sections. Please note that **Manage District** is only available to administrators. ## Add Demographic Data to Student Accounts Demographic data can be added optionally to a student account in the **Manage District** or **Manage Class** sections. Please note that **Manage District** is only available to administrators. You can use the demographic data points to review reports in Data Studio and make strategic decisions in your organization. Administrators can also filter for certain population groups, such as English Language Learners, from the data set to address the needs of the different student populations. Generally, the data is added by teachers and requires appending individual records. If a district or school syncs the roster data through a Student Information System (SIS) like Clever, the demographic data can be imported via the SIS. ## Add Demographic Data as an Administrator 1. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Users**. 3. Click **Student**. 4. Hover a student's name and click the pencil at the row's end. 5. Click to expand the **Configure Additional Details**. 6. Fill out the fields as needed. ## Add Demographic Data as a Teacher 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on the class name. 3. Select a student by checking the box next to their name. 4. Click **Actions** in the toolbar > **Edit Student**. 5. Click to expand the **Configure Additional Details**. # Add Math Expressions to Authored Questions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-math-expressions Use the Math Editor in Pear Assessment to insert simple or complex math expressions into any question type The Math Editor in Pear Assessment is available for all question types. To insert a math expression, click the **√x** button in the editor toolbox while authoring a question. ## Use the Math Editor Tabs The editor toolbox supports expressions ranging from simple fractions to advanced calculus. Use the tabs above the number buttons to navigate expression categories: * **General**: Fractions including mixed fractions, roots, and more * **Sin**: Sine and cosine * **Units**: Customary and metric units * **Symbols**: Angles (∠), right angle (∟), degree, triangle, and more * **Arrows**: Vectors, line segments, rays, and more * **Greek symbols**: Theta, gamma, beta, and more * **Matrices**: Vectors, two-dimensional matrices including long division, 3-rows stack, and more * **Decorations**: Parentheses, curly brackets, sets, absolute values * **Big operators**: Sigma and more * **Calculus and Trig**: Limits, integrals, and more Add expressions through the Math Editor. ## Resources Reference guide for the Wiris math editor used in Pear Assessment # Add or Change a Question's Standards Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-or-change-a-question-s-standards Attach or update curriculum standards to any question type using the Meta Data tab and the standards browser. To change or add more standards to any question type, click the **Meta Data** tab while editing the item. Then, click the **Browse** button and select the subject, standard set, and grade level. Finally, click the checkbox of the standard or standards you want to add to the question and click **Done**. ## Add or Change a Question's Standards in Pear Assessment Standards are a central part of Pear Assessment. They can be added or edited in the **Edit Mode** and **Meta Data** tabs of an item. ## Adding or Change Standards 1. Click **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the plus button (+) to add a question. Plus button to add a question to a test. 3. Click **Create Test with \[Number of] Items**. Create Test with Item button. 4. Click on the question in the **Review** tab. 5. Click the pencil button in the toolbar of the question. The pencil button is highlighted to show its location. 6. In the **Edit Mode** tab, scroll down to the **Set Correct Answer** section and edit the standards. Standards can also be edited in their tab by clicking on the **Meta Data** tab. 7. Enter your preferred **Subject**, **Standard Sets**, and **Grade**. 8. Click the **Browse** button to search standards. 9. Click **Save**. Standards section of the Edit Mode tab. View of the Meta Data tab. # Add or Change District Standards as Administrator Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-or-change-district-standards-as-administrator Configure the default standard sets for your district so teachers align assessments to the correct frameworks when multiple standards apply. District Admins can set the default standards for the district, which helps when a state uses more than one standard such as NGSS and state science standards. Get started by navigating to **Manage District** > **Settings** > **District Standards** > **Select Your Standard Sets**. ## Add or Change District Standards as Administrator District Admins can set the default standards for the district, which helps when a state uses more than one standard such as NGSS and state science standards. ## Modify District Standards 1. Sign in as an administrator. 2. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Settings**. 4. Click **District Standards**. 5. Click **Select Your Standard Sets**. 6. Select or deselect relevant standards. 7. Click **Confirm** > **Save**. # Add Students to Existing Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-students-to-existing-assessments Add individual students to an in-progress or not-yet-opened assessment from Live Class Board when a student joins after the assessment was assigned. In **Live Class Board**, teachers can add students to an existing assessment. To add a student to an assessment, the assessment should be assigned to the entire class and must be in the Not Open or In Progress statuses. ## Add Students to Existing Assessments in Pear Assessment In **Live Class Board**, teachers can add students to an existing assessment, such as when a student joins a class after an assessment has been assigned. Please note that when new students are added to a class that already has assessments in an active state (i.e., Not Open or In Progress statuses), they are automatically added to the assessment. To add a student to an assessment, the following conditions must be true: * Assessments should be assigned to the entire class * The assessment assigned to the class must be in the Not Open or In Progress statuses. Students are not automatically added for assessments in the In-Grading or Done statuses ## Add Students 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on an assessment's name. 3. Click **More** > **Add Students**. 4. Select the student in the class who does not have the assessment assigned. 5. Select the time and date when the assessment closes. 6. Click **Add**. # Add Accounts and Switch Roles Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/add-switch-account How to add a secondary account in Pear Assessment and switch between roles without signing out If you hold more than one role in your district, you can add both accounts to Pear Assessment and switch between them at any time. The Add Account and Switch Role features support the following account types: * District Admin * Teacher * Student Common scenarios include: * A department lead or instructional coach who holds both a Teacher and an Admin role * A District Admin who needs to create a class from the Teacher view * A facilitator previewing how Pear Assessment works from a student perspective ## Before You Start The secondary account must already exist in Pear Assessment before you can add it. District Admins create admin and teacher accounts. See [Create Administrator Accounts](/products/pear-assessment/create-administrator-accounts) or [Manage User Accounts](/products/pear-assessment/manage-user-accounts) for instructions. ## Add an Account 1. Click your avatar in the lower-left corner to open the menu. 2. Click **Add Account**. 3. Enter the secondary account's username or email address in the **Username / Email** field. 4. Enter the account password in the **Password** field. 5. Click **Sign In**. After you add your first secondary account, the menu option changes from **Add Account** to **Add Another Account**. Use **Add Another Account** to link additional roles. The "Add Account" button is available in the avatar menu, where users can add secondary accounts to switch roles. The sign-in page for Pear Assessment. ## Switch Between Accounts Once you have added a secondary account, you can switch between roles at any time. 1. Click your avatar in the lower-left corner to open the menu. 2. Click **Switch Account**. 3. Select the account name to open it. The account you switch to opens immediately. To return, repeat these steps and select your original account. The Switch User screen that can be navigated to from the avatar menu > Switch Account. ## Add a Test Student Account To preview the student experience, create a test student account from the Pear Assessment Get Started page. This account is separate from any real student classroom accounts in your district. 1. Open [assessment.peardeck.com/getStarted](https://assessment.peardeck.com/getStarted) in your browser. 2. Follow the prompts to create a test student account. 3. Return to your teacher or admin account, click your avatar, and select **Add Account**. 4. Sign in with the test student account credentials. A test student account created from the Get Started page does not give access to real student classroom accounts. It is for previewing the student experience only. ## Verify It Worked After adding an account, click your avatar to confirm the secondary account appears in the menu. To confirm a successful switch, verify that the role indicator or account name in the interface reflects the account you selected. ## FAQs ### Why Does the Sign-in Screen Return an Error When Adding an Account? The sign-in screen returns an error when the secondary account does not exist or the credentials are incorrect. Confirm with your District Admin that the account has been created in Pear Assessment. If the credentials are correct but the password is unknown, use **Forgot Password?** on the sign-in screen to reset it. ### Does Switching Accounts Require Help from Pear Assessment Support? No. You can switch accounts on your own by following the steps in the Switch Between Accounts section above. ## Related Articles * [Manage User Accounts](/products/pear-assessment/manage-user-accounts) * [Roles and Permissions](/products/pear-assessment/roles-and-permissions) * [Create Administrator Accounts](/products/pear-assessment/create-administrator-accounts) # Additional Features Included in Pear Assessment Premium Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/additional-features-included-premium Explore premium-only tools like question shuffling, read-aloud, co-authoring, rubric scoring, dynamic questions, and five in-depth reporting suites. The article provides information on the additional features included in Pear Assessment Premium. It highlights the benefits and enhanced functionalities available for teachers and students using the premium version. ## Additional Features Included in Pear Assessment Premium The article provides information on the additional features included in Pear Assessment Premium. It highlights the benefits and enhanced functionalities available for teachers and students using the premium version of Pear Assessment. Highlighted features include: * Shuffle Question Order: Users can randomize the order in which questions from a test are displayed for each student * Option to show scores but hide answers from students: When users set **Show Detailed Report to Students** to **No**, students will no longer have access to questions, answers, and question-level feedback * Read-aloud (text-to-speech): The read-aloud feature can be set for an entire class or individual students. Once activated, play and stop buttons appear above each question. Students can click on play to hear a voice reading the text * Assessment Draft Collaboration: Allows users to share an assessment draft with others in the district for joint editing purposes. Once you save a draft, users will notice a new option **Add a Co-Author** appears. Once teachers click **Add a Co-Author**, users can enter the email of the individual who will have access to the draft. The co-author must also have a premium account * Calculator: Teachers or administrators can make a calculator available for students. Users can select a basic or scientific calculator * Add a co-instructor: Teachers can add a co-teacher for each of their classes. Click **Manage Class**, click the **Actions** drop-down menu, and select **Add a Co-Teacher** * Rubric-based scoring: Users can create rubrics and share rubrics across your district. When grading with a rubric, you can select scores from a dropdown. The score will be adjusted automatically * Dynamic Content Questions: Users can create items where the same question is asked, but different versions are given to students. These items look different for each student and have different answers because the numbers in the question text are generated randomly * Partial Scoring: Users can allow for items to be given partial credit ## Five In-Depth Reports * **Single Assessment Report** * Assessment Summary: View a high-level analysis for one assessment * Sub-Group Performance: Drill down to compare the performance on an assessment by student group, class, or cohort * Question Analysis: Identify the most difficult questions for further analysis * Response Frequency: Diagnose the areas of misunderstanding by question type and frequently chosen answers * Performance by Standards: View the overall performance of the standard assessed. Analyze by domain, standard, and student levels * Performance by Students: Identify groups of students by performance level * **Multiple Assessment Report** * Performance over Time: Compare student performance across two or more assessments * Peer Progress Analysis: Explore trends in performance by class or cohort, and isolate groups that are on, at, or below target * Student Progress: Explore trends in performance by students, and isolate those who are on, at, or below target to aid in differentiated instruction * Pre vs Post: Compare student performance across two assessments to analyze the change in scores and the movement of students across performance bands to assign appropriate intervention * **Standards Mastery Report** * Standards Performance Summary: View an aggregate of overall mastery on all domains assessed in a subject, filtered by individual, class, or group * Standards Gradebook: View a summary of proficiency on all standards assessed on one or more tests. Can be filtered by individual, class, or group * Standards Progress: View a summary of proficiency levels on a specific standard across one or more assessments. Can be filtered by individual, class, or group * Performance by Rubric Criteria: View the rubric average and distribution of responses on the rubric's criteria assessed on one or more tests. Can be filtered by individual, class, or group * **Student Profile Report** * Student Profile Summary: View an overall snapshot of student performance to date * Student Mastery Profile: Drill down to individual performance by domain and standards * Student Assessment Profile: See performance by score on each assessment taken, filtered by course * Student Standards Progress: Explore trends in the performance of a student on various standards over time * **Engagement Report** * Engagement Summary: View the overall number of assessments assigned and the total number of students taking the assessments over time * Activity by School: View the number of assessments, active teachers, and students taking assessments by each school * Activity by Teacher: View the number of assessments and students taking assessments under each teacher # Admin Solutions Help My Teachers Classes All Have Different Names Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/admin-solutions-help-my-teachers-classes-all-have-different-names Rename individual or multiple teacher classes from the Manage School or Manage District tab to enforce consistent naming across your school or district. When teachers create and name their own classes without direction from the school or district, admins may encounter lists of vague or unidentifiable class names when assigning common assessments. Teachers can rename their own classes, or an admin can do it more efficiently across the school or district. ## Correct Class Names 1. Go to the **Manage School** or **Manage District** tab. School admins can only modify classes for their school. district admins can modify all classes. 2. Click the **Classes** tab and use the filter boxes to search by class name. 3. Place a checkmark next to the class or classes you need to edit. 4. From the dropdown, select **Edit Class** to edit a single class, or select **Bulk Edit** to modify more than one class at a time. 5. Change the name, course name, or other fields to match your naming conventions. 6. Click **Save**. Renaming a class does not affect assignments that are currently assigned. The new class name appears in the assignments list going forward. BulkEdit.png Adminbulkeditclasses.JPG Screenshot2018-09-12at11.49.19AM.png # AI Summary in Insights and Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/ai-summary AI Summary highlights the most important trends, strengths, and gaps in an assessment report so you can act on the data faster. AI Summary analyzes an assessment report and highlights the most important insights, so you can understand student performance without manually reviewing every data point. It helps you spot key performance trends, areas of strength and concern, gaps against class, school, or district benchmarks, and actionable next steps. On screen, the summary box is labeled **Pear AI**, not "AI Summary." This article uses "AI Summary" to describe the feature. When a step refers to the on-screen element, it uses the **Pear AI** label as it actually appears. ## Where to Find AI Summary AI Summary appears at the top of reports in **Insights** and **Data Studio**, including: The Pear AI summary box at the top of a Performance by Standards report. **Student Profile Reports** * Student Profile * Student Progress * Student Standard Progress **Single Assessment Reports** * Performance by Standards * Question Analysis * Sub-Group Performance ## What Insights AI Summary Provides The summary varies depending on the report you're viewing, but it typically includes: * **Performance Overview**: an overview of student or group performance, compared with class, school, or district benchmarks. * **Strengths**: standards or subjects where students are performing well, and consistently high-performing areas. * **Areas for Improvement**: low-performing standards or domains, and significant gaps compared to peers. * **Trends and Patterns**: patterns such as improvement or decline over time, and consistency across multiple assessments. * **Key Observations**: notable findings, such as high variation or uneven performance. ## How to Use AI Summary AI Summary supports, but doesn't replace, deeper analysis of assessment data. Use it to prepare for data discussions or meetings, identify instructional focus areas, prioritize students or standards that need attention, and validate patterns you find in detailed reports. Always refer to the full report for a more detailed analysis. AI Summary highlights key findings, but doesn't include every underlying detail. **Example use cases** For teachers: identify standards that need reteaching, spot students who need intervention, and follow progress across assessments. For school leaders: review overall performance trends, identify gaps across classrooms or student groups, and support instructional planning. ## Data Privacy and Security AI Summary protects privacy and security: * No personally identifiable information (PII) is shared with the LLM. * Data is processed securely and in a privacy-conscious manner. * AI Summary only uses the assessment data required to generate insights. ## Things to Keep in Mind * AI Summary uses the data available in the report. * The quality of the insights depends on the completeness and quality of the report data. * AI Summary highlights key findings but doesn't include every underlying detail. * Always refer to the full report for a more detailed analysis. ## FAQs **Is AI Summary customizable?** No. Pear Assessment generates AI Summary automatically from the report data. **Does AI Summary update automatically?** Yes. The summary refreshes whenever the underlying report data or applied filters change. **Can I use AI Summary to make instructional or administrative decisions?** AI Summary provides helpful guidance, but decisions should always be made using the complete report data and your professional judgment. ## Related Articles * [Notable Insights](/products/pear-assessment/notable-insights): an overview of the report types AI Summary appears in. * [Class Profile Report](/products/pear-assessment/class-profile-report): a class-level report with its own AI Summary. # Apply Filters in Test Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/apply-filters-in-test-library Narrow the Test Library by grade, subject, standards, tags, and ownership filters to find the right assessment faster. The article explains how to apply filters in the Test library, which allows educators to quickly search the content library. ## Apply Filters in Test Library The Test library houses all prebuilt assessments shared by your Pear Assessment community and the primary copy of assessments you have created. ## Select Relevant Filters 1. Click **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. The filter panel is found next to the navigation menu and offers the following options: * **Search** — Enter keywords and skills to narrow your scope. Example of keyword search with the word "literature". * **Entire Library** — All tests created by the Pear Assessment community. * **Created By Me** * **Shared With Me** — Shared with you by fellow teachers in the district or school. * **I Am An Author** * **My Favorites** — Saved tests from previous searches. * **Folders** — Tests saved in folders. * **Grades** * **Subject** * **Standard Set** * **Standards** * **Collections** * **Test Category** * **Tags** If you can’t find an assessment, check your filters. Changing or clearing your filters altogether will normally solve this issue. A view of Filters options. A view of additional filter options. # Approve Pear Assessment as a Third-Party App in Google Workspace Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/approve-pear-assessment-third-party-app-google-workspace Approve Pear Assessment as a trusted third-party app in Google Workspace so students under 18 can sign in Google Workspace policy requires that Pear Assessment is trusted as a third-party app for accounts whose users are 18 or younger. Students under 18 cannot sign in to Pear Assessment unless the app is marked as trusted in Workspace. Your Google Workspace administrator can complete this setup using one of the two methods below: approving an existing listing or adding the app manually by Client ID. For more information about Google's Workspace third-party app policies, see Google's resources: * [Third-party app access enhancements for Google Workspace for Education](https://workspaceupdates.googleblog.com/2023/08/third-party-app-access-enhancements-for-google-workspace-edu.html) * [Manage access to unconfigured third-party apps for users under 18](https://support.google.com/a?p=under18-third-party-apps-access) * [How to configure third-party app access in bulk](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12653991?hl=en\&ref_topic=10021546\&sjid=761531526352746196-NA) ## Approve Pear Assessment from the Existing Listing Use these steps if Pear Assessment is already listed under configured apps in Google Workspace. If you do not see it listed, skip to [Add Pear Assessment Manually by Client ID](#add-pear-assessment-manually-by-client-id). 1. Go to [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com). 2. Sign in with an administrator account. 3. In the sidebar, click **Security** → **Access and data control** → **API controls**. 4. Click **Manage Third-Party Access**. 5. Under **Configured apps**, click **Add a filter** → **App name**. 6. Enter `Pear Assessment` and click **Apply**. 7. Select **Pear Assessment** and click **Change access**. 8. For **Scope**, select your root organizational unit (OU) or a specific OU that hosts student accounts. GoGuardian recommends the root OU. 9. Click **Continue**. 10. Select **Trusted**. 11. Select **Allowlist for exemption from API access blocks in context-aware access. Available only for apps added via OAuth client IDs**. 12. Click **Continue**. 13. Confirm your setup and click **Change Access**. 14. Verify that students can sign in to Pear Assessment. ## Add Pear Assessment Manually by Client ID Use these steps if Pear Assessment does not appear as a listed third-party app in Google Workspace. 1. Go to [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com). 2. Sign in with an administrator account. 3. In the sidebar, click **Security** → **Access and data control** → **API controls**. 4. Click **Manage Third-Party Access**. 5. Click **Configure new app**. 6. Under **App**, paste the following Client ID: ``` ``` 7. Click **Search**. 8. Click **Pear Assessment**. 9. For **Scope**, select your root organizational unit (OU) or a specific OU that hosts student accounts. GoGuardian recommends the root OU. 10. Click **Continue**. 11. Select **Trusted**. 12. Select **Allowlist for exemption from API access blocks in context-aware access. Available only for apps added via OAuth client IDs**. 13. Click **Continue**. 14. Confirm your setup and click **Finish**. 15. If a second Client ID is required, repeat steps 5–14 using the additional Pear Assessment Client ID. ``` ``` 16. Verify that students can sign in to Pear Assessment. ## Resources Google's announcement on Workspace for Education third-party app access changes. Google's guidance on managing unconfigured third-party app access for students under 18. Step-by-step instructions for bulk configuration of third-party app access in Google Workspace. Learn how Pear Assessment supports formative, interim, and benchmark assessments. # Archive Class Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/archive-class Move a class out of your active list while preserving all historical student data and assignments for future reference or restoration. Pear Assessment allows teachers to archive classes to maintain organization and focus on current coursework. To archive a class, a teacher can first sign in to their account and navigate to the **Classes** section. Selecting the desired class and clicking on the **Settings** gear icon reveals an **Archive Class** option. Confirming this selection removes the class from the active list but ensures it can be accessed and restored later through the **Archived Classes** section. This archived status allows teachers to retrieve historical data or materials whenever needed. ## Archive Class in Pear Assessment Pear Assessment stores classes in an archived state instead of deleting them, allowing access to year-over-year student data. Teachers can manually archive classes, except in districts where enrollment is managed through a Student Information System (SIS) via integrations like Clever, Canvas, Schoology, etc. If your district utilizes an active roster integration besides Google Classroom, archiving a class will require using that specific integration method to archive the classes. This ensures the changes are synced correctly with Pear Assessment. ## Archive Class 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name. Click on a class name. 3. Click **Actions** > **Archive Class**. Click Actions > Archive Class. 4. In the confirmation pop-up, type "ARCHIVE" and click **Yes, Archive**. 5. The archived class is now accessible under the **Archived Classes** dropdown. Archive Class Archive Class # Archive Classes in Pear Assessment as District Admin Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/archive-classes-as-district-admin Bulk-archive classes from Manage District settings using the Actions menu to remove them from active view without deleting records. District administrators can archive classes under the **Manage District** settings > **Administration** > **Classes** > **Actions** > **Archive Selected Class(es)**. ## Archive Classes in Pear Assessment as District Admin In Pear Assessment, you can archive classes as a district administrator. ## Archive Classes 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as a district administrator. 2. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Administration** > **Classes**. 4. Filter and select the relevant classes using the checkboxes. 5. Click **Actions** > **Archive Selected Classes**. 6. Type "ARCHIVE". 7. Click **Yes, Archive**. # Assign a Test Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/assign-a-test Assign tests to students from the Test Library using Quick Assign and configure settings for behavior, anti-cheating, and more In Pear Assessment's Test Library, you can assign tests to students using the Quick Assign button. Tests support shuffled questions, anti-cheating measures, multiple attempts, password protection, and more. ## Assign a Test 1. In the navigation menu, click **Tests** under **Library**. 2. Hover over a test and click **Quick Assign**. Quick Assign button highlighted by cursor. 3. Review each of the following five tabs and configure your preferred settings: * **Class/Group** * Class/Group * Students: supports all or specific students * Open Date * Close Date * Open Policy: allows the teacher to assign the assessment now but gives access to classes when they are ready * Close Policy: allows the teacher to keep the assessment open until all students finish. This does not affect reports or data * Student Attempt Window * Tags A view of the Class/Group screen. * **Test Behavior** * Test Type: a Class Assessment is a graded assessment with results moving to a destination gradebook. A Practice Assessment is an ungraded assessment with no grades recorded. This option is appropriate for practice tests and instruction-only assignments. Homework and Quiz test types are also available for premium users * Release Scores * Evaluation Method * Mark as Done * Show Calculator * Reference Material * Allow Text to Speech for Passage * Timed Test * Show Rubric to Students * Show Hints to Students A view of the Test Behavior screen. * **Anti-Cheating** * Shuffle Items * Shuffle Answer Choice * Require Password * Complete Test in One Setting * Restrict Question Navigation * Require Safe Exam Browser/Kiosk Mode * Restrict Navigation Out of Test A view of the Anti-Cheating screen. * **Auto Redirect Settings** * Enable Auto Redirect (Multiple Attempts) * Maximum Attempts Allowed * Check Answer Tries/Question/Attempt A view of the Auto-Redirect screen. * **Miscellaneous** * Answer on Paper * Performance Bands * Standard-Based Grading Scale * Accommodations Settings * Accessibility Configure only the basic settings by toggling off **Pro Mode** above the tabs. A view of the Miscellaneous screen. 4. Click **Assign**. # Common Assessment: Admin Assigned Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/assign-common-assessment-as-admin Assign a common assessment to classes and students as a district administrator in Pear Assessment Administrators can assign common assessments directly to classes and students, then let teachers open and administer them. Before proceeding, review [Common Assessment: Teacher vs Admin Assigning](/products/pear-assessment/teacher-and-admin-assigned-assessments) to confirm that admin-assigned assessments are the right fit for your district. ## Assign Assessments as Admin 1. Click **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on the test card and click **Assign**. Pear Assessment Test Library showing an assessment card with the Assign button. 3. Use the filters to select the classes you need under **Class/Group**. If your district uses Google or manually created teacher rosters, these filters may not be accurate because fields are populated manually. Teachers can [update their manually created classes](/products/pear-assessment/change-class-name-as-teacher) at any time. 4. Select all students or specific students under **Students**. 5. Decide whether to allow late submissions on the assignment. 6. Select the following settings: * Open Date * Close Date * Open Policy * Close Policy * Student Attempt Window * Tags Opening the assessment manually: either as a teacher or admin: works best because it keeps the assessment hidden from students until the exact moment they should take it. Using [tags](/products/pear-assessment/search-with-tags) is also strongly recommended. You can tag classes to something more specific, such as ELA 1001, to assign to the correct groups. 7. Choose any tab at the top to update test settings, including the [Anti-Cheating](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-anti-cheating-settings) tab. Choose any tab at the top to update test settings, including the Anti-Cheating tab. If you plan to reuse these settings, click **Saved Settings** in the top right to save them for future assignments. 8. Click **Assign**. The confirmation screen lists the classes to which you have assigned the common assessment. Students can begin working on the assessment immediately or when their teacher or admin opens it for them. A view of the "Success" screen. Because this assessment is admin-assigned, keep it private (the default) or visible only to other admins and coaches without student rosters. 9. The next step is for teachers to open and administer the common assessment. See [Managing Students on a Live Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/common-assessment-managr-students-on-a-live-assessment) for details. District admins can also review the status of common assessments after assignment: see [Common Assessment Status Tracking](/products/pear-assessment/understand-common-assessment-status-tracking) for more information. ## Resources Compare teacher-assigned and admin-assigned common assessments to choose the right approach for your district. Learn how teachers open, review student progress in, and close a common assessment session. Track the status of admin-assigned common assessments across your district. Use tags to organize assessments and assign them to specific classes or groups. # Assign Common Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/assign-common-assessments Assign a common assessment to specific students or classes and configure open and close policies Teachers can assign a common assessment to specific students in a class, provide flexibility in testing, hide questions from other teachers before grading, and lock settings so all teachers use the same anti-cheating or other features. An assessment can be duplicated, resulting in data from multiple versions of an assessment, unless you use [District Custom Collections for Enterprise Users](/products/pear-assessment/explore-collections-for-district-admins). ## Assign a Common Assessment 1. Click **Test**, or click a link if a teacher has shared one. 2. Click on a test. 3. Click **Quick Assign** in the popup. 4. Under **Class/Group**, select one or more classes to take the assignment. 5. Under **Students**, select all students or specific students in the class or group. To select specific students, choose them from the field's dropdown. 6. Under **Open Date** and **Close Date**, select when the assessment will be available to students. Note that **Use Open, Due and Close Date** sets the same start and end dates. 7. Under **Open Policy** and **Close Policy**, select how the assessment will be made available to students on the open and close dates. Note the difference for manual settings: * **Open Manually**: Assigns the assessment now but gives class access only when the teacher is ready. * **Close Manually**: Keeps the assessment open until all students finish. This setting does not affect reports or data. 8. Click **Assign** in the upper-right corner of the window. ## Resources # Attendance Summary with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/attendance-summary-with-data-studio Compare attendance trends across schools, teachers, and student cohorts, and identify students who may be at risk of chronic absenteeism in Data Studio. The Attendance Summary report in Pear Assessment Data Studio compares attendance trends across schools, teachers, and student cohorts, and helps you identify students who may be at risk of chronic absenteeism or tardiness. Apply filters to narrow the scope of the report to your preferred view. This is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. Attendance Summary report available in Data Studio. ## Review Attendance Trends The **Attendance Trends** section provides attendance details over time to help identify patterns. Toggle between weekly and monthly views using the view selector. Hover over the data points to see the number of students present, absent with excuse, and tardy for each period. View of the Attendance Trends chart. ## Understand Attendance Distribution and Disruptions The **Attendance Distribution** chart shows how attendance is distributed across your district's defined attendance bands. Districts configure their own band labels and thresholds. A common band structure includes: * Regular * At Risk * Moderate Chronic * Extreme Chronic Students in the Moderate Chronic and Extreme Chronic bands may need additional support from an administrator or teacher. The **Attendance Disruptions** section shows the number of irregular attendance events across a week or month. Example of an Attendance Distribution report. Example of an Attendance Disruption report. ## Compare Attendance Across Groups The **Performance** section shows non-academic attendance data across schools, including the number of students at each school, average attendance, number of disruptions, and total student count. Use the **Compare By** filter to view data broken down by: * School * Teacher * Class * Student Group * Student * Race * Gender * FRL Status * ELL Status * IEP Status * Hispanic Ethnicity Performance data across schools. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Can Districts Customize Their Attendance Band Labels? Yes. Districts configure their own band labels and thresholds. The band structure shown in a report reflects your district's configuration. ### What Does the Attendance Disruptions Section Show? The Attendance Disruptions section shows the number of irregular attendance events across a week or month, helping you identify patterns that may warrant follow-up. ## Resources * [Whole Learner with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/whole-learner-with-data-studio) * [Goals and Interventions with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/goals-and-interventions-with-data-studio) * [Performance Trends with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/performance-trends-with-data-studio) # Audio Response Item Type Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/audio-response-item-type Enable the audio response item type at the district level so students can record oral answers and teachers can listen and evaluate responses. For Enterprise users, this item type is available that allows students to record their oral answers and allows teachers to listen and evaluate. This audio response is a new item type in Pear Assessment is an excellent tool for English as a Second Language, foreign language, and K-2 classrooms. By default, this option will be disabled for districts, and district admins will need to enable this in their district settings. ## Audio Response Item Type in Pear Assessment For Enterprise users, the audio response item allows students to record their oral answers and allows teachers to listen and evaluate. This audio response is a new item type in Pear Assessment and is an excellent tool for English as a Second Language, foreign language, and K-2 classrooms. By default, this option will be disabled for districts, and district admins will need to enable this in their district settings. ## Enable the Audio Response Item Type 1. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Settings**. 3. Click **Test Settings**. 4. Select **Yes** for **Enable Audio Response Question Type**. 5. Click **Save**. ### Teacher View 1. Click **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **New Item**. 3. Click **Written & Recorded**. 4. Click **Audio Response**. # Auto-Redirect Assignment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/auto-redirect-assignment Set a score threshold so students who fall below it are automatically redirected to retake an assignment, with controls for attempts and exceptions. With Auto Redirect, you can set an assignment's **Score Threshold** for success and automatically direct students to attempt the assignment again when they don't meet the threshold. The setting can be found in **Assignments** > click on a class name > **Settings** > **Enable Auto Redirect**. ## Auto-Redirect Assignment in Pear Assessment With Auto Redirect, you can set an assignment's **Score Threshold** for success and automatically direct students to attempt the assignment again when they don't meet the threshold. Please note the following: * Auto Redirect is a premium/enterprise feature * The feature is off by default * If enabled, the feature is active until the test closes unless manually disabled in the **Live Class Board** * The feature overrides a test's **Maximum Attempts Allowed** * Absent students will be excluded from Auto Redirect * If the test is paused, it will not auto-redirect until the test is resumed * **Score Threshold** and **Maximum Attempts Allowed** can be updated at any time without loss of data ## Set Up Auto-Redirect 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Click the **Settings** tab. 4. Toggle on **Enable Auto Redirect**. 5. Enter a single or double-digit percent score for **Score Threshold**. 6. Enter the number of retakes for **Extra Attempts Allowed** when students don't meet the threshold. Toggle on Enable Auto Redirect to get started. 7. Click **Update** at the bottom of the screen. The Update button at the bottom of the Settings screen. # Bulk Unassign Assessments as Admin Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/bulk-unassign-assessments-as-admin Remove open assessments from multiple students or classes at once with the Live Class Board, which also deletes all associated student data. In Pear Assessment, administrators can unassign assessments in bulk from multiple classes or students. Unassigning an assessment is different than deleting it. Unassign removes the open assessment from the student dashboard and removes all data associated with the class/student. ## Bulk Unassign Assessments as Admin In Pear Assessment, administrators can unassign assessments in bulk from multiple classes or students. Unassigning an assessment is different than deleting it. Unassign removes the open assessment from the student dashboard and removes all data associated with the class/student. Please note that unassigning them results in a loss of student data for the assessment. ## Bulk Unassign 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a test name. 3. Select students by checking the boxes next to their names in the **Live Class Board** tab. 4. Click **More** > **Unassign Students**. 5. Confirm the unassign by completing the on-screen instructions. Tip: Students cannot be removed from an assessment in "Done" status. # Change Class Name as Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/change-class-name-as-teacher Rename any of your classes from the Manage Class panel using the Edit Class option in the three-dot menu. As a teacher, you can change the name of a class in Pear Assessment > Manage Class > three-dot menu > Edit Class > Class Name. ## Change Class Name as Teacher in Pear Assessment As a teacher, you can change the name of a class in Pear Assessment. ## Change Class Name 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name under the **Classes** tab. 3. Click the **three-dot menu** in the toolbar > **Edit Class**. 4. Change the class name under **Class Name**. 5. Click **Update Class**. # Change Item Type Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/change-item-type Change the item type of an existing assessment item without deleting and recreating it from scratch You can update the item type while editing an item in Pear Assessment rather than deleting the item and starting from scratch. Any item type can be adjusted to a set of available options, and this can be done by accessing the item from the item bank, test library, or while editing an assigned test. ## Change Item Type in Edit Mode 1. When editing an item, click the dropdown in the top left corner of the screen to show all available item type options. 2. Select the new item type. Once the item type changes, edit and update the item as needed. Screenshot 2024-05-14 at 1.26.22 PM.png 3. Click **Save** to save the item and the test. When editing an assigned test, follow the [proper process](/products/pear-assessment/fix-error-and-regrade-assigned-test) to make edits to a test that has already been assigned. Once the edits are made to the item, regrading options will be available. Screenshot 2024-05-14 at 1.26.43 PM.png ## FAQ ### Can I Change My Item to Any Item Type? No. You can only change an item type to the following options: * Multipart (for single part) * Essay Rich text * Essay plain text * Drawing Response * Classification * Math, text and dropdown * Text entry * Drag and Drop * Dropdown * Text Entry label with image * Drag and drop label with image * Drop down label with image ### Will I Have to Add Back My Standards? No. Changing the item type preserves the rubric, metadata, and solution. ### Will My Dynamic Parameters Carry Over to the New Item? No. The correct answer block, dynamic parameter, UI settings, and question-specific settings will not carry over when the item type is updated. ## Resources Follow the correct process to edit a test that has already been assigned and apply regrading options. Learn how to create and manage questions directly in the item bank. Step-by-step guidance for creating every available item type in Pear Assessment. # Change a Question's Point Value Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/change-question-point-value Set or update the point value for any question in Pear Assessment from the item editor Each question in Pear Assessment has a point value that contributes to a student's overall test score. You can change a question's point value at any time from the item editor: whether you are building a new test or revising an existing one. ## Change a Question's Point Value 1. In GoGuardian Pear Assessment, click **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Locate the question you want to update, then click the pencil (edit) icon in the question's toolbar. 3. In the item editor, click the **Edit Mode** tab if it is not already selected. 4. Scroll down to the **Scoring** section. 5. In the **Points** field, enter the new point value. 6. Click **Save**. When editing a question that is part of an assigned test, follow the regrading process to apply your changes to student submissions. See [Edit and Regrade an Assigned Test](/products/pear-assessment/edit-existing-test-for-regrading) for details. ## Change Point Value from a Test You can also update a question's point value directly from within a test without going to the Item Bank. 1. Open the test in the test editor. 2. Click the pencil (edit) icon on the question you want to update. 3. In the **Edit Mode** tab, scroll down to the **Scoring** section. 4. Update the value in the **Points** field. 5. Click **Save**. ## Resources Apply question edits to student submissions and trigger regrading. Build and organize questions for use across multiple tests. Align questions to curriculum standards from the Edit Mode or Meta Data tab. Switch a question to a different item type without starting from scratch. # Change Your School Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/change-your-school How teachers can add a new school or remove an old school from their Pear Assessment account Teachers moving to a different school can update their preferred school in the **My Profile** section of their Pear Assessment account. If you have active classes and assignments to transfer, contact Pear Assessment Support and provide your username and the name of your new school or district. If you have added students but have not given them assignments, archive those classes before following the steps below. ## Add a New School to Your Account These steps are only available to teachers without active classes. 1. Click **My Profile** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Add School** in the **My Schools** row. 3. Enter your school or district name to search for it. If your school does not appear, click **Request a New School** and complete the fields. 4. Review the existing teachers at the school or district and confirm it is the correct destination. 5. Click **Proceed**. You can find your new class under the **Manage Class** section in the navigation menu. Add School button under My Schools. Search for school. ## Remove Your Old School from Your Account 1. Click **My Profile** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the **X** button next to your old school's name in the **My Schools** row. 3. Enter **REMOVE** when prompted to confirm your changes. 4. Click **Yes, Remove**. 5. Confirm the removal notification in the lower-left of your screen and verify the school no longer appears under **My Schools**. Remove school from list. The "REMOVE" text to confirm the school's removal from list of my schools. ## Resources Learn about Pear Assessment features and how to get started. # Class Profile Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/class-profile-report Use the Class Profile Report to see how your class is performing across assessments, identify priority areas, and plan interventions from a single view. The Class Profile Report gives you a unified view of how your class is performing across assessments. It helps you quickly identify learning trends, pinpoint areas where students need additional support, and take action. ## Access the Class Profile Report 1. From the left navigation menu, select **Dashboard**. 2. On the **Classes** tab, locate the class you want to review. See [Get Started with Pear Assessment Dashboard](/products/pear-assessment/get-started-with-dashboard) if you need help finding a class. 3. Select **See Class Reports** on the class card. The Class Profile Report, showing the class header, filters, and Pear AI summary. ## Filters Use the filters at the top of the report to refine the data displayed. Filter bar at the top of the Class Profile Report. You can filter by: * Test Type * Standard Set * Domain * Mastery Band * Assessments * Student Demographics All sections of the report update automatically based on your selected filters. The report shows the most recent data available, based on the last refresh. Check the **Data last updated** timestamp next to the class name to see when that was. The Data last updated timestamp next to the class name. ## AI Summary The AI Summary is labeled **Pear AI** on screen. It gives you a quick overview of your class performance: key trends, areas of concern, and actionable insights. The Pear AI summary box on the Class Profile Report. The summary updates automatically when you change filters or refresh the report. No personally identifiable information (PII) is shared with AI. For more on how this feature works across reports, see [AI Summary in Insights and Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/ai-summary). ## Domain Mastery The **Domain mastery** section shows how your class is performing across domains. The Domain mastery breakdown, showing mastery bands and percentages. You can: * View the percentage of domains meeting mastery. * See the distribution of domains by mastery band. * Switch between **Domains** and **Standards** view. * Select a mastery band to filter the **Priority areas** table. * Hover over a domain or standard to see the average score and student count. ## Priority Areas The **Priority areas** table highlights the lowest-performing areas that need attention. The Priority areas table with domain, standard, average score, and Plan intervention. The table includes the domain and standard, the average score on assessments covering that standard, and a **Plan intervention** option. By default, the table is sorted by the lowest-performing areas. Expand a row to see standard-level details, or hover over a row for more information. ## Plan an Intervention Select **Plan intervention** for a standard to group students by their performance on that standard. Selecting Plan intervention for a standard in the Priority areas table. Students grouped by mastery band for the selected standard: Not Mastered, Almost Mastered, and Exceeds Mastery. Students are grouped by mastery band for that standard (for example, **Not Mastered**, **Almost Mastered**, and **Exceeds Mastery**), so you can identify students who need additional support and plan targeted instruction. This groups students by a single standard from the Class Profile Report. To group students across every standard on a specific assessment instead, see [Identify Learning Gap](/products/pear-assessment/identify-learning-gap). ## Student List Select the student count next to the class name to view all students in the class. The student count link next to the class name. The student list for a class, showing each student's name. Students are listed alphabetically. Select a student's name to open their Student Profile Report. A Student Profile Report, showing an individual student's Pear AI summary, domain mastery, and priority areas. The Student Profile Report gives a detailed view of an individual student's performance and learning progress, using the same Pear AI summary, domain mastery, and priority areas layout as the Class Profile Report. ## How Data Is Calculated * Pear Assessment calculates scores using average student performance (%). * Mastery bands are based on your district's settings or the default thresholds. * Pear Assessment calculates domain performance from standard-level scores. * Pear Assessment excludes students without data from calculations. ## Tips * Apply filters to focus on specific standards or groups of students. * Review **Priority areas** first to identify where support is needed. * Use **Plan intervention** to identify students who may need additional support. * Open a Student Profile Report for more detailed student insights. ## FAQs **Why doesn't the report include all students?** Students without assessment data that matches the selected filters are excluded from report calculations. **Why does the report change when I apply filters?** All sections of the report update automatically based on the filters you select. **Does the AI Summary use student personal information?** No. Personally identifiable information (PII) is not shared with AI. **How do I identify students who need additional support?** Select **Plan intervention** for a standard to group students by their performance and identify students who may need additional support. ## Related Articles * [Get Started with Pear Assessment Dashboard](/products/pear-assessment/get-started-with-dashboard) * [AI Summary in Insights and Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/ai-summary) * [Identify Learning Gap](/products/pear-assessment/identify-learning-gap) # Clever Library – A Way to Manage Your Class Rosters Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/clever-library-a-way-to-manage-your-class-rosters Sync class rosters from Clever Library into Pear Assessment using an active pull-based sync, and understand how it differs from an automatic district sync. You have probably landed on this article because someone at Pear Assessment has suggested that Clever Library is a great option for you. And it is. You will fall into one of two categories: 1. Your district WAS being synced with Clever but now you’ll being asked to sync with Clever Library. 2. You are new to Pear Assessment and want to sync with Clever and are being asked to sync with Clever Library. First, you need to understand a couple vocabulary phrases: active sync vs passive sync. Clever Library is an active sync. This means that you have to initiate the sync and PULL in the roster data. If you get a new student, you have to remember to re-sync. In other words, you have to be active. A Clever district sync is passive. This means that the system PUSHES the roster data into your account for you. You get to sit back and remain passive. ### How Do I Activate the Clever Library Sync? Sign in to Clever, and click on the **Library tab**. Then, search for Pear Assessment. You will then have to install Pear Assessment to your **Clever Portal**. Next, you’ll either be signed in to your existing account or you’ll create a new account. After that, you’ll have to PULL in the roster data. Finally, if a new student arrives, you’ll have to remember to re-sync in order to add them to your Pear Assessment account. ### What Do Students Do? Students can either sign into Clever, click on **Applications**, and sign into Pear Assessment. Or, they can go to app.Pear Assessment.com a click to **Sign in with Clever**. ScreenShot2019-08-19at40206PM.png ScreenShot2019-08-19at4.42.39PM.png ScreenShot2019-08-19at4.02.26PM.png ScreenShot2019-08-19at40323PM.png ScreenShot2019-08-19at4.03.36PM.png ScreenShot2019-08-19at40522PM.png ScreenShot2019-08-19at4.32.13PM.png ScreenShot2019-08-19at4.32.36PM.png # Clone Tests Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/clone-tests Create a copy of any assessment to add questions, edit items, or build a new version Cloning an assessment creates a copy that you can edit independently: add questions, rearrange items, or adjust content: without changing the original test. You can clone from the Tests tab or from the Assignments tab. ## Clone from the Tests Tab 1. In the navigation menu, click **Tests** or **Assignments**. 2. Click the assessment you want to clone. 3. Select an assessment you created, one shared with you, or one shared with the Pear Assessment community. 4. Click the **Assessment** card, then click **Clone**. Select a test to clone 5. Click **Clone**. A new test ID is created and the cloned test appears in your **Created By Me** section. Menu of options you have to clone a test. ## Clone from the Assignments Tab 1. In the navigation menu, click **Assignments**. 2. At the end of the assignment row, click **Actions**. 3. Click **Duplicate**. 4. The cloned assessment uses the same title as the original with the date and time appended. You can edit the title at this point. 5. Add items from the **Item Bank** or create your own items. Cloning from the assigments tab. When reviewing the test on the **Review** tab, you can change the item order, delete items, or preview items. To clone an individual item, click **Preview**. In the **Preview** popup, click **Clone** to clone the item. The **Clone** button is not available for items from licensed Premium Content. Cloned items exist separately from the original items. Delete the original item if you want the cloned version to replace it in the assessment. Date is applied when cloned. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### If I Clone a Test, Will a New Test ID Be Created? Yes. To find the cloned test, click the **Tests** tab and clear all filters. The cloned test appears with a different test ID. ### What Happens to the Items in a Cloned Test? The items retain the same item ID and display the original author's name. You can edit items in the cloned test: when you save those edits, a new item ID is created. Edits apply only to the cloned test and do not affect the original. # Manage Students on a Live Common Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/common-assessment-managr-students-on-a-live-assessment Common Assessment Managr Students on a Live Assessment The Live Class Board (LCB) is critical to a teacher’s success as it allows them to see data quickly and easily while the test is being taken. They can track students' progress on a test. This article explains each status, bulk actions before the LCB, how to manage the individual classes or students, and how to handle different scenarios and statuses. ## Common Assessment Manage Students on a Live Assessment The Live Class Board (LCB) is critical to a teacher’s success as it allows them to see data quickly and easily while the test is being taken. They can track students' progress on a test. This article explains each status, bulk actions before the LCB, how to manage the individual classes or students, and how to handle different scenarios and statuses. ## Status Terms and Definitions Assessments have four statuses: * Not Started: The student has not clicked on the assessment because they don’t have access to it yet * In Progress: Students who have accessed the assessment but have not yet submitted it * Submitted: There is a manually graded question * Graded: Students who have all questions graded. A student can be marked as graded without answering a question as long as they have accessed the test at least once and the testing window is closed Within student cards, you might see three additional statuses: * Absent: Students who did not access the assessment before the window closed. Students can also be manually marked as absent * Paused: When the teacher or admin has paused the assessment intentionally to take access away temporarily * Redirected: A student has been given another attempt on the test ## Bulk Management Actions As an admin, understanding how to bulk manage an assessment is a huge time-saver. You can find these actions after clicking on an assessment and then clicking the box of at least one class. * **Open**: Opens selected assessments that are not open * **Pause**: Temporarily removes a class' access to an assessment. Pausing is a great idea for keeping students off of a test. This can also be done in the LCB for individual students * **Close**: Closes the testing window for the classes selected when the test is set to be closed manually. Closing a testing window before the automatic date might occur if there are a few students who are not expected to take the test. For best results, unassigning those students would provide better data as closing the test marks them as absent (0% in your reports) * **Mark as Done**: Only necessary if you selected to Manually Mark as Done Once you click the **More** option, a few important data pieces come into play: * Security for Common Assessments: How & When to Release Scores and Feedback: Show students their scores or hide them in bulk. You can also use this to adjust students' level of visibility for a test. For example, show students only an overall score before their retake and then the correct answers and their answer choices after the retake. * **Download Grades**: Download the overall and per-question scoring for all the classes/students * **Download Responses**: Download response-level data, like multiple choice, for each student and question * Admins Unassign Several Tests at Once: Bulk Unassign: When you unassign, either in bulk or at the classes/student level, only do it when there is no data as this will delete it. This bulk action will allow you to remove accidental assigning to classes or, to classes that were not able to take the test. It will make sure that the class-level data and student-level data won’t show this assessment on the reports ## Manage Classes and Students Individually The following are the options that can impact a class: * **Open**: Open a class manually * **Pause/Resume**: Pausing the assessment is a great option for taking away temporary access for the end of class, emergency drills, etc. Once you pause, the **Resume** button will appear. Click that when you are ready to give access to students. Read more to see how to pause individual students * **Close**: Close the test before the window or for a Close Manually class. Only use this if all the students expected to turn in the assessment are submitted. Otherwise pause the assessment * Blank: If nothing is showing up, the assessment is closed and only a redirect to a student or students can reopen the assessment Clicking the three dots at the top right brings up additional options. You can adjust the release score settings for just this class or unassign the assessment. Please note that unassigning should only be used if there is no valid student data as this will delete the data. The bottom portion of the screen is where all the individual student actions occur. You can either select all students using the box at the top left or select the box on each student’s card. On the right side, you have **Redirect** and **More**. The following is the breakdown of the management options. * Quick Start Redo Reassign Reopen Use **Redirect**: Reopens the assessment for any non-Progress status. Absent student? Redirect. Poor test-take? Redirect. Skipped questions? Redirect. Check out the article to learn more about the redirect options, including sending back only skipped questions * **Mark as Submitted**: Close the test for an individual student either to submit their answers or manually input their answers/scores * Restrict Access to Absent Students: Reduces Cheating Opportunities: Remove a student's access to an assessment before they attempt to complete it. In most cases, it will be better to pause the student as you can just quickly unpause to give access back. Marking as absent can be redirected to give access but this will result in the student card showing Attempt 1 as Absent and now Attempt 2 * **Add Students**: Add students to the test who were not assigned it originally. The students who are already on the test will be grayed out to make it clear which students are not assigned the test * **Unassign Students**: Uassigning should only be used if there is no valid student data as this will delete the data. This is a great option for students who will not be taking the test whether they were accidentally assigned, no longer enrolled, or you aren’t giving retakes. A student who does not access the test and is not unassigned will show up in the reports with a 0% * **Pause/Resume Students**: Pausing students is a great way to temporarily restrict access from a specific student. You can pause their test if they have to leave early, go to the bathroom, get called to the office, etc. Once the student is ready to start the test again, just click **Resume** ## Manage Student Statuses With the many statuses you might find on student cards, it is important to understand what to do based on specific scenarios. The image above is from our Live Class Board. Teachers and admin can use this to manage individual classes and students. From the top left, the overall status of the assessment shows the class' progress and access. For example, if it says Not Open, none of the students have had access to the test yet. If it is In Grading, the test needs to be marked as done or to look for a student who has not been graded yet. The individual statuses explain student access. Let’s take a look at these different statuses. Graded: This student is considered graded because they have submitted the test and all questions have been scored. From here, you can use **Redirect** (retakes), manually score, or provide feedback. Graded: This student is also graded. If the student will not be making up the test, unassign the student to erase the non-attempt from your reports. If the student is making up the test, you can redirect the student for the retake. Absent: Absent students are similar to graded (skipped questions). You have two options here: Admins Unassign Several Tests at Once: Bulk Unassign or use **Redirect**. If the student will not be making up the test, unassign the student to erase the non-attempt from your reports. If the student is making up the test, you can redirect the student for the retake. In Progress: This student is taking the test now or has started but has not submitted it. There is nothing to do here except monitor the student to make sure they are working at an appropriate pace. Redirected: This student wants either automatically or manually given a redirect. A redirect is reopening the assessment for absent students, poor test-takes, or skipped questions. Each redirect counts as a new attempt. Paused: A student can be paused individually or with the entire class. You need to determine if the class status is paused or if it is just select students. From there, you can unpause as explained earlier in this article. Submitted: This student needs to be manually graded. The progress bar represents manually graded questions. Click the bar on the student card or in the bar graph to get taken directly to that question for grading. ## Resources * Common Assessment: Importance of Status Tracking in Pear Assessment # Configure District Access for Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/configure-district-access Customize your district's sign-in page, finalize district policies, and confirm your schools are set up before rostering teachers and students. As an admin, prepare your district for rostering before inviting teachers and students. These are the steps. ## Customize District Page This ensures a more district-specific sign-in and sign-up. Make sure students and teachers sign up through this page, which also ensures they create their account in the correct school district. 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click **Profile**. 3. Find your district's sign-in page under **District URL**. 4. Share this URL with your teachers and students instead of the general Pear Assessment sign-up page. ## Finalize District Policies Decide how student and teacher accounts are created. You can define policies to restrict access to certain groups of users. 1. Click **Manage District** in the left navigation. 2. Click the **Settings** tab. The District Policies tab in Manage District Settings, showing District Signon Policy, District Sign-up Policy, Student Enrollment Policy, Allow Student Addition With, and Domains options. 3. On the **District Policies** tab, update your policies: * **District Signon Policy**: choose which sign-on methods to allow (Username and Password, Google Single Signon, Office 365 Single Signon, ClassLink Single Signon, Schoology Single Signon, or Clever Instance Signon). * **District Sign-up Policy**: choose whether teachers and students can sign up on their own. * **Student Enrollment Policy**: choose whether teachers can search and enroll existing students, manually enroll students in classes, or both. * **Allow Student Addition With**: choose which usernames (Google, Office 365, or first and last name) teachers can use to add students. * **Domains**: enter the allowed email domain for teachers and the domain used to recommend schools. 4. Click **Save**. ## Add Schools Most schools are already present. Verify the schools in your district are added and are correct. If not, you can add, remove, or edit the schools. See [Manage Schools as Administrator](/products/pear-assessment/manage-schools-as-administrator) for the full workflow. ## Resources Add, edit, deactivate, and approve schools in your district. Compare every way to roster classes once district access is configured. Invite teachers and create admin accounts after district access is set. # Configure Risk Bands and Early Warning Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/configure-risk-bands-early-warning Set up custom risk bands in Data Studio's Early Warning report to identify students who may be at risk based on attendance, academic performance, and more. The Early Warning report requires district-defined risk bands before it can display data. Risk bands determine which students appear in the high, medium, and low risk categories based on criteria your district selects. This article explains how to create and update those bands. ## Before You Start * You must have a district administrator role and the Data Operations permission in Pear Assessment. See [Set Up Data Studio for Your District](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-data-studio) to verify your permissions. * Decide which risk factors your district wants to use. Risk bands can be based on attendance rates, academic performance (average score or proficiency percentage), or a combination of both. ## Create Risk Bands 1. In Pear Assessment, go to **Data Studio** and open the **Early Warning** report. 2. Click **Configure Risk Bands** in the top right of the report. 3. Select **Add Risk Band**. 4. Name the band (for example, "High Risk," "Moderate Risk," "Watch List"). 5. Set the criteria for the band: * For attendance-based criteria: select the attendance metric (attendance rate, tardies, or chronic absenteeism) and set the threshold (for example, attendance rate below 85%). * For academic performance criteria: select the assessment type and set the threshold (for example, average score below 65%). * To combine criteria: select multiple conditions and choose whether students must meet all conditions or any one of them. 6. Set the band color (red, yellow, or green) to indicate severity in the report. 7. Click **Save**. 8. Repeat for each risk level your district uses. ## Set the Default Risk Band View After creating risk bands, set which band is shown by default when district administrators open the Early Warning report. 1. In the **Configure Risk Bands** panel, click **Set Default View**. 2. Select the risk band to show by default. 3. Click **Save**. Individual users can change the displayed band using the report filter when they are viewing the report. ## Update or Remove Risk Bands Risk bands can be edited at any time. Changes apply to the report immediately but affect only new data calculations going forward — historical data is not recalculated. To edit a risk band: 1. Open **Configure Risk Bands**. 2. Click the band name to open it. 3. Change the name, criteria, or color. 4. Click **Save**. To remove a band: 1. Open **Configure Risk Bands**. 2. Click the three-dot menu next to the band. 3. Select **Delete**. Deleting a band removes it from the report immediately. Students previously categorized in that band move to whichever remaining band their data qualifies them for. ## Verify It Worked After saving your risk bands, open the Early Warning report. Students should now appear in the report categorized by risk level. If the report still shows no data, confirm that assessment results and attendance data are available for the selected duration and that the **Select Tests** and **Select Classes** filters are not too narrow. If no students appear in a specific band, that band's criteria may be too restrictive, or no students currently meet the threshold. ## Related Articles * [Understand Early Warning Reports](/products/pear-assessment/early-warning-with-data-studio) * [Set Up Data Studio for Your District](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-data-studio) * [Why Data Is Missing or Doesn't Match Expectations in Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-troubleshoot-missing-data) # Connect Clever-Synced Classes to Google Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/connect-clever-classes-to-google-classroom Connect each Clever-synced Pear Assessment class to its matching Google Classroom class for assignment sharing and grade passback. If your district uses Clever to roster Pear Assessment, connect each Clever-synced class to its matching Google Classroom class. This connection lets you share assignments and sync grades to Google Classroom while Clever remains the roster source. Complete the district's Clever roster sync first. Connect classes only from inside each individual Clever-synced class. Starting **Sync with Google Classroom** from the Dashboard or the main **Manage Class** screen can override Clever rostering. ## Connect Each Clever-Synced Class Repeat these steps for every Clever-synced class that needs Google Classroom assignment sharing and grade passback: 1. In Pear Assessment, open **Manage Class**. 2. Select the Clever-synced class you want to connect. 3. From inside the class, open the class menu. 4. Select **Sync with Google Classroom**. 5. Choose the matching Google Classroom section and complete the connection. Pear Assessment Clever-synced class with Sync with Google Classroom selected from the menu inside the class Connect your own classes 1 at a time. Confirm that each Clever class maps to the correct Google Classroom section before connecting the next class. ## Avoid Starting a Roster Import Do not select **Sync with Google Classroom** from either of these locations: * The main **Manage Class** screen * The Dashboard Using either option can override the Clever roster instead of connecting the existing Clever-synced class. Pear Assessment Manage Class screen showing the Sync with Google Classroom option that Clever-synced teachers must avoid Pear Assessment Dashboard showing the Sync Google Classroom option that Clever-synced teachers must avoid ## Verify the Connection Share an assessment with the connected Google Classroom class. Ask students to open and submit the assessment from Google Classroom. After you release scores in Pear Assessment, confirm that the grades appear in the matching Google Classroom gradebook. If grades do not appear, follow [Sync Scores to Google Classroom](/products/pear-assessment/sync-scores-to-google-classroom) to send them manually. ## Resources Review how Clever manages Pear Assessment classes and rosters. Set up automatic grade sharing or send grades manually. # Connect External Data Sources to Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/connect-external-data-sources Import benchmark assessments, state test results, and attendance data into Data Studio to combine them with Pear Assessment results for district reporting. Data Studio can display external data alongside Pear Assessment results. External data falls into two categories: assessment data (state tests, third-party benchmarks) and attendance data. Both are imported using a file upload process. This article covers how to prepare, upload, and verify each type. ## Before You Start * You must have the Data Operations permission in Pear Assessment. See [Set Up Data Studio for Your District](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-data-studio). * External data is matched to students in Pear Assessment using a student ID field. Confirm which student ID your district uses in Pear Assessment before preparing your import file. Common options include a state student ID (SASID), a local student ID (LASID), or a district-assigned ID. ## Import External Assessment Data Pear Assessment accepts external assessment data in CSV format. Supported sources include state assessments (CAASPP, STAAR, PARCC, NWEA MAP, iReady, and others) as long as the data is formatted to match the required template. ### Prepare the Import File 1. In Pear Assessment, go to **Data Studio** and open **Data Import**. 2. Click **New Import** and select **External Assessment Data**. 3. Select the feed type that matches your data source. The feed type determines which column template applies. 4. Download the template for that feed type. 5. Format your data to match the template: * The student ID column must use the same ID format stored in Pear Assessment for each student. * Date fields must use the format specified in the template (typically YYYY-MM-DD). * The session value field (for example, Fall, Winter, Spring) must be consistent in capitalization and spelling. "Fall" and "fall" are treated as different sessions. 6. Save the file as CSV. ### Upload the File 1. In **Data Import**, click **Upload File** and select your prepared CSV. 2. Map the columns if prompted. 3. Click **Submit**. The import status column shows Processing, Complete, or Failed. * **Processing:** Large files can take up to 2 hours. Do not reupload a file that is still processing — duplicate records will result. * **Complete:** Data is available in Data Studio reports. Allow up to 24 hours for data to appear in all reports. * **Failed:** Open the error log next to the upload for specific row-level errors. Common causes include student ID mismatches, unsupported date formats, and duplicate session values. ## Import Attendance Data Attendance data is imported from your SIS or attendance system in CSV format. 1. In **Data Import**, click **New Import** and select **Attendance Data**. 2. Download the attendance template. 3. Format your attendance file: * Include one row per student per day. * Use the same student ID format as your assessment imports. * Include date, attendance status (Present, Absent, Tardy), and school identifier columns as specified in the template. 4. Upload the file and confirm the import completes successfully. Attendance data feeds may be set up as a recurring import or uploaded manually. For automated daily attendance feeds from your SIS, contact Pear Assessment support to configure a data feed connection. ## Verify Data Appears in Reports After a successful import: 1. Open the **Performance Trends** or **Whole Learner** report. 2. Use **Select Tests** to include the external assessment you imported. 3. Confirm student records appear with scores from the imported source. If data does not appear after 24 hours, check the import status and review the error log. See [Why Data Is Missing or Doesn't Match Expectations in Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-troubleshoot-missing-data) for a full diagnostic guide. ## Related Articles * [Data Studio Report Capabilities](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-report-capabilities) * [Why Data Is Missing or Doesn't Match Expectations in Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-troubleshoot-missing-data) * [Set Up Data Studio for Your District](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-data-studio) # Content Converter: Create Quizzes with Google Forms Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/content-converter-create-quizzes-with-google-forms Import existing Google Forms into Pear Assessment with Content Converter to turn them into quizzes with advanced grading, standards alignment, and item editing. Easily transition from Google Forms to Pear Assessment with our seamless import feature. Convert your existing Google Forms into fully functional Pear Assessment quizzes effortlessly. Save time and unlock advanced data analysis and classroom insights without starting from scratch. ## Import Google Forms 1. Click **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **New Test**. Click New Test. 3. Click **Content Converter**. 4. Select the grade and subject and click **proceed**. 5. Choose **Google Drive** as the import source and authenticate with your Google account. 6. Select a Google Form from your Google Drive. Select a Google Form from your Google Drive. 7. If you want to add additional files, click **Upload More** and continue selecting files. Once you have finished selecting files, click **Proceed**. 8. Pear Assessment will initiate the import process, converting Google form data into Pear Assessment items. 9. After import, users will receive a summary of the imported form. If the correct answer is not set on Google Forms, the same would be included in the summary, it can be edited from the review screen and the item would show an exclamation. After import, users will receive a summary of the imported form. If the correct answer is not set on Google Forms,… 10. Click **Review** to view the Test Review screen. There, you can attach standards to each item, update correct answers if they were not included in the Google Form, add new items from the test library as needed, and edit or update settings directly from the test review page. After you have finished making edits and adjustments, the test will be ready for publication. Import Google Form. ## FAQ ### Is There a Limit on the Number of Items That Can Be Imported from Google Forms into Pear Assessment? Pear Assessment supports a maximum of 50 items imported from Google Forms. ### Which Item Types from Google Forms Are Supported on Pear Assessment? Pear Assessment supports most question types from Google Forms, except the linear scale type. The supported item types include: Multiple Choice, Checkbox, Short Answer, Paragraph, Dropdown, Date and Time, File Upload, Multiple Choice Grid, and Checkbox Grid. ### Can a Google Form Containing Only Image or Video Content Be Effectively Imported into Pear Assessment? Yes. When importing a Google Form into Pear Assessment, if the form includes solely an image, it will be classified as the "text (instructions question type)." Likewise, if the form includes only a video, it will be classified as the "video (instructions question type)" within Pear Assessment. ### Is There a Filter Available to Locate Tests Created by Importing Google Forms? Currently, we do not have a specific filter designed for identifying tests that have been created by importing Google Forms. However, we plan to incorporate this feature in our upcoming releases. ## Resources * Quick Start Create a Test # Correct Class Names Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/correct-class-names Edit or bulk-edit class names in Pear Assessment to enforce consistent naming conventions across your school or district When teachers create and name their own classes without direction from the school or district, administrators may encounter lists of vague or unidentifiable classes when assigning common assessments. Administrators can rename individual classes or use bulk edit to update multiple classes at once. Teachers can also rename their own classes. If it is more efficient for the administrator to handle renaming, use the steps below. ## Edit a Single Class or Multiple Classes 1. Go to the **Manage School** or **Manage District** tab. School administrators can only modify classes for their own school. District administrators can modify classes for all schools. 2. Select the **Classes** tab. 3. Use the filter boxes to search by class name. 4. Place a check mark next to the class or classes you want to edit. 5. From the drop-down menu, select **Edit Class** to modify a single class, or select **Bulk Edit** to modify more than one class at the same time. 6. Update the class name, course name, or other fields to match your naming conventions. 7. Click **Save**. Renaming a class does not affect assignments that are currently assigned. The new class name is reflected in the assignments list going forward. ## Resources Browse troubleshooting and admin solutions for Pear Assessment. # Create Administrator Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-administrator-accounts Create and configure District Admin and School Admin accounts in Pear Assessment with the correct role permissions District Admins and School Admins can create additional administrator accounts for their district or school. The account type you hold determines which new accounts you can create and what permissions those accounts carry. ## Administrator Account Types The accounts you can create depend on your own role. A District Admin can create the following accounts: * Other district admins * School admins * Teachers * Students A School Admin can create the following accounts: * Other school admins * Teachers * Students ## Create a School Administrator Account 1. In the navigation menu, go to **Manage District** or **Manage School**. 2. Click **Users**. 3. Click the **District Admin**, **School Admin**, **Teachers**, or **Students** sub-tab. 4. Click **Add School Admin**. 5. Fill out the required information. : Completed School Admin account creation confirmation Create a School Administrator Account ## Create a District Administrator Account 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click **Users**. 3. Click the **District Admin** sub-tab. 4. Click **Add District Admin**. 5. Fill out the required information. 6. Select the role type: * **Super Admin**: Grants access to district or school settings. * **Insights-Only Role**: Grants access to insights and assessment data for the district only. These users cannot access user information, assignments, or district settings. * **Dual Role Admin and Teacher Account**: Use the [Add/Switch Account](/products/pear-assessment/add-switch-account) feature when a teacher also serves as an admin, such as a team lead or instructional coach. Use a different email address or username for the admin account to avoid duplicate account conflicts. The email address used in Pear Assessment does not need to be an active email. For example, use `jsmith@district.k12.us` for the teacher account and `adminjsmith@district.k12.us` for the admin account. ### Change a Teacher Account to an Admin Account If a user already has a teacher account and needs to be added as an admin, deactivate the existing account before creating the new admin account. 1. On the **Users** tab, select the teacher account by placing a checkmark next to the name. 2. In the drop-down menu on the right, select **Deactivate**. 3. Follow the steps in [Create a District Administrator Account](#create-a-district-administrator-account) to add the user in their new role. Deactivating a teacher account permanently removes the user's previous data, including all assessments from their private account. If the teacher needs to retain their data and assessments, contact support before deactivating. Screenshot 2024-06-18 at 11.42.44 AM.png Screenshot 2024-06-18 at 11.44.07 AM.png ## Resources Switch between admin and teacher accounts using the Add/Switch Account feature. Add, modify, or deactivate user accounts in Pear Assessment. # Create and Manage Student Groups Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-and-manage-student-groups Organize students into named groups and add members individually or in bulk, with separate workflows for teachers and administrators. Explore the seamless integration of student groups within Pear Assessment. This article offers a comprehensive guide on leveraging our intuitive interface to create dynamic learning cohorts. Discover how educators can harness the power of collaborative learning to enhance student engagement, promote peer interaction, and foster diverse perspectives. Learn how Pear Assessment's student group feature streamlines assessment administration, providing educators with the tools to personalize learning experiences and maximize educational outcomes. ## Create and Manage Student Groups in Pear Assessment This article offers a comprehensive guide on leveraging our intuitive interface to create dynamic learning cohorts via Student Groups. Discover how educators can harness the power of collaborative learning to enhance student engagement, promote peer interaction, and foster diverse perspectives. Learn how Pear Assessment's student group feature streamlines assessment administration, providing educators with the tools to personalize learning experiences and maximize educational outcomes. ## Create Student Groups as a Teacher 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the **Groups** tab. 3. Click **Create Group**. 4. Enter your group's details. 5. Click **Create**. ## Add Students to Groups as a Teacher 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name where a student is enrolled and needs to be in a group. 3. Select students to add to a group. 4. Click **Actions** > **Add to Group**. 5. Select the group and click **Update Group Membership**. ## Create and Manage Student Groups as an Administrator 1. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Groups**. 3. Select the **Groups** tab in the menu. 4. Enter the group's details. 5. Click **Create**. ## Add Students to Groups as an Administrator via Enrollments 1. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Administration**. 3. Search and select students to add. 4. Click **Actions** > **Add to Student Group**. ## Add Students to Groups as an Administrator via Groups 1. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the **Groups** tab. 3. Click the **Student Group** sub-tab. 4. Select the appropriate group. 5. Click on **Add Students**. 6. Search for the student by name or email. 7. Click on the student. 8. Choose **Yes, Add to Group**. # Create Assessments from the Item Bank Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-assessments-from-the-item-bank Browse and filter the Item Bank to select questions, build a test, and assign it — or clone an existing test to customize it. You can create assessments with two of the banks in Pear Assessment: questions in the Item Bank or assessments in the Library. ## Create Assessments from the Item Bank You can create assessments with two of the banks in Pear Assessment: 1. Questions in the Item Bank 2. Assessments in the Library ## Select Questions from Item Bank 1. Click **Item Bank** in the left-hand menu. 2. Select the applicable settings under **Filter** to narrow your search. Select the applicable settings under Filter to narrow your search. **Tip:** If you're an ELA teacher looking for passage-based items, use the Question Type filter to find passages. 3. Click **View** to preview questions before you select them. 4. Click the plus button (+) to add the questions to your cart. 5. The number of items you add to your cart shows in the toolbar at the top of your screen under **Create Test with \[Number] Items**. 6. Click **Create Test with \[Number] Items** to start creating your test. 7. Confirm your selections in the **Review** tab. You can reorder your questions, remove unwanted questions, preview them, or add grade and subject tags. 8. Set the test conditions under the **Settings** tab. 9. Click **Assign** to create your test. 10. Follow the tabs under **Assignment Settings** to set up when the test starts and ends, which students are assigned to it, and more settings. **Tip:** If you decide that the test isn’t exactly as you want, you can clone it and make changes. Create test with 3 items button. Settings in the "Review" tab when creating an assessment. Test conditions available under the "Settings" tab. ## Edit Current Tests Tests can also be created by selecting an existing test from the Test library, cloning it, and editing it using items from the Item Bank. 1. Click **Test**. 2. Set the filters to show a limited number of existing assessments that address your needs for a new assessment. 3. Hover an assessment and click **More**. Hover a test and click "More" to see additional menu options. 4. Click **Clone**. The assessment will be titled "Copy of" with today's date. The "Clone Test" button highlighted with the tooltip showing. 5. Follow the tabs to set up the settings and complete the clone. The cloned test and its available conditions. # Create Bilingual Tests Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-bilingual-tests Author test items in multiple languages and let students choose their preferred language when taking an assessment Pear Assessment supports bilingual authoring so students can take assessments in their preferred language. You author each item in the languages you want to offer: English and Spanish are supported: then enable Multi-Language in the test settings. No automatic translation is applied. each language version must be written manually. ## Author Items in Multiple Languages 1. Click **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **New Item**. 3. Click your preferred question type. 4. Click **+ Add Language** under **Edit Mode** > **Question**. 5. Select your preferred languages. 6. Click **Save**. Add Language button. ## Enable or Disable Multi-Language for a Test You can let students choose their preferred language on a test by enabling it in the test settings. 1. Open the test and click the **Settings** tab. 2. Scroll down to **Accommodations**. 3. Under **Multi-Language**, choose one of the following options: * **Enable Student Level**: Allows Multi-Language to be enabled for individual students based on their accommodation settings. * **Disable All**: Disables Multi-Language for all students taking the test. 4. Click **Save** to apply your changes. Multi-Language option under Accommodations in test settings. Students see the test in their preferred language, configured in Manage Class. If no preferred language is set, or a translation is unavailable for a question, the content displays in the default language. A test item displayed in Spanish for a student. ## FAQ ### Will This Auto-Translate My Items? No. Items must be authored in each language you want to offer. Enabling Multi-Language on a test does not auto-translate existing content. ### Can I Use This Feature with All Item Types? Multi-Language is supported for the following item types: * Multiple Choice * Multiple Selection * Matching Tables * Classification * Re-sequence * Essay Rich Text * Essay Plain Text * Sentence Response * Math types (except math-text-dropdown) * Multipart with supported types * Passage * Video * Text ## Resources # Create Classes and Add Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-classes-and-add-students Create a class in Pear Assessment and add students by syncing Google Classroom, sharing a class code, or uploading a roster Setting up a class in Pear Assessment takes just a few steps. Once your class exists, you can bring students in through Google Classroom, a class code, or a manually uploaded roster: whichever fits your workflow. If you don't have a Pear Assessment account yet, see [Create a Free Teacher Account](/products/pear-assessment/create-free-teacher-account) first. ## Create a Class 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Create Class**. Click Create Class. 3. Change the class avatar to your preferred one for easy recognition. 4. Fill out the following fields: * Class Name * Grade * Subject * Standard Sets * School 5. Expand **Advanced Settings** to add a start and end date, course, and tags (optional). 6. Click **Create Class**. ## Add Students You can add students to a class in one of three ways: * Sync with Google Classroom * Class Code * Manually uploaded students ### Sync with Google Classroom After creating a class in Pear Assessment, you can sync with your existing Google Classroom via the **Sync with Google Classroom** option, which supports sharing assignments to the Google Classroom dashboard. When students click on the Pear Assessment assignment in their Google Classroom dashboard, the assignment opens in a new window with students automatically signed in. Students do not need to navigate Pear Assessment or remember a separate password. Your Pear Assessment teacher account must use the same email address as your Google Classroom account. The same applies to student accounts. To sync your Google Classroom: 1. Navigate to **Manage Class**. 2. Click **Sync with Google Classroom** in the toolbar. 3. Enter your Google Classroom Class Code. 4. Click **Sync**. 5. Add the grade level and subject area for each class you are syncing. 6. Click **Import**. : Sync with Google Classroom dialog Google Classroom dashboard view of a Pear Assessment assignment. Use **Sync with Google Classroom** each time you want to update your class roster. ### Use a Class Code Students with Pear Assessment accounts can join your class for the first time using a class code. You can find the class code for each class in the **Manage Class** section. When you share the class code with students, they can sign up by creating a unique username on the [Pear Assessment](https://assessment.peardeck.com/) website. If they do not already have an account, students are prompted to provide the class code the first time they sign in. Once students have a Pear Assessment account, they can join additional classes by going to their **Dashboard**, clicking **Add Class**, and entering the class code. Create a Class ### Manually Upload Students To add students manually, click **Manage Class** and then click the class name. To add a single student, click **Add Student** and follow the prompts. This lets you add an individual and assign a username and password. To upload multiple students at once from a spreadsheet or word file, or to add students who already have a district account, click **Add Multiple Students**. If students already have a district account and need to be added to your class, search for the student's name under the **Search Existing Student And Add** tab. To add a whole class roster at once, click **Add Multiple Students**. Select the format from the **Add students by their** dropdown menu, paste the student names, and click **Yes, Add to Class**. Usernames are generated automatically and your class roster is populated. * If students have a school-assigned username (such as Google or Office 365), their password remains their existing password. * If you pasted the roster using First Name and Last Name, the Pear Assessment class code is used as the default password. Ask students to change their password after signing in for the first time. Add Students Add Students Search for an existing student's account. Add multiple students. # Create a Free Teacher Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-free-teacher-account Sign up for a free Pear Assessment teacher account and complete your profile setup to access all features Teachers can create a free Pear Assessment account from the Get Started page using a school email address or a single sign-on (SSO) option. The sign-up process includes selecting your school, subject, and grade, then verifying your account by email. ## Sign up for an Account 1. Go to the [Get Started](https://assessment.peardeck.com/getStarted) page. 2. Enter your school email address and a password of at least four characters, or select one of the available SSO options. 3. Accept the terms of service, user license agreement, and privacy policy. 4. Click **Next** on the "Let's get started…" screen and follow the on-screen instructions. Sign up for an Account Steps to Complete after Sign Up ## Set up Your Profile 1. Search for your school by entering the school name or zip code, then select it from the results. The district name appears below the school name after you select it. * If you are not affiliated with a school, select **I want to homeschool**. 2. Choose the subject and grade that best represents your primary class. You can set up additional classes with different subjects or grades later. Select School, Grade, Subject and Standard Sets Select your [standard sets](/products/pear-assessment/select-your-standard-sets-to-personalize) during setup. Pear Assessment uses these standard sets to generate in-depth analysis when you review reports. 3. Click **Get Started**. ## Verify Your Account 1. Check your school email inbox for a verification message from Pear Assessment. 2. If you do not see the email, check your spam and other folders. 3. Follow the instructions in the email to verify your account. If you cannot find the verification email, contact Pear Assessment Support at [support@assessment.peardeck.com](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com). ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Why Doesn't My School Appear in the Search Results? Contact Pear Assessment Support at [support@assessment.peardeck.com](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com). ### My School and District Are New to Pear Assessment. What Do I Do? Submit a request to [add a new school](/products/pear-assessment/change-your-school). ## Resources Add your school to Pear Assessment if it does not appear in the search results. Learn how to select and manage standard sets for in-depth report analysis. # Create Interventions from Data Studio Reports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-interventions-from-reports Use Goals and Interventions in Data Studio to define proficiency targets, assign practice sets to students who need support, and track progress over time. The Goals and Interventions report lets district administrators define a proficiency goal, identify which students do not currently meet it, and assign a Pear Practice practice set to support those students. Use this workflow when you want to connect a district data goal to classroom practice. ## Before You Start * You must have a district administrator role and the Data Operations permission in Pear Assessment. * The goal requires at least 1 Pear Assessment result in Data Studio to identify students. * To assign a practice set as part of the intervention, a Pear Practice practice set must already exist in your district library. ## Create a Goal 1. In Pear Assessment, go to **Data Studio** and open **Goals and Interventions**. 2. Click **Create Goal**. 3. Name the goal. Use a name that identifies the standard, grade, or group (for example, "Grade 4 Math — CCSS.MATH.4.NF by March 2026"). 4. Set the proficiency threshold: the percentage or score students must reach to meet the goal. 5. Set the goal date: the date by which students should meet the threshold. 6. Select the assessments that measure progress toward the goal. 7. Click **Save Goal**. After saving, the report shows which students currently meet the goal and which do not, based on their most recent results on the selected assessments. ## Create an Intervention An intervention links a goal to a specific practice assignment for students who are not yet meeting the threshold. 1. From the goal view, click **Add Intervention**. 2. Select the students who should receive the intervention. You can select all students below the threshold or choose specific students. 3. Choose a Pear Practice practice set from your district library. 4. Set a due date for the practice set. 5. Click **Assign**. The selected students receive the Pear Practice assignment. Completion data appears in the intervention view as students work through the practice set. If the practice set includes content that is set to Always Hidden (restricted content), student names may be masked when viewing the intervention results. This is expected behavior for restricted content in Pear Assessment. Contact Pear Deck Learning support if you need to adjust content visibility settings. ## Track Progress After creating a goal and assigning an intervention: 1. Open **Goals and Interventions** and select the goal. 2. The student list updates as new assessment results come in. Students who cross the proficiency threshold are marked as meeting the goal. 3. The intervention panel shows practice set completion rates alongside current assessment scores. To see whether the intervention is working, compare each student's assessment scores before and after the intervention start date using the **Performance Trends** report. ## Update or Close a Goal To change a goal's threshold or date: 1. Open the goal and click **Edit Goal**. 2. Update the threshold or date and click **Save**. To close a goal at the end of a school year: 1. Open the goal and click **Archive**. Archived goals remain visible in read-only mode for historical reference. ## Related Articles * [Goals and Interventions with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/goals-and-interventions-with-data-studio) * [Data Studio Report Capabilities](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-report-capabilities) * [Performance Trends with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/performance-trends-with-data-studio) # Create Parent Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-parent-accounts Add a parent to a Pear Assessment student account so the parent can view assignments and progress, including how to add multiple parents In Pear Assessment, a teacher can add a parent to a student account. Each parent gets their own username, which is an email address set by the teacher, and can view the student's assignments and progress. When you add a parent, Pear Assessment automatically sends the parent an email invitation to set up a password. ## Add a Parent to a Student Account 1. In Pear Assessment, navigate to **Manage Class**. 2. Click the class name to open the class roster. 3. Check the box next to the student's name. 4. Click **Actions**, then select **Edit Student**. 5. In the student record panel, click **Configure Additional Details**. 6. In the additional details section, enter the parent's email address in the parent email field. 7. Click **Yes, Update** to save the change. After you click **Yes, Update**, Pear Assessment automatically sends an email to the parent's address. The email invites the parent to click a link and set up a password. Once the parent sets a password, they can sign in to view the student's assignments and progress. skitch-2020-05-06T115421.986.png skitch-2020-05-06T115714.493.png ## Add Multiple Parents to One Student To add more than one parent to the same student account, enter each parent email address in the parent email field, separated by commas. Pear Assessment sends a separate password-setup invitation to each address. 1. Follow steps 1 through 6 in [Add a Parent to a Student Account](#add-a-parent-to-a-student-account). 2. In the parent email field, enter each parent's email address, separated by commas. 3. Click **Yes, Update** to save the change. Each parent receives their own password-setup email and signs in with their own email address as the username. ## Resources Reset a student's Pear Assessment password from the teacher's account. Sign in to a student's account to view what the student sees in Pear Assessment. # Create Passage-Based Questions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-passage-based-questions Build assessment items that pair a text passage, video, or diagram with multiple related questions using the Item Bank passage workflow. Passage-based questions in Pear Assessment can be used for all subjects that ask students to evaluate and respond to a stimulus (e.g., text, video, diagram, etc.). Please set it up in Item Bank > New Item > Passage > Passage with Questions. ## Create Passage-Based Questions in Pear Assessment Passage-based questions in Pear Assessment can be used for all subjects that ask students to evaluate and respond to a stimulus (e.g., text, video, diagram, etc.). ## Create Passage-Based Questions 1. Click **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **New Item**. 3. Click **Passage**. 4. Click **Passage with Questions**. 5. Click **Add Video** or **Add Passage** under **Edit Mode**. 6. Fill out the required information for either option and click **Save**. 7. Repeat step 5 to add more videos and passages (if applicable). 8. Click **Add First Part To This Item** to add questions and resources. 9. Click **Publish** once you have added all of the items you need. 10. Once you have built the passage-based question, you can manipulate the item order, point value, add or remove items, etc. on the **Review**. Note: You are not able to add pre-built questions to a passage from the Review screen. To add more questions, click on the passage title and add new questions from scratch. # Create Questions with Dynamic Parameters Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-questions-with-dynamic-parameters Use the @ symbol to create randomized, variable-driven questions that give each student a unique assignment Dynamic Parameters in Pear Assessment lets you create questions where variables are unique per student. By prefixing variables with the @ symbol (for example, @x or @y), each student receives a randomized version of the question and answer. You can define variable values with a range, a set, or a formula. This feature requires a premium account and **Power User** enabled in **My Profile**. Questions with Dynamic Parameters enabled cannot be edited after they are published. ## Create Dynamic Questions 1. Click **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **New Item** in the toolbar, or click an existing question to edit it. 3. Scroll to **Dynamic Parameters** in the **Edit Mode** tab and select **Use Dynamic Parameters**. View of Dynamic Parameters enabled. 4. Enter a question in the **Question** editor and add the @ symbol followed by a letter before each variable. For example, the number *7* in a math question would be replaced with *@a*. 5. Add the @ symbol and the next letter in the alphabet before the correct answer. For example, the correct answer would be replaced with *@b*. Example of variables used in a math question. 6. Scroll down to **Dynamic Parameters** and select the **Variable Type** for each variable (for example, @a and @b). The variable type is the text, number, or expression range used to generate randomized and unique questions for students. 7. Set a **Min** and **Max** to define the minimum and maximum range of possible variable values. 8. Enter the incremental value of the numbers in the range (optional). Example of variable attributes. 9. Under **Create Possible Value Combinations**, generate the number of question-and-answer combinations based on the variable attributes you set above. Example of possible value combinations based on variable attributes. 10. Click **Save**. # Create Rubric for Scoring Essays and Written Responses Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-rubric-for-scoring-essays-and-written-responses Build a grading rubric with custom criteria and performance ratings for essay and written response questions, then share it across your district. The article guides users on how to create a rubric for scoring essays and written responses using Pear Assessment. It provides detailed steps to set up and use rubrics effectively for grading student work. ## Create Rubric for Scoring Essays and Written Responses The article guides users on how to create a rubric for scoring essays and written responses using Pear Assessment. It provides detailed steps to set up and use rubrics effectively for grading student work. Please note that a Teacher Premium subscription is required to create a rubric. ## Create Rubric in Essay Type Question 1. Click the Item Bank in the navigation menu. 2. Click New Item. Click New Item. 3. Choose Writing from the resource of questions and choose any question type from this source. Choose Writing from the resource of questions and choose any question type from this source. 4. Under Scoring, select the checkbox next to Grading Rubric. 5. Users have two options: * Create New Rubric * Use Existing Rubric 6. Enter a name and description for the new rubric. Users can add criteria and ratings to the rubric by providing a name and description for each criterion. The criteria help users identify the parameters they want to grade the questions. Ratings represent the level of performance by the student in the concerned criteria. This Rating contains a name (like Satisfactory, Proficient, or Basic) with points associated with each rating and a basic description of the rating. 7. After users have created criteria and ratings for the rubric, click Save & Use to complete the rubric creation process. Users will then have the ability to clone, edit, delete, preview, or share the created rubric. Tip: When using an existing rubric, users would need to type in the exact title of the rubric of a keyword of the title of a rubric. 8. Once an existing rubric is selected, the user can have the ability to go back and search for existing rubrics, clone rubrics, edit the existing rubric, delete the rubric, preview, remove, or share. Once an existing rubric is selected, the user can have the ability to go back and search for existing rubrics, clone… 9. When the user has finished with all of their options, click the "X" and you will see the name of the rubric under the options of Create New Rubric and Use Existing Rubric. The name of the created rubric will appear as a light green button with green text. This indicates the name of the rubric is applied to the question. Complete the question/item and save it. ### Fun Facts for Rubric Creation * The created rubric needs to have at least one criterion. * Each criterion must contain at least two ratings. * Total points for the question, in which the user is using a rubric, is the summation of the maximum points for each criterion. * Users can edit the rubric as long as the question has not been saved. When users click Save for a question, the rubric is stored and not available to edit. ### Share Rubrics with Teachers from District 1. While authoring an essay-type question, click Add/View Rubric. 2. Search for the created rubric with the rubric name. 3. Click the Share button > Yes. This shares the rubric with your district. 4. To unshare a rubric, users can follow the above steps and click the Unshare button. Tip: If users want to delete a rubric “created by you”, search for the rubric in Use Rubric option and then select the Delete button. Create Rubric in Essay Type Question Create Rubric in Essay Type Question Create Rubric in Essay Type Question Create Rubric in Essay Type Question # Create Staff Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-staff-accounts Create admin and teacher accounts in Pear Assessment as a District Admin or School Admin District Admins and School Admins can create additional staff accounts for their district or school. Account-creation permissions vary by role: if you are unable to create accounts, check with your District Administrator. Some districts require that all users be created through a School Information System (SIS) such as Clever. | Role | Can create | | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | | District Admin | Other District Admins, School Admins, Teachers, Students | | School Admin | Other School Admins, Teachers, Students | ## Create an Admin Account Only Super Admins can create new admin accounts. If you do not have Super Admin access, contact your point of contact to request a role change. 1. In the navigation menu, go to **Manage District** or **Manage School**. 2. Select **Users**. 3. Click the **District Admin** or **School Admin** tab, depending on the account type you are creating. 4. Click **+ Add**. 5. Fill out the required details. 6. Click **Yes, Create**. Click Yes, Create. **Super Admin** allows users to manage the district. Enabling **Power Tools** gives users more advanced configurations. **Insights Only** restricts users to viewing insights for all assignments within the school or district. ## Create a Teacher Account 1. In the navigation menu, go to **Manage District** or **Manage School**. 2. Select **Users**. 3. Click **Teachers**. 4. Click **+ Invite Multiple Teachers**. 5. Add each teacher's email address on a separate line. 6. Click **Yes, Add Teacher(s)**. An email invitation is sent to each address. Teachers complete their own registration and set their own password. If a user account already exists, deactivate it from the **Actions** menu before sending a new invitation. Create a Teacher Account # Create Targeted Interventions from a Standards-Based Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-targeted-interventions-from-standards-based-report Assign targeted practice or lessons to specific students directly from the Standards Based Report, based on which standards they're struggling with. Instead of reteaching an entire class, create targeted practice or lessons for the specific students and standards where mastery data shows they're struggling. You can generate an intervention directly from the Standards Based Report in your Live Class Board. **Assign Intervention** only appears when standards are assigned to the assessment's items, and at least 50% of students in the class are graded for the assignment. ## Create a Targeted Intervention 1. Go to your Live Class Board and select the **Standards Based Report** tab. 2. Click **Assign Intervention**. Standards Based Report tab with the Assign Intervention button highlighted 3. Use the slider to choose a mastery **Performance Range** (for example, 0–50%). Pear Assessment shows standards where at least one student falls within the range, sorted by how many students fall in that range, and the students who scored in that range on at least one of those standards. Assignment view in the Live Class Board 4. Select the standards you want to target. Standards selection showing 10 selected standards with student counts 5. Choose the students who need support. Select Students for Intervention screen showing mastery percentage and standards to improve for each student 6. Pick an intervention type: Option 1: Use SmartBuild, or Option 2: Use Instant Lesson Packages * **SmartBuild** (Premium and Enterprise) — Automatically populates the selected standards into a quiz. Customize the difficulty level, select specific collections, and adjust other parameters. SmartBuild collection, standards, and difficulty selection * **Instant Lesson Package** (Enterprise + AI) — Generate a lesson (Pear Deck), practice set (Pear Practice), assessment (Pear Assessment), or all three, automatically aligned to the average mastery of the selected students on the chosen standards. Instant Lesson Package modal showing lesson, practice, and assessment creation options 7. Click **Assign**. The student list you selected is pre-filled on the assignment screen. Adjust as needed, then click **Assign**. 8. Verify the result: the intervention appears as a new assignment on your Live Class Board, scoped to the students you selected. ## FAQ **Can I edit or remove an assigned intervention?** Yes. Interventions in Pear Assessment can be edited or deleted directly from the Live Class Board, just like regular assignments. See [Delete Assignment](/products/pear-assessment/delete-assignment). For Pear Deck and Pear Practice interventions, switch to the respective application using the Pear icon in the top left, then edit or delete the assignment there. **What if no students appear for interventions?** No students fall within the mastery range you selected. Adjust the Performance Range slider to widen the range. **Why don't I see the Assign Intervention option?** This option only appears if the assessment's items have standards assigned and your account has Premium or Enterprise access. If either condition isn't met, the intervention option doesn't appear. ## Resources Remove an assignment, including an assigned intervention, from your Live Class Board. # Create Test Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-test Build a test from scratch, browse pre-built assessments from the Item Bank, or upload a PDF using SnapQuiz to create digital question overlays. Pear Assessment gives you three ways to create a test: browse the built-in library of pre-built assessments, build a test from scratch using the Item Bank, or upload a PDF using SnapQuiz. ## Create a Test Using Pre-Built Assessments 1. Click **Tests** in the navigation menu. Click Tests in the navigation menu. 2. Set your criteria under **Filters**. 3. Review the tests returned by the filter. Review the tests returned by the filter. 4. Click a test, then click **Assign**. Click a test, then click Assign. Search by keyword, filter by grade, standard, question type, item bank, difficulty, and more. Enter a keyword such as "fractions" or "Shakespeare" and search across multiple grade levels and standards. To choose a standard, click in the box. Clear your filters before each new search , previous filters carry over from the last session. 5. Review the available collections: **Private** (questions you have created and not shared), **School/District**, and **Public**. **Pear Assessment Certified** questions have been validated by Pear Assessment. ## Build a Test from Scratch Building a test from scratch lets you combine existing questions from the Item Bank with original questions you author yourself. 1. Click **Tests** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **New Test**. Click New Test. 3. Click **Create from Scratch**. 4. Enter a name, brief description, subject, grade, and tags for the assessment. Tags such as "Distance Learning," "Revolutionary War," or "Dividing Fractions" help identify assessments by topic in search results. 5. Click the **Add Items** tab to the right of the **Description** tab. 6. Search the **Item Bank** for existing questions or create new items by authoring your own. Use the filters to narrow down item choices. 7. When you find a question you want to use, click **Add** on the right side of the question. A confirmation alert appears. To remove an item, click **Remove**. 8. Toggle between reviewing the assessment and adding more questions until the test is complete. Build a Test from Scratch Build a Test from Scratch Build a Test from Scratch Build a Test from Scratch ## Author Items 1. Click **Create New Item**. 2. Click a question type under **Select a Type**. 3. Build the question in **Edit Mode**. 4. Enter or paste the question text and answer choices. Set the correct answer in the appropriate box. Click any text field to open the **Text Editor** toolbar for formatting options. 5. Scroll down to find the **Solution Box** and **Hints** options at the bottom of Edit Mode. The Solution Box explains how to answer the question for the student , not the answer itself. The Hint is optional. if added, students can click **Hint** while taking the assessment. Click **Save**, then click **Preview Mode** to see the question from the student's perspective. Scroll down to find the Solution Box and Hints options at the bottom of Edit Mode. The Solution Box explains how to… 6. Click the **Meta Data** tab to add standards, Depth of Knowledge, and difficulty level. 7. Click **Save**. Author Items Author Items Author Items Click Save. ## Continue with Test Creation 1. Click **Settings** to set the parameters for the assignment. 2. When settings are complete, choose to share the test with colleagues or co-authors, save it as a draft, publish it to the library, or assign it immediately. Continue with Test Creation ## Create a Test Using SnapQuiz SnapQuiz lets you upload a PDF assessment into Pear Assessment and add digital question overlays on top of the document image. 1. Click **Create New Test**. 2. Click **SnapQuiz** and upload a PDF version of the assignment from your computer or Google Drive. 3. Complete the assignment description screen, then click **Worksheet** to see the document image. 4. Click a question type (for example, **Multiple Choice**). A question number and editor box appear on the document. 5. Mark the correct answer by clicking the letter of the correct answer, adjust the point value, and click **Accept**. Modify letter choices if needed (for example, ABCD or EFGH). To reposition an answer box, drag the edge of the number using the drag widget. You can also add standards, search for standards, select Depth of Knowledge (DOK), and set the difficulty level. 6. Review and preview the assessment. Finalize the assessment by changing the name, adjusting question order, and deleting questions. Preview the assessment from the student's perspective before publishing. Review and preview the assessment. Finalize the assessment by changing the name, adjusting question order, and… 7. Click **Publish** or **Assign**. 8. The assessment saves to your private library or the school/district library until you are ready to assign it. Create a Test Using SnapQuiz Create a Test Using SnapQuiz Create a Test Using SnapQuiz Create a Test Using SnapQuiz # Create Test Sections Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-test-sections Add and configure test sections in Pear Assessment to replicate state test environments with section-level settings Pear Assessment gives Enterprise users the ability to create test sections to replicate state tests more precisely. Most state tests include sections with different settings: states use sections to group items with specific configurations and to limit test time in a single sitting. Adding sections and applying section-level controls lets educators simulate the actual test environment more effectively. ## Add Sections to a Test 1. In the navigation menu, click **Test**. 2. Click **Create New Test**. 3. Click **Create Section**. Screenshot 2024-05-14 at 1.21.47 PM.png 4. Once a section is created, click **Select Items** to add questions to the section. Screenshot 2024-05-14 at 1.22.10 PM.png 5. Click **Add**. 6. Click **Done** when ready. Screenshot 2024-05-14 at 1.22.33 PM.png 7. The screen redirects to the **Manage Sections** tab, where you can create another section or proceed to settings. 8. Create as many sections as needed, then go to the **Settings** tab. Screenshot 2024-05-14 at 1.22.54 PM.png 9. In **Settings**, navigate to **Section Settings**. 10. Configure the following options as needed: * Prevent navigation to other sections * Show a calculator, or choose no calculator * Create section-specific settings by clicking the section name * Lock sections If administrators have assigned tests with **Lock Section** enabled, teachers can open sections for students from the **Live Class Board**. Screenshot 2024-05-14 at 1.23.16 PM.png lock sections 1.png lock section 2.png ## Move Items Between Sections After a test has been drafted and before it has been assigned, you can move items from one section to another in two ways: * Drag the item from one section to the next. * Check the box next to the item, navigate to the top right, click **Move To**, and select the desired section number. Screenshot 2024-07-08 at 4.00.40 PM.png Screenshot 2024-07-08 at 4.02.22 PM.png ## Frequently Asked Questions ### How Many Sections Can Be Created on a Test? Pear Assessment limits tests to seven sections. The button to add a new section is disabled after seven sections are created. ### Do I Have to Save Each Section When I Am Done? No. Pear Assessment auto-saves sections: you do not need to save after creating each one. ### Do I Have to Add Items to a Section Before Creating Another Section? No. You can create all sections first and add items to each one afterward. ### Do I Have to Use Already Created Items for the Sections? No. When you go to **Select Items** in a section, there is an option to **Create New Item**, the same as when creating a test. ## Resources # Create Your First Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/create-your-first-assessment Sign in, build or select assessment items, configure security settings, assign to a class, and view results in real time. 1. Go to [assessment.peardeck.com](https://assessment.peardeck.com). Individual teachers can sign up for free. If your district uses Pear Assessment, sign in through your district's SSO. 2. Search the item bank by standard, grade, subject, or keyword. You can use pre-built questions as-is or edit them to fit your context. To write your own, select a question type and enter your content. 3. Include question types that match your state's testing format — drag-and-drop, equation editors, graphing questions, or inline choice — so students practice the specific interactions they will encounter on test day. 4. If you need to prevent navigation away from the test, enable the browser lockdown setting. You can also turn on dynamic passwords to control when students can begin. 5. Assign via Google Classroom, paste a direct link, or use your LMS. Set a start date, end date, and any time limits. 6. Open the live results view. As each student submits answers, you see their responses and scores update in real time. Use this to decide whether to re-teach a concept before moving on. # Dashboard with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/dashboard-with-data-studio Review district-wide performance, attendance, standards mastery, and student risk in one enterprise report, filterable by school, teacher, and class. Get insight into all attendance data, distribution of academic performance, standards mastery, and academic risk levels: all in one easily accessible dashboard. ## Dashboard with Data Studio All academic and non-academic metrics depicting the district's overall health are summarized in the Dashboard report. The report provides a sweeping overview of the district's performance, which can be filtered to narrow the scope of reporting. Please note this is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. View of the Dashboard screen. ## Dashboard Report Sections Academic Summary and Performance Distribution: Display the average score based on test type, performance based on performance band, and percentage of students within the Performance Bands that are above or at standard. Clicking the pop-up icon in this section will display performance trends. Overall Risk/At Promise: Students who are under high and medium risk are displayed based on risk band filters. The district will define the risk levels. Clicking the pop-up icon in this section will direct the user to the Early Warning report. Attendance Summary: It shows average attendance, tardies, and chronic absenteeism based on the attendance band set by the district. If the band is not set by the district, the default band applies. Performance: The data can be compared by school, teacher, class, student group, student, race, gender, and demographics. Based on the overall average, performance is shown as above/equal to and below average. The table includes the data regarding average attendance, average score, performance distribution, and performance trends. A comparison by student will enable a student group to be created. View of the Academic Summary reporting. View of the Overall Risk/At Promise reporting. View of the Attendance Summary reporting. View of the Performance reporting. # Data Studio Report Capabilities Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-report-capabilities Reference guide for what each Data Studio report supports: data sources, time ranges, subgroup filters, multi-year comparisons, and known limitations. Data Studio includes 8 reports, each designed for a specific type of district analysis. This reference covers what each report supports, what data it requires, and its known limitations. ## Dashboard The Dashboard provides a district-wide summary of academic performance, attendance, and student risk levels. | | | | -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Pear Assessment results, attendance data, external benchmarks | | **Time range** | Single school year only. Does not support multi-year comparisons. | | **Subgroup filters** | School, teacher, class, race, gender, and custom demographics | | **Multi-year support** | No | | **Required to populate** | At least 1 completed Pear Assessment in the selected year | ## Early Warning The Early Warning report identifies students who may be at risk based on attendance and academic performance, using risk bands configured by your district. | | | | -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Pear Assessment results, attendance data, external benchmarks | | **Time range** | Configurable duration within a school year | | **Subgroup filters** | Student set, tests, demographics, duration | | **Multi-year support** | No | | **Required to populate** | Risk bands must be configured. See [Configure Risk Bands and Early Warning Settings](/products/pear-assessment/configure-risk-bands-early-warning). | ## Whole Learner The Whole Learner report shows a single student's academic performance, attendance, and risk level in one view. | | | | -------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Pear Assessment results, attendance data, external benchmarks | | **Time range** | Configurable duration | | **Subgroup filters** | Individual student view | | **Multi-year support** | Yes | | **Required to populate** | At least 1 completed Pear Assessment and 1 additional data source (attendance or external benchmark) | ## Performance Trends Performance Trends shows assessment score trends over time, segmented by school, teacher, class, or demographic group. | | | | -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Pear Assessment results, external benchmarks | | **Time range** | Supports multi-year comparisons | | **Subgroup filters** | School, teacher, class, student group, race, gender, and demographics | | **Multi-year support** | Yes | | **Required to populate** | At least 2 completed assessments in the selected date range | ## Domain Analysis Domain Analysis breaks down standards mastery by domain, showing where students across the district are strongest and where gaps exist. | | | | -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Pear Assessment results, external benchmarks with domain mapping | | **Time range** | Configurable | | **Subgroup filters** | School, teacher, class, and demographics | | **Multi-year support** | Yes | | **Required to populate** | Items must be tagged to standards. Assessments without standards tags do not contribute to Domain Analysis. | External benchmark data appears in Domain Analysis only if the benchmark file includes domain or standards mapping. If domain data is missing for an external assessment, confirm the import file includes a domain or standard code column. ## Attendance Summary Attendance Summary shows weekly and monthly attendance data alongside academic results, including chronic absenteeism rates. | | | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Attendance data feed only | | **Time range** | Configurable | | **Subgroup filters** | School, teacher, class, and demographics | | **Multi-year support** | Yes | | **Required to populate** | An attendance data feed must be connected. Pear Assessment academic data alone does not populate this report. | ## Goals and Interventions Goals and Interventions allows district administrators to define proficiency thresholds and track which students meet the goal over time. | | | | -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Pear Assessment results, external benchmarks | | **Time range** | Goal-specific date range set when the goal is created | | **Subgroup filters** | School, class, and student group | | **Multi-year support** | No — goals are created for a specific school year | | **Required to populate** | At least 1 goal or intervention must be created | ## Efficacy The Efficacy report compares student outcomes before and after a specific program or intervention, using a before-and-after assessment model. | | | | -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Supported data sources** | Pear Assessment results, external benchmarks | | **Time range** | Defined by the pre- and post-assessment date range | | **Subgroup filters** | School, teacher, class, and demographics | | **Multi-year support** | Yes, for pre/post comparisons that cross school years | | **Required to populate** | At least 1 pre-assessment and 1 post-assessment assigned to the same students | ## Related Articles * [Why Data Is Missing or Doesn't Match Expectations in Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-troubleshoot-missing-data) * [Connect External Data Sources to Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/connect-external-data-sources) * [Configure Risk Bands and Early Warning Settings](/products/pear-assessment/configure-risk-bands-early-warning) # Why Data Is Missing or Doesn't Match Expectations in Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-troubleshoot-missing-data Diagnose why a Data Studio report shows no, incomplete, or unexpected data, including filter behavior, roster-year issues, and report-specific limits. Data Studio pulls from several data sources — Pear Assessment results, external benchmark imports, attendance feeds, and student roster data. When a report shows missing or unexpected data, the cause is almost always one of four things: a filter is narrowing the results, the data source hasn't been imported or connected, the report has a limitation for that data type, or there is a roster-year mismatch. ## Quick Check: Filters Before investigating further, check whether a filter is hiding data. 1. Open the report and look at the active filters at the top of the page. 2. Clear all filters and check whether data appears. 3. If data appears after clearing filters, reapply filters one at a time to identify which filter is excluding the results you expected. The **Select Tests** and **Select Classes** filters work together. If **Select Tests** is set to a specific assessment and **Select Classes** is set to a specific class, only students enrolled in that class who took that assessment appear. See [How Select Tests and Select Classes Work Together in Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/how-select-tests-and-select-classes-work-together-in-data-studio) for a full explanation. ## Report-Specific Limitations Not every report supports every combination of data and time period. Check the following for the report you are using: | Report | Common "no data" cause | | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Dashboard | Does not support multi-year comparisons. Set the duration to a single school year. | | Early Warning | Requires risk bands to be configured before data appears. See [Configure Risk Bands and Early Warning Settings](/products/pear-assessment/configure-risk-bands-early-warning). | | Whole Learner | Requires both assessment data and at least one additional data source (attendance or external benchmark). | | Performance Trends | Supports multi-year data. If year-over-year data is missing, confirm the prior year's assessments were imported or tagged. | | Domain Analysis | Requires items to be tagged to standards. If items have no standards, domain data is blank. | | Attendance Summary | Requires an attendance data feed. If no attendance data has been uploaded, this report is empty. | ## External Data Sources Not Appearing If you uploaded an external benchmark (such as NWEA MAP, iReady, CAASPP, or a state assessment) and it does not appear in reports: 1. Go to **Data Studio** and open **Data Import**. 2. Check the status of the upload. Status options are Processing, Complete, and Failed. 3. If the status is Processing, wait up to 2 hours for large files. If processing has taken more than 4 hours, contact Pear Assessment support with the import ID. 4. If the status is Failed, review the error message. Common causes include student ID mismatches (see below) and date format errors. 5. If the status is Complete but data still does not appear, confirm that **Select Tests** in the report includes the imported assessment. ### Student ID Mismatches External data is matched to students in Pear Assessment using a student ID field. If the ID in your import file does not match the student ID in Pear Assessment (for example, the file uses LASID but Pear Assessment stores SASID), records do not link and the data does not appear for those students. To diagnose: 1. Export a small sample from your import file and compare the student ID values to student records in Pear Assessment. 2. If IDs do not match, contact your district admin to confirm which ID field Pear Assessment uses and reformat the import file accordingly. ## Roster-Year Mismatch Data Studio associates student scores with the classes they were enrolled in at the time of the assessment. If a student changed classes, graduated, or was unenrolled after completing an assessment, their data may appear under a class they are no longer in. To see data for students who are no longer enrolled: 1. In the report filter, look for an option to include inactive or unenrolled students. 2. Check whether the class filter is set to show only active enrollment. If class data looks inflated (students appearing in more classes than expected), this is expected behavior for external assessment data: state test scores are not tied to a specific class and appear in every class a student was enrolled in during the tested period. Score rollups de-duplicate at the student level. ## Refresh Timing Data Studio reports refresh on a schedule, not in real time. After importing new data or completing a batch of assessments, allow up to 24 hours for the data to appear in all reports. ## Contact Support If data is still missing after checking filters, report limitations, import status, and student IDs, contact Pear Assessment support. Include the report name, the data source, and a description of what you expected to see versus what appears. # Delete Assignment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/delete-assignment Delete an incorrectly assigned assessment and permanently remove all associated student data Teachers can delete an assignment after it has been assigned incorrectly. Deleting an assignment removes it from the assessment list, unassigns it from all teachers and students, and permanently removes any student data attached to it. ## Delete an Assignment as a Teacher 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Hover over the row of the assignment you want to delete. 3. Click the **Live Class Board** button. Delete 1.jpeg 4. Click the trash-can button in the **Live Class Board**. Delete 2.png 5. Review the confirmation message. It states that the assignment will be deleted, all data will be permanently removed, the assessment will be removed from the assessment list, and any student data attached to this assignment will be deleted. Confirm to proceed. Screenshot 2024-05-29 at 1.01.11 PM.png ## Resources Delete several assignments at once using the bulk delete option available to admins. # Domain Analysis with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/domain-analysis-with-data-studio Review student performance across learning domains, clusters, and standards using Pear Assessment and imported test data in Data Studio. The Domain Analysis report in Pear Assessment Data Studio shows how students are performing across broad learning areas (domains) and — when available — within smaller skill groups (clusters) or individual standards. Use it to identify strengths and gaps, compare performance across student groups, and guide instructional planning. This is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. ## Access the Report In Pear Assessment, go to **Data Studio** → **Academic Reports** → **Domain Analysis**. Access the Report Access the Report ## Understand Domains, Clusters, and Standards Domains are broad learning areas aligned to the standards you teach, grouping related skills and concepts together. Within a domain, clusters are smaller groups of related standards. Standards are the most granular level. Not all domains include cluster- or standard-level breakdowns. Cluster and standard data appear only when those mappings are available in the test content. ## Review the Mastery Level Distribution Chart The **Mastery Level Distribution by Test** bar chart shows how students performed across tests, broken down by mastery level. Each bar represents a domain, cluster, or standard. Hover over a bar to see exact percentages. To explore more detailed data, you have two options: * Click a domain bar directly to drill down into clusters or standards. * Use the **View By** dropdown to select **Cluster** or **Standard**, then apply the domain filter at the top of the report. This report aggregates data across multiple school years, covering both Pear Assessment tests and any external tests you have imported into the platform. Review the Mastery Level Distribution Chart Review the Mastery Level Distribution Chart ## Compare Performance Across Tests The **Performance Across Test** table provides a flexible view of performance data that you can compare across different groups. Use the **Compare By** dropdown to select a grouping — school, teacher, class, student, race, gender, or other available demographics. Use the **Analyze By** dropdown to view results by score or by mastery level. Compare Performance Across Tests ## Frequently Asked Questions ### What Types of Tests Are Included in This Report? The report includes both Pear Assessment tests and external tests that have been imported into the platform. ### Can I View Performance Across Multiple School Years? Yes. The report aggregates data across multiple years, making it easier to identify long-term trends in student mastery across domains, clusters, and standards. ### Can I Filter by Student Demographics? Yes. Use the **Compare By** dropdown to view data by school, teacher, class, student, race, gender, and other available groupings. ### What Does It Mean if Cluster or Standard Data Is Unavailable for a Domain? Not all domains include cluster- or standard-level breakdowns. Those levels appear only when the test content includes the corresponding mappings. ## Resources * [Performance Trends with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/performance-trends-with-data-studio) * [Whole Learner with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/whole-learner-with-data-studio) * [Dashboard with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/dashboard-with-data-studio) # Download Grades and Responses for Grading Programs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/download-grades-and-responses-for-grading-programs Export student grades and responses as a CSV file to upload into an external grading program, individually or in bulk as an admin. In Pear Assessment, you can download student grades and responses for completed assignments. They download as a CSV file, which you can upload to a grading program. ## Download Grades and Responses for Grading Programs In Pear Assessment, you can download student grades and responses for completed assignments. They download as a CSV file, which you can upload to a grading program. ## Download Grades 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on the assignment's name. 3. In the **Live Class Board** tab, select a student or multiple students by checking the box next to their name. 4. Click **More** > **Download Grades**. The Download Grades button under the More dropdown menu. ## Download Responses 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on the assignment's name. 3. In the **Live Class Board** tab, select a student or multiple students by checking the box next to their name. 4. Click **More** > **Download Response**. The Download Reponses option in the More menu. ## Bulk Download Grades as Admin 1. Sign in as a district or school administrator. 2. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 3. Click on the assignment's name. 4. Select a class or multiple classes by checking the box next to their name. 5. Click **More** > **Download Grades**. The Download Grades button in the More dropdown menu. ## Bulk Download Responses as Admin 1. Sign in as a district or school administrator. 2. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 3. Click on the assignment's name. 4. Select a class or multiple classes by checking the box next to their name. 5. Click **More** > **Download Response**. The Download Responses button under the More dropdown menu. # Early Warning with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/early-warning-with-data-studio Use the Early Warning report in Pear Assessment Data Studio to identify students who may be at risk based on attendance and academic performance. In Pear Assessment, the Early Warning report identifies students who may be at risk based on their attendance and academic performance, so administrators and teachers can plan interventions. This is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. View of the Data Studio reports, including Early Warning. ## Apply Filters The Early Warning tab opens to a set of filters that narrow the scope of the report: Student Set, Tests, Demographics, and Duration. Filters on the Early Warning tab. ## Review the Report Sections ### Overall Risk Displays the number of students at high and medium risk, with the change from a comparable previous period. For example, if January to March is selected, the change is measured against October to December. Student risk bands appear in a pie chart. ### Risk Over Time A line chart shows the number of students at high and medium risk over time. When Cumulative is selected, calculations are based on all data up to the selected month or quarter. When it is not selected, only the data for that month or quarter is used. image.png ### Risk Distribution Compares data by school, teacher, class, race, gender, and demographics. The data shown is based on the risk level selected from the risk drop-down menu. image.png This report helps district administrators identify students who may be falling behind in academics or attendance and address those issues proactively. # Edit Existing Test for Regrading Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/edit-existing-test-for-regrading Edit a test after it has been assigned to fix incorrect answers or content standards and regrade student submissions. Edit Existing Test for Regrading Pear Assessment allows teachers and administrators to modify and regrade assessments that have already been assigned. To make edits to an assignment, users should navigate to the **Assignments** tab, select the test they want to edit from the **Actions** drop-down box, and choose **Edit Test**. After making the necessary changes, users can save them and click **Publish** to apply the changes to the assigned classes. If edits affect scoring, users will be prompted to regrade the test. However, it's not possible to remove an answer choice that a student has already selected and submitted. For editing tests created by other users, a separate resource is available. ## Edit an Assigned Test for Regrading Administrators and teachers can edit a test for regrading after it is assigned to students. Edits are common for fixing incorrect answers or content standards. To edit a test, the administrator or teacher must have or be one of the following: * Full permissions to all actions after the test has been assigned * Assigner and co-author when the test was in a draft state * Test URL shared with admins or teachers who have full permissions ## Edit an Assigned Test 1. Click **Assignments**. Click on the Assignments button to see assigned tests. 2. Click on the test's name that needs to be edited. 3. Under the **Live Class Board** tab, click **Edit Test**. Click the Edit Test button to make changes to an existing test. 4. Edit the test as needed. Please note the following: Changes to scoring or evaluations result in a prompt for regrading the test (see screenshot below) Changes to tests in progress will apply after students submit them. 5. Click **Publish** to update the test for students. Click Publish to update the test for students. ## FAQ ### Can I Remove an Answer Choice That Students Have Selected on Tests That They've Submitted? No. Once a student in the class has selected an answer choice, Pear Assessment cannot remove that answer choice when editing the assignment. # Efficacy with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/efficacy-with-data-studio Measure the effectiveness of interventions by comparing student academic performance before and after support in Data Studio. The Efficacy report in Pear Assessment Data Studio helps you measure the effectiveness of interventions by comparing student academic performance before and after support — or between two benchmarks such as common formative assessments. The report includes students who have taken both the selected assessments and whose work has been graded. This is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. ## Apply Filters The Efficacy tab opens to a set of filters that let you narrow the scope of your report: * **Student Set** — limit the report to a specific group of students * **Tests** — filter by one or more assessments * **Demographics** — segment results by demographic attributes After applying filters, select the pre-assessment, post-assessment, and performance band to compare, then generate the report. ## Understand the Report Sections ### Compare Average Scores This section shows the number of students who submitted and received a grade on both the pre- and post-assessments, a comparison of average scores for each, and the percentage change between them. ### Examine Performance Band Movement This section shows the band movement between the pre-assessment and post-assessment results, with data presented by score and percentage. Use this view to see how many students moved up, stayed, or moved down in their performance band after receiving support. ### Analyze Performance Change The **Performance Change** section lets you compare student results by score percentage or raw score across the following groups: * School * Teacher * Grade * Class * Students * Race * Gender * Hispanic Ethnicity * FRL Status * ELL Status * IEP Status Administrators cannot currently compare performance change by individual student. You can share and print this report. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Which Students Appear in the Efficacy Report? The report includes students who have taken both the selected assessments and whose work has been graded on each. ### Can I Compare Performance by Individual Student? Not currently. Comparison by individual student is not available for administrators at this time. ## Resources * [Goals and Interventions with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/goals-and-interventions-with-data-studio) * [Performance Trends with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/performance-trends-with-data-studio) * [Domain Analysis with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/domain-analysis-with-data-studio) # Embed Multimedia Content Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/embed-multimedia-content Add images, audio, video, and other multimedia to assessment items by pasting a link, entering an embed code, or uploading a video file. Embed images, audio, video, and other multimedia content when editing a new or cloned item. The multimedia content can be added in the editor's toolbar. ## Embed Multimedia Content in Pear Assessment Embed images, audio, video, and other multimedia content to add a new dimension to your digital assessments. ## Embed Content 1. Open your new or cloned item in Edit mode. 2. Click in the question box to open the editor. 3. Paste a link, enter an embed code, or upload a video file. If uploading a video, please insert a URL or an embed code. # Use AI Rubric Grading in Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/enable-ai-evaluation-for-essay-questions Generate a rubric with AI or add one manually, then turn on AI evaluation to auto-score essay questions before you review and release results. Pear Assessment can automatically score essay questions and draft feedback using a grading rubric. This article covers how to attach a rubric to an item, turn on AI evaluation for a test, and review AI-generated scores and feedback before students see them. Enable auto evaluation by AI (Essay question with Rubric) is a beta feature. Its accuracy may vary. ## Create or Edit a Manually Graded Item When you create or edit a manually graded item, such as an essay question, go to the **Scoring** step of the item editor. 1. Click **Generate Rubric Using AI**. Pear Assessment drafts a rubric based on the question prompt you've written. The Scoring step of the essay item editor, with the Generate Rubric Using AI button highlighted. 2. Review the generated rubric and edit it to match your expectations. If you'd rather build your own rubric, select **Add Standards Aligned Rubric** instead. Choose **Create New Rubric** or **Use Existing Rubric**, then define or select the rubric for the question. AI evaluation works the same way whether the rubric is AI-generated or added manually. If you edit the AI-generated rubric, or use a manual rubric instead, AI evaluation still runs as long as a rubric is attached to the question. ## Add the Item to a Test and Enable AI Evaluation After you add your rubric-aligned item to a test, go to the test's **Settings** page. 1. Scroll to the **Student Tools** section. If the test includes at least one rubric-based question, you'll see **Enable auto evaluation by AI (Essay question with Rubric)**. The Student Tools section of test settings, with the Enable auto evaluation by AI toggle turned on. 2. Turn on this setting to activate AI scoring for eligible items in the test. Pear Assessment automatically evaluates student responses once they're submitted. ## Submit the Test When a student submits their test, Pear Assessment immediately evaluates responses to rubric-based questions and generates: * A score based on the rubric * Written feedback aligned to each rubric criterion These AI-generated scores and feedback stay hidden from the student until you review and approve them. ## Review AI Scores and Feedback in the Live Class Board 1. Open the **Live Class Board** and locate the test. Access responses through **Student View** or **Question View**. For rubric-aligned items, you'll see the **AI Evaluation Done** tag next to the question. A student response in the Live Class Board question view, with the AI Evaluation Done tag highlighted. 2. Check the student scorecard for the AI-generated score and criterion-based feedback. Click the box below **Student Feedback!** to view the feedback. The expanded Student Feedback panel showing AI-drafted feedback for a student response. 3. After you review the evaluation, select **Feedback Is Reviewed**, then click **Save** to confirm and post the feedback. The Feedback Is Reviewed checkbox and Save button in the Live Class Board. This makes the score and feedback visible to the student. Until you select this box, the student can't see the AI-generated results. ## Edit Scores or Feedback (Optional) If the AI-generated score or feedback doesn't match your expectations, edit them before approval. Pear Assessment provides a starting point. You control all final grades and feedback. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Do I Have to Use AI to Generate a Rubric? No. You can use your own custom rubric. AI evaluation works as long as a rubric is attached to the question. ### Are AI-Generated Scores Visible to Students Immediately? No. AI results stay hidden until you manually approve and release them. ### Can I Override the AI-Generated Score or Feedback? Yes. You can edit both the score and feedback before marking the feedback as reviewed. ### Will AI Evaluation Work if There's No Rubric? No. A rubric is required for AI evaluation. You can create one manually or use AI to generate it. ### What if I Update the Rubric After a Student Has Submitted the Test? Editing and regrading aren't currently supported by AI auto-evaluation. ### Does AI Auto-Evaluation Work with Express Grader? No. If a test is submitted and responses are entered using [Express Grader](/products/pear-assessment/use-express-grader-to-manually-enter-answers-scores-and-comments), AI auto-evaluation doesn't trigger. AI scoring only runs when a student submits a test with rubric-attached items under standard workflows. # Enable Immersive Reader Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/enable-immersive-reader Enable Microsoft Immersive Reader so students can access text-to-speech, translation, and reading tools during assessments Immersive Reader is a Microsoft service that gives students access to literacy and language tools during a Pear Assessment test. When you enable the feature, students see an Immersive Reader button on every slide or item with readable text. They can use it to have text read aloud, translate content into another language, adjust text size and spacing, highlight parts of speech, and break words into syllables: without leaving the assessment. All Pear Assessment users can enable Immersive Reader, regardless of subscription plan. ## Enable Immersive Reader in Your Settings 1. Go to [Pear Assessment Settings](https://app.peardeck.com/home/settings) (Pear Assessment Home > My Account > Settings). 2. Locate the **Immersive Reader** setting. 3. Toggle the setting **on**. This setting applies to all future sessions until you turn it off. ## How Students Access Immersive Reader Once you enable the feature and students join a session, the Immersive Reader button appears automatically on every item that contains readable text. Students click the button to open the Immersive Reader panel. Available tools include: * Text read aloud * Translation into multiple languages * Syllable breakdown * Line and letter spacing adjustments * Parts-of-speech highlighting * Text size controls Students click the back arrow at the top left to return to the standard item view. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### What Content Does Immersive Reader Render? Immersive Reader renders text typed directly into a slide or question item. It cannot render text embedded in images or text added through multiple-choice option fields in the sidebar. To make that content available in Immersive Reader, type the text into a text box on the item instead. ### Does Immersive Reader Work in Student-Paced Mode? Yes. The feature is available in both teacher-led and student-paced sessions. ### Can Students Use a Keyboard to Open Immersive Reader? No. Students must use a mouse, touchpad, or touch screen to activate the Immersive Reader icon. ## Resources Build tests with content in two languages for multilingual learners. Review all available options when setting up a test assignment. # Enable Timed Test Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/enable-timed-test Set a time limit on a Pear Assessment assignment so students are locked out when time expires Pear Assessment lets you set a time limit on any assignment. Students are notified that the test is timed when they begin, and they are locked out when the limit expires. If a student exits the test before time runs out, the timer resumes where it left off when they re-enter. ## Enable a Timed Test 1. In the navigation menu, click **Assignments**. 2. Click an existing assignment's name, or create a new one. 3. Click the **Settings** tab. 4. Toggle on **Timed Test**. 5. Set the time limit in minutes by entering a value or using the increment control. 6. Enable or disable **Allow Student to Save and Continue Later**. 7. Click **Save**. Timed Test setting. # Enroll Students into Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/enroll-students-into Add students to a class by syncing with Google Classroom, uploading a roster file, or sharing a class code for self-enrollment. You can enroll students in Pear Assessment manually or through the Google Classroom integration. ## Sync with Google Classroom 1. Click **Sync with Google Classroom**. 2. Click your school Google account and enter your Google Classroom class code. Click your school Google account and enter your Google Classroom class code. 3. Specify the grade and subject for each class you are syncing. Importing options for classes from Google Classroom A co-teacher must have a Pear Assessment account to be synced from Google Classroom. 4. Click **Import**. Click the same **Google Classroom** button to resync and update your roster whenever there are changes in your classroom. One Pear Assessment class may be synced with one Google Classroom class at a time (1:1 relationship). A teacher can sync as many Pear Assessment classes as needed with a single Google Classroom class , useful at the elementary level when one Google Classroom class code maps to multiple Pear Assessment classes. ## Manually Upload Students A teacher can add multiple students at once or add students individually. 1. Click **Add Multiple Students** to upload a roster from a Microsoft Excel file, Word document, Notepad file, or similar. 2. From the dropdown, select the format needed to upload the roster: Google usernames, first and last name, or last and first name. 3. If you do not use Google, add or search for students by their school email. After adding students, update the password for each student by proxying into their account using the **View as Student** feature. 4. Paste the student names and click **Add Students**. Usernames are generated automatically and the class roster is populated. you will add multiple users by accessing this dropdown The Pear Assessment class code (shown in the upper left) is used as the default password for these students. Ask students to change their password after their first sign-in. To add a single student, click **+ Add Student** and follow the prompts to assign a username and password. If you are rostering for middle or high school students who will be members of several teachers' classes, it is most efficient to have students create their own accounts and enter the class code for each class. This ensures each student has one user ID and can access all Pear Assessment assignments from a single dashboard. you can search for students with their school email address ## Add Students Using a Class Code Students need their own Pear Assessment accounts to join a class with a class code. Once they have an account, they can join multiple classes by entering each class code. 1. Go to **Manage Class** and click the class name to find the class code. The class code appears in the top left corner of the class description. 2. Instruct students to visit [app.pearassessment.com](https://app.pearassessment.com) and sign up with a username and password or with Google. Students are prompted to enter the class code during sign-up. Students do not need an email address , only a unique username. 3. Students can also enter a class code from their **Manage Class** tab at any time. 4. Once rosters are loaded, you are ready to assign assessments. Add Students Using a Class Code # Evaluate Standards Gradebook Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/evaluate-standards-gradebook Use the Standards Gradebook report to review individual student performance and mastery by standard The Standards Gradebook report shows individual student performance and mastery. Use it to evaluate student learning goals and identify possible interventions where needed. ## Evaluate Standards Gradebook 1. In GoGuardian Pear Assessment, click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Standards Gradebook** under **Standards Mastery Report**. Standards Gradebook in Insights view. 3. Apply the relevant filters for your reporting scope. View of available filters in reporting. 4. Select the following sub-filters: * Standard Set * Grade Level * Proficiency Band * Domains 5. Hover the **Mastery Level Distribution by Standard** data for detailed information about student percentage scores per standard. View of sub-filters and detailed data. 6. Hover the **Standards Mastery by School** data to review standards and mastery scores in greater depth. View of sub-filters. Change the sub-filters to compare by class and date, or analyze data by raw score. # Explore Collections in Pear Assessment for District Admins Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/explore-collections-for-district-admins Create and manage collections and buckets to organize district assessments by subject, grade level, or other criteria, and control user permissions for each. This article provides district admins with a comprehensive overview of collections and buckets in Pear Assessment. It explains how collections organize assessments into manageable groups, facilitating easy access and administration across schools. Additionally, it details the purpose of buckets in grouping assessments based on specific criteria, such as grade level or subject area, to streamline assessment management and reporting within districts. By mastering these organizational features, district admins can optimize Pear Assessment to enhance educational outcomes effectively. ## Explore Collections in Pear Assessment for District Admins This article provides district admins with a comprehensive overview of collections and buckets in Pear Assessment. It explains how collections organize assessments into manageable groups, facilitating easy access and administration across schools. Also, it details the purpose of buckets in grouping assessments based on specific criteria, such as grade level or subject area, to streamline assessment management and reporting within districts. By mastering these organizational features, district admins can optimize Pear Assessment to enhance educational outcomes effectively. ## Create a Collection 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click the **Content** tab. 3. Click **Create Collection** and complete the fields. 4. The collection will now be seen in the list and can have tests added. ## Update User Permissions in Collections 1. Click **Permissions**. 2. Click **Add Permission**. 3. Select the **Permission Level**. 4. Click on a role type. 5. Select a **School**. Anyone in the specific school has access. admin will have to choose which role(s) will have access. 6. Select a **User**. Please note that it is only specified accounts. 7. Select the permissions level for the user under **Add Content**. Tip: If this information needs to be updated, click the pencil button next to the permissions box. ## Update User Permissions in Buckets Buckets are an extra layer of organization for assessments, items, and/or playlists. If a district labels a collection as “ELA”, buckets can then be created to separate tests by grade level. For example, Collection Name: ELA Assessments and Bucket Name: 8th Grade ELA Assessments. 1. Click on the **Buckets** tab next to **Collections**. 2. Name the bucket under **Name**. 3. Select a collection for **Collection Name**. 4. Set visibility settings and permissions for non-authors. 5. Toggle on **Bucket Active**. 6. Click **Apply**. ## Add Content to a Collection or Bucket The permissions the admin sets will determine the ability to add to collections. If a user can't add to a collection, contact your district administrator and request permission. 1. From the **Test Library**, change the view from **Grid** to **List** view. 2. Click the **+** button to add a test to a collection. 3. Click **Add to Collection**. 4. Select the bucket where assessments will live. After tests are added, they'll show in the **Content** tab. ## Find Tests in a Collection From the Test Library, filter your search with the specific collection. ## Resources * District Custom Collections for Enterprise Users FAQ # Export Data from Data Studio Reports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/export-data-studio-reports Download Data Studio report data: available export formats, row limits, how to work around limits for large reports, and which reports support export. Data Studio reports can be exported to CSV or printed as PDF. This article covers how to export from each report, current row limits, and how to get complete data when a report is too large for a single export. ## How to Export a Report 1. Open the Data Studio report you want to export. 2. Apply any filters to scope the data before exporting (school, class, date range). 3. Click **Download** or **Export** at the top of the report. 4. Select the export format: CSV (data) or PDF (formatted report). 5. The file downloads to your browser's default download location. ## Export Row Limits Exports from Data Studio are limited to 100 rows per file. If a report contains more than 100 students or rows, only the first 100 rows are included in the export. To export complete data from a large report, export in pages by adjusting filters: 1. Apply a filter to narrow the report to a subset — for example, one school or one grade level. 2. Export that filtered view. 3. Repeat for each subset. 4. Combine the exported files as needed in a spreadsheet application. For example, if a district-wide Performance Trends report contains 600 students across 6 schools, export each school separately by applying the school filter before each export. ## Which Reports Support Export | Report | CSV export | PDF export | | ----------------------- | ---------- | ---------- | | Dashboard | No | Yes | | Early Warning | Yes | Yes | | Whole Learner | No | Yes | | Performance Trends | Yes | Yes | | Domain Analysis | Yes | Yes | | Attendance Summary | Yes | Yes | | Goals and Interventions | Yes | Yes | | Efficacy | Yes | Yes | Dashboard and Whole Learner reports are designed for on-screen viewing. Data from these reports can be accessed by switching to a report that supports CSV export. ## Export a Shared Report If a report has been shared with you through a collaboration group, you can export it using the same steps as above. Your export is a snapshot of the data at the time of export. It does not update automatically if the underlying data changes. ## Related Articles * [Data Studio Report Capabilities](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-report-capabilities) * [Why Data Is Missing or Doesn't Match Expectations in Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-troubleshoot-missing-data) # FAQ: Common Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/faq-common-assessment Answers to common questions about Common Assessments: test types, benchmark security, teacher vs. admin roles, redirects, and comparative results access. The article provides FAQs regarding Common Assessments in the Pear Assessment community. The article also provides additional resources for further reading on Common Assessments, test assigning, redirects, tags, and collaboration groups. ## FAQ: Common Assessment Here are some frequently asked questions about Common Assessments asked by users in the Pear Assessment community. ## FAQ ### Which Test Type Should I Use for Benchmarks? Common Assessment is the best choice for benchmarks because it's summative. This designation separates assessments from Class or Practice Assessments, which are formative quizzes. ### Does the Assessment Need to Be Marked Common Assessment to Provide Comparative Results? No. Users receive comparative results when the same assessment is taken in a district or school regardless of test type. ### Can Teachers Create Benchmarks? Teachers can create benchmark exams, but it makes the test less secure. Teachers will create benchmarks like everyday assessments, but they need to share them with the administrator, who assigns and sets the test type to Common Assessment. If the teachers need to assign it, an admin must be added as a co-author as only the admin can designate the test type as Common Assessment. ### Can Teachers Assign Benchmarks? Yes, teachers can assign benchmarks to specific students, but admins can only assign them to classes. The admin can only assign the benchmark because test or test settings may need accommodation. Tip: If the district or school uses the same test for all students, the District Admin is the best user to assign the test because it secures the test. For more information on whether the admin or teacher should assign, please read Common Assessment: Teacher vs Admin Assigning. ### If Users Share the Benchmark with the Teachers to Assign, Should They Clone/Duplicate the Test Before Assigning It? No, cloning creates multiple test versions and generates additional data. Tests should only be cloned when there are changes to the questions like adding, removing, or editing them. It's recommended that the clone and question changes are completed before sharing the test to avoid every teacher creating a clone for accommodations. Tip: Please do not clone an assessment if only accommodating test settings (e.g., shuffle questions, timed test, etc.). ### What Options Do I Have to Secure My Benchmark? Your first option would be to have their own District Custom Collections (for Enterprise Users). This is only needed if District Admins plan to have teachers assign the assessment or if users want coaches/admins to share and assign assessments without letting teachers see them. The next option is Freeze Settings. This can be found in the **Settings** tab when creating the assessment. This option lets the test's author choose the settings teachers need to use for teacher-assigned benchmarks. Teachers cannot adjust these settings before, during, or after the test. The third option is admin-assigned benchmarks. When assigning the test, you can hide the content from teachers in the **Test Behavior** tab, preventing them from seeing the test before the class submits it. The next tab, **Anti-Cheating**, can set student-facing security. ### The Test Has Been Assigned, but I Need to Reopen It for Some Students. How Do I Do That? Redirect reopens the test for retakes, absent students, accidental submissions, and skipped questions. Redirects can be completed by teachers or admins. ### What Are the Best Practices for Organizing Benchmarks to Look at Data? After setting the Test Type as Common Assessment, we recommend you apply tags to tests. Tags allow you to filter to a specific group of assessments. For example, you might want to see only Q2 benchmarks or Algebra benchmarks. You could also tag assessments to benchmark and not tag the pre-assessment to filter them out. ### Do the Teachers Also Receive Comparative Results on Benchmarks? Admins are only able to see comparative results and can manually provide access for specific assessments using Collaboration Groups. ## Resources * Common Assessment: Teacher vs Admin Assigning * Redo, Reassign, Reopen - Use Redirect * Collaboration Groups – Share Assessment Data * Tags in Pear Assessment Help Admins and Teachers # Find Shared Tests Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/find-shared-tests Locate shared tests in Pear Assessment by clearing filters in the Test library If you cannot find a shared test, the most common cause is an active filter in the Test library. Clearing all filters reveals tests shared with you, including those in school or district collections. ## Clear All Filters to Find Shared Tests 1. Click **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Clear All** next to **Filters**. The filters appear next to the navigation menu. Clear Filters button. Tests appear under **Shared with Me** only if another teacher shared the test directly with you. If the test was shared with the School Library or District Library, scroll to the bottom of the filters and select the appropriate library under **Collections**. ## Sharing Levels Each test in Pear Assessment has one of four sharing levels: * **Private**: Not visible to others. The test resides solely in your teacher account. * **Public**: Available to anyone using Pear Assessment. * **District**: Available to everyone inside your district. * **School**: Available to everyone inside your school. # Find Your Class Code Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/find-your-class-code Locate your eight-digit class code from the Dashboard or Manage Class section to share with students who need to join your class. The article guides users on finding their class code in Pear Assessment. It explains the steps to locate the class code, which is essential for students to join specific classes and access assignments. ## Find Your Class Code in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, you can find your Class Code from the Dashboard or the Manage Class sections. The code can be shared with students with Pear Assessment accounts who need to join your class. ## Find Class Code in Dashboard 1. Click **Dashboard** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class under the **Classes** tab. A view of classes in the Dashboard. 3. Find your eight-digit Class Code next to the class image. The Class Code of a teacher's class. ## Find Class Code in Manage Class 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class under the **Classes** tab. 3. Find your eight-digit Class Code next to the class image. List of classes in the Manage Class view. A class's code. # Fix an Error and Regrade an Assigned Test Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/fix-error-and-regrade-assigned-test Edit a test after it has been assigned to fix incorrect answers or content standards and regrade student submissions Pear Assessment allows teachers and administrators to edit a test after it has been assigned to students. Edits are commonly used to fix incorrect answers or update content standards. If changes affect scoring, Pear Assessment prompts you to regrade the test so student results reflect the correction. To edit an assigned test, you must have one of the following: * Full permissions to all actions after the test has been assigned * Assigner and co-author status when the test was in a draft state * A test URL shared by an admin or teacher who has full permissions ## Edit an Assigned Test 1. Click **Assignments**. 2. Click the name of the test you want to edit. 3. Under the **Live Class Board** tab, click **Edit Test**. 4. Edit the test as needed. Keep the following in mind: * Changes to scoring or evaluations trigger a prompt to regrade the test. * Changes made to tests in progress apply after students submit them. 5. Click **Publish** to update the test for students. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Can I Remove an Answer Choice That Students Have Already Selected? No. Once a student has selected an answer choice on a submitted test, Pear Assessment cannot remove that answer choice when editing the assignment. # Generate Bubble Sheets Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/generate-bubble-sheets Print paper bubble answer sheets for a Pear Assessment test, distribute them to students, then scan and upload completed sheets for automatic grading. Bubble sheets let students complete a Pear Assessment test on paper. You generate a printable answer sheet from your digital test, students bubble in their answers by hand, and then you scan or photograph the completed sheets and upload them for automatic grading. ## Generate and Print Bubble Sheets 1. Navigate to **Assignments** and open the assignment you want to use with bubble sheets. 2. Click **Actions** and select **Generate Bubble Sheets**. 3. Download the PDF and print one copy per student. Bubble sheets reflect your test's question structure at the time of generation. If you modify the test after printing, generate new sheets before distributing them. ## Distribute and Collect Sheets Hand one bubble sheet to each student. Students use a pencil to fill in the bubble for each answer. Collect the completed sheets before scanning. ## Scan and Upload Completed Sheets After collecting the completed sheets, photograph or scan each one, then upload the images to Pear Assessment for automatic grading. 1. Return to the assignment in **Assignments**. 2. Click **Actions** and select **Upload Bubble Sheets**. Return to the assignment in Assignments. 3. Upload the scanned images. Pear Assessment grades each sheet against the answer key and adds scores to the gradebook. For best scanning results: * Use a flat, well-lit surface. * Scan at 300 DPI or higher. * Avoid shadows, wrinkles, or partial bubbles — these can reduce accuracy. ## Review Results After upload, student results appear in the gradebook alongside any digitally submitted work. You can review individual responses and manually adjust scores for any sheet that did not process correctly. ## Resources Print blank test copies, student results, or report cards. Fix missing questions, assignment status errors, scan failures, and upload problems with bubble sheets. # Get Started with Pear Assessment Dashboard Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/get-started-with-dashboard Navigate the Dashboard's top bar, mid-section tabs, and bottom shortcuts to access classes, assignments, and test creation tools from a single view. The Dashboard offers quick access to your classes and assignments and features to create a test, sync classes, search for content, and launch Google Meet. ## Get Started with Pear Assessment Dashboard In Pear Assessment, the Dashboard offers quick access to your classes and assignments. It also features tools to complete the following tasks: * Searching for Tests, Items, and Assignments * Inviting a Class for a Google Meet session (Depending on if your district allows this setting) * Creating a test * View classes and assignments in either grid view or line view. * Sync classes * Create classes * Seeing all classes * Shortcut buttons to create certain tests ## Dashboard Top Bar The Dashboard top bar contains the following features: * **New/old Dashboard toggle**: The Dashboard has a new user interface design to provide users with a more user-friendly way to navigate. Toggle the button on to see the new version and toggle the button off to see the old version. * **Tests, Items, Assignments Search Bar**: Use this shortcut search bar to search for tests, items, and assignments created within your Pear Assessment account. * **Google Meet button**: Depending on whether your district allows this feature, users can launch a Google Meet session with their desired class. The teacher can click on this button and follow the on-screen instructions, and a Google Meet will be sent out to the class. Note: Please make sure you are signed into your Google account connected to your district. * **Create a Test button**: This blue button is a shortcut for teachers to bring up a drop-down menu that contains a variety of test types. These types are: **Create From Scratch**, **Content Converter**, **Video Quiz**, **Generate Using AI**, **Multi-Section/ Adaptive**, **PDF to Test (Snap Quiz)**, and **See All** test types. * **Try Premium button**: Depending on the type of subscription your account has, if you are on a free account, you have the ability to activate a free trial. Click on the **Try Premium** button and follow the on-screen instructions to activate your trial. * **Getting Started with Test Creation**: This section allows users to quickly create tests or import tests they have already created. Users can also assign a test from the Pear Assessment library. These shortcut tiles include: **Warm-up Test**, **Build a Test**, **Use AI**, **Import a Test**, and **Find a Test**. To help you understand how to use each of these features, there is a **Quick Start Guide** button that brings you to a variety of video tutorials. Note: These described features are all within the new dashboard version. ## Dashboard Mid Section The Mid Section contains two key tabs. These tabs are **Classes** and **Assignments**. Note: The features shown in the image are within the new dashboard version. ### Classes Tab In the classes tab, you can sort the classes you see. Underneath the classes tab, you will see a drop-down menu. This menu consists of: **All Classes**, **Primary Teacher Classes**, and **Favorite classes**. * **All Classes**: The Dashboard will show you your classes in alphabetical order. If you need to see all classes, we recommend that users view classes in the **Manage Class** tab or the **Assignments** tab. * **Primary Teacher Classes**: Selecting this will only show classes you are the primary teacher of. If you are a co-teacher of a class, those classes will not appear. The dashboard only allows a total of eight classes (when window zoom settings are set to 100%). * **My Favorites**: This option will show you classes you have favorited. To favor a class, in the Dashboard, on the top right corner of the class card, there is a white heart. White means the class is not favored, and red means the class has been selected a favored class. Note: If you are not able to select a favorited class because it is now shown in the Dashboard, please reach out to Pear Deck Learning support: [support@assessment.peardeck.com](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com), and the team will apply changes to the desired class you wish to favorite. Note: On the **Classes** tab, each class can be favorited and clicked to view the class roster, where you can add students or co-teachers and take more action. The Classes tab also shows the classroom details and the number of assignments. Click the **\[number] Assignments** link to open the Assignments screen, which is also available from the navigation menu, and then click the assignment name to see the **Live Class Board** tab. To the right of the drop-down, you have the option to view classes in **Grid View** or **List View**. #### Grid View **Grid View** is the default display. Grid view allows you to view class cards. Class cards contain information such as class name, grade level, subject, number of students, assignments assigned, a shortcut button to view more details in the class, and the most recent assignment. You can also favorite the class. #### List View * The **List View** displays classes like a list. The class name is displayed, the number of students is displayed, and you have the ability to favorite a class here. * The different features in list view is you you can view the **Advanced Gradebook** for the class, see the **Standards Mastery**, and view all assignments from the class. These are buttons located on the right-hand side of the list view. #### Grid and List View For both views, users can **sync classes**, **create a class**, or **see all classes**. These buttons are to the right Grid or List view. * **Sync Classes**: This button can only be used if your classes are syncing with Google Classroom. If your classes sync with another Learning Management System, DO NOT click this button. * **Create Class**: This button is a shortcut to manually create a new class. * **See All**: This button is a shortcut to see all classes in your Pear Assessment account. ### Assignments Tab The **Assignments** tab in the Dashboard gives users the ability to see assignments assigned to their classes. The default view is a **List View**. The assignment tab has three drop-down menus. They consist of: * **Grades** - Users can view all grades assigned or a specific grade to view. * **Classes** - The drop-down consists of all classes to be viewed or a certain class. * **Status** - Users can view all statuses of each assignment or can sort by: **Not Open**, **In Progress**, **In Grading**, or **Done**. Underneath the dropdowns is the list of Assignments. Based on the dropdown preferences selected, the user will see the following: * Ability to expand the assignment details by clicking on the green **+** to the left of the assignment icon. * See the Assignment icon * Name of the assignment * How many classes are assigned. * Number of students submitted * Number of students graded * A drop-down menu button that gives you assignment functions. These functions include: **Assigning other classes**, **Previewing the assignment**, **Viewing test details**, **Print Test**, **Release Scores**, **Share/ Embed/ Link**, **View Completion Report**, **View Summary Report**, **Edit Test**, **Clone**, **Download Response**. #### See All Button To the right of the three drop-down filters is a shortcut button to see all of the assignments assigned in Pear Assessment. If users click this button, they will be led to the **Assignments** tab where they can have a more overview of all the assignments assigned. ## Dashboard Bottom Bar At the bottom of the Dashboard is a bar that contains shortcut buttons to create a test. These buttons include: * **Test Library** - View all tests in the Pear Assessment Library * **Use AI** - Enter in Prompts and parameters to create a test with Pear Assessment’s AI. * **Content Converter** - Use Google Forms or a Document (DOCX, PDF, JPG, PNG) to create a test. * **Video Quiz** - Create a test via a YouTube video. * **PDF to Test** - Use a PDF file to create a PDF/ SnapQuiz test. * **Create from Scratch** - Create a brand new test * **See all** - See all test creation types. Please note that the Dashboard is pre-populated and, as a result, the class cards can not be moved or reorganized. If your district is using Clever to sync rosters, the names of the classes will be labeled as they are in your student information system. If a teacher renames the class on the **Manage Class** screen, the class names will revert to the original names sent from the student information system (SIS) when the integration syncs. # Goals and Interventions with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/goals-and-interventions-with-data-studio Create student groups, set academic and attendance goals, and track intervention plans in Data Studio to support student progress. The Goals and Interventions Management report in Pear Assessment Data Studio gives you a structured way to define goals for student cohorts, record interventions, and track progress after support has been provided. The report has three sections: Student Groups, Goals, and Interventions. This is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. ## Manage Student Groups The **Student Groups** tab lists all existing student groups with columns for group name, student count, associated goals, and intervention plans. ### Create a Student Group 1. Click **+ Add New Student Group**. 2. Enter the group name, grades, course, and any other relevant details. 3. Under **Select Students for the Group**, click **+ Add Criterion**. 4. Select the values for your criterion, choose whether to include or exclude those students, and enter the values. 5. Click **Apply Criteria** to preview the matching students. 6. Click **Save Student Group**. To set a goal or intervention for an existing group, open the **Actions** menu at the end of that group's row. Add Student Group button highlighted. Example of a new Student Group. ## Set Goals The **Goals** tab lists all goals that have been set, with columns for goal type, target students, improvement areas, decline, and notes. From the **Actions** menu at the end of a goal's row, you can: * **View Summary**: opens the Dashboard report * **View Trends**: opens the Performance Trends or Attendance report * **Edit** * **Delete** The Actions dropdown menu clicked on for a student group. ### Add a Goal 1. Click **+ Add New Goal**. 2. Enter the goal name, goal type, target students, and target proficiency. 3. Click **Save Goal**. View of the Goals and Interventions Management report on the Data Studio/Insights screen. Add New Goal screen. ## Record Interventions The **Interventions** tab lists all interventions that have been recorded, with information about the support administrators and teachers have provided. Use the **Actions** menu to view summaries, view trends, edit, or delete an intervention. Regardless of an intervention's current status, you can override it and set it to **Fully Executed**, **Aborted**, **Partially Executed**, or **In Progress**. Overriding to Fully Executed or Aborted marks the intervention as met or not met based on the current target outcome value. ### Add an Intervention You can set an academic intervention or an attendance intervention. 1. Click **+ Add New Intervention**. 2. Enter the intervention name, type, target students, target outcome, start date, and end date. 3. Optionally, link the intervention to a related goal. 4. Click **Save Intervention**. A view of the Actions menu for Interventions. A view of how to set up an Intervention. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Can I Link an Intervention to an Existing Goal? Yes. When adding an intervention, you can optionally link it to a related goal in the same form. ### What Happens When I Override an Intervention's Status? Setting the status to Fully Executed or Aborted marks the intervention as met or not met based on the current target outcome value. ## Resources * [Performance Trends with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/performance-trends-with-data-studio) * [Attendance Summary with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/attendance-summary-with-data-studio) * [Efficacy with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/efficacy-with-data-studio) # Google Hangouts Meet within Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/google-hangouts-meet-within Launch a Google Meet video session from Pear Assessment to meet with students remotely, share your screen, and present assessments or results in real time. Google Hangouts Meet within Pear Assessment \*\*\*Please note that you might need to contact your district Google administrator to enable Google Hangout Meet for your accounts. To help learning continue when schools are closed, Pear Assessment is committed to supporting educators with distance learning. To that end, we thought that one of the tools that you might like to have in your tool box would be the ability to interact with your students in real time. Google Hangouts Meet is a video-conference platform that lets students and teachers interact remotely. It’s a solid choice for teach at home situations. Google Hangouts Meet is now integrated with Pear Assessment. Once the Google Hangouts Meet  is open, teachers and students will be able to live conference and can send chat messages to the whole group. Steps to use Google Hangouts Meet: 1. Announce the video class time: Please use Google classroom or LMS or email to announce the video class time. Students can join your video class by simply going to **Manage Class**, selecting the class and clicking the **Join Video Class** button. 2. Launch video class: When you are ready to start the video class, navigate to the **Manage Class** tab, select the appropriate class, and then launch the Google Hangouts Meet session. Google hangouts meet requires you to have a Google account (ideally Google Apps for Education from your school or district). If you are using the Google Hangouts Meet for the first time, a consent screen will be displayed. You need to allow Pear Assessment to use your calendar and create a Google Hangouts Meet event. 3\. Turn on Microphone (camera is optional): Next ensure your microphone and video are turned on (you may wish to turn off the video). Since you are leading the session, please select the **Present** button. This would allow you to share your screen to the students joining the class. 4\. Share your screen: Next share your screen or application. The students now can hear you as well as see your screen. 5\. Present: You can open Google slides, Pear Assessment, Google docs, sheet or any other application screen that you wish to present to students. If you are presenting or discussing assessment results with students, please use **Present Mode** to maintain student anonymity. Instruction for students: Only students enrolled in your class can see the video class link when they go to the **Manage Class** section in Pear Assessment. Instruct students to click on the **Join Video Class** link. Students click on **Join Now** to join the video class. # How and When to Release Scores and Feedback Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/how-and-when-to-release-scores-and-feedback Control when students see their scores and responses by configuring release settings at the test level and releasing results by class after testing closes. District and school administrators can set their test settings to not release scores after a student submits an assessment, specifically in the **Settings** tab of a test > **Release Scores** > **Do not release scores or responses**. Teachers can release the scores when the class completes the assessment by navigating to **Assignments** > **Actions** > **Release Scores**. ## How and When to Release Scores and Feedback in Pear Assessment District or school administrators own common assessments and set policies, such as determining the testing window, who's assigned an assessment, when to release feedback to students, and more. For common assessments, if you want a high level of test security, we recommend the following setup under a test's **Settings** tab. | Assessment Policies | Recommended Setting | Expected Outcome | | ------------------- | ---------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Release Scores | Do not release scores or responses | Students will not receive their scores immediately after they submit the assessment. Admins can release the scores to students anytime. ideally, after the testing window has closed and there is minimal risk of cheating by students. | When the assessment ends, you can selectively release the scores for one or more classes. To do so, click **Assignments** in the navigation menu > click **Actions** at the end of an assessment's row > **Release Scores**. This releases scores for all classes taking the assessment. To release scores for a specific class, click **Assignments** > the class name > the hamburger menu > **Release Score**. Release Scores setting in a test's settings. Release Scores in the Action menu. Release Score for one class. # How Select Tests and Select Classes Work Together in Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/how-select-tests-and-select-classes-work-together-in-data-studio Understand how Select Classes and Select Tests filters interact in Data Studio to control student populations and assessment results for cohort analysis. This article explains how the Select Classes and Select Tests filters function in Data Studio reports, including how they determine the student population and the assessment results displayed. It also outlines the order in which the filters are applied and how their interaction affects cohort analysis and report interpretation. This guidance applies across all reports, with Performance Trends used as the reference example. ## How the Filters Work Data Studio filters serve two different purposes and are applied in a specific order: * Select Classes sets the student population * Select Tests filters the assessment results for those In simple terms: * Select Classes = who is included * Select Tests = which assessments and time period are shown The student group remains fixed unless the class or class year is changed. How the Filters Work ## Select Classes: Defines the Students Selecting a class and class year determines the group of students included in the report. The report will only display students who were enrolled in that class during the chosen academic year. Key points: * Only one class year can be selected at a time * The selected class year controls the student list * Students outside the selected class will not appear Select Classes: Defines the Students ## Select Tests: Defines the Assessment Data Select Tests controls which assessment results are shown for the selected students. You can refine results by test year, subject, type, and grade level. Key points: * Multiple test years can be selected * Test filters do not change the student population * If a student did not take a test in the selected year, no results will display ## How They Work Together Example: * Select Class Year: 2022–2023 * Select Test Year: 2024–2025 The report will show: * Students who were in the selected class during 2022–2023 * Their available test results from 2024–2025 This setup supports cohort tracking, allowing you to review how the same group performed in later years. ## Why Results May Look Unexpected ### Missing Students Students may not appear if they were not enrolled in the selected class year or did not take a test in the selected test year. ### Newer Test Results with Older Class Years The class year defines the cohort. The test year defines when the assessment was taken. Students can have results from years after the selected class year. ### Changing Test Year Does Not Change Students Adjusting the test year updates assessment results only. The student list remains the same until the class or class year is changed. ## Recommended Ways to Use the Filters To view current performance * Select the current class year * Select the current test year To track progress over time * Select one class year * Adjust the test year(s) to review results across different years To analyze a past cohort * Select a historical class year * Choose later test years to see how that group performed over time ## Applicability Across Reports While this article references Performance Trends, the same filter behavior applies to all Data Studio reports, including Domain Analysis and Whole Learner, etc.. Across reports, Select Classes defines the students, and Select Tests defines the assessment data displayed. ## FAQs ### Can I Select Multiple Class Years? No. Only one class year can be selected at a time. ### Can I Select Multiple Test Years? Yes. Multiple test years can be selected for longitudinal analysis. ### Why Don't I See Data for Some Students? This typically means the student either was not in the selected class year or did not take the selected test during the chosen test year. ### Why Does the Student List Look Different Than Expected? The student list is controlled by Select Classes, not the test filters. If the class year is set to a different academic year than expected, the report will show a different group of students even if the test year is correct. Always review the selected class and class year first when verifying which students are included. # Identify Learning Gap: Group Students by Multiple Standards Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/identify-learning-gap Use Identify Learning Gap in the Live Class Board to automatically group students by standards performance and get recommended resources for each group. Identify Learning Gap analyzes student performance across every standard on an assessment and automatically sorts students into learning groups based on their results. Each group comes with recommended learning materials, so you can plan targeted instruction without reviewing every standard one by one. ## Access Identify Learning Gap 1. Open an assessment. 2. Navigate to the **Live Class Board (LCB)**. 3. Click **Identify Learning Gaps** in the top right. The Identify Learning Gaps button in the Live Class Board. 4. Select the **Standard Set** and **Mastery Band** you want to use for the analysis. Confirm the Standard Set and Mastery Band before running the analysis. 5. Click **Continue**. ## Review Learning Groups After you click **Continue**, Pear Assessment analyzes student performance and sorts students into learning groups. Only groups that contain students appear. If no students meet the criteria for a group, that group is left out. Identify Learning Gap showing recommended learning materials for three student groups. Each group shows: * The number of students in the group. * The number of standards included in the analysis. * The students assigned to the group. Group labels appear in the product as sentence case, for example **Foundational support**, not title case. ## Review Group Recommendations Select a learning group to see detailed performance information and recommended instructional resources. Group detail view showing average mastery, students, and recommended resources. For each group, you can view: * The standard being addressed. * The group's average mastery for that standard. * The students included in the group. * Recommended assessments and instructional resources. From this view, you can: * **Assign Assessment** to deliver a recommended resource. * Select **Generate with AI** to create AI-powered instructional content. * Open the **Deck Library** to browse additional resources. ## Understand Learning Groups Depending on the assessment results, you may see one or more of these groups: | Learning Group | Description | | --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Foundational Support | Students who consistently perform below mastery across multiple standards and may need additional support. | | Targeted Support | Students who have mastered some standards but need focused instruction in specific areas. | | On Track / Proficient | Students who are meeting or are close to mastery across most assessed standards. | | Ready to Extend | Students who consistently demonstrate mastery and are ready for enrichment. | | Ungrouped | Students with insufficient assessment data. For example, students who haven't started the assessment, have one in progress, or don't have enough completed responses to determine a learning group. | ## Why Use Identify Learning Gap Identify Learning Gap helps you: * Spot learning patterns across multiple standards at once. * Quickly find students who need intervention, targeted support, or enrichment. * Reduce the time spent reviewing standards individually. * Access recommended instructional resources aligned to student needs. ## Things to Keep in Mind * Learning groups are based on the **Standard Set** and **Mastery Band** you select. * Students must have enough assessment data to be included in a group. * Only groups that contain students are displayed. * Learning groups update automatically as assessment data changes. * Learning groups are generated automatically and can't be edited manually. To choose your own mastery range, standards, and students instead of using the automatic groups, see [Create Targeted Interventions from a Standards-Based Report](/products/pear-assessment/create-targeted-interventions-from-standards-based-report). ## FAQs **How are students assigned to a learning group?** Students are grouped automatically based on their performance across the standards included in the assessment and the **Mastery Band** you selected. The system identifies students with similar learning needs and places them into the appropriate group. **Why don't I see all of the learning groups?** Only learning groups that contain students are displayed. If no students meet the criteria for a group, that group doesn't appear. **Can I change a student's learning group?** No. Learning groups are generated automatically based on assessment performance and can't be modified manually. **When are learning groups updated?** Learning groups update automatically as assessment results change. **What are the Standard Set and Mastery Band used for?** The **Standard Set** determines which standards are included in the analysis. The **Mastery Band** defines the mastery levels used to evaluate student performance and generate learning groups. **Can I assign recommended resources to students?** Yes. After selecting a learning group, review the recommended instructional resources and assign assessments directly. You can also select **Generate with AI** or browse the **Deck Library** for additional resources. **Can I use these groups for differentiated instruction?** Yes. Learning groups are designed to help you organize students for small-group instruction, targeted interventions, reteaching, and enrichment based on assessment performance. ## Related Articles * [Create Targeted Interventions from a Standards-Based Report](/products/pear-assessment/create-targeted-interventions-from-standards-based-report): build an intervention manually, using your own mastery range, standards, and students. * [Manage Students on a Live Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/manage-students-on-a-live-assessment): the Live Class Board features you use alongside Identify Learning Gap. * [Class Profile Report](/products/pear-assessment/class-profile-report): group students by a single standard from a class-level report instead of a specific assessment. # Import a Document, Image, or Form to Create a Test Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/import-document-image-or-form-to-create-test Import PDFs, Word documents, images, or Google Forms into Pear Assessment to create interactive tests from existing content Pear Assessment lets you import supported files to extract questions and build interactive tests without starting from scratch. Supported file types include PDFs, Word documents (.docx), images (.jpg and .png), and Google Forms. You can start the import from either the Dashboard or the Test library. If you want to generate questions from notes or documents using AI, click **Don't have questions ready? Upload now** during the import flow. Question Generation requires the AI suite add-on. ## Import a File from the Dashboard 1. In the navigation menu, click **Dashboard**. 2. In the upper-right corner, click **Create Test** > **Import Google Form/Doc**. 3. Select **Google Forms** or **Document**. 4. Import or upload the file. 5. If you uploaded a document, configure grades, subjects, and standards. Fill out the required fields to assign attributes to the extracted questions. 6. Click **Create Test** to extract questions from the document. Google Forms extraction starts automatically. 7. Review the confirmation pop-up, which summarizes extraction results, successfully imported questions, unsupported question formats, reviewable edits, and any warnings about missing standards. 8. On the **Test Review** screen, modify extracted questions, resolve warnings, and rename the test. 9. Click **Save** to add the test to your Test library. ## Import a File from the Test Library 1. In the navigation menu, click **Test**. 2. In the upper-right corner, click **New Test**. 3. Click **Import Google Form/Doc**. Import Google Form/Doc from Test Library 4. Select **Google Forms** or **Document**. Upload a document from your device locally or Google Drive. 5. Import or upload the file. 6. If you uploaded a document, configure grades, subjects, and standards. 7. Click **Create Test** to extract questions from the document. Google Forms extraction starts automatically. 8. Click **Review Your Test**. Review the warnings returned by Pear Assessment. 9. On the **Test Review** screen, modify extracted questions, resolve warnings, and rename the test. 10. Click **Save** to add the test to your Test library. The "Import Google Form/Doc" option in the "Create Test" menu. Import File button. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### What File Types Can I Upload? Supported file types are .pdf, .docx, .jpg, and .png. ### Can I Upload Files in Languages Other Than English? No. Only English-language files are currently supported. ### What Is the Maximum File Size? Files must be 20 MB or smaller. If your file exceeds this limit, split it into smaller parts before uploading. ### How Many Questions Can a Document Contain? Each document supports up to 100 questions. If a document contains more than 100 questions, only the first 100 are imported. ### What Question Types Are Supported? Supported question types include Multiple Choice (MCQ), Multiple Select (MSQ), and True/False. ### What Should I Check if My File Does Not Import Correctly? Confirm that the file is in a supported format (.pdf, .docx, .jpg, or .png), is written in English, is 20 MB or smaller, and contains no more than 100 questions. If the issue continues, contact GoGuardian support. ## Resources # Import External Data into Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/import-external-data-into Upload a vendor-formatted CSV into Data Studio to bring external academic or non-academic assessment data into your Pear Assessment environment. Import External Data into Pear Assessment External data can be imported into Pear Assessment with a CSV template in **Data Studio**. It requires Data Operations to complete the steps. Please reach out to your District Administrator if you don't see the **Import External Data** button in Data Studio and ask for Data Operations permission. ## Import External Data into Pear Assessment This article explains how to import external data into Data Studio using the Import External Data feature. If the file format you downloaded from the external vendor does not match the required format for upload, please export the correct version from the vendor's website. Please note that custom or modified files: such as those opened and saved in certain applications or unfamiliar formats: can prevent a successful upload. If your upload is unsuccessful, please reach out to our support team. ## Supported Assessment Vendors ### Non-Academic Data from Supported Vendors ### Academic Data from Supported Vendors ## Best Practices for External Data Preparation * Use Pear Assessment's vendor-specific template, which is detailed in the next section. * Verify the vendor's template matches Pear Assessment's template to ensure the correct data is retrieved. * Avoid modifying pre-existing columns, rows, and attributes in Pear Assessment's template. * Fill out the following required fields regardless of the vendor-specific template: Student Identifier Grade Score Note: Some templates require Date and Achievement Level to be filled. If your template requires it, please reach out to Pear Assessment Support for assistance. ## Upload External Data The following instructions require Data Operations permission in Pear Assessment. Please reach out to your district administrator for access and refer to the FAQ in the next section. 1. Click **Data Studio** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Import New External Data**. 3. Select a vendor for **Feed Type**. 4. Select the school year of the data that you're applying. For example, select the previous year when importing last year's data. 5. Enter a session, such as "Fall". 6. Click **Download Template** and compare Pear Assessment's template with the file downloaded from your vendor's website. Please make sure that your vendor's file and data match Pear Assessment's sample data. 7. Drag and drop or select the file downloaded from your vendor's website. 8. Click **Upload**. 9. Keep track of the upload progress in the **Imports History** tab. Tip: Errors and warnings returned? Click **View Errors/Warnings** to download a CSV and review the errors. After correcting them, click the **Re-Upload** button in the Imports History tab. ## FAQ ### Why Does the Color Scheme Look Different From Other Imports? Pear Assessment pulls the color schemes directly from the vendor's website, and each vendor has a different color scheme. ### What's Included in the CSV Template? The CSV templates include multiple attributes for comparing data in your Pear Assessment environment to the data file pulled from your vendor. The following are required and all others are optional: * Student Identifier * Grade * Score ### Is There a Sample CSV That I Can Reference? Yes, the template in the Import External Data feature includes a row of sample data. Please use it for reference when reviewing the data file downloaded from your vendor. ### How Does My District Administrator Give Me Data Operations Permission? The District Administrator must sign into Pear Assessment with their account and navigate to **Manage District** > **Users** > **District Admin** > hover on the user account and click the pencil button. Then, under **Role**, select **District Admin** and **Data Operations** > **Yes, Update**. # Insights: Assessment Summary Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/insights-assessment-summary Review class and student performance across six report tabs, Summary, Sub-Group, Analysis, Frequency, Standards, and Students, to spot trends. The Assessment Summary tab in Pear Assessment Insights provides a quick overview of your most recent assessment, including the average score across all classes, the ability to filter results by grade, subject, test type, tag, and test name, and the option to share, print, or download the report as a PDF or CSV file. ## Before You Review the Single Assessment Report The Single Assessment Report is available with Teacher Premium or Enterprise subscriptions. All assessments must be in Done status for data to be available. Scores are usually immediate, but there can be a lag of about one hour before reports are populated. You will only receive data for students who are marked as absent or who have submitted. Students with ungraded constructed responses will also appear in the report. ## Insights: Assessment Summary in Pear Assessment The Assessment Summary report summarizes student progress on the most recent assignment or test. The data is collected from all classes that received the assignment or test. The report lets teachers: * Apply filters to report on specific assignments or tests, which will carry through to each tab * Check the average score (%) across all classes for the latest assessment and compare class-level average score (%) * Review each tab of the report in depth * Filter results by Grade, Subject, Test Type, Tag, and Test Name The report is segmented into six tabs that teachers can review: * Summary * Sub-Group * Analysis * Frequency * Standards * Students View of the tabs available in the Assessment Summary report. ## Summary The Summary tab shows the overall student performance on the assignment or test. It breaks down the following: * Average class score * Average student score * Number of students assigned the assignment or test * Number of students whose work was submitted and graded * Number of students who have not completed the assignment or test * Student success relative to the class's Performance Band View of the Summary tab. ## Sub-Group The Sub-Group tab explains the average class performance, which can be evaluated by score percentage, raw score, above/below standard, or proficiency band. Teachers can compare the average performance by: * Class * Student Group * Race * Gender * FRL Status * ELL Status * IEP Status * Hispanic Ethnicity View of the Sub-Group tab. ## Analysis The Analysis tab shows student average scores per question based on time spent, which can be filtered by question or performance. Teachers can hover a question for more detailed information about the data. View of the Analysis tab. ## Frequency The Frequency tab breaks down how well students did on a question type. For example, the report below shows student success on four question types: * Multiple Choice with Multiple Response * Essay with Rich Text * Multiple Choice Standard * True or False Teachers can also highlight which questions are more difficult and misunderstood by students. View of the Frequency tab. ## Standards The Standards report tracks student success per standard. Standards are set by administrators in the district or school settings depending on their levels of permission. View of the Standards tab. ## Students The Students report shows student performance per band. Teachers can click on each score to filter student scores by it and then add students to a Student Group if further action is needed, such as intervention. View of the Students tab. # Insights: Peer Progress Analysis Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/insights-peer-progress-analysis Analyze student performance trends across subgroups by score, proficiency band, and demographic filters using the Peer Progress Analysis report. The Pear Progress Analysis report explores student trends in differentiated instruction. The report looks at the distribution of student subgroups per progress trends, student performance in the groups. and student performance within subgroups. ## Insights: Peer Progress Analysis in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, the Pear Progress Analysis report explores student trends in differentiated instruction. The report looks at the distribution of student subgroups per progress trends, student performance in the groups. and student performance within subgroups. With this report, you can: * Share, print, and download the results of subgroups * Filter results by test, class, performance, and demographic ## Peer into Progress Analysis 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Peer Progress Analysis** under **Multiple Assessment Report**. 3. Click **Filters** to narrow your reporting scope. 4. Click the **Analyze By** sub-filter to filter by one of the following: Score (%) Raw Score Above/Below Standard Proficiency Band 5. Click the **Compare By** sub-filter to select one of the following: School Teacher Class Race Gender ELL Status IEP Status FRL Status Hispanic Ethnicity 6. Evaluate student performance under **Performance Trend Across Assessments**, such as hovering the percentages for more detailed information. # Insights: Performance by Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/insights-performance-by-students Review student proficiency distribution by class or demographic and compare individual scores against district, school, and class-wide averages. The Performance by Students report identifies groups of students by proficiency level to gauge the next steps or develop differentiated paths. ## Insights: Performance by Students in Pear Assessment The Performance by Students report identifies groups of students by proficiency level to gauge the next steps or develop differentiated paths. The data lets administrators and teachers: * Review the distribution of proficiency for all students who attempted the assessment * Compare student proficiency distribution in each class * Review student performance, including peer comparison with the district, school, and class-wide average score (%) * Filter results by test, class, performance, and demographic ## Review Performance by Students Profile 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Performance by Students** under **Single Assessment Report**. Performance by Students in Insights. 3. Select relevant filters to narrow your reporting scope. View of filter attributes available in the report. 4. Review student score distribution based on performance band. View of student score distribution. 5. Review assessment scores relative to the performance band. You can filter by band in the upper-right corner of the table. View of Student Performance. # Insights: Performance Over Time Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/insights-performance-over-time Review student average scores across multiple assessments, compare class and district performance, and download results using the Performance Over Time report. In Pear Assessment, administrators and teachers can review the **Performance Over Time** report for insight into student average scores across multiple assessments. Get started by clicking **Insights** in the navigation menu and then the report by the same name under **Multiple Assessment Report**. ## Insights: Performance Over Time in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, administrators and teachers can review the **Performance Over Time** report for insight into student average scores across multiple assessments. The report lets users: * Compare average score (%) for each assessment and track student progress over time * Compare your class’s performance with school and district-wide performance * Download the data as a CSV file * Drill into assessments with class-level performance analysis * Filter results by test, class, performance, and demographic ## View Performance Over Time 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Performance Over Time** under **Multiple Assessment Report**. 3. Hover on relevant bars in the graph for detailed information about student performance on an assessment in the **Performance in Assessments Over Time**. Tip: You can analyze by percent score, raw score, above/below standard, or proficiency band by clicking the dropdown menu above the right end of the bar graph. 4. Review minimum and maximum scores across assessments under **Assessment Statistics**. 5. Download the report by clicking the download button in the upper-right corner of the window. # Insights: Student Assessment Profile Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/insights-student-assessment-profile Review a student's assessment performance by domain, performance band, and mastery level using the Student Assessment Profile report. The Student Assessment Profile report shows performance by assessment, letting administrators and teachers track student progress by domain. ## Insights: Student Assessment Profile in Pear Assessment The Student Assessment Profile report shows performance by assessment, letting administrators and teachers track student progress by domain. ## Review Student Assessment 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Student Assessment Profile** under **Student Profile Report**. 3. Select relevant filters to narrow your reporting scope. 4. Enter a student's name to select them in the left-hand sub-filter. 5. Select a performance band in the next sub-filter. 6. Review the **Assessment Performance Details** bar graph by hovering on it for detailed information. The graph shows assessment performance in score percentages. 7. Review student mastery by assessment. ## Resources Understanding the Color Gradient in Reports # Insights: Student Mastery Profile Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/insights-student-mastery-profile Review standards-level performance data for individual students, including mastery by domain, standard proficiency, and links to student tests. The Student Mastery Profile report provides a snapshot of student performance with standards-level performance data, links to student tests, and performance statistics per standard. ## Insights: Student Mastery Profile in Pear Assessment The Student Mastery Profile report provides a snapshot of student performance with standards-level performance data, links to student tests, and performance statistics per standard. ## Review Student Mastery Profile 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Student Mastery Profile** under **Student Profile Report**. View of the Student Mastery Profile report. 3. Select relevant filters to narrow your reporting scope. View of the Filters available. 4. Enter a student's name to select them in the left-hand sub-filter. 5. Select a standard proficiency in the next sub-filter. 6. Review Mastery Report for student performance on mastery. 7. Review student mastery by domain and standard. View of sub-filters available. Overall view of the Student Mastery Profile report. # Insights: Student Profile Summary Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/insights-student-profile-summary Review individual student performance snapshots, including mastery level distribution by domain and standard set, using filters and bar graph data. The Student Profile Summary provides an overall snapshot of student performance. The data displays tracking performance for mastery level distribution by domains, letting teachers track student performance and dive deep into reporting. ## Insights: Student Profile Summary in Pear Assessment The Student Profile Summary provides an overall snapshot of student performance. The data displays tracking performance for mastery level distribution by domains, letting teachers track student performance and dive deep into reporting. ## Review Student Profile 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Student Profile Summary** under **Student Profile Report**. 3. Select relevant filters to narrow your reporting scope. 4. Enter a student's name to select them in the left-hand sub-filter. 5. Select a performance band in the center sub-filter. 6. Select a proficiency band in the right sub-filter. 7. Review the bar graph by hovering on it for detailed information. The graph shows assessment performance in score percentages. 8. Review the Standard Mastery Detail by Student, which shows student mastery by domain and standard set. Resources Understanding the Color Gradient in Reports # Integration with Clever Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/integration-with-clever Sync SIS data, auto-provision teacher and student accounts, and enable Clever instant sign-on by connecting your district's Clever account to Pear Assessment. Integration with Clever The article discusses the integration between Pear Assessment and Clever. It explains the benefits of integration, how to set it up, and the steps to link Pear Assessment with Clever for streamlined user management and data synchronization. ## Integration with Clever Clever can sync SIS data (Clever Sync Overview) with Pear Assessment using either Pull (AutoSync) or Push (SFTP Syncs) mode. It can synchronize data from the most common Student Information Systems (SIS) such as PowerSchool, Infinite Campus, Skyward, etc. with Pear Assessment in a secure and FERPA-compliant mode. The Pear Assessment-Clever integration ensures that: * Teachers and students do not need to sign up. The user, grade, and class information will come from SIS via Clever. Class sections, teacher, and student accounts will be automatically provisioned when the sync occurs * If class structure changes (e.g. students leave the class or join a new class or leave a school), the information will be synced in Pear Assessment (e.g. the students will be moved around or removed) * Clever instant sign-on is available for ease-of-access ## Review Clever Integration Workflow The following chart shows the integration process: To integrate with Pear Assessment, please reach out to the support team to request information on the processes to get your district/ school to be synced with Clever. Please note that Clever sync typically 1-2 business days to complete. However depending upon the time of the year, number of records, and existing account merge needs, the actual sync time may take 3-5 business days. To sync Pear Assessment with your district or school's Clever account, you must have an Enterprise subscription. Review Clever Integration Workflow # Interpret Multiple Assessment Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/interpret-multiple-assessment-report Understand how to navigate and filter the Multiple Assessment Report to track student progress across assessments The Multiple Assessment Report is available with Teacher Premium or Enterprise subscriptions. This report lets administrators and teachers view student progress across assessments. The data compares the performance of one or more benchmarks to help develop strategies to improve areas of concern. ## Access the Multiple Assessment Report To get started, click **Insights** and click on one of the reports under the **Multiple Assessment Report** section. Scores are usually immediate, but there can be a lag of about one hour before reports are populated. You will only receive data for students who are marked as absent or who have submitted. Students with ungraded constructed responses will also appear in the report. Overview of Multiple Assessment Report section. ## Report Types The Multiple Assessment Report includes four report types: * **Performance Over Time**: Statistical overview of several assessments. Teachers get a high-level summary of data. District and school administrators can compare the data by school, teachers, and classes. * **Peer Progress Analysis**: Analysis across cohorts such as classes, schools, gender, and race. Data can be modified to analyze by raw score or percentage. Rectangular bars indicate the number of students improving (green), maintaining the same status (yellow), or declining (red). * **Student Progress**: Breaks down the performance on several assessments by each student and helps identify individual students who need intervention. * **Test Completion Analysis**: Tracks student completion and grading status — Not Open, Absent, Not Started, In Progress, Submitted, or Graded — across one or more assessments, so you can see who still needs to finish or be graded. See [Test Completion Analysis](/products/pear-assessment/test-completion-analysis) for details. ## Filter Report Data Once you navigate to your preferred Multiple Assessment Report, filter data by clicking **Filters** in the upper-right corner, then select a school year, course, assessment type, or assessment title. A view of the Filter features. # KDS Item Replacement Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/kds-item-replacement Replace KDS items on existing tests with equivalent items from other accessible item banks as the KDS partnership ends. With the KDS partnership ending with Pear Assessment, authors will now have the option to replace the KDS items on tests with an equivalent item from other item banks that the user has access to as a way to transition smoothly. ## KDS Item Replacement in Pear Assessment Authors can replace KDS items on tests with an equivalent item from other item banks that the user can access. ## Item Suggestion to Replace KDS Items 1. All KDS customers will see a **Replace** button next to KDS items in a test's **Review** tab. 2. Click **Replace** to take the user to a screen with new equivalent items to select. 3. If no item is found, the user will be taken to the **Add Items** tab where a new item can be searched and added. 4. This replacement of items will skip the regrade flow and replacing the items will create a new test version but it will not regrade old assignments. # Learn How Pear Assessment Supports Standards-Based Grading Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/learn-how-supports-standards-based-grading Understand how Pear Assessment translates student performance into standards-based grades using configurable proficiency scales and mastery calculation methods. Pear Assessment supports standards-based grading by translating student performance on specific standards into grades using customizable performance bands and proficiency calculation methods. District administrators can configure these to match teaching needs. ## Learn How Pear Assessment Supports Standards-Based Grading Pear Assessment translates student performance in a specific standard to a standards-based grade. This is done using a customizable standards-based performance band and a standards proficiency calculation method. As a district administrator, users can configure the performance band and a standard proficiency calculation method suited for teaching needs. ## Standards-Based Grading Scale The standards proficiency scale assigns a grade to each standard for each student. By default the customizable standards-based grading scale is a four-point scale with four mastery grades: 1. Exceeds Mastery (4 points): 90% cutoff 2. Mastered (3 points): 80% cutoff 3. Almost Mastered (2 points): 60% cutoff 4. Not Mastered (1 point): Below 60% Tip: The above scale, cut score, report color, and short name can be easily customized by a district admin in the **Settings** tab in **Manage District**. ## Mastery Calculation Method Pear Assessment computes students' standard-based scores for each standard by isolating the questions with the specific standard alignment. This can be easily understood using an example of a student’s performance in assessments with multiple standards: | Standard Alignment | Assessment 1 | Assessment 2 | Assessment 3 (recent) | | ------------------ | ------------ | ------------ | --------------------- | | 7.RP.A.1 | 3/6 (50%) | | 4/5 (80%) | | 7.RP.A.2 | 3/4 (75%) | 5/10 (50%) | 4.5/5 (90%) | | Total Score | 6/10 (60%) | 5/10 (50%) | 8.5/10 (85%) | In the above example, the student’s total score in the assessments is broken down into individual standards-based scores. The cut scores are then used to award standard-based grades as follows: | Standard Alignment | Assessment 1 | Assessment 2 | Assessment 3 (recent) | | ------------------ | ------------ | ------------ | --------------------- | | 7.RP.A.1 | 1 | | 3 | | 7.RP.A.2 | 2 | 1 | 4 | Pear Assessment now Calculates Mastery Score for Standard by Combining Scores from Prior Assessments. This can be done by selecting one of the mastery calculation methods shown below. * Most Recent \[Default Criteria]: The latest assessment is used to determine student mastery grades. In the above example, the student has a mastery grade of 3 (Mastered) for 7.RP.A.1 and 4 (Exceeds Mastery) for 7.RP.A.2. * Decaying Average: This method formula recognizes that the most recent score is more representative of the student’s current mastery and puts more weight on the most recent score. By default, Pear Assessment assigns 65% weight for the most recent score and 35% for all prior scores. In the above example, for 7.RP.A.2 the mastery score is computed as follows: Mastery Score (for 7.RP.A.2) = 0.65 ✕ 4 + 0.35 ✕ \[(2+1)/2]=3.125 (or Mastered) Moving Average: The average of the 5 most recent scores is used as the overall score for the Standard. Users can change the number of assessments used for calculating the moving average Maximum: The latest standard score is used to determine student mastery grade Mode: Most frequently achieved score for the standard is used Average: Simple average of the standard score achieved by the student in all assessments Power law: Pear Assessment interpolates the data and creates a best-fit function that is used to estimate the student’s current level of mastery based on performance and growth of the student ## FAQ ### How Do I Customize the Mastery Grading Scale? The grading scale, cut score, report color, and short name can be easily customized by a district admin in the **Settings** tab of the district. The standard scale would be used to determine the standards-based score of students in an assignment. Users can define the mastery levels and cut scores using the performance threshold number. To create a new grading scale or edit existing scales, use the green function icons to edit, clone, delete, and create new grading scales. # Sign In to Pear Assessment as a Student Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/log-into-as-student Log Into Pear Assessment as Student This article covers how students can sign in to Pear Assessment from home, if needed. Students working from home can access Pear Assessment as long as they have an internet connection. Pear Assessment is best accessed from any device that has a display that is wider than 1024px. This includes tablets, laptops, and desktops. A mobile option for smartphones is also available. On a smartphone, not all question types are optimal. Teachers who wish to use the mobile option are encouraged to read this article about building assessments for mobile devices. ## Sign In to Pear Assessment as a Student This article covers how students can sign in to Pear Assessment from home. Students working from home can access Pear Assessment with an internet connection. Pear Assessment is best accessed from any device that has a display wider than 1024px, including tablets, laptops, desktops, and mobile devices. Teachers who wish to use the mobile option are encouraged to read about building assessments for mobile devices. ## Sign In to Your Student Account 1. Visit [http://assessment.peardeck.com/](http://assessment.peardeck.com/) in your browser. 2. If the student’s school uses Google or Office 365 email addresses, students can click on these options and use their school ID and password. 3. Students who use Clever at school should click **Sign in with Clever**. 4. All others can enter their teacher-assigned username or email and password. 5. Once signed in, the student will go straight to the assignment which will show new or active assignments. To see all assignments from multiple classes select all classes and status below the class drop in the upper right corner. # Manage Assessments: Open, Close, and Pause Assignments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/manage-assessments-open-close-and-pause-assignments Control student access to assessments by opening, closing, or pausing them from the Live Class Board — including pausing individual students. In Pear Assessment, opening, closing, and pausing assessments are essential features for managing student access. To open an assessment, sign in to your teacher account, go to **Assessments**, and select the assessment you want to open. Click on the **Open** button, allowing students to start the assessment. To close it, navigate to the assessment, click on **Close**, and students won't be able to submit their responses after the deadline. To pause an ongoing assessment, locate it and click on **Pause**. Pausing suspends the timer and prevents further progress. These functions give teachers control over assessment timelines and enable a fair and organized testing environment. ## Manage Assessments: Open, Close, and Pause Assignments These steps will guide users through managing student access to assessments. It covers opening assessments to allow student attempts, closing them to prevent further submissions after a deadline, and pausing ongoing assessments to temporarily suspend the timer. ## Open Assessment 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Hover an assignment. 3. Click the **Live Class Board** button. 4. Click the **Open** button. ## Close Assessment 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Hover an assignment. 3. Click the **Live Class Board** button. 4. Click **Close**. 5. To pause an assessment, go to the **Live Class Board** and click **Pause**. 6. Users can also pause single/multiple student(s) by selecting the individual student cards and clicking **Pause Students** in the dropdown menu. # Manage Curriculum Tab in Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/manage-curriculum-tab Create, publish, and manage your district's official scope and sequence as an administrator, or browse it as a teacher to align your lessons. The Curriculum tab in Pear Assessment holds your district's official scope and sequence. District administrators create, manage, and publish it; teachers browse the published version as a read-only planning guide for their own lessons. ## Access Curriculum Tab 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment and click **Curriculum** in the navigation menu. 2. Use the **All Subjects** and **All Grades** filters to narrow the list. Pear Assessment Curriculum tab showing the empty state with Create Manually and Import options Teachers only see Published curricula here. If your district administrator hasn't published one yet, the tab shows a message letting you know nothing is available. ## Create a Curriculum (District Admin) You have two options for creating a curriculum: **Create manually:** 1. Click **Create Manually**. 2. Enter a **Curriculum name**, then select a **Subject** and **Grade**. Create Curriculum panel with Curriculum name, Subject, and Grade fields 3. Click **Create**. The curriculum is created in Draft state. 4. Enter a **Module** name, and set the **Pacing** range in weeks. 5. Enter a **Topic** name within the module, and click **Select Standards** to tag one or more standards. Standards are optional, but a warning appears at publish time if a topic has none, since reporting may be impacted. 6. Click **+ Add Topic** to add more topics, or **+ Add Module** to add another module. Draft curriculum editor with a module and topic filled in **Import curriculum documents:** 1. Click **Import** and select a **Grade** and **Subject**. 2. Upload one or more documents from your computer, Google Drive (Google SSO districts), or Microsoft OneDrive (Microsoft SSO districts). 3. Pear Assessment extracts modules, topics, pacing, and standards from your documents using AI. You can leave the page and return later — progress is saved. 4. Review the Draft curriculum populated from your documents. If extraction partially fails, correct the remaining fields manually. ## Publish a Curriculum (District Admin) 1. Open the Draft curriculum and click **Publish**. 2. If any topics don't have standards attached, a non-blocking warning appears. Click **Continue Publishing** to proceed, or **Add Standards** to tag them first. Add standards for better insights dialog with Continue Publishing and Add Standards options 3. Verify the result: the curriculum status changes from Draft to Published, and it becomes immediately visible to every teacher in the district's own read-only Curriculum tab. Editing a Published curriculum reverts it to Draft state, which removes it from teacher visibility until you publish it again. ## Attach Content to a Published Module (District Admin) 1. On a Published curriculum, click **Add content** next to a module. Published curriculum showing the Add content link next to a module 2. In the side panel, select the relevant topic. 3. Choose a content source: upload from your computer, Google Drive, or Microsoft OneDrive. 4. Pear Assessment converts your document into a Pear Deck, automatically inheriting the curriculum's grade and subject. The generated deck attaches to the selected module and topic. Content attachment is only available on Published curricula. **Add content** doesn't appear on Draft curricula. ## Delete a Curriculum (District Admin) 1. From the Curriculum tab list, click the **⋮** menu next to the curriculum. 2. Click **Delete**, then confirm. Deleting a curriculum removes it from the list — any content already attached to it isn't deleted. ## Browse Published Curricula (Teacher) 1. Click a Published curriculum to open it and view its full structure: * **Modules** — the major units or sections of the curriculum * **Topics** — the individual instructional topics within each module * **Pacing** — the suggested timeframe for each topic * **Standards** — any tagged standards aligned to each topic, where available Teacher's Curriculum tab showing a Published curriculum in the list Open curriculum showing its modules, topics, and pacing in the teacher's read-only view 2. Use the curriculum as a planning guide — the module and topic structure reflects your district's official pacing, so you can align your lessons and generated decks accordingly. ## Review Teacher Access Limits As a teacher, your access to the Curriculum tab is view-only. You can't: * Create, edit, or delete curricula, modules, or topics * Add content to the curriculum * Access Draft curricula * Publish or unpublish a curriculum These actions are reserved for district administrators. ## FAQ **Do I need to tag standards before publishing?** No. Standards are optional, but tagging them unlocks standards-based reporting and helps teachers track student progress against district pacing. **Why don't I see a curriculum my administrator told me about?** The curriculum is likely still in Draft state. Draft curricula aren't visible to teachers until a district administrator publishes them. ## Resources Generate a Pear Deck lesson, Pear Practice Set, or Pear Assessment Test from a topic, file, or standard. # Manage Schools as Administrator Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/manage-schools-as-administrator Add, edit, deactivate, and approve schools in your district from the Administration panel under Manage District. In Pear Assessment, administrators can review or add schools to their district or add schools. Get started by clicking **Manage District** > **Administration** > **Schools**. ## Manage Schools as Administrator in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, administrators can add, edit, deactivate, approve, and un-approve schools to their district or add schools. Get started by clicking **Manage District** > **Administration** > **Schools**. ## Add School 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click **Administration** > **Schools**. 3. Click **Create School**. 4. Fill out the fields as needed and click **Create New School**. ## Edit School 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click **Administration** > **Schools**. 3. Click the pencil button at the end of a school's row. 4. Edit the fields as needed and click **Update School**. ## Deactivate School 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click **Administration** > **Schools**. 3. Click the trashcan button at the end of a school's row. 4. Enter DEACTIVATE in the text field and click **Yes, Deactivate**. ## Approve or Un-Approve School 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click **Administration** > **Schools**. 3. Click the checkbox next to a school's name. 4. Click **Actions** > **Approve School** or **Un-Approve School**. 5. Enter DEACTIVATE in the text field and click **Yes, Deactivate**. # Manage Students on a Live Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/manage-students-on-a-live-assessment Use the Live Class Board to track progress, manage statuses, and take bulk or individual actions during a live assessment The Live Class Board (LCB) lets you see student progress data quickly while a test is in progress. You can track where each student is in the assessment, apply bulk actions across classes, manage individual students, and respond to specific statuses as they arise. ## Status Terms and Definitions Assessments have four primary statuses: * **Not Started**: The student has not opened the assessment because they do not have access to it yet. * **In Progress**: The student has accessed the assessment but has not submitted it. * **Submitted**: The assessment includes at least one manually graded question that has not yet been scored. * **Graded**: All questions for the student have been scored. A student can be marked as graded without answering a question, as long as they accessed the test at least once and the testing window is closed. Within student cards, three additional statuses may appear: * **Absent**: The student did not access the assessment before the window closed. Students can also be manually marked as absent. * **Paused**: A teacher or administrator has temporarily removed the student's access to the assessment. * **Redirected**: The student has been given another attempt on the test. ## Bulk Management Actions Bulk management actions are available after you click on an assessment and select the checkbox for at least one class. These actions are a significant time-saver when managing multiple classes at once. * **Open**: Opens selected assessments that are not yet open. * **Pause**: Temporarily removes a class's access to the assessment. Use this to keep students off a test without closing the window. You can also pause individual students from the LCB. * **Close**: Closes the testing window for selected classes when the test is set to close manually. Only close early if all students who are expected to submit have done so. Closing marks any remaining non-submitters as absent, which records as 0% in reports. For better data, unassign students who will not be taking the test rather than closing early. * **Mark as Done**: Required only if you selected **Manually Mark as Done** when setting up the assessment. Clicking the **More** option surfaces additional bulk actions: * **Release Scores and Feedback**: Show or hide scores for students in bulk. Use this to control what students see at different stages: for example, show only an overall score before a retake, then reveal correct answers and response choices after. See [Security for Common Assessments: How and When to Release Scores and Feedback](/products/pear-assessment/how-and-when-to-release-scores-and-feedback). * **Download Grades**: Download overall and per-question scoring for all selected classes and students. * **Download Responses**: Download response-level data, such as multiple choice selections, for each student and question. * **Bulk Unassign**: Remove the assessment from selected classes. Only unassign when there is no valid student data, because this action permanently deletes it. Use this to remove accidental assignments or to exclude classes that could not take the test. See [Bulk Unassign](/products/pear-assessment/bulk-unassign-assessments-as-admin). ## Manage Classes and Students Individually The following actions apply at the class level: * **Open**: Open a class manually. * **Pause / Resume**: Pausing temporarily removes a class's access, which is useful at the end of a period, during an emergency drill, or any time you need to hold students. The Resume button appears once a class is paused. Click it when you are ready to restore access. * **Close**: Close the testing window before the scheduled end, or close a class set to **Close Manually**. Only use this when all expected submissions are in. If some students still need to submit, pause the assessment instead. * **Blank**: If no action options appear, the assessment is closed. Only a redirect can reopen access for individual students at this point. Clicking the three-dot menu at the top right of a class card lets you adjust release score settings for that class or unassign the assessment. Unassigning deletes all student data for that class: only use it when no valid data exists. The bottom portion of the LCB shows individual student cards. Select all students using the checkbox at the top left, or select individual student cards. The **Redirect** and **More** options appear on the right side. * **Redirect**: Reopens the assessment for any student not currently In Progress. Use redirect for absent students, students who performed poorly, or students who skipped questions. Each redirect counts as a new attempt. See [Use Redirect](/products/pear-assessment/redirect-a-test). * **Mark as Submitted**: Closes the test for an individual student to lock in their current answers, or to allow you to manually enter their answers and scores. * **Restrict Access (Mark as Absent)**: Removes a student's access before they attempt the assessment. In most cases, pausing is preferable because you can unpause quickly. If you mark a student as absent, redirecting them later will show Attempt 1 as Absent and Attempt 2 as the new attempt. See [Restrict Access to Absent Students](/products/pear-assessment/restrict-assessment-access-to-absent-students). * **Add Students**: Add students who were not originally assigned the assessment. Students already assigned appear grayed out. * **Unassign Student**: Remove the assessment from an individual student. Only use this when there is no valid data, because it permanently deletes the student's responses. This is the right option for students who will not take the test due to accidental assignment, unenrollment, or no planned retake. A student who does not access the test and is not unassigned will appear in reports with 0%. * **Pause / Resume Student**: Temporarily restrict access for a specific student: for example, if they need to leave early, use the restroom, or are called to the office. Click **Resume** when they are ready to continue. ## Manage Student Statuses Understanding what each student status requires helps you respond quickly during a live assessment. The overall status in the top left of the LCB reflects the class's progress and access. For example, **Not Open** means no students have had access yet. **In Grading** means the test needs to be marked as done or a student has not yet been graded. **Graded (submitted)**: The student submitted the test and all questions are scored. From here, you can use redirect for a retake, manually score, or provide feedback. **Graded (skipped questions)**: The student was graded without completing all questions. If the student will not make up the test, unassign them to remove the non-attempt from your reports. If they will make up the test, redirect them for a retake. **Absent**: The student did not access the assessment before the window closed. If they will not make up the test, unassign them to remove the non-attempt from reports. If they will make it up, redirect them. See [Bulk Unassign](/products/pear-assessment/bulk-unassign-assessments-as-admin) and [Use Redirect](/products/pear-assessment/redirect-a-test). **In Progress**: The student is actively taking or has started the test but has not submitted. No action is needed other than reviewing their pace. **Redirected**: The student was given a redirect, either automatically or manually. A redirect reopens the assessment for absent students, poor test performance, or skipped questions. Each redirect is recorded as a new attempt. **Paused**: The student's access has been temporarily removed, either individually or as part of the entire class. Check whether the class-level status is paused or just individual students, then resume as needed. **Submitted**: The student has submitted but requires manual grading. The progress bar on the student card represents manually graded questions. Click the bar or the corresponding section in the bar graph to navigate directly to that question for grading. ## Resources Understand why tracking student statuses accurately affects your reporting and grading workflows. Reopen assessments for absent students, retakes, or skipped questions using the redirect feature. Control when and how students see their scores, correct answers, and feedback. Remove assessments from multiple classes or students when no valid data exists. # Add, Edit, and Deactivate User Accounts Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/manage-user-accounts Add individual or bulk users, update account details, and deactivate accounts in Pear Assessment District admins in Pear Assessment can add, edit, and deactivate user accounts for teachers and students across their schools. ## Manage Users The **Users** tab under **Manage District** and **Manage School** shows every individual with an account in your district or school. Roles include Student, Teacher, District Admin, and School Admin. Use the **Refine Results** button to filter by any column heading. The **Actions** menu on each row lets you add, modify, or delete individual user accounts. ## User Management Options * **(1) Invite Multiple Teachers:** Select **Invite Multiple Teachers** in the top-left of the Users tab to bulk-add teachers. Type or paste teacher email addresses into the pop-up box. Each teacher receives an email inviting them to select a school and create a password. * **(2) Add Individual Teacher:** Use the **Actions** dropdown on the right side of the screen to add a single teacher. Provide the teacher's name, username, and password, then select the school where they teach. * **(2) Add Students:** Add multiple students using the same process as adding teachers. Type or paste one or more student names into the pop-up box. Use the **Actions** dropdown to add an individual student. * **(3) Update Selected User:** Edit the name, email, or password for any teacher or student using the **Actions** dropdown. District admins can also update school admin accounts from this option. * **(4) Deactivate Selected Users:** Deactivate an account for users who have left the district, changed roles, or were created under the wrong role. To change a user's role, deactivate the existing account first, then use **Add** to create the account under the correct role. * **(5) Enable/Disable Power Tools:** Grant additional customization options within each item type. Use this option only with experienced Pear Assessment users, as the extra options vary by item type. * **(6) Filter by School:** Type a school name in the filter field to narrow the user list to a specific building. User Management Options Options to manage users from the Actions dropdown menu. # Manage Premium Licenses Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/managing-premium-licenses Upgrade teachers to Teacher Premium, reassign licenses, add subscription managers, and purchase additional licenses in Pear Assessment. Subscription managers can hold any type of Pear Assessment account — basic teacher, premium teacher, or administrator. If you're a subscription manager, use this article to upgrade teachers to Teacher Premium, reassign licenses after staff changes, add more licenses, and renew subscriptions. ## Go to the Subscriptions Area 1. Log in to Pear Assessment. 2. Click your initials in the lower right corner. 3. Click **Subscriptions**. Pear Assessment account menu with Subscription highlighted 4. On the Subscriptions page, click **Manage Subscriptions** in the upper right. Subscription page with the Manage Subscriptions button highlighted ## Upgrade Teachers to Premium 1. On the Manage Subscription page, you'll see yourself listed with a checkbox in the **Manage Licenses** column. To upgrade yourself, check the box in the **Teacher Premium** column. 2. To add other teachers to upgrade or manage subscriptions, click **Add User(s)**. Manage Subscription page showing Teacher Premium and Manage Licenses columns 3. In the Add User(s) dialog, enter a teacher's email, or start typing to choose from a dropdown list. The teacher is added to the list below. If a teacher doesn't already have a Pear Assessment account, one is created with this email address and automatically upgraded. 4. Check **Upgrade to Premium** (and **Access Spark Math**, if applicable). 5. Click **Yes, Add User(s)**. Add User(s) dialog with Upgrade to Premium checkbox highlighted You'll see a confirmation screen showing the upgrades and whether each teacher's account was newly created. ## Manage Existing Subscriptions ### Switch Teacher Premium from one teacher to another 1. Log in to Pear Assessment and go to the Subscriptions area (see [Go to the Subscriptions Area](#go-to-the-subscriptions-area)). 2. Uncheck the box in the **Teacher Premium** column to remove Premium from a teacher. 3. Click **Add User(s)** to add the new teacher. Manage Subscription page with a Teacher Premium checkbox checked ### Add another subscription manager You can have more than one subscription manager for a premium order, and license managers don't need premium accounts themselves. To add someone new: 1. Log in to Pear Assessment and go to the Subscriptions area. 2. Click **Add User(s)** to add the new teacher, but don't check **Upgrade to Premium** unless you also want to use one of the premium licenses. 3. Check the box in the **Manage Licenses** column. Manage Subscription page with the Manage Licenses checkbox highlighted ### Order additional Teacher Premium licenses If you need more premium licenses, click **Buy More** and pay with a credit card. Teacher Premium subscription summary with the Buy More button highlighted # Manually Enter or Edit Grades Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/manually-enter-or-edit-grades Manually enter or edit student grades in Pear Assessment using the Express Grader or Live Class Board Pear Assessment lets you manually enter or update grades after a student submits an assignment. You may need to do this when a student deserves credit for a technically incorrect answer, when you want to award partial credit, or when an error in your question warrants giving all students full credit. ## Update Grades Using the Express Grader Premium and Enterprise account holders can use the **Express Grader** to enter scores or student responses directly. Express grader tab with view mode of score and response ## Update Grades Using the Live Class Board Free and premium users can click into individual student answers from the **Live Class Board** to edit scores or add student feedback. ### Tips for Manually Updating Grades * Essay questions are manually graded by default. If a rubric is attached and [AI evaluation](/products/pear-assessment/enable-ai-evaluation-for-essay-questions) is enabled for the test, eligible rubric-based essay questions can be scored automatically. Review and approve AI-generated scores and feedback before students can see them. * You can manually update any student's score at any time after the student has submitted their assignment. AI rubric grading is currently a beta feature, and its accuracy may vary. Providing the score and student feedback from the Live Class Board ## Resources Enter answers, scores, and comments for students using the Express Grader. Attach a rubric, enable AI evaluation, and review AI-generated scores and feedback. # Set Up Multi-Factor Authentication Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/mfa Understand how MFA works when signing in to Pear Assessment with email and password, and how to generate a backup code for a locked-out user. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) is required for all Pear Assessment users who sign in with an email address and password. When MFA is active, users enter their credentials and then verify their identity with a 6-digit code sent to their email address. MFA is not required when signing in with Google SSO, Clever, or ClassLink. ## Verify Your Identity with Email-Based MFA When you sign in to Pear Assessment with email and password, MFA is triggered automatically. 1. Enter your email and password on the Pear Assessment sign-in page. 2. Open the verification email from Pear Assessment and copy the 6-digit code. 3. Enter the code on the verification screen before it expires. Codes are valid for 10 minutes. Once accepted, you are signed in to Pear Assessment. 4. Optionally, select **Trust this device for 30 days** to skip the verification code on this device for the next 30 days. If you don't receive the code, check your spam folder. If the code still doesn't arrive, click **Resend code** on the verification screen. ## Generate a Backup Code for a Locked-Out User District Admins can generate a one-time backup code for a user who cannot receive the verification email. The code expires 10 minutes after generation and works once. 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as a District Admin. 2. Navigate to **Manage District** → **Users**. 3. Locate the affected user and click **Edit**. 4. Click **Generate MFA Backup Code**. A dialog shows the code. 5. Share the code directly with the affected user. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Is MFA Optional? No. MFA is required for all users who sign in to Pear Assessment with email and password. ### How Long Is the Verification Code Valid? Codes are valid for 10 minutes. If yours expires, click **Resend code** on the verification screen. ### What if I Didn't Receive the Code? Check your inbox and spam folders. If the code still hasn't arrived, click **Resend code**. If the issue persists, contact your District Admin or GoGuardian Support. ### Can I Skip MFA on a Trusted Device? Yes. After verifying your identity, select **Trust this device for 30 days**. You won't need the code again on that device for 30 days. ### Who Can Generate a Backup Code? District Admins can generate backup codes for locked-out users. If you are locked out and can't reach your District Admin, contact GoGuardian Support. ## Resources Overview of user roles in Pear Assessment and what each role can access. Resolve sign-in errors, account access problems, and password issues. # Navigate Assignments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/navigate-assignments Find and manage assignments from one screen using filters, folders, and the Actions menu to assign, preview, share, and report on assessments. The Assignments screen is where teachers find recent activities and assignments. They can review each assessment's status and take action under the Actions menu. ## Navigate Assignments in Pear Assessment The Assignments screen is where teachers find recent activities and assignments. They can review each assignment's status and make changes with the Actions menu. ## Apply Filters On the Assignments screen, teachers can click **Filters** next to the search field to quickly find assignments by narrowing the scope of the data. Supported filters include the following: * **Class Grade** * **Class Subject** * **Year** * **Test Type** * **Class** * **Status** * **Tags** ## Take Key Actions At the end of each assessment's row, the **Actions** menu provides teachers key features to manage assessments, including the following: * **Add to Folder** * **Remove from Folder** * **Assign** * **Preview** * **View Test Details** * **Print Test** * **Release Scores** * **Share/Embed Link** * **View Completion Report** * **View Summary Report** * **Edit Test** * **Clone** * **Download Responses** * **Edit Tags** ## Organize with Folders To help with navigating assignments, teachers can create folders to group assignments and easily find them. Teachers can add or remove assignments from folders in the **Actions** menu > **Add to Folder** or **Remove from Folder**. # Notable Insights Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/notable-insights Explore the key report types in Insights — from single-assessment summaries and question analysis to standards mastery and student progress views. This article is an overview of the notable report types available in Insights. You can navigate to Insights by clicking on it in the navigation menu and then clicking on your preferred report. ## Notable Insights in Pear Assessment This article is an overview of the notable report types available in Insights. You can navigate to Insights by clicking on it in the navigation menu and then clicking on your preferred report. ## Single Assessment Reports * **Assessment Summary**: Quick statistics, school comparisons, and a summary by student performance bands. You can compare by teacher or class in the dropdown menu in the upper-right or filter by student subpopulation data by clicking **Filters**. * **Question Analysis**: Question-level analysis to identify challenging questions for students. You can also compare performance per question by class. * **Response Frequency Analysis**: Student performance by question type, including common mistakes and underperforming students. * **Performance by Standards**: Challenging standards and performance comparison based on the standards. Filter by student, class, school, and district. * **Performance by Students**: Student success based on proficiency band, including whether students need additional practice or remediation. ## Multiple Assessment Reports * **Performance Over Time**: Performance comparison across several assessments. For example, evaluate student progress of the same standards over a unit or school year. * **Peer Progress Analysis**: A snapshot of student performance in sub-groups. Filter by class, standard, gender, race, IEP status, and more. * **Student Progress View**: Upward, downward, and neutral progress by students. Please click on the bar graph for detailed information about student performance. ## Standards Mastery Reports * **Student Profile Reports**: Performance, mastery, and progress of each student. You can view the performance from Pear Assessment from the current year and prior academic years. * **Student Mastery Profile**: Standards-level performance data, links to student attempts, and performance statistics per standard. * **Student Assessment Profile**: Progress over time and includes all assessment data. You can click to view performance on both common assessments and teacher-created class assessments. # Options for Releasing Test Scores Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/options-for-releasing-test-scores Choose what students see after a test, scores only, responses, or correct answers, by configuring release settings at creation or from the Live Class Board. Releasing scores, responses, and correct answers gives students instant feedback after they submit a test or assignment. In Pear Assessment you can release this information automatically when students submit, or hold it and release scores manually when you are ready. ## Release Scores 1. When creating a test, locate the **Release Scores** option in **Settings**. Settings to get to release score 2. To hold scores until you are ready, set **Release Scores** to **Do Not Release Scores or Responses**. 3. After students have taken the test, go to the **Live Class Board** to manually adjust the release settings. 4. Click the three dots at the top right of the page, then select **Release Score**. Menu to access release scores. 5. Select one of the three available release options. 6. Click **Apply**. Options on releasing scores. Score and response. ## Release Scores Options * **Do Not Release Scores or Responses:** Student responses and scores are visible to teachers only. * **Release Scores Only:** Students see their scores only. Requires a premium subscription. * **Release Scores and Student Responses:** Students see their test scores and answer choices. Requires a premium subscription. * **Release Scores, Student Responses and Correct Answers:** Students see their test scores, scores per question, their responses, and the correct answers. ## Student View After scores are released, students see the following: 1. The student's score appears on their main screen. 2. To review the test in more detail, the student clicks **Review**. 3. A performance summary appears. If overall feedback was provided, it is displayed here. 4. The student clicks **Review Responses** to navigate through each question and review all selected answer options. Student presses review to look at scores Grades not released View when score is released Displayed score # Organize Assignments, Tests, and Items by Creating Folders Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/organize-assignments-tests-and-items-by-creating-folders Group assignments, tests, and items into named folders to find and reuse content across school years. Folders in Pear Assessment let you group assignments, tests, and items so you can find and reuse content efficiently across school years. ## Create Folders for Assignments 1. Go to **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Folders** under **Filters**. 3. Click **New Folder**. 4. Name the folder. 5. Place a checkmark next to the assessments you want to move into the folder. 6. Click **Actions** > **Move to Folder**. Click Actions > Move to Folder. You can access an assessment and its data in the folder year after year. Build folders by subject matter or chronologically , for example, "Fall ELA Benchmarks Gr 5." ## Create Folders for Tests 1. Click **Tests** in the navigation menu, then click **Folders** under **Filters**. 2. Change the layout to **List View**. 3. Click the plus sign next to each assessment you want to add to a new folder. 4. Click **Actions** > **Move to Folder**. Click Actions > Move to Folder. ## Create Folders for Items 1. Go to **Item Bank** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Folders** under **Filters**. 3. Click **New Folder**. 4. Name the folder. 5. Click the plus sign next to each item you want to add to the folder. 6. Click **Actions** > **Move to Folder**. Create Folders for Items # Give Students Partial Credit Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/partial-credit-option Enable partial credit scoring in Pear Assessment to award students points for partially correct answers Partial credit scoring allows GoGuardian Pear Assessment to award students a proportional score when they answer part of a question correctly. This is useful for question types with multiple correct elements: such as graphing questions requiring students to plot several points: where full credit or zero credit would not accurately reflect student performance. Partial credit scoring is a Premium feature. Free accounts receive all-or-nothing scoring by default. ## Enable Partial Credit for an Assignment Set the **Evaluation Method** in the **Test Behavior** tab when assigning a test. 1. In Pear Assessment, open the **Test Library** and locate the test you want to assign. 2. Hover over the test and click **Quick Assign**. 3. Select the **Test Behavior** tab. 4. Locate the **Evaluation Method** field and select the partial credit option. 5. Complete any remaining assignment settings and click **Assign**. Hovering over the **Evaluation Method** field displays a brief description of each scoring option. ## How Partial Credit Scoring Works When partial credit is enabled, Pear Assessment scores each question based on the proportion of correct elements a student provides. For example, if a graphing question asks a student to plot five points and the student plots four correctly, the student receives 0.80 out of 1.00 for that question instead of a score of zero. ## Award Partial Credit Manually You can also award partial credit after a student submits an assignment, without changing the assignment's Evaluation Method setting. * **Express Grader** (Premium and Enterprise): Enter a custom score for any question directly in the Express Grader. * **Live Class Board** (all accounts): Click into a student's answer and edit the score or add feedback. For step-by-step instructions, see [Manually Enter or Edit Grades](/products/pear-assessment/manually-enter-or-edit-grades). ## Resources Review all Test Behavior, Anti-Cheating, and scheduling options available when assigning a test. Enter or edit grades using the Express Grader or Live Class Board after students submit. # Pear Assessment: Bulk Content Converter Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/pear-assessment-bulk-content-converter-beta Convert batches of up to 25 PDF or Word documents into assessments at once, with AI-assisted metadata suggestions for standards, DoK, and difficulty level. The Bulk Content Converter allows users to upload and convert multiple PDF or Word documents into assessments in a single workflow using drag-and-drop, computer upload, or Google Drive import. The feature supports background processing and AI-assisted metadata suggestions to streamline assessment creation. ## Pear Assessment: Bulk Content Converter The Bulk Content Converter in Pear Assessment allows users to upload and convert multiple files into assessments at the same time. Instead of importing files one by one, users can process entire batches in a single workflow. Designed for high-volume workflows, this feature helps streamline assessment creation while reducing manual effort. The Bulk Content Converter also includes AI-assisted metadata suggestions that help identify relevant standards, Depth of Knowledge (DoK), and difficulty levels based on uploaded content and the selected standards set. ## Key Capabilities * Upload up to 25 files at once * Upload using: * Drag and drop * Upload from computer * Google Drive * Microsoft OneDrive (coming soon) * Background processing allows users to continue working while files process * AI-assisted metadata suggestions for: * Standards alignment * DoK level * Difficulty level * One assessment is created per uploaded file Our use of AI is designed with strong data privacy safeguards. Only content and relevant standards information are shared for processing, and this data is not used for model training. ## Technical Specifications | Specification | Limit | | -------------------- | ------------------------------ | | Supported File Types | PDF (.pdf), Word (.doc, .docx) | | Maximum File Size | 25 MB per file | | Maximum Items | 100 items per file | | Batch Upload Limit | Up to 25 files | | Maximum Page Count | 50 pages | ## How to Use the Bulk Content Converter ## Step 1: Open the Content Converter Navigate to the **Content Converter** tool within Pear Assessment. ## Step 2: Select Grade and Subject Before uploading files, select the appropriate: * Grade * Subject These selections help support metadata generation and content processing. ## Step 3: Choose an Upload Method Users can upload files using any of the following options: ### Drag and Drop Files Drag files directly into the upload area to begin adding files. ### Upload from Computer Select files directly from your device. ### Upload from Google Drive Select files stored in your Google Drive account. For detailed instructions on accessing and selecting files from Google Drive, refer to: Creating Quizzes with Google Forms: Step-by-Step Guide ### Upload from Microsoft OneDrive (Coming Soon) Support for uploading files from Microsoft OneDrive is planned for a future release. ## Step 4: Select and Add Multiple Files After selecting files, you can add additional files if needed by clicking **Upload More**. Once all desired files have been uploaded and selected, click **Proceed** to import. A notification appears once processing begins. The system creates one assessment per uploaded file. Files process in the background, allowing users to continue working elsewhere in Pear Assessment. ## Step 5: Review and Save Assessments Review any warnings or suggested edits returned by Pear Assessment, then open each generated assessment to review extracted questions and metadata suggestions. Make any necessary edits, resolve warnings if needed, and click **Save** to add the assessment to your Test library. ## Planned Enhancements Future improvements include: * Enhanced mathematical content processing * Improved passage-to-question association * Better PDF formatting interpretation, including bold and italic text ## Feedback and Support Please contact the Support Team if you experience issues or have questions about bulk uploads or metadata generation. ## FAQs ### How Many Files Can I Upload at Once? You can upload up to 25 files in a single upload session. ### What File Types Are Supported? The Bulk Content Converter currently supports: * PDF (.pdf) * Word (.doc, .docx) ### Is There a File Size Limit? Yes. Each file must be 25 MB or smaller. ### How Many Questions or Items Can a File Contain? Each uploaded file can contain up to 100 items. ### Can I Continue Working While Files Process? Yes. The upload and conversion process runs in the background, so you can continue working elsewhere in Pear Assessment. ### Does the System Create One Assessment or Combine All Files into One? The system creates one assessment per uploaded file. ### Can I Add More Files after Selecting Files? Yes. After selecting files, you can add additional files if needed by clicking **Upload More** before clicking **Proceed**. ### Does the Feature Support Google Drive Uploads? Yes. Users can upload files directly from Google Drive. ### Does the Feature Automatically Generate Metadata? The system may suggest metadata such as: * Standards alignment * DoK level * Difficulty level based on uploaded content and the selected standards set. ### Will the Uploaded Content Be Used to Train AI Models? No. Uploaded content is not used for model training purposes. # Pear Assessment End-of-School Year Checklist Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/pear-assessment-end-of-school-year-checklist Complete end-of-year tasks for Clever and Edlink integrations, class archiving, and setting up manually created classes for the new school year. Outlines key end-of-year steps for managing class data and integrations with Clever, Edlink, and manually created classes in Pear Assessment. Includes guidance on pausing and restarting syncs, archiving behavior, and setting up classes for the new school year. ## End-of-School Year Checklist ### Clever Integration * Automatic Pause Based on End Date: Clever automatically pauses data sharing to Pear Assessment based on the end date set by the district’s SIS admin. Once this date is reached, Clever stops sending data to us, and we no longer receive roster updates. * Restarting Sync: The SIS admin must manually unpause the sync in Clever for the new school year. This is controlled entirely on the district’s end and is based on the new school year’s start date. Once unpaused, Pear Assessment syncs data again. * Class Archiving Behavior: We archive classes on July 20th, assuming their end date is July 19th. After this date, we automatically archive classes that have ended: no action is required from the customer. However, if the district manually archives classes in Clever before the end date, we archive those classes immediately in Pear Assessment. ## Edlink Integration (e.g., ClassLink, Schoology) * Manual Pause Required: For Edlink-connected districts, the SIS admin must manually pause the sync on their end if they wish to stop data sharing with Pear Assessment. If syncing continues, we continue pulling data. If syncing is paused, no further data is pulled until the admin re-enables it. ## Manually Created Classes (Including Google Classroom, Canvas, Clever Library) * Set Correct Start Date for New School Year: If teachers manually create classes: whether directly in Pear Assessment or via Google Classroom integration: they must set the start date to match the upcoming school year, even if they create the class early (e.g., May 15, 2025). Example: If the new school year starts on July 20, 2025, set the start date to July 20, 2025 and choose the correct end date. * Do Not Reuse Existing Classes: Teachers should not reuse or update old classes from the previous school year by changing the end date. This will cause reporting issues, as the class will still be associated with the previous school year, and data will be grouped incorrectly in reports. * Changing Schools? Once your classes from the previous year are archived, you can change your school from the **Manage Class** tab or **My Profile** > **My Schools**. Be sure to do this before creating classes and adding students for the new school year to ensure your new classes are correctly linked to your updated school and roster. * Use Clear Naming Conventions: Use school year-specific names for new classes (e.g., Biology - Period 2 - SY25) to avoid confusion across years. # Pear Assessment: Item Metadata Generation Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/pear-assessment-item-metadata-generation Use AI to generate suggested standard alignment, Depth of Knowledge, and difficulty level for assessment items from your question text and answer choices. The Item Metadata Generation feature in Pear Assessment helps educators quickly generate suggested metadata for assessment items using AI. Based on the question text and answer choices, the feature can suggest aligned standards, Depth of Knowledge (DoK), and difficulty level. This feature is currently available as an early access beta for select item types and requires users to configure preferred standards in their profile. ## Pear Assessment: Item Metadata Generation (Early Access) The Item Metadata Generation feature uses AI to suggest metadata for assessment items based on the content of the question and answer choices. This feature is currently in Early Access/Beta and is designed to help educators save time when aligning assessment items to standards. ## Important Information About AI and Privacy Pear Assessment uses AI with data privacy safeguards in place. For metadata generation: * Only the question content and relevant standards information are processed. * User-identifiable information is not shared outside the application. * Data submitted for metadata generation is not used to train AI models. ## Supported Item Types Currently, metadata generation supports the following item types: * Multiple Choice (MCQ) * Multiple Select (MSQ) * True/False * Text Entry * Essay Additional item types may be supported in future releases. ## Prerequisite: Configure Preferred Standards To use the Item Metadata Generation feature, users must configure their **Preferred Standards** in their profile. ## Set Preferred Standards 1. Open your profile in Pear Assessment. 2. Locate the **Preferred Standards** settings. 3. Select: * A Standard Set * Grade * Subject The metadata suggestions will use these selected standards when generating recommendations. ## Generate Metadata for an Item 1. Create or edit a supported item type. 2. Enter the question text and answer choices (if applicable). 3. In the **Pear Assist** panel on the right side of the authoring view, select the standard sets and click **Suggest Metadata**. 4. Pear Assessment analyzes the item content and suggests: * A matching standard * Depth of Knowledge (DoK) * Difficulty level ## Review and Save Suggestions After metadata is generated, the suggestions appear in the **Pear Assist** panel for review. ### Review Suggestions Carefully review the suggested: * Standard alignment * Depth of Knowledge (DoK) * Difficulty level ### Save Suggestions Click **Save Suggestions and Item** to save the assessment item and the generated metadata in a single action. ## When No Metadata Is Suggested If no metadata is generated, the item content may not clearly align with the selected preferred standards. Try: * Adding more detailed question text * Verifying the preferred standards configuration * Confirming the item type is supported ## Current Limitations At this time, the feature cannot interpret content from images included in: * Question prompts * Answer choices Only text-based content is analyzed during metadata generation. Image context support is planned for a future update. ## Beta Feedback and Support This feature is currently in beta, and feedback is encouraged as functionality continues to improve. To report issues or share feedback, please contact the Pear Assessment Support Team. ## FAQs ### What Happens If I Edit an Item after Metadata Is Generated? You can use the **Suggest Metadata** feature again to regenerate updated metadata based on the revised item content. ### Does Metadata Stay Attached When I Share an Item? Yes. Metadata remains attached to the item and is visible to users who have permission to access the item. ### Can Pear Assist Suggest Multiple Standards for an Item? No. The feature currently suggests a single standard that best aligns with the primary academic skill assessed by the item. ### Why Am I Not Seeing the Suggest Metadata Option? The feature only appears for supported item types and requires preferred standards to be configured in your profile. ### Does the Feature Analyze Images in Questions? No. Currently, the feature only analyzes text content. ## Resources * Select Your Standard Sets to Personalize Pear Assessment # Pear Assessment Technical Guidelines Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/pear-assessment-technical-guidelines Confirm supported browsers, minimum hardware and network specs, and device constraints for Safe Exam Browser and the Kiosk app before deploying. Pear Assessment is browser-based and requires cookies and JavaScript. It's designed to be compatible with the two most recent versions of common browsers like Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Microsoft Edge, and Safari. It supports PC, Mac, Chromebook, and tablets. ## Pear Assessment Technical Guidelines ## Browsers Pear Assessment is browser-based and requires cookies and JavaScript. It's designed to be compatible with the two most recent versions of the following browsers: * Google Chrome (recommended) * Mozilla Firefox * Microsoft Edge * Safari ## Hardware/Network Requirements Pear Assessment requires devices to be connected to the internet and recommends the following minimum hardware and network requirements: * Hardware: PC, Mac, Chromebook, or Tablets with 1024 px width * Computer Speed and Processor:  1 GB RAM 2 GHz Processor * Device not older than 5 years * Bandwidth: Internet connection with a minimum of 256 kbps * Firewall and proxy URLs ## Hardware Constraints Some Pear Assessment features have special hardware constraints: * Safe Exam Browser (Lockdown Browser) requires Mac, Windows or iPad * Safe Exam Browser is not compatible with Chromebooks * Pear Assessment Kiosk app is designed to work only on Chromebook # Performance Trends with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/performance-trends-with-data-studio Analyze student academic growth over time across Pear Assessment and external assessments in Data Studio. The Performance Trends report in Pear Assessment Data Studio shows how student performance has changed over time across Pear Assessment and external assessments. Use it to filter and compare results, identify strengths and gaps, and recognize overall trends across student groups. This is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. View of the Performance Trends report in Data Studio. View of the available filters. ## Review Performance Across Assessments The **Performance Across Assessments** stacked bar chart shows how the distribution of performance levels has changed over time. Each bar represents an assessment ordered by start date. The dotted line on the chart represents the average score across all students. Hover over any bar to highlight it and see detailed performance information. Note that the Performance Band filter applies only to internal Pear Assessment tests — external assessments use their own band definitions. Bar chart of Performance Trends highlighted to show more details. ## Compare Performance Across Groups The **Performance Deep-Dive Across Assessments** table provides a detailed breakdown of performance data that you can compare across student groups. Use the **Compare By** dropdown to view results by school, teacher, class, student, race, gender, or other available demographics. For each assessment, the table shows: * Average performance band * Average score (percentage for internal assessments, scaled or raw score for external assessments) Compare By filter for Performance Deep-Dive Across Assessments report. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Does the Performance Band Filter Apply to External Assessments? No. The Performance Band filter applies only to internal Pear Assessment tests. External assessments use their own band definitions. ### What Does the Dotted Line on the Chart Represent? The dotted line represents the average score across all students for the selected assessment set. ## Resources * [Domain Analysis with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/domain-analysis-with-data-studio) * [Whole Learner with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/whole-learner-with-data-studio) * [Goals and Interventions with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/goals-and-interventions-with-data-studio) # Personalize District Homepage Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/personalize-district-homepage Upload a district logo and update district details to personalize the homepage for teachers, students, and administrators across your district. District administrators can personal the district's homepage in Pear Assessment under the Manage District settings. It personalizes the page for teachers, students, and fellow administrators. ## Personalize District Homepage in Pear Assessment District administrators can personal the district's homepage in Pear Assessment under Manage District. It personalizes the page for teachers, students, and fellow administrators, and edits the district's overall details. ## Edit District Details and Homepage 1. Click **Manage District**. 2. Click **Edit** under **Profile**. 3. Upload a district logo or change the district details. 4. Click **Save**. # Print and Review Student Report Cards Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/print-and-review-student-report-cards Generate and print per-student test performance report cards from the Live Class Board to share results offline (premium feature). In the Live Class Board hamburger menu, you can print Student Report Cards and review test performance. Report cards show each student's test performance and can be printed for offline sharing. Please note that Student Report Cards is a premium feature. ## Print and Review Student Report Cards In the Live Class Board, you can print Student Report Cards and review test performance. Report cards show each student's test performance and can be printed for offline sharing. Please note that Student Report Cards is a premium feature. ## Access Student Report Cards 1. Click **Assignments**. 2. Click on the monitor-like button at the end of your assignment row. Tip: Hover the button and confirm it opens **Live Class Board**. Live Class Board button in the Assignments tab. 3. Click the hamburger menu near the tabs > **Student Report Cards**. Student Report Cards option in the hamburger menu within Live Class Board. 4. Select the information to include in the report card. 5. Click **Generate**. Select the information to be included in the Student Report Card. # Print an Answer Key Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/print-answer-key How to print a test answer key from an assignment or the test library in Pear Assessment Printing an answer key is a premium feature available at the bottom of the assessment in the print view. Tech-enhanced items and constructed response answers do not print with the answer key. ## Print an Answer Key The steps depend on whether you have already assigned the assessment. **If you have already assigned the assessment:** 1. In Pear Assessment, navigate to **Assignments**. 2. Find the assessment you want to print. 3. Click **Actions** > **Print Test**. **If you have not yet assigned the assessment:** 1. Navigate to the **Test** library. 2. Find the assessment you want to print. 3. Hover over the assessment name and click **More** > **Details**. 4. Click the printer button to open the print options. 5. Select what you want to print. 6. Navigate to **File** > **Print** in your browser and select your printer to complete the process. You can also press **Ctrl+P** (Windows) or **Command+P** (Mac) to open the print dialog. To save the assessment as a PDF, select a PDF printer in the print dialog. Print Test button from the Action menu. tech-enhanced items and constructed response answers will not print on the answer key ## Why Tech-Enhanced Items and Constructed Response Answers Do Not Print Tech-enhanced items and constructed response answers are not supported in the printed answer key format. These item types require interactive or open-ended input that cannot be represented in a static print layout. Only multiple-choice and similar closed-response items appear in the printed answer key. ## Resources # Print Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/print-assessments Print a hard copy, individual student results, or a report card for any Pear Assessment assignment Pear Assessment gives you three ways to print an assignment: a blank hard copy for paper-based testing, a student-level copy showing answers and scores, or a report card summarizing each student's performance. Use whichever option fits your workflow. ## Print a Hard Copy or Save as PDF Print a blank version of an assessment so students can complete it on paper. This option is available immediately after you assign the assessment and works well when students are offline or you prefer to grade by hand. 1. Navigate to **Assignments** and click on an assignment. 2. Click **Actions**. 3. Click **Print Test**. 4. In your browser, go to **File** > **Print** and select your printer to complete the process. To save the assessment as a PDF instead of printing, use your device's built-in save-to-PDF option: * [Mac](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mchlp1531/mac) * [Windows](https://www.consumerfinance.gov/consumer-tools/save-as-pdf-instructions/) * [Chromebook](https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/1069693?hl=en\&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop) Print a Hard Copy or Save as PDF ## Print Individual Student Assessments with Answers and Scores Print a copy of each student's completed assignment showing their answers and scores. Print Individual Student Assessments with Answers and Scores ## Print Student Report Cards **Premium feature.** The report card generates a print-ready file with a single student's performance record. You can access it from the Live Class Board. 1. Go to the **Assignments** tab and select the assignment. 2. Click the ellipsis menu in the upper-right corner of the window. 3. Click **Student Report Cards**. : Assignments tab with ellipsis menu open and Student Report Cards option highlighted ## Resources Generate a print-ready performance record for individual students. # Print Class Roster Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/print-class-roster Print a physical copy of your class roster from the Manage Class tab, including student sign-in credentials and class codes for manual accounts. Do you need a physical copy of the class roster? Sort your student list by last name or username and then click the **Print** button from the **Manage Class** tab to send your class roster to the printer. ## Print Class Roster in Pear Assessment Looking for a physical copy of your class roster? You can print your class roster from the **Manage Class** tab, share student sign-in information, and reset student passwords with the **Class Code** for manually created accounts (non-single sign-on). Please note that if you added students using their first and last names, students must sign in using their username and password, which you can print and distribute to each student. ## Print Class Roster 1. Click **Manage Class**. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Click **Print** to open the page in a new tab. 4. Review the class roster and sign-in credentials. 5. Click **Print**. 6. Follow the on-screen instructions in your browser to print the roster or save it as a PDF. # Print Test or Save as PDF Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/print-test-or-save-as-pdf Export a test for offline use by printing it or saving it as a PDF, with options to include a custom item count or answer key. In Pear Assessment, you can print a test or save it as a PDF for offline viewing. The **Print Test** button lets you print to your preferred printer or save the test as a PDF regardless of browser. ## Print Test or Save as PDF 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Actions** for an assignment, then select **Print Test**. 3. Select **Complete Test** or **Custom**. If you select **Custom**, enter the number of items to include in the printout. 4. Select or deselect **Print Answer Key**. 5. Click **Print**. 6. In the new tab, click **Print**. 7. Follow the on-screen instructions to select your printer and print the test. To save it as a PDF, set **Destination** to **Save as PDF** and then click **Save**. # Print Test Questions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/print-test-questions Print a Pear Assessment test as a hard copy or PDF, or print individual student responses with scores The Print Test feature allows a teacher or administrator to print a complete test, selected items, or a custom range of items: for example, questions 1–3, 5, and 7. This is useful for assessments that include manually graded questions such as essay responses, images, and drawings. Pear Assessment offers three print options: * Printing a hard copy of an assessment or saving it as a PDF * Printing an individual student assessment with answers and scores * Printing a [Student Report Card](/products/pear-assessment/print-and-review-student-report-cards) ## Print an Assessment or Save as PDF This option produces a hard copy of an assessment with questions unanswered, so students can complete the assessment on paper. It is available immediately after assigning the assessment and is useful when working or grading offline, or when internet connectivity is limited. 1. Navigate to the assessment: * If the assessment is already assigned, go to **Assignments**, find the assessment, and click **Actions**. * If the assessment has not been assigned, go to the **Test** library, find the assessment, and click its name: or hover over it and choose **More**. 2. Click the test card. Finding the Test details 3. Click **Details**. 4. Click **Print** or the printer button. Three options appear: select what you want to print: Locating the print button * **Complete Test** prints the entire test. * **Manually Graded Items** prints items defined as manually graded, such as Essay and Highlight Image question types. * **Custom** opens a text box where you can enter specific item numbers to print. 5. Click the blue **Print** button, then complete the print process through your browser: * Go to **File** > **Print** and select your printer. * Or press **Ctrl + P** (Windows) or **Command + P** (Mac). To save the assessment for future paper use, select **Save as PDF** as the destination in your browser's print dialog. Details button on a test. Select what to print ## Print an Individual Student Assessment with Answers and Scores This option prints a finished student assignment showing each student's answers. 1. Open the **Live Class Board (LCB)**. 2. Select all students or individual students. 3. Click **Print**. Printing stusent respones ## Print a Student Report Card The Student Report Card (premium) generates a single, print-ready file that gives the student a record of their performance. For steps to generate a Report Card, see [Student Report Card](/products/pear-assessment/print-and-review-student-report-cards). Click on print ScreenShot2020-05-21at1.14.10PM.png ## Resources Generate a print-ready record of student performance. # Provide Feedback on Student Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/provide-feedback-on-student-assessments Give overall and question-specific feedback to students on their assessments using the Live Class Board In Pear Assessment, teachers can provide feedback on student assessments through the Live Class Board. Feedback can be given at the overall level or for individual questions, giving students targeted guidance on their work. ## Give Feedback via Live Class Board 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the assignment's name. 3. Click **Students** in the **Live Class Board** tab. 4. Select the student from the dropdown menu below the **Students** section. Select a student from the roster dropdown menu. 5. Click **Well Done** to provide overall feedback (optional). Provide students overall feedback on the assessments. 6. Click the text field under **Student Feedback** to provide question-specific feedback. Student-level feedback on an assessment. ## Resources Review student responses and assign grades in Pear Assessment. # Quick Assignment Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/quick-assignment-settings Assign tests using Easy Assign for a streamlined setup or Pro Assign for full control over scheduling, navigation, and per-test-type configuration options. The Quick Assignment Settings page enables teachers to efficiently assign tests and quizzes with flexible options for both basic (Easy Assign) and advanced (Pro Assign) configurations. This feature provides a streamlined process to help educators adjust settings as needed while maintaining default configurations where desired. ## Easy and Pro Assign 1. To assign a test, go to the left menu and select **Test Library**. Then, hover over the test card you want to assign and click **Assign** to open the Assignment Settings page. 2. On the Assignment Settings page, you’ll find options to switch between Easy Assign and Pro Assign modes. Easy Assign Mode: Offers a minimal set of settings for quick assignment, with most settings set to default. Teachers can make any necessary adjustments and then click Assign. A checkbox option allows you to remember your preference to use Easy Assign for future assignments. Pro Assign Mode: Expands the settings options, allowing teachers to access detailed configuration options. Switch to Pro Mode if you want broader control over each setting before assigning the test. ### Default Basic Settings in Easy Assign Each test type has specific default fields available in Easy Assign, as outlined below: **Normal Assessment** * **Assign options**: Playlist, Snap Quiz, SmartBuild, AI Quiz, Import from Google Form * **Available fields**: Class/Group, Open Date, Calculator, Restrict Navigation Out of Test, Shuffle Questions **Video Quiz** * **Available fields**: Class/Group, Open Date, Restrict Navigation Out of Test, Prevent Skipping, Turn on Closed Captions **Section/Adaptive Test** * **Available fields**: Class/Group, Open Date, Restrict Navigation Out of Test, Lock Sections After configuring the settings, select the classes, set the due date and other required fields, then click Assign to finalize the process and make the test available to your students. Hover over any field in the Test Behavior, Anti-Cheating, Auto-Redirect, or Miscellaneous tabs to see a short blurb on the right side of the screen that explains what the setting does. To save a group of settings for reuse, click the dropdown next to **Save Settings** and select **Save Current Settings**. You can name the saved settings for easier assigning in the future. ## Assignment Settings Glossary * **Mark as Done**: pushes data from the Assignments tab to the Insights tab. * **Release Scores**: controls the information a student can see after the test. * **Maximum Attempts Allowed**: if this value is more than 1, students can start the test again immediately after submitting it. * **Safe Exam Browser**: enable only if students use iPads, Macs, or PCs and every device has downloaded the most up-to-date version of Safe Exam Browser. * **Show Calculator**: sets which calculator, if any, students see. * **Answer on Paper**: select only if the entire class tests on paper and you will enter the data later. * **Require Password**: sets a password that is the same for all students on all days, or one that expires. * **Check Answer Tries Per Question**: lets students check their answers while testing. * **Timed Test**: sets a timer for students to finish within a specified time. * **Item Content Visibility to Teachers**: controls whether other teachers can see the items. HC DA assign settings.jpg ## FAQ ### How Do I Switch Between Easy Assign and Pro Assign Modes? You can toggle between Easy Assign and Pro Assign modes from the Assignment Settings page. Easy Assign offers a simplified setup, while Pro Assign provides detailed configuration options. ### What Default Values Are Displayed for Each Test Type in the Assignment Settings? The assignment settings will display the default values set in the test settings. These default values can be modified as needed before assigning the test. ### What Is the “Remember Preference” Option? The "Remember Preference" option allows you to save your choice of using Easy Assign mode for future assignments, so you don’t need to manually select it each time. ### Why Am I Not Seeing the Saved Settings? If you're not seeing the saved settings, it’s likely because you are in Easy Assign mode. To access and view the saved settings, please toggle to Pro Assign mode, where you’ll find the detailed configurations you previously set. ## Resources * Quick Start Create a Test * Assign a Test # Reconfigure an Existing Canvas Integration in Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/reconfiguration-of-canvas-integration Reconnect an existing Canvas integration by regenerating its Secret Key, updating Pear Assessment credentials, and reauthorizing teacher accounts. Use these steps to reconfigure an existing Canvas integration with Pear Assessment. Update the existing Developer Key and app configuration instead of creating new ones. Keep only 1 active Pear Assessment Developer Key and 1 active Pear Assessment app configuration in Canvas. Remove any duplicates before continuing. ## Before You Begin You need: * Canvas Admin access * Access to the existing Pear Assessment or Edulastic Developer Key in Canvas * Access to Pear Assessment District Admin settings ## Regenerate the Secret Key in Canvas 1. In Canvas, go to **Admin** > **Developer Keys**. 2. Locate the existing Pear Assessment or Edulastic Developer Key. 3. Open the key and regenerate the **Secret Key**. 4. Copy the **Client ID** and newly generated **Secret Key**. ## Configure the Developer Key in Pear Assessment 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as a District Admin. 2. Go to **Manage District** > **Settings** > **District Policies** > **Domains** > **3rd Party Integrations**. 3. Select **Canvas**, then click **View Configuration**. 4. Enter the following values: * **Canvas Instance URL** * **Client ID** * **Secret Key** 5. Click **Test Connection**. 6. Confirm that the Canvas Instance URL does not include a trailing slash. Correct: `https://yourschool.instructure.com` Incorrect: `https://yourschool.instructure.com/` 7. Click **Next**. Enter the Canvas Instance URL, Client ID, and Secret Key on the Developer Keys tab. Credential values are redacted. ## Copy the Consumer Key and Shared Secret 1. Copy the **Consumer Key** and **Shared Secret** generated by Pear Assessment. 2. Click **Next**. Copy the Consumer Key and Shared Secret from the App Configuration tab. Credential values are redacted. No other changes are required in Pear Assessment. ## Update the Existing App in Canvas 1. In Canvas, go to **Settings** > **Apps** > **View App Configurations**. 2. Locate the existing Pear Assessment or Edulastic app. 3. Open the app menu and click **Edit**. Open the menu for the existing Edulastic app and click Edit. 4. Update these fields: * **Consumer Key**: Enter the Consumer Key copied from Pear Assessment. * **Shared Secret**: Enter the Shared Secret copied from Pear Assessment. * **Launch URL**: Enter the URL for your Pear Assessment environment. Use the [Launch URL and Redirect URI table](#match-the-launch-url-and-redirect-uri) below. * **Privacy Level**: Select **Public**. 5. Click **Submit**. Update the Consumer Key, Shared Secret, Launch URL, and Privacy Level in the Canvas app. Credential values are redacted. ## Reauthorize Teacher Accounts Ask each teacher to open 1 Canvas class from **Manage Class**, then click **Sync with Canvas Classroom**. Resyncing 1 class reauthorizes the teacher’s Canvas connection and restores automatic assignment and grade syncing. Click Sync with Canvas Classroom from a class in Manage Class. ## Match the Launch URL and Redirect URI The Launch URL in Canvas and the Redirect URI under **Developer Keys** must use the same Pear Assessment environment. Teachers must also create assignments from that environment. | Launch URL in Canvas | Redirect URI Under Developer Keys | Create Assignments From | | ---------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------- | | `https://app.edulastic.com/api/auth/Lti` | `https://app.edulastic.com/api/canvas/auth_code` | `https://app.edulastic.com/` | | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/api/auth/Lti` | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/api/canvas/auth_code` | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/` | Do not mix environments. For example, if the Canvas Launch URL uses `app.edulastic.com`, the Developer Key Redirect URI must also use `app.edulastic.com`. ## Verify the Integration Confirm the following: * Canvas contains 1 active Pear Assessment or Edulastic Developer Key. * Canvas contains 1 active Pear Assessment or Edulastic app configuration. * The Canvas Instance URL does not include a trailing slash. * The Launch URL and Redirect URI use the same environment. * A teacher can resync a Canvas class from **Manage Class**. If the integration still does not work, contact [Pear Assessment Support](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com). # Redirect a Test Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/redirect-a-test Reopen or reassign an assessment for absent students, students who need extra practice, or students who require accommodations Redirecting a test lets you reopen or reassign an assessment for individual students or an entire class. Use this feature when students were absent, skipped questions, rushed through the assessment, need additional practice, or require accommodations. When you redirect an assessment, students can change their previous responses or keep them as is. Student cards display each attempt, and the **Student** tab includes a dropdown menu for viewing each score. Teachers can redirect an assignment any number of times, and the redirect option remains available after the due date has passed. If the **Redirect** button appears grayed out, the feature has been disabled by an administrator or is not included in your plan. Contact your administrator to request access. Redirect is part of the Enterprise package and can be disabled by administrators. Teachers who need the feature enabled must contact their admin. ## Redirect a Test 1. Select the **Assignments** tab in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Live Class Board** for the assessment you want to redirect. Click Live Class Board for the assessment you want to redirect. 3. To redirect the entire class, click **Redirect**. To redirect specific students, select the checkbox next to each student's name, then click **Redirect**. To redirect the entire class, click Redirect. To redirect specific students, select the checkbox next to each… 4. Select your preferred settings for **Questions Delivery**, **Show Previous Attempt**, **Close Date**, and **Change Dynamic Parameter Values**. 5. Click **Redirect**. Click Redirect. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### When Redirecting, What Attempt Number Is Considered for Scores and Data? The most recent attempt is used for scores and data. Teachers can review each individual attempt in the Live Class Board. ### Can I Undo a Redirect After It Has Been Sent? No. After you redirect a student, you cannot remove the redirect. ### Why Do I Not See Question Delivery Options When Redirecting? Question delivery options require a Teacher Premium account. Under a free account, you can only redirect the entire test without additional delivery configuration. ### Can I Change the Close Date on a Redirect? Yes. You can change the close date in the **Live Class Board** settings. ## Resources Set up automatic redirects for assignments in Pear Assessment. # Release Test Scores Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/release-test-scores Configure and release test scores, responses, and correct answers to students in Pear Assessment Pear Assessment gives you control over when and how students see their scores. You can release scores automatically when students submit, or hold them and release manually after the class has finished: along with responses and correct answers if your subscription includes those options. ## Release Scores 1. When creating a test, click **Settings**, then locate the **Release Scores** option under **Test Behavior**. Pear Assessment test Settings panel showing the Release Scores options: Do Not Release Scores or Responses, Release Scores Only, Release Scores and Student Responses, and Release Scores, Student Responses and Correct Answers 2. To release scores manually, change **Release Scores** to **Do Not Release Scores or Responses**. After students have taken the test, adjust the setting from the **Live Class Board**. 3. Select the menu icon at the top right of the page, then select **Release Score**. Pear Assessment Live Class Board More Actions menu open, showing the Release Score option 4. Click one of the four release options available, then click **Apply**. Pear Assessment Live Class Board Release Score dialog with Release Scores, Student Responses and Correct Answers selected and the Apply button visible ## Release Score Options * **Do Not Release Scores or Responses**: Student responses and scores are visible to teachers only. * **Release Scores Only**: Students see their scores. Requires a premium subscription. * **Release Scores and Student Responses**: Students see their test scores and answer choices. Requires a premium subscription. * **Release Scores, Student Responses, and Correct Answers**: Students see their test scores, per-question scores, their responses, and the correct answers. ## Student View Once you release scores, students see their score and a performance summary on the Grades page. Students can select **Review Responses** to navigate through each question and review all the answer choices available to them, along with any teacher feedback. Pear Assessment student Grades page showing a Performance Summary score, a Performance by Questions chart, and the Review Responses button From the review screen, students can browse each question one at a time to see their selected answer, the correct answer, and any teacher feedback for that question. Pear Assessment student question review screen showing a selected answer choice and the per-question teacher feedback score # Remove Students from Class Rosters Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/remove-students-from-class-rosters Remove a student from a Pear Assessment class roster based on how the class was created The steps to remove a student from a Pear Assessment class roster depend on how the class was originally created. Classes in Pear Assessment can be set up manually, synced from Google Classroom, or rostered through an integration such as Clever or ClassLink. ## Remove a Student from a Manually Created Class For classes created directly in Pear Assessment: without a Google Classroom or rostering integration: teachers can edit the roster from within the platform. 1. In Pear Assessment, navigate to **Manage Class**. 2. Click the class name to open the class settings. 3. Locate the student you want to remove in the class roster. 4. Click the options menu next to the student's name and select **Remove**. 5. Confirm the removal when prompted. ## Remove a Student from a Google Classroom-Synced Class Classes synced from Google Classroom display the Google "G" symbol on the class tile. Roster changes for these classes must be made in Google Classroom: not in Pear Assessment. 1. Navigate to [classroom.google.com](https://classroom.google.com). 2. Open the class you want to edit. 3. Select the **People** tab. 4. Under **Students**, click the three-dot menu next to the student's name. 5. Click **Remove**, then confirm by clicking **Remove** again. After removing the student in Google Classroom, Pear Assessment will reflect the change at the next automatic sync. To apply the update immediately, resync the class: 1. In Pear Assessment, navigate to **Manage Class**. 2. Click the Google Classroom class to open it. 3. Click the **Google Classroom** sync button to pull the updated roster. Pear Assessment syncs with Google Classroom automatically. Manual resync is only needed if you want roster changes to apply before the next scheduled sync. ## Remove a Student from a Clever or ClassLink-Synced Class Classes rostered through Clever or ClassLink display the corresponding integration symbol on the class tile. Roster changes cannot be made directly in Pear Assessment for these classes. To remove a student, the change must be made in Clever or ClassLink by your school's IT department or a GoGuardian administrator. Pear Assessment will update automatically after the next sync. If you do not have access to Clever or ClassLink, contact your IT department or GoGuardian administrator for assistance. ## Resources Add students to a Pear Assessment class manually, through Google Classroom, or using a class code. Learn how Pear Assessment supports formative, interim, and benchmark assessments. # Reorder or Remove Questions from Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/reorder-or-remove-questions-from-assessments Reorder or remove questions from a Pear Assessment test during authoring or editing In Pear Assessment, you can reorder or remove questions from an assessment during the authoring or editing process. This is typically done in the **Review** tab after you have finished authoring or selecting questions for the assessment. ## Reorder or Remove Questions 1. Click **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a new or existing test. For an existing test, click the test name, then click **Edit**. 3. Reorder questions by dragging and dropping each question to your preferred position, or select the checkbox next to a question, click **Move to**, and enter the desired order. Demonstration of dragging and dropping a question. 4. Remove questions by selecting the checkbox next to the question and clicking **Remove Selected**. Remove Selected question. 5. Click **Publish** or **Assign** depending on your preferred action. # Pear Assessment Reporting Glossary Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/reporting-glossary Plain-language definitions of dashboard icons, assignment statuses, score averages, and data fields in Pear Assessment reports. Use this glossary to understand what the numbers, icons, and field labels in Pear Assessment reports represent. Each section covers a specific area of the reporting interface. If a value looks unexpected, start with [Missing or Unexpected Data](#missing-or-unexpected-data). For step-by-step instructions on reading specific reports, see [Insights: Performance by Students](/products/pear-assessment/insights-performance-by-students), [Insights: Student Mastery Profile](/products/pear-assessment/insights-student-mastery-profile), and [Status of Assessments](/products/pear-assessment/status-of-assessments). ## Assignment Status Icons The following icons appear in the **Assignments** tab and on the class-level assignment view. Each icon represents the current state of a student's work. | Icon | Status label | What it means | Action required | | ------------------- | ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Gray circle | Not Started | The student has not opened the assignment. | None. The assignment is available to the student. | | Blue partial circle | In Progress | The student has opened the assignment and submitted at least 1 response, but has not submitted the full assessment. | None, unless the due date has passed and you need to submit on the student's behalf. | | Yellow clock | Paused | The assignment was paused by the teacher or by an anti-cheating rule. The student cannot continue until the assignment is reopened. | Resume the assignment in **Manage Assessments** when ready. | | Green check | Submitted | The student has submitted all responses. Awaiting grading or auto-grading. | Grade open-response questions if applicable. | | Blue check | Graded | All responses have been scored. Scores count toward class averages. | None. Release scores if you have not already done so. | | Red X | Absent | The student was marked absent or was restricted from accessing the assignment. Responses are not included in class averages. | Reassign or redirect the assessment when the student is available. | Icon appearance may vary by browser zoom level and display resolution. The status label always appears on hover or in the student detail view. ## Score and Average Calculations ### How Class Averages Are Calculated The class average shown in reports is the mean score of all students whose work has been graded. The average is calculated by dividing the total points earned by the total points possible across all graded submissions in the class. ### Who Is Included in the Class Average A student is included in the class average when all of the following are true: * The student is currently enrolled in the class. * The student has submitted the assignment. * The student's submission has been graded (either auto-graded or manually graded). ### Who Is Excluded from the Class Average The following students are excluded: * Students who have not started the assignment. * Students whose assignment is paused. * Students who are unenrolled from the class. * Students marked absent from the assignment. * Students with open-response questions that have not yet been manually graded. A student who has not started is not counted as a zero. Their absence from the average means the class average reflects only students who have completed work. This can make an average look higher than expected if many students have not yet participated. ### Score Display Formats | Format | What it shows | | --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Percentage (%) | The student's total points earned divided by total points possible, expressed as a percentage. | | Raw score (points) | Total points earned out of total points possible (for example, 18/25). | | Standards mastery (%) | The percentage of points earned on questions tagged to a specific standard. | Pear Assessment displays percentage scores by default in most report views. Switch between formats using the display toggle in the upper-right corner of the report, where available. ## Student Activity Fields These fields appear in student-level report views, including the **Performance by Students** and **Student Mastery Profile** reports. | Field | What it shows | | --------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Start date | The date and time the student first opened the assignment. This is the first recorded interaction with the assessment, not the date it was assigned. | | Submission date | The date and time the student submitted the completed assignment. If the teacher submitted on the student's behalf, this reflects the teacher's action. | | Time on task | The total time the student's browser was open and focused on the assessment window. Time is paused when the student switches tabs or the browser loses focus. | | Attempt count | The number of times the student has submitted the assignment. Attempt count increases when a teacher redirects a submitted assignment and the student resubmits. | | Score | The student's most recent graded score. For redirected assignments, this reflects the score from the most recent attempt. | | Status | The student's current assignment status, matching the icon definitions in [Assignment Status Icons](#assignment-status-icons). | Start date is not visible at the class level. To see when a specific student first opened an assessment, open the student's individual submission in the assignment detail view. ## Missing or Unexpected Data If a field is blank, shows a dash, or shows a value that does not match your expectation, one of the following is likely the cause. | Symptom | Likely cause | What to check | | ------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Student does not appear in the report | The student is unenrolled from the class, or was never added to the assignment. | Check class enrollment in **Classes**. Verify the student was included when the assignment was created. | | Student appears but shows no score | The student has not submitted, or open-response questions are awaiting manual grading. | Check the student's status icon. Complete grading if questions are pending. | | Class average is blank | No students in the class have submitted graded work yet. | Confirm at least 1 student has a Graded status. | | Class average looks too high | Students who have not started are excluded from the average. The average reflects only completed, graded work. | Review the Not Started count alongside the average. | | Start date shows a dash | The student has not opened the assignment. | Confirm the assignment is open and accessible to the student. | | Time on task is zero or very low | The student submitted without interacting, or opened the assignment in a browser tab that did not stay in focus. | Cross-check with submission date and response data. | | Standards data is missing | The questions on the assessment are not tagged to standards, or the standards set for the class does not match the tags on the questions. | Verify question-level standards tags in the assessment editor. Confirm the class standard set in **Class Settings**. | ## Inactive and Unenrolled Students ### Data Retention for Unenrolled Students When a student is unenrolled from a class, their previously submitted responses and scores are retained in Pear Assessment. The data is not deleted. However, the student's scores are removed from class-level averages and aggregates from the point of unenrollment forward. ### How Unenrolled Students Appear in Reports * Historical reports run before unenrollment may show the student's data, depending on the report type and the date range selected. * Current and forward-looking reports exclude the student from averages and counts. * The student's individual submission remains accessible through the assignment detail view. ### Inactive Students A student account is considered inactive when the student has not signed in for an extended period. Inactive students remain in class rosters and retain their submission history. Pear Assessment does not automatically remove inactive students from classes or report calculations. If you need to remove a student from a class permanently, unenroll them through **Classes** or through your rostering integration (Clever, Canvas, or Google Classroom). Manual removal in Pear Assessment takes effect immediately for new assignments. ## Standards and Proficiency Fields ### Proficiency Bands Pear Assessment uses proficiency bands to classify student performance on a standard. District administrators define the band labels and cut scores in **Manage District** > **Settings** > **Standards Proficiency**. The default bands used across most districts are: | Band | What it indicates | | ----------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Mastered | The student's score on questions tagged to this standard meets or exceeds the district-defined mastery cut score. | | Approaching | The student's score falls below the mastery cut score but meets or exceeds the approaching cut score. | | Below | The student's score falls below the approaching cut score. | District administrators may rename these bands or define additional levels. If the labels in your reports differ from the table above, check your district's proficiency band configuration in **Manage District** > **Settings** > **Standards Proficiency**. ### How Proficiency Is Calculated Proficiency on a standard is calculated from the student's performance on all questions tagged to that standard within the selected assessment or date range. The calculation method (most recent, simple average, decaying average, and others) is configured at the district level. The following measures are distinct and are not interchangeable in Pear Assessment reports: | Measure | What it means | | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Score (%) | The percentage of total points earned on the assessment. Not specific to any standard. | | Proficiency | A band classification (Mastered, Approaching, Below) based on performance on a specific standard. | | Percentile | A student's score relative to a comparison group. Percentile data is available only in specific report types where a reference group has been defined. | ### Standards Code Formatting Standards codes in Pear Assessment reports appear exactly as the issuing body writes them. For example, CCSS.MATH.CONTENT.4.NF.A.1 refers to a specific Common Core State Standards grade 4 math standard. If a report shows a standard code you do not recognize, refer to the standards body's documentation or check the question-level tags in the assessment editor. To configure district-wide proficiency bands or review how questions are tagged to standards, see [Set District-Wide Standards Proficiency Bands](/products/pear-assessment/set-district-wide-standards-proficiency-bands) and [Add or Change a Question's Standards](/products/pear-assessment/add-or-change-a-question-s-standards). # Reset Student's Password Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/reset-student-s-password Reset a student's Pear Assessment account password from the teacher's account using the Manage Class panel, including for non-Google SSO accounts. ## Reset a Student's Password in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, a teacher can reset a student's password from the teacher's account. Please note that this is only available on accounts that are not created via Google single sign-on. Please note that the steps below can be followed to reset the password of a student's account created by single sign-on. If followed, the student must sign in with the username and password text fields on the Pear Assessment sign-in page. It would not change the password of the Google account. ## Reset Student Password 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name in the **Classes** tab. 3. Check the box next to a student's name. 4. Click **Actions** > **Reset Password**. 5. Enter the new password in the first text field. 6. Re-enter the new password in the second text field. 7. Click **Reset**. # Reset User Passwords Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/reset-user-passwords Three ways to reset teacher and student passwords in Pear Assessment, including self-service and teacher-initiated options Pear Assessment supports three password reset methods: users can select **Forgot Password** on the sign-in screen, update their password in their profile, or a teacher can reset a student's password directly from Manage Class. Teachers cannot reset passwords for students who belong to multiple districts. Contact Pear Assessment Support for assistance with multi-district accounts. ## Use Forgot Password on the Sign-In Screen Users who sign in with a username or email address (not Google) can reset their own password from the Pear Assessment sign-in page. 1. Go to [assessment.peardeck.com/sign-in](https://assessment.peardeck.com/sign-in) in any browser. 2. Select **Forgot Password**. 3. Enter your registered username or email address. 4. Check your email for the password reset link and follow the instructions. Forgot Password screen with sample email address entered. ## Reset a Student's Password as a Teacher Teachers can set a new password for any student in their class, as long as the student belongs to only one district. 1. Select **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click a class name. 3. Select the checkbox next to the student's name. 4. Select **Actions** > **Reset Password**. 5. Enter the new password. 6. Re-enter the new password to confirm. 7. Click **Reset**. Reset Password button in the Actions menu. Reset Password text fields. ## Change Your Password in Your Profile Any user can update their password at any time from their account profile. 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment. 2. Select **My Profile** > **Change Password**. 3. Enter and confirm your new password, then save. Change Password in My Profile. ## Resources Learn about Pear Assessment features and how to get started. Add students, organize rosters, and manage class settings. # Restrict Assessment Access to Absent Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/restrict-assessment-access-to-absent-students Mark absent students to block home access during a live assessment, then use the Redirect feature to reassign it when they return. In Pear Assessment, teachers can prevent absent students from accessing an assessment from home to reduce cheating. Once students return to school, teachers can use the Redirect feature to reassign the assessment. ## Restrict Assessment Access to Absent Students In Pear Assessment, teachers can prevent absent students from accessing an assessment from home to reduce cheating. Once students return to school, teachers can use the Redirect feature to reassign the assessment. ## Mark Absent Students and Manually Open Assessments 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on an assessment's name that is not yet open to students. 3. Select absent students by clicking the checkbox next to their names > click **More** > **Mark as Absent**. This prevents absent students from accessing the assessment. 4. Click **Open** next to the ellipsis menu to let students start the assessment. Mark as Absent menu option. ## Redirect Assessment to Absent Students 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on an assessment's name that is not yet open to students. 3. Select the students who were absent by checking the box next to their name and click **Redirect** from the menu options. 4. Complete the **Redirect/Re-Attempt Assignment** modal and click **Redirect**. Previously absent students can now complete the assessment. An absent student is now redirected to the assessment. Redirect settings. # Insights: Question Analysis Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/review-question-analysis-report Use the Question Analysis report to compare student scores, time spent, and performance across questions and classes The Question Analysis report identifies the most difficult questions for students. Teachers and administrators can use it to compare scores and time spent per question, view associated standards and points, and filter results by test, class, performance, and demographic. ## What You Can Do in Question Analysis * Compare the score (%) and time spent by students per question * View standards and points associated with a question * Compare average performance between classes on an individual question * Preview any question by clicking on it * Filter results by test, class, performance, and demographic ## Review the Question Analysis Report 1. In Pear Assessment, click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Question Analysis** under **Single Assessment Report**. Click Question Analysis under Single Assessment Report. 3. Select the relevant filters to narrow your reporting scope. 4. Review average scores per question. You can sort by performance or by question number using the controls below the filters. 5. Review performance analysis by school. Use the sub-filter above the table to compare by school, teacher, or class. The color coding in **Question Analysis** uses a heat-map format and is not tied to your district's performance band definitions. # Roles and Permissions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/roles-and-permissions Overview of user roles in Pear Assessment and what each role can access and manage Pear Assessment uses role-based access to control what users can see and do. Each account belongs to one of five roles: District Admin, School Admin, Teacher, Co-Teacher, or Student. Role assignments determine which features, data, and settings a user can access. ## District Admin District Admins have the broadest permissions in Pear Assessment. They manage the district's configuration and all user accounts within it. District Admins can: * Create and manage District Admin, School Admin, Teacher, and Student accounts * Access district-wide assessment data and insights * Configure district settings and integrations * Enable or disable features for the district * Assign the Super Admin permission to other District Admin accounts **Super Admin** is an elevated District Admin permission. Only Super Admins can access district or school settings. If you need Super Admin access, contact your current Super Admin or your GoGuardian point of contact. **Insights-Only** is a restricted District Admin permission. Insights-Only users can view assessment and insights data for the district but cannot access user information, assignments, or district settings. ## School Admin School Admins manage users and settings within their assigned school. Their permissions are scoped to the school level. School Admins can: * Create and manage School Admin, Teacher, and Student accounts within their school * Access school-level assessment data and insights * Configure school settings School Admins cannot create District Admin accounts. Contact your District Admin to make district-level account changes. ## Teacher Teachers create and manage classes, build and assign assessments, and review student performance data. Teachers can: * Create and manage classes * Build, assign, and grade assessments * View student results and performance data * Access class-level insights and standards reports * Proxy into student accounts to verify assigned tests Teachers do not have access to district or school settings. A teacher who also serves in an administrative capacity (for example, a team lead or instructional coach) needs a separate admin account. Use the [Add Account and Switch Roles](/products/pear-assessment/add-switch-account) feature to manage multiple roles from one sign-in. ## Co-Teacher Co-Teachers share access to a class owned by another teacher. This role is useful for co-teaching arrangements, instructional coaches observing a class, or department leads reviewing data. Co-Teachers can: * View and interact with classes they have been added to * View student results for those classes * Assign and manage assessments within shared classes Co-Teachers cannot create classes independently. A Teacher or Admin must add them to an existing class. ## Student Students take assigned assessments and view their own results. Students can: * Access and submit assigned tests * View their own scores and feedback when released by the teacher Students do not have access to class management, assessment creation, or any administrative settings. ## Switch Between Roles A single sign-in can hold multiple roles. For example, a teacher who is also a school admin can add both accounts and switch between them without logging out. See [Add Account and Switch Roles](/products/pear-assessment/add-switch-account) for step-by-step instructions. ## Resources Add a secondary account and switch between roles from a single sign-in. Step-by-step instructions for District and School Admins to create admin accounts. How to create Teacher accounts as a Pear Assessment Admin. How students sign in to Pear Assessment to access assigned tests. # Rostering Edge Cases: ClassLink, Clever, and Canvas Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/rostering-edge-cases Handle source ID changes, school merges, missing classes, and data preservation when your rostering source changes in Pear Assessment. Rostering syncs in Pear Assessment work reliably under normal conditions. Problems appear at the edges: when a data source changes its structure, when two schools consolidate, when summer programs run on a different sync, or when a student leaves mid-year. Use this article to identify what went wrong and recover your data. For initial rostering setup, see [Understand Rostering Options](/products/pear-assessment/understand-rostering-options) and [Understand Rostering Data Requirements](/products/pear-assessment/understand-rostering-data-requirements). ## Before You Make Changes to Your Rostering Source Before making any structural change to your rostering source, collect the information below. Changes to source IDs, school names, or sync configurations can break class associations and, in some cases, result in data that cannot be automatically recovered. **What to collect before making changes:** * A full export of current class rosters (student names, IDs, and class assignments) * A list of active assessments and their assignment statuses * Screenshots or exports of any in-progress assessment results you cannot afford to lose * The current sync configuration settings in Pear Assessment (Clever, ClassLink, or Canvas) * Contact information for your rostering provider's support team **Timing recommendations:** * Make structural rostering changes during a break or low-activity period, not during an active testing window. * Coordinate with teachers before making changes that will rename or remove classes they are actively using. * If you are switching rostering providers entirely, plan for a transition window of at least 1 week to verify data integrity before the new sync goes live. **What data is at risk:** | Data type | Risk level | Notes | | :------------------------------- | :--------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Class associations | High | A source ID change can break the link between a class and its assessments. | | Student enrollment records | Medium | Students may appear duplicated or unenrolled after a school merge. | | In-progress assessment responses | High | Responses tied to a class that is removed from the sync may become inaccessible. | | Completed assessment results | Low | Completed results are stored at the student level and are generally preserved through sync changes. | | Teacher assignments to classes | Medium | A class rename or re-sync may remove teacher-class associations. | ## Source ID Changes A source ID is the unique identifier your rostering provider assigns to each student, teacher, or class. ClassLink, Clever, and Canvas all use source IDs to match records in Pear Assessment to records in your student information system (SIS). When a source ID changes, Pear Assessment cannot automatically match the old record to the new one. The result depends on which record changed. **What happens when a source ID changes:** * **Student source ID changes:** The student may appear as a new, separate account in Pear Assessment. Their previous assessment results remain attached to the old account. If both accounts are active, teachers may see duplicate names in their rosters. * **Class source ID changes:** Pear Assessment loses the link between the class and its assigned assessments. Teachers may no longer see the class, or they may see it listed without its previous assignments. * **Teacher source ID changes:** The teacher's account may be duplicated. Classes previously owned by the old account may appear unowned or inaccessible. **How to recover from a source ID change:** 1. Identify which records changed by comparing the previous sync log to the current one. Your rostering provider's admin console shows source IDs for each record. 2. In Pear Assessment, locate the old and new accounts for each affected student or teacher. Go to **Manage** and search by name. 3. Contact Pear Assessment Support to request a manual account merge. Provide the source IDs for both the old and new accounts. Support can merge the records and transfer assessment history to the correct account. 4. For affected classes, re-assign any assessments that lost their class association. Teachers can re-assign from their assignment history. 5. After the merge is complete, confirm that students can sign in and see their correct assessment history. If history is missing, contact Support again with the merged account source ID. **How to prevent source ID changes:** * Do not rename or restructure sections in your SIS without confirming with your rostering provider how that affects source IDs. * When migrating from one SIS to another, ask your rostering provider in advance whether source IDs will be preserved or regenerated. * For ClassLink specifically: source IDs are tied to the OneRoster source configuration. Changing the source URL or OAuth credentials can regenerate IDs. Contact ClassLink before making changes to your OneRoster source settings. ## School Merges and Splits When two schools consolidate into one, or when one school splits into multiple campuses, the rostering data in Pear Assessment needs to reflect the new structure. This does not happen automatically. **School merge: two schools become one** 1. In your SIS, complete the merge and confirm that all students and teachers are now assigned to the single school record. 2. Run a sync in Pear Assessment to pull the updated structure from your rostering provider. 3. In Pear Assessment, go to **Manage** > **Schools** and verify that the merged school appears correctly. If both schools still appear as separate records, contact Pear Assessment Support to merge the school accounts. 4. Check for duplicate student accounts. Students who were enrolled in both schools before the merge may appear twice. 5. For duplicate students, contact Support with both account source IDs to request a merge. 6. Verify that teachers from both schools now have access to the correct classes under the merged school. 7. Archive the old school records in Pear Assessment once the merge is confirmed. Go to **Manage** > **Schools**, select the old record, and choose **Archive**. **School split: one school becomes multiple campuses** 1. In your SIS, create the new school records and reassign students and teachers to the correct campuses. 2. Run a sync in Pear Assessment to pull the new structure. 3. In Pear Assessment, go to **Manage** > **Schools** and confirm that both campuses appear as separate records. 4. Verify that classes and assessments have been correctly associated with the right campus. Classes may need to be manually reassigned if the split changes their school association. 5. Update district admin permissions if campus-level access restrictions are in use. Confirm that each admin can access only the campus records they are authorized to view. **Classes from both schools after a merge:** Classes from both schools will remain in Pear Assessment after a merge. They do not automatically consolidate. Teachers will need to work with their district admin to archive classes that are no longer active and keep only the classes they intend to continue using. ## Missing Classes After a Sync If classes that existed before a sync are no longer visible, the sync removed or did not return those classes from the rostering source. **Common causes:** * The class was removed from the rostering source (deleted in Clever, ClassLink, or your SIS) before the sync ran. * The class's source ID changed, causing Pear Assessment to treat it as a new, separate class. * A filter in the sync configuration excluded the class (for example, a school year filter that no longer matches). * The teacher who owned the class is no longer associated with it in the rostering source. **Steps to investigate:** 1. Check your rostering provider's admin console to confirm whether the class still exists in the source. In Clever, go to **Classes** and search by name. In ClassLink, check your OneRoster export. In Canvas, verify the course section is still active and the sync is enabled. 2. Check the sync log in Pear Assessment for errors or warnings related to the missing class. Sync logs are available in **Manage** > **Sync** > **Sync History**. 3. If the class exists in the source but not in Pear Assessment, run a manual sync and monitor the log for errors on that specific class. 4. If the class was deleted from the source and you need to restore it, re-add it in your SIS or rostering provider, then run a sync. **For related setup guidance:** * Clever: [Use Clever Sync with Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/use-clever-sync-with) and [Integration with Clever](/products/pear-assessment/integration-with-clever) * ClassLink: [Use ClassLink Sync With Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/use-classlink-sync-with) * Canvas: [Set Up Canvas Integration](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-canvas-integration) **If the class is permanently gone:** If the class cannot be restored from the source, teachers can manually recreate it in Pear Assessment. Go to **Classes** > **Create New Class** and add students individually or via a class code. Assessment results tied to the original class will not transfer automatically to the new class. After recreating the class, confirm that students can enroll and that teachers can assign new assessments. ## Summer School and Year Transitions Regular school-year syncs do not carry summer school classes automatically. Summer programs typically require a separate sync configuration or manual class setup. **Summer school classes:** 1. Confirm with your rostering provider whether summer school sections are included in your standard sync. In Clever, summer sections must be added to the Clever sync for them to appear in Pear Assessment. In ClassLink, check whether your OneRoster source includes summer school enrollment data. 2. If your rostering provider does not include summer school, create summer classes manually in Pear Assessment. Go to **Classes** > **Create New Class** and add students by class code or manual enrollment. 3. Assign summer assessments to these classes as you would for any other class. 4. At the end of summer school, archive the summer classes in Pear Assessment to keep the class list clean for the new school year. **Year transitions:** Your class and assessment data from the previous school year is retained when the year ends. Classes are not automatically archived. To prepare for the new school year: 1. Archive classes from the previous school year. Go to **Classes**, select the classes to archive, and choose **Archive**. For district-level archiving, see [Archive Classes as District Admin](/products/pear-assessment/archive-classes-as-district-admin). 2. Run the new-year sync after your SIS has updated enrollment for the new school year. Students' class assignments from the prior year will be replaced by the new-year assignments from the sync. 3. Confirm that returning students have carried over to the correct new-year classes. Ask teachers to verify their rosters before assigning the first assessment of the year. 4. Do not delete old classes before archiving them. Deletion removes assessment results from view. Archiving preserves the data while removing the class from active use. **Archiving vs. deleting:** | Action | Effect on data | Reversible | | :------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :--------- | | Archive | Class and results are preserved and viewable in the archive. Class does not appear in active lists. | Yes | | Delete | Class and all associated results are removed permanently. | No | Always archive rather than delete unless you have confirmed the data is no longer needed and have exported any required records. ## Unenrolled Students and Their Data When a student leaves a class or school mid-year, their enrollment status changes in the rostering source. The next sync removes them from the active class roster in Pear Assessment. **What happens to their data:** * Completed assessment results are retained at the student account level. The results remain visible to district administrators in the student's profile. * In-progress assessment responses are paused when the student is removed from the class. The responses are not submitted automatically. * If the student is fully removed from the district's rostering source (not just from a class), their account in Pear Assessment becomes inactive. Inactive accounts are not deleted. **Data retention:** Your district's data agreement determines how long Pear Assessment retains data for inactive student accounts. Contact Pear Assessment Support or your district's account representative to confirm the retention period for your district. **If a student was removed in error:** 1. Re-enroll the student in the correct class in your SIS or rostering provider. 2. Run a sync in Pear Assessment. The student will be re-added to the class roster. 3. If the student had an in-progress assessment, the teacher can reopen it from **Manage Assignments** > **Open** for the specific assignment. **If a student transfers to another school in the district:** The student's assessment history follows their account. When the new school's sync runs and the student is associated with the new school, teachers at the new school can view the student's historical results through the student's profile. Teachers can only view results for assessments assigned within their own classes. ## Escalation Checklist If you have worked through the relevant section above and the issue is not resolved, contact Pear Assessment Support. Collect the following information before reaching out to reduce resolution time. **Account and environment:** * District name and Pear Assessment district ID (visible in **Manage** > **District Settings**) * Rostering method in use (Clever, ClassLink, Canvas, or manual) * Date and time when the issue was first observed * Whether the issue occurred after a sync, a manual change, or with no apparent trigger **Affected records:** * Names and email addresses of affected students or teachers (do not include passwords) * Source IDs for affected accounts, if available from your rostering provider's console * Names of affected classes, including the school year they belong to **Sync information:** * Date and time of the last successful sync * Any errors or warnings in the sync log (screenshots or copied text from **Manage** > **Sync** > **Sync History**) * Whether a manual sync has been attempted since the issue appeared, and the result **Data at risk:** * Whether any in-progress assessments are affected * Whether any student response data appears to be missing or inaccessible * Whether the issue is blocking teachers from active assessments Pear Assessment Support can be reached through the Help menu inside Pear Assessment or at support.peardeck.com. After resolving a rostering issue, review [Understand Rostering Data Requirements](/products/pear-assessment/understand-rostering-data-requirements) to confirm your SIS data meets Pear Assessment's field requirements before the next sync. # Schoology Integration Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/schoology-integration Connect Pear Assessment to Schoology to enable single sign-on, roster sync, assignment sync, and grade sync from your Schoology courses. The Pear Assessment–Schoology integration connects your Schoology courses directly to Pear Assessment. Once set up, four features work together: single sign-on (SSO), rostering, assignment sync, and grade sync. SIS and LMS integrations, including Schoology, require a Pear Assessment district or school plan. See [Subscription Plans for Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/subscription-plans). Ask your account manager if you're unsure whether your organization is eligible. ## Before You Start Confirm you have: * A Pear Assessment district or school plan * Schoology administrator access to install an external tool (for the admin setup step) * A Schoology course to connect ## Install Pear Assessment in Schoology A Schoology system administrator installs Pear Assessment once as an external (LTI) tool so it's available to teachers across courses. After installation, teachers add Pear Assessment to a course through **Add Materials** → **External Tool** and select Pear Assessment as the tool provider. ## Sign In with Single Sign-On From your Schoology course, open the Pear Assessment tool to sign in. Signing in through Schoology links your Schoology identity to your Pear Assessment account, so you don't sign in separately. ## Sync Your Roster Students active in your Schoology course section are rostered when you sync, and the section and course name carry over automatically. You can also create a class in Pear Assessment first and then associate it with a Schoology section. ## Assign an Assessment from Schoology Assign a Pear Assessment test from within your Schoology course so students launch it directly from Schoology without a separate join code or link. ## Sync Grades When you release scores in Pear Assessment, grades sync back to the Schoology gradebook. ## Resolve Sync Issues If grades or assignments aren't appearing in Schoology as expected: * Re-release the scores for the assignment you want to push. * Confirm the Pear Assessment class is associated with the correct Schoology section. * Confirm your account is signed in through Schoology rather than directly, so the two accounts stay linked. If the problem persists, contact Pear Assessment support with your account email, the course, and the assignment involved. Confirm your plan includes SIS and LMS integrations. Set up the comparable Canvas integration for Pear Assessment. # Search and Enroll Students in Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/search-and-enroll-students-in-pear-assessment Search for existing students by name or email and add them to a Pear Assessment class, and how to remove a student from the wrong class. In Pear Assessment, you can search for existing students and add them to your classes. 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the class you want to enroll students into. 3. Click **Add Multiple Students**. Click Add Multiple Students. 4. Click **Search Existing Student and Add**, then search for a student by name or email. 5. Click the students you want to add. 6. Click **Yes, Add to Class**. you will search for student emails here If a student was in the wrong class, they remain in the original class until the teacher removes them. To remove a student, open the class, select the student, and click **Actions** → **Remove Student**. Screenshot # Search Pear Assessment with Tags Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/search-with-tags Add searchable tags to items, tests, classes, and student groups to filter assignments and quickly locate content across your district. Search Pear Assessment with Tags Tags, or searchable keywords, can be added to items, tests, classes, and student groups. When a group of teachers or a whole district uses tags, it makes searching in Pear Assessment easier and quicker. ## Search Pear Assessment with Tags Tags, or searchable keywords, can be added to items, tests, classes, and student groups. When a group of teachers or a whole district uses tags, it makes searching in Pear Assessment easier and quicker. Unique tags for common assessments can help site and district administrators provide precise viewing of in-progress assessments. For example, a district wants all Fall Math Benchmark tests to display by themselves on the Assignments screen. If the assessments are labeled with a unique tag, you can search by the tag to filter the Assignments page to only the tests. ## Add Tag to Items 1. Click **Items** in the navigation menu. 2. Add a new Item or edit an existing Item. 3. Enter a tag in the text field under **Description** > **Tags**. The Tag field for an Item. ## Add Tag to Tests 1. Click **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. Add a new test or edit an existing test. 3. Enter a tag in the text field under **Description** > **Tags**. ## Add Tag to Classes 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Click the ellipsis menu > **Edit Class**. 4. Enter a tag in the text field under **Tags**. Tag field for a test. ## Add Tag to Student Groups as Admin 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as a district or school administrator. 2. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Groups** > **Student Groups**. 4. Click on a group name. 5. Click the ellipsis menu > **Edit Group**. 6. Enter a tag in the text field under **Tags**. Tag field for a class. 7. Click **Update**. Tag field for a Student Group. ## Filter Assignments by Tags On the screen for each feature mentioned above, you can navigate to **Filters** > **Tags** and then find the tag by scrolling through the menu or searching for it. Filter on the Assignments screen. # Sections, Standards, and Student View: Common Pear Assessment Gotchas Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/sections-standards-student-view-gotchas Fix unexpected behavior when using test sections, standards tagging, and the student-facing test view in Pear Assessment. These behaviors are not bugs. They are the product working as designed, but the triggers are non-obvious and the consequences show up at the worst time: during a live assessment. Each section below names the symptom, explains what causes it, and tells you what to do. ## Standards Summary Shows as Blank **Symptom:** You tagged questions with standards, but the Standards Summary in results shows no data or appears empty. **Cause:** The Standards Summary requires a minimum number of questions per standard before it populates data. If a standard is tagged on only 1 question, Pear Assessment does not consider that sample size sufficient to calculate a meaningful summary and leaves the field blank. **Fix:** Add at least 3 questions per standard to each assessment before assigning. If the assessment has fewer questions per standard than the threshold, the summary remains blank even after students complete it. To check your current coverage: 1. Open the assessment in edit mode. 2. Click the **Standards** tab to see which standards are tagged and how many questions each covers. 3. Add questions or retag existing questions to bring each standard to 3 or more items. The Standards Summary is separate from the Standards Progress Report and the Standards Mastery Report. Those reports may populate even if the Standards Summary does not, because they aggregate data across multiple assessments. ## Students Can't See the Second Section **Symptom:** Students complete section 1 and do not see section 2, or section 2 appears locked. **Cause:** Sections have prerequisite conditions. A student cannot move to section 2 until one of the following is true: | Advance method | What must happen first | | :-------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Teacher advance | The teacher opens section 2 from the Live Class Board | | Auto-advance | The student submits section 1 and Pear Assessment unlocks the next section automatically | | Time gate | The section 1 time limit expires | If the assessment uses **teacher advance** (Lock Sections is enabled), students wait at the end of section 1 until you open the next section. If you are not on the Live Class Board, section 2 stays closed for all students. **Fix:** * If Lock Sections is enabled, open the Live Class Board during the assessment and advance students to section 2 when they are ready. * If you want students to advance on their own, go to **Settings** > **Section Settings** and confirm that Lock Sections is off. * If the assessment is timed per section, verify that the time limit is set correctly and that it has not already expired without students noticing. ## Calculator Availability by Section **Symptom:** Students report that the calculator is available when it should not be, or unavailable when it should be. **Cause:** Calculator settings in Pear Assessment are configured at the section level, not at the test level. A setting applied to the whole test defaults to all sections, but any section-level override replaces it. If section 1 is set to no calculator and section 2 inherits the test-level default (calculator on), students see a calculator after they advance. **Fix:** 1. Open the assessment in edit mode. 2. Go to **Settings** > **Section Settings**. 3. Click the name of each section. 4. Set the calculator option explicitly for that section: **No Calculator**, **Basic**, **Scientific**, or **Graphing**. Do not rely on the test-level calculator setting when sections are in use. Set each section individually. ## Grouped Items and Passage Numbering **Symptom:** Question numbers in the student view do not match what the teacher sees in edit mode, or students ask about "question 7" and you can't find it. **Cause:** When you create passage-based questions, Pear Assessment groups the items under a single passage. In the student view, each item in the group is numbered sequentially as part of the overall test. In the teacher's edit view, grouped items may appear differently because the group is treated as a single unit. A related issue: if you add individual (ungrouped) questions after a passage group, the numbering continues from where the group ended. If you later reorder items or remove one item from the middle of a group, the numbers shift and the student view diverges from any printed answer key or external reference you gave students. **Fix:** * Before assigning, preview the assessment from the student view: click **Preview** in the top right of the edit screen. * Confirm that the question numbers in the preview match any printed materials or student instructions. * If you need to reorder or remove grouped items, preview again after each change. Answer keys and printed versions of a test reflect the state of the assessment at the time of printing. If you edit the test after printing the key, reprint. ## Students Can't Go Back to Previous Sections **Symptom:** A student says they submitted section 1 by accident and wants to go back to change an answer. **Cause:** This is expected behavior. By default, Pear Assessment prevents navigation back to a previous section once a student advances. This replicates state testing conditions, where returning to a prior section is not permitted. Students can navigate freely within the current section (forward and backward between questions) until they submit that section. After submission, the section is closed. **Fix:** * Communicate this limitation to students before they begin. A brief verbal instruction before the assessment starts prevents most accidental submissions. * If a student submits a section before they intended to and the assessment is still in progress, contact Pear Assessment support. In some cases, support can reset a student's section attempt, but this is not guaranteed. * If your test does not need to simulate locked-section state testing conditions, turn off Lock Sections in **Settings** > **Section Settings** before assigning. With Lock Sections off, you control section advancement from the Live Class Board and can pause before students move forward. ## Rubrics Not Visible to Students **Symptom:** You attached a rubric to an open-ended question, but students cannot see it during or after the assessment. **Cause:** Rubric visibility is off by default. Attaching a rubric to a question makes it available to the teacher for scoring. It does not automatically display to students during the test or in their results. **Fix:** Enable student-facing rubric display in assignment settings before the assessment begins: 1. Open the assignment from your dashboard. 2. Click **Settings** > **Assignment Settings**. 3. Find the **Show Rubric to Students** option and turn it on. 4. Save the settings. If the assessment is already in progress, you can update this setting and it will take effect immediately. Students will see the rubric on any open-ended question that has one attached. Rubrics display differently depending on when you show them. If you enable rubric display before students start, they see the rubric while writing their response. If you enable it after grading is complete and scores are released, students see the rubric alongside their score and feedback. ## Contact Support If the behavior you're seeing is not covered above, contact Pear Assessment support at [support@assessment.peardeck.com](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com). Include the assessment name, the section configuration details, and a description of what the student experienced. Support can review your assignment settings and, in some cases, reset individual student section attempts. ## Related Articles * [Create Test Sections](/products/pear-assessment/create-test-sections) * [Add or Change a Question's Standards](/products/pear-assessment/add-or-change-a-question-s-standards) * [Manage Students on a Live Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/manage-students-on-a-live-assessment) * [Create a Rubric for Scoring Essays and Written Responses](/products/pear-assessment/create-rubric-for-scoring-essays-and-written-responses) # Secure Assessments with IP Gating Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/secure-assessments-with-ip-gating Restrict password-protected assessments to authorized locations by configuring allowed IP addresses or ranges in District Policies. In Pear Assessment, password-protected assessments for a proctored classroom environment can be secured with IP address gating. Get started in **Manage District** > **Settings** > **District Policies** > **Allow IP for Password Controlled Assessments**. ## Secure Assessments with IP Gating in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, formal assessments for a proctored classroom environment can be secured with IP address gating. The gating ensures that students can only take an assessment from authorized locations and applies only to assessments with passwords. ## Set IP Address or Range 1. Sign in as an administrator. 2. Click **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Settings** > **District Policies**. 4. Enter an IP address, range, or wildcard under **Allowed IP for Password Controlled Assessments**. Please separate addresses with commas. 5. Click **Save**. # Select Your Standard Sets to Personalize Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/select-your-standard-sets-to-personalize Preselect your preferred standard sets in your profile to filter assessments and questions to the standards most relevant to your classroom. Select Your Standard Sets to Personalize Pear Assessment Users have the ability to select standard sets to reflect on items and tests. These reflect insights when they are conducted on all assignments. ## Select Your Standard Sets to Personalize Pear Assessment Teachers can preselect their standard sets to personalize Pear Assessment to their preferred standards and reduce unwanted options. ## Select Standards 1. Click **My Profile**. 2. Click **Select Your Standard Sets**. 3. Select your preferred sets under **My Standard Sets**. Please also deselect sets irrelevant to your classroom. 4. Click **Confirm**. Select your standard sets under My Profile. Tips: Select more standards if planning to search for questions and assessments to add to your classroom. You can narrow your search by applying the Standards filter. Elementary school teachers should select standard sets for all content that they teach. In My Profile, select your home state's standards if authoring Items (questions) to make it the default standard. Select your preferred standards. View of the Standards filter in Items. # Set District-Wide Standards Proficiency Bands Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/set-district-wide-standards-proficiency-bands Define cut scores and proficiency bands at the district level so student performance can be compared consistently across assessments, grades, and school years. Proficiency bands allow district administrators to classify students based on their assessment performance. Pear Assessment assigns proficiency bands to users using cut-scores. The bands and default cut scores are defined at the district level so performance can be easily compared across assessments, grades, or school years. Set your district's bands in Manage District > Settings > Standards Proficiency. ## Set District-Wide Standards Proficiency Bands Proficiency bands allow district administrators to classify students based on their assessment performance. Pear Assessment assigns proficiency bands to users using cut-scores. The bands and default cut scores are defined at the district level so performance can be easily compared across assessments, grades, or school years. ## Set Proficiency Bands as District Administrator 1. Navigate to **Manage District**. 2. Click **Settings**. 3. Click **Standards Proficiency**. ## Mastery Calculation #### Levels Can Be Calculated Using Several Methods: * Most Recent: Displays the most recent assessment’s mastery * Max Score: Highest score * Mode Score: Most-common score * Simple Average: Average of all assessments equally weighted * Decaying Average: Weighs the most recent score set by the administrator * Moving Average: Identifies trends over a number of assessments set by the administrator * Power Law: Allows the administrator to identify proportional correlation between two sets of scores # Set Up Anti-Cheating Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/set-up-anti-cheating-settings Configure anti-cheating settings in Pear Assessment to promote fairness and maintain test integrity Pear Assessment includes a set of anti-cheating controls that help maintain test integrity during assessments. These settings are available on the **Assign** screen under the **Anti-Cheating** tab, and allow you to randomize question order, restrict navigation, require passwords, and lock down the student's device. ## Set Up Anti-Cheating Settings 1. Open the assignment and click the **Anti-Cheating** tab. 2. Enable or configure the options described below. Screenshot 2024-06-28 at 9.45.17 AM.png Screenshot 2024-06-28 at 9.45.49 AM.png ## Anti-Cheating Options The following options are available on the **Anti-Cheating** tab: * **Shuffle Items**: Randomizes the order of questions so each student receives a different sequence. * **Shuffle Answer Choice**: Randomly reorders answer choices for multiple-choice and multi-select questions. * **Require Password**: Requires students to enter a password before opening the assessment. * **Complete Test in One Sitting**: Prevents students from exiting the test without submitting. If a student closes the app, their test is paused and the instructor must manually resume it from the Live Class Board. * **Restrict Question Navigation**: Prevents students from navigating back to questions they have already answered. GoGuardian recommends using this setting alongside **Shuffle Items** to reduce the opportunity for students to share answers. This setting does not apply to SnapQuiz or VideoQuiz. * **Require Safe Exam Browser (SEB)/Kiosk Mode**: Locks down the student's device for a secure testing environment. SEB must be installed on Windows, Mac, or iPad devices. On Chromebooks, the Pear Assessment Kiosk app must be installed. The quit password allows a teacher or proctor to exit SEB during an assessment: do not share it with students. The quit password cannot be used to exit Kiosk Mode. * **Restrict Navigation Out of Test**: Requires students to take the test in fullscreen mode and prevents them from opening another browser window. An alert appears if a student navigates away for more than 5 seconds. If the student exceeds the designated number of alerts, their assignment is paused and the instructor must manually resume it. This setting is not compatible with iPads. ## Resources # Set Up Canvas Integration Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/set-up-canvas-integration Connect Pear Assessment to Canvas to enable single sign-on, roster sync, assignment sync, and grade sync. Pear Assessment District Admins and Canvas Admins can connect Pear Assessment to Canvas. This setup enables single sign-on, roster sync, assignment sync, and grade sync. ## Before You Begin You need: * Pear Assessment District Admin access * Canvas Admin access * Your district’s Pear Assessment environment: `app.edulastic.com` or `assessment.peardeck.com` ## Enable Canvas Integration 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment with a District Admin account. 2. Go to **Manage District** > **Settings** > **District Policies**. Open District Policies from Manage District settings. 3. Under **Domains** > **3rd Party Integrations**, select **Canvas**. 4. Click **View Configuration** to open the Canvas integration settings in a new tab. Select Canvas under 3rd Party Integrations, then click View Configuration. 5. Keep the Canvas integration tab open, then open your district’s Canvas instance in another tab. The Developer Keys tab in Pear Assessment Canvas Integration settings. ## Create a Developer Key in Canvas 1. Sign in to your district’s Canvas instance as a Canvas Admin. 2. Go to **Admin** > your managed account > **Developer Keys**. 3. Click **+ Developer Key**, then select **+ API Key**. Create an API key from the Canvas Developer Keys page. 4. Enter the following values: * **Key Name**: Enter **Edulastic** if your district uses `app.edulastic.com`. Enter **Pear Assessment** if your district uses `assessment.peardeck.com`. This name is visible to users. * **Owner Email**: Enter the Canvas Admin’s email address. * **Redirect URI**: Enter the URI for your environment. | Environment | Redirect URI | | ------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | | Edulastic (`app.edulastic.com`) | `https://app.edulastic.com/api/canvas/auth_code` | | Pear Assessment (`assessment.peardeck.com`) | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/api/canvas/auth_code` | Use the Redirect URI for your district’s Pear Assessment environment. You will confirm that all environment values match in the final configuration checks. Enter the key name, owner email, and environment-specific Redirect URI in Canvas Key Settings. 5. Save the Developer Key. 6. Copy the **Client ID** and **Developer Key**. Click **Show Key** to display the Developer Key. 7. On the **Account** tab, turn on the Developer Key. Turn on the Pear Assessment or Edulastic Developer Key from the Account tab. 8. If the key appears on the **Inherited** tab, open that tab and turn on the key. Turn on an inherited Pear Assessment or Edulastic Developer Key. ## Add Canvas Credentials to Pear Assessment 1. Return to the Pear Assessment Canvas integration tab. 2. Enter the following values on the **Developer Keys** tab: * **Instance URL**: Your Canvas Instance URL * **Client ID**: The Client ID from Canvas * **Secret Key**: The Developer Key from Canvas 3. Confirm that the Canvas Instance URL does not include a trailing slash. Correct: `https://yourschool.instructure.com` Incorrect: `https://yourschool.instructure.com/` 4. Click **Test Connection**. Enter the Canvas Instance URL, Client ID, and Secret Key, then test the connection. Credential values are redacted. 5. If the test fails, confirm that the values match the Developer Key in Canvas. 6. After the test succeeds, click **Next**. 7. Copy the **Consumer Key** and **Secret Key** from the **App Configuration** tab. 8. Keep the Pear Assessment tab open, then return to Canvas. Copy the Consumer Key and Secret Key from the App Configuration tab. Credential values are redacted. ## Install the Pear Assessment App in Canvas 1. In Canvas, go to **Settings** > **Apps**. 2. Search for **Pear Assessment**, then open the Pear Assessment app. Find Pear Assessment in the Canvas App Center. 3. Click **+ Add App**. 4. Enter the **Consumer Key** and **Shared Secret** copied from Pear Assessment. 5. Enter the Launch URL for your environment. | Environment | Launch URL | | ------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | Edulastic (`app.edulastic.com`) | `https://app.edulastic.com/api/auth/Lti` | | Pear Assessment (`assessment.peardeck.com`) | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/api/auth/Lti` | 6. Complete the app configuration and add the app. ## Important Canvas Configuration Checks Use only 1 Pear Assessment environment. Do not combine configuration values from `app.edulastic.com` and `assessment.peardeck.com`. ### Keep Only One Canvas Configuration Your Canvas instance should have only 1 active Developer Key and 1 app configuration for Pear Assessment or Edulastic. 1. In Canvas, go to **Admin** > **Developer Keys**. 2. Retain the Developer Key associated with the **Client ID** entered on the **Developer Keys** page in Pear Assessment. 3. Delete any additional or duplicate Developer Keys for Pear Assessment or Edulastic. 4. Go to **Settings** > **Apps** > **View App Configurations**. 5. Retain 1 Pear Assessment or Edulastic app and remove any duplicates. 6. Edit the retained app. 7. Enter the **Consumer Key** and **Shared Secret** from the **App Configuration** page in Pear Assessment. 8. Save the changes. ### Match the Launch URL and Redirect URI The Launch URL, Redirect URI, and assignment environment must all use the same Pear Assessment environment. Teachers must create assignments from that environment. | Launch URL in Canvas | Redirect URI Under Developer Keys | Create Assignments From | | ---------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------- | | `https://app.edulastic.com/api/auth/Lti` | `https://app.edulastic.com/api/canvas/auth_code` | `https://app.edulastic.com/` | | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/api/auth/Lti` | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/api/canvas/auth_code` | `https://assessment.peardeck.com/` | ## Verify the Integration Confirm that the Pear Assessment app appears under **Settings** > **Apps** > **View App Configurations** in Canvas. # Set Up Data Studio for Your District Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/set-up-data-studio Configure Data Studio for a district plan: verify eligibility, enable user access, assign Data Operations permissions, and connect your first data source. Data Studio is a district-level add-on for Pear Assessment. It gives district administrators and instructional leaders a unified view of student progress across assessment results, attendance data, and external benchmarks. This article covers how to verify eligibility, enable access for your team, and connect your first data source. ## Before You Start * Your district must be on a Pear Assessment district plan that includes Data Studio. Contact your Pear Deck Learning account manager to confirm eligibility or request a demo. * You must have a district administrator role in Pear Assessment to complete setup. ## Verify Data Studio Is Enabled for Your District 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment at [assessment.peardeck.com](https://assessment.peardeck.com). 2. In the left navigation, look for the **Data Studio** tab. 3. If the tab is not visible, Data Studio is not enabled for your account. Contact Pear Deck Learning support to confirm your plan includes Data Studio and request activation. ## Enable User Access By default, Data Studio is visible only to district administrators. To give school administrators, instructional coaches, or other users access: 1. In Pear Assessment, go to **Admin** and open **User Management**. 2. Find the user and open their profile. 3. Under **Permissions**, enable the **Data Studio** permission. 4. Save the changes. Users with Data Studio permission can view all Data Studio reports. They cannot import data or change district-wide settings unless they also have the Data Operations permission. ## Assign Data Operations Permission Data Operations permission allows a user to import external data files, manage data feeds, and configure risk bands. Assign this permission only to users responsible for data management. 1. In **User Management**, open the user's profile. 2. Under **Permissions**, enable **Data Operations**. 3. Save the changes. Users must have an email address on their account to receive Data Operations permission. If the permission option is unavailable, confirm the user profile includes a valid email address. ## Connect Your First Data Source Data Studio works with 3 types of data sources: | Source type | What it provides | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Pear Assessment results | Assessment scores, standards mastery, and item-level data from assignments in your district | | External benchmark imports | State assessment results, NWEA MAP, iReady, and other external file-based data | | Attendance data | Attendance and enrollment records from your SIS | Pear Assessment results are available in Data Studio automatically — no import is required. To import an external benchmark or attendance data, see [Connect External Data Sources to Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/connect-external-data-sources). ## Verify It Worked After setup, sign in to Data Studio and open the **Dashboard** report. If Pear Assessment data is available for your district, you should see academic summary data filtered to the current school year. If the report is empty, confirm there are completed, scored assignments in Pear Assessment for the current year and that the duration filter is set correctly. ## Related Articles * [Connect External Data Sources to Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/connect-external-data-sources) * [Configure Risk Bands and Early Warning Settings](/products/pear-assessment/configure-risk-bands-early-warning) * [Why Data Is Missing or Doesn't Match Expectations in Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/data-studio-troubleshoot-missing-data) # Set Up Kiosk Mode on Managed Chromebooks Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/set-up-kiosk-mode-on-managed-chromebooks Install and configure the Pear Assessment Kiosk Mode PWA on school-managed Chromebooks via Google Admin Kiosk Mode locks a school-managed Chromebook to the Pear Assessment app, preventing students from accessing the address bar or leaving the secured session during an assessment. This article covers how to install the Kiosk Mode progressive web app (PWA) on managed Chromebooks, configure a custom district URL, and remove the legacy Kiosk Mode extension that the PWA replaced. ## Install Kiosk Mode on Managed Chromebooks These steps apply to Chromebooks running Chrome OS version 81 and later. Install the PWA only on school-owned and managed devices. 1. Sign in to Google Admin. 2. In the left-hand menu, click **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Apps & Extensions**. 3. Click the organizational unit (OU) where the Pear Assessment Kiosk Mode PWA will be deployed. 4. In the lower-right corner of the window, click the plus button, then click the globe button (labeled **Add by URL** when hovered). Click Add by URL to add the Pear Assessment Kiosk Mode app. 5. Enter `https://assessment.peardeck.com/` or your district's Pear Assessment URL found in **Manage District** > **Profile** > **District URL**. Add the Pear Assessment URL or your district's URL. 6. Review the terms as required by Google. 7. Under **Kiosk Settings** > **Managed Configuration**, enter the following: Add a managed configuration in the kiosk settings. ```json theme={null} { "isKiosk": { "Value": true } } ``` 8. Click **Save**. The kiosk app appears in Google Admin as **Pear Assessment: Formative and Summative Assessments Made Easy**. 9. On the student Chromebook sign-in screen, click **Apps** > **Pear Assessment (Formerly Pear Assessment)** if the kiosk does not load automatically. 10. Confirm the **Pear Assessment (Formerly Pear Assessment)** kiosk appears on the student Chromebooks. 11. Confirm students can sign in using third-party single sign-on (SSO) or their Pear Assessment username and password, depending on your environment's setup. View of a student's Chromebook with Pear Assessment kiosk enabled. To deploy to additional organizational units, repeat the steps above for each root or sub-OU. To sign out of Kiosk Mode, press the power button on the keyboard and click **Sign Out**. ## Configure a Custom District URL for Kiosk Mode 1. Sign in to the Google Admin console using an administrator account. 2. Navigate to **Devices** > **Apps & Extensions** > **Kiosks**. 3. Select the OU where the app is installed. 4. Click the app name to open the side panel with policy details. 5. In the **Managed Configuration** section, paste the following JSON: ```json theme={null} { "isKiosk": { "Value": true }, "ssoURL": { "Value": "https://apps.abc.com" } } ``` Replace `https://apps.abc.com` with your district's custom URL. 6. Click **Save** in the upper-right corner. Configure a Custom District URL for Kiosk Mode ## Uninstall the Legacy Kiosk Mode Extension The legacy Kiosk Mode extension (Pear Assessment Kiosk App) is no longer a recommended deployment method. Use the following steps to remove it after deploying the PWA. 1. Sign in to Google Admin. 2. In the left-hand menu, click **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Apps & Extensions**. 3. Click the OU where the legacy Pear Assessment Kiosk Mode app was deployed. 4. Click the **Kiosks** tab. 5. Click the **Pear Assessment Kiosk App** name. 6. Click the trash button in the upper-right corner of the panel. The trash button highlighted to remove the old kiosk app. Repeat these steps for any sub-OUs that are not inheriting settings from the root OU. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Does the Kiosk App Work with Safe Exam Browser (SEB) Settings? Yes. A single test setting controls all supported devices, including Windows, Mac, and Chromebook. ### Can Students Quit an Assignment While It Is in Progress in the Kiosk App? No. The Kiosk app does not allow students to exit an exam while it is in progress. ### How Do Students Exit the Kiosk App on a Chromebook? When students sign out of Pear Assessment within the Kiosk app, the app closes automatically on Chromebooks. ### Does a Teacher Pausing or Closing a Test Still Work in Kiosk Mode and Safe Exam Browser? Yes. Pausing or closing the test removes the student from the assessment. ### Does "Take Test in One Sitting" Work in Kiosk Mode and Safe Exam Browser? Yes. In Kiosk Mode, students must completely shut down their Chromebook to exit the test. In Safe Exam Browser, the quit password can be used to exit. ### Does the Quit Password Apply to Both Safe Exam Browser and Kiosk Mode? No. The Quit Password applies only to Safe Exam Browser. ### Will Students Be Signed Out After Submitting an Assignment? Yes. Students are signed out after submitting if the Release Score policy is set to **Do not release score**. ## Resources # Set Up Performance Bands as District Admin Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/set-up-performance-bands-as-district-admin Configure performance bands to categorize student scores on local and state assessments in Pear Assessment Performance bands categorize a student's performance on a test based on results from local and state assessments. District administrators can create and manage performance bands in **Manage District** > **Settings** > **Performance Bands**. ## Set Up a Performance Band Profile 1. Go to **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Settings** > **Performance Bands**. 3. Click **Create New Profile**. 4. Name the profile after a performance band. 5. Click **Create**. Click the pencil button to edit an existing performance band's standards or add a new band to the profile, then click **Save**. * The first performance band must have a **From** value of 100 percent. * The last performance band must have a **To** value of 0 percent. * A minimum of two bands must be in the profile. * District administrators can enter percentages up to two decimal places. ## Select a Default Performance Band 1. Go to **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Settings** > **Test Settings**. 3. Select your preferred settings under **Default Performance Band Profiles**. # Share and Collaborate Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/share-and-collaborate Explore five collaboration features that reduce duplicate work: Co-Teacher, Co-Authoring, Shared Assessments, Rubrics, and Collaboration Groups. Pear Assessment has developed several features that enable collaboration with school and district colleagues to avoid duplicative efforts. Features include Co-Teacher, Co-Authoring, Shared Assessments, Rubrics, and Collaboration Groups. ## Share and Collaborate in Pear Assessment Team-developed common assessments or benchmarks can be a more efficient way of tracking student mastery.  To avoid duplication of effort, Pear Assessment has developed several features that enable collaboration with school and district colleagues. The features are explained in the table below along with related support articles. | Feature | How It Works | Resource | | -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------- | | Co-Teacher | Sharing specific classes with other teachers to give access to data and the roster for assigning purposes. Can do anything the primary teacher can do with that roster. | Add a Co-Teacher | | Co-Authoring | Sharing a specific assessment with editing rights. Great for allowing multiple users to add content to a shared assessment. | Co-Authoring | | Sharing Assessments | View, duplicate, and assign rights so another user can use your test but not edit it. You would use this for teacher-assigned Benchmarks. | Sharing Assessments | | Rubrics | Great for providing grading guidelines and expectations for constructed responses. | Finding, Editing and Sharing a Rubric | | Collaboration Groups | Ability to share school or district data with a specific group of teachers. For example, sharing data from a 5th-grade, district-wide, benchmark with all the 5th-grade teachers in the district. | Collaboration Groups | # Share Assessment Data via Collaboration Groups Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/share-assessment-data-via-collaboration-groups Create and manage Collaboration Groups to share assessment reports with colleagues across your school or district District Administrators and School Administrators with enterprise subscriptions can create Collaboration Groups to share assessment reports with colleagues. Collaboration Groups are for sharing reports only: if you want to share an assessment for colleagues to use or co-edit, see [Use the Co-Author Feature](/products/pear-assessment/additional-features-included-premium). ## Create a Collaboration Group 1. In the navigation menu, click **Manage School** or **Manage District**, depending on your role. 2. Select **Groups** > **Collaboration Groups**. Pear Assessment Manage District Groups tab showing the Collaboration Groups list with existing groups and the Create New Group button 3. Click **Create Group**. Pear Assessment Group Creation modal with an empty Group Name field and the Create Group button 4. Follow the prompts to name the group and add members. Pear Assessment Add Members modal with a teacher search result selected via checkbox, ready to add to the group 5. Add or remove users from the group as needed. Pear Assessment Collaboration Group member list showing a teacher successfully added, with a confirmation toast 6. Once a user is added to a group, the **Collaboration Groups** button appears in their navigation menu. Teachers can view their groups by clicking **Collaboration Groups**. Pear Assessment teacher navigation menu with the Collaboration Groups link visible after being added to a group 7. Under **Insights**, a teacher can find reports shared with them and share reports with others. Pear Assessment Insights page Standard Reports tab showing the available report types a teacher can share Teachers can share their own classroom data. Administrators can share all data for an assessment across a school or district. If a group is analyzing data across the school or district, it is more efficient to have an administrator share the report with the group. ## Resources Share an assessment with colleagues so they can use or co-edit it. # Share Pear Assessment Assignments with Google Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/share-assignments-with-google-classroom Push assignments directly to your Google Classroom stream so students can open and take assessments without leaving Google Classroom. Share Pear Assessment Assignments with Google Classroom Teachers using Google Classroom can now share any Pear Assessment assignments with their students in Google Classroom. The Google Classroom integration seamlessly complements the Google Single Sign-on feature in Pear Assessment. Students and teachers can simply click on assignments in the Google Classroom stream and instantly access an Pear Assessment assessment. Pear Assessment is always looking for new ways to provide teachers with more choices that allow them to leverage existing technology solutions in their class. This integration will enable teachers to leverage best-in-class features of both platforms: the communication features in Google classroom with deep assessment and reporting capability in Pear Assessment. ## Share Pear Assessment Assignments with Google Classroom ## Teachers Using Google Classroom Can Now Share Any Pear Assessment Assignments with Their Students in Google Classroom. ## The Google Classroom Integration Complements the Google Single Sign-on Feature in Pear Assessment. Students and Teachers Can Click on Assignments in the Google Classroom Stream and Access a Pear Assessment Test. ## Share Assignments in Google Classroom Please note the following before getting started: * Users need to have a Google Apps for Education (GAFE) e-mail with an active Google Classroom account * Users must use the Google Apps for Education (GAFE) e-mail to sign up for Pear Assessment * Students must also be enrolled in Pear Assessment using their Google Apps for Education (GAFE) ID * To enable the automatic transfer of all Pear Assessment assignments to Google Classroom synced classes, go to **My Profile** and toggle on the option to **Automatically Share** 1. Users will see the Google Classroom share button when they assign something in Pear Assessment. 2. Once the button is clicked, users will be prompted to select the class on Google Classroom. The next step is to share the assessment with Google Classroom as an assignment. 3. Once the sharing is complete, teachers and students see the assignment with a Pear Assessment link on their Google Classroom stream. Students can click the assignment link to open the Pear Assessment assessment. If they are not signed in to Pear Assessment, they need to sign in with Google. # Share Class with Co-Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/share-class-with-co-teacher Add a co-teacher to a class so they can enroll students, assign work, grade submissions, and manage the class alongside you. In the **Manage Class** settings, you can click on a class and then **Add Co-Teacher** to share the class with a teacher. Please note that co-teachers must have a Pear Assessment account to be added. ## Share Class with Co-Teacher in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, you can add a co-teacher and share a class with them. When you share a class with a co-teacher, they have the following permissions: * Share the class with another teacher * Enroll students or sync accounts * Add, remove, and edit students in a class * Assign assignments to students * Grade assignments, release scores, print assignments, generate report cards, and all assignment tasks * Archive the class Please make sure that the co-teacher has an account in Pear Assessment before following the steps below. ## Add Co-Teacher 1. Click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on the class name under the **Classes** tab. 3. Click **Add Co-Teacher** in the toolbar. You can also add co-teachers from the three-dot menu > **Add a Co-Teacher**. 4. Enter the co-teacher's name, username, or email address. 5. Select the teacher from the dropdown list when the field populates. 6. Click **Add**. You can add multiple co-teachers to any number of classes. You can view which co-teachers have been added by visiting that specific class. # Share a Test URL Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/share-test-url Share a Pear Assessment test via a link before or after it has been assigned to students In Pear Assessment, you can share a test with other teachers using a direct URL. The method you use depends on whether the test has already been assigned. Keep the following in mind before sharing: * When you create a test, it starts in **Draft** mode. The only way to share a draft is to add co-authors. The shareable link is not available to non-authors until the test is published. * Do not copy the URL from your browser address bar while editing. If the URL contains `/verid/`, it will not work for others. ## Share a Test Before It Is Assigned 1. Create a test and enter the test name, description, grade, and subject. 2. Add at least one item to the test. Share settings are not available until an item has been added. 3. Click **Publish and Assign Later**. 4. Under **Shared With**, click **Edit** next to the private library (indicated by a lock icon) to open the **Share with Others** window. Access 4.png 5. Under **Give Access To**, select **Link Sharing**. When Link Sharing is selected, the test URL changes from `/verid/` to `/view-test/`. Share the URL that contains `/view-test/`. 6. Select one of the following access types: * **Limited Access**: recipients can duplicate and assign the test * **View and assign**: recipients can view and assign the test * **No Actions**: recipients can view the test only 7. Click **Share**. Access 1.png Access 2.png Access 3.png Access Last.png ## Share a Test After It Is Assigned 1. Navigate to the **Assignments** tab in the left sidebar and locate the assignment you want to share. 2. Select **Actions**, then **Share / Embed Link**. Select Actions, then Share / Embed Link. 3. Copy the link from the pop-up window that appears. # Sign Up as Premium or Enterprise Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/sign-up-as-premium-or-enterprise-teacher Access or purchase a Premium or Enterprise plan by signing in with SSO or credentials, then verifying your subscription status from the account menu. Teachers can sign up with a premium or enterprise plan from the **Sign Up** button on Pear Assessment's homepage. Please note that if your district or school has an enterprise account or you have purchased a teacher premium account, you will be automatically signed in with the premium or enterprise account. ## Sign Up as Premium or Enterprise Teacher in Pear Assessment This article explains how teachers can sign up with a premium or enterprise account in Pear Assessment. Please note that if your district or school has an enterprise account or you have purchased a teacher premium account, you will be automatically signed in with the premium or enterprise account. ## Sign Up with Premium or Enterprise 1. Visit Pear Assessment's website or the custom URL provided by your district. 2. Sign in with your existing account via username and password or single sign-on (SSO). You can also create a new account by clicking **Sign Up** in the site's upper-right corner. If creating a new account, please continue with the on-screen steps starting at the **Create Your Free Account** screen where you click **I am a teacher**. 3. After you sign in, click on your name in the navigation menu > **Subscription**. 4. Check your subscription plan in the upper-left corner of the **Subscription** screen, where it says **Your Plan**. If your plan doesn't include premium or enterprise, please add it to the cart and complete the purchase. # Status of Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/status-of-assessments Understand the four assignment statuses in Pear Assessment and how they progress from Not Open to Done When you assign a test to students, Pear Assessment tracks its progress as an assignment. Assignments move through four statuses as students complete their work and teachers finalize grades. ## View Assignment Progress To check the progress of an assignment: 1. Click the **Assignments** tab in the navigation menu. 2. Click the name of an assignment in the list. 3. Review the progress summary at the bottom of the screen, which shows how many students have been assigned, how many have submitted, and how many have been graded. Status 1.png ## Assignment Statuses View Assignment Progress * **Not Open**: The assignment is not yet available to students. This status is used when planning a future assessment , for example, when the start date is in the future. The teacher or administrator must open the assignment before students can begin. * **In Progress**: The assignment is open and available for students to work on. The status changes to **In Grading** when the due date passes, the assignment is manually closed, or all students in the class have submitted. * **In Grading**: All students have submitted their work or the due date has passed. Teachers finalize scores, enter feedback, and manually grade any open-response questions such as essays or drawing responses. Click **Mark as Done** to move the assignment to **Done**. To share grades with students, enable **Release Scores**. * **Done**: Grading is complete. Pear Assessment generates reports automatically when an assignment reaches this status. An assignment can return to **In Progress** from **In Grading** if the **Redirect** feature is used to ask students to redo their work. ## FAQ ### Why Don't Assessments Appear in Reports Even Though They Are Assigned and Completed? The assessments are still in **In Grading** status and have not yet moved to **Done**. If a close date is set, the assignment moves to **Done** automatically when all assessments are graded and the due date has passed. Teachers must complete the full grading flow for reports to generate. If all questions are auto-graded (no open-response questions requiring manual grading), student responses are graded automatically upon submission. # Submit Student's Assignment for Grading Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/submit-student-s-assignment-for-grading Manually submit a completed but unsubmitted assignment on a student's behalf from the Live Class Board tab so it moves to grading. In Pear Assessment, you can submit a student's completed but unsubmitted assignment for grading from the **Live Class Board** tab. Students should have an opportunity to submit their assignment by signing in and clicking **Submit** before you submit it on their behalf. Alternatively, you can wait until after the assignment's due date for it to auto-submit. ## Submit Student's Assignment for Grading in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, you can submit a student's completed but unsubmitted assignment for grading from the **Live Class Board** tab. Students should have an opportunity to submit their assignment by signing in and clicking **Submit** before you submit it on their behalf. Alternatively, you can wait until after the assignment's due date for it to auto-submit. ## Submit Student Assignment 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Check the box next to each student's name to select them. 4. Click **More** in the toolbar > **Mark as Submitted**. Click **Close** in the upper-right corner of a class view to mark all students' work as submitted. # Subscription Plans for Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/subscription-plans Pear Assessment offers a free plan for individual teachers and a custom district or school plan with advanced assessment, reporting, and integration features. Pear Assessment offers 2 plans: a free plan for individual teachers and a custom district or school plan. The free plan is available immediately. District and school plans require a custom quote. ## Compare Plans | Feature | Free | District or School | | ---------------------------------------------- | ---- | ------------------ | | Create and deliver assessments | ✓ | ✓ | | Author and modify questions | ✓ | ✓ | | Sharing and collaboration tools | ✓ | ✓ | | Automatic grading | ✓ | ✓ | | Common assessments at scale | | ✓ | | Shared district item banks | | ✓ | | District and school reporting with drill-downs | | ✓ | | Data Studio for MTSS and early warning | | ✓ | | SIS and LMS integration | | ✓ | | Account management support | | ✓ | ## Start with the Free Plan Any teacher can create a free Pear Assessment account and start immediately. The free plan includes the core tools for creating and delivering assessments, authoring or modifying questions, sharing assessments with colleagues, and reviewing student results with automatic grading. To sign up, see [Create a Free Teacher Account](/products/pear-assessment/create-free-teacher-account). Individual premium features are available for \$125 per year with an educator discount. These unlock the Teacher Dashboard, advanced test security, and standards-based reporting. District plans include all premium features for every teacher. ## Review District and School Plans District and school plans give every teacher and administrator in your organization access to the full Pear Assessment platform. **Common assessments at scale**: Assign district- or school-wide assessments from a shared item bank. Coordinate across grade levels and schools. **Shared district item banks**: Build and maintain a centralized question library. Teachers pull from the same vetted pool of district-aligned content. **District and school reporting**: View assessment data at the district, school, class, and student level, with drill-down reporting by standard, teacher, and demographic group. **Data Studio**: Use MTSS and early warning tools to identify students who may need additional support. See [Data Studio reports](/pear-deck/data-studio) for details. **SIS and LMS integration**: Sync rosters from your student information system and post grades directly to Canvas, Schoology, or Google Classroom. **Account management support**: Access dedicated onboarding, technical deployment assistance, and district-level account management. ## Understand How District Pricing Is Determined District and school pricing is custom. Your quote depends on 3 factors: 1. **Enrollment size**: Volume discounts apply based on the number of students in your district or school. 2. **Product bundle**: You can purchase Pear Assessment individually or bundle it with Pear Start, Pear Deck, and Pear Practice. Bundles offer pricing advantages. 3. **Contract length**: Multi-year commitments may qualify for additional pricing benefits. ## Get a Quote Contact the Pear Deck Learning sales team to request a demo and a custom quote for your district or school. [Request a Pear Assessment quote](https://www.peardeck.com/requests/pear-assessment-quote) GoGuardian and Pear Deck Learning products can be bundled together for pricing advantages. If your district uses GoGuardian Admin, GoGuardian Teacher, GoGuardian Beacon, or other GoGuardian products, ask your account manager about combined pricing. ## Resources Sign up for Pear Assessment and get started as an individual teacher. Upgrade to a premium individual account or enterprise subscription. See which features are available to district and premium individual accounts. # Switch from Clever to Canvas Sync Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/switch-from-clever-to-canvas-sync Migrate class sync from Clever to Canvas by connecting existing or new Pear Assessment accounts to your Canvas district and syncing classes to the Dashboard. Switch from Clever to Canvas Sync in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, you can switch from a Clever integration to Canvas. Teachers with existing Pear Assessment accounts must go to their current Pear Assessment classes and select the Canvas sync button. Teachers without a Pear Assessment account must select a school, grade, subject, and standard before syncing Canvas. ## Switch from Clever to Canvas Sync in Pear Assessment In Pear Assessment, you can switch from a Clever integration to Canvas. Teachers with existing Pear Assessment accounts must go to their current Pear Assessment classes and click the Canvas sync button. Teachers without a Pear Assessment account must select a school, grade, subject, and standard before syncing Canvas. ## Teachers with Existing Pear Assessment Accounts 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment from your Canvas district > **Courses** tab > **Pear Assessment App** button. Existing Pear Assessment accounts will open to the **Dashboard**, where classes and assessments are found. 2. Click **Manage Class** in Pear Assesment. 3. Click on a class name that you'd like to sync with Canvas. 4. Click the **Canvas** button to sync the class. 5. Select the course and section where the class will be synced to Canvas. Repeat the steps when a student joins or leaves your Canvas class. ## Teachers with New Pear Assessment Accounts 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment from your Canvas district > **Courses** tab > **Pear Assessment App** button. 2. Select a school within your school district to continue. 3. Select a grade, subject, and standard to personalize Pear Assessment administration and reports. 4. Confirm classes have synced from Canvas to the Pear Assessment **Dashboard**. # Sync Frequency for Clever Integration Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/sync-frequency-for-clever-integration How often Clever syncs roster data, and how to resolve common import failures from duplicate emails, missing class sections, or conflicting account roles. Sync Frequency for Clever Integration in Pear Assessment Pear Assessment syncs with Clever every night. If the student information system (SIS) data is not available in Pear Assessment, please wait 24 hours to report the missing data to Pear Assessment Support. ## Sync Frequency for Clever Integration in Pear Assessment Pear Assessment syncs with Clever every night. If the student information system (SIS) data is not available in Pear Assessment, please wait 24 hours to report the missing data to Pear Assessment Support. Please note that data may not be successfully imported into Pear Assessment for one of the following reasons: 1. Student or teacher has duplicate emails in the Clever feed 2. Student or teacher account already exists in a different district 3. Student or teacher doesn't have a class section association If your import is failing for any of the above reasons, please resubmit the data again after correcting the above errors. If you were a teacher but now have another role (academic coach, administrator, etc.), please turn off one of the roles in the Clever data feed. Pear Assessment does not allow the use of the same username/email for two different roles. A generic (non-Clever) username can be created by Pear Assessment for your second account. # Sync Rosters with Clever Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/sync-rosters-with-clever-library Connect Pear Assessment to Clever Library to manually pull class roster data into your account Clever Library lets you connect Pear Assessment to Clever and pull your class rosters on demand. Unlike a full Clever district sync: which pushes roster data into your account automatically: Clever Library is an active sync, meaning you initiate each roster update yourself. ## Understand Active Vs. Passive Sync Before setting up Clever Library, it helps to understand the difference between the two sync types: * **Active sync (Clever Library):** You initiate the sync and pull roster data into your account. If a new student joins your class, you must re-sync to add them. * **Passive sync (Clever district sync):** The system pushes roster data into your account automatically. No manual action is required. If your district previously used a Clever district sync and is now moving to Clever Library, you will need to perform manual syncs going forward. ## Activate the Clever Library Sync 1. Sign in to Clever and click the **Library** tab. 2. Search for **Pear Assessment** in the Library. 3. Click **Install** to add Pear Assessment to your Clever Portal. 4. Sign in to your existing Pear Assessment account, or create a new one if prompted. 5. Click **Pull Roster** (or the equivalent sync control) to import your class roster data. 6. If a new student joins your class after the initial sync, return to Clever Library and pull the roster again to add them to your Pear Assessment account. ## How Students Sign In Students have two ways to access Pear Assessment through Clever: * Sign in to Clever, click **Applications**, and select **Pear Assessment**. * Go to [app.pearassessment.com](https://app.pearassessment.com) and click **Sign in with Clever**. ## Resources Overview of the Clever Library integration for Pear Assessment All available integrations for Pear Assessment # Sync Scores to Google Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/sync-scores-to-google-classroom Sync Pear Assessment scores to Google Classroom using auto-share or manual grade sync Teachers can sync assessment scores to Google Classroom by signing in with their Google account via single sign-on (SSO) and enabling auto-sharing or manually sending grades to Google Classroom. If you have previously synced a roster from Google Classroom to Pear Assessment, scores sync automatically. If Clever manages your roster, first [connect each Clever-synced class to its matching Google Classroom class](/products/pear-assessment/connect-clever-classes-to-google-classroom). ## Auto-Share Scores with Google Classroom 1. Sign in with your Google account via SSO on the Pear Assessment homepage. 2. Click your avatar, then select **My Profile** in the navigation menu. 3. Under **Default Settings**, toggle on **Auto Share Assignments with Google Classroom**. 4. Click **Save**. Enable auto-share of Pear Assessment scores with Google Classroom. ## Sync Scores to Google Classroom Manually 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the name of an assignment. 3. Click the hamburger menu, then select **Sync Grades to Google Classroom**. 4. Ask students to open the assessment from their Google Classroom dashboard, complete the assessment, and review their scores on the dashboard. A button in the hamburger menu that reads "Sync Grades to Google Classroom". # Syncing Scores to Google Classroom FAQ Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/sync-scores-to-google-classroom-faq Answers to common questions about syncing Pear Assessment scores to Google Classroom This article answers common questions about syncing assessment scores from Pear Assessment to Google Classroom. ## What Happens When Release Score Policy Is Turned On? Assessment scores sync to Google Classroom when *Release Score Policy* is enabled. Free accounts can only enable *Release scores, student responses and correct answers*. Premium accounts can select from the following options: * Release scores only * Release scores and student responses * Release scores, student responses and correct answers ## What Do Teachers and Students See When Release Score Policy Is Turned Off? When *Release Score Policy* is set to *Off*, teachers can see grades in *Draft* status and students cannot see grades in Google Classroom. ## Which Attempt Shows in Google Classroom If an Assessment Has Been Redirected? If a teacher redirects the assignment for a student, the new score replaces the previous score, showing the most recent attempt's score in Google Classroom. On the student dashboard in Google Classroom, the student will see a new assignment on their *Stream* for each redirect. ## Do Modified or Updated Grades Show in Google Classroom? Updated grades automatically sync to Google Classroom when all of the following apply: * *Release Score Policy* is turned on * Auto-grading is turned on * An auto-graded question's score is updated by an administrator or teacher in the student-centric view or Express Grader Grades are not updated in Google Classroom when scores are updated for manually graded questions. ## How Do Absent Student Assignments Show in Google Classroom? Google Classroom shows an empty score for an assignment when a student is marked absent. ## What Happens When an Assignment Is Not Given to a Student Account Synced from Google Classroom? The teacher view in Google Classroom shows the assignment as *Not Assigned* when an assignment has not been assigned to a student in Google Classroom. ## How Does a Pear Assessment Assignment Show in Google Classroom? When a teacher marks an assessment as submitted, an assessment that is in progress or not started will not appear as graded for the student in Google Classroom. The teacher will have to manually add the scores in Google Classroom. Students must select **Submit** for their assignment in Pear Assessment or **Mark as Done** in Google Classroom for the score to automatically show in Google Classroom. ## Resources Learn how to connect Pear Assessment with Google Classroom. # Teacher and Admin-Assigned Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/teacher-and-admin-assigned-assessments Understand when to use admin-assigned versus teacher-assigned assessments and the benefits of each method Assessments in Pear Assessment can be assigned by an administrator or shared with teachers, who then assign them to classes. Each method offers distinct advantages depending on how your school or district manages testing. ## Admin-Assigned Assessments Admin-assigned assessments give administrators direct control over how and when assessments are distributed across classes. * Assign to classes in bulk. * Eliminate accidental assigning or duplicating of questions used on shared teacher tests. * Create specific times when the assessments can be opened or closed. * Lock the assessment settings. Use the teacher-assigned method if you plan to give unique tests or test settings per student within the same class (extended time, calculator, shuffle questions, and so on). ## Teacher-Assigned Assessments Teacher-assigned assessments give individual teachers more flexibility and control over how assessments are delivered to their students. * Assign assessments to specific students in classes, such as students with accommodations. * Retain more flexibility after assigning the assessment. * Hide questions from teachers before grading. * Lock settings to require teachers to use the same settings. Unless you are using [District Custom Collections](/products/pear-assessment/explore-collections-for-district-admins), assessments can be duplicated, resulting in data from multiple versions of assessments. ## Resources Set up and distribute assessments to classes in bulk as an administrator. Assign assessments to specific students or classes as a teacher. # Teacher-Assigned Common Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/teacher-assigned-common-assessments Assign a common assessment to specific students, control open and close policies, lock settings across teachers, and hide questions before grading. In Pear Assessment, a teacher can assign a common assessment and benefit from the following: assign an assessment to specific students in a class, provide flexibility in testing for students, hide the questions from teachers before grading, and lock the settings, so all teachers must use the anti-cheating or other features you choose. ## Teacher-Assigned Common Assessments In Pear Assessment, a teacher can assign a common assessment and benefit from the following: * Assign an assessment to specific students in a class * Provide flexibility in testing for students * Hide the questions from teachers before grading * Lock the settings, so all teachers must use the anti-cheating or other features you choose Please note that an assessment can be duplicated, resulting in data from multiple versions of an assessment, unless you use District Custom Collections for Enterprise Users. ## Assign a Common Assessment 1. Click **Test** or click on a link if a teacher has shared one. 2. Click on a test. 3. Click **Quick Assign** in the popup. Quick Assign button highlighted with the pointer. 4. Select one or more classes to take the assignment under **Class/Group**. Class/Group highlighted to show the tooltip. 5. Select all or specific students in the class/group under **Students**. If you're selecting specific students, please select them in the field's dropdown. Select all or specific students radio buttons. 6. Select the time when the assessment will be available to students under **Open Date** and **Close Date**. Please note **Use Open, Due and Close Date** sets the same start and end dates. Open and Close Dates for the assessment. 7. Select how the assessment will be made available to students on the open and close dates under **Open Policy** and **Close Policy**. Please note the difference for manual settings: **Open Manually:** Allows the teacher to assign the assessment now but gives access to classes when they are ready. **Close Manually:** Allows the teacher to keep the assessment open until all students finish the assessment. This does not affect reports or data. 8. Click **Assign** in the upper-right corner of the window. Open Policy and Close Policy settings. ## Resources * Common Assessment: Teacher vs Admin Assigning # Test Security: Kiosk Mode and Safe Exam Browser Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/test-security-kiosk-mode-and-safe-exam-browser Restrict students to a locked browser environment during assessments by installing Safe Exam Browser or Kiosk Mode and requiring them in assignment settings. Safe Exam Browser and Kiosk Mode are invaluable tools for maintaining the integrity and security of educational assessments in an increasingly digital landscape. By leveraging these technologies, educators can conduct assessments with confidence, knowing that the integrity of the testing process is upheld and students are evaluated fairly based on their merit. The article serves as a comprehensive guide to understanding the fundamentals of Safe Exam Browser and Kiosk Mode, offering insights into their features, benefits, and practical applications in educational settings. As technology continues to shape the landscape of assessment, these tools remain essential for ensuring the validity and reliability of test results, ultimately contributing to the enhancement of educational quality and accountability. ## Test Security: Kiosk Mode and Safe Exam Browser Safe Exam Browser (SEB) and Kiosk Mode (KM) are invaluable tools for maintaining the integrity and security of educational assessments in an increasingly digital landscape. By leveraging these technologies, educators can conduct assessments with confidence, knowing that the integrity of the testing process is upheld and students are evaluated fairly based on their merit. The article is a comprehensive guide to understanding the fundamentals of SEB and KM, offering insights into their features, benefits, and practical applications in educational settings. As technology continues to shape the landscape of assessment, these tools remain essential for ensuring the validity and reliability of test results, ultimately contributing to the enhancement of educational quality and accountability. ## Features * SEB/KM offers a secure test environment for Pear Assessment assessments. Students are prevented from accessing other browser-based resources, such as Google or calculators. * SEB/KM disables the web browser settings and the start menu options on a Windows device. * It can also be set whether users can quit SEB during the test and if it is required to enter a quit password to do so. * Right-click inside SEB/KM is also disabled. * SEB/KM detects when it was started in a virtual environment and declines to run. ## Install Safe Exam Browser on Student Devices SEB opens a web browser window without navigation elements and locks the computer into a kiosk mode, which prevents users from switching to other applications or quitting SEB. SEB also enables secure exams on unmanaged computers like students’ own laptops as well as in managed environments. 1. Download SEB from [http://safeexambrowser.org/download\_en.html](http://safeexambrowser.org/download_en.html) for either Windows or Mac. 2. Start the SEB installer (.exe file for Windows or .dmg file for Mac) and follow the on-screen steps to complete the installation. If installing SEB on student devices, it is recommended that users choose the install folder that is writable only with administrator rights. Note: When using SEB with Pear Assessment, Pear Assessment dynamically generates a configuration file. Users do not need to configure SEB using the configuration tool provided by SEB. ## Use Safe Exam Browser and Kiosk Mode with Pear Assessment KM is a Chromebook app that opens a web browser window without navigation elements and locks the computer into Pear Assessment, which prevents students from switching to other applications.  Students do not sign in to their Chromebooks. Instead, they launch KM from the app tray and sign in there. ## Install Kiosk Mode on Student Devices SEB/KM ensures test security by restricting students to only Pear Assessment while taking the assessments, preventing them from using other educational apps. SEB should be limited to those assessments that need a higher level of security. Please follow our instructions to install Kiosk Mode. Pear Assessment provides teachers or admins the control to decide when the use of SEB is mandated. Teachers or admins should select **Yes** for **Require Safe Exam Browser**. An optional Quit Password can also be entered if teachers need a way for students to quit SEB midway through the assessment. Students can safely quit SEB once the assessment is submitted. This password is for emergency-use only, such as when students need to quit the assessment in between. Please do not disclose the password to students. If a student needs to quit SEB midway, teachers should type the password on student devices. When **Require Safe Exam Browser** is set to **Yes**, students can't start the assessment in any other browser except SEB. Pear Assessment recommends that for standard usage, students should not be instructed to sign in and click on Pear Assessment assignments on any other supported browser apart from SEB/KM (e.g. Chrome, Firefox, Safari, etc.). If **Require Safe Exam Browser** is set to **Yes**, Pear Assessment will automatically open the assessment in SEB in a new window and automatically navigate the student to the first question of the assessment. Assignments that require SEB will show the SEB logo shown below: Students can safely quit SEB once they submit the assignment: The article serves as a comprehensive guide to understanding the fundamentals of Safe Exam Browser and Kiosk Mode, offering insights into their features, benefits, and practical applications in educational settings. As technology continues to shape the landscape of assessment, these tools remain essential for ensuring the validity and reliability of test results, ultimately contributing to the enhancement of educational quality and accountability.Test Security: Kiosk Mode and Safe Exam BrowserURL NameTest-Security-Kiosk-Mode-and-Safe-Exam-Browser-1629332485255 # Troubleshoot Accommodations and Secure Testing Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-accommodations-and-secure-testing Fix common issues with student accommodations, text-to-speech, kiosk mode, and secure testing settings in Pear Assessment. Accommodations and secure testing in Pear Assessment each rely on a specific setup sequence. Text-to-speech (TTS) requires both a student account setting and an assignment setting. Kiosk Mode requires a managed device and a district-specific URL. When one layer is missing, the feature fails silently or shows an error that points to the wrong place. Use this article to identify which layer is missing and fix it. ## Text-to-Speech Not Working TTS in Pear Assessment requires 3 things to work: Chrome as the browser, the accommodation enabled on the student's account, and TTS enabled in the assignment settings. If any of these are missing, students will not hear audio. **Check the browser.** TTS works only in Google Chrome. Safari, Firefox, and Edge are not supported. Confirm students are using Chrome before continuing. **Check the student account setting.** 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as an administrator. 2. Navigate to **Manage Users** and open the student's account. 3. Confirm that **Text-to-Speech** is enabled under the student's accommodations. 4. Verify the result: the Text-to-Speech toggle is on. If it was off, save the account before moving to the next check. If TTS is not enabled in the student account, it will not appear during the assignment, even if the assignment setting is turned on. **Check the assignment setting.** 1. Open the assignment from your **Assignments** list. 2. Select **Settings** and scroll to the **Accommodations** section. 3. Confirm that **Text-to-Speech** is enabled for the assignment. 4. Verify the result: the student can now hear TTS when opening a question in the assignment. Both the student account setting and the assignment setting must be active. Neither alone is sufficient. **Check playback speed.** If TTS plays but the speed is too fast or too slow, the student can adjust it from within the assessment. The playback speed control is available in the TTS toolbar and supports 0.5x to 2x speed. ## Accommodations Not Applying Accommodations in Pear Assessment are configured at 2 levels: the student account level and the assignment level. Both must be set correctly for an accommodation to apply during an assessment. | Level | Where to configure | What it controls | | --------------- | -------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------- | | Student account | **Manage Users** > student profile | Which accommodations the student is eligible to receive | | Assignment | Assignment **Settings** > **Accommodations** | Which accommodations are active for a specific assessment | If an accommodation is enabled in the student account but not in the assignment, it will not appear during that assessment. If it is enabled in the assignment but not in the student account, it will not apply to that student. **To check and fix a missing accommodation:** 1. Confirm the accommodation is enabled on the student's account in **Manage Users**. 2. Open the assignment and confirm the same accommodation is enabled in **Settings** > **Accommodations**. 3. If the assignment is already in progress, pause or close it, update the accommodation settings, and then reopen it for the student. 4. Verify the result: the student sees the accommodation option when they open the assessment. Demographic data linked to a student account, including accommodation flags, must be saved before the student opens the assignment. Changes made after the student starts the assessment may not apply to that session. ## Kiosk Mode: Find Your District URL Pear Assessment provides each district with a unique kiosk URL. The generic URL (`https://assessment.peardeck.com`) does not work for kiosk sign-in in most district environments. Students who use the generic URL land on a sign-in screen that does not match their district's authentication method, causing a login failure or redirect loop. Finding your district URL requires a district administrator account. If you are a teacher, ask your district administrator to locate the URL and update the kiosk app configuration. **Find your district's kiosk URL:** 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as a district administrator. 2. Navigate to **Manage District** > **Profile**. 3. Copy the URL listed under **District URL**. 4. Verify the result: your district URL follows this format: `https://assessment.peardeck.com/district/[district-slug]` Use this URL when configuring the kiosk app in Google Admin. Students signing in through Kiosk Mode will use this URL to reach the correct sign-in screen for your district. ## Set Up Kiosk Mode on Managed Chromebooks Kiosk Mode requires managed Chromebooks. It will not work on personally owned or unmanaged devices. Before students can use Kiosk Mode, a district IT administrator must deploy the Pear Assessment kiosk progressive web app (PWA) through Google Admin. The steps below summarize the required configuration. For the full procedure, see [Set Up Kiosk Mode on Managed Chromebooks](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-kiosk-mode-on-managed-chromebooks). 1. Sign in to the Google Admin console. 2. Navigate to **Devices** > **Chrome** > **Apps & Extensions**. 3. Select the organizational unit (OU) for the student devices. 4. Add the Pear Assessment PWA using **Add by URL**, and enter your district URL from **Manage District** > **Profile** > **District URL**. 5. Under **Kiosk Settings** > **Managed Configuration**, set `"isKiosk": { "Value": true }`. 6. Click **Save**. 7. Verify the result: the Pear Assessment kiosk app appears on student Chromebooks at the sign-in screen. If your district previously used the legacy Kiosk Mode extension, remove it after deploying the PWA. Running both simultaneously causes sign-in conflicts. See [Set Up Kiosk Mode on Managed Chromebooks](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-kiosk-mode-on-managed-chromebooks) for uninstall steps. ## Kiosk Mode Login Problems ### Login Loop After Entering Credentials A login loop usually means the kiosk app is configured with the generic Pear Assessment URL rather than the district-specific URL. The student reaches the sign-in screen, authenticates, and is then redirected back to the sign-in screen because the session cannot establish against the generic domain. **Fix:** Update the kiosk app configuration in Google Admin to use your district URL. See [Kiosk Mode: Find Your District URL](#kiosk-mode-find-your-district-url) above. ### Student Can't Enter the Test in Kiosk Mode If a student can sign in but cannot open an assigned assessment, confirm the following: * The assignment is open and has not been paused or closed by the teacher. * The student's account matches the class roster for that assignment. * The assignment's **Secure Testing** setting matches the deployed kiosk configuration. If the assignment requires Safe Exam Browser and the student is using Kiosk Mode (or the reverse), the student will be blocked from starting. ### Wrong Credentials or "User Not Found" Error Students in Kiosk Mode must use credentials that match your district's authentication method. If your district uses Google SSO, students must have a valid Google account tied to Pear Assessment. If your district uses a username and password, students must use those credentials rather than their Google login. If a student consistently receives a "user not found" error, confirm the student's account exists in **Manage Users** and that the account is assigned to an active class. ### Microsoft SSO Bypass in Kiosk Mode If students can exit Kiosk Mode by selecting the Microsoft SSO sign-in option and navigating to external sites, restrict this in your district settings: * Remove Office 365 (Microsoft) SSO from your **Sign-On Policies** in Pear Assessment district settings, or * Block external URLs (such as `github.com` and `apple.com`) in the Google Admin Kiosk URL blocking settings for the student OU. For full instructions, see [Troubleshooting Kiosk Mode Access Issues](/products/pear-assessment/troubleshooting-kiosk-mode-access-issues-and-preventing-unauthorized-access). ## Safe Exam Browser Issues ### SEB Not Loading or Fails to Open Safe Exam Browser (SEB) must be installed on the student's device before a test that requires it can be started. If SEB is not installed, the student will see a prompt to download it but will not be able to proceed. 1. Confirm SEB is installed on the device. Download it from [safeexambrowser.org](http://safeexambrowser.org/download_en.html) for Windows or Mac. 2. Confirm the assignment's **Require Safe Exam Browser** setting is set to **Yes**. 3. Have the student open the assignment from Pear Assessment in Chrome. Pear Assessment automatically launches SEB and navigates to the first question. 4. Verify the result: SEB opens and the student sees the first question of the assessment. ### Configuration File Errors Pear Assessment generates the SEB configuration file automatically. Teachers and administrators do not need to create or upload a configuration file. If SEB displays a configuration error, the most likely causes are: * The student opened SEB directly rather than clicking the assignment link in Pear Assessment. Have the student close SEB, return to Pear Assessment in Chrome, and open the assignment from there. * The SEB installation is incomplete or corrupted. Uninstall and reinstall SEB from [safeexambrowser.org](http://safeexambrowser.org/download_en.html). ### Student Needs to Exit SEB Mid-Test Students cannot exit SEB without a quit password. If a student needs to leave the assessment before submitting, the teacher must enter the quit password on the student's device. Set the quit password in the assignment's **Secure Testing** settings before the assessment begins. Do not share the quit password with students. The quit password applies only to Safe Exam Browser. It does not apply to Kiosk Mode on Chromebooks. To exit Kiosk Mode, the student must submit the assignment, after which the app closes automatically. ## Contact Support If the steps above did not resolve the issue, contact Pear Assessment support with the following information: * The student's username or email address * The assignment name and assigned date * The browser or secure testing method in use (Chrome, SEB, or Kiosk Mode) * The exact error message or behavior the student saw ## Resources Full list of available accommodations and how they appear to students during an assessment. Complete IT administrator setup steps for deploying the Kiosk Mode PWA. Block Microsoft SSO bypass and configure Clever Badge sign-in in Kiosk Mode. Overview of secure testing options in Pear Assessment. # Fix a Pear Assessment Assignment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-assignment-recovery Resolve assignment problems after a Pear Assessment is distributed, including wrong assignments, unsubmit requests, grade sync failures, and missing results. Use this article when an assignment has already been distributed to students and something needs to be corrected. For pre-distribution changes, edit the assessment directly before assigning. ## I Assigned the Wrong Assessment If students have not started, delete the assignment and reassign the correct one. 1. In Pear Assessment, open **Assignments**. 2. Find the assignment and click the three-dot menu. 3. Select **Delete Assignment**. 4. Assign the correct assessment. If students have already started or submitted, you cannot delete the assignment. Unassign the students who should not have received it, then assign the correct assessment to those students separately. To unassign individual students: 1. Open the assignment and click **Manage Students**. 2. Select the students to remove. 3. Click **Unassign**. Unassigned students retain any responses they already submitted. Those responses are removed from class-level reporting. ## I Need to Let a Student Resubmit or Redo an Assessment Teachers can redirect a submitted assignment back to a student for another attempt. 1. Open the assignment in **Assignments**. 2. Click the student's name in the results table. 3. Click **Redirect**. 4. Confirm the redirect. The student receives the assignment again at the same settings. Previous responses are archived and not overwritten. If the redirect option is not available, the assignment may be closed. Open the assignment first, then redirect. ## Standards Are Not Aligning in the Results Standards appear in reports only when items are tagged to a standard and the standards set is enabled for the district or teacher account. Check the following: * **Item-level standards:** Open the assessment, select an item, and confirm a standard is attached. Standards set at the assessment level do not flow to items automatically. * **Selected standards set:** In account settings, confirm the correct standards set is active. If the standards set was changed after the assessment was created, item tags may reference a different set. * **Report filters:** In the results view, check that the standards filter is not set to a different framework than the one the items are tagged to. If items are tagged correctly and the standards set matches but data still does not appear, allow up to 24 hours for the report to update after submissions close. ## Grades Did Not Sync to Google Classroom or My LMS Grade sync to Google Classroom and most LMS gradebooks requires the assignment to have been created from within Pear Assessment with the integration active. Check the following: * **Integration status:** Go to **Settings** and confirm the Google Classroom or LMS integration is connected and authorized. * **Assignment source:** Grades sync only for assignments created with the integration active. Assignments created before the integration was connected do not sync retroactively. * **Score release:** Scores must be released to students before they appear in Google Classroom. Go to the assignment, click **Release Scores**, and confirm. * **Manual sync:** In the assignment results view, click **Sync to Google Classroom** to trigger a manual push if the automatic sync did not run. For Canvas and Schoology, confirm the assignment was created through the LMS integration and that the grade passback setting is enabled in the LMS tool configuration. ## Results or Scores Are Missing If scores do not appear in the results view, check the following: * **Assignment status:** Open the assignment and confirm it is not in Draft status. Scores are not visible while an assignment is in Draft. * **Student submission status:** In the results table, check whether the student's status is Submitted, In Progress, or Not Started. Scores appear only for Submitted responses. * **Closed vs. open assignment:** If the assignment is closed, open it to allow late submissions. * **Deleted students:** If a student was removed from the class roster after submitting, their data may not appear in the current view. Use the **All Students** filter to include unenrolled students in the results. If scores were submitted correctly but a score transfer to another assignment or class is needed, contact Pear Assessment support. Score transfers between assignments or classes require a data request. ## Contact Support For assignment issues that cannot be resolved through the steps above, contact Pear Deck Learning support. Include the assignment name, the class name, and the specific symptom when you open a case. # Troubleshoot “Error While Posting Assignment to Google Classroom” Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-error-while-posting-assignment-to-google-classroom “Resolve the “Error while posting assignment to Google Classroom” message by signing out and back in or resetting the class code and resyncing the assignment.” Troubleshoot “Error while posting assignment to Google Classroom” in Pear Assessment The “Error while posting an assignment to Google Classroom” message can be troubleshot by logging in and out of Pear Assessment and Google Classroom. Then please sign in again and reshare your assignment to Google Classroom from an assignment's hamburger menu. If the behavior persists, please reset the class codes in Google Classroom and re-sync Google Classroom in Pear Assessment. ## Troubleshoot “Error While Posting Assignment to Google Classroom” in Pear Assessment This article explains two methods of troubleshooting the “Error while posting an assignment to Google Classroom” status message in Pear Assessment: * Sign in and out of Pear Assessment and Google Classroom and reshare assignment * Reset class code and resync assignment ## Sign In and Out of Pear Assessment and Google Classroom 1. Click on your avatar in Pear Assessment > **Sign Out**. 2. Navigate to Google Classroom, click on your avatar, and sign out. 3. Sign in again to each app. 4. In Pear Assessment, click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 5. Click on an assignment's name. 6. Click the hamburger menu next to the tabs > **Share to Google Classroom**. If the error persists, please try the troubleshooting steps in the next section. ## Reset Class Code and Resync Assignment 1. In Google Classroom, click **Home**. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Click the gear button in the toolbar below your avatar to open **Class Settings**. 4. Click **Reset** under **General** > **Invite Codes** > **Manage Invite Codes** > **Turned on**. 5. Copy the new class code next to **Class code**. 6. In Pear Assessment, click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 7. Click on a class name. 8. Click **Sync with Google Classroom** in the toolbar at the top of the window. 9. Paste the new class code copied from Google Classroom. 10. Click **Sync**. 11. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 12. Click on an assignment's name. 13. Click the hamburger menu next to the tabs > **Share to Google Classroom**. Tip: Still receiving the error? Please open a case with Google Support. # Troubleshoot Google Classroom Sync Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-google-classroom-sync Resolve issues with the Sync with Google Classroom button by updating browser permissions and cookie settings If the **Sync with Google Classroom** button in Pear Assessment behaves unexpectedly, the most common cause is a browser setting that blocks pop-ups, redirects, automatic downloads, or third-party cookies. Updating these settings resolves the issue in most cases. The steps below use Google Chrome as an example. The location of these settings varies by browser. ## Fix Google Classroom Sync 1. Open Pear Assessment and select the lock icon to the left of the URL in your browser's address bar. 2. Select **Site settings**. 3. Enable **Pop-ups and redirects**. 4. Enable **Automatic downloads**. 5. Enable third-party cookies. In Google Chrome, this setting is on the **Privacy and security** page rather than the per-site settings panel. Third-party cookies in the menu of the "Privacy and security" landing page. 6. Refresh the page. 7. Select **Manage Class**. 8. Select **Sync with Google Classroom** and confirm the sync completes as expected. The "Site settings" option in the dropdown menu from the Google Chrome address bar. "Sync with Google Classroom" button in Manage Class. ## Resources Send assessment scores directly to Google Classroom from Pear Assessment. Answers to common questions about syncing scores to Google Classroom. # Troubleshoot Assessment Import and Conversion Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-import-conversion Fix problems importing a document, PDF, or Google Form into Pear Assessment, including SnapQuiz errors, Doc-to-Test failures, and unsupported formats. Use this article when an assessment import fails, produces incorrect questions, or does not complete as expected. ## Doc-to-Test Import Is Failing or Signing You Out Doc-to-Test converts a Word document or Google Doc into a Pear Assessment. If the conversion logs you out or produces an error: 1. Confirm the document is formatted as text, not as a scanned image. Scanned documents cannot be read by the converter. 2. Remove complex formatting before importing: tables, columns, embedded images that contain question text, and decorative spacing can cause parsing errors. 3. Confirm you are signed in to the Google account connected to your Pear Assessment account before starting the conversion. A session mismatch can cause a logout mid-process. 4. Try exporting the Google Doc as a Word file (.docx) and importing the Word file instead. ## SnapQuiz Import Is Producing Errors SnapQuiz imports from a PDF or image of a printed test. Common errors: **Questions are missing or incomplete:** 1. Confirm the PDF is not a scanned image at low resolution. SnapQuiz requires a minimum of 150 DPI. If your scan is lower resolution, re-scan at a higher setting. 2. Confirm each question is clearly separated and numbered. Questions that run together without a line break or number may not be detected. 3. Review every generated question after import. SnapQuiz is a draft — questions with complex formatting, diagrams, or mathematical notation require manual correction. **The PDF upload fails immediately:** 1. Check the file size. Files larger than 25 MB may not upload. Compress the PDF or split it into smaller files. 2. Remove password protection from the PDF before uploading. 3. Try uploading a different PDF to confirm whether the issue is file-specific or account-specific. ## Content Converter (Google Forms to Pear Assessment) Is Not Working The Content Converter imports a Google Form into Pear Assessment as a new assessment. 1. Confirm the Google Form is owned by or shared with the Google account connected to your Pear Assessment. 2. Open the Content Converter from within Pear Assessment, not by navigating directly to the converter URL. The tool requires an active Pear Assessment session. 3. If the form imports but question types are not recognized, check whether the form uses question types not supported by Pear Assessment. Multiple choice, short answer, and paragraph questions import reliably. Grid questions and image-only questions may not import correctly. ## Supported Import Formats | Import method | Supported input | Notes | | ---------------------- | ------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | | Doc-to-Test | Google Docs, Word (.docx) | Text-based documents only. Complex formatting may cause errors. | | SnapQuiz | PDF, JPG, PNG | Minimum 150 DPI for reliable results. No password protection. | | Content Converter | Google Forms | Multiple choice and short answer import most reliably. | | Bulk Content Converter | Multiple Google Forms | Requires bulk converter feature access. | ## Contact Support Contact Pear Deck Learning support. When you open a case, include the import method you used, the file type, and the error message or behavior you observed. # Troubleshoot Logging in to Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-logging-in-to Resolve sign-in errors by addressing incorrect credentials, missing password reset emails, device verification failures, and duplicate account conflicts. The article provides troubleshooting steps for users experiencing sign-in issues with Pear Assessment. It covers common problems and solutions related to passwords, account verification, browser settings, and internet connectivity to resolve sign-in problems effectively. ## Troubleshoot Logging in to Pear Assessment Pear Assessment users often have more than one email address. In a digital world, where individuals need an account to access everything, it can be tough to keep track of which emails are used for which accounts, and which passwords unlock them. This article will go over some troubleshooting issues when trying to sign in to Pear Assessment. ## Troubleshoot Logging in ### Incorrect Email or Password * The password does not match what Pear Assessment has on file for the user's account. * Users can start fresh with a new password to resolve this. On the sign-in page, click **Forgot Password** and enter the email where the user would like to receive a reset link. * If the email entered doesn’t match what Pear Assessment has on file, we recommend searching “Pear Assessment” and “no-reply\@Pear Assessment.com” in the user's email inboxes. If users find post notifications or a welcome email, try logging in with the email tied to that inbox. Users may need to reset their password as well. * If users found a welcome email or notification, but the password isn’t working or aren’t getting reset emails, users may have created the account with Google or Clever sign-up options. If users created accounts with these options, a password was not manually entered. * Pear Assessment has a typo version of the email address on file. If users suspect this to be the case, users can reach out to our support team at: [support@assessment.peardeck.com](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com) for further assistance. ### Password-Reset Email Not Received * Check the spam folder and filter for emails from [no-reply@PearAssessment.com](mailto:no-reply@PearAssessment.com). * Add [no-reply@PearAssessment.com](mailto:no-reply@PearAssessment.com) to the email contact list, and send another link to the email. * If users receive emails through a private domain, contact your domain host and ask that they add no-reply\@Pear Assessment.com to the email allowlist. * If a user's sign-in email is a Gmail address, try the **Continue with Google** option to sign in. Users can also try the **Continue with Clever** option to check if they used Clever sign-in to create their account. Tip: If the password reset emails still aren’t reaching users, please reach out to the support team and include the email address you use with Pear Assessment for a faster resolution to [support@assessment.peardeck.com](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com) ### Device Verification * If user device verification links are no longer recognized in our system: * Try logging in again and wait 15 minutes for a new verification link to reach the user. * Do not sign in again while users are waiting. * Make sure that users are using the most recent link we’ve sent. * Make sure users are verifying on the same device and are attempting to access their account (i.e. don’t verify on your phone if you want to sign in on your desktop). * If users aren’t receiving our device verification emails: * Check the users spam folder and filters for emails from no-reply\@Pear Assessment.com. * Add no-reply\@Pear Assessment.com to their email contact list, and send another link. * If users are running email through a personal domain, contact the domain host and ask that they add no-reply\@Pear Assessment.com to your email allowlist. ### Account Already Exists * Users can either create an account with an alternate email address or reach out to our support team at [support@assessment.peardeck.com](mailto:support@assessment.peardeck.com). # Why Don't I See My Classes or Students? Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-missing-classes-students Diagnose why classes or students are missing in Pear Assessment, organized by rostering source: Google Classroom, Clever, ClassLink, Canvas, and manual codes. Missing classes or students in Pear Assessment are almost always a rostering issue. The right fix depends on how your classes were created. Find your rostering source below. ## Google Classroom **Classes are missing:** 1. In Pear Assessment, go to **Classes** and click **Sync with Google Classroom**. 2. Confirm you are signed in to the Google account that owns the Classroom. Classes associated with a different Google account do not appear. 3. Check that the class is not archived in Google Classroom. Archived classes do not sync. **Students are missing from a class:** 1. In the class, click **Sync**. 2. If students are enrolled in Google Classroom but do not appear, confirm they accepted the class invitation in Google Classroom. 3. Students who join Google Classroom after the initial sync do not appear automatically. Sync again to pull in new students. ## Clever **Classes are missing:** Pear Assessment syncs from Clever on a schedule. After a roster change in your SIS, allow up to 24 hours for the change to propagate through Clever to Pear Assessment. If classes are still missing after 24 hours: 1. Ask your district admin to confirm the sections are active and shared with Pear Assessment in the Clever dashboard. 2. Confirm the teacher's email in Clever matches the email used to sign in to Pear Assessment. A mismatch prevents class association. 3. If sections were archived and reactivated in your SIS, contact Pear Assessment support. Reactivated sections sometimes require a manual resync. **Students are missing:** 1. Confirm the students are actively enrolled in the section in your SIS, not just in Clever. 2. If enrollment changed recently, wait for the next Clever sync cycle and check again. 3. For students who appear in Clever but not in Pear Assessment, ask your district admin to check whether the student record is shared with Pear Assessment in the Clever app permissions. ## ClassLink **Classes are missing:** ClassLink uses OneRoster to provision classes to Pear Assessment. If classes do not appear: 1. Ask your IT admin to confirm the OneRoster sync is active and that Pear Assessment is included in the ClassLink app roster. 2. Confirm the teacher's email in ClassLink matches the sign-in email for Pear Assessment. 3. Check whether the class source ID changed in your SIS. A changed source ID creates a new class record in Pear Assessment rather than updating the existing one. **Source ID changes:** If your district updated student IDs or section IDs in your SIS, contact Pear Assessment support before syncing. Syncing with changed source IDs without preparation can create duplicate records. ## Canvas **Classes are missing:** Canvas classes appear in Pear Assessment only when the Pear Assessment Canvas integration is installed and the teacher uses it to create assignments. 1. Confirm the Pear Assessment LTI tool is installed in the Canvas course. 2. Open the Canvas course, open the Pear Assessment tool, and sign in. Canvas courses are not pushed to Pear Assessment automatically — they appear when the integration is accessed from within Canvas. **Students are missing:** Students are rostered from Canvas at the time an assignment is created through the integration. If students enrolled in Canvas after the Pear Assessment assignment was created, they do not appear automatically. Create a new assignment or contact support for a manual roster update. ## Manual Class Codes If your classes were created manually using class codes: 1. Confirm students are using the correct class code. Codes are case-sensitive. 2. In the class, go to **Students** and check whether students appear as Pending. Students who entered the class code but have not been approved appear as Pending until the teacher approves them. 3. If a student does not appear at all, they may have used a different email address. Ask them to sign in with the email associated with their account and rejoin using the class code. ## Contact Support If classes or students are still missing after following the steps for your rostering source, contact Pear Assessment support. Include your rostering method, the class name, and the specific symptom. For Clever and ClassLink issues, your district admin may also need to open a support case. # Troubleshoot Pear Assessment Not Loading on District Network Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-not-loading-on-district-network Add required URLs to your district firewall allowlist, remove interfering browser extensions, and optimize wireless network settings to resolve loading issues. The article addresses troubleshooting steps for users experiencing issues with Pear Assessment loading properly or encountering a blank screen on a district network. The article also provides recommendations for improving network stability and minimizing interference during online testing and classroom activities, including best practices for wireless network management such as conducting site surveys, designing for density, reducing interference from construction materials and other devices, and optimizing WiFi channels. ## Troubleshoot Pear Assessment Not Loading on District Network If you are experiencing slow performance while using Pear Assessment, a couple of IT factors may be causing this. Please consult your tech lead to perform a compatibility check to verify that the issues below have been considered. ## District Firewall Please add Pear Assessment and other required URLs in the safe list in your firewall software (iBoss, McAfee, etc.) * \*.pearassessment.com * \*.googleapis.com * \*.mathjax.org * \*.edgefonts.com * \*.edgefonts.net * \*s3.amazonaws.com * \*.peardeck.com * pearassessment.elasticbeanstalk.com Tip: Some URLs have a wildcard (\*). When you add URLs to the allow list, users must have the wildcard for them (e.g., Pear Assessment needs cdn.Pear Assessment.com, math.Pear Assessment.com, etc.) to work properly. Pear Assessment content is dynamically hosted in the cloud. No static IP addresses or ranges can be provided. ### Browser Extensions Some browser extensions are known to interfere with Pear Assessment app. Pear Assessment recommends removing unnecessary browser extensions from the browser. ### Internet Service Provider (ISP) Some schools and districts have an education-specific consortium providing internet access. In such cases, the ISP may have additional checks. Please your school or district unblock the above sites. ### Compatibility and Speed Test Please run the compatibility check [https://app.Pear](https://app.Pear) Assessment.com/compatibility and speed test at [https://app.Pear](https://app.Pear) Assessment.com/speedtest/ and let us know the results. ## Wireless Network Best Practices The increase in devices accessing school networks increases the need for stable WiFi networks, daily monitoring, and maintenance. To help network admins stabilize WiFi for online testing and classroom activities, the following best practices are recommended: ### Minimizing Impact * Users can take steps to minimize the network impact. Before testing: * Disable low-end wireless protocols that are not being used. * Turn off students’ mobile devices to avoid potential interference during testing. * Before the sign-in and preparation phase: * Ask classrooms to stagger sign-ins to minimize initial loading time. * For example, in a class of 30 students, the teacher can have 10 students sign in each minute, decreasing the strain on the network. ### Evaluating Site Readiness The following information helps users evaluate and improve their testing readiness. * Conduct a site survey * A site survey should include: * Evaluating the existing infrastructure. * Counting the number of user devices. * Examining the type of user traffic and interference. * Design for density * Install APs more densely to decrease the potential for overload with too many student devices. * Reduce WiFi interference from construction materials. * Construction materials in schools can impact WiFi coverage and speed. The following solid materials can slow WiFi speed or completely block wireless signals: * Brick, concrete, and meta * Filing bookshelves * Cabinets * If WiFi access points have adjustable antennas, point the antenna to aim the signal at the student devices to improve the throughput. * If possible, move the student devices directly under the AP. Even a couple of feet can make a big difference in throughput and signal strength. * Reduce interference from other WiFi networks. * When WiFi networks are set to use the same channel, they compete for limited bandwidth. Check for other WiFi names by opening the wireless options on your device for a list of WiFi networks. If users see many networks to choose from, they may encounter interference from these other networks. * Check your AP user guide to find out whether the APs can detect the least congested WiFi channel. * Reduce interference from other devices. * Electronic devices that are not connected to the school’s WiFi network, can still use the same 2.4GHz or 5GHz frequencies to connect. These can include: * Cordless phones * Bluetooth-enabled devices * Student mobile devices * Temporarily turn off or unplug electronics to reduce wireless interference during testing. * Personal devices communicate on the network, even while inside backpacks or bags. Email and social media notifications require the devices to send requests to maintain connectivity with the AP. * If a user previously had channel auto-switching allowed but noticed slow speeds or poor connections, manually configure the channel and perform speed tests to find the fastest channel. ## Contact Support If users are still having issues, please contact the Pear Assessment support team at support\@pear assessment.com. Here are the questions the support team will ask: 1. Have your IT team added Pear Assessment and all required URLs in the safe list? 2. What firewall software does your district use? 3. Who is the internet service provider, and do they have any extra security policies for school accounts? 4. Does your district have any extra security policies for student accounts? 5. Does your school or district do any additional HTTPS scanning? If yes, can your IT team unblock \*.pearassessment.com from additional HTTPS scans? 6. Does your IT team use any anti-virus software on the devices? If yes, can you add \*.pearassessment.com in the safe list? 7. What is the make and model of an affected device? 8. What is the name and version of the browser used to launch Pear Assessment? 9. Does your school or district use Pear Assessment in Kiosk mode? 10. Is the slowness encountered only when testing on the Kiosk mode? 11. Do users encounter slowness in incognito mode? 12. Are users experiencing slowness across the district or certain specific sites? 13. Can users run speed test and send us the results? # Troubleshoot Missing Premium Features in Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-premium-access Find out why premium Pear Assessment features aren't appearing, and resolve it based on whether you have an individual, district, or school plan. If premium Pear Assessment features aren't appearing when you expect them, the cause is usually a mismatch between your subscription and the account you're signed in with. Here's how to find and fix it. ## Confirm Which Account You're Signed In With Premium access is tied to a specific email address. If you have more than one account, you may be signed in with the wrong one. 1. Open [assessment.peardeck.com](https://assessment.peardeck.com). 2. Open your account menu and confirm the email address shown matches the account your premium access is attached to. 3. If it doesn't match, sign out and sign back in with the correct account — using the same sign-in method (Google, Clever, or email) your district registered. ## If Premium Comes Through a District or School License District and school plans give premium features to every teacher and administrator in the organization. Your account must be part of that plan to receive access. * **Confirm your email matches district records.** Your account must use the same email address your district registered with Pear Deck Learning. If your work email recently changed, your old account may still have access while the new one doesn't. * **Confirm your account is on the plan.** Ask your district's account manager or IT admin to verify your account is included, and to add it if it's missing. * **Confirm the plan is active.** District and school plans renew on a contract cycle. If a plan has lapsed, accounts revert to the free plan until renewal is processed — a billing or renewal question your account manager or CSM handles. ## If You Purchased Individual Premium Individual premium unlocks the Teacher Dashboard, advanced test security, and standards-based reporting. 1. Open [assessment.peardeck.com](https://assessment.peardeck.com) and open your account menu. 2. Review your subscription status and the email address it's associated with. 3. If it shows active but premium features still don't appear, sign out and sign back in. 4. If it shows expired or canceled, renew it, or check the inboxes of any other accounts you use for a purchase receipt from Pear Deck Learning. ## Free, Premium, and District — What's Included * **Free:** Create and deliver assessments, author questions, share with colleagues, and grade automatically. * **Individual premium:** Everything in free, plus the Teacher Dashboard, advanced test security, and standards-based reporting. * **District or school:** Premium for everyone, plus common assessments at scale, shared item banks, district and school reporting, Data Studio, and SIS and LMS integration. For the full comparison, see [Subscription Plans for Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/subscription-plans). ## Contact Your Account Manager or Support Billing, renewal, and plan-eligibility questions are handled by your district's account manager or Customer Success Manager (CSM). If your account is confirmed to be on an active plan but premium features still don't appear after the steps above, contact Pear Assessment support with your account email and whether your access is individual or through a district or school plan. # Troubleshoot Scores and Gradebook Issues Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-scores-gradebook Fix missing scores, failed grade sync, and score visibility in Pear Assessment, including Google Classroom passback and sharing results with another teacher. Use this article when scores are missing, grade sync to Google Classroom failed, or you cannot share results with another teacher. ## Scores Are Missing from the Results View Check the following in order: 1. **Assignment status:** Open the assignment and confirm it is not in Draft status. Score data is not visible for Draft assignments. 2. **Student status:** In the results table, each student shows a status: Submitted, In Progress, Not Started, or Absent. Scores appear only for students with Submitted status. 3. **Unenrolled students:** If a student was removed from the class after submitting, their row may be hidden. Click **All Students** in the filter to include unenrolled students. 4. **Score release:** Some assignments require scores to be released before they appear to the teacher in the results view. Confirm the assignment is not waiting on a scheduled score release. If a student submitted but their score shows as blank or zero, open the student's response view. Blank scores can result from open-ended items that require manual grading. ## Scores Did Not Sync to Google Classroom Pear Assessment sends scores to Google Classroom when: * The assignment was created using the Google Classroom integration (not manually in Pear Assessment and then linked). * Scores have been released to students. * The teacher's Google Classroom authorization is active. To troubleshoot a failed sync: 1. Go to **Settings** and confirm your Google Classroom account is connected and authorized. If authorization has expired, reconnect it. 2. Open the assignment and click **Release Scores** if scores have not been released. Google Classroom does not receive scores until they are released. 3. After releasing scores, click **Sync to Google Classroom** in the assignment results view to trigger a manual push. 4. Allow up to 5 minutes for scores to appear in Google Classroom after a manual sync. If the **Sync to Google Classroom** option does not appear, the assignment was not created through the integration and cannot be synced retroactively. ## I Need to Move a Student's Score to a Different Assignment Scores are tied to the assignment the student completed. Moving a score from one assignment to another requires a data request to Pear Assessment support. Before opening a case, confirm: * The student's name, the source assignment, and the destination assignment. * The reason the score needs to move (for example, the student completed the wrong test). Pear Assessment support can transfer score data between assignments in some cases. Not all transfers are possible — contact support to confirm. ## I Need to Share Results with Another Teacher Teachers can share assignment results with a co-teacher or administrator in two ways: **Add a co-teacher to the class:** 1. Open the class and click **Manage Class**. 2. Add the co-teacher's email address. 3. The co-teacher now sees all assignments and results for that class. **Share via a collaboration group:** 1. In the assignment results view, click **Share**. 2. Select **Collaboration Group** and choose or create a group. 3. Members of the group can view the shared results. Shared results are view-only unless the other teacher is added as a co-teacher. ## A Student's Score Changed After the Class Ended Scores can change after an assignment closes if: * Manual grading was completed after the close date. * A teacher used the **Regrade** option to correct a scoring error. * A district admin ran a bulk score update. To see the grading history for a specific student response, open the student's response view and click **Activity Log** if available. ## Contact Support For score issues that cannot be resolved through the steps above, contact Pear Deck Learning support. Include the assignment name, the class name, and the specific student and symptom. # Troubleshooting Kiosk Mode Access Issues and Preventing Unauthorized Access Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshooting-kiosk-mode-access-issues-and-preventing-unauthorized-access Block students from bypassing Kiosk Mode via Microsoft SSO or external links, and configure camera permissions to support Clever Badge sign-in. In Kiosk mode, students may attempt to bypass restrictions by using alternate sign-in methods such as Microsoft (Office 365) SSO or by navigating to external links like GitHub, Google, or YouTube. This section outlines common access-related issues observed in Kiosk environments and provides recommended configuration options to prevent unauthorized access. It also explains known limitations, such as camera access restrictions during Clever Badge sign-in, and the required setup to address them. ## Blocking Google Access Through Microsoft SSO in the Kiosk App Students may be able to access platforms such as Google or YouTube by selecting the Microsoft (MSO) SSO sign-in option while using the Kiosk app. To prevent this behavior, districts can use one of the following approaches: * Option 1: Restrict sign-in options within district settings and use the authorized district URL when configuring the Kiosk app * Option 2: Block specific URLs for Kiosk apps using the Google Admin console Detailed instructions for both options are outlined below. Option 1: Restrict Sign-In via District Settings (Recommended) Some districts have reported that students can bypass Kiosk Mode by selecting Microsoft SSO and navigating through links such as GitHub or Help pages. To prevent this workaround, we recommend the following steps: 1. Remove Office 365 (Microsoft) SSO from your **Sign-On Policies** to eliminate the entry point students are using to exit the intended Kiosk flow. Remove Office 365 (Microsoft) SSO from your Sign-On Policies to eliminate the entry point students are using to exit… 2. Use your district-specific URL when configuring the Kiosk app, as outlined in Step 5 of this help article: How do I set up Kiosk Mode on Chromebook? Use your district-specific URL when configuring the Kiosk app, as outlined in Step 5 of this help article: How do I… Your district URL will follow this format: 👉 [https://assessment.peardeck.com/district/xmen](https://assessment.peardeck.com/district/xmen) (Replace xmen with your actual district slug.) ### Option 2: Utilize Kiosk App URL Blocking (Recommended for Microsoft-Based Districts) This option is best suited for districts that primarily use Microsoft for authentication. 1. Sign in to the Google Admin console and navigate to the **URL Blocking** settings. 2. Apply the settings to the Student OU. 3. Add the following URLs to the blocked list: github.com apple.com 4. Click **Save** to apply the changes. Note: These URL blocks apply only while the device is in Kiosk mode. For additional reference, see Google’s documentation on URL blocking for Chrome devices. ### Camera Access Not Allowed for Clever Badge Sign-In In a Kiosk application environment, camera functionality works correctly when initiated by the application itself. However, Chrome-based browsers normally require manual user approval to grant camera or microphone access. Since Kiosk mode runs in fullscreen, this manual approval step is not possible. As a result, the Kiosk app automatically grants camera permission only to its own domain, such as: * [https://assessment.peardeck.com](https://assessment.peardeck.com) * [https://app.edulastic.com](https://app.edulastic.com) This limitation causes an issue with Clever Badge sign-in, as the camera request originates from a different domain ([https://www.clever.com](https://www.clever.com)), which is not automatically permitted. To allow Clever Badge sign-in to function correctly: 1. Open the Kiosk app configuration in the Google Admin console. 2. Add the Clever domain under **Additional URL origins**: [https://clever.com](https://clever.com) 3. **Save** the configuration. Save the configuration. This ensures camera access is permitted for Clever Badge authentication while remaining within Kiosk mode restrictions. # Troubleshooting Slow Performance Issues Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/troubleshooting-slow-performance-issues Identify common causes of slow Pear Assessment performance, including firewall blocks, HTTPS scanning, browser extensions, and WiFi congestion. ### Tech Compatibility Check If you are experiencing slow performance while using Pear Assessment, there are a couple of IT factors that may be causing this.  Please consult with your tech lead to perform a tech compatibility check to verify that the issues below have been considered. ### District Firewall Please add Pear Assessment and other required URLs in the safe list in your firewall software (iBoss, McAfee, etc.) \*.edulastic.com \*.googleapis.com \*.mathjax.org \*.edgefonts.com \*.edgefonts.net \*s3.amazonaws.com edulastic.elasticbeanstalk.com Please NOTE: Some URLs have a wildcard “\*”. You must have the wild card for the URLs when you add to the safelist e.g. Pear Assessment needs cdn.edulastic.com, math.edulastic.com, etc. to work properly. Pear Assessment content is dynamically hosted in the cloud. No static IP addresses or ranges can be provided. ### HTTPS Scanning Do you do any additional https scanning in the firewall software? If yes, can you unblock the above URLs from additional https scans? ### Anti-Virus / Device Level Security If you have any device level security or anti-virus software (e.g. GoGuardian, McAfee, etc.), please add the above URLs in the safe list. ### Browser Extensions Some browser extensions are known to interfere with Pear Assessment app. We recommend removing unnecessary browser extensions from the browser. ### ISP Some schools and districts have an Education specific consortium providing internet access. In such cases the ISP may have additional checks. Please ask them to unblock the above sites as well. ### Compatibility and Speed Test Lastly please run the compatibility check [https://app.edulastic.com/compatibility](https://app.edulastic.com/compatibility)  and speed test at [https://app.edulastic.com/speedtest](https://app.edulastic.com/speedtest) and let us know the results. ### Wireless Network Best Practices The increase in devices accessing school networks increases the need for stable WiFi networks, daily monitoring, and maintenance. To help network admins stabilize WiFi for online testing and classroom activities, the following best practices are recommended: #### Minimizing Impact You can take steps to minimize the network impact. Before testing: * Disable low end wireless protocols that are not being used. * Turn off students’ mobile devices to avoid potential interference during testing. Before the Sign in and preparation phase: * Ask classrooms to stagger logins to minimize initial loading time. For example, in a class of 30 students, the teacher can have 10 students sign in each minute, decreasing the strain on the network. #### Evaluating Site Readiness The following information will help you to evaluate and improve your testing readiness. #### Conduct a Site Survey Evaluate the district’s infrastructure, network design, and WiFi needs to determine how many wireless access points (APs) each school will need. A site survey should include: * Evaluating the existing infrastructure. * Counting the number of user devices. * Examining the type of user traffic and interference. #### Design for Density 1. Install APs more densely to decrease potential for overload with too many student devices. 2. Reduce WiFi interference from construction materials. Construction materials in schools can impact WiFi coverage and speed. The following solid materials can slow WiFi speed or completely block wireless signals: * Brick, concrete, and metal * Filing bookshelves * Cabinets 1. If your WiFi access points have adjustable antennas, point the antenna to aim the signal at the student devices to improve the throughput. If possible, move the student devices directly under the AP. Even just couple of feet can make a big difference in throughput and signal strength. 2. Reduce interference from other WiFi networks. When WiFi networks are set to use the same channel, they compete for limited bandwidth. Check for other WiFi names by opening the wireless options on your device for a list of WiFi networks. If you see many networks to choose from, you may encounter interference from these other networks. 3. Check your AP user guide to find out whether your APs can detect the least congested WiFi channel. 4. Reduce interference from other devices. Electronic devices that are not connected to the school’s WiFi network, can still use the same 2.4GHz or 5GHz frequencies to connect. These can include: * Cordless phones * Bluetooth-enabled devices * Student mobile devices 1. Temporarily turn off or unplug electronics to reduce wireless interference during testing. Personal devices communicate on the network, even while inside backpacks or bags. Email and social media notifications require the devices to send requests to maintain connectivity with the AP. If you previously had channel auto-switching allowed, but notice slow speeds or poor connections, manually configure the channel and perform speed tests to find the fastest channel. ### Contact Support If you are still having issues, please contact our support team via email:  [support@edulastic.com](mailto:support@edulastic.com) Here are the questions we will ask: 1. Have you added Pear Assessment and all required URLs in the safe list? Please NOTE: you must have a wild card when you add to the safelist as Pear Assessment needs cdn.edulastic.com, math.edulastic.com, etc. added to the safe list. 2. What is the firewall software do you use? 3. Who is the internet service provider? Do they have any extra security policies for school accounts? 4. Do you have any extra security policies for student accounts? 5. Do you do any additional https scanning? If yes, can you unblock \*.edulastic.com from additional https scans? 6. Do you use any anti-virus software on the devices? If yes, can you add \*.edulastic.com in the safe list? 7. What is the make, model of the device? 8. What is the name and version of the browser used to launch Pear Assessment? 9. Do you use edulastic in Kiosk mode? Is the slowness encountered only when testing on the Kiosk mode? 10. Do you encounter slowness in incognito mode? 11. Are you experiencing slowness across the district or certain specific sites? 12. Can you run speed test and send us the results? The speed test MUST be run ON the student device WHEN the slowness is encountered # Unassign Students from Assessments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/unassign-students-from-assessments Remove individual students from an active assignment using the Live Class Board without affecting other enrolled students. Teachers can unassign students from assessments in **Assignments** > click on the assignment name > **Live Class Board** > select student > **More** > **Unassign Students**. ## Unassign Students from Assessments in Pear Assessment Unassigning students from existing assessments in the Live Class Board. ## Unassign Students 1. Click **Assignments**. 2. Click on the assignment's name. 3. Click the **Live Class Board** tab. 4. Select the student by clicking the checkbox next to their name. 5. Click **More** > **Unassign Students**. 6. Confirm your actions and type **Remove**. 7. Click **Yes, Remove**. # Pear Assessment Passwords Explained Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/understand-assessment-passwords The four password types in Pear Assessment — valid, bypass, student access, and kiosk — what each one does, and where you set it in the assessment. Pear Assessment uses four distinct password types. Each one controls a different access point, and they are set in different places. This article explains what each password does and where to find it. ## Valid Password (Required to Publish) A valid password is required before an assessment can be published and assigned. Pear Assessment uses the valid password as a quality gate to confirm the assessment is ready to assign. **What it does:** Prevents accidental assignment of incomplete or unreviewed assessments. **Where to set it:** When creating or editing an assessment, open **Settings**. Enter any password in the valid password field. The password itself is not used by students or teachers during the assessment — it is only required to confirm the assessment is ready to publish. If you see a message that your assessment cannot be published because it requires a valid password, go to **Settings** and enter a password to proceed. ## Bypass Password A bypass password allows a teacher or proctor to manually start a student's assessment when the student cannot start on their own. It is not required for standard assignment use. **What it does:** Gives a trusted adult the ability to start the assessment on behalf of a student, bypassing the standard student login flow. **Where to set it:** In the assignment settings, under **Security Settings**, enable the bypass password option and enter a password. **When to use it:** Use a bypass password for students who cannot sign in independently, for paper-based testing workflows, or for situations where a proctor manages a supervised test room. ## Student Access Password A student access password prevents students from opening the assessment until the password is provided. Teachers distribute the password at the start of the test period. **What it does:** Controls when students can begin the assessment. Students must enter the password to open the assignment. **Where to set it:** In the assignment settings, under **Security Settings**, enable student password and enter a password. Share the password with students verbally or through your classroom management system at the start of the testing window. **How it differs from kiosk mode:** A student access password restricts when students can open the test but does not restrict what they can do in their browser once the test is open. Kiosk mode (see below) restricts both. ## Kiosk Mode Password Kiosk mode locks the student's device to the Pear Assessment testing screen and prevents navigation to other sites or apps. The kiosk password releases the lock when the test is complete. **What it does:** Enables secure browser mode during high-stakes assessments. The student's device is locked to the Pear Assessment screen until a teacher or proctor enters the kiosk exit password. **Where to set it:** In the assignment settings, under **Security Settings**, enable kiosk mode. A district URL is required for kiosk mode — this URL is provided by Pear Assessment when kiosk mode is activated for your district. Contact Pear Assessment support if your district does not have a kiosk URL. **Device requirement:** Kiosk mode requires specific setup on student devices. See [Test Security: Kiosk Mode and Safe Exam Browser](/products/pear-assessment/test-security-kiosk-mode-and-safe-exam-browser) for device-by-device setup instructions. ## Summary | Password type | Set by | Purpose | Required? | | ----------------------- | ---------------- | ------------------------------------ | ---------------------------- | | Valid password | Teacher or admin | Gates publishing | Required to publish | | Bypass password | Teacher or admin | Allows proctor-assisted start | Optional | | Student access password | Teacher | Controls when students open the test | Optional | | Kiosk mode password | Teacher | Releases browser lock after the test | Required if kiosk mode is on | ## Related Articles * [Set Up Anti-Cheating Settings](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-anti-cheating-settings) * [Test Security: Kiosk Mode and Safe Exam Browser](/products/pear-assessment/test-security-kiosk-mode-and-safe-exam-browser) * [Accommodations for Students](/products/pear-assessment/accommodations-for-students) # Common Assessment: Importance of Status Tracking Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/understand-common-assessment-status-tracking Understand the four assignment status types in Pear Assessment and how to track progress at the district, school, and class levels Status tracking in Pear Assessment is available at the district, school, and class levels. Four status types are supported: Not Open, In Progress, In Grading, and Done. Understanding these statuses helps administrators and teachers monitor assignment progress and ensure all students have completed and been graded on their work. ## Status Tracking at the District and School Level An administrator's landing page is the **Assignments** tab, where you can track the progress of an assignment to completion. Keep the following in mind: * Grade and subject are important to large districts because they help coaches filter assessments within their area. * The **Test Type** setting defaults to **Common Assessment**. This is an admin-created or assigned assessment filtered from the rest of the teacher-created and assigned formatives called Class Assessments. To see all assessments in your district or school, change the **Test Type** filter to **All**. * Tags can be manually added when creating or assigning assessments to find data quickly when other filters are too broadly scoped. For example, you can filter by Q1 benchmarks, ACT practice, or IEP-modified assessment. See [Tags in Pear Assessment Help Admins and Teachers](/products/pear-assessment/search-with-tags) for details. * Searching by test name helps locate a specific assessment. The column headers above the assessment list are the first level of status tracking, showing how many classes and students are assigned the test and how many students fall into each status. A student's results appear when they are marked absent (0%) or graded: confirm that the graded count matches the assigned count. Status Tracking at the District and School Level ## Status Tracking at the Class Level Another level of status tracking is the **Live Class Board** (LCB). Teachers can watch student progress live from the LCB by reviewing results or grading questions. The LCB gives teachers the ability to manage students and their statuses. See [Common Assessment: Managing Students on a Live Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/common-assessment-managr-students-on-a-live-assessment) for details on managing students during an active assessment. There are four assignment statuses: * **Not Open**: The assignment is not available for students to work on (for example, it has a future start date or has not been opened manually). Use this status while still in the planning phase. * **In Progress**: The assignment is available for students to work on. An assignment can remain In Progress after the due date has passed when [Redirect](/products/pear-assessment/redirect-a-test) is used: for example, when asking a student to redo the assignment. If Redirect is used, the status can transition back to In Progress from In Grading. * **In Grading**: The teacher needs to finalize student scores after the testing window closes or all students have submitted answers. Assessments with write-in questions such as Essay or Drawing Response that require manual grading will show as In Grading. * **Done**: All submitted answers were graded or the assessment window closed. The Done status indicates the testing window has closed, not that every student has taken or submitted the test. Status Tracking at the Class Level ## Resources Learn how to use tags to filter and organize assessments across your district or school. Manage student statuses and progress in real time from the Live Class Board. Understand how to use Redirect to transition an assignment back to In Progress. # General Graphing Questions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/understand-graphing-questions Understand how to create and grade graphing questions that ask students to place points on a function Pear Assessment lets you create graphing questions where students place points on a function. You can specify the equation type, the number of points required, and whether partial scoring applies. ## Create a Graphing Question To set up a graphing question: 1. Go to **Graphing Questions** in the question authoring tool. 2. Scroll to **Points on an Equation** near the bottom of the form. 3. Enter the equation: for example, an exponent or power function. 4. Set the number of points the student must place on the graph. Create a Graphing Question Create a Graphing Question ## Preview and Grading After configuring the question, open the **Preview** tab to review how Pear Assessment scores responses. If a student places the first four points correctly but misses the fifth, the default score is 0. Enable partial scoring to award credit proportional to the number of correct points: in this example, a student with four of five correct would receive 0.80 points. ## Resources Learn how to build and configure math question types in Pear Assessment. # Understand the Pre vs Post Comparison Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/understand-pre-vs-post-comparison-report Understand how the Pre vs Post report compares student performance across two assessments to surface score changes and band movement The Pre vs Post report compares student performance across two assessments to analyze changes in scores and performance bands. It is a premium report available to administrators and teachers, and it helps identify appropriate interventions based on the filters applied. Reports are generated only for students who have taken both the selected pre-assessment and post-assessment. To access the report sections described below, select a **Pre Assessment**, a **Post Assessment**, and a **Performance Band** using the report filters. ## Pre vs Post Comparison The **Pre vs Post Comparison** section compares the scores of two assessments that students have submitted. The first value shows the average score for the pre-test (for example, 5 out of a max score of 10). The second value shows student proficiency on the post-test (for example, 12 out of 19). The **Change** column highlights the difference between the two assessments. View of the Pre vs Post report in Data Studio. View of the Filters available in the Pre vs Post report. Pre vs Post assessment filters. View of the Comparison reporting. ## Performance Band Movement The **Performance Band Movement** section shows a comparison of band jumps between the pre-test and the post-test. Data can be viewed by score or by percentage. Select any square in the visualization to see the performance change for students in that cell. View of the Performance Band Movement reporting. ## Performance Change The **Performance Change** section shows how individual student progression between the two tests falls within the performance bands. Results can be viewed by percent score or raw score and filtered by the following categories: * Class * Student * Race * Gender * FRL Status * ELL Status * IEP Status * Hispanic Ethnicity View of the Performance Change reporting. ## Resources Learn how to use the Multiple Assessment Report to compare results across two or more assessments. # Understand Rostering Data Requirements Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/understand-rostering-data-requirements Learn what enrollment data, course alignment, and hierarchy Pear Assessment requires for accurate rostering and reporting Pear Assessment requires correct enrollment data for reporting and administration. Contact your Customer Success Manager before beginning the rostering process: there is a specific form and instructions that must be reviewed together. ## Required Enrollment Data Every student, teacher, and class section in Pear Assessment must be associated with a school. The following data entities make up a complete enrollment record: * **School**: The schools that belong within a district. Every student, teacher, and class section must be associated with a school. * **Class Section**: Sections tie teachers and students together. A class section represents a group of students pursuing a course of study together (sometimes referred to as a class or class period). * **Student**: Students enrolled in one or more class sections. * **Teacher**: Instructional staff associated with class sections. * **Enrollment**: Denotes the membership of students and teachers within a class section. ## Recommended Course Alignment To maximize the value of Pear Assessment, align class sections to courses and standards. Each class section should be associated with a course that indicates a curriculum of studies required to meet standards within a defined time period (year, semester, or term). Each course is associated with the following: * **Grade(s)**: A course may apply to one or more grade levels. For example, Algebra 1 may be associated with grade levels 9 through 12. * **Subject**: A course is always associated with one subject area, such as Mathematics or Science. * **Standards**: Standards are recommended by states to gauge student progress and proficiency and to provide classroom teachers with benchmarks to help focus instruction. Standards are often subject-specific, such as Common Core Standards for Math or Georgia Standards of Excellence in Science. ## Data Hierarchy The diagram below shows how schools, class sections, students, teachers, enrollments, and courses relate to each other in Pear Assessment. Data hierarchy showing how schools, class sections, students, teachers, and enrollments relate to each other in Pear Assessment. ## Resources Overview of rostering options and setup steps for Pear Assessment. How to create and manage class sections in Pear Assessment. # Understand Rostering Options Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/understand-rostering-options Compare every way to build class rosters in Pear Assessment, from teacher-managed methods to SIS and LMS integrations, and choose the right one. Pear Assessment can be configured to roster classes in many ways. The right method depends on what systems are already in place and whether a teacher or an administrator controls the roster updates. See the table below for more information about each option. Recommend a synced method whenever your district's systems support it. Teacher-Created Rosters and manual CSV uploads require the most day-to-day maintenance and are the most error-prone at scale. If your district uses Clever, ClassLink, Canvas, Schoology, or Google Classroom, prefer that sync over self-rostering. ## Compare Rostering Methods Use this table to narrow down the right method for your situation. | Method | Works Best When | Roster Control | Setup Effort | | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- | ------------ | | Google Classroom Sync | Teachers already share assignments in Google Classroom | Teacher | Easy | | Teacher-Created Rosters | Your district doesn't use a supported SIS or LMS, or some students lack email addresses | Teacher | Easy | | Clever Sync | Your district already uses Clever — recommended whenever your district has purchased Pear Assessment, regardless of how many teachers use it or how small the district is | Admin | Medium | | ClassLink Sync | Your district uses ClassLink to sync with other apps | Admin | Harder | | Canvas Integration | Teachers share assignments in Canvas and students access from there | Admin (initial setup) | Harder | | Schoology Integration | Teachers share assignments in Schoology and students access from there | Admin (initial setup) | Harder | | CSV Roster Upload | You need a bulk import and don't sync directly with an SIS | Admin (via Customer Support) | Harder | Google Classroom sync can run on top of Clever — it is not an either/or choice. A district can sync rosters from Clever and still let teachers share assignments through Google Classroom. ## Manage Rosters as a Teacher Teacher-managed methods work well for individual classrooms that don't rely on a district-wide sync. * **Google Classroom Sync**: Connect a class to Google Classroom so enrollment and assignments stay in sync automatically. See [Create Classes and Add Students](/products/pear-assessment/create-classes-and-add-students). * **Teacher-Created Rosters**: Paste in a list of students by email or name. Pear Assessment automatically enables single sign-on (SSO) for students with Google or Microsoft 365 accounts. If you don't have a Pear Assessment account yet, see [Create a Free Teacher Account](/products/pear-assessment/create-free-teacher-account) first, then [Create Classes and Add Students](/products/pear-assessment/create-classes-and-add-students). ## Sync Rosters from Your District's Systems District-managed methods give administrators control over roster accuracy at scale, but they take longer to set up and reduce a teacher's ability to make ad hoc roster changes. Before setting any of these up for the first time, see [Configure District Access for Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/configure-district-access). * **Clever Sync**: Sync with your district's student information system (SIS) nightly. Rosters update automatically, but teachers have less flexibility to correct errors that originate in the SIS. See [Use Clever Sync with Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/use-clever-sync-with) and [Integration with Clever](/products/pear-assessment/integration-with-clever). * **ClassLink Sync**: Sync with your district's SIS through ClassLink, similar to Clever Sync. * **Canvas Integration**: District IT connects Pear Assessment to Canvas using an API key. Rosters update automatically based on course enrollment, and students access assignments and grades without a separate sign-in. See [Set Up Canvas Integration](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-canvas-integration). * **Schoology Integration**: Connect Pear Assessment to Schoology for single sign-on, roster sync, assignment sync, and grade sync. See [Schoology Integration](/products/pear-assessment/schoology-integration). * **CSV Roster Upload**: Customer Support can help initiate the process for uploading your district's roster, if this wasn't discussed in an onboarding call already. ## Resources Watch a step-by-step video on connecting Pear Assessment to Google Classroom. Learn what enrollment data Pear Assessment needs for accurate reporting. Handle source ID changes, school merges, and sync issues across Clever, ClassLink, and Canvas. # Update Assignment Due Date Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/update-assignment-due-date Change an assignment's close date from the Live Class Board before the due date passes, for assignments in In Progress or Not Open status. When assigning an assessment make sure to give a reasonable cushion between the access date (when students can start) and the due date. This helps prepare for any unforeseen issues with the assignment that may require you to adjust the assignment’s due date/time (or make edits/changes) before it closes on your students. This article will give the steps on how to update those due dates. The edit can only be made PRIOR to the due date. Once the date has passed, this will no longer be able to be updated. ## Update Assignment Due Date When assigning an assignment or test, please make sure to give a reasonable cushion between the access date (when students can start) and the due date. This helps prepare for any unforeseen issues with the assignment that may require you to adjust the assignment’s due date/time (or make edits/changes) before it closes on your students. This article will give the steps on how to update those due dates. The edit can only be made before the due date. Once the date has passed, this will no longer be able to be updated. ## Update Due Date 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the **Live Class Board** button at the end of an assignment's name. 3. Click the **Settings** tab. 4. Enter the new due date for **Close Date**. 5. Click **Update** to change your assignment's due date. ## Important Note with Updating Due Dates * Users can change the due date for assignments in In Progress or Not Open status. * Once the due date and time have passed, edits cannot be made to the due date. # Update Test Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/update-test-settings Update test dates, grade release, and other settings for one class or multiple classes in Pear Assessment Teachers can update test settings in Pear Assessment at any time: changing test dates, releasing grades, and more. Settings can be updated for a single class or across multiple classes at once. ## Update Test Settings for One Class 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the assignment's name. 3. Click the **Settings** tab and make changes as needed. 4. Click **Close**. Settings tab for editing a test's settings. ## Update Test Settings for Multiple Classes 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. At the end of the assessment's row, click **Actions** > **Edit Test**. 3. Click the **Settings** tab and make changes as needed. 4. Click **Publish**. Edit the test as needed from the Actions menu > Edit Test. # Upload an Image into a Question or Answer Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/upload-an-image-into-a-question-or-answer Add images to question text or answer choices using the text editor, with support for GIF, JPG, TIF, and PNG files up to 2MB. To upload an image into a question or answer in Pear Assessment, first, create or edit an assessment within your teacher account. While in the assessment editor, select the question or answer option where you want to add the image. Click on the image icon located in the toolbar above the text box. A file browser will appear, allowing you to choose an image from your computer or device. After selecting the image, it will be uploaded and inserted into the question or answer. This feature enables teachers to enhance assessment content with visuals, diagrams, or charts to better engage students and facilitate comprehension. ## Upload an Image into a Question or Answer in Pear Assessment You can use the text editor to add an image to either the text of the question or the answer choices in Pear Assessment. This feature enables teachers to enhance assessment content with visuals, diagrams, or charts to better engage students and facilitate comprehension. Please note that supported upload formats include GIF, JPG, TIF, and PNG. All file sizes must be 2MB or less. ### Add Image to Text of a Question or Answer Choices 1. Place the cursor at the desired position on the question text field and click **Insert Image** in the text editor box. 2. Select an image from the folder where it’s saved on your computer and upload it. 3. The image will be inserted at the position where your cursor was placed. This can be moved as needed. 4. To resize the image click on the image, expand (outward) or compress (inward) the dotted lines to adjust the size as needed (Number 1). Tips: The following options are also available to you: 2: **Replace Image** 3: **Align Image** 4: **Add a Caption** 5: **Remove Image** 6: **Add a Link** 7: **Wrap Text** 8: **Formatting** 9: **Add Alternative Text** 10: **Resize Image** # Upload Student Work Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/upload-student-work Allow students to photograph and submit handwritten work during an assessment, then review uploaded files per question in the Live Class Board. Teachers can ask students to show their work on paper and then upload it using the **Upload Work** feature. The uploaded work is available for teacher review in the Live Class Board. ## Review Uploaded Student Work as a Teacher 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the assignment name. 3. In the **Live Class Board** tab, click a student's name. 4. Under each question, click **Student Work** to view the uploaded file. ## Upload Work as a Student When a student completes their work on paper, they can take a photo and upload it directly from within the assessment. The **Upload Work** feature is available on any device with a camera. 1. Click **Upload Work** in the assessment. 2. Grant Pear Assessment access to your device's camera when prompted. 3. Hold your work up to the camera and click **Take Picture**. A three-second countdown will snap the photo. 4. Confirm the photo appears under **Attachments** in the assessment. You can upload a photo for each question or submit all work under a single question. 5. Click the photo's name to verify it is legible. To redo the photo, click the **X** button to delete the attachment, then click **Upload Work** again. ## Resources * Tips for Using Scratchpad in Pear Assessment # AI-Powered Pre-Populated Prompts for Item Authoring Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-ai-powered-prompts-for-item-authoring Use Pear Assessment's built-in AI prompts to generate, rewrite, and translate assessment items faster Pear Assessment offers multiple pre-populated AI prompts to streamline item creation. Clicking any of these prompts opens a side panel where you can input content and receive AI-generated results. ## Generate Full Item The **Generate Full Item** feature helps you create a complete question: including answer options and the correct response: using AI. This tool allows you to author one item at a time. 1. In the item bank, select **New Item**. 2. After selecting the item type, click **Generate Full Item** below the question box to open the side panel. 3. In the side panel, fill in the following fields: * **Question Context**: Provide any relevant context for the question. * **Standards** (optional): Enter the standards you want the question to align with. * **Depth of Knowledge (DOK) level**: Select the appropriate DOK level for the question. * **Difficulty Level**: Choose the difficulty level for the question. Once you have entered the necessary details, click **Generate**. 4. Review the AI-generated question, answer options, and correct answer. If everything looks good, click **Add Item** to populate the respective fields with the generated content. If you have already entered text in the question body, it will be pre-populated in the input field when you open the side panel. You can also select **Remember values for next time** to retain your settings for future items. Generate Full Item Generate Full Item Generate Full Item Generate Full Item Generate Full Item Generate Full Item ## Rewrite Text The **Rewrite Text** feature allows you to refine or adjust question text based on specific needs. 1. Click **Rewrite Text** below the question box to open the side panel. 2. If a question already exists, the **Original Text** field will be pre-filled with the current question. If no text appears, enter the question you want to rewrite manually. In the **Rewrite so that** field, describe how you want to modify the question (maximum 500 characters): for example, "Simplify for younger students." Optionally, select a suggested tag: : Rewrite Text side panel with Original Text and Rewrite so that fields * **Simplify Language** * **Increase Complexity** * **Improve Clarity** * **Enhance Readability** * **Expand Details** Click **Generate** to receive the revised question. 3. Click **Copy** to copy the rewritten text, then paste it into the question box to replace the original version. ## Translate Text The **Translate Text** feature provides AI-powered translation for question text, allowing you to convert content from English into Spanish, French, German, Mandarin, Arabic, or Korean. 1. Click **Translate Text** below the question box to open the side panel. 2. The **Original Text** field will automatically populate with the existing question. If no text appears, enter the content you want to translate manually. Use the **Translate Language** dropdown to select the target language, then click **Generate**. 3. Review the translated text for accuracy and clarity, then copy it and paste it into the question box to replace the original. Generate Full Item Generate Full Item Generate Full Item Answer choices cannot be translated or automatically populated into their respective fields at this time. This functionality is planned for a future update. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### What Are AI-Powered Pre-Populated Prompts in Pear Assessment? AI-powered prompts are built-in tools designed to help educators quickly generate assessment content. They include features to generate full items, rewrite existing text, and translate questions into multiple languages. ### Can I Reuse My Settings When Generating Multiple Items? Yes. Select **Remember values for next time** in the side panel to retain your settings for future item creation. ### What Languages Does the Translate Text Feature Support? The feature supports translation from English to: * Spanish * French * German * Mandarin * Arabic * Korean ### Can Answer Choices Be Translated Automatically? Not at this time. Only the question text is translated. Automatic translation of answer choices is planned for a future update. ### Are These AI Features Available for All Item Types? No. Generate Full Item, Rewrite Text, and Translate Text are not supported for all item types. Support is being expanded gradually. ### Do I Need to Manually Copy the AI-Generated Content into My Item? Yes. After reviewing the generated content, click **Add Item** for full items, or copy and paste rewritten or translated text into the appropriate fields. # Use ClassLink Sync With Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-classlink-sync-with Sync Pear Assessment classes and users with ClassLink through OneRoster, including prerequisites, roster management, and troubleshooting. Pear Assessment supports district-managed rostering and single sign-on (SSO) through ClassLink. This article helps district and IT administrators prepare for the integration and manage ClassLink-synced rosters. Pear Assessment and ClassLink integration using the current Pear Assessment and ClassLink icons ## Decide Whether ClassLink Sync Fits Your District ClassLink sync can be a good fit when 1 or more of these conditions apply: * Pear Assessment is implemented across a district or multiple schools. * Your student information system (SIS) contains accurate, current roster data. * Your district already uses ClassLink with other educational applications. * Student enrollment changes frequently during the school year. If your organization does not need district-managed rostering, consider a teacher-managed option such as Google Classroom or manually created classes. Review [Pear Assessment rostering options](/products/pear-assessment/understand-rostering-options) before choosing a method. ## Understand How ClassLink Sync Works ClassLink uses OneRoster to provision classes and users to Pear Assessment. After the integration is configured, ClassLink becomes the source of truth for synced classes and rosters. Updates made in your SIS flow through ClassLink to Pear Assessment during a sync. Roster records flow from the district SIS through ClassLink OneRoster to Pear Assessment The integration reduces the need for teachers to create accounts or manually update enrollment when students join, leave, or change classes. ## Prepare for the Integration Work with your district's ClassLink or IT administrator to confirm that: * Your SIS data is syncing correctly to ClassLink. * The OneRoster sync is active. * Pear Assessment is included in the ClassLink application roster. * The correct schools, teachers, students, classes, and enrollments are shared with Pear Assessment. * Each teacher's email address in ClassLink matches the email address they use to sign in to Pear Assessment. Contact your Pear Assessment Sales Team Member before syncing if your district plans to change student IDs, section IDs, the ClassLink OneRoster source URL, or its OAuth credentials. Source ID changes can create duplicate users or classes and break existing class associations. ## Manage ClassLink-Synced Rosters Classes rostered through ClassLink display the ClassLink integration symbol in Pear Assessment. For a ClassLink-synced class, teachers cannot add or remove students directly in Pear Assessment. Make roster changes in the SIS or ClassLink, then allow the update to reach Pear Assessment during the next sync. Teachers can create separate manual classes in Pear Assessment when needed. Manual classes are not connected to ClassLink and must be maintained directly in Pear Assessment. ## Troubleshoot Missing Classes or Students If a class or student does not appear in Pear Assessment: 1. Ask your IT administrator to confirm that the record is active in the SIS and included in the ClassLink OneRoster data shared with Pear Assessment. 2. Confirm that the teacher's ClassLink email matches their Pear Assessment sign-in email. 3. Check whether a student, teacher, or section source ID recently changed. 4. Review the Pear Assessment sync history for errors or warnings if it is available to your administrator. 5. Run the next scheduled or administrator-initiated sync, then check the roster again. For more diagnostic steps, review [Why Don't I See My Classes or Students?](/products/pear-assessment/troubleshoot-missing-classes-students) and [Rostering Edge Cases](/products/pear-assessment/rostering-edge-cases). ## Start the Integration To begin a ClassLink integration with Pear Assessment, contact your Pear Assessment Sales Team Member. Your district's ClassLink or IT administrator may need to participate in setup and troubleshooting. # Use Clever Sync with Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-clever-sync-with Sync rosters automatically by integrating Clever as your district's source of truth for student and teacher data, including which environments are a good fit. Pear Assessment supports Clever integration when your environment has a district-wide implementation of Pear Assessment, rostering is up-to-date, Clever is used with other EdTech apps, or the district has a high churn-rate of students. ## Use Clever Sync with Pear Assessment Pear Assessment supports integration with Clever, a major student information system (SIS) commonly used by districts and schools nationwide. It's recommended to integrate Clever when one or more of the below applies to your environment. If the environment doesn't meet the conditions below, please consider integrating Google Classroom. * District-wide implementation of Pear Assessment * District SIS has the correct roster information * District or school is using Clever with other EdTech apps * District has high churn of students When integrated, Clever frees teachers from adding and deleting student accounts. If students enroll or move on, the data is updated in Pear Assessment automatically. Pear Assessment also treats Clever data as the source of truth, meaning it trusts that Clever has the correct teacher and user data syncing. Please note the following restrictions for teachers when Clever is integrated with Pear Assessment, which are implemented because Pear Assessment expects the above information to come from Clever: * Allowed * Manually create classes in Pear Assessment > Manage Class * Enroll existing student accounts into the manually created class * Not allowed * Create new student accounts * Enroll a student in a Clever synced class * Remove a student from a Clever synced class To share assignments and return grades through Google Classroom, [connect each Clever-synced class to its matching Google Classroom class](/products/pear-assessment/connect-clever-classes-to-google-classroom). Connect the class from inside the individual Clever-synced class so Clever remains the roster source. Looking to get started with your Clever Sync integration? Reach out to Pear Assessment Support for more information. # Use Express Grader to Manually Enter Answers, Scores, and Comments Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-express-grader-to-manually-enter-answers-scores-and-comments Grade student work from the Score Grid by entering responses, adjusting point values, and adding comments — including for paper-based assessments. The article demonstrates how to use Pear Assessment’s Express Grader feature to manually enter answers, scores, and comments for assessments. This allows educators to efficiently grade and provide feedback on student assignments within the Pear Assessment platform. ## Use Express Grader to Manually Enter Answers, Scores, and Comments Express Grader is a premium feature that is designed to help make the grading process easier. When using Express Grader, teachers can: * Enter scores or answers * Give comments * Add and remove points * Capture mastery data for students who take paper-based assessments ## Use Express Grader 1. Make sure the student’s test is marked as Submitted in the **Live Class Board**. 2. Select the user(s). 3. Select **More**. 4. Click **Mark as Submitted**. Students whose assessments have not been submitted will not show up in Express Grader. 5. Click **Express Grader**. It displays the Score Grid with the name of each student listed below. 6. Choose if you want to enter scores or responses. Please note you can't enter responses for tech-enhanced questions. Then click on the question score or answer. 7. When you click on any question, a popup window appears. To manually enter the answers, change **Edit Response On**. 8. Enter the student’s response and/or score and add comments. 9. Click **Save**. Tip: You can navigate through the questions by using the **Prev Question** and **Next Question** buttons at the bottom of the page or using your arrow keys on your keyboard. Once you’re done entering all the scores that you wish to, click **Exit**. ## FAQ ### I Have a Student Who Can’t Take Digital Assessments. How Can I Support Them? You can print a paper test for students to submit their scores manually via Express Grader. ### My Students Are Too Young and Don’t Know How to Use a Keyboard. How Can I Support Them? You can print out a test or verbally ask the student the question. Based on the student's response, you can manually enter their score into Express Grader. ### I Want to Give Students Extra Credit on a Question. What's the Best Practice? If you give more credit to what the student originally received, you can manually change the points score on the question. ## Resources * Print Test Questions * Manually Enter Grades # Use Pear Assessment for Summer School Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-for-summer-school Set up summer school by creating a separate summer school year or extending an existing one, with guidance on how each option affects Insights data. District administrators can create a new summer school year or update an existing one under the Manage District section. A new school year results in separate data in Insights for student performance, whereas updating an existing year modifies existing data. ## Use Pear Assessment for Summer School All classes in Pear Assessment are linked to a School Year (SY) based on the end date of SY. After the end date, all classes can be archived. Some districts use Pear Assessment for summer schools too, which can be set up in Pear Assessment. The following two options are available in Pear Assessment: * Create a Summer SY * Update the end date of the existing SY ## Create Summer School Year Please note that a summer SY will be treated as a new school year, which shows data separately in Insights and doesn't impact student's performance in the existing school year. The summer SY cannot overlap with another school year. It's recommended to make sure the summer school year is defined first and classes are created on or after the start date of the summer school year. 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as a district administrator. 2. Go to **Manage District** in the navigation menu. 3. Click on **Settings** > **Terms**. 4. Click **Add School Year**. 5. Enter the details and click **Create**. ## Update End Date of Existing School Year Please note that changing the end date of an existing school year results in Insights as summer school is a part of the same school year. 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment as a district administrator. 2. Go to **Manage District**. 3. Click on **Settings** > **Terms**. 4. Click on the pen button for the school year you want to modify. 5. Enter the new end date and click **Save**. # Use Kiosk Mode Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-kiosk-mode Launch Kiosk Mode on a Chromebook and sign in to take a Pear Assessment test Kiosk Mode lets you take a Pear Assessment test on a Chromebook without signing in to your Google account. Your district IT team must push the Kiosk app to your device before you can use it. If Kiosk Mode is not available on your Chromebook, ask your teacher to contact your G-Suite administrator or share the setup guide: [Set Up Kiosk Mode on Chromebook](/products/pear-assessment/set-up-kiosk-mode-on-managed-chromebooks). ## Launch Kiosk Mode 1. Do not sign in to your Chromebook. On the sign-in screen, open the app tray at the bottom of the screen. 2. Select the Pear Assessment Kiosk app from the tray to launch it. The app tray on the Chromebook sign-in screen, with the Pear Assessment Kiosk app highlighted. ## Sign in and Take Your Test 1. When the Kiosk app opens, sign in with the credentials your teacher provided. The sign-in page for the Pear Assessment Kiosk app. 2. Select the test assigned to you and complete it. The Assignments page showing tests available to start or resume. ## Resources IT administrator steps for pushing the Kiosk app to Chromebook devices. Overview of security features available during Pear Assessment tests. # Use Office 365 or Google SSO with Clever Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-office-365-or-google-sso-with-clever Configure Google or Office 365 single sign-on for a Clever-synced district in Pear Assessment A Clever-synced district can use Google or Office 365 single sign-on (SSO). A District Administrator can set up SSO by navigating to **Pear Assessment** → **Manage District** → **Settings** → **District Policies** → **District Signon Policy**. Do not import a second roster from Google Classroom when Clever manages your Pear Assessment roster. To use Google Classroom for assignment sharing and grade passback, connect each Clever-synced class from inside that individual class. See [Connect Clever-Synced Classes to Google Classroom](/products/pear-assessment/connect-clever-classes-to-google-classroom). ## Rostering Options with Clever Sync The table below summarizes the rostering and sign-on options available depending on your Clever Sync and SSO configuration. | Single Sign-On Method | Clever Sync Disabled | Clever Sync Enabled | | -------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **No Google or Office 365 SSO** | - Pear Assessment creates usernames
- Teachers manage class rosters | - Clever SSO
- Sync rosters with SIS using Clever | | **Google SSO or Office 365 SSO** | - Google or Office 365 SSO
- Teachers manage class rosters | - Clever, Google, or Office 365 SSO
- Sync rosters with SIS using Clever
- Post assignments on Google Classroom | | **Google Classroom Sync** | - Google SSO
- Teachers import rosters from Google Classroom | - Keep Clever as the roster source
- Connect each Clever-synced class from inside the class for assignment sharing and grade passback | A view of the SSO policy options in Pear Assessment. ## Resources Learn how Clever syncs your district's SIS data with Pear Assessment. # Peary AI: Your AI Assistant in Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-peary-ai Peary AI is an AI-powered assistant built into Pear Assessment that helps you find answers, create assessments, and navigate the platform more efficiently. Peary AI is an AI-powered assistant built into Pear Assessment that helps you find answers, create assessments, and navigate the platform more efficiently. Ask questions in natural language, generate draft assessments, and quickly access commonly used areas in Pear Assessment, all without leaving your workflow. ## What Is Peary AI? **Peary AI** is an AI assistant available within Pear Assessment that helps streamline everyday tasks. Whether you need help understanding a feature, creating a quiz, or finding a specific page in the platform, Peary AI can assist through a simple chat experience. ## Access Peary AI Peary AI is available from the left navigation menu within Pear Assessment. 1. Sign in to Pear Assessment. 2. In the left navigation menu, locate **Peary AI** near the bottom of the menu, above your profile and avatar section. 3. Select **Peary AI** to open the chat assistant. Once opened, type your question or request into the chat to begin interacting with Peary AI. You can continue the conversation by asking follow-up questions or refining your request. You can also: * Select the thumbs-up icon if a response was helpful. * Select the thumbs-down icon if a response was not helpful. * Start a new conversation anytime using the **Start New Chat** option. Your feedback helps improve Peary AI over time. ## What Peary AI Can Help You With ### Get Answers to Product Questions Peary AI can answer questions about using Pear Assessment and provide step-by-step guidance based on available help resources. Examples: * How do I assign an assessment to my class? * What does "In Grading" status mean? * What anti-cheating options are available? Peary AI provides quick explanations and guidance without requiring you to search through multiple help articles. ### Create Assessments Using Chat You can create assessments through Peary AI by describing what you need in plain language. Example prompt: > Create a 5-question math test on fractions for Grade 5 Peary AI opens an Instant Lesson Package where you can provide details about what you are teaching. Based on your input, Peary AI generates a draft assessment that you can review, edit, save, and assign to students. This can help reduce the time spent building assessments manually. ### Navigate Within Pear Assessment Peary AI can help you quickly locate commonly used areas and features within Pear Assessment. Examples: * "Take me to Manage Class" * "Take me to Assignments" For supported areas, Peary AI may display a clickable option that opens the related page directly within Pear Assessment. In some cases, Peary AI may also provide additional guidance or steps related to that feature. ## Tips for Better Results * Ask clear and specific questions. * Include grade level, subject, or topic when creating assessments. * Review generated assessments before assigning them to students. * Use follow-up questions to continue refining responses or assessment content. Peary AI is currently available to teachers. Some features and responses may continue to evolve as Peary AI is improved over time. ## FAQs ### Who Can Use Peary AI? Peary AI is currently available to teachers with access to the feature within Pear Assessment. ### Can Peary AI Create Assessments for Me? Yes. Peary AI can generate draft assessments based on your instructions. You can review and edit the generated content before saving or assigning it. ### Can I Edit Assessments Created by Peary AI? Yes. All generated assessments can be reviewed and modified before use. ### What Types of Questions Can I Ask? You can ask: * How-to questions about Pear Assessment * Questions about platform features * Requests to create assessments * Requests to locate or open supported areas within the platform ### Can Peary AI Open Pages Within Pear Assessment? For supported areas, Peary AI may provide clickable options that open related pages within Pear Assessment. ### Does Peary AI Replace Help Articles or Support Documentation? Peary AI is designed to help you quickly find answers and complete tasks. Help articles and support resources are still available for more detailed guidance. ### Can I Provide Feedback on Peary AI Responses? Yes. Use the thumbs-up or thumbs-down options within the chat to provide feedback on responses. ### Does Peary AI Save Conversation History? No. Peary AI does not currently retain previous conversation history. Starting a new chat begins a separate conversation. # Use Scratchpad Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-scratchpad Enable Scratchpad for students, review their work in Live Class Board, and understand the drawing and equation tools available during an assessment Scratchpad gives students a dedicated space to show their work directly inside a Pear Assessment. Teachers control whether Scratchpad is available on a per-assignment basis and can review each student's scratch work from the Live Class Board. ## Enable or Disable Scratchpad To turn Scratchpad on or off for an assignment: 1. In Pear Assessment, go to **Assignments** and click the assignment name. 2. Select the **Settings** tab. 3. Under **Student Tools**, go to **Accessibility** and toggle **Scratch Pad**. Enable or disable Scratchpad in Assignments > Settings > Student Tools > Accessibility. ## Review a Student's Scratchpad Teachers can view a student's scratch work at any time while the assignment is active. 1. Open the assignment and select the **Live Class Board** tab. 2. Locate the student's name and click the **Scratchpad** button below their checkbox. Live Class Board with Scratchpad button highlighted below a student's checkbox. ## Activate Scratchpad as a Student Students access Scratchpad from the assessment toolbar. 1. Click the **Scratchpad** button in the toolbar to open the scratch area. 2. Use the available tools to show work. 3. Click the **Scratchpad** button again before entering answers: the scratch area must be closed to interact with the question. Assessment toolbar with Scratchpad enabled and scratch area visible. ## Scratchpad Tools The Scratchpad toolbar includes the following tools. Each tool displays instructions when selected. Some tools require a double-click to complete an action. * Freehand drawing * Straight line * Curved line * Quadrilateral shapes * Circle drawing * Triangle drawing * Text tool to type words * Math equation editor * Ruler and protractor To remove a drawing, select the element and click the trash-can button. To reverse an action, use the undo arrows. Example of text added with the Scratchpad text tool. # Use the Student Progress Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/use-student-progress-report Review each student's performance across multiple assessments, change how results are analyzed, and add selected students to a student group. Use the **Student Progress** report in Pear Assessment to review each student's performance across multiple assessments. You can filter the results, compare score measures, download the table as a CSV file, and add selected students to a student group. ## Confirm Access and Report Data The Student Progress report is part of the **Multiple Assessment Report**, which is available with Teacher Premium or Enterprise subscriptions. Report data can take about 1 hour to appear. The report includes students who submitted an assessment or were marked absent. Students with ungraded constructed responses also appear. ## Open the Student Progress Report 1. Select **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Select **Student Progress** under **Multiple Assessment Report**. Pear Assessment Insights page showing Student Progress under Multiple Assessment Report. ## Filter and Review Student Progress 1. Click **Filters** in the upper-right corner. 2. Choose the school year, test grade, test subject, test type, tags, and assessments that define the results you want to review. Pear Assessment Student Progress Filters panel showing assessment filters and the Apply button. 3. Choose an option from **Analyze By** to change how the report presents results: * **Score (%)** * **Raw Score** * **Above/Below Standard** * **Proficiency Band** Pear Assessment Student Progress report showing Score, Raw Score, Above or Below Standard, and Proficiency Band in the Analyze By menu. 4. Review student performance across the selected assessments. Hover over a result to view its assessment, school, teacher, trend, and score details. Pear Assessment Student Progress table showing performance across assessments and details for a selected result. 5. Download the table as a CSV file when you need to work with the report data outside Pear Assessment. ## Add Students to a Student Group 1. Select the checkbox next to each student you want to add. 2. Click **Add to Student Group**. 3. Choose an existing group, or click **Add New** to create a group. Pear Assessment Add or Remove Students from Groups dialog showing selected students and the Update Group Membership button. 4. Click **Update Group Membership**. ## Verify the Results Confirm that the report displays the selected assessments and classes using your chosen **Analyze By** measure. If you updated a student group, open that group and confirm that the selected students appear as members. ## Explore Related Reports * [Interpret the Multiple Assessment Report](/products/pear-assessment/interpret-multiple-assessment-report) * [Review Performance Over Time](/products/pear-assessment/insights-performance-over-time) * [Review Peer Progress Analysis](/products/pear-assessment/insights-peer-progress-analysis) # Insights: Single Assessment Report – Performance by Standards Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/view-performance-by-standards View and analyze student performance by standard or domain using the Single Assessment Report in Pear Assessment The Single Assessment Report compares student scores by standard using an easy-to-interpret graph. You can analyze results by domain, standard, and student levels, and filter by class, demographic group, or individual student to pinpoint where learners need additional support. The report supports the following: * View questions and points associated with each standard or domain * Compare average performance by each class on individual standards or domains * Quickly switch the view between standards and domain * Compare by student, class, or reporting subcategory ## View Performance by Standards for Single Assessments 1. In the navigation menu, click **Insights**. 2. Under **Single Assessment Report**, click **Response Frequency**. 3. Set your filters based on the data you want to see. Click the **Filters** button to change the view and filter results by test, class, performance, and demographic. 4. Click the **Standards** tab to analyze student performance by standard. Narrow the scope of the results using the following sub-filters: * **View by Standards** * **Analyze by Score (%)** * **Standard Set** 5. Use the dropdown filter on the right side of the screen to further narrow the Standard Performance Analysis report. The following attributes are available: * **Class** * **Student Group** * **Student** * **Race** * **Gender** * **FRL Status** * **ELL Status** * **IEP Status** * **Hispanic Ethnicity** After setting your filters, share, print, or download the report from the toolbar at the top of the window. The Performance by Standards report includes all standards on the assessment even if they are not visible on the first screen: a separate download is not required for each page of standards. ## Resources Explore the full Single Assessment Performance Report suite in Pear Assessment. # View the Response Frequency Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/view-response-frequency-report Access and interpret the Response Frequency report to identify student misunderstandings by question type and distractor selection The Response Frequency report helps you diagnose areas of misunderstanding by question type and frequently chosen answers. Use it to identify which distractors students selected, guide follow-up instructional decisions, and analyze performance across question types. ## Access the Report from Insights 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Response Frequency** under **Single Assessment Report**. 3. Choose the needed filters and select **Apply**. 4. Review the data displayed. The report allows you to: * Identify questions where students selected a distractor (an incorrect choice) to surface common misunderstandings. * Use distractor percentages to guide follow-up instructional decisions. * View zero-point items in the response frequency data for better analysis of field test questions. * Filter results by **Test**, **Class**, **Performance**, and **Demographic**. * Share, print, save as PDF, or download as a CSV using the icons in the top-right corner. ## Filter Results Use the **Filters** option in the top-right corner to switch to a different assessment or narrow results by test, class, or demographic. To reduce the number of questions displayed: * Slide the **difficulty threshold** to surface questions where a high percentage of students answered incorrectly. * Slide the **misunderstanding threshold** to apply a color indicator that pinpoints common misunderstandings: questions where a high percentage of students selected the same incorrect response. * Compare the percentage of students choosing the correct response for each question type to identify where students are struggling. To view data for a specific question, click the question number. This redirects to the **Live Class Board**. ## Access the Report from Assignments 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Actions** next to the desired assignment. 3. Scroll to **View Summary Report**. 4. Click **Frequency** to see the response frequency. ## Resources Review overall performance data for a single assessment alongside response frequency findings. # Standards Performance Summary Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/view-standards-performance-summary Access and interpret the Standards Performance Summary report to review mastery level distribution across domains and classes The Standards Performance Summary report is part of the Standards Mastery Report in Pear Assessment Insights. Use it to review mastery level distribution by domain, compare results across students or classes, and download detailed data for further analysis. ## Access the Standards Performance Summary 1. Click **Insights** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Standards Mastery Report** > **Standards Performance Summary**. Screenshot 2024-07-08 at 2.57.56 PM.png 3. Fill out the relevant filters. Screenshot 2024-07-08 at 3.01.30 PM.png 4. Review the data displayed in the **Standards Performance Summary** tab. With this report, you can: * Track trending performance * Download CSV files containing details from the table * Compare results by **Student** or **Class** * Analyze the report by **Score** (%), **Raw Score**, **Above/Below Standard**, and **Proficiency Band** * Filter results by **Test** and **Class** * Switch to view the report for any other assessment by clicking the **Filters** icon in the top right corner 5. Once the filters are adjusted, click **Apply**. Screenshot 2024-07-08 at 3.21.18 PM.png ## Resources Browse all Pear Assessment Insights articles for additional reporting guidance. # Insights: Standards Progress Report Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/view-standards-progress-report Use the Standards Progress Report to track student mastery across standards and assessments over time The Standards Progress Report shows how your students are performing on a standard. You can track mastery across one or more assessments and view progress by student, group, and other segments. To access this report, navigate to **Insights** > **Standards Mastery Report** > **Standards Progress**, where you can filter by domain and specific standard. ## Compare by Segments Compare standards mastery over time using the **Compare By** dropdown. The following segments are available: * School * Teachers * Student * Class * Race * Gender * Other Demographics ## Analyze Options Use the **Analyze** dropdown to display standards mastery by one of the following metrics: * Score (%) * Raw Score * Mastery Level * Mastery Score # Student and Teacher Access After Clever Sync Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/we-have-clever-setup-for-pushing-rosters-and-the-sync-is-complete-how-do-students-and-teachers-access We have Clever setup for pushing rosters and the sync is complete. How do students and teachers access Pear Assessment? We have Clever setup for pushing rosters and the sync is complete. How do students and teachers access Pear Assessment? When the Clever sync is complete, Pear Assessment automatically creates student, teacher and admin accounts. Accessing Pear Assessment is pretty straightforward using any of the following approaches: Access from Clever District Portal: Clever Single sign-on (SSO) allows district users to access hundreds of applications with their existing Clever Account. This way they need to remember one way to sign in. Once teachers and students sign in to the district’s Clever Portal, a single page with all of the single sign-on (SSO) applications and links set up for you by your district. To access Pear Assessment, simply click on the **Pear Assessment** icon, and you’ll be taken to the Pear Assessment application automatically. Access from Pear Assessment: You can also ask students and teachers to sign-in directly from Pear Assessment sign-in page: [https://app.Pear](https://app.Pear) Assessment.com/ From here, you can select one of the following 3 options: 1. Sign in with Google: If you have shared Google IDs for student and teachers with Pear Assessment using Clever, it is possible to use the **Sign in with Google** button to sign in. Students and teachers will be prompted to enter their Google username and password. Once authenticated by Google, they get instant access to Pear Assessment. 2. Sign in with Office 365: If you have shared Office 365 IDs for student and teachers with Pear Assessment using Clever, it is possible to use the **Sign in with Office 365** button to sign in. Students and teachers will be prompted to enter their Office 365 username and password. Once authenticated by Office 365, they get instant access to Pear Assessment. 3. Sign in with Clever: You can use Clever SSO directly from Pear Assessment sign-in page – you and your students simply click the **Sign In with Clever** button, enter the Clever user ID and password and get instant access to Pear Assessment. If you are Pear Assessment enterprise customer, we can also provide you with a custom sign-in portal that can have: 1. District logo 2. District image 3. District message 4. District sign-in buttons (e.g. we can remove username and password field if you only use Clever SSO) 5. District sign-in policies (e.g. we can enforce that your students sign-in using Google SSO only) Please write to support\@Pear Assessment.com with your requirements if you need a custom sign-in portal. Image result for clever student portal Pear Assessment Screenshot Screenshot # What You Can Change After Students Start an Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/what-you-can-change-after-students-start A reference guide to which assignment settings, roster changes, and assessment edits are possible once students have begun working. Once a student opens an assessment and submits at least 1 response, that assignment is considered started. From that point forward, some settings remain editable and others do not. This article describes exactly what you can and cannot change, and explains the data consequences of removing or resetting individual students. ## What You Can Still Change The following settings can be updated after students have started the assessment. | Setting | Editable after start? | Notes | | --------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Due date | Yes | Extend or shorten the due date at any time from the assignment settings. | | Open and close status | Yes | You can close the assessment to block new submissions, or reopen it to allow more work. | | Password | Limited | You can add or change a password only if no student has submitted yet. Once any student submits, the password field is locked. | | Score release | Yes | Release or withhold scores at any time, before or after grading. | | Redirect (re-attempt) | Yes | Use Redirect to send selected students back into the assessment for another attempt. This does not delete existing responses. | | Manual score entries | Yes | Enter or edit manually graded scores at any time during the **In Grading** phase. | | Marking as Absent | Yes | You can mark a student as absent to block home access even after the assessment has opened. This does not remove the student from the assignment. | ## What You Cannot Change The following changes are blocked once any student has started the assessment. | Action | Blocked after start? | Why | | ------------------------------------------ | -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Add, remove, or reorder test sections | Yes | Changing the assessment structure after students have started creates inconsistent data across responses. The structure is locked at the first student submission. | | Add, remove, or reorder questions | Yes | Same reason as sections. Response data is indexed to question position. | | Change a question's item type | Yes | Changing from multiple choice to essay, for example, would make existing responses unscoreable. | | Change point values on submitted questions | Partially | You can adjust point values, but doing so triggers a regrade. Review responses carefully before changing values on a live assessment. | | Reset all student attempts at once | Yes | There is no bulk reset. You must reset individual students one at a time from the Live Class Board. See [Reset or Remove Individual Students](#reset-or-remove-individual-students). | | Add a password after any student submits | Yes | The password field locks permanently once any submission is recorded. | If you need to restructure the assessment after students have started, clone it, make your edits, and assign the revised version to students who have not yet started. Do not reassign to students who have already submitted. ## Reset or Remove Individual Students Two separate actions affect individual students: unassigning and resetting. ### Unassign a Student Unassigning removes a student from the assignment entirely. All of their responses are permanently deleted. Use this when a student was assigned the wrong assessment and you need to remove them before any data appears in a gradebook or report. 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the assignment name. 3. Click **Live Class Board**. 4. Select the checkbox next to the student's name. 5. Click **More** and select **Unassign Students**. 6. Type **Remove** to confirm, then click **Yes, Remove**. Unassigning a student deletes all of their responses permanently. This action cannot be undone. If the student needs to retake the assessment, assign it to them again as a new attempt. ### Reset a Student's Attempt Resetting returns a student's status to **Not Started** without removing them from the assignment. Their previous responses are deleted, but the student remains enrolled. Use this when a student started the wrong assessment or encountered a technical issue mid-attempt. 1. Click **Assignments** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the assignment name. 3. Click **Live Class Board**. 4. Select the checkbox next to the student's name. 5. Click **More** and select **Reset**. 6. Confirm the reset. After reset, the student can re-enter the assessment and start fresh. Their original responses are not recoverable. ### Choosing Between Unassign and Reset | Situation | Action | | ---------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | | Student took the wrong assessment entirely | Unassign, then assign the correct one | | Student had a technical issue mid-attempt | Reset | | Student needs to improve their score | Use Redirect instead (preserves original attempt data) | | Student should not take this assessment at all | Unassign | ## Students Who Haven't Started Yet Students with a **Not Started** status can still be managed without the restrictions described above. You can do the following for not-started students even after others have begun: * Add a password, but only if no student has submitted yet * Unassign them without any data consequence, because no responses exist to delete * Mark them as absent to block access from outside the classroom * Redirect them to a different version of the assessment You cannot restructure the assessment itself (add or reorder questions) even for not-started students once any other student has begun, because the assessment structure is shared across all students in the assignment. ## How Not-Started Students Affect Class Averages Pear Assessment excludes students with a **Not Started** status from class average calculations by default. Only students who have submitted at least 1 response are included. This means: * If 20 students are assigned but only 14 have submitted, the class average reflects those 14 students only. * The not-started count is shown separately in the assignment summary so you can see how many students are pending. * Once a not-started student submits, they are automatically added to the average. The class average updates without any manual action. This exclusion is intentional. Including students with no responses would produce a misleading average and skew standards mastery data. If you see a class average that looks higher or lower than expected, check the not-started count in the assignment summary before drawing conclusions. If a large portion of the class has not started, wait until most students have submitted before reviewing class-level averages or sharing results with instructional leadership. # Whole Learner with Data Studio Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-assessment/whole-learner-with-data-studio View a complete picture of an individual student's attendance and academic performance across assessments in Data Studio. The Whole Learner report in Pear Assessment Data Studio shows a complete view of an individual student's attendance and academic progress across multiple assessments. It surfaces relevant risk indicators so you can give the essential intervention for improvement, and interventions are also visible in the trend graphs so you can determine pre- and post-performance improvement. Use it to identify where a student needs support and evaluate how they respond to interventions over time. This is an enterprise report available to administrators and teachers. ## Explore the Whole Learner Report ### View Student Profile The top of the report displays the student's name, grade, school, and demographic information, including race, gender, IEP status, and other relevant attributes. ### Review Performance Summary Across Assessments This section displays student performance across assessments in chronological order based on each assessment's start date. Bar height represents the score percentage, and bar color represents the performance band. The Performance Band filter can only be used for internal assessments to change the performance band. Hover over any bar to see the date, score, and performance band. For external assessments, the hover view also shows all performance bands for that test, with the achieved band highlighted. External assessment bars include tags below the assessment name to indicate the test type. To view attendance data alongside academic performance, select **Show Attendance Chart** within this section. Users with Data Operations permissions can upload attendance data into the platform using the data-upload tool. ### Examine the Performance Deep-Dive Across Assessments This table provides detailed assessment data for the selected student, including: * Assessment name * Type * Date * Total questions * Performance * Average score at the district, school, and class level * Claim level Claim level data relates to external assessments such as CAASPP, iReady, and NWEA. Users with a Data Operations role must upload this data before it appears in the report. View of the Whole Learner report in Data Studio. Example of a Whole Learner report. Example of a Performance Summary report. Example of a Weekly Attendance report. Example of the performance deep-dive report. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### What Is Claim Level Data and Where Does It Come From? Claim level data relates to external assessments such as CAASPP, iReady, and NWEA. Users with a Data Operations role must upload this data before it appears in the report. ### How Do I View Attendance Alongside Academic Performance? Select **Show Attendance Chart** within the Performance Summary Across Assessments section. To add attendance data, a user with Data Operations permissions must upload it using the data-upload tool. ## Resources * [Attendance Summary with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/attendance-summary-with-data-studio) * [Performance Trends with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/performance-trends-with-data-studio) * [Goals and Interventions with Data Studio](/products/pear-assessment/goals-and-interventions-with-data-studio) # Pear Deck Certified Content Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/access-certified-content Browse, filter, and copy standards-aligned Certified Content lessons from the Pear Deck Content Orchard to your Google Drive or OneDrive Certified Content is a curated library of ready-to-use, standards-aligned interactive lessons available to school and district-level GoGuardian Pear Deck accounts. Built with research-based instructional strategies, these lessons promote higher-order thinking, mirror state assessment depth-of-knowledge requirements, and save teachers one to two hours of lesson development time per session. Certified Content is available as [Certified ELA](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/public-library/featured/65312eebe7fe0b22ff2a38eb) and [Certified Math](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/public-library/featured/65245e3089304b40efbaccc3) lessons, and each deck can be copied to your Google Drive or OneDrive and customized before presenting. ## Access Certified Content 1. Sign in to your [Pear Deck account](https://app.peardeck.com/home?action=signin) and click the **Content Orchard** tab, or navigate directly to [Certified ELA](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/public-library/featured/65312eebe7fe0b22ff2a38eb) or [Certified Math](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/public-library/featured/65245e3089304b40efbaccc3) lessons. 2. Browse the available decks. Decks with the **Certified** badge are part of the Certified Content library. Content Orchard with red boxes highlighting the See all links deck preview.png Image 6.png earth day fun gslides.png Access Certified Content ## Find a Lesson 1. To find a specific topic, enter a keyword in the search field. 2. Click **Filter** and use the menu options to narrow results by Standard(s), Grade, and Subject. 3. Click **Select Standards** and use the dropdown menus to choose your preferred standards. 4. When you are satisfied with your selections, click **Save and Close**. 5. Click **Apply Filters** to see the matching lessons. ## Copy a Lesson to Your Drive 1. Click a lesson to view its description, rating, and deck preview. Use the navigation arrows in the preview window to explore the slides. Users who are not part of a school or district account can preview only the first two slides. 2. Click **Copy to Google Drive** or **Copy to OneDrive**. 3. For Google users, in the next tab, click **Make a copy**. 4. Your copy of the deck opens automatically in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. Open the Pear Deck Sidebar to edit the deck or present it to your students immediately. ## Resources Learn how to browse and use shared community lessons in the Pear Deck Content Orchard. Start an interactive session and present your deck to students in real time. # Add Audio Recordings to Slides Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/add-audio-recordings-to-slides Record or upload audio clips to individual slides so students can listen during live Pear Deck sessions With the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on, you can add audio instructions, descriptions, or examples to individual slides. Students hear those recordings on the Student View while responding to interactive questions during a live session. You can record a new clip directly in Pear Deck or upload a file from your computer. This is a Premium feature and is currently available only in Pear Deck for Google Slides. ## Insert an Audio Recording Into a Slide For best results, keep recordings short: two to three minutes helps students focus on both the audio instruction and the prompt on the slide. You can add a separate recording to each slide, which lets you stagger and customize instructions across your presentation. 1. In Google Slides, open the [Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on](https://www.peardeck.com/googleslides/). 2. Open the slide where you want to add audio. 3. In the Pear Deck sidebar, scroll down and click **Audio**. 4. Allow Pear Deck access to your microphone when prompted by your browser. 5. In the new window, click **Record** or **Upload**. * To record a new clip, click **Record** and begin speaking. The timer runs while you record. * When you finish, click **Pause**. * Choose **Resume** to add more, **Delete** to remove the recording, or **Done** to save it for review. * Click the **Play** button to preview the recording, or click **Rerecord Audio** to start over. * When satisfied, click **Save Audio to Slide**. * To use an existing file, click **Upload** and select an MP4 file from your computer (20 MB maximum). * Click **Play** to preview it. * When satisfied, click **Save Audio to Slide**. 6. Click **Add to Current Slide** to confirm. 7. A small object is inserted into the slide. Note the following about this object: * **The object is not the audio player.** It stores the audio file on the slide so it is playable on the Student View when students join the session. * You can **move the object** anywhere on the slide, drag it off the slide onto the canvas, or resize it by selecting it and dragging the edges. * To **change or replace the recording**, click the **Audio** button in the Pear Deck sidebar to reopen the recording window. * To **delete** the audio file, select the object and press **Delete**. * To **add the same audio file to multiple slides**, right-click the object and select **Copy**, navigate to a new slide, then right-click and select **Paste**. Add audio to slide button.png Add Audio 1.png ## How Audio Works on the Student View When your deck is ready, click **Start Lesson** in the Pear Deck sidebar to begin a new session. You are prompted to choose [Student-Paced](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons) or [Instructor-Paced](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) mode. Audio recordings are playable on the Student View only. They are not available on the Projector or Dashboard Views. Here is what students do to play audio: 1. Join the session by clicking the join link or going to [joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/) and entering the join code. This opens the Student View. 2. Navigate to a slide that has audio instructions. 3. Click the **Audio** button in the bottom-right corner of the screen. Audio Player.png 4. The Audio Player opens. Click **Play** or **Pause**. ## FAQs ### Does Audio Work in Both Student-Paced and Instructor-Paced Modes? Yes. Students can play audio recordings on the Student View in either session mode. ### Why Doesn't My Recording Play When I Click the "Audio Included" Object? The object stores the file but does not play it. To listen to or change the file before presenting, click the **Audio** button in the Pear Deck sidebar. During a session, audio plays only through the [Audio Player on the Student View](/products/pear-deck/add-audio-recordings-to-slides). Pear Deck slide audio cannot be played on the Projector or Dashboard Views. ### What Is the Advantage of Pear Deck Slide Audio Over Other Options? Pear Deck Slide Audio offers the following benefits: * Slide audio works in both session modes, so students can play it in a Student-Paced lesson without the teacher present. * You can make original recordings and customize instructions as you build your lesson. * You can layer audio over any interactive slide, so students can listen to the instruction and respond to the question on the same screen. ### Do Google Slides Audio Clips Work in Pear Deck? Google Slides lets you insert pre-recorded audio via **Insert** > **Audio**. Those clips play in a Pear Deck presentation under specific conditions: on the Projector View only, in an Instructor-Paced session, and with the Pear Deck Power-up Chrome extension installed. ### Why Do I Need to Allow Microphone Access? The first time you add audio to a slide, Pear Deck requests permission to use your microphone. You must allow access to use Slide Audio. If you need to update this setting, click the lock icon in the browser URL bar and allow microphone access. You should then be able to record with Pear Deck Audio. ### What File Types Can I Upload? You can upload an MP4 file from your computer. If the file is stored in Google Drive, save it to your computer first and then upload it to Pear Deck Slide Audio. ### Why Does Pear Deck Say My File Is Too Large? Pear Deck Slide Audio supports files of 20 MB or less. ### Can I Add More Than One Recording to a Slide? You can add one Pear Deck Audio recording per slide. You can copy and paste multiple recordings onto a slide, but during a live session only the first recording plays on the Student View. ### Is There a Limit to How Many Slides Can Have Audio? There is no limit. Keep recordings short so they are easier for students to focus on. ### The Audio I Recorded Sounds Glitchy. How Can I Fix This? The built-in recorder does not apply audio optimization, which may affect quality. If you notice issues, record the clip using the voice recording software on your device and upload that file to the slide instead. ## Resources Set up and run a session students move through at their own pace. Start and control an Instructor-Paced session from the Pear Deck sidebar. # Add or Remove Users From a School Subscription Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/add-or-remove-subscription-users Subscription Managers can add, remove, and transfer users on a school-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription from the My Account page. If you are the Subscription Manager of a school-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription, you can manage users on your Pear Deck My Account page. Managers of a domain-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription do not have a teacher list to manage — the whole domain automatically has Pear Deck Premium. ## Add Users You can add one teacher email address or a whole list at once, and the addresses do not need to match your school domain. Users added this way do not receive a welcome or notification email. 1. Open your Pear Deck Home [My Account](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account) page. 2. Select **Your Plan**. My Account Page for Subscription Managers with the My Plan tab circled in red 3. Scroll to the **Group Usage** section. My Account Page for Subscription Managers with the Group Usage tab circled in red 4. Add a single teacher's email, or add a list of teachers at once. Subscription Manager Add Users page Add a list of teachers with blue Bulk Add/Edit Members button Teacher list with the new user circled in red ## Remove or Transfer a User From the same **Group Usage** section, you can remove a user, or transfer a Premium subscription to another user. My Account Page for Subscription Managers with the My Plan tab circled in red # Add Premade Slide Templates to Your Presentation Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/add-premade-slide-templates Add premade interactive slide templates to your Google Slides or PowerPoint Online presentation using Pear Deck GoGuardian Pear Deck includes a library of premade slide templates, decks, and lessons designed to support formative assessment and critical thinking across subjects. You can add these templates directly to your existing presentation in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. ## Add a Slide Template to Your Presentation 1. Install the [Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/pear-deck) or the [Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Add-in](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online). 2. Open a presentation. 3. Open the Pear Deck sidebar. 4. In Google Slides, click **Add-ons** → **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on** → **Open Pear Deck Add-on**. Gslides, open the add-on, red arrows 5. In PowerPoint Online, click **Home** → **More Options** → **Pear Deck**. Ppt, home, more options, pear deck, with arrows-1 6. In the Pear Deck sidebar, click **Add a Slide Template**. Template library button, red arrow ## In Google Slides 1. Click a category in the template library. 2. Click a template to add it to your presentation. Screen Shot 2020-06-12 at 12.13.31 PM ## In PowerPoint Online 1. When you click **Add a Slide Template**, the [Pear Deck templates page](https://www.peardeck.com/templates/) opens. Preview templates by clicking the arrows underneath them. 2. Click the **PowerPoint** link under the template you want. 3. The read-only file opens in PowerPoint Online. 4. Click **File** → **Download As** → **Download a Copy** to save a copy of the file. 5. Open PowerPoint Online again and click **Upload** to locate the file you downloaded, or drag it from your desktop. 6. Once uploaded, copy and paste individual slides into any of your other PowerPoint Online presentations by selecting the slide, right-clicking, and choosing **Copy** or **Paste**. 7. Customize the slide template by changing the text, font, images, background, and other elements. 8. When you are ready, click **Start Lesson / Present with Pear Deck** in the Pear Deck sidebar to begin a session. See [Present a Pear Deck Lesson](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) for details. There is no limit to the number of sessions you can present with Pear Deck. You can also join any session as a student by clicking the Join Link or entering the Join Code at [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com). Pear deck templates page, powerpoint circled Ppt, download as, download a copy PowerPoint Online, upload file, red arrows ## Get a Premade Pear Deck Lesson The [Pear Deck Orchard](https://www.peardeck.com/orchard) features complete, premade, interactive lessons with built-in activities created by experienced educators. Some content in the Orchard, such as Certified Content, is available with Premium School or District subscriptions only. 1. Open the Pear Deck Orchard. 2. Click the deck title. 3. Copy the presentation (Google Slides) or download it (PowerPoint Online). 4. Present the deck as-is, or copy and paste slides into your existing files. ## Resources Install the Pear Deck Add-in for PowerPoint Online to access interactive slide features. Learn how to start a session and present an interactive Pear Deck lesson to students. # Allow Cookies Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/allow-cookies Configure your browser to allow cookies from the required domains so Pear Deck functions correctly Pear Deck requires browser cookies to function correctly. If cookies are blocked for any of the required domains, sessions may fail to load or behave unexpectedly. Allow cookies for the following sites in your browser settings before using Pear Deck. ## Required Domains Allow cookies from each of these domains: * `[*.]peardeck.com` * `[*.]google.com` * `[*.]youtube.com` * `sign-in.microsoftonline.com` ## Allow Cookies by Browser Follow the instructions for your browser: * [Chrome](https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647?hl=en\&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop#zippy=%2Callow-third-party-cookies-for-a-specific-site%2Callow-or-block-third-party-cookies) * [Firefox](https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/websites-say-cookies-are-blocked-unblock-them) * [Microsoft Edge](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/edge/learning-center/how-to-enable-cookies?form=MA13I2) * [Safari](https://support.apple.com/guide/safari/manage-cookies-and-website-data-sfri11471/16.0/mac/11.0) ## Resources # Approve Pear Deck as a Third-Party App in Google Workspace Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/approve-pear-deck-google-workspace Add Pear Deck as a trusted third-party app in Google Workspace so students under 18 can sign in to Pear Deck sessions. In Google Workspace, your administrator must approve Pear Deck as a trusted third-party app to allow students under 18 to sign in. [Workspace policy](https://support.google.com/a/answer/13288950?hl=en) requires this approval for accounts whose users are 18 or younger. Students cannot sign in to Pear Deck sessions if the app is not trusted in Workspace. For more information about Google Workspace third-party app access changes, see Google's resources: * [3rd party app access enhancements](https://workspaceupdates.googleblog.com/2023/08/third-party-app-access-enhancements-for-google-workspace-edu.html) * [Manage access to unconfigured third-party apps for users under 18](https://support.google.com/a?p=under18-third-party-apps-access) * [How to configure 3rd party app access in bulk](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12653991?hl=en\&ref_topic=10021546\&sjid=761531526352746196-NA) ## Approve Pear Deck as a Third-Party App Pear Deck may already appear in Workspace as a third-party app awaiting approval. If it is listed, follow these steps. If it is not listed, skip to [Add Pear Deck as a Third-Party App Manually](#add-pear-deck-as-a-third-party-app-manually). 1. Visit [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com). 2. Sign in with an administrator account. 3. In the sidebar, click **Security** > **Access and data control** > **API controls**. 4. Click **Manage Third-Party Access**. 5. Under **Configured apps**, click **Add a filter** > **App name**. 6. Enter "Pear Deck Learning" and click **Apply**. 7. Select **Pear Deck Learning** and click **Change access**. 8. For **Scope**, select your root organizational unit (OU) or a specific OU that hosts student accounts. Selecting the root OU is recommended. 9. Click **Continue**. 10. Select **Trusted**. 11. Select **Allowlist for exemption from API access blocks in context-aware access. Available only for apps added via OAuth client IDs**. 12. Click **Continue**. 13. Confirm your setup and click **Change Access**. 14. Verify the result: Pear Deck Learning appears as **Trusted** in your Configured apps list. Ask a student to sign in to a Pear Deck session to confirm access. ## Add Pear Deck as a Third-Party App Manually If Pear Deck is not listed in Workspace, add it manually using a Client ID. 1. Visit [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com). 2. Sign in with an administrator account. 3. In the sidebar, click **Security** > **Access and data control** > **API controls**. 4. Click **Manage Third-Party Access**. 5. Click **Configure new app**. 6. Under **App**, paste the following Client ID: ``` 480233483242-58fgq3dcga76ek374rf6npucg78as3j0.apps.googleusercontent.com ``` 7. Click **Search**. 8. Click **Pear Deck Learning** in the results. 9. For **Scope**, select your root OU or a specific OU that hosts student accounts. Selecting the root OU is recommended. 10. Click **Continue**. 11. Select **Trusted**. 12. Select **Allowlist for exemption from API access blocks in context-aware access. Available only for apps added via OAuth client IDs**. 13. Click **Continue**. 14. Confirm your setup and click **Finish**. 15. Repeat steps 5–14 using this second Client ID: ``` 379962065044-digedvvia3khonh0n16u1n3teq8ue9q2.apps.googleusercontent.com ``` 16. Verify the result: Both Pear Deck Learning entries appear as **Trusted** in your Configured apps list. Confirm student access by having a student sign in to a Pear Deck session. ## Resources Use the same process to approve Pear Practice for student sign-in in Google Workspace. Review the core setup steps and first-use guidance for Pear Deck. # Block a Student From Your Session Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/block-student-from-session Learn how to block and unblock individual students from participating in an active Pear Deck Session using the Teacher Dashboard If you want to keep an individual student from participating in your Session, you can block them from the Teacher Dashboard. Blocking a student is a [Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing/comparison/) feature. When you block a student, they can no longer: * Rejoin your Session with the same account, unless you unblock them * See or respond to any slides, whether Normal or Interactive, on the Student View * Receive a Takeaway (a Premium feature, available to students who sign in with a Google account) ## Block a Student From Your Session 1. Open the Teacher Dashboard. 2. Go to the top right corner of the screen and click the **Session Roster** button. 3. Find the student, then click the **More Actions** (three-dots) button next to their email address. Select **Block from Session**. 4. The blocked student appears in red in your Roster and is removed from the student total. session roster screenshot Block student, red arrow Blocked student, new session total ## Allow a Student Back Into Your Session 1. Open the Session Roster again. 2. Click the **More Actions** button next to the blocked student and select **Unblock from Session**. 3. The student can rejoin the Session at [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com/) using the same Session Join Code. Unblock student, red arrow ## What the Blocked Student Sees When a student loses access to your Session, they see a screen indicating they have been removed. Blocked student, student view ## Resources Learn how to launch a new Session from the Teacher Dashboard. View and manage student participation during a live Session. # Convert Google Slides Decks to PowerPoint Online Files Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/convert-google-slides-to-powerpoint-online Download a Google Slides Pear Deck as a PowerPoint file and upload it to Microsoft OneDrive for use with PowerPoint Online If you are switching from a Google account to a Microsoft Office 365 account, you can transfer your Pear Deck presentations by downloading them as PowerPoint files and re-uploading them to OneDrive. The slide content moves over intact, but interactive Pear Deck questions must be re-added in PowerPoint Online after the transfer. ## Download Your Google Slides Deck 1. Open your presentation in Google Slides. 2. Select **File** > **Download** > **Microsoft PowerPoint (.pptx)**. 3. Verify the result: a `.pptx` file saves to your computer's default download location. ## Upload the File to OneDrive 1. Sign in to your Microsoft Office 365 account and open OneDrive. 2. Click **+ Add New** > **Files Upload**. 3. Select the `.pptx` file you downloaded and click **Open**. 4. Verify the result: the file appears in your OneDrive file list. ## Re-Add Interactive Questions 1. Open the uploaded presentation in PowerPoint Online. 2. Open the Pear Deck Add-in by selecting **Home** > **More Options** (three-dot menu) > **Pear Deck**. 3. In the Pear Deck sidebar, select **Ask Students a Question** and add your interactive questions to each slide. 4. Verify the result: each slide that needs student interaction shows a Pear Deck question type in the sidebar. Interactive Pear Deck components (such as draggable, drawing, and multiple-choice questions) cannot be transferred between Google Slides and PowerPoint Online. The main slide content (text, images, and layout) carries over automatically. You must re-add all interactive questions in the new editor. ## Resources # Create a New Pear Deck Lesson Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/create-a-new-lesson Set up a Pear Deck account, build interactive slides in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online, and present a live session to students Pear Deck lessons are created in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online, so teachers can combine the editing power of those tools with Pear Deck's interactive engagement features. ## Set up a Pear Deck Account 1. Go to [peardeck.com](https://www.peardeck.com/). 2. Click **Sign in** and select **Pear Deck**. If this is your first time, [create a Pear Deck account](/products/pear-deck/create-a-pear-deck-account) before continuing. 3. Follow the on-screen prompts to give Pear Deck access to your files. See [Why Pear Deck Needs Access to Your Files](/products/pear-deck/understand-pear-deck-file-permissions) for details on the required permissions. 4. On your [Pear Deck Home screen](https://app.peardeck.com/home), click **Create a Lesson** to start from scratch or **Open existing file** to use a previously created deck. Teacher login button, red arrow ## Create Slides All Pear Deck lessons are built in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. When you click **Create a new lesson** on your [Pear Deck Home screen](https://app.peardeck.com/home), you land in the editor that matches your account type. From there you can build interactive slides from scratch or add pre-made Slide Templates to your presentation. You can also add Pear Deck Interactive Slides and Slide Templates to any existing Google Slides or PowerPoint Online presentation. Pear Deck's team of educators has created pre-made Formative Assessment Slide Templates to help students warm up, develop critical thinking skills, reflect on lessons, and more. These templates are free and available in the Pear Deck Sidebar Template Library. Standards-aligned decks are also available in the [Content Orchard](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard). ## Google Slides 1. Open any deck. Add the content, prompt, question, or image you want students to see on the main body of the slide. 2. Go to **Extensions** > **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on** > **Open Pear Deck Add-on** to open the Pear Deck Sidebar. If you have not installed the Add-on, go to **Extensions** > **Add-ons** > **Get add-ons** to install Pear Deck. 3. In the Pear Deck Sidebar, go to the **Ask Students a Question** section to add an [Interactive Response](/products/pear-deck/use-interactive-question-types) to the slide. 4. Open the Template Library to insert pre-made [Interactive Slide Templates](/products/pear-deck/add-premade-slide-templates) into your presentation. ## PowerPoint Online 1. Open a PowerPoint presentation. Add the prompt, question, image, or content you want students to see on the main body of the slide. 2. Click **Home** > **More Options** (three-dots menu) > **Pear Deck**. To install the Add-in, click **File** > **Get Add-ins** > **More Add-ins**, search for Pear Deck, then click **Add** > **Continue**. Ppt, home, more options, pear deck, with arrows-1 3. In the Pear Deck Sidebar, go to the **Ask Students a Question** section and add an [Interactive Response](https://help.peardeck.com/the-five-interactive-question-types) option to the slide. 4. Go to the Template Library, download [pre-made Slide Templates](https://help.peardeck.com/add-premade-slide-templates-to-your-presentation), and upload them for your own use. ## Reopen Auto-Saved Pear Decks * Pear Deck for Google Slides presentations are saved in [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com/drive/). If you launched your presentation from Pear Deck Home, it is saved in **Google Drive** > **Pear Deck**, a folder created automatically when you installed Pear Deck. You can find all Pear Deck presentations in the [Google Slides app](https://docs.google.com/presentation/), as they are built within Google Slides. * Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online presentations are saved in [OneDrive](https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-us/). Go to **Files** to find your Pear Deck files there. * You can also access recent files on your [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) page for quick access. ## Present the Lesson Students must [join a Pear Deck session](https://help.peardeck.com/how-students-join-a-pear-deck-session) to engage with and respond to your interactive slides. 1. Open the Pear Deck Sidebar and click **Present with Pear Deck** (PowerPoint Online Add-in) or **Start Lesson** (Google Slides Add-on). Present Lesson button for Power Point Online users 2. If you select **Instructor-Paced Mode**, the Projector View opens for you. If you select **Student-Paced Mode** (requires a [Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing/) account), the [Dashboard View](https://help.peardeck.com/the-teacher-dashboard) opens automatically. 3. Give students the Join Code or Join Link from your Projector View or Dashboard View to enter the session and leave responses. Learn more about [how to run your presentation](https://help.peardeck.com/how-to-present-a-pear-deck). Start lesson button for Google Slides users Modal window showing the two Instructor-pacced and Student-paced lesson mode choices ## Resources Learn about the five interactive response types you can add to your slides. Browse and insert ready-made Formative Assessment templates from the Pear Deck Sidebar. # Create a Pear Deck Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/create-a-pear-deck-account Sign in from peardeck.com, Google Slides, or PowerPoint Online using a Google or Microsoft Office 365 account to create your Pear Deck account. Creating a Pear Deck account starts by signing in with your Google or Microsoft Office 365 account — no separate password required. You can begin from peardeck.com, directly in Google Slides, or from PowerPoint Online. ## Before You Begin * You need a Google account or a Microsoft Office 365 account. * Personal, educational, and business accounts are all supported. * Pear Deck files are saved automatically in your Google Drive or OneDrive. * Students do not need a Pear Deck account to join sessions. Students only need their own Pear Deck account if they want to create and present their own Pear Deck lessons. ## Start From peardeck.com 1. Go to [peardeck.com](https://www.peardeck.com). 2. Click **Log In** and select **Pear Deck**. 3. Choose your account type — Google or Microsoft Office 365 — and sign in. 4. Click **Allow** to grant Pear Deck access to your Google Drive or OneDrive. Pear Deck stores your presentation files in your drive and needs access to add interactive questions to them. 5. Complete the account setup questions: select your role as **Teacher**, enter your postal code, and enter your school name. If your school does not appear in the dropdown, type the name directly. 6. Verify the result: Your free 30-day Pear Deck Premium trial starts automatically. No payment information is required. Pear Deck Home page with a red arrow pointing to the teacher login button Teacher login screen showing a Google and Microsoft login buttons Account setup screen showing role selection buttons entitled teacher, student and more options. Teacher button is… Authorization screen to connect Pear Deck to your Google Drive or OneDrive showing a red button that says authorize Account setup screen showing a red button entitled connect to my school ## Start From Google Slides If you use Google, you can install the Pear Deck Add-on and create your account in one step from inside Google Slides. 1. Open any [Google Slides](https://docs.google.com/presentation) presentation. 2. Click **Extensions** > **Add-ons** > **Get add-ons**. 3. In the Google Workspace Marketplace window, search for **Pear Deck for Google Slides** and click on the result. 4. Click **Install**, then click **Continue** when prompted for permissions. 5. Select the Google account you want to use with Pear Deck. 6. Click **Allow** to grant Pear Deck access to your Google account. 7. Verify the result: The Pear Deck Add-on is now available in the **Extensions** menu of any Google Slides presentation. The first time you present with Pear Deck, you are prompted to complete the account setup questions described in Step 5 of [Start From peardeck.com](#start-from-peardeckcom). Screen showing the Google Slides menu path to get the Pear Deck Add-on G Suite Marketplace window, showing the search result for the Pear Deck Add-on Account set up screen instructing user to choose the Google or Microsoft account they'd like to use with Pear Deck Authorization screen for Pear Deck to access your Google account showing a blue button entitled allow Google Slides window showing the Pear Deck add-0n in the Extension menu ## Start From PowerPoint Online If you use Microsoft Office 365, you can install the Pear Deck Add-in and create your account from inside PowerPoint Online. 1. Open any PowerPoint Online presentation. 2. Click **File** > **Get Add-ins**. 3. In the Office Add-ins menu, click **+ More Add-ins** and search for **Pear Deck**. 4. Select **Pear Deck** and click **Add**. 5. Click **Continue** to confirm. 6. Once the add-in installs, click the **Home** tab, then click the **More Options** (three-dots) button and select **Pear Deck** to open the sidebar. PPTOnlineHome3dots.png 7\. In the Pear Deck sidebar, click **Log In** and complete authorization with your Microsoft Office 365 account. 8. Verify the result: The Pear Deck sidebar opens in PowerPoint Online. Going forward, access it from the **Home** tab > **More Options** (three-dots) > **Pear Deck**. PowerPoint online window with red arrows pointing to the insert add-ins menu choices Office add-ins menu showing the Pear Deck add-in with a red button entitled add PPTOnline Add Pear Deck.png PPTOnlineContinue.png ## Find Your Account After Setup After creating your account, go to [app.peardeck.com/home](https://app.peardeck.com/home) at any time to: * View and present recent files * Open past sessions (student responses are stored here automatically) * Adjust account settings * Review plan and billing information in **My Account** ## For Administrators Pear Deck works well for schools that use Google or Microsoft 365. If you are a school administrator, use the following resources to make sure teachers can get Pear Deck at your site: * Enable or install Pear Deck in the [Google Admin Console](/products/pear-deck/install-power-up-domain-wide). * Deploy Pear Deck in your [Microsoft 365 Admin Center](/products/pear-deck/install-powerpoint-online-add-in). * To upgrade to Premium at your school or district, request a quote on the [Pear Deck Pricing Page](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing). ## FAQ ### Do Students Need a Pear Deck Account? Students do not need an account to join a session. They join using a six-letter Join Code at [joinpd.com](https://app.peardeck.com/join) or a Join Link. If you want to see students' names next to their responses, turn on email sign-in so students sign in with a Google or Microsoft Office 365 account when joining. Students only need their own Pear Deck account if they want to create and present their own Pear Deck lessons. We do not collect student data. Anyone who chooses the role of Student during account setup is directed to [joinpd.com](https://app.peardeck.com/join) to join a presentation. ### Can I Use Google Slides and PowerPoint Online With the Same Account? Your account is tied to the platform you use to sign in — Google or Microsoft. If you created your account with a Google address, use Google Slides. If you used a Microsoft Office 365 address, use PowerPoint Online. ### My School Is Not in the Dropdown List. What Do I Do? Type your school's name directly into the field. If you are not affiliated with a school, enter your organization name or any descriptive text. ### Why Does Pear Deck Need Access to My Drive? Pear Deck stores your presentation files in Google Drive or OneDrive and needs access to add interactive questions to them. For details, see [Understand Pear Deck Security Practices](/products/pear-deck/understand-security-practices). ## Resources Build your first interactive presentation, run a session, and review student responses. Switch from Premium to Free, or disconnect Pear Deck from Google Drive or PowerPoint Online. # Create an Instant Pear Deck Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/create-an-instant-pear-deck Use Instant Lesson Packages to generate a standards-aligned Pear Deck lesson, Pear Practice Set, or Pear Assessment Test in a few clicks Instant Lesson Packages let you generate a standards-aligned Pear Deck lesson, Pear Practice Set, or Pear Assessment Test from a topic, an uploaded file, a website link, or a standard, without building the deck yourself. ## Create an Instant Pear Deck 1. Sign in to your [Pear Deck account](https://app.peardeck.com/home?action=signin) and select **Generate from Scratch with AI** on your Launchpad. Pear Deck Launchpad showing the Generate from Scratch with AI and Convert Curriculum Materials cards 2. In the Instant Lesson Packages panel, choose **Instant Pear Deck**, or select **Pear Lesson Package** to generate a combination of a lesson, practice set, and test together. Instant Lesson Packages panel showing the Instant Pear Deck, Instant Pear Practice Set, Instant Pear Assessment Test, and Pear Lesson Package options 3. Under **What are you teaching?**, choose the content source for the deck. Use one or a combination: * Enter a topic, specific objective, or skill directly in the text field. * Click **Attach** to upload a saved file (.png, .gif, .jpg, .jpeg, .docx, .pdf, .html, .htm, or .txt), or a Material generated in [Pear Start](https://start.peardeck.com/tools). See [Use Pear Start with Pear Deck](/products/pear-start/use-pear-start-with-pear-deck) for details. * Click **Link Website** to enter the URL of an article or website. Instant Pear Decks can't be generated from YouTube videos. * Click **Select Standards** to find and choose a standard by Standard ID, State/District, Subject, Grade Level, or Standard Set. Create an Instant Pear Deck form with a topic entered in the What are you teaching field 4. Select a **Grade Level** and **Subject**. Under **Reading Level**, choose **Below**, **At**, or **Above** grade level. Pear Deck creates a unique deck for each reading level you select. 5. Open **Advanced options** to further refine the deck by Lesson Type and Content Intent, then click **Create**. Generation takes a few moments. 6. Click **View Lesson** to open the lesson preview. Review the summary of the deck and all of its slides. Bookmark or save the Share link to return to this lesson preview later. Instant Pear Decks aren't saved to your Pear Deck account or District Library. ## Edit and Present the Deck 1. From the lesson preview, click **Copy to Google Drive** or **Copy to OneDrive**. 2. For Google accounts, click **Make a Copy**. A copy of the deck opens in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online, where you can customize it like any other Pear Deck lesson. 3. To edit the slide layout in Google Slides, click **Slide** > **Apply Layout** and select a layout. 4. To edit the deck theme, click **Slide** > **Edit Theme**, edit the master slide, then click the **X** next to the Format options to apply your changes. 5. To add or edit Pear Deck Interactive Questions, open the Pear Deck Sidebar and select a question type under **Make Your Lesson Interactive**. 6. Click **Start Lesson** in the Pear Deck Sidebar to [present the lesson](/products/pear-deck/create-a-new-lesson#present-the-lesson). ## FAQ **Why does my Instant Pear Deck show firewall or security information instead of the content I linked?** Some websites block tools from reading their content. Pages that require sign-in, use a CAPTCHA, or ask you to confirm you're not a robot won't generate a deck. Use a different source, or save a screenshot or print preview of the content and attach it instead. This tool can't access content from private networks or an organization's internal websites. ## Resources Build interactive slides from scratch in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online and present a live session. Learn how content is used in Pear Deck and the rights that apply to it. # Create a Vocabulary List Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/create-vocabulary-list Create a new Pear Deck Vocabulary List by entering terms manually or importing from a spreadsheet GoGuardian Pear Deck Vocabulary lets you build word lists that power the Flashcard Factory game. You can add terms one by one in the Vocabulary Editor or paste in a list from a spreadsheet. Pear Deck Vocabulary and the Flashcard Factory are available only for users who sign in with Google. ## Get Started 1. Sign in to Pear Deck with your Google account. 2. Click **Flashcard Factory** on the left side of your screen. From here, choose one of two ways to add terms to your list: * Enter your own terms and definitions * Paste in a list from somewhere else ## Enter Your Own Terms and Definitions 1. In the Vocabulary Editor, type your term in the **Term** field. 2. Press **Enter** on your keyboard to move to the **Definition** field. 3. Type your definition. Or, click **Definitions** to search Merriam-Webster. You can also leave the **Definition** field blank if you want students to define the term in their own words. Vocabulary Editor page showing a sample term and definition entry Students are always prompted to write an example sentence during the Flashcard Factory game, regardless of whether you include a definition. ## Paste in a List From a Spreadsheet If you have terms and definitions in a spreadsheet, you can copy and paste them directly into the Vocabulary Editor. 1. In your spreadsheet, select terms and definitions from two separate columns, then copy them. Sample spreadsheet with terms and definitions 2. Open the [Pear Deck Vocabulary List Editor](https://app.peardeck.com/vocab/editor) and click **Import**. 3. In the window that opens, go to **Import a List** and paste your terms and definitions into the box. 4. Each line creates a separate card. Press **Enter** on your keyboard to start a new line and a new card. If you include definitions, they must be placed in a separate column. Separate the columns with the tab key on your keyboard. Use the **List Preview** to confirm how the cards will appear in your Vocabulary List. If you leave definitions out of your list, students will see only the term during the Flashcard Factory game and can write either an example sentence or their own definition. 5. Click **Import List**. 6. Review your Vocabulary List. You can still add definitions here by typing them or by clicking **Definitions** to search Merriam-Webster. Vocabulary Lists are automatically saved to a **Vocabulary** folder in your Google Drive. To open a list you created previously, go to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home), click **Open Existing File**, search for the list, click **Select**, and then choose to edit the list or start a Flashcard Factory game. Vocabulary list editor modal window for importing a Vocabulary list from a spreadsheet Vocabulary list editor window showing a terms only option Vocabulary list editor window showing terms and definitions ## Resources Run a live Flashcard Factory session using a Vocabulary List you have created. # Delete a Presentation Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/delete-a-presentation Delete a Pear Deck presentation file from Google Drive or OneDrive and restore it if accidentally removed Pear Deck presentations you have created or added to your drive can be deleted at any time. If you use a Google sign-in, your Pear Deck slides are stored as files in [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com/drive/my-drive). If you use a Microsoft 365 sign-in, they are stored in [OneDrive](https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-ca/signin/). You can organize, share, delete, and restore files from either location. Sessions are individual presentations of a Pear Deck file. They cannot be deleted. You can archive them from your Sessions History instead. ## Delete a Pear Deck File 1. Open [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com/drive/my-drive) or [OneDrive](https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-ca/signin/), depending on how you sign in to Pear Deck. 2. Search for the deck you want to remove. 3. Select the file. 4. Click the trash icon to delete it. ## Restore a File You Accidentally Deleted **In Google Drive** 1. In the left menu, click **Trash**. 2. Select the file you want to recover. 3. Click **Restore from trash**. **In OneDrive** 1. Open **Recycle bin**. 2. Select the file you want to recover. 3. Click **Restore**. ## Resources # Edit Slides After Starting a Session Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/edit-slides-after-starting-session Understand what updates when you edit source slides during or after a Pear Deck session, and how to relaunch with your changes. When you start a Pear Deck session, Pear Deck captures your slides at that moment and uses that snapshot for the entire session. Edits you make to the source deck afterward do not appear in the active session. This is expected behavior, not a bug. To see your changes in a session, end the current session, update your source deck, and start a new one. ## How Session Snapshots Work When you launch a session, Pear Deck copies your slides into the session at that exact moment. The session runs from that copy, not from the live source deck. This means: * Changes you make to the source deck while a session is active do not appear to students or in your teacher dashboard. * Changes you make to the source deck after a session ends do not carry over if you reopen that same session. * The only way to have students see your updated slides is to start a new session. The snapshot model protects session integrity. If slides updated mid-session, student responses could become misaligned with the questions they answered. ## What Changes After You Edit This table shows what happens when you edit a source deck during or after a session. | What you change | Does it appear in the current session? | Does it appear if you reopen the same session? | | ------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | Slide text or instructions | No | No | | A new slide added to the deck | No | No | | An interactive question removed or replaced | No | No | | A slide reordered within the deck | No | No | | An image or embedded link updated | No | No | | The deck title | No | No | The session always reflects the deck as it was at launch. ## Relaunch with Your Changes To have students see your updated slides, end the current session and start a new one. 1. Open your teacher dashboard or go to [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) in Pear Deck. 2. End the current session. Select **More Actions** on the session card, then choose **End this Session**. 3. Open your source deck and make your edits. 4. Launch a new session from the updated deck. Starting a new session generates a new join code. Share the new join code with your students. Students who were in the previous session need to join again using the new code. Ending a session does not delete student responses. The previous session and all its data remain in your Sessions page. Archive it after relaunching to keep your Sessions page organized. ## Copied Decks and Shared Decks If you made a copy of a deck before launching a session, the session uses whichever version you presented from. * If you launched from the original deck, edits to the copy have no effect on the session. * If you launched from the copy, edits to the original deck have no effect on the session. * If a colleague shared a deck with you and you launched from it, edits the original owner makes to their copy do not appear in your session. When you start a session, Pear Deck snapshots the specific file you opened at launch. The source of that file and who owns it does not change the behavior. If you are unsure which version you launched from, check the session name in your Sessions page. It reflects the deck title at the time of launch. ## Student-Paced Sessions Student-paced sessions follow the same snapshot behavior as live sessions. When you switch a session to student-paced or launch one directly, Pear Deck locks the slides to the state they were in at launch. Edits to the source deck after switching to student-paced mode do not appear to students who are already in the session. To give students access to updated slides in student-paced mode: 1. End the current student-paced session. 2. Edit the source deck. 3. Launch a new session and switch it to student-paced. 4. Share the new join link with students. Students who completed work in the original session retain their responses in the archived session. Their new responses are captured in the new session. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Why Didn't My Edits Show Up After I Relaunched? If you relaunched by reopening a closed session rather than starting a new one, the snapshot from the original launch is still in use. To get your edits, start a new session from the updated deck rather than reopening the old one. ### Can I Add a Slide to an Active Session? No. Slides can only be added to the session by starting a new one. Adding a slide to the source deck while a session is running does not add it to the active session. ### Do Student Responses Carry Over to the New Session? No. Each session stores its own student responses. When you start a new session, it starts with no responses. The previous session and its data remain available in your Sessions page. # Embed Sites in a Web Slide Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/embed-sites-in-web-slide Learn which websites can be embedded in a Pear Deck Web Slide and how to embed sites that block direct embedding Most websites work in a Pear Deck Web Slide as long as they meet two requirements: the site must use a secure connection (HTTPS), and it must allow embedding. Some sites (including google.com) block embedding by default, but many of those offer a separate embed link you can use instead. ## Requirements for Embedding a Website For a website to display in a Pear Deck Web Slide, it must meet both of the following conditions: * **Secure connection:** The site must use HTTPS. Most secure sites show `https://` at the start of the URL. Some browsers, such as Safari, display a padlock icon instead. A few sites (such as National Geographic) support HTTPS even when the address bar does not show it explicitly. * **Embeddable:** The site must allow itself to be embedded. Some sites explicitly block this. Google Search (google.com) is one example. If you are unsure whether a site is secure, paste the URL into Pear Deck and observe the result, or manually type `https://` in front of the address in your browser to confirm it loads. ## Embed a Site That Blocks Direct Embedding Sites like Google Maps and YouTube block direct embedding but provide a dedicated embed link you can use instead. Follow these steps any time a site offers an embed code option. 1. Find the embed code. Embed options are usually available under a **Share** or **Settings** button. In Google Maps, open the menu and select **Share or embed map**. 2. Navigate to the **Embed map** tab. Note the full URL in the text field. 3. Copy the entire embed code snippet. 4. Paste the code into a text editor or document. Locate the URL inside the snippet. It appears between the first pair of quotation marks in the `src` attribute. Select and copy only that URL. 5. In Pear Deck, create a Web Slide and paste the URL into the **Web Address** field. Click **Update slide**. 6. Confirm the slide renders correctly. If the website is properly embedded, students see it in their view during the session. You can follow this same process for any site that provides an embed option. Many sites work with a standard URL, but if they do not, the embed code method is the recommended alternative. googlemapsmenu.png Google Maps embed link Document editor with pasted embed link googlemapswebslidepreview.png Student view of a Web slide ## Resources Learn how to insert and configure slides in your Pear Deck presentation. Explore creative ways to use Pear Deck features to engage students. # Export Student Responses Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/export-student-responses Export Text, Multiple Choice, and Number responses from a Pear Deck session to a Google Sheet for grading After a GoGuardian Pear Deck session ends, you can export Text, Multiple Choice, and Number responses to a Google Sheet along with each student's identifying information. You must sign in to Pear Deck with a Google account to use this feature. To see students' names in the spreadsheet, require email sign-in before you present. ## Export Responses from the Dashboard or Projector View 1. Open the **More Actions** menu in the Projector View or [Teacher Dashboard View](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). 2. Click **End This Session**. You will have the option to name the session and will then be brought to the Reflect & Review menu, which you can exit. Projector view, more actions menu, unnamed session circled 3. Open the **More Actions** menu again and click **Export to Spreadsheet**. Projector view, closed session, export to spredsheet Spreadsheet export, reponse types labled ## Export Responses from the Sessions Menu 1. Go to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home). 2. Open your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). 3. Open the **More Actions** (three-dot) menu next to the session you want to export. If the session status is live, click **End Session** to close it first. 4. Click **Export to Spreadsheet**. Your spreadsheet will open in a new tab. Sessions page with the more actions menu highlighted in a red square, and in the menu, the item entitled export to… ## Find Your Spreadsheet Later When you export responses, the Google Sheet is automatically saved in your Google Drive under **Pear Deck** > **Exports**. This folder is created after your first export, and all subsequent exports are saved there as well. ## Understand the Spreadsheet Format Spreadsheet exports include Text, Multiple Choice, and Number responses. Draggable and Drawing responses are not fully exported. Draggable answers export as coordinates, and Drawing answers do not appear at all (the spreadsheet indicates whether a student left a response to those question types). Each [response type](/products/pear-deck/use-interactive-question-types) is labeled in the exported spreadsheet. ## Resources Review session activity and manage your presentations from the Teacher Dashboard. Learn about Text, Multiple Choice, Number, Draggable, and Drawing question types in Pear Deck. # Fix the Pear Deck Add-on Not Loading in Google Slides Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/fix-extension-not-loading-in-google-slides Resolve known causes of the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on failing to load or appear in the sidebar The GoGuardian Pear Deck Add-on for Google Slides may fail to open, appear blank, or not show up in the **Add-ons** menu due to blocked cookies, Google Workspace domain restrictions, or a browser that needs to be refreshed. Work through the sections below in order to identify and resolve the cause. ## Check Whether Cookies Are Allowed Pear Deck requires cookies from the following domains to load correctly: * `*.peardeck.com` * `*.google.com` * `*.youtube.com` * `sign-in.microsoftonline.com` If any of these are blocked by a browser setting, a Chrome policy, or a network-level filter, the Add-on sidebar will fail to open or will load a blank panel. 1. In Chrome, go to **Settings** → **Privacy and security** → **Third-party cookies**. 2. Under **Allowed to use third-party cookies**, add each domain listed above. 3. Reload Google Slides and try opening the Add-on again. For step-by-step instructions across all supported browsers, see [Allowing Cookies to Make Pear Deck Work](/products/pear-deck/allow-cookies). ## Confirm the Add-on Is Installed or Allowed in Your Google Domain In Google Workspace for Education domains, Add-ons are restricted by default. If the Pear Deck Add-on does not appear in a teacher's **Add-ons** menu at all, the Google Workspace Administrator must take one of the following actions before teachers can use it: * **Install the Add-on for all users:** pushes the Add-on to every account in the domain automatically. * **Allow the Add-on in the Marketplace:** lets teachers install it themselves. If you are the administrator, see [Install or Allow the Pear Deck Add-on in Your Google Domain](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-add-on) for the full steps. After a domain-wide installation, it can take up to 24 hours for the Add-on to appear in every user's Google Slides menu. ## Authorize the Required Client IDs Some Google Workspace domains restrict Add-on access through client ID controls. If users see an authorization error or the Add-on opens but immediately closes, ask your Google Workspace Administrator to allow the following client IDs in the Google Admin Console: **For the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on:** * `363332900703-o12os0e8s969uqv0l12gn1m93qr4uonp.apps.googleusercontent.com` (Slides API) * `363332900703-a6k2qsdjb15a6qmsmebu1c62el4tc83r.apps.googleusercontent.com` (Google Workspace Marketplace listing) **For users under 18:** * `379962065044-digedvvia3khonh0n16u1n3teq8ue9q2.apps.googleusercontent.com` * `689742286244-g7fjuiujmclsmb3r9v5t4vdl00pgkjfd.apps.googleusercontent.com` * `454012513681-611ndhav2juq04gk1qadsk1co4mgclkj.apps.googleusercontent.com` ## Reload the Add-on in the Browser If the Add-on is installed and cookies are allowed but the sidebar still does not load, try the following in Chrome: 1. Close all Google Slides tabs. 2. Clear the browser cache: go to **Settings** → **Privacy and security** → **Clear browsing data**, select **Cached images and files**, and click **Clear data**. 3. Reopen your Google Slides presentation. 4. Go to **Extensions** → **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on** → **Open Pear Deck Add-on**. Google Slides Add-ons, including Pear Deck, are only supported on computers. You cannot open the Add-on sidebar on an iPhone, iPad, or other mobile device. You can still start a Pear Deck Session from [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) and students can join Sessions on mobile devices. ## Run the Network Diagnostic Test If the Add-on loads but behaves unexpectedly (slides are blank, responses do not appear, or the session fails to start), a firewall or network filter may be blocking a required service. 1. Open [app.peardeck.com/networktest](https://app.peardeck.com/networktest) on the affected device. 2. Review the results. Any blocked component indicates a domain that needs to be allowed on the network firewall. Key domains to allow: | Domain | Purpose | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------- | | `*.firebaseio.com` | Real-time communication during class | | `*.googleapis.com`, `*.google.com`, `*.googleusercontent.com`, `*.gstatic.com` | Google connectivity | | `*.peardeck.com` | Main website, services, and static files | | `*.joinpd.com` | Student join URL | | `*.s3.amazonaws.com` | Images shown on student devices | For the complete list of required domains, see [Technical Requirements for Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/review-technical-requirements). ## Contact Support If the Add-on still does not load after completing all steps above, contact GoGuardian Support. Include a screenshot of the full browser window (including the URL bar) so the support team can identify whether cookies are blocked or another configuration issue is present. ## Resources Configure browser and network cookie settings required for Pear Deck to function. Review supported devices, browsers, network domains, and client ID requirements. # Get Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online Install the Pear Deck Add-in for PowerPoint Online to collect student responses during presentations The Pear Deck Add-in for PowerPoint Online lets you automatically collect responses from students, display those responses anonymously in Projector View, and gain insight into student progress, all from within a PowerPoint Online presentation. Note that Pear Deck is only available in the Online version of PowerPoint, not the Desktop version. If you are a Microsoft Office 365 administrator deploying the Add-in for your school, see the [Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Administrator Installation Guide](/products/pear-deck/install-powerpoint-online-add-in). ## Install the Add-In 1. Open any PowerPoint Online presentation. 2. Click the **File** tab. 3. Click **Get Add-ins**. 4. In the Office Add-ins menu, click **More Add-ins**. 5. Search for the Pear Deck Add-in and click **Add** to install it. The Add-in is free, with additional features available through [Pear Deck Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing/). PPTOnlineAddPearDeck.png 6. Click **Continue**. PPTOnlineContinue.png 7. When prompted in the sidebar, sign in to your [Pear Deck account](https://app.peardeck.com/home). PPTOnlineSidebarLogin.png 8. After installation, click the **Home** tab, then click the **More Options** (three-dot) button and select **Pear Deck** to open the sidebar. Ppt, home, more options, pear deck, with arrows With the Pear Deck sidebar open, you can add custom interactive questions to any slide or download pre-made slide templates from the Template Library. To learn more, see [Add Premade Slide Templates to Your Presentation](/products/pear-deck/add-premade-slide-templates). Pear Deck + msft-01 PPTOnlineFileGetAdd-ins.png PPTOnlineMoreAdd-ins.png ## Can't Find the Pear Deck Add-In? If you followed the steps above but could not find the Pear Deck Add-in, your Office 365 site administrator may need to deploy it for your school first. Share the [Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Administrator Installation Guide](/products/pear-deck/install-powerpoint-online-add-in) with your administrator so they can enable your access. ## Resources Download and use pre-made interactive slide templates from the Pear Deck Template Library. Deploy the Pear Deck Add-in for all users at your school as an Office 365 administrator. # Get Started with Pear Deck Slides Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/get-started-with-slides Create an account, build interactive slide presentations, run sessions, and review student responses Pear Deck Slides lets you turn any Google Slides or PowerPoint Online presentation into an interactive lesson where students respond in real time. Follow the steps below to set up your account, build your first presentation, run a session, and review student work. ## Create a Pear Deck Account 1. Go to [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com). 2. Click **Sign in** and select **Pear Deck**. 3. When prompted, sign in with a Microsoft Office 365 or Google account and respond to a few onboarding questions. 4. Install the [Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Add-in](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online) or the [Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-add-on). ## Create Slides You can make Pear Deck presentations in either Google Slides or PowerPoint Online depending on your account type. 1. Open a [new Slides presentation](/products/pear-deck/create-a-new-lesson) or copy a fully interactive, pre-made presentation from the [Orchard](https://www.peardeck.com/orchard/) for your use. 2. Insert [pre-made slide templates](/products/pear-deck/add-premade-slide-templates) and/or [custom interactive questions](/products/pear-deck/use-interactive-question-types) into your presentation. ## Start a Session and Invite Students 1. [Require email sign-in](https://help.peardeck.com/how-students-join-a-pear-deck-session) if you want to see students' names in your sessions, or turn off email sign-in to have participants join completely anonymously. Complete this from the sidebar menu or your [Settings](https://app.peardeck.com/home/settings) page. 2. Open your presentation in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. 3. Open the Pear Deck Add-on (in Google Slides) or Add-in (in PowerPoint Online) to reveal the Pear Deck sidebar. 4. Click **Start Lesson** to [present a session](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session). Here is how it appears in the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on and PowerPoint Online Add-in sidebar: Start lesson, require email login, purple arrows 5. In the modal window, select **Instructor-Paced** mode. In an Instructor-Paced session, students' screens stay synced with yours. In a Student-Paced session, students have simple navigation controls on the Student View that allow them to move through your slides asynchronously. To learn more, see [Student-Paced Lessons](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons). 2. Choose Mode 6. Share the six-letter join code or the join link with students. Students either go to [joinpd.com](https://app.peardeck.com/join) and enter the code, or click the link to join. Pear Pop, projector, join instructions-1 7. Close the join instructions and hover over the bottom of the slide to open the Navigation Bar. [Use the controls to run the lesson on your Projector View](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session). 8. Get insight into individual students' progress by opening the private Teacher Dashboard (Premium feature). The Dashboard View syncs with the Projector View and lets you see students' names and responses in real time, so you can quickly identify who is stuck or confused. You can also hide responses or highlight examples on the Projector View of an Instructor-Paced session, and leave feedback for individual students. [Learn more about the Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). Dashboard, multiple choice, starred responses, zoomed ## Extend a Lesson Sometimes you do not make it through the whole lesson during class. Other times, students are absent and need to work through the lesson on their own, or you may want them to go back for review. When you need to extend your lesson, there are two options: * **Turn on Student-Paced Mode:** Student-Paced Mode lets students navigate the slides at their own pace and respond to all of the interactive slides. Their answers can be viewed by reopening the Projector and Dashboard Views, so you can discuss their answers the next day in class. Open either of these views from your Pear Deck Home [Sessions page](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). * **Publish Takeaways™ (Premium with Google):** When the session is over, you can give each student personalized notes. This is best when you want students to review all the content from the lesson and reflect on their own answers. Because a Takeaway™ is a Google Doc, you can easily share it with parents or tutors when a student needs help at home. ## Review Responses When the session is over, there are a few ways to review student work and provide feedback. * Export students' answers to a Google Sheet (available when you sign in with Google) when you create a quiz or need to score Multiple Choice or Text responses. * Review answers and leave feedback in the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) (Premium) when you want to flip through the lesson slide by slide and see what each student said and what material might need to be revisited. Click the [Feedback button](/products/pear-deck/use-teacher-feedback) next to a name to send comments directly to individual students. * Share a [Reflect and Review](/products/pear-deck/use-reflect-and-review) link with students so they can view all of their responses and any teacher feedback directly in the Pear Deck environment. This feature is available to both Google and Microsoft Premium users. For more in-depth tutorials, see the [Pear Deck training resources](https://www.peardeck.com/resources-community). ## Resources Build a new interactive presentation in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. Monitor student responses in real time and leave individual feedback during a session. # Handle Inappropriate Responses Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/handle-inappropriate-responses Identify, hide, lock, and remove inappropriate student responses during a Pear Deck session Inappropriate responses can disrupt even a well-planned lesson. GoGuardian Pear Deck saves all responses automatically and gives you several ways to identify who submitted them, lock submissions so students cannot change them, and remove disruptive content so you can keep the session moving and maintain a safe classroom environment. Once a response is deleted, it cannot be retrieved. If you need to preserve a response before deleting it, switch to Instructor Paced mode and advance to another slide so the answer cannot be changed. You can also [lock responses](/products/pear-deck/use-timer-lock-screens) or end the session to capture the response first. ## Require Email Sign-In To identify which student left a response, students must sign in to sessions with an email address. Email sign-in is on by default in Pear Deck. See [How Students Join a Session](/products/pear-deck/join-a-session) (specifically the "Let Students Join with an Email Address" section) if you need to confirm or re-enable this setting. ## Options on the Free Plan ### View Who Created a Flashcard In the Flashcard Factory, hover over any card to see the student who created it. You can do this during a live session or after reopening the session from your Sessions Menu. ### Export Responses to a Spreadsheet Exporting responses is the only way on the Free plan to see which student left a text, multiple-choice, or number response in a Slides presentation. 1. Go to the Pear Deck App home page and click the deck title, or navigate directly to your Sessions Menu. 2. Locate the session. 3. Click the **More Actions** (three-dot) button. 4. Click **Export to Spreadsheet**. (End the session first if it is still active.) The spreadsheet is published automatically to a folder titled "Pear Deck" in your Google Drive. For full details, see [Export Student Responses](/products/pear-deck/export-student-responses). ### Lock Responses Locking slides freezes all submitted answers so students cannot change or erase them. Click the **Lock** button once in the Navigation bar to lock immediately, or click and hold to set the [lock-slide timer](/products/pear-deck/use-timer-lock-screens). ## Options on the Premium Plan On the Premium plan, everything available on the Free plan is still available. In addition, you can open the private Teacher Dashboard to see who left a response, hide a response from the Projector View, or block a student from participating. ### Open the Teacher Dashboard The [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) shows each student's response next to their name. From there you can hide individual responses from the Projector View without deleting them. After a session ends, go to your Sessions Menu, find the session, and click the **Dashboard** icon next to it to review responses. ### Block a Student from the Session 1. Open the roster in the top-right corner of the screen. screenshot of class roster with arrow pointing to session roster top right hand corner 2. Click the **More Actions** (three-dot) button next to the student's name. 3. Select **Block from Session**. screenshot of classroom roster ## Restrict Student Join by Email Domain (Administrators) School and district administrators on a Premium subscription can restrict session access to specific email domains, preventing anyone outside the school domain from joining. See [Restrict Student Join Access to Certain Domains](/products/pear-deck/restrict-student-join-access-by-domain) for setup steps. *** If you have questions not addressed above, or concerns about threats of violence or self-harm, contact Pear Deck support at [support@deck.peardeck.com](mailto:support@deck.peardeck.com). ## Resources Freeze student answers automatically using the lock-slide timer during a live session. View individual student responses, hide answers from the Projector View, and manage participation. # Be Internet Awesome Installer Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/install-be-internet-awesome-curriculum Install the Be Internet Awesome digital citizenship curriculum into Google Drive for individual, shared folder, or school-wide use Pear Deck and Google's Be Internet Awesome curriculum is a free digital citizenship program that includes 19 Interactive Slides presentations to help students safely and confidently explore the online world. Pear Deck educators worked with Google to create custom, interactive presentations that accompany each Be Internet Awesome lesson, giving teachers a structured way to introduce digital literacy concepts and guide students through related activities. The curriculum is available only to users who sign in with Google. To get the entire curriculum at once (all 19 Pear Deck-powered Slides files, the lesson guide, and the badges), use the Be Internet Awesome Installer. ## Before You Begin You need a Pear Deck account before installing the curriculum. Account setup is free. If you have not created one yet, the installer launches the account setup flow automatically when you begin. See [Create a Pear Deck Account](/products/pear-deck/create-a-pear-deck-account) for details. ## Install to Your Personal Google Drive Use this option if you are an individual teacher setting up the curriculum for your own classroom. 1. Go to [https://app.peardeck.com/biaInstaller/](https://app.peardeck.com/biaInstaller/). 2. Select **For Myself**. select for myself 3. Wait while the curriculum installs. Do not close the window while installation is in progress. Closing it may interrupt the process. Installation typically takes about one minute. 4. Once installation is complete, click **Open in Drive** to go to the folder in your Google Drive. installing curriculum message be internet awesome slides folder showing in the My Drive area of Google Drive ## Install to a Shared Folder in Google Drive Use this option if colleagues at your school will also use the curriculum. 1. Go to [https://app.peardeck.com/biaInstaller/](https://app.peardeck.com/biaInstaller/). 2. Select **For my School or District**. for my school or district 3. Choose **Install to a Shared Folder**. You can also select **Install to My Drive** here if you change your mind and prefer to add it to your own Drive only. install to my drive or a shared folder? 4. Wait while the curriculum installs. Do not close the window while installation is in progress. Installation typically takes about one minute. installing curriculum message 5. Once installation is complete, a quick-start screen appears with next steps for getting your school started with Be Internet Awesome. From that screen you can: * Review the curriculum in Drive * [Review the folder permissions](https://support.google.com/drive/answer/7166529) to confirm the file is accessible to everyone * Share the folder with specific individuals in Drive * Send an automatic email to your faculty with instructions for getting started 6. Click **Review in Drive** to locate the folder. The Be Internet Awesome files are saved inside the shared folder you selected. Anyone with access to that folder can view the curriculum. shared folder example showing pear deck and be internet awesome files saved ## Install to a Google Shared Drive Use this option for school- or district-wide rollouts. Shared Drive integration for Pear Deck is available exclusively to school and district customers. To store and present Be Internet Awesome presentations from a Shared Drive, your school or district must have Shared Drive integration enabled with Pear Deck. Contact your Subscription Manager or Pear Deck representative to enable this before proceeding. 1. Go to [https://app.peardeck.com/biaInstaller/](https://app.peardeck.com/biaInstaller/). 2. Select **For my School or District**. who are you installing the be internet awesome curriculum for message 3. Select the Shared Drive where you want to store the Be Internet Awesome curriculum. 4. Wait while the curriculum installs. Do not close the window while installation is in progress. Installation typically takes about one minute. installing curriculum message 5. Once installation is complete, a quick-start screen appears with next steps. From that screen you can: * Review the curriculum in Drive * [Review the folder permissions](https://support.google.com/drive/answer/7166529) to confirm the file is accessible to everyone * Share the folder with specific individuals in Drive * Send an automatic email to your faculty with instructions for getting started 6. Access the Be Internet Awesome folder directly from your Shared Drive. ## Resources Set up a free Pear Deck account before installing the Be Internet Awesome curriculum. Review and manage sharing permissions so colleagues and students can access the curriculum folder. # Admin Install of the Pear Deck for Google Classroom Add-On Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/install-google-classroom-add-on-admin Install the Pear Deck for Google Classroom add-on across your domain from Google Workspace Marketplace Before teachers can use the Pear Deck for Google Classroom add-on, an administrator must either grant permission for teachers to install the add-on themselves or perform a domain install (recommended). Admins can initiate the domain install directly from the [Google Workspace Marketplace](https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/pear_deck_for_google_classroom/454012513681). To access the add-on within Google Classroom, teachers must have either the Google Workspace Teaching and Learning Upgrade or the Google Workspace for Education Plus edition. See [Google Workspace editions](https://edu.google.com/intl/ALL_us/workspace-for-education/editions/compare-editions/) for a full comparison. ## Install the Add-On 1. Open the [Pear Deck for Google Classroom listing](https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/pear_deck_for_google_classroom/454012513681) in Google Workspace Marketplace. 2. Select **Admin Install**. 3. Review the prompt confirming you are installing the app for your entire Google Workspace domain, organizational units, or groups. Select **Continue**. 4. Review the data access permissions Pear Deck for Google Classroom requires, then select **Allow**. 5. Select **Finish**. The domain install is complete. Google Workspace Marketplace window shows the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on with a blue Admin Install button Google Workspace Marketplace prompt letting admin know they are installing the Pear Deck app, and shows a link to… Window showing a blue install button that allows Pear Deck for Google Classroom the right access to account data Confirmation windows showing that Pear Deck for Google Classroom add-on install is complete. ## Resources Learn how teachers can use the Pear Deck for Google Classroom add-on once it is installed. Explore the core setup steps and first-use guidance for GoGuardian Pear Deck. # Install or Allow the Pear Deck Add-on for Your Google Domain Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-add-on Google administrators can force-install the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on for all users, or allow it so users can install it themselves. This article is for administrators whose schools or districts use Google for Education. By default, apps like Pear Deck are not allowed in EDU domains. For teachers to get the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on, a Google administrator must set permissions in Google Admin Console. There are two ways to do this: * Install Pear Deck in all users' accounts. * Allow Pear Deck so individual users can install it themselves. ## Install Pear Deck for All Users Follow these steps to automatically install the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on for every teacher in your Google domain: 1. Open the [Google Admin Console](https://admin.google.com/ac/home). 2. Select **Apps**. 3. Select **Google Workspace Marketplace apps**. 4. Select **Add app to Domain Install List**. 5. In the Google Workspace Marketplace, search for and select **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on**, then complete the domain install. 1. Google admin, main menu, zoomed 2. Google admin, apps page, zoomed with arrow Google Admin, add app to domain install list, 1 zoomed Pear Deck in search bar Pear Deck domain install button Pear Deck in Google Admin Console ## Allow Pear Deck for Users to Install Alternatively, allow Pear Deck in Google Workspace so individual users can install the Add-on in Google Slides themselves. # Install Pear Deck in Canvas Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-in-canvas Install Pear Deck as an LTI integration in Canvas so teachers and students can use it without leaving the LMS Administrators with a district or school-wide Pear Deck subscription can install Pear Deck in Canvas as an LTI integration. Once installed, teachers can present Pear Deck sessions and students can join them without leaving the Canvas environment. This integration is available only to users who have a district or school-wide subscription to Pear Deck. Contact your Pear Deck Partnership Manager or email [help@peardeck.com](mailto:help@peardeck.com) for more information. ## Install Pear Deck in Canvas 1. As the administrator of your Pear Deck district-wide subscription, go to your [Pear Deck My Account page](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account) and click **+ Add New Integration**. Administrator Dashboard LTI/LMS Integrations tab 2. Select **Canvas**. Selectcanvas.png 3. Copy the **Key** and **Secret** that are generated for you. Add LMS Integration - Key and Secret highlighted in a red box 4. Open [Canvas](https://www.instructure.com/) and complete the following steps: a. In the left control panel, open the **Admin Center**. Scroll to the bottom of the menu and select **Settings**. b. Go to the **Apps** tab. If the App Configurations screen appears, select **View App Center** to search for external apps. c. In the App Center, search for **Pear Deck**. d. Select **Pear Deck** from the search results. e. Click **+ Add App**. f. Paste the **Key** and **Secret** from your Pear Deck My Account page into the **Consumer Key** and **Shared Secret** fields. g. Select **Add App** to complete the installation. 5. Users who have access to the Pear Deck app can now present as teachers and join presentations as students within Canvas. For questions, email [help@peardeck.com](mailto:help@peardeck.com). viewappcenter.png admincenter.png addapp.png addapp.png ## Resources Learn the basics of setting up and using Pear Deck for the first time. Explore all supported LMS integrations available for Pear Deck. # Install Pear Deck in Schoology Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-in-schoology Install the Pear Deck LTI app in Schoology so teachers and students can run sessions without leaving the platform This article is for Schoology administrators who want to install the Pear Deck app for their organization. Once installed, teachers can present Pear Deck Sessions and students can join them without leaving the Schoology environment. This integration requires a district or school-wide Pear Deck subscription. ## Generate Your Integration Key and Secret 1. As the Subscription Manager of your Pear Deck school or district subscription, go to your [Pear Deck My Account page](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account) and click **+ Add New Integration**. Administrator Dashboard Add Integration 2. Select **Schoology**. selectschoology.png 3. A Key and Secret are generated for you. Keep this page open: you will need these values in a later step. Administrator Dashboard Key and Secret installprd.png allcourses.png ## Install the LTI App in Schoology 1. Open Schoology. 2. Open the **App Center**. 3. Click **Type > LTI App**. appcenter.png 4. Find Pear Deck in the results. 5. Open the Pear Deck detail page. 6. Click **Install LTI App**. LTIapp.png 7. On the Consent screen, select **I agree**. 8. When prompted, select **Add to Organization**. 9. The Organization Apps page opens. 10. Find Pear Deck in the list of apps, select it, and click **Configure**. 11. On the Configuration page, paste the Key and Secret from your [app.peardeck.com/home/integrations](http://app.peardeck.com/home/integrations) page into the **Consumer Key** and **Shared Secret** fields. paste.png 12. Click **Save settings**. ## Assign Access to Users 1. Go to **App Center > Organization Apps** and find Pear Deck. Click the blue **Install/Remove** button to grant access to the appropriate users in your organization. Both teachers and students require access to Pear Deck for the integration to work correctly. If your Schoology access is more limited, you will see an option to install the LTI app for all courses or course admins only. Select **All Courses**. Once access is granted, teachers can present and students can join presentations directly within Schoology. For further help installing apps in Schoology, see [Schoology's App Center help page](https://support.schoology.com/hc/en-us/articles/201002053-App-Center) or contact [help@peardeck.com](mailto:help@peardeck.com). ## Resources Learn the basics of setting up and running your first Pear Deck Session. View and configure all active LMS integrations for your Pear Deck subscription. # Install the Pear Deck Power-Up for Your Domain Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/install-power-up-domain-wide Deploy or allow the Pear Deck Power-Up Chrome extension across your Google Workspace domain as an administrator The Pear Deck Power-Up is a free Google Chrome extension that ensures videos, animations, and GIFs on Google Slides play at full resolution during an Instructor-Paced Session. As a Google Workspace administrator, you can push the extension to all teachers automatically or allow users to install it on their own. The Power-Up is available only for users who sign in to Pear Deck with a Google account. The Pear Deck Power-Up is a Manifest V3-compliant extension. No additional configuration is required to support Manifest V3 for the Power-Up. ## Automatically Install the Power-Up for All Users Use the Google Admin console to push the Power-Up to every teacher's Google Slides across your domain. This approach installs the extension on every device without requiring any action from teachers. Follow Google's instructions to force-install the extension: [Install Google Workspace Marketplace apps in your domain](https://support.google.com/a/answer/172482) ## Allow Users to Install the Power-Up Individually If you prefer to let teachers install the Power-Up themselves, configure your domain's allowlist so users have permission to add it from the Google Workspace Marketplace. Follow Google's instructions to update your allowlist: [Add Google Workspace Marketplace apps to your allowlist](https://support.google.com/a/answer/6089179) ## Resources Learn how the Power-Up enables full-resolution video, animation, and GIF playback in Pear Deck sessions. # Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Administrator Installation Guide Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/install-powerpoint-online-add-in Deploy the Pear Deck PowerPoint Online Add-in to teachers across your Microsoft 365 organization The Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Add-in lets teachers add formative assessments and interactive slides directly to PowerPoint Online presentations. This guide is for administrators who want to deploy the Add-in to teachers in their organization. The Add-in is free, and teachers can create an unlimited number of presentations with it. If you are a teacher or individual Microsoft 365 user, see [Get Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online). ## Deploy the Add-in to Your Organization 1. Before you begin, [determine whether Centralized Deployment of add-ins works for your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/admin/manage/centralized-deployment-of-add-ins). 2. Follow the instructions on the Microsoft documentation page [Manage Deployment of Add-ins](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/admin/manage/manage-deployment-of-add-ins). Search for **Pear Deck** in the Microsoft Office store. You can deploy the Add-in to **Everyone**, **Specific users/groups**, or **Just me**. 3. After deployment is complete, teachers who received the Add-in can open Pear Deck in PowerPoint Online by selecting **Home** > **More options** > **Pear Deck**. Pear Deck is only available in the Online version of PowerPoint. The desktop application is not supported. After deployment, teachers can learn the basics on the [Get Started with Pear Deck Slides](/products/pear-deck/get-started-with-slides) page. ## Resources Install the Add-in as an individual teacher or Microsoft 365 user. Learn the basics of creating and running interactive Pear Deck presentations. # Join a Pear Deck Session Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/join-a-session How students join a live or student-paced GoGuardian Pear Deck session using a Join Code or Join Link Students join a GoGuardian Pear Deck session in one of two ways: by entering a six-letter Join Code at [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com) or by clicking a Join Link shared by the teacher. How you sign in (with a school email account or anonymously) depends on the sign-in settings the teacher has configured. ## What You Need before Joining * A device with a modern web browser * The six-letter Join Code displayed on your teacher's projector, **or** a Join Link sent by your teacher * A Google or Microsoft Office 365 school email account (required only if your teacher has turned on email sign-in) ## Join with a Join Code 1. Open a browser and go to [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com). 2. Enter the six-letter Join Code shown on the projector or shared by your teacher. 3. Click **Join**. 4. If your teacher requires email sign-in, sign in with your Google or Microsoft Office 365 school account when prompted. 5. If your teacher allows anonymous join, you will be assigned an animal avatar and nickname automatically. No sign-in is required. Join Codes expire after one week. If your teacher gave you a Join Link instead, use that. Join Links are permanent. ## Join with a Join Link 1. Click the Join Link your teacher shared (via Google Classroom, email, or another channel). 2. If your teacher requires email sign-in, sign in with your school Google or Microsoft Office 365 account when prompted. 3. If your teacher allows anonymous join, you will be assigned an animal avatar and nickname automatically. ## What Happens after You Join Once you join, the Student View opens in your browser. From here you can: * See the slides your teacher is presenting * Respond to interactive questions directly on your screen * Move through slides at your own pace if the teacher has enabled Student-Paced Mode Your responses are saved automatically and visible to your teacher in the Teacher Dashboard. ## Understand Sign-In Options Your teacher controls how students sign in. There are two options: **Email sign-in (named join)** Your teacher requires you to sign in with a Google or Microsoft Office 365 school account. Your name appears next to your responses in the Teacher Dashboard. Pear Deck remembers your sign-in on your device. If you rejoin the same session later, you will not need to sign in again unless your browser cookies were cleared. **Anonymous join** Your teacher does not require a sign-in. You are assigned a random animal avatar and nickname. Your teacher can see your responses but not your name. ## Troubleshoot Join Issues **I entered the Join Code but the session won't open.** Verify the six-letter code with your teacher. Join Codes are case-insensitive but must be entered exactly as shown. If the session ended more than a week ago, the code may have expired. Ask your teacher to share the permanent Join Link instead. **I am prompted to sign in with an email account but I want to join without one.** Your teacher has enabled email sign-in. You must sign in with a school Google or Microsoft Office 365 account to join this session. Contact your teacher if you do not have access to a supported account. **I signed in with the wrong Google account.** Sign out of that Google account in your browser, then click the Join Link or re-enter the Join Code. You will be prompted to sign in again and can select the correct account. **My screen is locked and I cannot respond.** Your teacher has locked student screens. Wait for your teacher to unlock them before continuing. **I am blocked from joining because of my email domain.** Your school's Pear Deck administrator has restricted session access to approved email domains. Make sure you are signing in with a school-issued account. Contact your teacher or IT administrator for help. ## Resources Learn how teachers start a session and share Join Codes or Join Links with students. Understand how administrators limit which email domains can join teacher sessions. # Your Account Settings Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/manage-account-settings Manage your Pear Deck account settings to control student interactions across all Sessions Update your account settings to control how you interact with students in each Pear Deck Session. Your settings apply to every Session until you change them, so you will rarely need to update them. ## Open Settings 1. Go to your [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home) page. 2. Click the downward arrow next to your name and icon in the upper-right corner of the screen. 3. Click **My Account**. 4. On the My Account page, click **Settings**. settings.png ## Configure Available Settings The settings available to you depend on whether you sign in with Microsoft Office 365 or Google, and whether you have a Free or Premium account. ### Classroom Climate Get an extra layer of insight into how students are doing and how well they learned the lesson. Classroom Climate allows students to reflect on their mood at the beginning of the lesson and give a thumbs-up or down at the end. This setting is available to all user types. ### Immersive Reader (Beta) [Immersive Reader](/products/pear-deck/use-immersive-reader) is a Microsoft service that encourages reading and improves comprehension with literacy-enhancing features. Students can activate multi-sensory, multilingual learning techniques such as having text read aloud, translated into different languages, or displayed with highlighting, adjusted fonts, and illustrated word meanings. Both Google and Microsoft Office 365 users can enable Immersive Reader, but it is only available to Premium users at this time. ### Google Classroom If you use Google Classroom, you can make it easier for students to join your Session with [Google Classroom Integration](/products/pear-deck/use-google-classroom-integration). This is available to Premium users, as the integration works through the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) roster and Takeaways. ### Student Email Sign-In * Participants can join your Sessions with an email account or anonymously. * This setting applies only to Pear Deck Slides, not [Flashcard Factory](/products/pear-deck/use-flashcard-factory) Sessions. Flashcard Factory automatically requires a Google email sign-in. * Select **ON** and choose the email account type (Google or Microsoft Office 365) when you want to see exactly who joins your Sessions and who submits each response. * Select **OFF** to let participants join anonymously. When they join, they are assigned an avatar and a nickname. If you turn off the requirement and make sign-in anonymous, you will not be able to retrieve student names from future Sessions (including Sessions presented through the Pear Deck Sidebar in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online). To see names in future Sessions, turn this setting back **ON**. logins.png If you have questions about your settings, email [help@peardeck.com](mailto:help@peardeck.com). ## Resources Connect Pear Deck to Google Classroom to streamline student roster management and Takeaways. Learn how to run Flashcard Factory Sessions and understand its sign-in requirements. # Manage Your Pear Deck Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/manage-pear-deck-account Switch from Premium to Free, or disconnect Pear Deck from Google Drive or PowerPoint Online. You can switch your Pear Deck account from Premium to Free at any time, or disconnect Pear Deck from Google Drive or PowerPoint Online. Use the steps below for whichever change you need to make. ## Switch to a Free Plan Switching to the Free plan cancels your Premium subscription. You keep access to all presentations you have already created, including custom Drawing and Draggable slides. Premium features — such as the Teacher Dashboard, Teacher Feedback, and creating new custom Drawing and Draggable slides — are no longer available after the switch. 1. Go to [app.peardeck.com/home/my-account](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account). 2. Select the **Billing** tab. 3. Select the option to switch to the Free plan. 4. Verify the result: Your account now shows the Free plan. You retain access to all previously created presentations, but Premium features are no longer available. If your Premium access is part of a school-wide subscription, contact your subscription manager to be removed from the subscription. You cannot switch to Free independently while enrolled in a group plan. ## Transfer Files to a New Account If you are switching schools or districts, or you want to use Pear Deck with a different Google or Microsoft Office 365 account, you can move your Pear Deck files to the new account. Your account data, including the presentations you make and the responses you collect in sessions, is stored in the Google or Microsoft Office 365 account you use to sign in to Pear Deck. Pear Deck cannot transfer your account data for you, but you can transfer your decks, Vocabulary Lists, Takeaways, and Exported Spreadsheets from one account to another. Sessions data cannot be directly shared or transferred to a new account. ### Transfer Files to a New Google Account To transfer a file such as a deck, share it from one Google Drive account to another, then make a copy of the file in your new account so you own it. The original may be deleted when the first account is closed. 1. Share each presentation to your new account. Pear Decks made with a Google account are Google Drive files that you can share like any other Drive file: * Go to [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com), Docs, Sheets, or Slides. * Select the file you want to share. * Click **Share**. 2. Under **People**, add the account you want to share the file with. You can even share the file to a personal Google account if you need somewhere to store it between school accounts. You must share to a Google-based account. 3. Adjust the sharing permissions if you want, though it is not necessary here because you make a separate copy of the file anyway. 4. Make a copy of the presentation in your new account so you have a copy that cannot be deleted from the source account: * Go to [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com), Docs, Sheets, or Slides. * Right-click the file you want to copy, or click **File** if the file is open in an editor. * Click **Make a Copy**. ### Transfer Files to a New Microsoft Office 365 Account 1. Download a copy of your PowerPoint presentation: * Open OneDrive. * Go to **My Files**. * Select your file. * Click **Download**. 2. Sign in to your new Microsoft Office 365 account and open OneDrive. 3. Click **+ Add New** > **Files Upload**. 4. Select the file you want to upload and click **Open**. ### Switch between Google and Microsoft Office 365 Accounts If you want to switch from a Google account sign-in to a Microsoft Office 365 account sign-in, or the reverse, transfer your files with these steps. 1. Download a copy of your deck to your computer as a PowerPoint file (.pptx), regardless of account type: * From Google Slides, select **File** > **Download** > **Microsoft PowerPoint (.pptx)**. * From PowerPoint Online, select **File** > **Save As** > **Download a Copy**. 2. Sign in to your new account. 3. Upload the copy of the presentation: * In OneDrive, select **+ Add New** > **Files Upload**. * In Google Drive, click **New** > **File upload**. 4. Open the Pear Deck sidebar. 5. Re-add the interactive questions to your slides in the **Ask Students a Question** section of the Pear Deck sidebar. Interactive Pear Deck components cannot be transferred between Google and PowerPoint, so you need to re-add them when you switch sign-in types. Everything on the main body of the slide stays the same in the transfer. ### Transfer Payments to a New Account If you pay for Pear Deck Premium and want to switch your payments from one Pear Deck account to another, email [finance@peardeck.com](mailto:finance@peardeck.com) for help. ## Disconnect Pear Deck from Google Drive Disconnecting Pear Deck from Google Drive revokes its access to your Drive files and prevents you from presenting interactive Pear Deck sessions. If your Google administrator installed Pear Deck for your organization, you do not have permission to disconnect it yourself. Contact your Google administrator for help. 1. Open [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com) and click the **Settings** gear icon near the top right. 2. Select **Manage apps**. manageapps.png 3. Scroll to find **Pear Deck** in the list of connected apps. 4. Click **Options** next to Pear Deck. 5. Select **Disconnect from Drive**. disconnect.png 6. Verify the result: Pear Deck no longer appears in your connected apps list and cannot access your Google Drive files. gear2.png ## Disconnect Pear Deck from PowerPoint Online Disconnecting Pear Deck from PowerPoint Online removes the add-in and revokes its access to your PowerPoint files. If your Microsoft Office administrator installed the Pear Deck add-in for your organization, contact that administrator to remove it. 1. Open any presentation in PowerPoint Online. 2. Click the **Insert** tab. 3. Click the **More Options** (three-dots) button and select **Add-ins**. Ppt, insert, more options, add-ins 4. In the Office Add-ins window, find **Pear Deck** and click the **More Options** (three-dots) button next to it. 5. Select **Remove**. 6. Verify the result: Pear Deck no longer appears in your PowerPoint Online add-ins and cannot access your files. Office, add-ins, remove pear deck, zoomed ## Resources Add, remove, or transfer teachers on a school-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription. Review account setup, session basics, and how to build your first interactive lesson. # Manage a School Subscription Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/manage-school-subscription Add, remove, and transfer teachers on a school-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription from the My Account page. If you are the subscription manager of a school-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription, you can add, remove, and transfer teachers directly from your My Account page. Teachers added this way receive Premium access immediately but do not receive a notification email. Domain-wide subscription managers do not need to manage individual teachers. Every user who signs in with your school's domain automatically has Premium access. ## Add Teachers You can add one teacher at a time or upload a list of addresses in bulk. The email addresses do not need to match your school domain. ### Add One Teacher 1. Go to your Pear Deck Home [My Account](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account) page. 2. Select **Your Plan**. 3. Scroll down to the **Group Usage** section. 4. Click **+ Add One Member**. 5. Enter the teacher's sign-in email address. 6. Click **Add**. 7. Verify the result: The teacher's email appears in the Group Usage list. The total number of spots claimed increases by 1. ### Add Multiple Teachers at Once 1. Go to your Pear Deck Home [My Account](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account) page. 2. Select **Your Plan**. 3. Scroll down to the **Group Usage** section. 4. Click **Bulk Add/Edit Members**. 5. Paste or enter the sign-in email addresses of all teachers you want to add, removing any addresses already in your Group Usage list. 6. Click **Save**. 7. Verify the result: All new addresses appear in the Group Usage list. The number of spots claimed updates accordingly. ## Remove a Teacher Removing a teacher from your subscription ends their Premium access under your school plan. Their Pear Deck account and existing presentations are not deleted. 1. Go to your Pear Deck Home [My Account](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account) page. 2. Select **Your Plan**. 3. Scroll down to the **Group Usage** section. 4. Find the teacher's account and click the **X** next to their email address. 5. Click **Remove User** to confirm. 6. Verify the result: The teacher's email is removed from the list. The number of spots claimed decreases by 1, freeing the spot for a new user. ## Transfer a Subscription to Another Teacher To transfer a subscription spot from one teacher to another, remove the existing teacher first, then add the new teacher. 1. Follow the steps in [Remove a Teacher](#remove-a-teacher) to remove the teacher vacating the spot. 2. Follow the steps in [Add One Teacher](#add-one-teacher) or [Add Multiple Teachers at Once](#add-multiple-teachers-at-once) to add the replacement teacher. 3. Verify the result: The new teacher appears in the Group Usage list with Premium access. The total spot count remains the same. ## Resources Understand the Administrator Dashboard and how teachers get Premium access in a school subscription. Switch from Premium to Free, or disconnect Pear Deck from Google Drive or PowerPoint Online. # Set Up Pear Deck for Your District Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/pear-deck-admin-setup Configure Pear Deck for district-wide access using Google Workspace — including allowlists, admin dashboard, and rostering. IT admins control district-wide deployment: approving Pear Deck in Google Workspace or your identity provider, configuring your network allow list, and rostering students through Google Classroom. Teachers control their own lessons, sessions, and class rosters within the access you grant. ## Configure Google Workspace Google Workspace setup covers 3 areas: * Installing the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on across your domain * Approving Pear Deck as a trusted third-party app for students under 18 * Enabling SSO for teacher and student sign-in ### Install the Add-on Domain-Wide 1. Sign in to [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com) with a Google Workspace super admin account. 2. Navigate to **Apps** > **Google Workspace Marketplace apps** > **Apps list**. 3. Click **Add app to domain install list**. 4. Search for "Pear Deck" and select **Pear Deck for Google Slides**. 5. Click **Domain Install** and follow the prompts to complete the installation. Verify the result: Ask a teacher to open Google Slides. The Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on should appear in the **Extensions** menu without any additional install steps on their part. ### Approve Pear Deck for Students under 18 Google Workspace requires explicit approval for third-party apps accessed by users under 18. Without this, students cannot sign in to Pear Deck sessions. See [Approve Pear Deck as a Third-Party App in Google Workspace](/products/pear-deck/approve-pear-deck-google-workspace) for the full steps, including how to add Pear Deck by Client ID if it does not appear in your configured apps list. ### Enable SSO Pear Deck uses Google OAuth for SSO. Pear Deck does not require additional SSO configuration once your teachers and students authenticate through Google Workspace. Teachers sign in at [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com) using their Google Workspace credentials. Students join sessions through [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com) and authenticate with their Google accounts. ## Configure Your Network Allow List Pear Deck requires outbound access to several domains. If your district network uses a firewall or content filter, add the following domains to your allow list before deployment. | Domain | Purpose | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------- | | `*.peardeck.com` | Main website, supporting services, and static files | | `*.joinpd.com` | Student session join URL | | `*.firebaseio.com` | Real-time communication during live sessions | | `*.googleapis.com`, `*.google.com`, `*.googleusercontent.com`, `*.gstatic.com` | Google integration | | `*.s3.amazonaws.com` | Images displayed on student devices | | `share.hsforms.com`, `*.hubspot.com` | Help center and in-app support | | `notify.bugsnag.com` | Optional. Error reporting and diagnostics | | `groove.goguardian.com` | One-to-one communication | Run the [Pear Deck Network Test](https://app.peardeck.com/networktest) to identify any blocked domains on your network before teachers begin using Pear Deck in class. For the full list of network requirements, cookie domains, and Client IDs, see [Technical Requirements](/products/pear-deck/review-technical-requirements). ## Access the Pear Deck Administrator Dashboard Subscription managers can access plan information and the Administrator Dashboard from the My Account page. ### Find the Dashboard 1. Go to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home) and sign in with the Google or Microsoft account associated with your subscription. 2. Click your profile picture in the upper-right corner. 3. Select **My Account** from the menu. 4. Verify the result: Your plan information and the Administrator Dashboard appear on the My Account page. The Administrator Dashboard is available to the designated Subscription Manager. If you need to confirm or transfer that role, contact Pear Deck Support. ### Use the Dashboard Depending on your subscription, the Administrator Dashboard lets you: * Review teacher and student engagement and usage data * Manage teachers on a school-wide subscription * Restrict student session access to approved email domains * Configure Canvas or Schoology integrations for a district subscription For a complete overview, see [Understand the Subscription Manager Role](/products/pear-deck/subscription-manager-overview). For steps to add, remove, or transfer teachers on a school-wide subscription, see [Manage Your School Subscription](/products/pear-deck/manage-school-subscription). ## After Setup: What Teachers Need to Know Once you complete district setup, share these resources with teachers to help them get started. * [Get Started with Pear Deck Slides](/products/pear-deck/get-started-with-slides): first-use steps for creating and presenting a lesson * [Use the Google Classroom Add-On](/products/pear-deck/use-google-classroom-add-on): how teachers connect their Google Classroom rosters in Pear Deck * [Technical Requirements](/products/pear-deck/review-technical-requirements): device, browser, and network requirements to share with teachers before they begin If teachers encounter sign-in issues after you complete setup, ask them to clear their browser cookies and attempt to sign in again. Most sign-in issues resolve after the first successful authentication. ## Contact Support Contact Pear Deck Support for: * Resolving sync errors that persist after 24 hours * Confirming or transferring the Subscription Manager role * Any deployment issue that cannot be resolved through self-serve steps Reach support at [help.peardeck.com](https://help.peardeck.com) or by contacting your Pear Deck account representative. # Play the Flashcard Factory Game Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/play-flashcard-factory-game Run a live Flashcard Factory session where students create, illustrate, and submit vocabulary flashcards for class review Flashcard Factory is a game where students create their own flashcards by writing examples and drawing illustrations for the terms you provide in a [Vocabulary List](/products/pear-deck/create-vocabulary-list). You approve the final set of flashcards, and then you can print the cards or export them to Gimkit for review games. Pear Deck Vocabulary and Flashcard Factory are only available to users who sign in with Google. You can also play Flashcard Factory remotely. Students work on cards individually when joining through the remote workflow described in the Clocking In Remotely section below. ## What You Need to Play * **Teacher:** A computer to run the game. A projector or display to share your screen with students is optional but recommended. * **Students:** A computer, tablet, or phone to play the game. * **Both teacher and students** need a Google account to sign in. ## Launch the Flashcard Factory 1. Go to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/). 2. Open a saved Vocabulary List by clicking **Open Existing File** and selecting your list, or [start a new one](/products/pear-deck/create-vocabulary-list). 3. In the new window, click **Present Live**. Or, click **Edit** to make changes to your list before playing. Window showing two buttons: Start Flashcard Factory and Edit List Optional: Connect your computer to a projector so students can see the Flashcard Factory floor during the game. ## Students Clock in Students join the game by following the instructions on the Join screen. The process depends on whether you are playing together in a classroom or remotely. ### Clocking in Together in the Classroom 1. Students go to [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com). 2. Students enter the six-letter Join Code displayed on your Projector View. 3. Students sign in with their Google accounts. 4. Once everyone has joined, go to the Projector View and click **Clock in**. Students are paired up automatically. If students arrive late, they can still join but will work on cards alone. The Join Code remains visible at the bottom of the screen throughout the game. Flashcard factory, join code, red circle 5. The terms from your list are randomly assigned to students in the Student View. One student in each pair is assigned as the writer and the other as the illustrator. The writer composes an example sentence or definition for the term, and the illustrator draws a corresponding image. Roles alternate for each new term. ### Clocking in Remotely When you play remotely, students join without being paired up so they can create cards on their own. 1. Locate your Vocabulary List on [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) and click **Start Flashcard Factory** or **Play Flashcard Factory** to start a new game. 2. Before students join, click **Let's Play** to leave the join screen empty. Window showing Let's Play button 3. You are now in the Production phase. 4. Students go to [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com), enter the Join Code shown in the bottom-left corner of your Production Phase view, and sign in with their Google accounts. 5. In the Student View, students create their own cards and receive prompts to both draw and write examples for each term in the list. Flashcard Factory Production Phase screen showing a circled Join Code Flashcard Factory window showing initial student view after joining the game wishing them good luck ## Students Make Cards in the Production Phase In the Production Phase, students create flashcards that include a drawing and a written example or definition. When they finish a card, students review and submit it for approval. Once students submit the written example and illustration and click **Ship it**, they can no longer edit that card. After submitting, students are assigned a new term. If working in pairs, the roles switch so the writer becomes the illustrator for the next term. On your Projector View in the Production Phase, you can watch cards move down the chutes and onto the conveyor belt as they are submitted. **Do your students need to finish cards later?** You can reopen any session from your [Sessions menu](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). Navigate to the Production Phase and share the Join Code with students. Students go to [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com), sign in, and complete any unfinished terms. Note that once a card is submitted it cannot be edited. If you want students to redo cards, start a new session. You can start an unlimited number of sessions. Example of a created Flashcard showing a definition and a sample sentence Flashcard example showing a drawing and a sample sentence Production Phase windown shown on the Projector View, showing newly created cards on the conveyor belt ## Approve Cards in Quality Control When you are ready to evaluate cards, move to the Quality Control Phase. You can review and approve cards on your own, with students watching in the classroom, or on a virtual call where you share your Projector View. During Quality Control, students' screens freeze so they can focus on the Projector View. 1. Click a card thumbnail to open it in the main window. 2. Accept or reject the card. You can accept more than one card for the same term. If you reject all examples for a particular term, the term and its definition still appear in the final flashcard set without a student example. 3. To see who created a card, hover over it in the conveyor belt. Author attribution is intentionally subtle to help maintain anonymity on the Projector View. Production phase image with an arrow pointing to the quality control button Image of Quality Control screen showing the reject or accept buttons Image shows the Quality Control screen and directions on how to identify a student author of a flashcard ## Print or Export the Set to Gimkit 1. When you are ready to finalize the set, click **Shipping**. 2. In the Shipping Phase, click **Print Set** or **Export to Gimkit Live**. 3. A new window opens. Click **Print Flashcard Set** or **Export to Gimkit**. * **Print:** The print menu opens. If a flashcard does not have a definition, example, or image, the printed card includes blank space for students to fill in by hand. * **Export to Gimkit:** Your Projector View displays a direct link to your set in [Gimkit](https://www.gimkit.com/), and students receive the link on their screens. New Gimkit users need to create a free Gimkit account to play. When you publish a set to Gimkit, it lives in the Pear Deck account and you can always return to play for free. If you copy a set to a personal Gimkit account, it counts toward the quota of five kits on the Gimkit Free plan. Image shows the Shipping Phase screen with a red arrow pointing to the print or export set button Print Menu for printing Flashcard Sets Image shows screen alerting that Flashcards have been published to Gimkit and displays a link to the Flashcards ## Resources Set up the vocabulary terms students will use in a Flashcard Factory game. Learn more about the Flashcard Factory feature in Pear Deck. # Present a Session Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/present-a-session Launch a Pear Deck session, help students join, and control slides from the Projector View Once you have created your slides, you can launch a Pear Deck session to share them with students. When a session starts, students join using a Join Code or Join Link and respond to interactive questions in real time. This article covers every step, from configuring sign-in settings through ending the session. ## Determine Session Sign-In Settings You can require students to join your sessions with a Google or Microsoft Office 365 account, or allow them to join anonymously. * **Joining with email sign-in:** To see exactly which students joined and view their names next to their responses (for example, in the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) or when using Takeaways), turn on email sign-in before presenting. * **Joining anonymously:** If you do not want to see participants' names, turn off email sign-in. Students will enter the session with an animal avatar and nickname. The sign-in setting is available in the Pear Deck sidebar menu and in your Settings page. Settings are saved and apply to all future sessions. Login settings window showing options circled in red and a red arrow pointing to the on/off toggle button. Cropped view of a Pear Deck side bar with the student login settings highlighted in red ## Connect to a Projector (Optional) Presenting a Pear Deck lesson is similar to presenting a PowerPoint or Google Slides presentation. * If presenting in a classroom, connect your computer to a projector so you can display the Projector View to the entire class. * If presenting via a remote call, share your screen to the Projector View using the **Share screen** or **Present** button in your web-conferencing software. * Alternatively, activate Student-Paced Mode to let students work independently at their own pace without following a projected screen. When you display the Projector View (whether in person or on a conference call), you can show all responses so students can see what their peers are thinking, reflect on other points of view, and spark class discussion. Responses are anonymous by default on the Projector View. ## Present a Session Launch your presentation and choose a lesson mode. Choose **Instructor-Paced** to open the Projector View or **Student-Paced** to open the Dashboard. 1. Start your presentation from one of three places: Pear Deck home page showing the instructional tools tab and a red arrow pointing to the button entitled open an… * **Pear Deck Home:** Click **Open an existing file** to locate the file you want to present. Click the file you want to present. When the Deck modal window opens, click **Start Student-Paced** or **Start Live Session**. * **Pear Deck for [PowerPoint Online](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online) sidebar:** Click **Present with Pear Deck**. * **Pear Deck for Google Slides sidebar:** Click **Start Lesson**. 2. When prompted, choose a session mode: Deck Modal window showing the two presenting modes entitled student-paced activity and teacher-paced activity * **Instructor-Paced** is synchronous. Students' slides sync with your slides on the Projector View. When you advance to the next slide, the Student View moves with it. This mode works best for classroom presentations or when leading students through a conference call in Zoom, Skype, Google Meet, or a similar tool. * **Student-Paced** is asynchronous. Students have navigation arrows on their Student View and can move through slides and respond to interactive questions at their own pace without you being present. [Learn more about Student-Paced lessons](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons). With Premium access, when you choose Student-Paced, the private [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) opens automatically. In the Dashboard, you can see students' names next to their responses and see which slide each student is on. 3. The Projector View (in Instructor-Paced mode) or Dashboard View (in Student-Paced mode) opens. Use it to help students join the session, control slides, and see responses in real time. Deck modal window showing two buttons entitled Start Student-Paced or Start Live Session The Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online sidebar with a red arrow pointing at the green button entitled Present with Pear… The Pear Deck for Google Slides sidebar with a red arrow pointing at the green button entitled Start Lesson ## Help Students Join a Session 1. Share the Join Instructions: * **Instructor-Paced:** The Projector View opens and displays the Join Instructions automatically for the class to see. * **Student-Paced (Premium):** The Dashboard View opens. Click the Join Code in the upper-right corner of the screen to open the Join Instructions in the Projector View at any time. 2. Direct students to join the session: * Go to [joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/). * Enter the six-letter Join Code displayed in your session. You can also post or email the session link by clicking **Give Students a Link**. Students click the link to join without entering a code. Join Codes expire after one week, but the session link is permanent. If a session runs longer than a week, have students use the Join Link instead. * Students enter the session anonymously with an assigned avatar, or with a Google or Microsoft Office 365 account, depending on your [sign-in settings](/products/pear-deck/join-a-session). Teacher dashboard, showing a red arrow pointing to the lesson join code in the upper right corner Join code window with the alternative option of giving students a link highlighted in red ## Run a Session in the Projector View When you run an Instructor-Paced session, use the Navigation Bar at the bottom of the Projector View to control slide pace, see response counts in real time, display responses to the class, and more. To open the Navigation Bar, hover over the bottom of any slide in the Projector View. * Use the arrows on the left to navigate through slides. * Click the **Slide Drawer** between the arrows to jump to slides out of sequence. * Click [Lock Screens](/products/pear-deck/use-timer-lock-screens) to freeze students' screens when you want them to stop answering a question. * Click and hold **Lock Screens** to start a [countdown timer](/products/pear-deck/use-timer-lock-screens). * Click **Notes** to view [speaker notes](/products/pear-deck/view-speaker-notes) (available for Google Slides only). * Click **Show Responses** to display all responses on the Projector View. Responses are anonymous by default. Click **Hide Responses** to return to the original slide. * When showing responses, use the Layout Controls in the upper-left corner to choose **Grid view**, **List view**, or the **Overlaid Layout**. * Select **New Prompt** to repeat a question and gather fresh responses, or to drop in an unplanned question and make use of a teachable moment. Projector view navigation bar Projector view displaying a student response Run a Session in the Projector View ## End Your Session When you are ready to close a session, end it to prevent students from submitting additional responses. You can reopen any session from your Sessions menu and present the same deck again to start a new session for a different group of students. 1. Click **End** on the navigation bar. 2. In the window that appears, type a name for the session. If you plan to use the same deck across multiple class periods, naming the session helps you identify each one later. The session is automatically dated and time-stamped in your Sessions menu. 3. Click **Save & End Session**. If you do not need to review or reopen the session, you can skip naming it. The session saves automatically. Projector view navigation bar with the button entitled end circled in white Naming a session at the end of a lesson ## Helpful Presenting Tools Once you are comfortable with the basic presenter tools, you can enhance your lessons with the following features: * **Zoom:** To zoom in or out on a slide, use a touchpad or screen, or use keyboard shortcuts. On Mac: **Command** + **+** / **-**. On Windows: **Ctrl** + **+** / **-**. * **Teacher Dashboard:** Click the **More Actions** (three-dot) button to open the private [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) (requires Premium). View students' names, get individual insight into their progress, and even use the Dashboard as a remote control from a separate tablet. * **Switch session modes:** In the same **More Actions** menu, turn on **Student-Paced** to switch between Instructor-Paced and Student-Paced modes during any session. * **Additional settings:** Review your Settings page to explore other available tools, including [Immersive Reader](/products/pear-deck/use-immersive-reader) and [Classroom Climate](/products/pear-deck/use-classroom-climate). Projector view showing advanced presenting tools as shown in the menu activated by clicking the More Actions 3-dots… ## Resources Monitor student responses and progress in real time using the private Teacher Dashboard during a session. Let students move through slides and respond to questions at their own pace without a live presenter. # Present a File from a Google Shared Drive Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/present-file-from-google-shared-drive Resolve errors when trying to present a file stored in a Google Shared Drive using Pear Deck If you received a message stating that you cannot present a file from a [Google Shared Drive](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7212025?hl=en), there are restrictions on who can present directly from Shared Drives based on account type. The steps below walk through the resolution for each account situation. ## School or District Premium Plan If your school or district has a Premium subscription, ask your Pear Deck contact to enable Shared Drive access for your account. If you do not know who your contact is, email [support@deck.peardeck.com](mailto:support@deck.peardeck.com) with the name of your school. In the meantime, you can present the file by sharing it from the Shared Drive to your own Drive first, then following the steps in the next section. ## Individual Subscription or Free Account To present a file from a Shared Drive, move it to your own Drive first. 1. Locate the file you want to present in the Shared Drive. 2. Select the file. 3. Click **Share**. * If you do not have permission to share the file, open it in Google Slides and select **File** > **Make a copy** to create your own copy. Then open your copy and click **Share**. 4. Enter your Google email address in the people field and click **Done**. 5. Open [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com/drive/my-drive). 6. Click **Shared with me**. 7. Locate the file and double-click to open it in Google Slides. 8. In Google Slides, open the [Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-add-on). 9. In the Pear Deck sidebar, click **Start Lesson**. Drive, share button on menu Gslides, share modal Drive, shared with me, cropped ## Resources Use the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on to run interactive lessons. # Present Google Slides Animations with the Power-Up Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/present-google-slides-animations-with-the-power-up Install the Pear Deck Power-Up Chrome extension to play videos, animations, and GIFs at full resolution during Instructor-Paced sessions The Pear Deck Power-Up is a free Google Chrome extension that enables videos, animations, and GIFs embedded in your Google Slides to play at full resolution during a live Pear Deck session. The extension is available only in Google Chrome and only for users who sign in to Pear Deck with a Google account. Students do not need to install it. ## What the Power-Up Enables Without the extension, videos, animations, and GIFs in Google Slides render as static images in a Pear Deck session. With the Power-Up installed: * Slide animations and GIFs play on the Projector View and Student View during a live, Instructor-Paced session. They do not play on the Teacher Dashboard. * Videos inserted via **Insert** > **Video** play on the Projector View. They are not playable on the Teacher Dashboard or Student View. Share the Projector View with the class on a screen or video call so everyone can watch together. If you want students to play a video on their own screens, add it to a Website slide instead of using the Power-Up extension. See [Embed a Website Slide](/products/pear-deck/embed-sites-in-web-slide) for details. Gslides, sidebar, start lesson ## Install the Power-Up Extension Only the teacher or presenter needs to install the extension. To install it on your device: 1. Go to the [Pear Deck Power-Up listing in the Google Chrome Web Store](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/pear-deck-power-up/paijmjmfnjcbjlimjeminlepannmimbi). 2. Click **Add to Chrome**. 3. Click **Add Extension** to confirm. When the extension installs successfully, its icon appears in your Chrome toolbar. From that point on, your videos, animations, and GIFs play at full resolution each time you present using the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on. You can view and manage your extensions through the Chrome Extensions menu. If you are a Google Workspace administrator and want to install the Power-Up for all teachers in your domain at once, see [Install the Power-Up for Your Domain](/products/pear-deck/install-power-up-domain-wide). ## Present with the Power-Up Active 1. Open your Google Slides file and start the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on sidebar. Click **Start Lesson** to begin a new session. 2. When prompted, select **Instructor-Paced Mode**. The Power-Up only works in Instructor-Paced sessions. Gslides, presenter modal, instructor-paced selected 3. The Projector View opens and displays the join instructions for students. Join instructions-4 4. Students join the session to see your slides and respond to interactive questions. See [Present a Pear Deck Session](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) for a full walkthrough of running an Instructor-Paced session. ### Tips for Presenting * Google Slides animations and videos appear only on the Projector View. They are not available on the Student View or Teacher Dashboard. * The extension works on one presentation at a time. If you start a second session using the same or a different deck, the interactive slides work normally, but animations, GIFs, and videos on those slides render as static images. * To present an additional session without the Power-Up active, open your file from [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/), then present from there rather than from the sidebar. ## A Note on Using Animations The Power-Up adds real flexibility, but your Pear Deck sessions work exactly as they always have without it. The interactive features and student engagement you rely on are unaffected if you never install the extension. That said, visual content works best when it supports the lesson rather than competes with it. Keep animations purposeful and easy to follow. Well-chosen visuals reinforce understanding rather than creating distractions. ## Resources Walk through running a live Instructor-Paced session from start to finish. Google Workspace administrators can push the Power-Up extension to all teachers automatically. # Present Videos Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/present-videos Add and share videos in your Pear Deck presentation to keep students engaged during a session You can add a video directly to your Pear Deck presentation to share information with students and keep them engaged during your lesson. The steps differ depending on whether you use Pear Deck for Google Slides or Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online. ## Pear Deck for Google Slides If you sign in to Pear Deck with a Google account, you can: * Embed a video into the Student View * Play a video for students on your Projector View * Paste a hyperlink onto your slide ### Embed a Video in the Student View You can embed your video into a Website slide. This gives students control of the video on their Student View when you present a session with Pear Deck. Students will see both the contents of your slide and the embedded video on their screen. The steps below show how to embed a YouTube video. [Learn more about Website Slides](https://help.peardeck.com/embed-websites-and-activities-in-your-pear-deck). 1. Get the video embed URL: 1. Open the video on YouTube. 2. Select **Share**. 3. Select **Embed**. 4. Copy the URL found between the frame references, as highlighted in the example below. ![YouTube embed code dialog with the embed URL highlighted](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008el3\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000003Ltp3) 2. Paste the embed URL into a Pear Deck Website slide: Pasting a video embed link onto a PowerPoint web slide. 1. Open your Google Slides presentation. 2. Open the Pear Deck sidebar. Scroll down to ask students a question and select **Website**. 3. In the Preview window, paste the embed URL from the YouTube video. When it embeds correctly, the video appears in the Preview window. ![YouTube pasted embed URL with video preview](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008el3\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EMVu000008iejV) 4. When you [present your session](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session), students will be able to see the body of the slide and play the video simultaneously. Student view of slide with embedded video ### Play a Video for Students on the Projector View When you add a video directly to your slide, you can play it for students on the Projector View. Students will not be able to play or see it on their Student View. We recommend sharing your Projector View on a screen in front of the class or in any video conferencing platform. 1. Install the free Pear Deck Power-Up extension in your Chrome browser. Without the extension, the slide will be a static image when you present. [Find helpful tips for using the Power-Up](/products/pear-deck/present-google-slides-animations-with-the-power-up). 2. Open a Google Slides presentation. 3. Open a slide and add the video by selecting **Insert** → **Video** from the Google Slides toolbar. 4. Search for the video you want to add. Select it, then click **Select** to add it to your slide. Searching and selecting a video to insert on a Google slide 5. When you are ready to present your Pear Deck session, open the Pear Deck Add-on sidebar and select **Start Lesson**. Starting a lesson from the Pear Deck sidebar ### Paste a Hyperlink in a Slide You can paste a link to your video into a text box and make it active. During your Pear Deck session, you and your students will be able to select the link to open the video in a new tab. 1. Open your presentation in Google Slides. Create a text box by selecting **Insert** → **Text Box**. 2. Select the text box to highlight it. 3. Go back to the Google Slides toolbar and select **Insert** → **Link**. ![Google Slides toolbar with Insert menu open and Link option highlighted](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008el3\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000003Ltpn) 4. Add the link and your preferred display text. 5. Select **Apply**. ![Google Slides link dialog with a video URL and display text entered](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008el3\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000003Ltpd) 6. When you [present your Pear Deck session](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session), you and your students will be able to select the link to open and play the video in a new tab. Video embed URL for embedding videos in Pear Deck slides YouTube pasted embed URL with video preview Menu path for inserting a video directly on a slide for Projector view Linking to a video from a text slide Adding a video link to a text slide Embedding a video link onto a Website slide Student view of an embedded video on a website slide Inserting a video link and preferred text onto a PowerPoint slide ## Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online If you sign in to Pear Deck with a Microsoft Office 365 account, you can: * Embed a video into the Student View * Paste a hyperlink onto your slide ### Embed a Video in the Student View Embed your video into a Website slide. This allows students to control the video on their Student View when you present a session with Pear Deck. Students will see both the contents of your slide and the embedded video on their screen. The steps below show how to embed a YouTube video. [Learn more about Website Slides](https://help.peardeck.com/embed-websites-and-activities-in-your-pear-deck). 1. Get the video embed URL: 1. Open the video on YouTube. 2. Select **Share**. 3. Select **Embed**. 4. Copy the URL between the frame references as shown in the example below. ![YouTube embed code dialog with the embed URL highlighted](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008el3\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000003Ltp3) 2. Paste the embed URL into a Pear Deck Website slide: 1. Open your PowerPoint Online presentation. 2. Open the [Pear Deck Add-in sidebar](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online). 3. Scroll down to ask students a question and select **Website**. 4. Paste the embed URL from the YouTube video. When it embeds, an image of the video appears in the Preview window. ![Pear Deck PowerPoint Add-in sidebar with pasted YouTube embed URL and video preview](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008el3\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EMVu000008iejW) 3. When you [present your session](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) with Pear Deck, students will be able to see the body of the slide and play the video. ![Student View in a PowerPoint Online session showing a slide with an embedded video](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008el3\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000003LtpY) ### Paste a Hyperlink in a Slide You can paste a link to your video into a text box and make it active. During your Pear Deck session, you and your students will be able to select the link to open the video in a new tab. 1. Open your slide. Go to the PowerPoint Online toolbar and select **Insert** → **Text Box**. Pasting a video link onto a PowerPoint slide text box 2. Select the text box to highlight it. 3. Go back to the PowerPoint Online toolbar and select **Insert** → **Link**. 4. Add the link and your preferred display text. Select **Insert**. Inserting a video link and preferred text onto a PowerPoint slide 5. When you [present your Pear Deck session](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session), you and your students will be able to select the link to open it in a new tab and play the video. ## Resources Start and manage a live Pear Deck session with your students. Review which websites and content types are supported in Pear Deck Website slides. # Restrict Student Join Access to Certain Domains Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/restrict-student-join-access-by-domain Approve and restrict email address domains that students can use to join Pear Deck sessions Administrators of a Pear Deck School or District subscription can approve and restrict the email address domains that students are allowed to use when joining sessions. When domain restrictions are active, only students with an approved domain email account can join. Anyone using a non-approved address is blocked. Teachers must also require email sign-in in their session settings for this restriction to take effect. ## Steps for Administrators When you restrict access to a domain (for example, `@peary.school.com`), students can only join sessions using an email account from that domain. All other email accounts are blocked. 1. Go to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/). 2. Open your sign-in settings and click **My Account**. 3. Click the **Administrator Settings** tab. 4. Click **Turn on Limiting Session Access**. Home, administrator settings, turn on limiting 5. Click **+ Add Domains**. My account, administrator settings, domain with session access-1 6. Enter only the domains you want to allow students to use when joining sessions. Separate multiple domains with a comma. 7. Click **Yes, add these domains**. Add domains to restrict modal 8. The updated list of allowed domains appears in your Administrator Settings. Going forward, only students with an email address from a domain on your list can join sessions. ### Reverse a Domain Restriction * To remove a specific domain, click the trash icon next to it. When prompted, click **Yes, remove** to confirm. * To disable domain restrictions entirely, go to **Administrator Settings** on your [My Account](https://app.peardeck.com/home/my-account) page. Click **Turn limiting session access off**. Going forward, no email domains are restricted from joining sessions. Pear Deck Launchpad with red arrows pointing to account profile picture and account email Home, adminstrator settings, turn on limiting sessions ## Steps for Teachers After an administrator restricts domains, the restriction becomes active on all sessions you present going forward. You can see which email domains are allowed on your Pear Deck Home [Settings](https://app.peardeck.com/home/settings) page. 1. Require student email sign-in on your [Settings](https://app.peardeck.com/home/settings) page before presenting. Without email sign-in, anyone can join your session anonymously using a Join Code or link, even if the administrator has restricted domains. 2. [Present](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) your session. 3. Have students join with the Join Code at [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com/), or using the Join Link from your Projector or Dashboard View. 4. Students are prompted to join using their Google or Microsoft 365 email account, depending on your account settings. The email domain must be on the administrator's approved list. Pear Deck remembers each student's email sign-in on their device, so students can continue joining sessions without re-entering credentials. If cookies are cleared on their browser, students are prompted to sign in again. If a student tries to join with an email address that is not approved, they are blocked from entering the session. Home, settings (teacher), domains restricted student-overlay ## FAQs ### Can Individual Premium Subscription Holders Restrict Domain Access? No. Domain restriction is only available to School and District subscription holders. ### What Happens If I Add No Domains to the Allowed List? If no domains are added, there are no restrictions and anyone can join sessions. Teachers can still require email sign-in to see student names next to responses in the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard), and can [block students](/products/pear-deck/block-student-from-session) from the session roster. ### Is There a Limit to the Number of Domains I Can Approve? No. Add as many domains as needed on the Administrator Settings page. ### Do Domain Restrictions Apply to Sessions a Teacher Created Before the Restriction Was Enabled? No. Sessions created before the restriction was enabled are not affected. Previous sessions cannot be updated with new or updated restrictions. ### I Am a Teacher. The Administrator Restricted Domains, but I Need Students to Join with an Unapproved Domain. What Can I Do? If the subscription manager has restricted domains and you are signed into Pear Deck Home with your subscription email, students can only join with an approved email domain. As a workaround, you can turn off email sign-in to allow anonymous join. Domain restrictions do not apply to anonymous sessions. Note that with anonymous join enabled, student names are not visible in your sessions. ### A Student with an Approved Domain Is Disrupting the Session. What Should I Do? Open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) to hide student responses from the Projector View. You can also open the session roster in the Teacher Dashboard to [block the student](/products/pear-deck/block-student-from-session) from the session. If you want to capture a response before it is removed, switch to Instructor Paced Mode and advance to the next slide, or lock the slide, before taking action. ## Resources Manage student responses and the session roster from the Teacher Dashboard. Remove a disruptive student from an active Pear Deck session. # Technical Requirements Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/review-technical-requirements Review the devices, browsers, network domains, and account settings required to run Pear Deck at your school Pear Deck works automatically in most school environments. If you or your students encounter issues, use this article to confirm that your devices, browsers, account settings, and network are configured correctly. ## Supported Devices * Chromebooks, laptops, and desktops, including Mac, PC, and Linux * Android devices, including phones and tablets * iPhones and iPads Google Slides Add-ons, including Pear Deck, are only [supported on computers](https://support.google.com/docs/answer/2942256). You cannot edit Pear Deck slides on an iPhone, iPad, or other mobile device. However, you can start a Pear Deck session from [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/), and students can join sessions and complete all interactivity on mobile devices. ## Supported Browsers * The latest versions of Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and Safari are actively supported. * Internet Explorer is not supported. ## Account Requirements **Teachers and presenters** * Teachers must [create a Pear Deck account](/products/pear-deck/create-a-pear-deck-account) using Microsoft Office 365 or Google sign-in credentials. Personal or organizational accounts are both accepted. * Schools using Google Workspace for Education or Microsoft 365 Education can install Pear Deck for all users. See [Allow or Install Pear Deck in Google Workspace](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-add-on) or the [PowerPoint Online Add-in Administrator Installation Guide](/products/pear-deck/install-powerpoint-online-add-in). * After creating an account, install the [PowerPoint Online Add-in](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online) or the [Google Slides Add-on](https://www.peardeck.com/googleslides) to build and present Pear Deck lessons. **Students and participants** * Students do not need to create a Pear Deck account. * Presenters can require participants to join with a Google or Microsoft Office 365 email address, or allow them to join anonymously. * When students join with an account, their email addresses are saved to identify names and store responses in the presenter's Pear Deck account. See the [Pear Deck Privacy Policy](https://www.peardeck.com/privacy) for details. * To avoid collecting any identifying information, allow students to [join sessions anonymously](https://help.peardeck.com/how-students-join-a-pear-deck-session). ## Permissions When teachers create a Pear Deck account, they are prompted to grant the following permissions. These are required to create, save, and share Pear Deck files. See [Why Pear Deck Needs Access to Your Files](/products/pear-deck/understand-pear-deck-file-permissions) for a full explanation. Whether you sign in with Google Drive or OneDrive, Pear Deck requires permission to: * View your files * View your presentations * View and manage files and folders created or opened with the Pear Deck app * Add Pear Deck to your Google Drive or OneDrive Students who are required to join with a Google or Microsoft Office 365 account share their email addresses so Pear Deck can identify their names and save their responses. If you prefer not to collect any participant information, allow anonymous session joins. ## Cookies Pear Deck uses third-party services that require cookies. Allow cookies from the following domains: * `*.peardeck.com` * `*.google.com` * `*.youtube.com` * `sign-in.microsoftonline.com` See [Allow Cookies for Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/allow-cookies) for instructions on enabling cookies in your browser or device settings. ## Network Infrastructure and Firewalls Pear Deck requires a stable Wi-Fi connection on all devices. If connectivity problems persist, your IT administrator should allow the domains listed below on the school's firewall. Run the [Pear Deck Network Test](https://app.peardeck.com/networktest) to check whether any required domain is blocked on your network. Some domains require a wildcard (`*`) prefix. | Domain to allow | Purpose | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | `*.firebaseio.com` | Real-time communication during class sessions | | `*.googleapis.com`, `*.google.com`, `*.googleusercontent.com`, `*.gstatic.com` | Google integration | | `*.joinpd.com` | Student join URL | | `*.peardeck.com` | Main website, supporting services, and static files (images, JavaScript) | | `*.squarespace.com` | Powers peardeck.com | | `*.s3.amazonaws.com` | Stores images shown on student devices | | `share.hsforms.com`, `hubspotqa.net` | Hosts forms and help center pages | | `notify.bugsnag.com` | Optional. Error reporting and diagnostics | | `*.hubspot.com` | Optional. In-app help for teachers only. Not used with students. | | `*.webflow.com` | Powers peardeck.com | | `groove.goguardian.com` | One-to-one communication | Pear Deck may also make requests to additional analytics and error-reporting domains. Those services are not required to operate Pear Deck. ## Client IDs for the Pear Deck Google Slides Add-on If your domain restricts access to Google Workspace Add-ons, the Google Workspace administrator may need to enable the following Client IDs in the Google Admin console: * `363332900703-o12os0e8s969uqv0l12gn1m93qr4uonp.apps.googleusercontent.com` (Slides API) * `363332900703-a6k2qsdjb15a6qmsmebu1c62el4tc83r.apps.googleusercontent.com` (Google Workspace Marketplace listing) ## Client IDs for Users Under 18 Google Admin console requires administrators to manually approve Pear Deck access for users under 18. Add the following Client IDs to allow students under 18 at your district or school to access Pear Deck: * `379962065044-digedvvia3khonh0n16u1n3teq8ue9q2.apps.googleusercontent.com` (Pear Deck Learning) * `689742286244-g7fjuiujmclsmb3r9v5t4vdl00pgkjfd.apps.googleusercontent.com` * `454012513681-611ndhav2juq04gk1qadsk1co4mgclkj.apps.googleusercontent.com` ## Receive Emails from Pear Deck Pear Deck sends emails through HubSpot. To ensure users receive these emails, allowlist the [Pear Deck HubSpot IP address list](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1rIscp4HqG_P0do4nOxkwST5h5sN3alUuzg6a5z5U4eg/edit?usp=sharing). ## Enable Videos on the Pear Deck Website Videos on the Pear Deck website are hosted by Vimeo. If videos load slowly or fail to play, follow the [Vimeo troubleshooting tips](https://vimeo.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/224818007-Troubleshoot-uploading-problems) to resolve the issue. ## Resources Enable the cookies required for Pear Deck to function in your browser or managed device settings. Install or allow the Pear Deck Add-on for all users in your Google domain. # Share a Deck with a Microsoft Office 365 Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/share-deck-microsoft-office-365 Share and collaborate on Pear Deck files with colleagues using Microsoft Office 365 and OneDrive When you sign in to Pear Deck with a Microsoft Office 365 account, your Deck files are stored in OneDrive. You can share any Deck with colleagues for real-time collaboration or simultaneous presentation. ## Share a PowerPoint Deck from OneDrive If you sign in to Pear Deck with a Microsoft Office 365 account, your files live in OneDrive. Follow these steps to share a Deck with another user. 1. Go to **Files**. 2. Locate the file and select it. 3. Click **Share**. 4. In the Share window, type the Microsoft Office 365 email addresses or contact names you want to share the Deck with. To adjust permissions, click **Anyone with the link can edit**. 5. Complete the share. Files cannot be shared between individual Microsoft Office 365 accounts and organizational accounts, or vice versa. If you need to share across account types, download the file and send it to your colleague. They can then upload it to their own OneDrive, where it will appear in their **Shared with me** section. Screenshot 2019-06-13 at 14.42.01 Screenshot 2019-06-13 at 14.44.19 ## Resources Explore collaboration and presentation features available in Pear Deck. Learn the basics of creating and presenting Decks in Pear Deck. # Study Flashcard Factory Sets Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/study-flashcard-factory-sets Use printed cards, Gimkit exports, and legacy Quizlet links to help students study Flashcard Factory sets After running a Flashcard Factory session, Pear Deck gives you several ways to extend student study beyond class time, including printing physical cards, exporting to Gimkit, and retrieving sets that were exported to Quizlet before December 2019. ## Print Flashcards When you ship cards at the end of a [Flashcard Factory game](/products/pear-deck/play-flashcard-factory-game), select **Print** to open a print-ready version of your flashcard set. You can also return to any past session and print from there. 1. In Pear Deck Home, navigate to the **Sessions** tab. 2. Select the session that contains the set you want to print. 3. Go to the **Shipping** phase. 4. Select **Print** to open the printable flashcard page. From the printable page, you can share the link with students directly, post it to Google Classroom, or include it in a class newsletter so families can print and study at home. ## Export to Gimkit You can export any Flashcard Factory set to Gimkit, a classroom game platform where students answer questions at their own pace on individual devices. Students earn in-game currency for correct answers and can reinvest it in upgrades, giving them repeated exposure to the material. With Gimkit, you can: * Study cards individually or in teams * Customize game settings by defining the number of players per team, setting the game goal, and playing along with music and sound effects * Access basic reporting that shows question-level correct and incorrect answer breakdowns When you publish a set to Gimkit from Pear Deck, it lives in the Pear Deck account. You can always return to play it for free. If you copy the set to a personal Gimkit account, it counts toward the five-kit limit on the Gimkit Free plan. New Gimkit users need to create a free account before they can play. ## Retrieve Sets Exported to Quizlet The option to export new Flashcard Factory sets to Quizlet ended on December 5, 2019, after Quizlet ended support for image imports and began requiring student logins to review flashcards. Sets exported before that date are still available. Use the steps below to find them. **From Pear Deck** 1. Sign in to Pear Deck Home and navigate to **Sessions**. 2. Find the session in the **Active** or **Archived** tab. Sessions older than 30 days appear in the Archived tab. 3. Click the projector icon to reopen the session. 4. In the Flashcard Factory, select the **More Actions** (three-dot) button to navigate to the Shipping phase. FF, more actions menu 5. In the Shipping phase, click the button to publish your cards. This opens the link you published previously. 6. Copy the Quizlet link and import it into your Quizlet account. This only works for Flashcard Factory sessions that were published and exported to Quizlet before December 5, 2019. **From Quizlet** Go to the Pear Deck Flashcard Factory account at [quizlet.com/pdflashcardfactory](https://quizlet.com/pdflashcardfactory) and search for your list by name. Copy it to your personal Quizlet account using Quizlet's copy instructions. Teachers who want to bring vocabulary lists from Pear Deck to Quizlet going forward can use the **Export** button in the Pear Deck Vocabulary List Editor, then paste the terms into Quizlet using its easy-import creation tools. ## Resources Run a live Flashcard Factory session and ship student-created cards. Learn about Gimkit account tiers, kit quotas, and free plan limits. # Understand the Subscription Manager Role Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/subscription-manager-overview Learn how subscription managers set up teacher access, install Pear Deck for their school, and use the Administrator Dashboard. Subscription managers oversee a school-wide or domain-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription. Your role includes onboarding teachers to Premium, installing Pear Deck across your school's platform, and accessing usage data through the Administrator Dashboard. ## Understand How Teachers Get Premium Access When your subscription is set up, the GoGuardian team requests a list of teachers to include. Each teacher receives a welcome email asking them to confirm their Pear Deck account. They click **Confirm Your Pear Deck Account** and sign in with their existing Google or Microsoft Office 365 account — no new password required. Confirm your Pear Deck account For school-wide (non-domain) subscriptions, you can also add or remove individual teachers at any time from your Account page. See [Manage a School Subscription](/products/pear-deck/manage-school-subscription) for steps. Teachers added this way receive Premium access immediately but do not receive a welcome email. For domain-wide subscriptions, every teacher who signs in with your school's domain has Premium access automatically. There is no teacher list to manage. ## Install Pear Deck for Teachers To give your teachers seamless access to Pear Deck, install the appropriate add-on or add-in for your school's platform before they begin using it. * **Google Workspace schools:** Install the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on from the [Google Workspace Marketplace](https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/pear_deck_for_google_slides/509078249686). You can also install the optional [Pear Deck Power-Up](/products/pear-deck/install-power-up-domain-wide) — a free Chrome extension that ensures videos, animations, and GIFs in Google Slides play correctly during Instructor-Paced sessions. * **Microsoft 365 schools:** Deploy the [Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Add-in](/products/pear-deck/install-powerpoint-online-add-in) through your Microsoft 365 Admin Center. Domain-wide installation means teachers do not need to install the add-on or add-in themselves. It appears automatically when they open Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. ## Log In as a Subscription Manager You receive the same welcome email as your teachers. Sign in with your Google or Microsoft Office 365 account to access Pear Deck Home. From there: 1. Go to [app.peardeck.com/home](https://app.peardeck.com/home). 2. Click your profile picture in the upper-right corner of the page. 3. Select **Account** from the menu. Pear Deck Home with the profile picture menu open and Account highlighted 4. Verify the result: Your plan information and the Administrator Dashboard appear on the Account page. ## Use the Administrator Dashboard The Administrator Dashboard gives you visibility into how teachers and students use Pear Deck across your school. Access it from your Account page. ### View Engagement and Usage Data The **Engagements + Usage** section shows year-over-year Pear Deck activity for your school or district: * **Total Presentations tab:** Shows how many times teachers have started a Pear Deck session. * **Student Usage tab:** Shows the total number of students who participated in a session each year. Administrator Dashboard Engagements and Usage tab ### Restrict Student Join Access To limit which students can join your teachers' sessions, go to the **Administrator Settings** tab and set an allowed domain for student email addresses. See [Restrict Student Join Access by Domain](/products/pear-deck/restrict-student-join-access-by-domain) for steps. ### Manage Teachers (School-Wide Subscriptions) The **Group Usage** section lists all teachers currently on your Premium subscription. From here you can: * Click **Add One Member** to add a single teacher by email address. * Click **Bulk Add/Edit Members** to add or update multiple teachers at once. * Click the **X** next to any teacher to remove them from the subscription. Administrator Dashboard Group Usage tab Adding a teacher here gives them immediate Premium access without a confirmation email. Removing a teacher ends their Premium access under your plan but does not delete their Pear Deck account or presentations. For detailed steps, see [Manage a School Subscription](/products/pear-deck/manage-school-subscription). ### Set Up LMS Integrations (District Subscriptions) For district-level subscriptions, the **LMS/LTI Integrations** tab provides the Key and Secret values needed to connect Pear Deck to Canvas or Schoology. See [Install Pear Deck in Canvas](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-in-canvas) or [Install Pear Deck in Schoology](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-in-schoology) for setup instructions. ## Resources Add, remove, and transfer teachers on a school-wide Pear Deck Premium subscription. Limit which student email domains can join teachers' Pear Deck sessions. # Teach a Remote Lesson Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/teach-a-remote-lesson Run a live or asynchronous Pear Deck lesson from any location using a video call and shared screen Pear Deck uses a WiFi connection to let you present and collect student responses in real time. As long as you and your students can access the internet on a [supported device](/products/pear-deck/review-technical-requirements), you can run a Pear Deck lesson from anywhere. ## Start Your Presentation 1. Start a new Pear Deck presentation or reopen a previous one from your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) menu. You can launch a new presentation from three places: * **Pear Deck Home:** click the deck you want to present. When the deck modal opens, click **Start Presenting**. * **Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Add-in:** click the present option from the add-in panel. * **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on:** click **Present Lesson** from the add-on sidebar. 2. Start a video call using a third-party service such as Zoom or Google Meet. Turn on your microphone and camera. 3. Share your screen. Select the screen showing the Pear Deck Projector View. 4. Ask students to join the call. Email the call link to them or post it in your learning management platform (such as Canvas, Google Classroom, or Schoology). 5. Have students go to [joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/) in a separate window and enter the 6-letter Join Code from your Projector View. You can also copy and paste the Join Link directly where students can access it. Use the link if the session is more than a week old. Before the session, adjust the settings to allow students to sign in with an email address or anonymously. For most classes, require an email sign-in so you can see who submitted each response. See [How Students Join a Pear Deck Session](https://help.peardeck.com/how-students-join-a-pear-deck-session) for details. 6. Lead students through the slides and show their responses using the [navigation controls](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) on your Projector View. 7. Ask students to arrange their windows so they can see both the video call and the Pear Deck Student View. Students see your Projector View on the shared screen and respond to slides in their Student View. ## Special Features That Enhance Remote Learning * **Teacher Dashboard:** see student names in the private [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) with Pear Deck Premium. * **Takeaways:** at the end of your session, use Takeaways to extend the lesson and give students feedback (requires a Google account and a Premium plan). Takeaways are shared Google Docs containing images of your slides with space for comments and continued writing. You can also [export student responses](/products/pear-deck/export-student-responses) to a spreadsheet at the end of the session (with Google). * **Student-Paced Mode:** use [Student-Paced Mode](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons) to let students work independently through your slides without a video call. Students get navigation controls at the bottom of their screens to move through the presentation and respond to interactive questions. * For Student-Paced lessons, consider adding a new audio recording or uploading one (10 MB or less) directly onto your slides. See [Add Audio Recordings to Your Slides](/products/pear-deck/add-audio-recordings-to-slides) for instructions. * **Website slides:** insert a URL from a third-party service (such as Edpuzzle, YouTube, or SoundCloud) into a [website slide](https://help.peardeck.com/embed-websites-and-activities-in-your-pear-deck). In a Student-Paced lesson, students can play audio or video on one slide and answer an interactive question on the next. This is the best option for [Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online) users. * **Google Slides audio during Instructor-Paced lessons:** play an audio clip on the Projector View (not the Student View) using Google Slides audio: * Open your Google Slides presentation. * Go to **Insert** > **Audio**. * Add a pre-recorded audio clip. * Install the free [Power-Up Chrome extension](/products/pear-deck/present-google-slides-animations-with-the-power-up) before you present. This lets you play audio, video, GIFs, and animations on your slide in the Projector View during the session. * Present using the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on. ## Resources Let students work independently through your slides at their own pace. # Install the Pear Deck for Google Classroom Add-On (Teachers) Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/teacher-install-google-classroom-add-on Install the Pear Deck for Google Classroom add-on yourself if your administrator has granted individual install permission. If your administrator has granted permission for individual installs — but has not done a domain-wide install — you can install the Pear Deck for Google Classroom add-on yourself from the Google Workspace Marketplace. If your administrator has already performed a domain install, you do not need to install the add-on individually. It already appears in your Google Classroom account. See [Admin Install of the Pear Deck for Google Classroom Add-On](/products/pear-deck/install-google-classroom-add-on-admin) for more information. This add-on requires the Google Workspace Teaching and Learning Upgrade or Education Plus edition. Contact your administrator if you are unsure which edition your school uses. See [Google Workspace editions](https://edu.google.com/intl/ALL_us/workspace-for-education/editions/compare-editions/) for a comparison. ## Install the Add-On 1. Open the [Pear Deck for Google Classroom listing](https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/pear_deck_for_google_classroom/454012513681) in Google Workspace Marketplace. 2. Click **Install**. 3. Review the permissions Pear Deck for Google Classroom requires and click **Continue**. 4. Select the Google account you want to use with the add-on and click **Allow**. 5. Click **Done** to close the installation window. 6. Open [Google Classroom](https://classroom.google.com). 7. Verify the result: The Pear Deck for Google Classroom add-on appears in the **Add-ons** section when creating or editing an assignment. If it does not appear, try refreshing Google Classroom. If you do not see an **Install** button — only an **Admin Install** button — your administrator has not granted individual install permission. Contact your administrator and ask them to either grant individual install access or perform the domain install. ## Resources Create and assign Pear Deck activities directly from Google Classroom once the add-on is installed. Administrators can install the add-on across an entire domain from Google Workspace Marketplace. # Why Does My Pear Deck Account Show Free? Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-account-shows-free Find out why your Pear Deck account is showing a Free plan when you expect Premium access, and how to resolve it based on your subscription type. If your Pear Deck account shows a Free plan when you expect Premium access, the cause is usually a mismatch between your subscription and the account you are signed in with. Here is how to find and fix it. ## Quick Check: Confirm Which Account You Are Signed in With Pear Deck Premium is tied to a specific email address. If you have multiple Google accounts, you may be signed in with the wrong one. 1. Open [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com). 2. Click your name or profile photo in the top right. 3. Confirm the email address shown matches the one connected to your Premium subscription. If it does not match, sign out and sign back in with the correct account. ## If Your District Provides Premium Through a District License District Premium is assigned by a subscription manager at your district. Your account must be added to the district license to receive access. Check the following: 1. **Confirm your email matches district records.** Your Pear Deck account must use the same email address your district registered with Pear Deck Learning. If you recently changed your work email, your old account may still have Premium while the new one does not. 2. **Contact your subscription manager.** Your district's subscription manager can see which accounts are on the district license and add your account if it is missing. If you do not know who your subscription manager is, ask your school's IT admin or instructional technology coordinator. 3. **Confirm the license is active.** District licenses renew annually. If the license expired and has not been renewed, all accounts in the district revert to Free until renewal is processed. ## If You Purchased an Individual Premium Subscription 1. Go to [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com) and click your name in the top right. 2. Select **Manage Subscription** to see the subscription status and the email address it is associated with. 3. If the subscription shows as active but your account still shows Free, sign out and sign back in. 4. If the subscription shows as expired or canceled, renew it from the subscription management page. If you purchased a subscription but cannot locate it, check the email inbox of every Google account you use for a receipt from Pear Deck Learning. ## If a Teacher Left and Their License Needs to Be Reassigned Subscription managers can reassign a Premium license from one teacher account to another. 1. Sign in to Pear Deck as a subscription manager. 2. Go to **Manage Subscription** > **Manage Users**. 3. Remove the departed teacher's account from the license. 4. Add the new teacher's email address. If you need to transfer a subscription manager role, contact Pear Deck Learning support. ## Contact Support If your account still shows Free after checking the steps above, contact Pear Deck Learning support. Include the email address on your account and whether your district has a license or you purchased an individual subscription. # Fix a Problem with an Active Pear Deck Session Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-active-session Resolve issues during a live Pear Deck session: edits not showing, students unable to respond, unexpected archiving, a missing sidebar, and join failures. These steps apply when your Pear Deck session is already running and something is not working as expected. ## My Edits to the Slides Are Not Showing in the Session Pear Deck loads your slides at the moment you start a session. Edits made to the source file after the session starts do not appear in the live session automatically. To show updated slides during a session: 1. End the current session. 2. Make your edits to the Google Slides or PowerPoint file. 3. Start a new session from the updated file. If you need to make a minor correction without ending the session, the teacher dashboard allows you to hide specific slides from students without ending the session. Click the slide in the session panel and select **Hide from students**. ## Students Cannot Submit Responses Check the following: 1. **Responses are locked.** If you previously locked responses to show class answers, responses remain locked until you unlock them. Click **Unlock Responses** in the teacher dashboard to allow new submissions. 2. **The session is paused.** If you clicked **Pause**, students see a waiting screen and cannot respond. Click **Resume** to continue. 3. **The slide type does not accept responses.** Informational slides and web slides do not have a response area. Move to the next interactive slide. 4. **Students are on a different slide than you.** In teacher-led mode, the slide students see is the one you are presenting. Confirm you are on the slide you intend students to respond to. If none of these apply, ask a student to reload their page. A network interruption can stop the response feed without ending the session. ## The Session Was Archived Unexpectedly Pear Deck auto-archives sessions that have been inactive for an extended period. An archived session is not deleted — it moves to the **Past Sessions** section of your dashboard. To resume a recently archived session: 1. Go to your Pear Deck dashboard and open **Past Sessions**. 2. Find the session and click **Restore** or **Continue**. 3. Students can rejoin the restored session using the same join code. If the session was archived while students were still responding, their responses submitted up to the moment of archiving are preserved. ## The Pear Deck Sidebar or Power-Up Is Not Visible **In Google Slides:** 1. Click **Extensions** in the menu bar. 2. Select **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on**. 3. Click **Open Pear Deck Add-on**. If the add-on does not appear in the Extensions menu, it may have been uninstalled. Reinstall it from the Google Workspace Marketplace and reload Google Slides. **In PowerPoint:** 1. Click the **Pear Deck** button in the ribbon. If the button is not in the ribbon, reinstall the Pear Deck for PowerPoint add-in from the Office Add-ins store. ## Students Cannot Join Through Google Classroom When you share a Pear Deck session through Google Classroom, students click the assignment link to join. If students cannot join: 1. Confirm the join link in the Google Classroom assignment is the one for the current session, not a previous session. Each session generates a new join link. 2. Ask a student to try joining directly at [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com) with the 5-letter join code displayed in your teacher dashboard. 3. If direct join works but the Google Classroom link does not, the assignment link may be outdated. Post the current join code as an announcement in Google Classroom. ## Contact Support For session issues that cannot be resolved through the steps above, contact Pear Deck Learning support. Include your session ID (visible in the URL of your teacher dashboard) and a description of what you see. # Troubleshoot Content Library and Template Access Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-content-library Fix problems reaching the Pear Deck Content Orchard, Certified Content, the District Library, and slide templates, including missing content and tier limits. Most Content Orchard, Certified Content, District Library, and template access problems come down to account type, subscription tier, or where you're opening Pear Deck. Work through the section that matches what you're seeing. ## Orchard or Certified Content Isn't Appearing Certified Content and the full Content Orchard are available to school- and district-level Pear Deck accounts. * **You can only preview the first two slides of a lesson.** This is the expected behavior for accounts that are not part of a school or district subscription. Confirm your account tier under [Check Your Account and Subscription Level](#check-your-account-and-subscription-level). * **Certified decks don't show the Certified badge or don't appear.** Open the **Content Orchard** tab from the Pear Deck home page and confirm you're signed in with your school account rather than a personal one. See [Pear Deck Certified Content](/products/pear-deck/access-certified-content) for how the library is organized. ## District Library Content Is Missing The District Library is a shared, district-managed library with its own requirements. * **The District Library tab isn't there.** The tab appears only for accounts on a domain or district Pear Deck subscription. Individual and free accounts do not have access. * **You don't see the tab inside your LMS.** The District Library is available only from the Pear Deck web app at [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com). It is not available inside Canvas, Schoology, or Microsoft Teams — open the web app instead. * **A colleague's lesson isn't listed.** A lesson appears only after it's published, and it disappears if the author unpublishes it or a Subscription Manager removes a reported lesson. See [Use District Library](/products/pear-deck/use-district-library) for publishing and finding lessons. ## Templates Aren't Loading * **A template is locked or unavailable.** Some premade slide templates require a Premium school or district subscription. Confirm your tier below. * **Templates or the sidebar won't load at all.** This is usually a browser, cookie, or extension problem rather than a content problem. See [Fix the Pear Deck Extension Not Loading in Google Slides](/products/pear-deck/fix-extension-not-loading-in-google-slides) and [Troubleshoot "Pear Deck Couldn't Load"](/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-pear-deck-couldnt-load). ## Check Your Account and Subscription Level Content availability depends on your account tier, so confirm it before assuming content is broken. 1. Sign in at [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com) and confirm you're using your school- or district-provided account, not a personal Google account. 2. Review your plan. Free and individual accounts do not include the District Library and have limited Content Orchard previews; school and district plans unlock the full libraries. See [Manage Your Pear Deck Account](/products/pear-deck/manage-pear-deck-account). 3. If your district has a subscription but your account isn't recognized as part of it, contact your Subscription Manager to confirm your account is included. ## Request Content From Your Subscription Manager Your Subscription Manager is the person in your district who manages the Pear Deck subscription and the District Library. * To add a lesson to the shared library, publish it yourself or ask a colleague to, following [Use District Library](/products/pear-deck/use-district-library). * To flag content that shouldn't be in the library, use **Report this File**; the report goes to your Subscription Manager for review. * For access or subscription questions, see [Subscription Manager Overview](/products/pear-deck/subscription-manager-overview). ## Contact Support If content is still missing after you've confirmed your account and subscription, contact Pear Deck support with your account email, the lesson or template you're trying to reach, and whether the problem happens in the web app, an LMS, or the Google Slides add-on. Browse and copy Certified Content from the Content Orchard. Publish, find, and manage lessons in the shared district library. Resolve the Pear Deck add-on failing to load in Google Slides. Understand who manages your district's subscription and library. # Troubleshoot Pear Deck File Not Found Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-file-not-found Resolve the 'We can't find this file' error in Pear Deck for Google Slides and Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online. If Pear Deck displays "We can't find this file" or prompts you to sign in with a different account before presenting, the cause is almost always an account mismatch or a file stored in the wrong location. Work through the section below that matches your setup. ## Troubleshoot Pear Deck for Google Slides ### Confirm Your Accounts Match Pear Deck must be signed in to the same Google account as Google Slides. 1. In Google Slides, click your profile picture in the upper-right corner. Note which Google account is signed in. 2. In a new tab, open [Pear Deck](https://app.peardeck.com) and check the email shown in the upper-right corner. 3. Confirm both accounts match. If they don't, sign out of one and sign back in with the correct account. 4. Close any other browser tabs signed in to a different Google account. 5. Try presenting again. ### Check Where Your File Is Stored Your Google Slides file must be in the Google Drive of the account that has Pear Deck installed. If the file is in a different account's Drive, Pear Deck can't access it. If the file is stored in the wrong Drive, move it to the correct account before presenting. See [Manage Your Pear Deck Account](/products/pear-deck/manage-pear-deck-account) for guidance on transferring files between accounts. ### Clear Your Browser Cache A stale cache can cause Pear Deck to lose access to your file even when accounts match. 1. Sign out of both Pear Deck and Google. 2. Clear your browser's cache and cookies. 3. Sign back in to Pear Deck and Google Slides. 4. Try presenting again. Error message example that says Sorry, we can't find this file We can't find this file error message Google Slides window with arrow pointing to account profile picture and email Pear Deck Launchpad with red arrow pointing to account profile ## Troubleshoot Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online ### Confirm Your Accounts Match Pear Deck must be signed in to the same Microsoft account as PowerPoint Online. 1. In PowerPoint Online, click your profile picture in the upper-right corner. Note which Microsoft account is signed in. 2. In a new tab, open [Pear Deck](https://app.peardeck.com) and check the email shown in the upper-right corner. 3. Confirm both accounts match. If they don't, sign out of one and sign back in with the correct account. 4. Close any other browser tabs signed in to a different Microsoft account. 5. Try presenting again. ### Check Where Your File Is Stored Your PowerPoint file must be in the OneDrive of the account that has Pear Deck installed. If the file is in a different account's OneDrive, Pear Deck can't access it. Move the file to the correct OneDrive location before presenting. ### Clear Your Browser Cache If your accounts match and the file is in the right location but the error persists, clear your cache. 1. Sign out of both Pear Deck and Microsoft Office 365. 2. Clear your browser's cache and cookies. 3. Sign back in to Pear Deck and Microsoft Office 365. 4. Try presenting again. Microsoft PowerPoint window with blue arrow pointing to account profile icon Pear Deck Launchpad with red arrow pointing to account profile ## Contact Support If you've worked through all the steps above and the error persists, contact GoGuardian Support. Include the full error message and which version of Pear Deck you're using (Google Slides or PowerPoint Online). ## Resources Supported browsers, devices, and account requirements for Pear Deck. Configure browser cookie settings required for Pear Deck to work. Resolve app loading errors, blank screens, and session issues. # Troubleshoot Flashcard Factory Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-flashcard-factory Fix common issues with Flashcard Factory, including student join problems, export failures, and roster errors. If Flashcard Factory won't load, students can't join, or an export to Gimkit fails, this article covers the most common causes and fixes. Both teachers and students must sign in with a Google account to use Flashcard Factory. For a walkthrough of running a game from start to finish, see [Use the Flashcard Factory](/products/pear-deck/use-flashcard-factory). ## If Students Can't Join Students join Flashcard Factory at [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com) using the session code displayed on your Projector View. If students are seeing an error or can't get past the join screen, check the following. ### Confirm the Join Code Is Correct The join code is displayed on the Projector View during the join phase. Verify that students are entering the exact code shown, including all 6 characters. Codes are case-insensitive, but a transposed character is the most common cause of join errors. ### Check That the Session Is Still in the Join Phase Once you click **Let's Play** and move into the Production Phase, students can still join using the code shown in the bottom-left corner of your Production Phase view. Students who join after **Clock in** work independently rather than in pairs. If you have already moved past the join phase and the code is no longer visible, reopen the session from your [Sessions menu](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) and share the join code again. ### Verify That Students Are Signing In with Google Flashcard Factory requires a Google account. Students who attempt to join without signing in, or who have multiple accounts and select a non-Google account, will see an error on the join screen. Ask students to: 1. Go to [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com) and enter the join code. 2. When prompted, select **Sign in with Google**. 3. Choose the Google account associated with their school. ### Check Browser and Cookie Settings Flashcard Factory runs in the browser. Students using browsers with third-party cookies blocked may not be able to complete sign-in. Chrome is recommended. If students are on a school-managed device, confirm with your IT admin that cookies are allowed for `joinpd.com` and `peardeck.com`. ## If Flashcard Factory Won't Load If the game fails to load on your screen or a student's screen, try the following steps. ### Refresh and Try Again Close the Flashcard Factory tab and reopen it. Most loading errors are transient network issues that resolve on a refresh. ### Clear the Browser Cache If the game loads a blank screen or shows a spinner that doesn't resolve: 1. Open a new Chrome window. 2. Press **Ctrl+Shift+Delete** (Windows) or **Command+Shift+Delete** (Mac). 3. Set the time range to **All time** and select **Cached images and files** and **Cookies and other site data**. 4. Click **Clear data**. 5. Reload [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) and reopen the game. ### Disable Conflicting Extensions Browser extensions, particularly ad blockers and privacy tools, can interfere with the Flashcard Factory interface. Try opening Pear Deck in a Chrome Incognito window to rule out extension conflicts. If the game loads correctly in Incognito, disable extensions one at a time to identify the conflict. ### Check the Network Connection Flashcard Factory requires a stable internet connection. Ask students experiencing load failures to check their connection. On school networks, confirm that `peardeck.com` and `joinpd.com` are not blocked at the network level. When the game loads correctly, the Flashcard Factory join screen appears with your session code and student count visible. ## If the Export to Gimkit Fails You can export your final flashcard set to Gimkit from the Shipping Phase. If the export isn't working, here's what to check. ### Confirm You Are in the Shipping Phase The Export to Gimkit option is only available in the Shipping Phase. If you do not see it, navigate there: 1. In Flashcard Factory, click **Quality Control** if you have not reviewed cards yet. 2. After reviewing all cards, navigate to **Shipping** to enter the Shipping Phase. 3. In the Shipping Phase, click **Print Set** or **Export to Gimkit Live**. 4. Select **Export to Gimkit** from the window that opens. ### Check That the Gimkit Connection Is Active Pear Deck publishes the set to a Gimkit account linked to your Pear Deck account. If the export fails or produces an error: * Confirm you are signed in to Pear Deck with your Google account. * Try the export again. Transient errors during publish are common if Gimkit's servers are temporarily slow to respond. * If the error persists, open [Gimkit](https://www.gimkit.com/) in a new tab to confirm the site is accessible from your network. ### Understand What Gets Exported When you export a set to Gimkit through Pear Deck, the set lives in the Pear Deck account and is always available to replay at no cost. If a student or teacher copies the set to a personal Gimkit account, it counts toward the 5-kit limit on the Gimkit Free plan. If students report they cannot access the Gimkit link, confirm they have a Gimkit account. New Gimkit users need to create a free account before playing. ### Print as a Fallback If the Gimkit export is not working and you need to move forward, click **Print Set** from the Shipping Phase. The print menu opens a formatted flashcard set you can distribute physically or save as a PDF. ## If a Session Crashes or Freezes Flashcard Factory sessions are saved automatically. If your browser crashes, the tab closes unexpectedly, or the game freezes mid-session, you can recover the session without losing student work. ### Reopen the Session from Your Sessions Menu 1. Go to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/). 2. Open the **Sessions** menu. 3. Locate the session and click to reopen it. 4. Share the join code with students. Students go to [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com), sign in, and rejoin using the code shown in the bottom-left corner of your Production Phase view. Cards that students already submitted are preserved. Students can pick up where they left off on any unfinished terms. When students rejoin successfully, their names reappear in the Production Phase view and new card submissions resume on your Projector View. ### Restart if Cards Are Corrupted If the session reopens but cards appear missing or the interface is not responding correctly, start a new session using the same Vocabulary List. Previous sessions are saved separately and will not be overwritten. You can start an unlimited number of sessions from the same list. ### If the Quality Control Phase Freezes If the game freezes during Quality Control, refresh the browser tab. Your approval decisions up to that point are saved. After refreshing, navigate back to Quality Control and continue reviewing from where you left off. ## If Students Are Missing from the Game If students are missing from the game, not appearing in your Production Phase view, or your class list isn't loading correctly, check the following. ### Students Joined After Clock In Students who join after you click **Clock in** are not added to an existing pair. They work independently on cards for the remaining terms. Their submissions still appear in Quality Control. If you want all students paired, wait for the full class to join before clicking **Clock in**. The Join Code stays visible at the bottom of the screen throughout the game. ### Students Are Not Appearing in Quality Control If a student's cards are not showing up in Quality Control, the student may not have submitted any cards. Cards move to Quality Control only after the student clicks **Ship it**. Ask those students to confirm they completed and submitted their cards during the Production Phase. ### Class List Is Not Loading If the Flashcard Factory game shows an empty class list or fails to display your students: 1. Confirm you are signed in to Pear Deck with the correct Google account, the one associated with your classes. 2. Return to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) and reload the page. 3. Reopen the Vocabulary List and start a new session. If your class list regularly fails to load, contact Pear Deck support. Include your Google account email and the names of the affected classes. ## Still Having Trouble If none of the steps above resolve your issue, contact Pear Deck support. Include: * Your Google account email * The session ID (visible in the URL of your Flashcard Factory session) * A description of the error message or behavior you're seeing Run a Flashcard Factory session and export the final card set. Step-by-step guide for running a live Flashcard Factory session with students. # Pear Deck Won't Load: Teacher and IT Admin Checklist Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-loading-and-extension Fix Pear Deck loading failures for the Google Slides add-on, the PowerPoint add-in, and the browser dashboard, with separate steps for teachers and IT admins. Loading failures in Pear Deck fall into three categories: the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on won't load, the Pear Deck for PowerPoint add-in won't load, or the Pear Deck teacher dashboard won't open. Start with the section that matches your situation. ## Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-On Won't Load ### Quick Checks for Teachers 1. **Reload the page.** Close the Google Slides tab and reopen the file. 2. **Check your account.** Confirm you are signed in to Google Slides with the same Google account connected to your Pear Deck account. Mismatched accounts prevent the add-on from loading. 3. **Allow third-party cookies.** Pear Deck requires third-party cookies to function. In Chrome, go to **Settings** > **Privacy and Security** > **Cookies and other site data** and confirm third-party cookies are not blocked for Pear Deck. 4. **Complete account setup.** If you see a "Finish creating your account" message, your Pear Deck account registration is incomplete. Click the message to complete setup, then reload Google Slides. 5. **Try a different browser profile.** If Chrome has multiple profiles, switch to the one connected to your Pear Deck account. ### For IT Admins: Domain-Level Checks If the issue affects multiple teachers across the district, the block is likely at the domain or network level. 1. **Allowlist Pear Deck domains.** Confirm your network and content filter allow traffic to `*.peardeck.com`, `*.goguardian.com`, and `*.firebase.com`. A block on any of these prevents the add-on from loading. 2. **Check Google Workspace admin settings.** In the Google Workspace Admin console, go to **Apps** > **Google Workspace Marketplace apps**. Confirm the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on is installed domain-wide or allowed for the affected organizational unit. 3. **Review third-party app access.** Confirm Pear Deck is authorized in **Security** > **API controls** > **App access control** in the Google Workspace Admin console. 4. **Check managed Chrome browser settings.** If Chrome is managed via policy, confirm the policy does not block third-party cookies or extensions for `peardeck.com`. ## Pear Deck for PowerPoint Add-In Won't Load 1. **Reload the add-in panel.** Click away from the Pear Deck panel and click the Pear Deck button in the ribbon again. 2. **Sign out and sign back in.** In the add-in panel, click your name or the menu and sign out. Sign back in with the email connected to your Pear Deck account. 3. **Check your Microsoft account.** The Pear Deck for PowerPoint add-in requires a Microsoft 365 account. Confirm you are using a supported version of Office Online, Microsoft 365, or PowerPoint 2016 or later. 4. **Reinstall the add-in.** In the PowerPoint ribbon, go to **Insert** > **Add-ins** > **My Add-ins**. Remove the Pear Deck add-in, then reinstall it from the Office Add-ins store. 5. **Clear the Office cache.** If the add-in loads but shows a blank panel or login loop, clearing the Office add-in cache often resolves it. Instructions vary by operating system — search "clear Office add-in cache" for your OS version. ## Pear Deck Teacher Dashboard Won't Open 1. **Check the URL.** The teacher dashboard is at [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com). Confirm you are not attempting to reach an old URL. 2. **Sign out and sign back in.** Go to [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com) and sign out, then sign back in. 3. **Try a different browser.** Pear Deck supports current versions of Chrome, Firefox, Safari, and Edge. If the dashboard does not load in one browser, try another. 4. **Disable browser extensions.** Ad blockers, privacy extensions, and VPNs can interfere with Pear Deck. Disable extensions temporarily to confirm whether one is causing the issue. 5. **Check network access.** If you are on a school network, confirm the network is not blocking `app.peardeck.com`. Ask your IT admin to check network logs if needed. ## Contact Support If none of the steps above resolve the issue, contact Pear Deck Learning support. When you open a case, include: * What you see when Pear Deck tries to load (error message, blank panel, loading spinner that never resolves) * The browser and version you are using * Whether the issue affects one teacher or multiple teachers * Whether the issue started recently or has always occurred # Troubleshoot Pear Deck Loading Errors Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-pear-deck-couldnt-load What to do when Pear Deck displays a loading error, students can't join a session, or the app fails to open. Pear Deck loading errors take different forms depending on who encounters them and when. A teacher may see the app fail to open or display a blank screen. A student may click a join link and land on an error page. In some cases, the session loads but responses stop syncing. Work through the section that matches your situation. ## If a Teacher Sees a Loading Error ### Check the Browser and Extension Pear Deck requires a supported browser. If you're using Safari or a mobile browser, switch to Chrome on a computer and try again. If you're presenting from Google Slides using the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on, confirm the add-on is installed and visible in the **Extensions** menu. If it's missing, see [Fix the Pear Deck Add-on Not Loading in Google Slides](/products/pear-deck/fix-extension-not-loading-in-google-slides). ### Allow Cookies Your browser must allow cookies from the following domains for Pear Deck to load: * `*.peardeck.com` * `*.google.com` * `*.youtube.com` * `sign-in.microsoftonline.com` If any of these are blocked, Pear Deck opens to a blank screen or fails to load entirely. See [Allow Cookies for Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/allow-cookies) for step-by-step instructions. ### Confirm Your Account Pear Deck accounts require sign-in with Google or Microsoft Office 365. Personal email accounts are not supported. 1. Go to [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com) and check which account is signed in. 2. Confirm you're signed in with your school Google or Microsoft account. 3. If you see an authorization error, sign out, then sign back in with the correct account. ### Clear the Browser Cache A stale cache can cause Pear Deck to load an outdated or broken version of the app. 1. In Chrome, open **Settings** → **Privacy and security** → **Clear browsing data**. 2. Select **Cached images and files** and **Cookies and other site data**. 3. Click **Clear data**. 4. Close Chrome, reopen it, and sign in to Pear Deck again. After completing these steps, Pear Deck opens to your home screen or the lesson you were working on. If the error persists, move on to the network and allowlist section below. ## If Students Can't Join a Session ### Confirm the Join Link or Join Code Is Current Join codes expire after 1 week. If a student is using a code from a previous class or a shared document that hasn't been updated, the code won't work. Share the current join link from your active session. To find the current join link: 1. Open your active session in [Pear Deck](https://app.peardeck.com). 2. Click **Share** or locate the join link in your Projector View or Dashboard View. 3. Copy and share the updated link with students. ### Check the Student's Browser Students can join Pear Deck sessions on Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and Safari on most devices. Chrome is recommended for the most reliable experience. If a student sees an error on Safari or a mobile browser, ask them to switch to Chrome. Students can join and respond to all question types on mobile devices using Chrome. ### Confirm the Session Is Still Active A session set to **Closed** will not accept new joins, even from a valid join link. If students see an error indicating the session is unavailable, check the session status. 1. Go to [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) in Pear Deck. 2. Locate the session and confirm its status is **Live** or **Student-Paced**. 3. If the status is **Closed**, select **More Actions** and choose **Reopen Session**. ### Check Student Cookies Students' browsers must allow third-party cookies from `*.peardeck.com` and `*.joinpd.com`. If a student's Chromebook is managed by the school, a policy may be blocking these. Ask your IT admin to review cookie policies for student devices. ## Stale Session Links Each time you present a lesson, Pear Deck creates a new session with a new join code. Students who try to join using a join code or link from a previous session will see an error if that session is closed. Join codes expire after 1 week. Join links are permanent and will reopen an archived session when a student uses them, but they will not work if the session is set to **Closed**. To avoid stale link errors: * Share the join link from each new session at the start of class, rather than reusing old codes. * If you post join links in Google Classroom or a learning management system, update the link each time you present. * To keep students out of old sessions, set them to **Closed** before archiving. For more detail on how session statuses and join links work, see [Understand Pear Deck Sessions](/products/pear-deck/understand-sessions). ## Network and Allowlist Issues If Pear Deck loads partially, responses stop syncing mid-session, or students see errors that look like network problems, a school firewall may be blocking a required domain. Run the [Pear Deck Network Test](https://app.peardeck.com/networktest) on the affected device. The test checks each required service and flags anything that's blocked. Ask your IT admin to allow the following domains on the school firewall: | Domain | Purpose | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------- | | `*.peardeck.com` | Main website, services, and static files | | `*.joinpd.com` | Student join URL | | `*.firebaseio.com` | Real-time communication during sessions | | `*.googleapis.com`, `*.google.com`, `*.googleusercontent.com`, `*.gstatic.com` | Google integration | | `*.s3.amazonaws.com` | Images shown on student devices | For the complete list of required domains, see [Technical Requirements for Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/review-technical-requirements). ## Browser Requirements Pear Deck supports the latest versions of Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and Safari on computers. Chrome is recommended for teachers presenting from the Pear Deck web app or Google Slides. The Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on is only supported on computers. You cannot open the add-on sidebar on an iPhone, iPad, or other mobile device. You can start a session from [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home) on any device, and students can join and respond to all question types on mobile devices. **Safari limitations:** Safari may block third-party cookies by default, which prevents Pear Deck from loading correctly. If you or your students encounter errors in Safari, switch to Chrome. If switching browsers isn't possible, adjust Safari's privacy settings to allow cross-site cookies from `*.peardeck.com`. **Mobile limitations:** Students can join sessions and respond to questions on mobile browsers. Teachers cannot use the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on or the Pear Deck for PowerPoint add-in on mobile devices. ## Contact Support If you've worked through all the steps above and Pear Deck still doesn't load, contact GoGuardian Support. Include the following to help the support team identify the cause: * A screenshot of the full browser window, including the URL bar and any error message * The browser and version you're using * Whether the issue affects 1 device or all devices on the network * The results of the [Pear Deck Network Test](https://app.peardeck.com/networktest), if available ## Resources Review supported devices, browsers, network domains, and account requirements. Configure browser and network cookie settings required for Pear Deck to function. Resolve issues with the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on failing to appear or load. Learn how session statuses, join codes, and join links work. # Troubleshoot Pear Deck Session Launch Issues Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-pear-deck-wont-start Step-by-step diagnosis for when Pear Deck won't start, the extension fails, or you see errors when launching a live session. Use this article when clicking **Start Session** produces nothing, returns an internal error, or the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on fails to load before class begins. Work through each section in order. Most launch issues resolve at the extension or browser step. ## Check Your Extension The Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on must be installed and enabled before you can start a session from Google Slides. 1. Open Google Slides and go to **Extensions** in the top menu. 2. Confirm that **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on** appears in the list. 3. Select **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on** → **Open Pear Deck Add-on** to open the sidebar. If the Add-on does not appear in the **Extensions** menu, it is not installed. See [Fix the Pear Deck Add-on Not Loading in Google Slides](/products/pear-deck/fix-extension-not-loading-in-google-slides) for installation and permission steps. If the Add-on appears in the menu but the sidebar loads blank or immediately closes, skip to **Verify Your Browser and Cookie Settings** below. **Confirm the Add-on is up to date:** 1. In Chrome, go to **chrome://extensions**. 2. Turn on **Developer mode** in the top-right corner. 3. Click **Update** to force an update check for all installed extensions. 4. Reload Google Slides and try starting the session again. You can also start a Pear Deck session without the Google Slides Add-on by going directly to [app.peardeck.com/home](https://app.peardeck.com/home) and presenting from your lesson library. If you need the session to start immediately, this is the fastest path. ## Verify Your Browser and Cookie Settings Pear Deck requires cookies from several domains to authenticate your account and maintain a live session. If those cookies are blocked, the Add-on sidebar will fail to load or the **Start Session** button will not respond. **Confirm cookies are allowed:** 1. In Chrome, go to **Settings** → **Privacy and security** → **Third-party cookies**. 2. Under **Allowed to use third-party cookies**, confirm the following domains are present. Add any that are missing. * `*.peardeck.com` * `*.google.com` * `*.youtube.com` * `sign-in.microsoftonline.com` 3. Reload Google Slides and try starting the session again. For full browser-specific cookie instructions, see [Allow Cookies for Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/allow-cookies). Safari is not supported for teacher-facing Pear Deck features, including session launch. Use the latest version of Chrome, Firefox, or Edge. Students can join sessions on Safari. **Clear the cache if cookies are already allowed:** 1. In Chrome, go to **Settings** → **Privacy and security** → **Clear browsing data**. 2. Select **Cached images and files** and click **Clear data**. 3. Close all Google Slides tabs, then reopen your presentation and try again. ## Confirm Your Sign-In To launch a session, you must be signed in to Pear Deck with the correct account. A mismatch between your Google account in Chrome and your Pear Deck account is a common cause of errors. 1. Go to [app.peardeck.com/home](https://app.peardeck.com/home) and confirm you are signed in. 2. Verify that the account shown matches the Google or Microsoft account you use at school. If you have a personal Pear Deck account and a school account, make sure you are using the school account. 3. If your school uses Google SSO or Microsoft SSO, sign out of Pear Deck and sign back in through your school's identity provider. 4. Return to Google Slides and try starting the session again. If you see "Sign in to continue" inside the Add-on sidebar even though you believe you are signed in, the Add-on session has expired. Select **Sign in** inside the sidebar and complete the sign-in flow without closing the sidebar. ## Review Your Network Settings Pear Deck uses several external domains to serve content, handle real-time responses, and maintain the session connection. If your school's network or firewall blocks any of these, the session will fail to start or will drop mid-class. **Required domains to allow:** | Domain | Purpose | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------- | | `*.peardeck.com` | Main website, services, and static files | | `*.joinpd.com` | Student join URL | | `*.firebaseio.com` | Real-time communication during class | | `*.googleapis.com`, `*.google.com`, `*.googleusercontent.com`, `*.gstatic.com` | Google connectivity | | `*.s3.amazonaws.com` | Images shown on student devices | **Run the network diagnostic:** 1. Open [app.peardeck.com/networktest](https://app.peardeck.com/networktest) on the affected device. 2. Review the results. Any blocked item identifies a domain that needs to be added to the network allowlist. 3. Share the results with your IT admin if you cannot update firewall settings yourself. For the complete list of required domains and client IDs, see [Technical Requirements for Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/review-technical-requirements). ## Confirm Which Mode Your Session Is Using Pear Deck sessions launch differently depending on the mode. If you are not sure which mode applies to your lesson, the difference may explain why the session is not behaving as expected. **Teacher-paced sessions:** * You control which slide students see. Students cannot advance on their own. * Requires the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or Pear Deck Home to be open and active. * The session closes when you end it or close the presenter view. **Student-paced sessions:** * Students navigate through slides independently. You do not need to keep the session open. * Does not require the Add-on to be running after you start the session. * Start a student-paced session from the [Sessions page](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions): locate the session, select **More Actions**, and choose **Turn on Student-Paced**. If you intended to start a student-paced session but the Add-on sidebar is preventing launch, go directly to [app.peardeck.com/home/sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) and switch the session to student-paced from there. To switch from teacher-paced to student-paced, the session must be in Live status. If it is Closed, reopen it first, then switch to student-paced. ## Collect This Before Contacting Support If you have worked through all sections above and the session is now running, no further action is needed. If it still will not start, contact GoGuardian Support. Gathering the following information before reaching out reduces the time it takes to diagnose the issue. * **Browser name and version:** In Chrome, go to **Help** → **About Google Chrome** to see the version number. * **Extension version:** In Chrome, go to **chrome://extensions**, find **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on**, and note the version number shown under the extension name. * **Error message:** Copy the full text of any error message displayed in the Add-on sidebar or on the Pear Deck page. A screenshot of the error is also helpful. * **Network type:** Note whether you are on the school network, a home network, or a mobile hotspot. If on the school network, confirm whether a VPN is active. * **Steps already tried:** List the sections from this article you completed and what you observed after each step. Contact GoGuardian Support. # Understand Pear Deck File Permissions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/understand-pear-deck-file-permissions Learn why Pear Deck requests access to Google Drive or OneDrive and what each permission is used for When you create a Pear Deck teacher account, Pear Deck requests access to certain files and identifying information in your Google Drive or Microsoft OneDrive. These permissions allow Pear Deck to add interactivity to your slides and launch your presentations. Students do not need to create a Pear Deck account or grant file access when they join a teacher's presentation session. If a student wants to create and present their own Pear Deck slides, they must create a teacher account and grant the required file access during that process. ## Google Drive Permissions Pear Deck requests the following permissions from Google Drive when you connect your account. Each permission supports a specific feature. * **View your files:** lets Pear Deck open and present the files in your Google Drive. * **View your presentations:** lets Pear Deck open and present your Google Slides presentations. * **View and manage files and folders created or opened with the Pear Deck app:** lets Pear Deck add interactive questions to your slides and save the changes. * **Add Pear Deck to your Google Drive:** lets Pear Deck create and store new presentations and Pear Deck files in your Drive. ## Microsoft OneDrive Permissions Pear Deck requests the following permissions from Microsoft Office 365 OneDrive. **Sign in and read user profile / Sign users in / View users' basic profile** Pear Deck uses these permissions to identify you when you sign in to your account in PowerPoint Online and on the Pear Deck Home page. Your profile information displays your name in profile settings, and your email address determines whether you have Premium status and is used to send product updates. **Read all files that user can access** Pear Deck uses this permission to let you interactively present files and presentations from your OneDrive. This also allows you to launch presentations from Pear Deck Home. **Have full access to user files / Have full access to all files user can access** Pear Deck uses this permission to create new presentations on OneDrive. Write access is required to create and update PowerPoint files, for example when you click **Create Presentation** on the Pear Deck Home page or insert new interactive questions into a PowerPoint Online presentation. ## Pear Deck Commitment to Privacy Pear Deck is committed to the highest standards of protection for student data and personally identifiable information. See the [Pear Deck Privacy page](https://www.peardeck.com/privacy) for the full Privacy Policy. For additional questions, contact [privacy@peardeck.com](mailto:privacy@peardeck.com). ## Resources Set up a new Pear Deck teacher account with Google or Microsoft. Understand how students participate in a Pear Deck presentation without an account. # Pear Deck Security Practices Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/understand-security-practices Understand what data Pear Deck collects, how it is stored, and which third parties have access to it Pear Deck is designed to protect the privacy of teachers and students. This article describes the data Pear Deck needs to operate, how that data is stored, and the parties with whom it is shared. For specific rights and responsibilities, see the [Privacy Page](https://www.peardeck.com/privacy/), [Terms of Service](https://github.com/peardeck/policies/blob/master/terms-of-service.md), and [Privacy Policy](https://github.com/peardeck/policies/blob/master/privacy-policy.md). Send any questions to [privacy@peardeck.com](mailto:privacy@peardeck.com). ## Names, Email Addresses, and Passwords * Pear Deck never asks for your password when you sign in with a Google or Microsoft 365 account. Your password cannot be viewed by any Pear Deck staff member. * Pear Deck stores names and email addresses of teachers and students to provide reports and visualizations to teachers. Pear Deck never displays student information to other students or to anyone besides the student's teacher. Only the teacher who gave a presentation and collected responses directly from students may see those student names or responses. * Google or Microsoft manages and updates all personally identifiable information. Pear Deck will never ask teachers or students to enter that information manually. * Schools that have decided not to identify students by name in their email addresses will have that policy automatically enforced by Pear Deck. Pear Deck does not store student grades. * Only the CTO of Pear Deck has the ability to manually review any of this data, and must ask permission of each teacher before doing so. This review occurs only to resolve issues with the operation of the application. ## Presentation Files * Presentation decks are stored with three third parties: Google, Microsoft, and Firebase. Images from presentations are stored with Amazon Web Services. The decks themselves contain no student or teacher information collected by Pear Deck. * While presentations are stored on Google Drive or OneDrive, no Pear Deck staff member can view your presentation unless you manually share the file. After a teacher launches a presentation, only employees with special security authorization may review data, and they must ask permission of each teacher before doing so. * Pear Deck identifies individual usage of different features to improve the application. Pear Deck may use third-party services such as [segment.io](http://segment.io/) and Google for this purpose. This information is never shared with users or other parties. ## Third-Party Terms of Service The following services help store and analyze teacher and student data: * **Google Apps for Education** (including Google Drive): [http://www.google.com/apps/intl/en/terms/education\_terms.html](http://www.google.com/apps/intl/en/terms/education_terms.html) * **Firebase**: [https://www.firebase.com/terms/terms-of-service.html](https://www.firebase.com/terms/terms-of-service.html) * **Amazon Web Services**: [http://aws.amazon.com/agreement/](http://aws.amazon.com/agreement/) * **Google Analytics**: [http://www.google.com/analytics/terms/us.html](http://www.google.com/analytics/terms/us.html) * **Totango**: [https://www.totango.com/terms-of-use](https://www.totango.com/terms-of-use) * **Microsoft**: [https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/legal/intellectualproperty/copyright/default.aspx](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/legal/intellectualproperty/copyright/default.aspx) ## Resources Review the full privacy policy governing teacher and student data. Review the terms of service that apply to all Pear Deck users. # Understand Pear Deck Sessions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/understand-sessions Learn what a Session is, how Session statuses work, and how to archive and restore Sessions to keep your Sessions page organized. A Pear Deck Session is a single presentation run of a Deck or Vocabulary List. Each time you present to a class, Pear Deck creates a new Session and saves every student response inside it. If you present the same Deck to 3 different classes, you get 3 separate Sessions . one per run. Sessions cannot be permanently deleted. This is intentional: deleting a Session would destroy the student responses inside it. To keep your Sessions page organized, archive Sessions instead. ## Session Statuses Every Session has a status that controls how students can interact with it. There are 3 statuses. | Status | What it means | | ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Live** | The Session is active and teacher-paced. Students can join, but the teacher controls which slide is visible. Student View syncs to whatever the teacher shows in Projector or Dashboard View. Best for in-person or synchronous remote lessons. | | **Student-Paced** | Students can navigate through all slides independently and respond at their own pace. The teacher does not need to keep the Session open. Applies to Slides Sessions only. | | **Closed** | The Session is inactive. No one can join, even with a Join Link or Join Code. | Sessions also appear in one of 2 lists on your [Sessions page](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions): **Active** or **Archived**. Status and list location are independent. An archived Session can have any status. Vocabulary and Flashcard Factory Sessions work differently. They stay in Live status and cannot be set to Closed, though you can archive them. To keep students in a Flashcard Factory Session, keep your Projector View open in a browser tab. When you close it, students lose access. Sessions, turn on student-paced, zoomed Changing a Session's Status ## Change a Session's Status You can change the status of a Slides Session in 2 ways. **From the Sessions page:** 1. Go to [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) in Pear Deck. 2. Locate the Session. 3. Select **More Actions** on the Session card. 4. Choose **Turn on Student-Paced**, **End this Session**, or **Reopen Session** depending on the current status. **From the Projector or Dashboard View:** 1. Open the Projector or Dashboard View for the Session. 2. Hover over the Navigation Bar. 3. Select **More Actions**. 4. Choose **End this Session**, **Turn on Student-Paced**, or **Reopen Session**. To turn on Student-Paced, the Session must currently be Live. If the Session is Closed, reopen it first, then switch to Student-Paced. ## Archive a Session Sessions with no new student responses for 30 days are automatically archived. You can also archive a Session manually at any time. 1. Go to [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) in Pear Deck. 2. Locate the Session you want to archive. 3. Select **More Actions** on the Session card. 4. Select **Archive Session**. The Session moves from the Active list to the Archived list. Sessions page with the more actions menu open; the menu item entitled archive session is highlighted in blue Sessions page with the Archived tab highlighted in a red box; red arrow pointing out the link to restore a session… ## Restore an Archived Session 1. Go to [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) in Pear Deck. 2. Select the **Archived** tab. 3. Find the Session and select **Restore**. The Session moves back to the Active list. If a student joins an archived Session using its permanent Join Link, Pear Deck automatically restores the Session to the Active list. Join Codes expire after 1 week, but Join Links are permanent. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Can I Delete a Session? No. Sessions cannot be permanently deleted. Pear Deck preserves Sessions to protect student responses. To remove a Session from your Active list, archive it instead. ### Where Did My Session Go? Sessions with no new student responses for 30 days are automatically archived. Your Session and all its data are still available. To find it, go to [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) and select the **Archived** tab. ### How Long Do Join Codes and Join Links Last? Join Codes expire after 1 week. Join Links are permanent and can be used to rejoin a Session at any time. If a student uses a Join Link to enter an archived Session, Pear Deck restores it to the Active list automatically. ### How Do I Name a Session? Open the Projector or Dashboard View and select **More Actions**. Select **Unnamed Session** or the current Session name to rename it. ### Does Archiving a Session Prevent Students from Rejoining? No. Archiving is for organization only. It does not close the Session or restrict access. Students can still join an archived Session using its Join Link, which restores it to Active automatically. To prevent students from joining, set the Session status to Closed before archiving. # Canvas Integration for Teachers and Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-canvas-integration Connect Pear Deck to Canvas to deliver interactive presentations as assignments and review student responses When you integrate Pear Deck into Canvas, a Pear Deck presentation Session becomes an Assignment. Students in Canvas get instant access to the Session without needing a Join Code or link. Their responses are saved in your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) menu as usual. This integration is available only to users who have a district- or school-wide subscription to Pear Deck. Ask your school's Pear Deck administrator if you are eligible. Administrators, see [Install Pear Deck in Canvas](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-in-canvas) to set up the integration so teachers can access it. ## Start a Pear Deck Assignment (Teachers) 1. Have an interactive Pear Deck for Google Slides or PowerPoint Online Slides file ready to present. Presentation files are saved automatically in your Google Drive or OneDrive. You will select the one you want to present in step 10. 2. Open your course in Canvas. 3. Go to **Assignments**. 4. Click **+ Assignment**. Schoology, add assignment button, arrow 5. Customize your assignment. To add an interactive Pear Deck presentation, scroll down to **Submission Type**. Schoology, assignments, create new, scroll down to add pear deck 6. Next to **Submission Type**, open the drop-down menu and select **External Tool**. Then click **Find** to search for Pear Deck. Schoology assignment, submission type, external tool, pear deck, arrows, zoomed The Canvas administrator must install Pear Deck before it appears in this list. After installation, Pear Deck appears in the External Tools list when you click **Find**. 7. In the list of External Tools, click **Pear Deck** and then click **Select**. Schoology, configure external tool, pear deck highlighted 8. The Pear Deck URL appears in the **External URL** field of the Submission Type section. 9. When you finish customizing your assignment, scroll to the bottom of the page and click **Save and Publish**. 10. Click **Select a file from Drive**. The first time you present a Pear Deck file in Canvas, you will be prompted to sign in to Pear Deck. You can sign in to [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) in another tab to confirm it works. Schoology assignment, select a file from drive 11. The file picker opens. Select the Pear Deck for Google Slides or PowerPoint Online Slides presentation you want students to complete. Schoology, file chooser, blurred 12. Choose your Lesson Mode. One of the Presenter Views opens for you in Canvas depending on the mode you select: * **[Student-Paced Lessons](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons)** (asynchronous, recommended for this integration): The private Dashboard View opens so you can see students' names next to their responses in real time. When students open this assignment, they get navigation controls to scroll through the slides and respond to interactive questions. This mode also allows students to click **Submit Work** at the end of the assignment to officially close it. * **Instructor-Paced Mode** (synchronous): The Projector View opens and responses are anonymous by default. The Student View syncs to your current slide, so you need to advance the slides for students to see them and respond to interactive questions. 13. In either view, use the Navigation Bar controls to scroll through slides, show responses, open the More Actions (three-dot) menu to change the Lesson Mode, open the Dashboard in a new window, and more. Schoology, assignment, student-paced, more actions, open dashboard ## Have Students Complete Your Assignment Here is what students do: 1. Open Canvas. 2. Go to **Courses**. 3. Select the assignment the teacher created. 4. Scroll through the slides and respond to interactive questions. Responses are saved as usual in the teacher's [Pear Deck Home Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) regardless of Session Mode. 5. If the Session is in Student-Paced Mode, select **Submit Work** on the final slide to turn in and close the assignment. The Submit Work button does not appear in the Canvas Student View preview on the teacher's screen, but it does display on the final slide of the actual Student View. Canvas, student view button, arrow, cropped Canvas, student view, submit work button Screen Shot 2021-03-01 at 10.32.41 AM ## Grade Your Assignment In Canvas, you can manually assign points in the Gradebook, review the status of assignments for individual students, and open the Pear Deck Teacher Dashboard to view and evaluate individual responses. Pear Deck is not integrated with Canvas SpeedGrader at this time. **In Canvas:** 1. Go to **Courses** and select your course. 2. In Course Options, select **Grades**. Use the Canvas tools to customize your grading options. 3. Go back to the **Courses** page and click on the assignment to open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). Click through the slides in the Dashboard to see individual responses with student names. If the Projector View is open, click the three-dot menu to open the Dashboard in a new tab so names are visible. 4. Toggle back to the **Grades** page to adjust point values. 5. In the Dashboard, leave comments for individual students using Pear Deck [Teacher Feedback](/products/pear-deck/use-teacher-feedback). **In Pear Deck:** * Open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) and click on a slide to view all responses collected for it. You can open this Dashboard View from within your Pear Deck Assignment in Canvas. * [Export student responses](/products/pear-deck/export-student-responses) when you sign in to Pear Deck with Google. * Use Takeaways to extend your lesson and give students feedback when you sign in to Pear Deck with Google. When you publish Takeaways from Canvas, they are not automatically shared with your students. To share a Takeaway, open Google Drive → **Pear Deck** → **Takeaways** → the Deck folder → the Session folder. Open a Takeaway Doc to see who it belongs to, then click **Share** to share it in Drive with that student. To let the student continue adding to the Doc, select **Editor** next to their email address. Dashboard, text, leave feedback Drive, pear deck, takeaways, select folder Drive, share a takeaway doc, arrows ## Resources Set up the Pear Deck LTI integration in Canvas at the district or school level. Let students move through a Pear Deck presentation at their own pace. # Use Classroom Climate Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-classroom-climate Enable Classroom Climate to collect student mood and lesson feedback during Pear Deck sessions Classroom Climate gives teachers an extra layer of insight into how students are learning. By gathering feedback about student mood and feelings of achievement, you can gauge the success of a lesson while helping students develop greater self-awareness. ## Enable Classroom Climate 1. Go to your [Settings tab](https://app.peardeck.com/home/settings) and set Classroom Climate to **On**. 2. Choose the type of feedback you want to gather. You can collect mood data at the beginning of class, lesson feedback at the end of class, or both. Enable Classroom Climate PresentationSessionStudent-PearDeck.png PresentationSessionStudent-PearDeck.png Enable Classroom Climate Enable Classroom Climate Enable Classroom Climate Enable Classroom Climate Enable Classroom Climate ## Present Your Lesson Once Classroom Climate is enabled, Pear Deck automatically presents students with the feedback prompts you selected. No additional steps are required. * If you enable mood check, students see this screen as soon as they join your session: * If you enable lesson feedback, students see this screen as soon as you end the session: Students can submit their responses for up to one hour after you end the session. ## Use the Data After collecting responses, you have two ways to review the data. **Teacher Dashboard (Premium)** Open the Classroom Roster in the top-right corner of the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) to see mood data: Click **Mood** to sort students by mood response: Click **Name** to sort alphabetically: **Pear Deck Home Screen** On the [Pear Deck Home Screen](https://app.peardeck.com/home/), click a deck title to open its menu, then click the thumbs-up rating percentage or the roster number: This opens a report showing how the thumbs-up rating relates to student mood: ## Resources Review student responses and mood data in real time during a session. Learn how to launch a session and present slides to students. # Use Classroom Climate Data Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-classroom-climate-data View and act on student mood and lesson feedback data captured through Classroom Climate during and after sessions When you activate Classroom Climate, Pear Deck adds a layer of student wellbeing information to every session: mood check-ins at the start of class and lesson feedback at the end. This article explains how to read that data in real time, review it after class, and use mood and feedback together to identify patterns across students. ## Use Mood Data in Class When you start presenting a Pear Deck lesson, students join your session as usual. If you have turned on Classroom Climate in your [Settings](https://app.peardeck.com/home/settings), Pear Deck displays a quick prompt on the Student View asking students to indicate their mood before the lesson begins. While we're waiting for things to get started: How are you feeling today? Row of smilies or skip As the teacher, you can see responses to this prompt in the private [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) (a Premium feature). Use the layout toggle in the top left corner of the dashboard to adjust how responses are displayed. Screenshot of teacher dashboard with response layout type highlighted and list of responses showing Click **Roster** in the Dashboard to see which students have joined your session and view a heat map of how the class is feeling. screenshot of teacher dashboard, highlighting where roster is screenshot of classroom roster To sort students by mood and quickly identify who may need support, click **Mood** in the roster column header. screenshot of classroom roster with mood highlighted ### Respond to Mood Data Here are ways mood data might shape what you do next in the lesson. * **Most students report a positive mood, with a few reporting a negative mood.** Continue the lesson as planned, but be attentive to those students. Avoid putting them on the spot or calling on them unexpectedly. * **A high percentage of students report a negative mood.** Consider pausing the lesson. If students are not in a receptive state, pressing ahead may be less effective than checking in with the group first. * **You want to understand more about what students are feeling.** Hover over the bottom of any slide to open the Navigation Bar, then click **New Prompt**. Choose a Text Question type and ask students verbally to explain their mood selection. Their responses may reveal something affecting the broader class: fatigue, stress, or a situation that calls for a shift in tone or pacing. ## Review Lesson Feedback Data After Class When you are ready to end the class, click **END** in the session controls. Pear Deck then displays a "How did it go?" prompt on the Student View, where students select a thumbs up or thumbs down. Students have one hour to respond before the poll closes. This data gives you a quick read on whether students felt engaged by the lesson. The question is intentionally broad so it works across all class types. You can give students a more specific prompt verbally, for example, "Did you think this lesson was engaging?" or "Do you feel like you learned something?" Use the aggregate results to identify your most effective lessons and revisit them. To find lesson feedback data after class: 1. Open your [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) screen. 2. Go to the **Present a File** section, or navigate directly to [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). 3. Click a deck title to see all sessions associated with that file. 4. Click either the student attendance number or the thumbs up rating to open the roster and view Classroom Climate data. that's it! your teacher has ended this lesson. how did it go? thumbs up or thumbs down ## Use Mood and Lesson Feedback Data Together When you click the student attendance number or the thumbs up percentage in the sessions list, Pear Deck displays a full report showing each student's mood check-in alongside their end-of-lesson feedback rating. image shows a full report on each student's mood and feedback This combined view helps you identify correlations between how students felt at the start of class and how they rated the lesson. * **Many thumbs down ratings came from students who also reported a negative mood.** This may reflect emotional state rather than lesson quality. However, if students who reported a positive mood also gave a thumbs down, the lesson itself may need revision before you use it again. * **The same student repeatedly reports a negative mood and rates lessons with a thumbs down.** This pattern may indicate that something is preventing the student from engaging. A more direct check-in or intervention may be appropriate. For further reading on supporting students' social and emotional wellbeing, see [Teaching Social Skills to Improve Grades and Lives](http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2015/07/24/building-social-skills-to-do-well-in-math/) by David Bornstein. ## Resources Navigate the Teacher Dashboard to monitor student responses and control your session in real time. Turn on Classroom Climate in your Pear Deck settings to start collecting mood and feedback data. # Use the District Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-district-library Publish, find, copy, rate, report, edit, and unpublish lessons in your district's shared Pear Deck library Use the District Library to share and discover standards-aligned Pear Deck lessons across your district. You can publish your own lessons, copy lessons from colleagues, rate and report content, and manage what you have published. ## Before You Start * Your district must have a domain or district Pear Deck subscription. Individual and free accounts do not have access to the District Library tab. * The District Library is available only from the Pear Deck web app at [app.peardeck.com](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/district-library). It is not available inside Canvas, Schoology, or Microsoft Teams. * To publish a lesson, you need a Google Slides file saved in Google Drive. ## Publish a Lesson 1. Sign in to your Pear Deck account and navigate to [District Library](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/district-library). 2. Click **Publish a Lesson**. 3. Click **Select a File from Drive** and choose the Google Slides file you want to add. Select File from Drive screen 4. Fill out the lesson details, including title, subjects covered, grade levels, and relevant standards. Lesson information filled out 5. Check the box to publish your file to the District Library and agree to Pear Deck's [Terms of Service](https://github.com/peardeck/policies/blob/main/terms-of-service.md). You can also choose to be credited as the creator of the lesson. publishandsharess2.png 6. Click **Publish My Lesson**. Your lesson is now visible in the District Library. Published Lesson in the District Library You can also publish a lesson directly from the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on. Open the Pear Deck sidebar in Google Slides, click the menu button, and click **Publish and Share**. Then complete steps 5 and 6 above. Publish and Share button in Pear Deck Sidebar ## Find and Copy a Lesson 1. Navigate to the [District Library](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/district-library). 2. Use the search bar or click **Filter** to narrow results by grade level and subject. Click **+ Select Standards** to filter by specific standards, then click **Apply Filters**. District Library search, subject drown-down menu 3. Click a lesson to open a preview. 4. Click **Copy to My Drive**. 5. Click **Make a Copy** to save the lesson to your Google Drive. Your copy opens in Google Slides. 6. Customize the copy as needed. Your edits do not affect the original lesson in the District Library. 7. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on sidebar and click **Start Lesson** when you are ready to present. District Library Search Results for categories: 7th grade, biology District Library deck page, Copy to Drive button Google Make a Copy screen Copy of deck from District Library opened in Google Slides ## Rate a Lesson Ratings give you and your colleagues a quick signal about which lessons teachers have found most valuable. You can rate any lesson in the District Library from 1 to 5 stars. 1. Select a lesson from the District Library and click **Add Rating**. District Library deck page 2. Choose the number of stars and click **Save Rating**. To update your rating, click **Edit Rating** on the lesson and select a new star value. District Library deck page, save rating option District Library Deck page, edit rating option District Library, Report File option District Library, reported deck ## Report a Lesson If a lesson should not be in the District Library, you can flag it for review. The Subscription Manager, the person in your district who manages your Pear Deck subscription, receives reported lessons and can remove them from the library. 1. Select the lesson from the District Library, then click **Report this File**. 2. A confirmation banner appears, confirming that the lesson has been sent to your Subscription Manager for review. ## Edit a Published Lesson You can update the metadata, title, subjects, grade levels, and standards, for any lesson you have published. 1. Navigate to the [District Library](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/district-library) and locate your lesson using the search bar or filters. 2. Click your lesson, then click **Edit**. 3. Click **Edit your lesson details**, make your changes, then scroll down and click **Preview File**. To update the slides themselves, open the original Google Slides file and make edits there. Changes to the original file are automatically reflected in the District Library listing. Copies other teachers have already made are not affected. District Library deck page, 'Edit your lesson details' option highlighted Edit lesson page, preview file button ## Unpublish a Lesson 1. Navigate to the [District Library](https://app.peardeck.com/home/content-orchard/district-library) and locate your lesson using the search bar or filters. 2. Click your lesson, then click **Edit**. 3. Click **Unpublish Lesson**. 4. Confirm by clicking **Unpublish My Lesson**. Your lesson is removed from the District Library. Other teachers keep any copies they already made. To make the lesson available again, click **Re-publish file** on the unpublished lesson. District Library deck page, edit button, unpublish lesson option Are you sure you want to unpublish your lesson pop-up District Library unpublish your lesson pop-up # Use the Flashcard Factory Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-flashcard-factory Run a collaborative vocabulary game where students create example sentences and illustrations for a shared flashcard set The Flashcard Factory is a team-oriented vocabulary game in Pear Deck where students work together to create flashcards by writing example sentences and illustrations for a list of vocabulary terms. At the end of the game, you and your students review all submitted cards, select the final set, and then print or export to Gimkit Live. Pear Deck Vocabulary and the Flashcard Factory are available only for users who sign in with a Google account. Both teachers and students must sign in with a Google account to use the Flashcard Factory. ## Create a Vocabulary List 1. Go to [Pear Deck](https://app.peardeck.com/home/) and sign in as a teacher. 2. Click **Flashcard Factory**. 3. Add vocabulary terms by pasting in a list or typing terms directly. Merriam-Webster is available to help fill in definitions as you go. You can choose whether to provide definitions. During the game, students write an example sentence for each card, or you can instruct them to write definitions instead. For a full walkthrough of building your list, see [Create a Vocabulary List](/products/pear-deck/create-vocabulary-list). ## Play the Flashcard Factory Game Projecting the game in front of the room makes it more engaging, but a projector is not required. 1. In the Vocabulary Editor, click the blue **Play Flashcard Factory** button. 2. Pear Deck displays join instructions on your Projector View. Students go to [joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/), sign in with their Google account, and enter the session code displayed on screen. 3. Monitor the student count in the upper-right corner. When everyone has joined, click **Clock In**. 4. Students are automatically paired to create cards together. If the class has an uneven number of students, one student works alone. Click **Shuffle Teams** to redistribute pairings. 5. Click **Let's Play** to enter the Production Phase. Once you move into the Production Phase, you cannot navigate back to shuffle teams or view groups. Students who join after the Production Phase begins work independently on their own cards. 6. Students create their cards in the Student View. You can review submissions on the Projector View as they come in and identify the strongest examples for the final set. ## Choose Your Final Flashcard Set 1. When you are ready to stop card creation, click **Quality Control** to move to the Quality Control phase. 2. In Quality Control, approve or dismiss each card for the final set. Displaying the Projector View lets the whole class weigh in together. 3. After reviewing all cards, click **Shipping Phase** to proceed. ## See Who Made Each Card Pear Deck shows student responses anonymously by default. When you need to identify who created a specific card, you can reveal the name without displaying it to the class. 1. Open the Flashcard Factory game. You can do this during a live session or by reopening the game from your [Sessions menu](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). 2. Go to **Quality Control**. 3. Hover your cursor over a card and wait a few seconds. The student's name appears. If a card is distracting or better addressed privately, click the **X** to remove it from the main screen and exclude it from the final set. ## Export, Print, and Review the Cards 1. In the Shipping Phase, click **Print Set** or **Export to Gimkit Live**. 2. A new window opens. Select **Print Flashcard Set** or **Export to Gimkit**. * **Print:** The print menu opens. If a flashcard is missing a definition, example, or image, the printed card includes blank space so students can fill it in by hand. * **Export to Gimkit:** Students receive a direct link to the set in [Gimkit](https://www.gimkit.com/) on their screens, and you get the link on your Projector View. New Gimkit users need a free Gimkit account to play. When you publish a set to Gimkit through Pear Deck, it lives in the Pear Deck account and is always available to replay at no cost. Copying a set to a personal Gimkit account counts toward the 5-kit limit on the Gimkit Free plan. ## Resources Build and manage the vocabulary term list used in the Flashcard Factory game. Visual walkthrough of the Flashcard Factory game from the Pear Deck help center. # Use Flip Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-flip Integrate Flip video discussions into Pear Deck lessons using Pear Deck templates and the Website interactive question type GoGuardian Pear Deck has partnered with Flip to help educators facilitate effective, interactive discussions with their students. Flip is a free video discussion platform that makes learning more engaging and empowering. Use this guide to set up a Flip account, find Pear Deck templates in the Flip Discovery Library, and embed Flip topics directly into your Pear Deck slide deck. ## Set Up Pear Deck and Flip 1. Sign up for a [free Flip account](https://info.flipgrid.com/). Flip is available for Microsoft and Google users. 2. Create a Flip Group. A Group is a shared space within Flip where you can invite learners to join a Discussion. 3. Share your Group and invite learners to engage with the Topic. 4. Record videos on the Topic or create a new Topic. Learners can record videos in your Group. For more information on setting up your Flip account, visit [Flip's Getting Started guide](https://help.flipgrid.com/hc/en-us/articles/360051539934-Getting-Started-Leads). FG3.png FG4.png FG5.png ## Integrate Pear Deck Templates on Flip 1. Navigate to the Flip **Discovery** page by clicking the dropdown menu in the upper right-hand corner. FG1.png 2. Scroll down to the Partners section in the Discovery Library. Click **View all** and search for Pear Deck. FG2.png 3. Click on **Pear Deck** to start using Pear Deck Template Topics. You can also access Pear Deck templates directly on Flip's [Discovery Library Partner page](https://admin.flipgrid.com/discovery/partners/pear-deck). ![Pear Deck partner page in the Flip Discovery Library](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008fAr\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000005Ao4R) ## Select a Template Topic 1. Select the Pear Deck Topic you want to use and click **Add Topic**. ![Flip interface showing a Pear Deck Topic selected with the Add Topic button](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008fAr\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000005Ao50) 2. Add the Topic to one of your current Groups or create a new Group. ![Flip dialog for adding a Topic to an existing Group or creating a new Group](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008fAr\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000005AGs3) 3. When adding to a current Group, select a Group and click **Save to group**. FG6.png 4. Click **Go to my topics**. FG7.png 5. Click into the Pear Deck Topic to access the templates and embed Flip into your slide deck. FG8.png ## Embed Flip into Pear Deck 1. Open the template. ![Flip template open and ready to use](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008fAr\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000005Ao92) 2. Click **Get Your Copy** and copy the file to your Drive. ![Flip template showing the Get Your Copy button](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008fAr\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EM4N000005Ao9H) 3. Open the Pear Deck Add-On in Google Slides by following the directions in the lower left-hand corner. 4. Navigate to the slide where you want the Flip Topic embedded. 5. In the Pear Deck sidebar, click the **Website** interactive question type. ![Pear Deck sidebar in Google Slides with the Website interactive question type highlighted](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000008fAr\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EMVu000008j9ov) 6. Go back to Flip and locate the **Share** button for the Topic. FG13.png 7. Copy the URL. FG14.png 8. Go back to the Pear Deck slide, paste the Flip URL, and click **Update slide**. FG15.png The Flip Topic is now embedded on the slide. 9. Launch the Pear Deck session by clicking **Start Lesson**. FG17.png When you launch the session, students can use Flip directly within the Pear Deck session. FG9.png FG10.png FG11.png FG16.png FG18.png ## Resources Learn how to set up Pear Deck and run your first interactive lesson. Embed any website into a Pear Deck slide using the Website interactive question type. # Formative Assessment Templates Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-formative-assessment-templates Add educator-created slide templates to any Pear Deck lesson to support warm-ups, reflection, and deeper engagement Pear Deck's Formative Assessment Slide Templates were created by GoGuardian's team of educators. You can add these templates to any Pear Deck lesson to help students warm up for the day, think more deeply about a subject, or reflect on what they have learned. Templates are available in the Template Library and cover Beginning, During, and End of Lesson formats for any subject or grade level, as well as Social-Emotional Learning, Math, and Critical Thinking categories. ## Get the Slide Templates First, create your Pear Deck account. You can sign in with a Google account or a Microsoft 365 account. Then, open the [Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/pear-deck/amfkiahebibbkifgdjdfplkjohlgfdgg) or the Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Add-in. **If you're using Pear Deck for Google Slides:** Many templates can be added directly from inside the Google Slides Add-on sidebar. Additional templates and Example Decks can be viewed and copied from the [Pear Deck Orchard](https://www.peardeck.com/orchard). **If you're using Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online:** 1. Download the templates. 2. Upload them to OneDrive. 3. Open the presentation of your choice and copy the templates into it. PowerPoint Online users can also access the Template Library from the PowerPoint Add-in sidebar. You can change the background image, text, or question type of any Slide Template you add to your presentation. The templates are designed to jumpstart your use of Interactive Slides. Feel free to adjust the question, font, theme, text color, or background image to fit your lesson. Keep the bar with the Pear icon at the bottom of the slide. If it is deleted or moved, the slide will no longer be interactive. ## Template Types ### Beginning of Lesson This group of templates introduces a lesson and gets students thinking. They include warm-up, temperature check, and reflection slides that are easy to customize for any class. ### During Lesson These templates prompt additional thought, discussion, and deeper engagement mid-lesson. Slide types include true/false, checks for understanding, summary, diagrams, maps, graphs, and more. Each type can be customized for a wide range of subjects. ### End of Lesson Wrap up class with reflection opportunities and exit tickets that help students consolidate what they have learned. ## Critical Thinking and Social-Emotional Learning Use these templates to help students explore topics more thoroughly or engage with the five core SEL themes: Mindfulness, Empathy, Active Listening, Mutual Respect, and Mind-Body Connections. ## Subject-Specific Templates Templates are also available for specific subject areas, including Littles, Math, Science, Social Studies, World Languages, and ELA. Use them to jumpstart lessons with ready-made interactive slides tailored to your curriculum. Formative Assessment templates ## Resources Create your account and set up the Pear Deck Add-on for Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. Learn about the question and response types available when building interactive Pear Deck slides. # Use the Pear Deck for Google Classroom Add-on Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-google-classroom-add-on Assign Pear Deck sessions through Google Classroom and review student responses without a join code The Pear Deck for Google Classroom Add-on lets teachers assign interactive Pear Deck sessions directly through Google Classroom. Students open the session from their Classwork tab (no join code required) and teachers can review responses and leave feedback from within the assignment. ## Admin Install Before you can use the add-on, your Google admin must perform a domain install so teachers can access it. Admins can initiate the install from the Google Workspace Marketplace. If they need instructions, refer them to the [admin install guide](/products/pear-deck/install-google-classroom-add-on-admin). ## Assign a Pear Deck 1. Create a new Assignment and click the **Pear Deck for Google Slides** button under **Add-ons**. New Assignment window; red arrow pointing at the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on button 2. Create a new Pear Deck, or click **Select from Drive** to choose from a previously created deck in your Google Drive. Assign a lesson with Google Classroom; button choices: Select From Drive and Create a Lesson 3. Once you have chosen a deck, the session defaults to Student-Paced mode. You can change it to Instructor-Paced if you prefer. Exit the smaller pop-up window to review the deck, then click **Confirm Lesson** when you are ready to add it to the assignment. Google Classroom Confirm Lesson 4. Confirm all assignment details are correct, then click **Assign**. Google Classroom Assign lesson window ## What Students See 1. The Pear Deck assignment appears in the students' Classwork tab. Students click the assignment to open it. No join code is needed. 2. Students move freely through the deck in Student-Paced mode, answering interactive questions along the way. 3. When students reach the end of the deck, they are prompted to submit the assignment by clicking **Turn In**. Pear Deck Assignment in the students’ Classwork tab Student view of Google Classroom lesson Google Classroom Submit lesson; red arrow pointing to the turn in button ## Review Student Work 1. Navigate to the **Student Work** tab of the assignment to review student responses. Click a student's name to open Pear Deck's Reflect & Review window. 2. From this view, leave Teacher Feedback on each interactive question slide, and add private comments and a grade for the assignment. Students can see this feedback immediately when they reopen the deck. Students can change their responses until you end the session. 3. Click the **Dashboard** button to navigate to the Teacher Dashboard, where you can end the session. 4. After ending the session, access the Reflect & Review link to share with your students. 5. Sharing the Reflect & Review link allows students to review the slides and their own responses, including any Teacher Feedback you left, without being able to change their answers. Reviewing student work window with red arrow pointing to a sample student assignment Google Classroom Reflect & Review window Red arrow pointing to the Teacher Dashboard button in Reflect & Review window Google Classroom Session window with red arrow pointing to the End button Google Classroom - open Reflect & Review window ## Resources Set up the Pear Deck for Google Classroom Add-on across your domain. Learn the basics of creating and running Pear Deck sessions. # Google Classroom Integration Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-google-classroom-integration Connect Pear Deck to Google Classroom to invite classes and publish Takeaways directly from your Session Google Classroom Integration lets you invite your Google Classroom classes directly from the Projector View or the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) of any Pear Deck Session. You can also automatically post your Takeaways™ to your Classroom feed at the end of the Session. This feature is available to Premium users who sign in to Pear Deck with a Google account. ## Enable Google Classroom Before you can invite students from Google Classroom or post Takeaways there, confirm that Google Classroom Integration is enabled in your Account Settings. Once you enable it, Google Classroom Integration tools appear automatically in your Pear Deck Sessions. 1. Go to your [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/). 2. Click your person icon. 3. Go to the [Settings](/products/pear-deck/manage-account-settings) tab. 4. Turn Google Classroom **On**. Pear Deck Launchpad with red arrows pointing to the Account Profile icon and to the My Account list item in the… Settings Page with red arrow pointing to the Google Classroom on/off toggle button ## Invite Students from the Teacher Dashboard With Google Classroom Integration enabled, you can invite students to join your Session from the Teacher Dashboard. 1. [Start your Pear Deck Session](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session). 2. Open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). 3. In the Dashboard, click the blue **Roster** button in the top-right corner of the screen. 4. In the Roster, click **Invite Your Classroom**. 5. Choose the Google Classroom section you want to invite. As students join, their names light up in the roster. Cropped view of the teacher dashboard showing a red arrow pointing to the blue session roster button, which… window showing Google Classroom section choices with check boxes beside each and a blue button entitled invite this… Class roster window showing a list of invited students. Students who have joined are indicated by the word joined in… ## Invite Students from the Projector View You can also invite students directly from the Join Instructions screen in the Projector View of your Session. 1. [Start presenting](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) your Session. 2. In the Join Instructions screen, click **Invite Class**. Selecting **Invite Class** lets you pick a Google Classroom section to invite. To see the real-time Session roster, open the Teacher Dashboard. Projector view displaying a join code and and the option to invite class circled in red ## What Students See When students go to the Pear Deck join URL ([joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/)), they see a list of any presentations they have been invited to recently. They can click **Join** to enter the Session. If your Google Classroom roster is out of date or some students are not on it, students can still go to [joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/) and enter the 6-letter Session Join Code. Student view of a Pear Deck join page showing a session they have been invited to join. Blue join button is… ## Publish Takeaways to Google Classroom When Google Classroom Integration is enabled, you have the option to share the Takeaways link to your Google Classroom after you publish Takeaways. 1. At the end of your Session, open the Publish Takeaways window. 2. Click **Classroom** to share the link. The link is posted to Announcements. When a student clicks the Takeaways share link, Pear Deck automatically identifies who is signed in with Google and gives that student access to their own Takeaway Doc only. The teacher can access all Docs from the Session. Share takeaways window showing a takeaways link to share with students and a share button entitled classroom. ## Resources Navigate the Dashboard View to manage your Session roster and student responses in real time. # Immersive Reader Integration Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-immersive-reader Enable Microsoft Immersive Reader in Pear Deck to give students multilingual, multi-sensory reading support on every slide Immersive Reader is available to all Pear Deck users. Students with learning differences often need extra time and individualized support during classroom activities. Using the right assistive technology can help these students become confident, independent learners who feel empowered to participate fully and share their ideas with their teachers and peers. ## What Is Immersive Reader? Immersive Reader is a service developed by Microsoft that encourages reading and improves comprehension with a full set of proven literacy-enhancing features. With Immersive Reader, students can activate multi-sensory, multilingual learning techniques such as having text read aloud or translated into different languages, highlighting specific lines of text, changing fonts and sizes to improve readability, and visualizing word meanings through illustrations. ## Who Can Use It? All Pear Deck users (including those who are Premium, on a trial of Premium, or on the Free plan) can enable this feature. ## Does It Work for Both Google Slides and PowerPoint? Yes. Regardless of whether a teacher created a lesson in Google Slides or PowerPoint, the integration functions for the student as long as the teacher has it enabled. ## How Does It Work in Pear Deck? First, enable Immersive Reader in your Pear Deck settings. Then, [present your lesson](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) as usual. Students who join your session will automatically see the Immersive Reader button on every slide with readable text. Immersive Reader renders text that is typed directly into your Google Slides or PowerPoint Online slides. It cannot render text from images or from the Multiple Choice options added via the Pear Deck Add-on or Add-in sidebar. To display multiple choice options or text from images in Immersive Reader, type the text or options in a text box on the slide. Here is what the Immersive Reader button looks like in the Student View: By clicking the button, students instantly access a host of tools to help them read the text on the slide. The tools include the option to have text read aloud, break text into syllables, increase spacing between lines and letters, highlight parts of speech, change text size, and more. Students can click the back arrow at the top left of their screen to return to the regular slide view. [Learn more about Immersive Reader.](https://www.onenote.com/learningtools) Student view, immersive reader button Screen Shot 2020-01-09 at 2.53.17 PM ## How Do I Enable Immersive Reader? 1. Go to your [Pear Deck Settings](https://app.peardeck.com/home/settings) page by navigating to **Pear Deck Home** → **My Account** → **Settings**. 2. Locate the Immersive Reader setting and turn it on. This setting applies to all future sessions until you turn it off. Settings tab is circled in red and red arrow pointing to Immersive Reader setting ## Does Immersive Reader Work in Student-Paced Mode? Yes, Immersive Reader works in Student-Paced Mode. ## Can Students Open Immersive Reader with a Keyboard Only? No. Students need to use a mouse, touchpad, or touch screen to activate Immersive Reader via the icon. ## Resources Start and manage a live Pear Deck session with your class. Learn how students join and interact with Pear Deck sessions. # Pear Deck Instant Share Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-instant-share Open Pear Deck sessions, access templates, and create decks directly from GoGuardian Teacher class sessions Pear Deck Instant Share lets teachers open Pear Deck sessions for students, access Pear Deck templates, and create new decks directly from their GoGuardian Teacher class sessions. ## Requirements Using Pear Deck Instant Share requires both GoGuardian Teacher access and a Pear Deck account. To use this feature and link accounts, the Pear Deck and GoGuardian email addresses must match. If the email address connected to an existing Pear Deck account does not match, you will need to create a new Pear Deck account. ## Get Started and Link Accounts To get started, click the Peary icon in the bottom left-hand corner of your GoGuardian Teacher page. Teachers with an existing Pear Deck account can click **Link Account** to connect their Pear Deck and GoGuardian accounts by following a short email selection prompt. Teachers without an active Pear Deck account can sign up for a free trial by clicking **Sign Up for a Free Trial** and following the email selection prompt. After the trial has been initiated, clicking Peary again will prompt you to **Link Account** and follow an account selection prompt to finish the process. Once account linking is complete, a new **Pear Deck** tab appears while GoGuardian Teacher classes are in session. Clicking the Pear Deck tab provides the following options: * [Open an existing file in your Drive](#opening-an-existing-file-in-google-drive) * [Create a Pear Deck lesson](#creating-a-pear-deck-lesson) * [Visit the Content Orchard](#visiting-the-content-orchard) ## Open an Existing File in Google Drive Choosing to open an existing file launches a Google Drive file selection window containing saved Google Slides presentation files. Select a file from your personal Google Drive account, or select **Shared drives** to choose a presentation file that has been shared with you. Once a file has been selected, a student selection modal appears. Use **Select All** to select all students in the classroom, or select students individually by checking the box next to each name. After completing the selection, choose either **Present Student-Paced** or **Present Live**. The Student-Paced option allows students to navigate through the presentation at their own pace, while Present Live gives teachers control over the pace of the presentation. For more information on lesson pacing options, refer to [Student-Paced Lessons](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons). Google Drive file selection menu 'Select students for this Pear Deck' menu ## Create a Pear Deck Lesson Opting to create a Pear Deck lesson opens a new Google Slides presentation that can be customized and used in class as needed. If you have not previously used Pear Deck, select the Pear Deck icon and install the Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on. For more information on the add-on and creating a new lesson, refer to [Create a New Pear Deck Lesson](/products/pear-deck/create-a-new-lesson). Google Slides deck highlighting the Pear Deck button ## Visit the Content Orchard The Pear Deck Content Orchard contains a library of free template packs that can be used and customized to improve class engagement. For more information on the Content Orchard and how to use it, refer to [Content Orchard](/products/pear-deck/add-premade-slide-templates). Pear Deck's content orchard page ## Resources Learn how to let students navigate presentations at their own pace. Build a new Pear Deck lesson using the Google Slides add-on. # The Six Interactive Question Types Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-interactive-question-types Understand each of the six Pear Deck interactive question types and how students respond to each one GoGuardian Pear Deck offers six interactive question types that let students respond directly on their devices during a presentation session. Before you begin, [create a Pear Deck account](/products/pear-deck/create-a-pear-deck-account) and install the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or the [PowerPoint Online Add-in](/products/pear-deck/get-pear-deck-for-powerpoint-online). You can then customize lessons in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online. ## Create Interactive Slides Use the editing tools in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online to add a question, prompt, equation, list, or image to your slide. Then use the interactive question types in the Pear Deck Sidebar to determine how students respond in Student View. The six question types are: * Draggable * Drawing * Text * Number * Choice * Poll Two supplementary content types are also available: * **Audio:** Embed audio in a slide for students to listen to on their screens. * **Website:** Embed a website for students to explore on their screens. Students cannot insert a response the way they can with the six question types listed above. See [Embed Websites and Activities in Your Pear Deck](https://help.peardeck.com/embed-websites-and-activities-in-your-pear-deck) for more information. Image of a Pie chart that shows student responsees. Create Interactive Slides Projector View Overlaid Layout for Draggables slide Draggable, map, grid on projector (2) Projector view red pin icons choice for Draggables slide Projector View student response List Layout view Drawing, graphing slide, overlaid layout Projector View student response Grid view layout Text, list, on projector (2) Text, grid on projector, layout circled Image of a response with "126" and the "Submit Answer" button. Auto-grading of student's answer and real-time results for the student. show correct answers, one answer with green dot Projector View student response Overlaid layout Multiple choice, grid on projector pie chart, showing only correct answers grid view pie chart of submitted answers ## Response Layout Guide The interactive responses display on the Projector and Dashboard Views of a Pear Deck session. Click the **Show responses** button on the navigation bar. In the top left corner of the screen, change the response layout using the **List**, **Grid**, or **Overlaid** options. Users on the Schools and District plan can also change the response layout to a pie chart. Layout options, highlighted, projector ## Draggable Students respond by dragging objects over the slide in an Instructor-Paced or Student-Paced presentation session. For example, you can have students drag pins over a map. 1. Add your question, instructions, or images to the slide. 2. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or PowerPoint Online Add-in. In the sidebar, scroll down to the **Make Your Lesson Interactive** section and click **Draggable**. 3. In the pop-up menu, use the drop-down arrows to select the icons you want. Click the color boxes to change the colors, and move the slider to adjust the size of the draggable icons. When you are finished, click **Add to Slide**. Gslides editor, create draggable slide, red arrows 4. School and District customers who use Google Slides can also add text and emojis as custom draggable objects by clicking the option arrow and selecting **Text**. Emojis can be pasted into text fields or entered using your operating system's keyboard shortcuts after selecting the **Text** option from the dropdown. ### During a Presentation Session Click **Start Lesson** to present a session and have students join. When you reach a Draggable slide and click **Show responses**, the default display is the Overlaid Layout. You can also display responses individually by clicking **List** or **Grid** in the top left corner of the screen. Responses are always anonymous on the Projector View. * The Overlaid Layout shows all responses at once. * The Grid Layout shows thumbnails of individual student responses. * In the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard), you can select which icon type to show on the Projector. For example, you can choose to display only red pins. ## Drawing Response Students respond by drawing over the slide in an Instructor-Paced or Student-Paced presentation session. For example, they can graph a line. 1. Put your question, instructions, or images directly onto your slide. 2. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or PowerPoint Online Add-in. In the sidebar, scroll down to the **Make Your Lesson Interactive** section and click **Draw**. Gslides editor, create drawing slide ### During a Presentation Session Click **Start Lesson** to present a session and have students join. When you reach a Drawing slide and click **Show Responses**, click **List** or **Grid** in the top left corner to display each student's answer individually, or click **Overlaid** to display all answers on the same background. * The List Layout lets you see one student's response at a time and scroll through them. In the private [Dashboard View](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard), you can see students' names. * The Overlaid Layout displays all student drawings on the same background. * The Grid View shows thumbnails of each student's drawing. ## Free Response: Text Students respond by typing text. For example, you can ask which character from *To Kill a Mockingbird* a quote belongs to. 1. Add your question, instructions, or images directly into your slide. 2. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or PowerPoint Online Add-in. In the sidebar, scroll down to the **Make Your Lesson Interactive** section and click the **Text** option. ### During a Presentation Session Click **Start Lesson** to present a session and have students join. When you reach a Text response slide and click **Show Responses**, students can type into a text field on the Student View. In the top left corner of the screen, click **List Layout** or **Grid Layout**. * List Layout * Grid Layout Gslides editor, create text slide ## Free Response: Number Students respond by typing in a number. For example, students can solve an equation and submit a numeric answer. 1. Put your question, example, or equation directly on the slide. 2. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or the PowerPoint Online Add-in. In the sidebar, scroll down to the **Make Your Lesson Interactive** section and click the **Number** option. 3. When prompted, add acceptable answers for students to submit and optionally assign a point value. Acceptable answers and point values are part of the premium plan. 4. Click **Add to Slide**. acceptable responses, point value ### During a Presentation Session Click **Start Lesson** to present a session and have students join. When students reach a Number response slide, they can type a number into the Student View, submit their answer, and see whether the answer is correct in real time using Pear Deck's auto-scoring. Auto-scoring and full access to Number response features require a premium plan. When you click **Show responses**, you can display answers in three ways on the Projector View: 1. **Grid Layout:** shows all of the individual numbers students entered. 2. **Overlaid:** displays answers as a box-and-whisker plot. The grey dotted line marks the median answer, and a grey box surrounds the middle half of answers. Thin black lines mark the high and low answers. For extreme outliers, use the magnifier tool to zoom in and exclude them. 3. **Pie:** breaks down all student responses in a pie chart by the number submitted. You can filter correct answers by clicking **Show Correct Answers**. This feature is included in the premium plan. Gslides editor, create number slide ## Choice (School and District Plans Only) Choice lets you add multiple responses with one correct answer and an assigned point value. Depending on the question, supplying multiple defensible answers can make it more challenging and spark discussion. 1. Put your question, instructions, or images directly onto your slide. 2. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or the PowerPoint Online Add-in. In the sidebar, scroll down to the **Make Your Lesson Interactive** section and click the **Choice** button. 3. Enter the response options students can choose from. 4. Select **Correct** for the right answer. 5. Set a point value for scoring (optional). 6. Click **Add to Slide**. Gslides editor, create multiple choice slide, red arrows ### During a Presentation Session Click **Start Lesson** to present a session and have students join. When you click **Show responses**, the anonymous aggregate display on the Projector View shows the tallies. You can also display each choice individually by clicking **Grid View**. Filter for correct responses by clicking **Show Correct Answers**. This feature requires a premium plan. * Overlaid Layout (tally) * Grid View * Pie View (premium required) ## Poll (Formerly Multiple Choice) The Choice response type was renamed Poll. All existing lessons with the old Choice response type are automatically converted into Poll responses. Old Choice response types appear as "Poll (Formerly Multiple Choice) Slide" on Reflect and Review. Poll lets you add multiple responses for students to select from and submit as their answers. 1. Put your question, instructions, or images directly onto your slide. 2. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or the PowerPoint Online Add-in. In the sidebar, scroll down to the **Make Your Lesson Interactive** section and click the **Poll** button. 3. Enter the response options students can choose from. 4. Click **Add to Slide**. ### During a Presentation Session Click **Start Lesson** to present a session and have students join. When you click **Show responses**, the anonymous aggregate display on the Projector View shows the tallies. You can also display each choice individually by clicking **Grid View**. * Grid View * Pie View Gslides editor, create poll slide, add responses ## Audio Audio can be added to new or existing slides as a supplementary teaching device or student resource. You can record or upload audio to a slide, and it appears in the lower-right corner of the student's screen for that slide. Audio is not a standalone slide type. It adds audio to a new or existing slide. 1. Put your question, instructions, or images directly onto your slide. 2. Open the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on or the PowerPoint Online Add-in. 3. In the sidebar, scroll down to the **Make Your Lesson Interactive** section and click the **Audio** button. 4. Click **Record** or **Upload**. * If you click **Record**, allow Pear Deck to access your microphone to start recording. Click **Pause** to stop recording, then click **Resume**, **Delete**, or **Done**. You can re-record or add the audio to the slide when you click **Done**. * If you click **Upload**, select the audio file from your computer and add it to the slide. audio button on pear deck add-on record or import audio rerecord audio and add audio to slide buttons ## Resources Set up your Pear Deck account to start building interactive lessons. Review student responses and manage sessions from the Teacher Dashboard. # Office 365 Teams Integration Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-office-365-teams-integration Run a Pear Deck presentation directly inside Microsoft Teams and help students join your session Run a full GoGuardian Pear Deck presentation from within Microsoft Teams. Open your Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online file in a Teams tab, start a session, and the private [Dashboard View](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) opens automatically. You get real-time student responses by name while the anonymous Projector View displays on the classroom screen. Your school or organization must have a [Microsoft Office 365 Teams account](https://support.office.com/en-us/article/how-do-i-get-access-to-microsoft-teams-fc7f1634-abd3-4f26-a597-9df16e4ca65b) and the Pear Deck App for Teams installed before you begin. ## Start Your Presentation 1. Sign in to your [Office 365 account](https://www.office.com/). 2. Go to **Apps** and click **Teams**. 3. With the Teams screen open, click the new tab button. 4. In the Teams apps menu, select **Pear Deck**. 5. Click **Select a File from OneDrive** to choose the PowerPoint Online file you want to present. 6. In the file picker, select the file you want to present with Pear Deck. 7. Once the file has loaded, click **Save** to launch your presentation. 8. Your presentation starts and the Dashboard opens in a new tab. Use the Dashboard to run the presentation and review student responses in real time. See [Use the Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) to learn what you can do. Responses from this session are saved automatically in your Sessions menu. Teams, add a tab Teams, add a tab menu Teams, select a file from onedrive, red arrow Teams, file picker, choose file Teams, file loaded, click save ## Help Students Join How students join depends on whether they are already in your Teams environment. Both paths work. **Students already in your Teams environment** Students who are in your Teams environment do not need a Join Code. They navigate to Teams, click the presentation tab, and click **Sign in to Pear Deck** to join. Teams, log into session, red arrow **Students outside your Teams environment** Students outside Teams can still join, but they need a Microsoft Office 365 account. To get them in: * Click **Open Projector View**. This opens the Projector View in a new tab. Teams, open projector view * The Projector View always displays student responses anonymously. This is the view to show on your classroom screen. See [Present a Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) for more detail. Drawing, map, grid on projector * Students go to [joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/), enter the Session Join Code shown in your Projector View, and sign in with their Microsoft Office 365 accounts. Ppt, projector view, join instructions Regardless of how students join, their slides sync to yours and they can respond to any Interactive Questions you have added. ## Run Your Presentation The Dashboard and Projector Views stay in sync automatically. Use the Navigation Bar in the Dashboard to move through slides. The Projector View and student views follow. See [Present a Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) to learn what you can do with the Navigation Controls. Teams, dashboard with navigation bar, red arrow ## Resources Control your session and review student responses by name from the private Dashboard View. Learn how to use the Navigation Controls and Projector View during a live session. # Run Projector View and Teacher Dashboard Together Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-projector-view-and-teacher-dashboard Open the Projector View and Teacher Dashboard simultaneously so you can present to students and review responses at the same time. You can run the Projector View and the Teacher Dashboard at the same time during a Pear Deck session. The Projector View is the full-screen, student-facing display. The Teacher Dashboard shows student names and responses privately. Both views stay in sync — when you advance a slide on the Projector View, the Dashboard updates automatically. The Teacher Dashboard is a Premium feature. ## Understand the Two Views | View | Who sees it | What it shows | | --------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Projector View** | Students (via projector or shared screen) | Current slide, anonymous responses, join instructions | | **Teacher Dashboard** | Teacher only (private browser window) | Student names, individual responses, feedback tools, navigation controls | The two views are always in sync. Advancing a slide from either view advances both. Scrolling or browsing in the Dashboard does not affect what students see on the Projector View — only clicking a navigation control changes slides for students. ## Open Both Views Simultaneously 1. Open your presentation in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online and launch the Pear Deck sidebar. 2. Click **Start Lesson** and select **Instructor-Paced** mode. 3. The Projector View opens with join instructions. Share this screen with students — either by connecting to a classroom projector or sharing your screen in a video call. 4. Click **Open Teacher Dashboard**. The Dashboard opens in a new browser tab. 5. Move the Dashboard tab to a separate browser window by dragging it out of the tab bar. 6. Verify the result: The Projector View and the Teacher Dashboard are open in separate windows. Student join instructions appear on the Projector View, and the Dashboard is ready to show responses as students join. To keep your Dashboard private, display the Projector View on a projector or second monitor while keeping the Dashboard on your primary screen. Students only see the Projector View. ## Use a Dual-Monitor Setup A second screen is the most effective way to use both views simultaneously in a classroom. 1. Connect your computer to a projector or second display. 2. On your primary monitor, open the Teacher Dashboard. 3. Move the Projector View window to the second monitor or projector. 4. Set the Projector View to full-screen by pressing **F11** (Windows) or using the browser's full-screen option. 5. Verify the result: Students see the Projector View on the external display while you manage the session from the Dashboard on your primary screen. If a second screen is not available, you can use the two views in separate browser windows on the same screen, switching between them as needed. ## Navigate Between Views The two views share navigation controls. You can advance slides from either the Projector View or the Dashboard. * **From the Dashboard:** Use the slide arrows in the navigation bar to move forward and backward. The Projector View advances for students simultaneously. * **From the Projector View:** Hover over the bottom of the screen to open the Navigation Bar and use the slide arrows. * **Scrolling in the Dashboard** does not advance slides. Only clicking a navigation arrow changes the current slide for students. For a full overview of Dashboard controls — including response layout, feedback tools, and the student roster — see [The Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). ## Resources View student responses, leave feedback, and control the Projector View during a session. Launch a session, invite students, and run your lesson from the Projector View. # Use Quick Prompts for Instant Engagement Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-quick-prompts Launch interactive slide prompts on the fly to collect student responses during any lesson without a prepared presentation Quick Prompts let you run GoGuardian Pear Deck's assessment and engagement tools without a prepared presentation. Select a ready-to-use interactive slide prompt, launch it mid-lesson, and every student responds on their own screen, just as they would in a full Pear Deck session. Responses save automatically for later review. Quick Prompt activities require a Pear Deck [Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing) subscription. Quick Prompts work well for situations such as: * Running a low-stakes pop quiz as a [retrieval practice](https://www.cultofpedagogy.com/retrieval-practice) tool * Launching an entrance ticket as students arrive, or an exit ticket as they leave * Opening a whole-class discussion when a student asks a question worth exploring together ## Launch a Quick Prompt 1. Open your Pear Deck [Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home). 2. Scroll down and click **Open prompts**. quick prompts.png 3. Select one of the pre-made interactive slide prompts. Each prompt shows a preview and the interactive response type below it. Click the right arrow to browse the second page of options. Pear Pop, choose a prompt, I 4. A new Pear Deck session begins. To join, students go to [joinpd.com](http://joinpd.com/) and enter the Join Code. You can also click **Give Students a Link** and share the link through Google Classroom, Microsoft Teams, or any platform students can access. Students sign in with an email address or join anonymously with an avatar. You control this in your [Session Settings](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session). Pear Pop, projector, join instructions 5. Students respond on their own screens. The response format depends on the prompt type you selected. Pear Pop, student view, text response Pear Pop, project view, with responses ## Review Responses On your **Projector View**, the Navigation Bar at the bottom of the screen shows the number of responses received. * Click **Show Responses** on your Projector View to display anonymized responses to the class. * Click the three-dots button to open the private **Teacher Dashboard**, where responses appear with student names. * Visit your [Sessions Menu](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) to review responses from past Quick Prompt activities. ## Resources Configure session settings, share join codes, and manage student access during a live Pear Deck session. Install and use the Pear Deck Add-on to launch interactive presentations directly from Google Classroom. # Open Reflect & Review Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-reflect-and-review Use Reflect & Review to examine student responses and send written feedback after a session ends Reflect & Review lets you and your students review all responses after a session closes. Unlike Takeaways and [Spreadsheet Exports](/products/pear-deck/export-student-responses), which produce review documents you publish outside of Pear Deck, Reflect & Review lives entirely within the Pear Deck environment and opens automatically as soon as you end a session. Reflect & Review is a [Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing#pear-deck) feature. Before presenting, turn on [Email Sign-In](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) to see students' names in the review and to give students permanent access to their own responses. ## Open Reflect & Review and Share the Link You can access Reflect & Review as soon as you end a session, or return to it at any time. When a session ends, it moves to Closed status. Students can no longer enter the session or change responses, but they can review their own responses and see your feedback using the Student Reflect & Review link. If you want students to continue responding, you can reopen the session in Instructor or Student-Paced Mode at any time. [Learn more about session statuses](/products/pear-deck/understand-sessions). ### When You End the Session 1. In the Projector or Dashboard View, go to the Navigation Bar and select **END**. Or open the More Actions (three-dots) menu and select **End This Session**. Navigation bar, end button, circled-1 2. Enter a name for your session, then select **Save & End Session**. Ending session modal, with name, cropped 3. Reflect & Review is ready. Reflect & review modal * Select **Open Reflect and Review** to enter and review your students' responses. * To share the link with students, select **Copy**, then paste it anywhere students can access it, for example in an email, a video call chat, or your LMS. If you have Google Classroom, select **Share to Google Classroom** and choose how to share the link. Make sure you are signed in to Pear Deck with the same Google account connected to your Google Classroom environment. ### At a Later Time The Reflect & Review link is saved permanently with your Pear Deck sessions. You can return to it from the Sessions menu, the Deck Modal, or the closed session Dashboard. **From your Sessions menu:** * Open your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). * Find the session and confirm it has Closed status. If it is still Live, select the More Actions (three-dots) button to close it. * Select the More Actions button. * Select **Reflect and Review**. If your session does not appear on the Active tab, it is archived. Click the **Archived** tab, select the session's More Actions menu, and restore it. The session reappears on the Active tab so you can open Reflect & Review. **From the Deck Modal:** * Go to your [Pear Deck Home](https://app.peardeck.com/home/). * Scroll down to **Present a File from Drive / OneDrive**. * Click the title of the deck or file name to open the Deck Modal. * Open the More Actions menu and select **Reflect & Review**. **From the Dashboard View:** * Confirm the Dashboard shows Closed status on the Navigation Bar. If the session is still Active, select **END** or use the More Actions menu to close it. * Open the More Actions menu. * Select **Go to Reflect & Review**. Sessions page with red arrow pointing to Reflect and Review in the More Actions menu Reflect & review, from deck modal Dashboard, closed, go to Reflect & Review ## Review Student Responses In Reflect & Review, you review one student's responses at a time. 1. Follow the steps in the previous section to open the Reflect & Review modal, then select **Open Reflect & Review**. 2. Select a student from the menu. Every student who joined the session appears in the list. 3. Scroll through the review. Slides appear on the left, and the corresponding responses appear on the right. Reflect & review modal Reflect & review, student selected, cropped Reflect & review, multiple slides ## Give Students Feedback You can send written feedback to a student on any Interactive Slide from both the Dashboard and the Reflect & Review screen. Feedback is automatically saved in your sessions. Students can find their feedback in the Student View of a live session, or in their own Reflect & Review screen when the session is closed. ### Send Feedback from Reflect & Review 1. On an Interactive Slide, select **Leave Feedback**. Reflect & review, text response slide, leave feedback circled 2. Type your reply, then select **Send Feedback**. Reflect & review, leave feedback 3. The student receives the feedback in their Reflect & Review screen and in the Student View of your session if you reopen it later. Your feedback is saved automatically. To view or add another comment, select **Leave Feedback** again. Reflct & review, feedback has been submitted ### Send Feedback from the Dashboard You can send feedback from the Dashboard whether the session is Active or Closed. Sending feedback during an Active session is useful because students receive it in real time in the Student View. Feedback sent from the Dashboard also appears automatically in Reflect & Review for both you and the student. [Learn about sending feedback from the Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-teacher-feedback). ## Students: Open Student Reflect & Review Share the Student Reflect & Review link with students after you end the session. Here is what students do to enter their review: 1. Click the Reflect & Review link from their teacher. * If the student is already signed in, the link recognizes the account and takes the student directly to their review screen. * If the student is not signed in, they are prompted to sign in using the email account they used originally to join the session. * If Pear Deck signs the student in with the wrong account, the student needs to switch accounts. To do this, a student can clear their browser cache, open an incognito window, or open a different browser, then click the link again to enter the correct account. * If the presenter turned off Email Sign-In, students are anonymous in your sessions and in Student Reflect & Review, and they see their assigned avatar instead of their name. Anonymous students must access the review from the same computer without clearing cookies. Otherwise they lose access to their responses. 2. Select **Review Work** to see responses now, or **Copy Link** to return to the review later. 3. In Student Reflect & Review, slides appear on the left and the student's responses appear on the right. Scroll through to see all responses. Select the Feedback button in the bottom-right corner to open the Teacher Feedback panel. Reflect & review, student feedback from dashboard, red arrow Reflect and review, student, welcome screen ## FAQs ### Does Reflect & Review Work If I Turned Off Email Sign-In and Students Joined Anonymously? Yes. Anonymous students see their assigned avatar along with their responses and feedback. As the teacher, you see their avatars in Reflect & Review rather than their names. Anonymous students must access the review from the same computer without clearing cookies. Otherwise they lose access. To ensure students have permanent access and you can see their names, turn on Email Sign-In before presenting. ### Can Students See Their Classmates' Responses or Feedback in Reflect & Review? No. Students see only their own responses and feedback. To review responses as a group, reopen the session and share responses with the class using the Projector View. ### Why Can't I See the Option to Open Reflect & Review? The session is likely still Active. The session must be in Closed status before Reflect & Review becomes available. You can end a session from the Navigation Bar in the Projector or Dashboard View, or from your [Sessions menu](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) using the More Actions menu. ### How Do I Review and Compare Everyone's Responses at Once? Open the Dashboard View of the session (whether it is Active or Closed) and click a slide to see all responses along with student names (names appear only if Email Sign-In was active before the session started). If you use a Google account, you can also [export responses to a spreadsheet](/products/pear-deck/export-student-responses), which displays Text, Multiple Choice, and Number responses (not Drawing or Draggable) with student names. ### Can Students Send Feedback to Their Teacher? No. When you reopen your session, students can re-enter with the Join Link or code and update their responses. ### Can My Co-Teachers See My Reflect & Review? Yes. Co-teachers you invite to your sessions through the Shared Teacher Dashboard feature can see your Reflect & Review. You must invite them to the Dashboard while the session is Active for them to have access. [Learn about the Shared Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-shared-teacher-dashboard-co-teaching). ## Resources Download a spreadsheet of student responses after a session ends. # Schoology Integration for Teachers and Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-schoology-integration Use the Pear Deck Schoology integration to assign, present, and grade interactive sessions directly from your Schoology course When you integrate Pear Deck into Schoology, a Pear Deck Session becomes a Schoology Assignment. Students in your course get instant access to the Session without needing a Join Code or link, responses are saved automatically in your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) menu, and you can access the Teacher Dashboard all from within Schoology. This integration is available only to users who have a district- or school-wide Pear Deck subscription. Ask your school's Pear Deck Subscription Manager if you are eligible, or submit a support request if you have questions. Administrators, see [Install the Pear Deck Schoology Integration](/products/pear-deck/install-pear-deck-in-schoology) to set up the integration at your school or district. ## Create a Pear Deck Assignment 1. Open Schoology. 2. Go to **Courses**. You can create a new course or open an existing one. 3. On the Course page, click **Add Materials** and select **Add File/Link/External Tool**. schoology, course page, Add File/Link/External Tool 4. In the pop-up window, select **External Tool**. schoology, external tool pop-up, red arrow 5. In the Tool Provider section, open the drop-down menu and select **Pear Deck**. Screen Shot 2020-08-04 at 9.00.09 PM 6. Customize your assignment with a title, parameters, and grading settings. The URL, Consumer Key, and Shared Secret have already been installed for you. Check the **Enable Grading** box if you want students to be able to click **Submit Work** in Schoology when they finish the lesson. 7. Click **Submit** to return to the Courses page. Your assignment is now published. If you are not ready to configure the session, use the Gear icon to un-publish the assignment until you are ready. ## Start Your Assignment 1. Have an interactive Pear Deck for Google Slides or PowerPoint Online Slides file ready to present. The file is saved in your Google Drive or OneDrive. You will select it in step 6. 2. Open the Schoology Courses page. 3. Click on the Pear Deck assignment you created. 4. If you want to prevent students from seeing the assignment while you configure the session, use the Gear icon to un-publish it. 5. Click **Select a file from Drive** or **OneDrive**. The first time you present a Pear Deck file in Schoology, you will be prompted to sign in to Pear Deck. 6. In the file chooser, search for and select the Google Slides or PowerPoint Online Slides file you want to present. 7. Choose your Lesson Mode. Depending on the mode you choose, the corresponding Presenter View opens in Schoology. Schoology, Choose your lesson mode * **Student-Paced Mode (asynchronous, recommended for this integration):** The private Dashboard View opens so you can see students' names next to their responses in real time. Students get navigation controls that let them scroll through the slides and respond to interactive questions at their own pace. * **Instructor-Paced Mode (synchronous):** The Projector View opens and responses are anonymous by default. The Student View syncs to your current slide, so you advance slides to control what students see. You have now created a new Pear Deck Session for your class within Schoology. Schoology, courses, pear deck assignment Schoology, Select a file ## Have Students Complete Your Assignment For students to submit a Pear Deck assignment, the session must be in Student-Paced Mode. The Student View appears automatically on each student's Schoology page. Students: 1. Sign in to Schoology. 2. Select your course. 3. Click the Pear Deck Assignment to open the Student View of the Session. They can scroll through the slides and respond to interactive questions. 4. When they reach the end, click **Submit Work** to turn in the assignment. ## Grade Your Assignment You can grade assignments by completion, view response status for individual students, open the Teacher Dashboard, and manually assign points in the Gradebook. You can also evaluate individual responses in Pear Deck. **In Schoology** 1. Open Schoology and go to **Gradebook**. 2. In Course Options, select **Grades**. Use the Schoology tools to customize your grading options. 3. Return to the Courses page and click the assignment to open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). Click a slide in the Dashboard to see individual responses with student names. If the Projector View is open, click the three-dot menu to open the Dashboard in a new tab. You can toggle back to the Gradebook to adjust point values. In the Dashboard, you can leave feedback for individual students using [Pear Deck Teacher Feedback](/products/pear-deck/use-teacher-feedback). **In Pear Deck** 1. Open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) and click a slide to view all responses. 2. Publish Takeaways when you sign in to Pear Deck with Google. When you publish Takeaways from Schoology, they are not automatically shared with your students. Follow the steps below to share them. 3. Open **Google Drive** → **Pear Deck** → **Takeaways** folder, then open the **Deck** folder. 4. Open the **Session** folder to find all Takeaways you published for the session. 5. Open a Takeaway Doc to see which student it belongs to. Then click **Share** to share it in Drive with that student. To extend the lesson, give the student editing permission so they can continue adding to the document. 6. When the student's name and email address appear, the document has been shared. The student can find it in the **Shared with me** section of their Google Drive. Drive, pear deck, takeaways, select folder Drive, share a takeaway doc, arrows ## Resources View student responses and manage your session from the Teacher Dashboard. # Use the Shared Teacher Dashboard for Co-Teaching Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-shared-teacher-dashboard-co-teaching Invite co-teachers to your Pear Deck Session so they can view slides and student responses in real time The Shared Teacher Dashboard lets you invite co-teachers and certified staff members to your Pear Deck Sessions, giving them full access to your presentation and your students' responses, in real time or after class. This feature is available to [Pear Deck Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing) subscribers. ## Manage Your Shared Dashboard (Host) ### Invite a Co-Teacher When you invite co-teachers to your Session, you remain in control of the lesson pace. In Instructor-Paced (Live) Mode, presentation slides are synchronized. If a co-teacher advances a slide, it advances for all co-teachers and students in the lesson. In Student-Paced Mode, screens are asynchronous, so advancing a slide on one screen does not affect anyone else's. See [How to Present a Pear Deck](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) for more detail. 1. Start a new Session, or open a previous one from your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) menu. 2. Open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). 3. Get the co-teacher invitation link using one of these two methods: Dashboard, navigation bar, invite co-teacher, zoomed * Go to the Navigation Bar and select the **three-dots** button, then select **Invite Co-Teacher**. * Or select the **Class Roster** button. * In the roster, select the **Teachers** tab, then select **Invite Co-Teacher**. * The invitation window opens and displays the Shared Dashboard link. Select **Copy**. The link is copied to your clipboard. Paste and send it via email, your LMS, or a chat service to the colleagues you want to join your Session. 4. When another teacher joins your Session, their account avatar appears in the top-right corner of the Dashboard. Hover over the avatar to see their name. Open the Class Roster to see the full list of teachers who have joined. Dashboard, co-teacher logos ### Block a Co-Teacher Only users who have the invitation link can join your Session Dashboard. You can block anyone who has previously joined to revoke their access. When you block someone, Pear Deck generates a new invitation link so the blocked teacher cannot use the old link to re-enter. Blocking a teacher does not affect other co-teachers currently in the Session. If your co-teachers need to re-enter later, share the newly generated link with them (see step 3 above). 1. Click **Class Roster** and go to the **Teachers** tab. 2. Click the **three-dots** button next to the teacher's name and select **Block from Session**. Co-teacher, classroom roster, block teacher from session 3. Click **Yes, block co-teacher** to confirm, or click **Cancel** to exit. How to block a teacher from a Session 4. If you change your mind, return to the **Class Roster**, click the **Teachers** tab, and click the same three-dots button to unblock the teacher. Share the new invitation link with them when you do. ## Join a Shared Teacher Dashboard (Co-Teacher) 1. Select the link you received from the host teacher. 2. What you see next depends on your Pear Deck account status. You need [Pear Deck Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing) access to join a shared Session: * **Already signed in with a Premium account:** the co-teacher confirmation screen appears immediately. * **Not signed in, but have a Premium account:** you see an account type picker. Choose your account type, sign in, and enter the Session. * **New to Pear Deck:** you are prompted to choose your account type and create a Pear Deck account. You receive instant access to a free 30-day trial of Pear Deck Premium. See [Create a Pear Deck Account](/products/pear-deck/create-a-pear-deck-account). * **Free account (no Premium trial or subscription):** you cannot access the Shared Teacher Dashboard. 3. On the confirmation screen, select **Let's Go**. You now have access to the host teacher's Dashboard. Dashboard, class roster button, red arrow Dashboard, classroom roster, invite co-teacher, red arrows Session Invitation link for Co-Teacher Co-teacher join, youre a co-teacher-1 Co-teacher join, account picker ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Do I Need a Pear Deck Premium Account to Add or Join a Shared Teacher Dashboard? Yes to both. Only users with Pear Deck Premium (whether on a subscription or a trial) can be co-teachers. When you access a Session via a shared link for the first time, Pear Deck verifies your account. If you are new, Pear Deck creates an account and starts you on a free 30-day Premium trial. After the trial, you can upgrade your account or ask your school or district to purchase a license. [Learn more about upgrading](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing). ### Can Co-Teachers Do Everything the Host Teacher Can Do? Co-teachers can access nearly all of the same Teacher Dashboard controls. The exception is that they cannot invite or block other teachers from your Dashboard. Slide behavior also differs by mode: in Instructor-Paced (Live) Mode, Dashboard screens are synchronized. If a co-teacher advances a slide, it advances for everyone. In Student-Paced Mode, screens are asynchronous, so advancing a slide on one screen does not affect anyone else's. ### Can Co-Teachers Edit My Slides or Change the Prompts? No. Giving a teacher access to the Shared Teacher Dashboard does not allow them to edit your slides. Editing slides during a live Session is not possible for anyone. You can edit slides before presenting, and you can give co-teachers edit access to your file in Google Slides or [PowerPoint Online](/products/pear-deck/share-deck-microsoft-office-365) before the Session starts. ### Do Students See Which Teacher Left Teacher Feedback for Them? Yes. The teacher's account name appears next to the feedback on the Student View. ### Can Co-Teachers Export Student Responses? Yes (Google only). The exported sheet is automatically added to the co-teacher's Google Drive. ### Can Co-Teachers Publish Takeaways? Yes (Google only). Both co-teachers and the host teacher can publish Takeaways. If two teachers publish Takeaways for the same Session, students receive two sets. If one teacher publishes them, the other teacher does not automatically have access to those files. They must be [shared manually in Google Drive](https://support.google.com/drive/answer/2494822). Takeaways are saved together in a new folder, so you can share the entire folder rather than sharing each student file individually. ### Is There a Limit to How Many Co-Teachers Can Join My Session? There is no technical limit. However, co-teachers have access to nearly all Dashboard controls, so adding too many can be disruptive to your lesson. Keep the list as small as practical. ### How Do I Remove a Co-Teacher and Revoke Their Access Entirely? Open the Class Roster, go to the **Teachers** tab, and block the individual. See [Block a Co-Teacher](#block-a-co-teacher) above for the precise steps. Blocking prevents that teacher from accessing your Dashboard unless you choose to unblock them later. ## Resources Learn how to navigate and use the Pear Deck Teacher Dashboard during a Session. Start a Session in Instructor-Paced or Student-Paced mode and manage it in real time. # Student Paced Lessons Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons Enable Student Paced Mode so students can work through your Pear Deck presentation independently at their own pace Student Paced Mode lets students join any presentation session independently and work through your slides on their own schedule. Students need a stable WiFi connection to join. Offline access is not supported. If you [require email sign-in](/products/pear-deck/present-a-session) before presenting, students also need a Google or Microsoft 365 account to join. Student Paced Mode is especially useful for: * Remote learning * Flipping your lesson * Differentiating or scaffolding instruction in the classroom * Giving quizzes * Assigning homework * Assigning the lesson to a student who missed class * Substitute teaching ## Start Student-Paced Mode You can turn on Student Paced Mode in three ways: when you start a new session, from inside a live presentation, or from your Sessions menu. ### Start a New Session in Student-Paced Mode Launch your session in Student Paced Mode directly from one of these places: 1. **Pear Deck Home:** click the deck file name you want to present. When the modal window opens, click **Present in Student-Paced**. Modal window with the button entitled present in student-paced highlighted in red 2. **Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online Add-in:** open the add-in and click **Present with Pear Deck**. PowerPoint Online with Pear Deck Add-in; green button entitled present with pear deck highlighted with a red arrow 3. **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on:** open the add-on and click **Start Lesson**. Google Slides with Pear Deck Add-on; green button entitled start lesson, highlighted with a red arrow 4. **Session Launchpad:** choose **Student-Paced Activity**. Session Launchpad showing a yellow arrow indicating to choose the Student-Paced Activity box Teachers with [Premium](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing#pear-deck) access will see the private Teacher Dashboard open automatically, where you can view student names next to their responses, see which slide each student is on, and send feedback. ### Turn on Student-Paced Mode from a Live Presentation 1. Hover over the bottom of the slide to open the navigation bar. 2. On the navigation bar, click the **More Actions** (three-dots) button. 3. Click **Turn on Student-Paced**. Live Presentation window showing the opened Navigation Bar with the Turn on Student-Paced option highlighted in blue ### Turn on Student-Paced Mode from the Sessions Menu 1. Go to your [Sessions page](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). 2. Confirm your session is live. If it is closed, click the **More Actions** (three-dots) button next to the session and click **Reopen Session**. 3. Click the **More Actions** button and click **Turn On Student-Paced**. After enabling Student Paced Mode, send students the Join Code or Join Link from your Projector or Dashboard View so they can work through the session from anywhere with WiFi. To confirm the session is in Student Paced Mode, go to your Sessions page and refresh to update all session statuses. Sessions page with a red arrow pointing to a 3-dot menu; menu is open with the option turn on student-paced… ## Stop Student-Paced Mode You can stop Student Paced Mode at any time, for example to draw students' attention back to you and sync their screens to the Projector View. Choose one of these options: * **From the navigation bar:** click **Stop Student-Paced**. This stops Student Paced Mode and makes the session live again, giving you control of the slides. The Student View syncs to the slide shown on your Projector View. * **From the Sessions menu:** find the session, open the **three-dots** menu, and click **Turn Off Student-Paced**. * **End the session entirely:** open the **More Actions** menu and click **End This Session**. This removes student access entirely. Projector view navigation bar, showing stop student paced menu item circled in red ## See What Students Are Doing When Student Paced Mode is on, open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) (Premium) to track each student, review responses, and send feedback without disrupting the session. When Student Paced Mode is active, a navigation bar appears at the bottom of Student View, allowing students to move through slides and respond to Interactive Questions at their own pace. studentviewstudentpaced.png From the Teacher Dashboard, you can view the progress bars and the number of students on each slide. At the bottom of each slide thumbnail, a progress bar shows how many students have finished that slide. The blue person icons show how many students are currently on each slide. Teacher Dashboard screen showing the number of students on each slide and green Progress Bars indicating how many… Click the blue person icon to see which students are on a particular slide. This helps you identify students who are struggling or who are ahead of the class. Teacher Dashboard showing an arrow hovering over the blue person icon which reveals the names of students still on… To leave a comment for a student, click the [Feedback button](/products/pear-deck/use-teacher-feedback). Students receive the feedback in their Student View. Feedback buttons shaped like talk bubbles shown under the slide response thumbnails. ## FAQs ### What Is the Difference Between Instructor Paced and Student Paced Modes? In Instructor Paced mode, you control the slides. When you advance to a slide on the Projector View, all students' screens sync to that slide. In Student Paced Mode, students move through the slides and respond to Interactive Questions at their own pace in Student View. ### How Do I Save My Students' Responses? Responses are saved automatically in every Pear Deck session. Review them by opening the Projector or Dashboard View from your [Sessions menu](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions). ### Are All Sessions Supported in Student Paced Mode? Yes, any Pear Deck Slides session can be used with Student Paced Mode. ### Can Students Use Student Paced Mode at Home? Yes. Start your session, turn on Student Paced Mode, and send students the Join Code or URL. See [How Students Join a Pear Deck Session](https://help.peardeck.com/how-students-join-a-pear-deck-session) for details. ### Can I Turn Student Paced Mode on or off in the Middle of a Lesson? Yes. You can toggle Student Paced Mode on or off at any time without losing data, whether students are signed in or not. If students are in a Student Paced session when you turn it off, their screens sync back to your slide on the Projector View. If you turn Student Paced Mode back on, each student returns to the slide they were on previously. ### Do Students' Responses Appear on the Projector in Student Paced Mode? Pear Deck saves responses automatically, but responses cannot be displayed on the Projector View during a student-paced activity. To show answers to the class later, turn off Student Paced Mode, return to the slide on your Projector View, and [view student responses](/products/pear-deck/view-student-responses). ### Can I See What Students Are Working on in Student Paced Mode? Yes. You can see which slide each student is on using the private [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). ### Will It Still Work if I Close My Browser or Turn off My Device? Yes. You can close your browser or turn off your device and the session continues. You choose when to end Student Paced Mode. To verify or manage session status, go to your [Sessions menu](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) and open the three-dots button. The session must be live before you can turn on Student Paced Mode. ### How Long Does a Student Paced Session Stay Open? The session stays open or in Student Paced Mode as long as you want. Sessions with no new student responses for 30 days are automatically archived. Archived sessions still appear in the Archived list on your Sessions page. If a teacher or student accesses an archived session via its Projector, Dashboard, or Student Join link, the session restores automatically and students can rejoin. ### Can I Add Voice Recordings or Audio Instructions to My Slides? Yes. Two options are available: * **Recommended for Student Paced Mode:** The Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on includes a button for inserting a new audio recording or uploading one (10 MB or less) directly into slides. See [Add Audio Recordings to Your Slides](/products/pear-deck/add-audio-recordings-to-slides) for instructions. * **For Pear Deck for PowerPoint Online users:** Create a [website slide](https://help.peardeck.com/embed-websites-and-activities-in-your-pear-deck) and insert a URL with your audio or video recording (from Edpuzzle, YouTube, SoundCloud, or similar). In Student Paced Mode, students can listen to instructions on one slide and answer an interactive question on the next. Sessions list showing the Projector or Dashboard View icons as indicated by red arrows. Sessions list with a red arrow pointing at a three dots button showing an open menu with the item entitled turn on… ## Resources Track student progress, review responses, and send feedback during a session. Insert voice recordings or upload audio files into your Pear Deck slides. # Use the Student Toolbox Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-student-toolbox Enable the Student Toolbox to give students access to drawing tools, a text tool, and annotation tools during a Pear Deck session. The Student Toolbox gives students access to annotation tools — including a pen, text tool, and eraser — directly in their Student View during a Pear Deck session. Teachers control whether the toolbox is available. When enabled, students see the **toolbox** icon in the lower-right corner of their Student View. ## Enable or Disable the Student Toolbox The Student Toolbox is controlled from the Pear Deck sidebar during a session. 1. Open your presentation in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online and launch the Pear Deck sidebar. 2. Start or resume a session. The toolbox setting is available once a session is active. 3. In the Pear Deck sidebar, locate the **Student Toolbox** toggle. 4. Turn on the toggle to enable the toolbox for students, or turn it off to disable it. 5. Verify the result: When enabled, students see the **toolbox** icon in the lower-right corner of their Student View. When disabled, the icon does not appear. ## Use the Toolbox as a Student Students can open and use the toolbox from their Student View when a teacher has it enabled. 1. Join the session using a Join Code at [joinpd.com](https://joinpd.com) or the Join Link shared by the teacher. 2. Look for the **toolbox** icon in the lower-right corner of the Student View. 3. Click the **toolbox** icon to open the tool panel. 4. Select a tool and use it to annotate the current slide. 5. To close the toolbox, click the **toolbox** icon again. Toolbox annotations are for the student's own reference and do not appear in the Teacher Dashboard or affect submitted responses. To submit a response, use the response area on the slide. ## Understand Available Tools The Student Toolbox includes tools for annotating slides during a session: | Tool | What it does | | ------------------ | --------------------------------- | | **Pen** | Draw freehand on the slide | | **Text** | Add typed text to the slide | | **Eraser** | Remove annotations from the slide | | **Color selector** | Change the pen or text color | ## Resources Launch a session, invite students, and run your lesson from the Projector View. View student responses and manage session controls from the Teacher Dashboard. # Use Teacher Feedback Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-teacher-feedback Leave comments on individual student responses from the Teacher Dashboard. Students see feedback in real time in their Student View. Teacher Feedback lets you leave comments on individual student responses from the Teacher Dashboard. Students receive feedback immediately in their Student View — during active Instructor-Paced or Student-Paced sessions. Teacher Feedback is a Premium feature and requires students to join with email sign-in so responses are attributed to names. Dashboard, text slides, response layout, comment button, arrows Screen Shot 2020-05-16 at 5.24.42 PM Screen Shot 2020-05-17 at 4.00.43 PM Dashboard, join instructions and turn on student-paced, arrows ## Leave Feedback on a Response 1. Open the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) during an active session. 2. Navigate to an interactive slide with responses. You can leave feedback on Drawing, Draggable, Text, Number, and Multiple Choice responses. 3. Select **List** or **Grid** from the layout options at the top of the Dashboard. 4. Find the student response you want to comment on and click the **Feedback** button below the response. 5. In the feedback modal, enter your comment. Feedback cannot be deleted after it is sent. Review your comment before clicking **Send Feedback**. 6. Click **Send Feedback**. The feedback saves automatically with a date and time stamp. Screen Shot 2020-05-17 at 4.03.51 PM 7. Verify the result: The **Feedback** button turns grey to indicate feedback exists for that student on the current slide. Students who are in an active session see a notification in their Student View immediately. ## Review or Add to Existing Feedback 1. Open the Teacher Dashboard and navigate to the slide with existing feedback. 2. Click the **Feedback** button on a response where feedback has already been sent. The button appears grey when feedback exists. 3. In the modal, review your previous comment. 4. Click **Add More Feedback** to leave an additional comment. 5. Click **Send Feedback** to save the new comment. ## View Feedback as a Student Students access Teacher Feedback from their Student View: 1. Join the session using a Join Code at [joinpd.com](https://app.peardeck.com/join) or the Join Link. 2. When feedback is available, a **Feedback** notification appears in the lower-right corner of the Student View. Click the notification to read the comment. 3. After reading the feedback, click **Mark as Read** to dismiss the notification. The feedback remains saved and can be accessed again at any time by clicking the **Feedback** button on that slide. **When students see feedback by session mode:** * **Student-Paced sessions:** The Feedback button appears on every slide that has feedback, as long as the session is active. * **Instructor-Paced sessions:** The Feedback button appears only when the teacher navigates to a slide with feedback on the Projector View. Student view, open feedback, red arrow Student view, click on comment button, feedback open, red arrow ## FAQ ### Can Students Respond to Teacher Feedback? Students cannot reply directly through Teacher Feedback. However, students can leave a new response on a Text Response slide — either by updating their original answer or clicking **+ Add another response** to add a second text response. ### Can I Export or Publish Teacher Feedback? Teacher Feedback cannot be exported or included in Takeaways. It is included in Reflect and Review — share the [Reflect and Review](/products/pear-deck/use-reflect-and-review) link with students so they can access a closed version of the slides, their responses, and any feedback you left. ### Can I Delete Feedback I Have Already Sent? No. Once feedback is sent, it cannot be deleted. ### The Feedback Button Is Not Visible in My Dashboard. Why? The session is closed. Reopen it in Instructor-Paced or Student-Paced mode from the Navigation bar's **More Actions** menu or from your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) page to enable Teacher Feedback. ### How Do Students Know They Received Feedback? Students see a notification in the lower-right corner of their Student View when they are in an active session and navigate to a slide with feedback. Outside of the session, students can access feedback through [Reflect and Review](/products/pear-deck/use-reflect-and-review). You can also inform students directly — through a class message or post — that feedback is waiting for them. ## Resources View student responses, highlight or hide answers, and control the Projector View during a session. Share a closed version of the session so students can review their responses and any Teacher Feedback. # The Teacher Dashboard Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard Use the Teacher Dashboard to view student responses, leave feedback, and control the Projector View during a session Each Pear Deck session has three views: Projector View, Student View, and Teacher Dashboard View (requires a [Premium plan](https://www.peardeck.com/pricing#pear-deck)). The Dashboard shows student names next to their responses and helps you evaluate their work. With it, you can leave individual feedback, highlight or hide responses on the Projector View, and get deeper insight into how students are doing during and after class. For most teachers, requiring email sign-in before presenting is the best way to see identifying information, such as student names and email addresses. ## Open the Dashboard You can open the Dashboard from a new session, the navigation bar, or the Sessions menu. * **New session:** Open the Pear Deck sidebar in Google Slides or PowerPoint Online and click **Start Lesson**. Choose Instructor-Paced or Student-Paced mode. * In Instructor-Paced mode, you open the Projector View with join instructions automatically. Click **Open Teacher Dashboard**. Student screens sync with your Projector View and Dashboard. * In Student-Paced mode, the Dashboard View opens automatically. Close the modal window to begin viewing it. * **Navigation bar:** On any slide, click the **More Actions** (three-dots) menu in the navigation bar and select **Open Teacher Dashboard**. * **Sessions menu:** Open the Dashboard from your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) menu. This is the recommended method for reviewing answers after a session closes. joininstructions.png 3. Notification in DashboardArrow opendashboard.png Sessions window with red arrows pointing at icons for Projector View and Dashboard View ## Use the Dashboard ### Quick Tour Dashboard, quick tour The Teacher Dashboard includes several key areas: * **Slide Drawer:** Located on the left side of the screen. Use it to navigate between slides. * **Projector Preview:** Displayed on the right side. Shows what students see on the Projector View. * **Navigation bar:** Controls slide navigation, shows or hides responses on the Projector View, locks the Student View, and adds new prompt slides. Scrolling in the Dashboard does not sync to the Projector View, so your browsing stays private. Clicking or tabbing on a response highlights it on the Projector View. * **Student Response Preview:** Responses appear in real time as students answer. Scroll through responses privately without displaying them on the projector. * **Student Roster:** Click the **roster** button to see session attendees, invite a Google Classroom class if you have the [Google Classroom Integration](/products/pear-deck/use-google-classroom-integration), or [block a student](/products/pear-deck/block-student-from-session) from the session. * **Response Layout:** Adjust the layout based on the interactive slide type. Choose **List** to scroll through one answer at a time, **Grid** to see response thumbnails, or **Overlaid** to view all responses against the same background image. * **Teacher Feedback:** Leave a comment for a student using the Feedback button. Students receive feedback in the Student View. See [Teacher Feedback](/products/pear-deck/use-teacher-feedback). * **Highlight a response:** Click the **star** next to a student's name to highlight the response on the Projector View. You can star multiple responses at once. Dashboard, multiple choice, starred responses, zoomed Click **Clear Stars** at the bottom of the screen to remove all highlights. Dashboard, star selected, zoomed * **Hide a response:** Click the **More Actions** (three-dots) button on a response to remove it from the Projector View. The answer appears grey in the Dashboard when hidden. Teachers cannot permanently delete student responses in Pear Deck. Dashboard, hide response, zoomed (2) ### Slide Navigation Bar Controls Dashboard, navigation bar, red numbers-2 * **Navigation Buttons:** Use the slide arrows to move forward and backward through your presentation. * **Notes:** Open your speaker notes from Google Slides. * **Show/Hide Responses:** Show or hide responses on the Projector View. Responses are anonymous on the Projector View by default. * **Lock:** Lock student screens so they cannot make changes. Click and hold the **Lock** button to set a countdown timer. Students see how long they have to finish. When the timer reaches zero, all student screens lock. Available intervals: 30 seconds, 1 minute, and 3 minutes. * **Add a New Prompt:** Add an interactive question to your presentation mid-session. Re-ask a question with a different response type or insert a pre-made interactive slide. * **More Actions:** Access additional controls, such as ending the session or switching to Student-Paced mode. * **End:** Closes the session. ## Customize the Dashboard ### Change the Response Layout Customize the Dashboard Most response types support three layout views. The following describes how each layout looks from the Projector View on a Drawing slide: * **List view:** Scroll through one response at a time. dashboard1.png * **Grid view:** See thumbnails of all responses at once. dashboard2.png * **Overlaid view:** See all responses layered against the same background image. dashboard3.png Text responses cannot be displayed in Overlaid view. ### Sort Student Responses Customize the Dashboard Use the **Sort By** filter at the top of the Dashboard to sort answers by: * Time of response * Student first name, in alphabetical order Students can submit multiple answers to a Text Response question, which is commonly used for brainstorming. By default, answers display in the order they were received. When a student submits multiple responses, an indicator appears in the corner beneath the answer. Click the indicator to jump to the student's other response. Screen Shot 2020-05-31 at 9.58.35 PM ## Scroll the Projector View from the Dashboard Scrolling in the Dashboard does not sync to the Projector View. To highlight a response on the Projector View, click or tab on that response in the Dashboard. ## Resources Leave comments on individual student responses and deliver feedback directly in the Student View. Connect your Google Classroom roster to Pear Deck sessions for streamlined student management. # Use the Timer and Lock Screens Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/use-timer-lock-screens Control lesson pacing in Instructor-Led sessions using the Lock button and Lock Slide Timer Pear Deck provides a Lock button and a Lock Slide Timer to help you control the pacing of Instructor-Led lessons. Clicking the Lock button once immediately locks student screens so students cannot change their answers. Holding the Lock button lets you set a countdown timer before screens lock automatically. Use these controls to keep students focused on Projector View, prevent distraction from [Drawing and Draggable](/products/pear-deck/use-interactive-question-types) tools, and stop answer changes after you display responses. ## Lock a Slide 1. Hover over the bottom of your Projector or Dashboard View to open the Navigation Bar. 2. Click the **Lock Screens** button once. Drawing, map, grid responses on projector, highlight lock button 3. Student screens are now locked and students cannot change their answers. ## Set the Lock Slide Timer on a Slide 1. Hover over the Navigation Bar, then click and hold the **Lock** button to engage the timer. 2. Select a duration: **:30**, **1:00**, or **3:00**. 3. The timer begins counting down. Students can see the remaining time on their screens. 4. When the timer reaches zero, student screens lock automatically and students can no longer respond. Student view of locked slide To give students more time, click the **Lock** button again to unlock screens. To restart the countdown, press and hold the **Lock** button again to reset the timer. Lock slide timer settings of 30 seconds, 1 minute and 3 minutes Student view of lock slide timer countdown ## Resources Learn about Drawing, Draggable, and the other interactive question types available in Pear Deck. Walk through starting and managing a live Instructor-Led Pear Deck session. # View Speaker Notes Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/view-speaker-notes Access your Google Slides speaker notes from the Projector View and Teacher Dashboard during a Pear Deck session When you use the Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on to present your lesson, your speaker notes from Google Slides are accessible from both the Projector View and the private Teacher Dashboard (Premium required). You can walk around the classroom with a tablet, keep an eye on your presenter notes, control the slides, and see student responses in real time. ## Find Speaker Notes in Google Slides 1. Install the [Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/pear-deck/amfkiahebibbkifgdjdfplkjohlgfdgg). 2. Edit your slides in the Google Slides editor. 3. Open the Pear Deck Add-on to insert Interactive Slides and Formative Assessments into your presentation. * Optional: Add notes to the Speaker Notes section beneath the slide. Pear Deck inserts slide instructions into the Speaker Notes section as well, but these notes will not appear in your presentation. 4. When you're ready to present, open the Pear Deck Add-on and click **Start Lesson**. 5. During the presentation session, the **Notes** button appears on the Navigation Bar. 6. Open and close your notes by clicking the **Notes** button. You can open them on both the Projector View and the Teacher Dashboard. screenshot of google slides presentation start lesson button highlighted on right hand side of screen screenshot of student responses within presentation ## Resources Learn how to launch a Pear Deck session from Google Slides. # View Student Responses Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/view-student-responses Access and review student responses in real time or after a session using Projector View, Teacher Dashboard, or published exports Pear Deck collects student responses in real time and saves them automatically in the Session where they were collected. You can show responses to your class on the Projector View, and review them privately in the [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) (with Premium) in real time or after you end the Session. You can also publish responses after the lesson. To see students' names as you review responses, [require email sign-in](https://help.peardeck.com/how-students-join-a-pear-deck-session) before you present. It is the only way to see identifying information. ## Show Responses Anonymously on the Projector View The Projector View displays all responses anonymously by default so students can focus on the concepts without worrying about getting an answer wrong. Sharing this view with your class on a remote call or in a classroom lets everyone see what their peers think. When students begin responding to interactive questions on their Student View, the Projector View shows only your slide. This gives students time to respond on their own before seeing what others submitted. To open the Projector View and show all responses: 1. Start a new Pear Deck lesson, or reopen a previous one from your Sessions menu. 2. If you start a new lesson, choose **Instructor Paced** to automatically open the Projector View. 3. Hover over the bottom of the slide. The Navigation bar appears. 4. Click **Show Responses**. On a Multiple Choice slide, responses appear overlaid on the slide by default. You can change the response layout by selecting an option in the top-left corner of the screen. Different interactive question types have different display options. Learn more in [The Five Interactive Question Types](/products/pear-deck/use-interactive-question-types). Arrow pointing to to Show Responses button in Projector View Projector View, multiple choice slide, overlaid layout Layout options highlighted in the Projector View ## See Student Names with Responses in the Teacher Dashboard To see names alongside responses during or after class, open the private [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard). You can open it in a new window from the Projector View, or in a new tab from the Sessions menu. ### Open from the Projector View Opening the Dashboard from the Projector View launches it in a new window so you can keep it private while presenting a live Session. 1. On the Projector View, click the **More Actions** (three-dot) button. 2. Click **Open Dashboard in New Window**. You can also open it on a separate device by going to [peardeck.com/dash](http://peardeck.com/dash) on that device. Projector View "more options" menu, Open Dashboard in New Window selected 3. The Dashboard opens in a new window. ### Open from the Sessions Menu Use this approach to review answers after class or during a [Student Paced](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons) Session. 1. Go to your Sessions page. 2. Find the Session. 3. Click the **Dashboard View** icon. Sessions page with red arrows pointing at the Projector and Dashboard icons In the Dashboard, on a Multiple Choice slide, you can hover over a bar to see which students selected that option. Switch to **Grid View** to see each student's name next to the answer they submitted. Multiple choice, lit passage, overlaid with names, dashboard Response views circled in Dashboard Multiple choice, dashboard, grid layout ## Review Responses Later Responses are automatically saved in your Sessions menu. To review them later, find the Session and open the Projector View (for anonymous responses) or the Dashboard (for named responses). A Session with **Closed** status means students can no longer join. Sessions with **Live** or **Student-Paced Mode** status still allow students to join and respond. Change the status by opening one of the views or by clicking the **More Actions** button. ## Publish Responses after the Lesson When you sign in to Pear Deck with Google, you can publish responses at the end of the lesson. Confirm you are done collecting responses before publishing. Responses can only be published once per Session. Students' names appear on published documents only if you [require email sign-in](https://help.peardeck.com/how-students-join-a-pear-deck-session) before they join. * **Takeaways™** (Premium): Extend the lesson with an individualized Google Doc for each student containing images of your slides, the student's responses, and space for notes. Takeaways publish automatically to your Google Drive, and each student sees only their own Takeaway. * **Spreadsheet export**: Automatically export text-based responses to a Google spreadsheet. The spreadsheet includes Text, Multiple Choice, and Number responses (not Drawing or Draggable) along with students' names and email addresses. Google and Microsoft 365 users can also use [Reflect & Review](/products/pear-deck/use-reflect-and-review) to view student responses and teacher feedback after a Session ends, directly in the Pear Deck environment. A shareable link lets students see their own individual responses alongside the slide deck and any teacher feedback left for them. ## Resources Learn how to use the private Teacher Dashboard to monitor and respond to student work during a live Session. Give students access to their own responses and teacher feedback after a Session ends. # View Student Responses Privately Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-deck/view-student-responses-privately Use the Teacher Dashboard to review named student responses without displaying them on the Projector View GoGuardian Pear Deck collects student responses in real time and saves them automatically in the Session where they were collected. You can display responses anonymously on the Projector View for the whole class to see, or keep them private in the Teacher Dashboard (where names appear next to each answer) without projecting anything to students. To see student names alongside their responses, require email sign-in before you present. Without it, responses appear anonymously in all views. ## Show Responses Anonymously on the Projector View The Projector View displays all responses anonymously by default. Students can respond without seeing what their peers submitted until you choose to reveal answers. 1. Start a new Pear Deck lesson or reopen a previous one from your Sessions menu. 2. If starting a new lesson, select **Instructor Paced** to open the Projector View automatically. 3. Hover over the bottom of the slide. The navigation bar appears. 4. Click **Show Responses**. The Projector View shows responses in Overlaid layout by default. To change how answers appear, select a different layout option in the top-left corner of the screen. Layout options vary by interactive question type. ## View Named Responses in the Teacher Dashboard The [Teacher Dashboard](/products/pear-deck/use-the-teacher-dashboard) is a private view that shows student names next to their responses. Open it from the Projector View during a live Session, or from the Sessions menu to review responses after class. ### Open from the Projector View Use this method during a live Session to keep responses private while you present. 1. On the Projector View, click the **More Actions** (three-dot) button. 2. Click **Open Dashboard in New Window**. You can also open the Dashboard on a separate device by navigating to [peardeck.com/dash](http://peardeck.com/dash) on that device. ### Open from the Sessions Menu Use this method to review responses after class or during a [Student Paced](/products/pear-deck/use-student-paced-lessons) Session. 1. Go to your [Sessions](https://app.peardeck.com/home/sessions) page. 2. Find the Session you want to review. 3. Click the **Dashboard View** icon next to the Session. In the Dashboard, hover over a bar on a Multiple Choice slide to see which students selected each option. Switch to **Grid View** to see each student's name alongside the answer they submitted. ## Review Responses after Class Responses are automatically saved in your Sessions menu. To review them later, find the Session and open the Projector View (for anonymous responses) or the Dashboard (for named responses). A Session with a **Closed** status means students can no longer join. Sessions with a **Live** or **Student-Paced** status are still accepting responses. Change the status by opening a view or clicking the **More Actions** button next to the Session. ## Publish Responses after the Lesson When you sign in to Pear Deck with Google, you can publish responses at the end of a lesson. Publish only when you are done collecting responses. You can publish only once per Session. * **Takeaways** (Premium): Publish an individualized Google Doc for each student containing images of the slides and the student's own responses, with space for notes. Takeaways are saved to your Google Drive, and each student sees only their own document. * **Spreadsheet export**: Automatically export Text, Multiple Choice, and Number responses (not Drawing or Draggable) to a Google Sheet for grading. The sheet includes student names and email addresses if email sign-in was required. Google and Microsoft 365 users can use [Reflect & Review](/products/pear-deck/use-reflect-and-review) to let students view their own responses and any Teacher Feedback after a Session ends. ## Resources Open and navigate the private Dashboard to review named student responses during or after a Session. Learn about the five interactive question types and how responses display in each view. # Accessibility Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/accessibility Pear Practice natively supports accessibility with a mobile-friendly user experience (UX), keyboard navigation, screen r ## Accessibility in Pear Practice Pear Practice natively supports accessibility with a mobile-friendly user experience (UX), keyboard navigation, screen reader, text-to-speech, and reduced animation in your browsers. Supported browsers include Google Chrome, Safari, and Microsoft Edge. We designed Pear Practice with all users in mind by natively supporting accessibility. Features include: * Mobile-friendly user experience (UX) * Keyboard navigation * Screen reader * Text-to-speech * Reduced animation ## Keyboard Navigation Full keyboard navigation, or mouseless navigation, lets you use the app with only your keyboard. We recommend using the following keys: * Tab: navigate items * Enter: select an item * Escape: exit a window * Space bar: scroll to the bottom of the page ## Screen Reader Screen reader empowers visually impaired users to engage with content in braille or text-to-speech. You can turn on screen reader in your preferred browser, such as Google Chrome, Safari, or Microsoft Edge. ## Text-to-Speech Pear Practice's Live Practices and Quick Play feature built-in sound. During a session, click the sound button to listen to the question. The feature is intended for users who experience physical symptoms from excessive screen time, such as eye fatigue. ## Reduced Animation In your device and browser settings, you can turn on reduced animation to limit zoom and in-game animations, preventing dizziness or distraction. # Add Administrators and Teachers to Pear Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/add-administrators-and-teachers-to As a Pear Practice administrator, you can add teachers to your organization and automatically email them invitations. ## Add Administrators and Teachers to Pear Practice As a Pear Practice administrator, you can add teachers to your organization and automatically email them invitations to sign in to Pear Practice. CSV uploads are supported. With a Premium license, Pear Practice administrators can add administrators and teachers to their organization and automatically email invitations to help them sign into Pear Practice. Administrators can also change a teacher's role. Please note that administrators and teachers can be in one organization at a time. If the users are part of another organization, please reach out to Pear Practice Support with a list of their email addresses. ## Add Teachers by Email Address 1. Sign into [https://practice.peardeck.com/](https://practice.peardeck.com/) with an administrator's account. 2. Click **Admin Tools** in the menu bar. 3. Click **My Teachers** in the menu bar. 4. Click **Add Teachers**. 5. Enter one administrator or teacher's email address per line. 6. Click **Add Teachers**. Note: You can deselect **Send emails to teachers inviting them to Pear Practice** to manually onboard the teachers. ## Add Teachers via CSV Upload 1. Sign in to [https://practice.peardeck.com/](https://practice.peardeck.com/) with an administrator's account. 2. Click **My Teachers** in the navigation menu. 3. Click **Add Teachers**. 4. In a blank spreadsheet, enter one administrator or teacher's email address per row in the first column. 5. Export the spreadsheet as a CSV. 6. Click **Upload CSV**. 7. Select the CSV and upload it. 8. Confirm the imported email addresses in the text field. 9. Click **Add Teachers**. # Add Pear Practice as a Progressive Web App in Google Chrome Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/add-as-a-progressive-web-app-in-google-chrome In Google Chrome, Pear Practice can be installed as a progressive web app (PWA), letting educators and students open it. ## Add Pear Practice as a Progressive Web App in Google Chrome In Google Chrome, Pear Practice can be installed as a [progressive web app (PWA)](https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/9658361?hl=en\&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop), letting educators and students open it as an app on their iPads, Macs, Windows, or Chromebook devices. The PWA opens in a separate window without an address bar and bookmarks, increasing engagement and eliminating distractions for students. ## Install the Pear Practice PWA 1. Visit practice.peardeck.com in Google Chrome. 2. In the address bar, click the install button next to the bookmark (star) button. 3. Click **Install**. 4. Confirm the Pear Practice PWA automatically opens after installation. If the app doesn't open, please navigate to your applications folder and open it. Add the Pear Practice PWA to your Dock on your [iPad](https://support.apple.com/en-my/guide/ipad/ipadf6ea1ce5/ipados) or [Mac](https://support.apple.com/guide/mac-help/open-apps-from-the-dock-mh35859/mac), [Windows taskbar](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/how-to-use-the-taskbar-in-windows-0657a50f-0cc7-dbfd-ae6b-05020b195b07), or [Chromebook shelf](https://support.google.com/chromebook/answer/3113576?hl=en). Google Workspace administrators can add [Pear Practice as a kiosk](https://knowledge.workspace.google.com/kb/how-to-set-up-a-kiosk-app-000007425) on Chromebooks in Google Admin. Click the button designed as a monitor and down arrow to install Pear Deck as a PWA. Then click the Install button. Pear Practice opened as a PWA. # Add Diagram Question to My Practice Set Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/add-diagram-question-to-my-practice-set The Diagram question type prompts students to identify parts of a diagram. It supports image and GIF uploads. ## Add Diagram Question to My Practice Set The Diagram question type prompts students to identify parts of a diagram. It supports image and GIF uploads. You can add a Diagram question to your Practice Set for students to label. It supports image and GIF uploads from your computer or a URL. For example, you're teaching a lesson on four types of consumers in the ecosystem: carnivores, herbivores, decomposers, and autotrophs. You want students to associate the terms with images, so you create a diagram of each consumer and upload it to your Practice Set. You also click on each consumer on the diagram and label them, which prompts your students to drag the labels on the diagram during practice. ## Add Diagram to Practice Set 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on a set under **Practice Sets**. 3. Click **+ Add** > **Diagram**. 4. Set up under **Diagram**: * Under **Title**, write a question for students to answer * Click **+ Add Diagram** to upload an image or paste an image's URL * Select **This item requires higher-order thinking** to mix varying questions into students' individual practices that encourage them to think analytically * Click **+ Add Feedback** to open the **Feedback** tab 5. Configure under **Feedback**: * Add personalized feedback for students to see after completing the question for **Feedback Text** * Upload or paste content to add context to the feedback provided to students * Click **+ Add Standards** to switch to the **Standards** tab 6. Under **Standards**, filter standards by their name, collection, state, grade, or subject, and then click the checkbox next to the standard's name to select it. 7. Click **Save and Close**. # Add Numerical Question to My Practice Set Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/add-numerical-question-to-my-practice-set The Numerical question type prompts students to answer with numbers. ## Add Numerical Question to My Practice Set The Numerical question type prompts students to answer with numbers. In your Practice Set within My Library, you can add Numerical questions that prompt students to answer with numbers. They also offer GIFs, images, audio, and video as context to the questions, helping students learn in multiple styles. ## Add a Numerical Question 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on a set within **Practice Sets**. 3. Click **+ Add** > **Numerical**. 4. Set up under **Number Response**: * For **Prompt**, write a question for students to answer * Click **+ Add Media** to add multimedia content, such as GIFs, audio, and video * Enter the answer under **Correct Response** * Add a value under **Prefix**, such as the leading number of the answer * Write a value under **Suffix**, such as the final number of the answer * Select **This item requires higher-order thinking** to mix varying questions into students' individual practices that encourage them to think analytically * Click **+ Add Feedback** to open the **Feedback** tab 5. Configure for **Feedback**: * Add personalized or AI-generated feedback for students to see after completing the question for **Feedback Text** * Upload or paste content to add context to the feedback provided to students * Click **+ Add Standards** to switch to the **Standards** tab 6. Under **Standards**, filter standards by their name, collection, state, grade, or subject, and then click the checkbox next to the standard's name to select it. 7. Click **Save and Close**. # Add Teachers to Pear Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/add-teachers-to-pear-practice Add teacher accounts to Pear Practice for your district using Clever SSO or direct sign-up. District administrators can give teachers access to Pear Practice through two methods: sharing the app via Clever for single sign-on (SSO), or directing teachers to create accounts directly on the Pear Practice sign-in page. The Clever method is recommended for districts that already use Clever for roster management, as it provisions teacher accounts automatically when the app is shared. ## Share Pear Practice with Teachers via Clever Use this method if your district uses Clever. Sharing the Pear Practice app in Clever allows teachers to sign in immediately using their existing Clever credentials. 1. Navigate to your Clever dashboard and sign in with an administrator account. 2. Click **Applications** > **Add applications**. 3. Search for **Pear Practice (formerly Pear Practice)**. 4. Click **Request App**. 5. Click **Send Integration Request** and wait for approval via email. 6. After receiving approval, click **My applications** in Clever. 7. Click **Sharing District** or **Sharing by school** to the right of the Pear Practice app. 8. Under **Choose sharing method**, select your preferred sharing method and click **Next**. 9. Under **Choose who needs access**, select the teachers or staff who need access and click **Next**. 10. Under **Preview & share user data**, confirm your sharing settings and click **Share with application**. ![Request the Pear Practice app in Clever.](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000001vAj\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EMVu000001OGB8) ![Click the "Sharing district" button to share the Pear Practice app with organizations or users.](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000001vAj\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EMVu000001OAIe) Teachers who have been shared the app can sign in at [practice.peardeck.com/sign-in](https://practice.peardeck.com/sign-in) using **Sign in with Clever**. ## Manually Request the Pear Practice App in Clever If Pear Practice does not appear in Clever's application library, submit a manual integration request before sharing it with your district. After Clever processes the request, you will receive an email with a link to the app. The app then appears under **Applications** > **My applications** in your Clever dashboard, where you can configure sharing settings as described above. 1. Visit Clever's [application request form](https://schools.clever.com/applications/request). 2. Under **Application Information**, enter the following: * **Application Name:** Pear Practice (formerly Pear Practice) * **Sign-In Page URL:** `https://practice.peardeck.com/sign-in` 3. Under **Testing Information**, provide a test account username and password. Do not use an account that contains student data. 4. Click **Request**. ![You can manually request the Pear Practice app to be added to Clever.](https://support.goguardian.com/servlet/rtaImage?eid=ka0Vu0000001vAj\&feoid=00N1K00000ed3rb\&refid=0EMVu000001OFYQ) After the manual request is approved, return to **My applications** in Clever and follow the sharing steps in the previous section to give teachers access. ## Add Teachers Without Clever If your district does not use Clever, teachers can create free Pear Practice accounts directly using a Google or Microsoft account. Direct teachers to [practice.peardeck.com/sign-in](https://practice.peardeck.com/sign-in) and have them select **Sign in with Google** or **Sign in with Microsoft**. No administrator action is required to provision individual teacher accounts through this method. For districts that want centralized control over teacher access, Pear Practice Premium includes dedicated admin support and district-level reporting. Contact the Pear Practice team for licensing information. ## Resources Step-by-step instructions for adding and sharing the Pear Practice app in Clever. Required for Google Workspace districts whose students and teachers are under 18. Overview of premium features available to districts with a Pear Practice subscription. # Approve Pear Practice as a Third-Party App in Google Workspace Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/approve-pear-practice-google-workspace Approve Pear Practice as a trusted third-party app in Google Workspace so students can sign i in. In Google Workspace, your administrator can add Pear Practice as a trusted third-party app to allow students to sign in. [Workspace policy](https://support.google.com/a/answer/13288950?hl=en) requires that Pear Practice is trusted for accounts whose users are 18 or younger. Users under 18 cannot sign into Pear Practice if the app is not trusted. For more information about Workspace third-party app access, refer to Google's resources: * [Third-party app access enhancements](https://workspaceupdates.googleblog.com/2023/08/third-party-app-access-enhancements-for-google-workspace-edu.html) * [Manage access to unconfigured third-party apps for users under 18](https://support.google.com/a?p=under18-third-party-apps-access) * [How to configure third-party app access in bulk](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12653991?hl=en\&ref_topic=10021546\&sjid=761531526352746196-NA) ## Approve Pear Practice as a Third-Party App Use these steps if Pear Practice is already listed in Workspace as an app awaiting approval. If you do not see Pear Practice listed, skip to [Add Pear Practice Manually](#add-pear-practice-as-a-third-party-app-manually). 1. Visit [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com). 2. Sign in with an administrator account. 3. In the sidebar, click **Security** > **Access and data control** > **API controls**. 4. Click **Manage Third-Party Access**. 5. Under **Configured apps**, click **Add a filter** > **App name**. 6. Enter `Pear Deck Learning` and click **Apply**. 7. Select **Pear Deck Learning** and click **Change access**. 8. For **Scope**, select your root organizational unit (OU) or a specific OU that hosts student accounts. GoGuardian recommends the root OU. 9. Click **Continue**. 10. Select **Trusted**. 11. Select **Allowlist for exemption from API access blocks in context-aware access. Available only for apps added via OAuth client IDs**. 12. Click **Continue**. 13. Confirm your setup and click **Change Access**. 14. Verify your students can sign in to Pear Practice. In Google Workspace, click Security > Access and data control > API controls > Manage third-party app access. Select your root OU or a specific OU that houses your student user accounts. Set Pear Deck Learning to "Trusted". ## Add Pear Practice as a Third-Party App Manually Use these steps if Pear Practice is not listed as a third-party app in Workspace. You will need to add it twice , once for each Client ID. 1. Visit [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com). 2. Sign in with an administrator account. 3. In the sidebar, click **Security** > **Access and data control** > **API controls**. 4. Click **Manage Third-Party Access**. 5. Click **Configure new app**. 6. Paste the following string under **App**: `480233483242-58fgq3dcga76ek374rf6npucg78as3j0.apps.googleusercontent.com` 7. Click **Search**. 8. Click **Pear Deck Learning**. 9. For **Scope**, select your root OU or a specific OU that hosts student accounts. GoGuardian recommends the root OU. 10. Click **Continue**. 11. Select **Trusted**. 12. Select **Allowlist for exemption from API access blocks in context-aware access. Available only for apps added via OAuth client IDs**. 13. Click **Continue**. 14. Confirm your setup and click **Finish**. 15. Repeat steps 5–14 for the second Pear Deck Learning Client ID: `379962065044-digedvvia3khonh0n16u1n3teq8ue9q2.apps.googleusercontent.com` 16. Verify your students can sign in to Pear Practice. Search for Pear Deck Learning by the "App name" filter and then click "Change access". In Google Workspace, click Security > Access and data control > API controls > Manage third-party app access. Add Giant Steps manually by Client ID. Select your Client ID. Select your root OU or a specific OU that houses your users. Trust Pear Practice as a third-party app. ## Resources Set up Clever as a single sign-on method for Pear Practice in your district or school. Install Pear Practice as a PWA on Chrome for easier student access across devices. Add Pear Practice to the Home Screen on iPad or the Dock on Mac for quick access. Compare free and premium features to understand what a subscription unlocks. # Archive a Class Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/archive-a-class Archive an active class in Pear Practice to retain student data while keeping your class list current. Pear Practice stores classes in an archived state rather than deleting them, so year-over-year student data stays accessible after a semester or school year ends. Teachers can archive classes manually unless their district manages enrollment through a Student Information System (SIS) via an integration such as Clever, Canvas, or Schoology , in those cases, archiving must be done through the integration to keep rosters in sync. If your district uses an active roster integration other than Google Classroom, archive the class through that integration rather than directly in Pear Practice. ## Archive a Class 1. In Pear Practice, click **Manage Class** in the navigation menu. 2. Click the name of the class you want to archive. 3. Click **Actions** > **Archive Class**. 4. In the confirmation dialog, type **ARCHIVE** and click **Yes, Archive**. 5. The class moves out of your active class list and is now accessible under the **Archived Classes** dropdown. ## Resources Compare free and premium features available to teachers and administrators. Add the Pear Practice app in Clever and configure SSO for your district. # Best Practices for Teachers Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/best-practices-for-teachers The key tenets of Pear Practice are engagement, collaboration, feedback-feedorward, reinforcement, and differentiation, ## Best Practices for Teachers The key tenets of Pear Practice are engagement, collaboration, feedback-feedorward, reinforcement, and differentiation, which inspire our article on best practices. Pear Practice is designed for teachers to create a collaborative and engaging classroom environment. Its tenets include: * Engage * Collaborate * Feedback-Feedforward * Reinforce * Differentiate ## Engage Pear Practice's use of research-backed gamification techniques and accessibility features allows every student to immerse themselves in their learning experience and stay engaged. The inclusion of gamified elements in digital educational platforms increases engagement in the learning experience and subsequent test performance. Within Pear Practice's inclusive gaming experience, you can: * Add variety to your questions, such as drawing or classification * Customize learning with Pear Practice's accessibility features, such as a screen reader, read-aloud text, or mobile compatibility * Inspire students to earn points together and care packages for their avatars * Encourage students to earn XP and progress on their town map by completing assignments and Remix Sessions independently Note: You can check a student's progress in multiple ways, including looking at Pear Practice from their perspective by clicking on **Open as Student** from your avatar. ## Collaborate Pear Practice's collaborative learning features aim for more powerful group learning moments and foster a sense of community within the classroom. Group communication and encouragement between student group members are highly impactful for not only group academic success but also support individual students' persistence and sense of belonging within a group. Within Pear Practice, you can foster a collaborative environment with the following: * Incorporate student names, relevant topics, images, and holidays in your classroom content * Build warmth and community with Pear Practice Stickers and Reactions * Promote knowledge sharing and collaboration through learning problems using Pear Practice Stickers ## Feedback-Feedforward Pear Practice's feedback tool makes it easy to deliver timely feedback to students during a practice session. Research shows that placing feedback in the context of broader learning goals and calling attention to the work students have put forth can fuel greater learning outcomes and support a growth mindset. With the feedback tool, you can: * Provide positive reinforcement with clear, concise, and correct feedback as well as growth-mindset verbiage * Provide tips and compliments with customized feedback * Tie feedback back into learning objectives and goals by tailoring Practice Sets ## Reinforce Pear Practice aims to serve teachers as a tool for effective and engaging retrieval practice for experiences. Studies show that engaging students in regular sessions of retrieval practice and interleaving a variety of topics or forms of knowledge application into practice can help to improve knowledge retention and positive student learning outcomes. With Pear Practice's customizable Practice Sets and question types, you can: * Revisit and reinforce prior learning with bite-sized practice sessions * Use custom Practice Sets to block the practice of a specific skill or interleave related skills to maximize learning * Mix in varied Item types within the same Practice Sets to encourage different levels of Higher Order Thinking ## Differentiate Pear Practice's in-depth progress monitoring tools provide educators with granular performance on Items within a given standard or Practice Set at both the classroom and student levels. Progress monitoring results in higher academic achievement for students, more effective and proactive academic interventions, improved assessment and adjustment of instructional techniques, and improved individualized instruction for students. With Pear Practice's progress monitoring tools, you can: * Understand what topics a class is excelling in and what areas you can revisit together * Individualize practice exercises to meet students where they are at * Identify if a student may need additional practice or academic support # Big Board Basics and Structure Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/big-board-basics-and-structure The Big Board consists of practice items, voting rounds, and prize rounds. Each increases in point value. ## Big Board Basics and Structure The Big Board consists of practice items, voting rounds, and prize rounds. Each increases in point value, and the winning team earns bragging rights till next time. The Big Board incentivizes students to collaborate with their peers and earn as many points as possible together. The practices consist of three scoring structures, each raising the stakes and requiring increased collaboration: * Practice items * Voting rounds * Prize rounds ## Big Board Basics * The total number of practice items and the time per item decide the game length. * Teachers configure the number of items and allotted time before starting a session in **My Library** > click on the Practice Set's name > **Start Live Session** > **Practice Settings**. * Teams earn a token if at least one team member answers the practice item question correctly. Encourage students to place the token on empty spots on the board. * Tokens placed on the board can increase the point total for the team and unlock a surprise care package with a rare accessory for their avatar. ## Game Structure ## Practice Items * Each practice item's worth up to 100 points. * Partial answers also receive points. For example, if two of three students answer correctly, the team receives 66 points. * If students select multiple correct answers (e.g., multiple choice), the points are awarded based on a math formula: Points awarded = partial points total (100 / (total correct responses in a practice item \* the number of students in a team)) \* the total number of correct responses by all students in the team) ## Voting Rounds * Teams receive up to 150 points. 100 points by teacher vote. 50 points by class vote. Additional 50 points if the teacher and class vote for the same team, totaling 200 points. ## Prize Rounds * The round shows every three questions and at the game's end. * The first round is worth 100 points. * Each round increases by 100 points. * Collect additional points based on the number of tokens on the winning spot: Team points awarded = (total number of points available in the round / total number of all tokens on the winning board spot from all teams) \* total number of your team's tokens on the winning board spot * All teams with tokens on a winning square split the points in the round. # Change Administrator or Teacher's Role Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/change-administrator-or-teacher-s-role With a Premium license, district administrators can change a staff user's role or remove them from Pear Practice. ## Change Administrator or Teacher's Role in Pear Practice With a Premium license, district administrators can change a staff user's role or remove them from Pear Practice. Supported roles include administrator and teacher. With a Premium license, district administrators can change a staff user's role or remove them from Pear Practice. Supported roles include administrator and teacher. ## Change Administrator or Teacher's Role 1. Sign in to practice.peardeck.com with an administrator's account. 2. Click **My Teachers** in the menu bar. 3. Search by a teacher's name or find it in the list of accounts. 4. Under **Role**, click the teacher's current role and select **Teacher** or **Admin** in the drop-down menu. ## Remove User from Pear Practice 1. Sign in to practice.peardeck.com with an administrator's account. 2. Click **My Teachers** in the menu bar. 3. Search by the user's name or find it in the list of accounts. 4. Click **Remove** next to the teacher's role. # Change Classroom Details Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/change-classroom-details You can edit a class in Classrooms > click on the class name > click on the ellipsis menu > Edit. You can change your classroom's name, period, grade, and subject. The change saves in real-time and confirms with a "Classroom saved" notification. ## Change Classroom Details 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the ellipsis button next to the classroom name, then select **Edit**. 3. Make your changes. 4. Click **Save and Close**. # Change Student's Full Name to Preferred Name Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/change-student-s-full-name-to-preferred-name If your student has a nickname or preferred name, use it by clicking Classrooms > class name > Students. ## Change Student's Full Name to Preferred Name in Pear Practice If your student has a nickname or preferred name, use it by clicking **Classrooms** > class name > **Students** > the pencil button. The change applies only to the student in your classroom, not their overall student account. You can change a student's full name to their preferred name in your classroom. The student's preferred name shows in assignments, sessions, and the class list. The change applies only to your classroom even if the student's account syncs to other classes. ## Set a Preferred Name 1. Click **Classrooms** > classroom name > **Students**. 2. Find the student and click the pencil button. 3. Under **Preferred Name**, enter their desired name. 4. Click **Save**. Note: Remove a student's preferred name by clicking the pencil button, deleting the name, and saving the change. Their name defaults to their full name. # Collect Items in Season Map Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/collect-items-in-season-map The Season Map is a route full of locations that students can visit and exchange their Tickets for Items. ## Collect Items in Season Map The Season Map is a route full of locations that students can visit and exchange their Tickets for Items. Items are unique and rare to each location, so it's encouraged that students complete their independent and team practices to earn Tickets that they can use on the map. Season Map is a community where you can exchange your Tickets for Items to add to your Locker. You can unlock rare and unique Items as you move along the map, which has four important parts: * Zones * Location * Spaces * Tickets * Items Let's follow Angel, a Pear Practice student, as they move along the map. ## Zones When Angel opens Season Map, they find it's like a board game. It's divided by Zones and features places where they can visit to unlock Items. Angel can open the next zone by collecting 60 percent of the Items in their current zone. For example, if there are 25 Items total to collect across the zone, they will need to collect at least 15 Items. ## Location As Angel looks closer, they find their location on the map indicated by their avatar and a partially filled circle. The circle means they've made some progress in collecting Items. Circles can be empty, partially filled, or filled: * Empty: None of the Items have been unlocked at the location * Partially filled: Some of the Items have been unlocked * Filled: All Items have been unlocked When Angel clicks on their avatar, a pop-up reveals they're visiting the Post Office. It also describes the Post Office and number of available Spaces to earn, and a button to visit the Post Office. ## Spaces Once Angel clicks the button to visit the Post Office, the screen transitions to a zoomed-in view of them in front of the office. It also shows a row of Items in circles called Spaces. The Post Office offers four Spaces to collect Items from. They've already collected the first Item, and the second space is beating like a heart, making it larger than the remaining and clickable. When Angel clicks on it, a pop-up reads Facial Detail Item that they can unlock with a Ticket. ## Tickets To unlock the Facial Detail Item, Angel needs one Ticket. They check their total number of tickets in the upper right of the screen next to the music note and discover that they've earned six Tickets. Their independent practice in Daily Remixes and helping teammates on the Big Board rewarded them. ## Items Angel can exchange one Ticket for the Facial Detail Item mentioned earlier by clicking the **Unlock It.** button. After clicking the **Unlock It.** button, a new screen shows the unlocked Item and its rarity level.  When Angel clicks the **Unlock It.** button, they receive face paint rated Common. In order of least to most rare, the ratings are: * Common * Uncommon * Rare * Epic * Legendary After unlocking the Item, Angel's screen transitions back to the Items and available Spaces. They can also click **Back** at the upper left of the screen to see the complete Season Map. Pro-tip: Unlock all Items in one location to receive a mystery outfit. # Combine Questions from Multiple Practice Sets Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/combine-multiple-practice-sets Build a unit review or cumulative assignment by pulling questions together from multiple Pear Practice sets. Pear Practice doesn't merge practice sets natively. To build a combined review or cumulative assignment, create a new blank set and copy questions into it from your existing sets. The result is a single set you can assign to any class. ## Create a New Practice Set for Your Review Start with a blank set to hold the questions you'll pull in. 1. Click **Create** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Custom**. 3. Enter a name under **Details** > **Title**. Choose a name that reflects the scope of the review, such as "Unit 3 Cumulative Review" or "Midterm Practice." 4. Fill in **Description**, **Subject**, **Grade**, and **Language**. 5. Set **Adjust Sharing Settings** to **Private** until you're ready to share. 6. Click **Create Practice Set**. Your new set opens in My Library with no questions yet. ## Copy Questions from an Existing Set With your new set open, pull in questions from other sets in My Library. 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on the name of your new practice set. 3. Under **Questions**, click **+ Add**. 4. For **Add existing from**, select **My Library**. 5. Search by keyword or filter by subject, grade, or standard to find a source set. 6. Locate the question you want and click **+ Add to Set**. 7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for each question you want to include from this source. 8. To pull from another source set, click **+ Add** again, change the **Add existing from** selection if needed, and search for the next source. For full steps on copying questions across sets and libraries, see [Copy Questions to Practice Sets from Libraries](/products/pear-practice/copy-questions-to-practice-sets-from-libraries). ## Copy Questions from Explore If source sets live in the Explore library rather than My Library, use the Explore tab to add questions directly to your combined set. 1. Click **Explore**. 2. Search or browse for a practice set by subject, grade, or author. 3. Click on the name of the practice set. 4. Click **View Details**. 5. Find a question and click **+ Add to Set** under **Questions**. 6. Repeat for each question you want from Explore. Copied questions default to private sharing settings in your library. For full steps, see [Copy Question from Explore](/products/pear-practice/copy-question-from-explore). A single practice set supports up to 100 questions. Keep this limit in mind when pulling from multiple sources. ## Adjust the Question Order After copying questions from multiple sources, review the order so the set flows the way you intend. 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on the name of your combined practice set. 3. Click **Reorder** under **Questions**. 4. Click and hold a question, then drag it to the correct position. 5. Click **Save**. To duplicate a question within the set, click the **copy** button (the icon with 2 folders) in the question's toolbar. For full steps, see [Duplicate or Reorder a Question in My Library](/products/pear-practice/duplicate-or-reorder-a-question-in-my-library). ## Assign Your Combined Set When the set is ready, assign it to your class. 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Click **Assignments**. 4. Click **Create Assignment**. 5. Select your combined practice set. 6. Add a description, set a **Start Date** and **Due Date**, and enter an **Accuracy Goal**. 7. Select the class under **Assign to Classroom**. 8. Click **Create Assignment**. To confirm the assignment posted correctly, open the class in **Classrooms** and check that it appears under **Assignments** with the correct due date and accuracy goal. Students can access the assignment from **Home**, **My Classes**, or the link posted to Google Classroom. For full steps on creating and configuring assignments, see [Create Assignment](/products/pear-practice/create-assignment). Once students complete the assignment, review their results in [Classroom Reports](/products/pear-practice/review-classroom-reports) to see performance by question across the combined set. # Connect Pear Practice Class with Google Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/connect-class-with-google-classroom From Pear Practice, you can connect a manually created class with a class in Google Classroom. ## Connect Pear Practice Class with Google Classroom From Pear Practice, you can connect a manually created class with a class in Google Classroom. The connection lets you post Pear Practice assignments to Google Classroom for students to complete. It requires giving Pear Practice access your Google Classroom account. You can connect a Pear Practice class to Google Classroom and post an assignment to both apps. After you post the assignment, students can open their Stream in Google Classroom and click the assignment's link to complete it in Pear Practice. The assignment is marked as done in Pear Practice and Google Classroom. To connect classes, please give Pear Practice permission to your Google Classroom account. It allows Pear Practice to: * Manage coursework and grades for students in the Google Classroom classes you teach and view the coursework and grades for classes you administer * View the email addresses of people in your classes * View your Google Classroom class rosters * View your Google Classroom classes ## Connect Unlinked Pear Practice Class with Google Classroom 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of your class. 3. Under **Students**, click **Connect to Google Classroom**: which appears if the class has at least one student enrolled and is not linked to Google, or click **Add from Google Classroom**. 4. Select your class from Google Classroom. 5. Click **Next: Choose Students**. 6. Select the students to import from the class in Google Classroom. 7. Click **Save**. 8. Click **Yes, Connect My Classrooms**. The **Connect to Google Classroom** and **Yes, Connect My Classrooms** buttons do not appear if your class is already linked to Google Classroom. # Copy Practice Set from Explore Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/copy-practice-set-from-explore In Explore, you can click on a Practice Set's name > Copy to My Library. ## Copy Practice Set from Explore In **Explore**, you can click on a Practice Set's name > **Copy to My Library**. It copies the set to your private library, **My Library**. When reviewing Practice Set in the **Explore** tab, you can copy it to your private library, **My Library**. The sets are private to you unless changed in **My Library** > click the set > click the pencil button > **Adjust Sharing Settings**. ## Copy Practice Set 1. Click **Explore**. 2. Search or browse Practice Sets by subject, grade, district, community, or the experts. 3. Click on the name of a set. 4. Click **Use** > **Copy to My Library**. 5. Confirm the Practice Set was added via the notification in the lower-right corner or by navigating to **My Library**. # Copy Question from Explore Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/copy-question-from-explore From the Explore tab, you can copy a question to My Library. The copy gets private sharing settings by default. ## Copy Question from Explore From the **Explore** tab, you can copy a question to **My Library**. The copy gets private sharing settings by default unless you change it in **My Library** > click the Practice Set > click the pencil button > **Adust Sharing Settings**. Practice Sets support up to 100 questions. From the **Explore** tab, you can copy a question to **My Library**. The copy gets private sharing settings by default unless you change it in **My Library** > click the Practice Set > click the pencil button > **Adjust Sharing Settings**. Practice Sets support up to 100 questions. ## Copy Question 1. Click **Explore**. 2. Search or browse for a Practice Set by subject, grade, or author. 3. Click on the name of a Practice Set. 4. Click **View Details**. 5. Find a question and click + **Add to Set** under **Questions**. # Copy Questions to Practice Sets from Libraries Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/copy-questions-to-practice-sets-from-libraries In My Library, click on a Practice Set's name > + Add Question and then search for question types from existing libraries. ## Copy Questions to Practice Sets from Libraries In **My Library**, click on a Practice Set's name > + **Add Question** and then search for question types from existing libraries. The default library is **School Library**. You can copy existing questions to your Practice Sets from **Public Library**, **School Library**, or **my Library**. One set supports up to 100 questions. ## Copy Question to Your Practice Set 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on a Practice Set's name. 3. Under **Questions**, click + **Add**. 4. For **Add existing from**, select **Public Library**, **My School Library**, or **My Library**. 5. Search with a keyword. 6. Filter by state, grade, or subject. 7. Click + **Add to Set** above the question. 8. Close the menu when done. # Create a Custom Practice Set in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/create-a-custom-practice-set-in-my-library You can create a Practice Set in My Library > Create Practice Set. ## Create a Custom Practice Set in My Library You can create a Practice Set in **My Library** > **Create Practice Set**. Customize sets for a student, a group of students, or the entire classroom, and apply them to a Live Practice or an assignment. In **My Library**, you can create a Custom Practice Set to group up to 100 questions and present them to students during Live Practice or Quick Play sessions. ## Create Custom Practice Set in My Library 1. Click **Create** in the navigation menu. 2. Click **Custom**. 3. Enter a unique name within **Details** > **Title**. 4. Add context for **Description**. 5. Select a folder from your library, which lets you group Practice Sets. 6. Select one or more **subjects**. 7. Select one or more **grades**. 8. Select a **language** used for the set. 9. Select **Public**, **My School**, or **Private** for **Adjust Sharing Settings**. 10. Click **Cover Image** to give the set a visual representation that's easily recognizable. 11. Select a background color and subject-related cover image to quickly identify the set. The default image is Other if one isn't selected. 12. Click **Create Practice Set**. # Create a Folder in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/create-a-folder-in-my-library In My Library, you can create a Folder that groups your Practice Sets. Folders can vary by subject, topic, unit, or anything you'd like. ## Create a Folder in My Library In **My Library**, you can create a Folder that groups your Practice Sets. Folders can vary by subject, topic, unit, or anything that works for your class. In **My Library**, you can create a Folder that groups your Practice Sets. Folders can vary by subject, topic, unit, or anything that works for your class. ## Create a Folder 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click **Create** > **Create Folder**. 3. Enter a unique name for **Folder Name**. 4. Add context to the name under **Folder Description**. 5. Click **Save**. # Create Assignment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/create-assignment To create an assignment, click Classrooms > class name > Assignments > Create Assignment. You can create an assignment in **Classrooms**, **My Library**, or **Explore**. Assignments created from the **Explore** tab are automatically added to your classes in **My Library**. Assignments require an accuracy goal and a due date and can post to Google Classroom. Students can complete the assignment by clicking its link in Google Classroom, visiting Pear Practice, then selecting **My Classes**, or opening the link from the email notification. ## Create Assignment 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click on a class name. 3. Click **Assignments**. 4. Click **Create Assignment** or **Assign** depending on where you navigated. 5. Add context under **Description**. 6. Select **Now** or **Custom date or time** under **Start Date**. Select a date and time under **Due Date** if applicable. 7. Select or enter a percentage needed to complete the assignment for **Accuracy Goal**. 8. Select a class under **Assign to Classroom**. 9. Click **Edit selection** to change the students who receive the assignment. 10. Click **Randomize the order of questions** to present the questions as listed in the Practice Set. 11. Click **Create Assignment**. 12. Check with students that they see their assignment under **Home** and **My Classes** when they sign in. # Create a Classification Question Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/create-classification-question Add a classification question to a practice set to help students sort items into categories. Classification questions ask students to sort items into two or more named groups. Use this question type in a practice set when you want students to demonstrate understanding of categories, properties, or relationships. ## Before You Begin Confirm that you have a practice set open and ready to edit. If you need to create a new practice set first, see [Create a Practice Set](/products/pear-practice/create-a-custom-practice-set-in-my-library). ## Add a Classification Question 1. Open the practice set you want to edit. 2. Click **Add Question**. 3. Select **Classification** from the question type list. 4. In the **Question** field, enter the prompt students will see. 5. Under **Categories**, enter a name for each group. Click **Add Category** to include more groups. 6. Under **Items**, enter each item students will sort. Assign each item to the correct category using the dropdown next to it. 7. (Optional) Click **Add Hint** to provide a hint students can reveal during practice. 8. Click **Save** to add the question to the practice set. ## Verify the Question After saving, preview the practice set to confirm the classification question appears correctly and all items are assigned to the right categories. 1. Click **Preview** in the practice set editor. 2. Interact with the classification question as a student would. 3. Return to the editor and make any corrections needed. ## Resources Set up a new practice set before adding questions. Learn what Pear Practice offers for student skill-building. # Create Draw Question in My Practice Set Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/create-draw-question-in-my-practice-set Add a Draw question to your Practice Set in My Library > click the set's name > Add Question. ## Create Draw Question in My Practice Set Add a Draw question to your Practice Set in My Library > click the set's name > Add Question. The question prompts students to answer with on-screen drawings and require the teacher's approval before the class sees them. In your Practice Set, you can create a Draw question to prompt students to draw their answers on blank canvases. The question supports media uploads, text-to-audio, and recorded audio, allowing students to learn audibly, visually, and interactively. ## Create Draw Question in Practice Set 1. Click My Library. 2. Click on a set under Practice Sets. 3. Click + Add > Draw. 4. Set up the following under Drawing: * For **Prompt**, write a question for students to answer. * Click **+ Add Media** to upload content, add text-to-audio, or record audio. * Click **+ Add Background** to select a background or upload or link an image for students to draw on. * Select **This item requires higher-order thinking** to mix varying questions into students' individual practices that encourage them to think analytically. * Click **+ Add Feedback** to open the Feedback tab. 5. Configure the following under Feedback: * For **Feedback Text**, add personalized feedback for students to see after completing the question. Upload or paste content to add context to the feedback provided to students. * Click **+ Add Standards** to switch to the Standards tab. 6. Under Standards, filter standards by their name, collection, state, grade, or subject, and then click the checkbox next to the standard's name to select it. 7. Apply the following under Standards: * Search for specific standards to select. * Filter by state, grade, and subject. * Select the standard. 8. Click Save and Close. Note: Draw questions are available only in Live Practices and not included in assignments or reporting. # Create a Pear Practice Shortcut on Apple Devices Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/create-shortcut-apple-devices Add Pear Practice to an iPad Home Screen or Mac Dock so students can open the app without entering the URL On Apple devices, you can add Pear Practice to the iPad Home Screen or Mac Dock, letting students open the app in their default browser without entering the URL each time. If you want to add Pear Practice to Home Screens in bulk, ask your administrator to enter `https://practice.peardeck.com/` in a [Web Clips payload](https://support.apple.com/guide/deployment/web-clips-payload-settings-depbc7c7808/1/web/1.0) in your mobile device management (MDM) solution. ## Add Pear Practice to the Home Screen on iPad 1. Open [Pear Practice](https://practice.peardeck.com/) in Safari. 2. Tap the action menu, then tap **Add to Home Screen**. 3. Name the shortcut **Pear Practice**. 4. Tap **Add**. 5. On your Home Screen, tap the Pear Practice icon to open it. From the Share button, tap "Add to Home Screen" to create a shortcut to the website on your iPad. These steps may differ or may not be supported in browsers other than Safari. Review your browser's documentation if you use a different browser. Name the shortcut, "Pear Practice," or a name that's familiar to students. The "Pear Practice" shortcut on the Home Screen. ## Add Pear Practice to the Dock on Mac 1. Open [Pear Practice](https://practice.peardeck.com/) in your preferred browser. 2. Create the shortcut based on your browser: * In **Chrome**, click the ellipsis button, then select **More Tools** > **Create Shortcut** > **Create**. Move the shortcut from the Chrome Apps folder to your Dock. After Pear Practice is added to your Dock, the shortcut displays the app's logo. * In **Safari**, click and hold the URL in the address bar, then drag it to your Dock next to the Trash, where recent apps appear. By default, Safari shows a globe icon rather than the Pear Practice logo. 3. Click the Pear Practice shortcut to confirm it opens in your default browser. From the ellipsis menu, you can click on More Tools > Create Shortcut. ## Resources Learn about Pear Practice and its features for student practice. Use MDM to push Web Clips to student devices in bulk. # Daily Remixes Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/daily-remixes Daily Remixes are personalized Practice Sets for students to form a daily learning habit and earn Experience Points (XP). ## Daily Remixes Daily Remixes are personalized Practice Sets for students to form a daily learning habit and earn Experience Points (XP). The remixes are based on the subjects they're studying and are different each day. They include a "Redemption" set, which allows students to work on questions that they need more practice on. Daily Remixes are sets of practice questions created every day just for you. They're based on the subjects you're studying and are the quickest way to earn the maximum XP. The most popular set is Redemption, which reinforces learning by showing questions you previously practiced with teammates on the Big Board or your own in an assignment. You can find your sets under My Daily Remixes on the Home screen after signing in to your account. Each set includes: * Avatar * Subject name * Experience Points (XP) * Status: In Progress or Complete * Play button Start a set by clicking the play button, which opens it in the same layout as the Big Board. Click the speaker button next to the question to hear it read aloud. After you finish a set, the play button turns into a checkmark and the status says Complete, confirming that you collected the XP. Tip: To pause your practice, click the hamburger menu at the top of the screen > **Exit Game**. # Delete a Practice Set in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/delete-a-practice-set-in-my-library In My Library, you can delete a Practice Set to erase its questions and remove it from your library and other shared library. ## Delete a Practice Set in My Library In My Library, you can delete a Practice Set to erase its questions and remove it from your library and other shared libraries. In My Library, you can delete a Practice Set, which removes the questions and reporting from it. ## Delete Practice Set in My Library 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on the name of the Practice Set. 3. Click on the ellipsis button > **Delete**. 4. Confirm your action. # Delete Class Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/delete-class To delete a class, click Classrooms, the ellipsis menu, and then Delete twice. Under **Classrooms**, you can delete your class to permanently remove all students and assignments from it. Delete the class only when it's no longer needed. Another option is to archive the class. ## Delete Class 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the ellipsis to the right of the classroom name, then select **Delete**, and confirm by clicking **Delete** again. 3. Confirm the classroom no longer shows in **Classrooms**. # Delete Folder from My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/delete-folder-from-my-library In My Library, you can delete a folder by clicking on the ellipsis menu of the folder > Delete. ## Delete Folder from My Library In **My Library**, you can delete a folder by clicking on the ellipsis menu of the folder > **Delete**. The action removes the Practice Sets from the folder. In My Library, you can delete your Folder, which moves the Practice Sets out of the folder. It won't delete your Practice Sets. ## Delete a Folder 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on the folder's name > the ellipsis button to the right of the folder name > **Delete**. 3. Confirm the folder's deletion. 4. Check that the folder no longer shows in **My Library**. # Duplicate a Practice Set in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/duplicate-a-practice-set-in-my-library You can duplicate a Practice Set in My Library to quickly create sets and assignments, expediting onboarding and teaching. ## Duplicate a Practice Set in My Library You can duplicate a Practice Set in My Library to quickly create sets and assignments, expediting onboarding and teaching. In My Library, you can duplicate a Practice Set and its questions to quickly build content for onboarding and teaching students. Then you can edit the questions in the copied set by clicking the pencil button. ## Duplicate Practice Set 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click the name of the Practice Set. 3. Click the ellipsis button > **Duplicate**. # Duplicate or Reorder a Question in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/duplicate-or-reorder-a-question-in-my-library When reordering questions, click and drag them to the desired location or duplicate them. ## Duplicate or Reorder a Question in My Library When reordering questions, click and drag them to the desired location. Also, you may duplicate them by clicking on the button that looks like two folders. In My Library, you can quickly build your Practice Set by duplicating questions and reordering them. After you duplicate a question, click the pencil button to edit it. ## Duplicate Question 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on a set's name in **Practice Sets**. 3. Find a question to duplicate under **Questions**. 4. Click the copy button in the question's toolbar, which is an icon with two folders. ## Reorder Questions 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on a set's name in **Practice Sets**. 3. Click **Reorder**. 4. Find the question to reorder under **Questions**. 5. Click and hold to move the question. 6. Click **Save**. # Earn Tickets with Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/earn-tickets-with-practice Tickets are exchanged for Items on the Season Map. One Ticket unlocks one Item on the map. ## Earn Tickets with Practice Tickets are exchanged for Items on the Season Map. One Ticket unlocks one Item on the map. Users can find their total number of tickets in the upper-right corner of the map. To earn a Ticket, the user must collect 210 XP through independent practice or Live Practice. Tickets are traded for Items on the Season Map. One Ticket unlocks one Item when you visit a location. Find your total number of Tickets in the upper-right corner of the map near the music note. To receive a Ticket, collect 210 Experience Points (XP) by practicing on your own with Daily Remixes, Practice Sets, and assignments. You can also earn XP by collaborating with your teammates on the Big Board. Check your current XP by clicking your avatar from the *Home*, *My Classes*, or \_Locker\_screens and then reviewing under your current level. It displays in the following format: current XP / 210 XP. To earn a Ticket, the user must collect 210 XP through independent practice or Live Practice.Earn Tickets with PracticeURL NameEarn-Tickets-with-Practice # Edit a Student's Account Details Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/edit-a-student-s-account-details Edit a student's account details, such as setting their preferred name. Under **Classrooms**, you can edit a student's preferred name and grade level if they have signed in to Pear Practice at least once. Preferred names show instead of full names in the class and in-game sessions. ## Edit a Student's Account Details 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the classroom name. 3. Click the pencil button for a student under **Students**. 4. Change the student's **Preferred Name** or **Grade Level**. 5. Click **Save**. # Edit Assignment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/edit-assignment You can modify an assignment, including its accuracy goal and due date. In **Classrooms**, you can edit an upcoming assignment's details. The available details include: * Practice Set * Description * Start Date * Due Date * Accuracy Goal * Assign Practice Set to Google Classroom ## Edit Assignment 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of a classroom, then select **Assignments**. 3. Click the pencil button for an assignment under **Upcoming**. 4. Make changes. 5. Click **Save Assignment**. # Edit Practice Set in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/edit-practice-set-in-my-library To edit a Practice Set, click on the pencil button and modify its name, folder, subject, grade level, language, and sharing settings. ## Edit Practice Set in My Library To edit a Practice Set, click on the pencil button and modify its name, folder, subject, grade level, language, sharing settings, and cover image. In My Library, you can change a Practice Set's details and confirm the change with the "Practice set saved" notification. Details include: * Cover image * Title * Description * Folder * Subject * Grade Level * Language * Sharing Settings ## Edit Practice Set 1. Click **My Library** in the menu bar. 2. Click the name of the Practice Set. 3. Click the pencil button. 4. Make changes to the set. 5. Click **Save Changes** under **Details**. # Enroll Students by Email Address Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/enroll-students-by-email-address You can enter student email addresses on each line to automatically add them to your class. In **Classrooms**, you can enroll students into your class by adding them directly or sending invitations to their email addresses. List one email address per line. After students' first sign-in, they're listed alphabetically by the last name of their preferred name. Their default avatars also update to their personalized avatars. ## Enroll Students by Email Address 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click on the classroom name. 3. Below **Students**, click **Invite Students to Join**. 4. Enter one email address per line. 5. Click **Send Email Invitations**. 6. Check with students that they can sign in to Pear Practice with their email address via Google, Microsoft, or Clever single sign-on. 7. Confirm the students' emails are listed under **Students**. Email invitations are only sent to students who don't have a Pear Practice account. You can skip sending email invitations to students by selecting **Skip emailing invites**. # Exchange Tickets for Items as Student Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/exchange-tickets-for-items-as-student With Capsule Machine, students can swap tickets from a past or current season for random items. ## Exchange Tickets for Items as Student in Pear Practice With Capsule Machine, students can swap tickets from a past or current season for random items, which are automatically added to the student's Locker. With Capsule Machine, students can swap tickets from a past or current season for random items, which are automatically added to the student's Locker. ## Exchange Tickets for Items as Student 1. Sign in to Pear Practice as a student. 2. Click **Home** > **Capsule Machine** under the season map and XP. 3. Click **Exchange Ticket** to swap one ticket for a random item. # Filter Practice Sets in Explore Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/filter-practice-sets-in-explore You can filter Practice Sets in Public Library by title, description, standards, subjects, grades, and subscription type. ## Filter Practice Sets in Explore You can filter Practice Sets in Public Library by title, description, standards, subjects, grades, and subscription type. In the Explore tab, you can search or filter Practice Sets by: * Subject * Grade * Standards * Titles * Free or Premium ## Search Practice Sets 1. Click **Explore**. 2. Enter keywords in the search bar. ## Filter Practice Sets 1. Click Explore. 2. Click the filter menu in the search bar or click **More Filters**. 3. Select from one of the following: Subject(s) Standard(s) Click + Select Standards to add standards to the filter Grade(s) Language(s) Pear Practice certified practice sets only Free practice sets only 4. Click **Apply Filters**. # Follow a Teacher's Public Profile Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/follow-a-teacher-s-public-profile In the Explore tab, you can view and follow a teacher's public profile by clicking their name under the Practice Set's title. ## Follow a Teacher's Public Profile In the Explore tab, you can view and follow a teacher's public profile by clicking their name under the Practice Set's title. The profile lists all sets that the teacher adds to Shared Libraries. In the Explore tab, you can view and follow a teacher's public profile by clicking their name under the Practice Set's title. The profile lists all sets that the teacher adds to the libraries, the teacher's followers, and whom they're following. ## Follow Teacher Public Profile 1. Click **Explore**. 2. Click on a Practice Set. 3. Click on the creator's name next to the byline to view their profile and Practice Sets. 4. Click **+ Follow**. # Follow Updates on Pear Practice's Availability Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/follow-updates-on-s-availability If you're outside of the country, sign up to receive updates on regional changes and updates in Pear Practice. ## Follow Updates on Pear Practice's Availability If you're outside of the country, sign up to receive updates on regional changes and updates in Pear Practice. The app is available in the United States. Pear Practice is currently available in the United States. If the app is unavailable in your region, you can get updates on availability by clicking **Keep Me Posted** and subscribing to our newsletter. You may unsubscribe from the communications at any time. Note: Visit Pear Practice's Privacy Policy for Website Visitors for more information about how we protect your personal information. # Getting Started with Pear Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/getting-started A guide to fostering fun and collaboration in Pear Practice, including how to set up your account, your first classroom, and your Practice Sets. ## Getting Started with Pear Practice A guide to fostering fun and collaboration in Pear Practice, including how to set up your account, your first classroom, and your Practice Sets. This article guides you on creating an account, building classrooms and assignments, and running Live Practices in Pear Practice. ## Looking for Giant Steps? If you're looking for Giant Steps, you're in the right place — Giant Steps runs on Pear Practice. Everything below applies: * **Log in** with Google, Clever, or Microsoft single sign-on. See [Set up Account](#set-up-account). * **Set up classes and students.** See [Create Classroom](#create-classroom) and [Enroll Students](#enroll-students). * **Find content.** See [Explore Content](#explore-content) and [Add Practice Sets](#add-practice-sets). * **Get account help.** See [Troubleshoot Pear Practice Account and Login Issues](/products/pear-practice/troubleshoot-pear-practice-account). ## Technical Guidelines It's important that you and your students access Pear Practice fully, so please send your network administrator our technical guidelines to avoid interruptions in the classroom. Please submit a support case if you have any questions about the guidelines. ## Set Up Account Configure your account in minutes with a smooth authentication via Google, Clever, or Microsoft single sign-on. You won't even have to remember a password for Pear Practice.  As you create your account, we ask a few questions about your geographical location, time zone, and the subjects you teach. It's to help us better prepare your Pear Practice environment, including setting your default language, preparing the standards, sending timely notifications about assignments, and building Practice Sets. We do it all so that you can focus on your students. ## Create Classroom We built the Classroom feature as a multi-purpose tool: * Add students * Assign Practice Sets to a student or a class * Evaluate progress reports for a student or a class by Practice Sets, assignments, or standards When you create your classroom, think of what it's traditionally been and what it could be, a focused group project, for example. ## Enroll Students After you've created your classrooms, add your students with one of three options: * Google Classroom * Link * Email Please remember that your Google Classroom email address matches your Pear Practice account. If they mismatch, we recommend inviting students via a link or adding them directly to the classroom via email. After enrolling your students, please watch our video to better understand how students engage and enjoy Pear Practice. ## Explore Content Explore is a centralized content repository where teachers can browse recommended Practice Sets, search sets, or review them by subject or grade from the following tabs: * All Sets, which combines all sets below into one tab * My Sets, which pulls sets from My Library that match specified search criteria * My District, which is formerly My School * From Experts, which displays certified, standards-aligned content generated by our in-house team of education experts * From Community, which displays content created by other educators Teachers can view the above areas after filtering content or using the personalized view provided by Pear Practice. If the teacher has provided their subjects and grades in their account settings, the personalized view recommends content based on the teacher's subjects and grades. ## Add Practice Sets A Practice Set is a group of questions tailored to one or more subjects, grade levels, and certified state standards. You can structure it in any way that works for your classroom. For example, prepare a set with questions about robotics, history, physics, and psychology for an interdisciplinary project focused on thoughtful creations. Once you've created your Practice Set, add questions from either the Public Library created by the Pear Practice community, the School Library created by educators in your district or school, add them manually, or import them in bulk via CSV. The question types include the following: * Multiple Choice * Text Response * Numerical * Draw * Diagram * Classification ## Build Assignments Want students to work on their own? Encourage practice by creating an assignment for the entire class, a group of students, or even an individual student. Assign a due date and an accuracy goal in seconds. ## View Reports Student progress is the goal in every classroom, so while they play out front, we measure progress in the back. An entire classroom or a single student's progress is evaluated with accuracy scores from zero to 100 percent in three key areas: * Assignments * Practice Sets * Standards ## Start Live Practice All your hard work in building a fun and insightful environment culminates in Live Practices, a gamified learning feature where you turn your student's practice into play. They collaborate to answer questions and earn XP, which is also earned in practice assignments. Students spend their XP on accessories on their avatar and take new scenic routes in the Season Map. ## Open Student Mode If you dreamed of being a student in Pear Practice, realize your dreams with Student Mode. Navigate to your account menu and click **Open as Student**, which previews your account as a student with playful practices and even personalized avatars. We recommend using it for familiarizing with a student's experience and for demonstration, so students understand where their assignments and their XP live. If you have any questions, please review our Help Center or submit a support case. # Give Pear Practice Access to My Student Google Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/give-access-to-my-student-google-account In Google Classroom, you can open your Pear Practice assignments by clicking the assignment's link and giving Pear Practice access to your Google account. In Google Classroom, you can open your Pear Practice assignment by clicking the assignment's link and giving Pear Practice access to your Google account. Pear Practice needs access to mark your assignment as done in Google Classroom once you've finished it. ## Give Pear Practice Access to My Student Google Account 1. Go to Google Classroom. 2. Under **Stream**, click the assignment that your teacher posted. 3. Click the assignment's link to open it in Pear Practice. 4. In Pear Practice, click **Sign In with Google** if you're not signed in. 5. Click **Authorize with Google Classroom**. 6. Click **Continue** if you agree to give Pear Practice access to your Google account, then work on your assignment. # How Answer Validation and Grading Work in Pear Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/how-answer-validation-and-grading-works Understand how Pear Practice evaluates student answers, calculates accuracy, and handles case sensitivity and partial matches. ## How Answer Validation and Grading Work in Pear Practice When you assign a practice set or run a Live Practice, most question types are graded the moment a student submits an answer. Understanding how that evaluation works helps you author questions accurately, interpret reports correctly, and know when to step in and review student responses yourself. ## How Correct Answers Are Determined Pear Practice compares the student's submitted answer against the correct response you defined when authoring the question. The matching logic varies by question type. | Question type | How Pear Practice evaluates the answer | | :-------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Multiple choice | Exact match. The student's selected option must match the marked correct response. If you enabled multiple correct responses, all selected options must match. | | Text response | Flexible match. Pear Practice checks the student's text against the correct response and any alternate correct responses you added. Spacing and punctuation may affect the match (see Case Sensitivity below). | | Numerical | Exact match against the value you entered, including any prefix or suffix you defined. | | Classification | Each item must be assigned to the correct category. Partial credit rules apply if you enabled partial credit. | | Draw | Not evaluated automatically. Draw questions require your manual review. | When you add alternate correct responses to a text response or multiple choice question, Pear Practice accepts any of them as correct. Add alternates when common phrasings or abbreviations are equally valid answers. ## Case Sensitivity Pear Practice is not case-sensitive for text response questions. A student who types "photosynthesis" receives the same result as one who types "Photosynthesis" or "PHOTOSYNTHESIS." Spacing and punctuation, however, may affect the match. If your correct response includes a period, comma, or specific spacing, a student's response without those elements may not match. To reduce unexpected mismatches: * Avoid punctuation in your correct response unless it is part of the answer (for example, a chemical formula with a period is a different case than a sentence-ending period). * Add alternate correct responses to cover common variations in spacing or punctuation. * Use the preview feature to test the question as a student would answer it before assigning. ## Accuracy Calculation A student's accuracy reflects the percentage of questions answered correctly across their practice activity. Pear Practice divides the number of correct answers by the total number of questions the student attempted. A few things that affect how accuracy is reported: * **A score of 0% does not always mean a student skipped questions.** If a student attempts every question but answers each one incorrectly on all available tries, their accuracy shows as 0%. This is the most common cause of unexpected 0% scores in classroom reports. Open the Questions tab in the assignment report to see each student's individual responses and confirm whether they engaged with the content. * **Retries count against accuracy.** When a student answers a question incorrectly and tries again, only the correct answer is credited. The incorrect attempts still factor into the calculation. A student who answers every question correctly on the first try has a higher accuracy score than one who reaches the same correct answers after multiple tries. * **Unattempted questions are excluded from the calculation.** Accuracy reflects only the questions a student interacted with, not every question in the practice set. ## Question Types That Are Not Auto-Graded Draw questions are not evaluated automatically. When a student submits a Draw question response, it is queued for your review before it is included in any report. To review Draw question responses: 1. Open the assignment or Live Practice report. 2. Select the **Questions** tab. 3. Locate the Draw question and click **Review Responses**. 4. Mark each student's drawing as correct or incorrect. Until you review a Draw question, it does not count toward the student's accuracy score. If you do not plan to grade Draw questions, consider whether a text response or multiple choice question better fits your reporting needs for that prompt. Draw questions are available in Live Practices only. They are not included in assignments or standards-based reporting. ## Partial Credit Pear Practice supports partial credit for text response and classification questions. Partial credit is not available for multiple choice or numerical questions. | Question type | Partial credit available | How to enable it | | :-------------- | :----------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Text response | Yes | Select **Enable Partial Credit** when authoring the question | | Classification | Yes | Pear Practice awards partial credit automatically when some items are correctly categorized | | Multiple choice | No | All selected options must match the correct response | | Numerical | No | The answer must match exactly | When partial credit is enabled for a text response question, credit is awarded based on how closely the student's response matches the correct response and any alternates you defined. If you need all-or-nothing grading for a text response question, leave **Enable Partial Credit** unselected. Students will receive full credit for any accepted response or no credit for an unmatched response. To view how partial credit affects a student's score, open the assignment report and check the Questions tab for individual response details. ## Related Articles * [Write Text Response Question in Practice Set](/products/pear-practice/write-text-response-question-in-practice-set) * [Make Multiple Choice Question in Practice Set](/products/pear-practice/make-multiple-choice-question-in-practice-set) * [Create Draw Question in My Practice Set](/products/pear-practice/create-draw-question-in-my-practice-set) * [Review Classroom Reports](/products/pear-practice/review-classroom-reports) # Import Questions in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/import-questions-in-my-library In My Library, import questions for assignments via our CSV or Google Sheets template within a Practice Set. ## Import Questions in My Library In My Library, import questions for assignments via our CSV or Google Sheets template within a Practice Set. Pear Practice also supports CSV files from Blooket, Gimkit, Kahoot, and Quizizz. In My Library, you can import up to 100 questions into your Practice Set with our CSV template or Google Sheet. You can also use an existing CSV to import questions from the following apps: * Blooket * Gimkit * Kahoot. * Quizizz Pro-tip: Use only the original column headings in the template for a successful upload. ## Upload CSV File 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on your Practice Set > **Import** > **Copy a Google Sheet** or **Download our template**. 3. Fill in at least Question Prompt, Answer 1, and Correct Answer(s) in the template. 4. Click **Choose CSV for Import**. 5. Review your questions in the preview. 6. Click **Confirm Import**. # Import Students from Google Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/import-students-from-google-classroom You can import classrooms and students from Google Classroom or sync students from Google to an existing Pear Practice class. ## Import Students from Google Classroom You can import classrooms and students from Google Classroom or sync students from Google to an existing Pear Practice class. The email addresses for both Pear Practice and Google Classroom must match to sync or import. When selecting students, you can send email invitations to those who haven't signed up for Pear Practice yet. The students can accept the invitation from the email and then sign in to Pear Practice. In the class, the students are listed alphabetically by the last name of their preferred name. The default avatar also updates to the students' personalized avatars if they set it up. ## Import Classroom and Students from Google Classroom 1. Click **Classrooms** > **Import Classroom**. 2. Give access to your Google Classroom account. 3. Select the classroom under **Import Classroom From Google Classroom**. 4. Click **Next: Choose Students**. 5. Select the students. 6. Click **Save**. 7. Confirm the classroom imported under **Classrooms**. ## Sync Students from Google Classroom to Current Class 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click on your classroom name. 3. Click **Add from Google Classroom** under **Students**. 4. Give your Pear Practice account access to your Google account. 5. Select the classroom from Google Classroom. 6. Select the students to import from the classroom. 7. Click **Add Students**. 8. Check with students that they can sign in to Pear Practice by Google, Microsoft, or Clever single sign-on, and see assignments under **Home** or **My Classes**. 9. Confirm their accounts under **Students**. New students in Google Classroom are not synced automatically. Sync students manually when your roster changes. # Invite a Student to an Active Live Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/invite-student-to-active-live-practice Add a student to a Live Practice session that is already in progress in Pear Practice. When a Live Practice session is already running, you can invite additional students to join without ending or restarting the session. Students receive a join link or code that takes them directly into the active game. ## Before You Begin * You must have an active Live Practice session running in Pear Practice. * The student must have a Pear Practice account or be able to sign in with Google, Clever, or Microsoft SSO. * Students join at [practice.peardeck.com](https://practice.peardeck.com). ## Invite a Student to the Active Session 1. In Pear Practice, open the Live Practice session that is currently in progress. 2. On the teacher dashboard, locate the session join code or join link displayed at the top of the screen. 3. Share the join code or join link with the student. You can: * Display the code on your classroom projector or screen. * Copy the join link and send it to the student via email, Google Classroom, or your LMS. 4. Ask the student to navigate to [practice.peardeck.com](https://practice.peardeck.com) and sign in. 5. On the student's home screen, the active Live Practice session appears automatically if the student is in the assigned class. If it does not appear, the student should select **Join a Practice** and enter the session code. 6. Confirm the student appears on your teacher dashboard under the active session's participant list. Students who join mid-session start from the current question. They do not see questions that were already completed before they joined. ## Resources Compare free and premium Live Practice capabilities, including custom student groups and timers. Set up Clever SSO so students can sign in to Pear Practice with a single click. Install Pear Practice as a PWA on Chromebooks, iPads, Macs, and Windows devices. Give students quick access to Pear Practice on iOS and macOS. # Invite Students by Classroom Link Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/invite-students-by-classroom-link Invite students to your classroom by generating a join link to your classroom and sending it to them. Under **Classrooms**, you can invite students by sharing a link to the classroom with them. Students can follow the link to sign in to Pear Practice, which automatically enrolls them in the classroom. After students' first sign-in, they're listed alphabetically by the last name of their preferred name. If they've personalized their profiles, their default avatars update to their personalized avatars. ## Invite Students by Classroom Link 1. Click **Classrooms**, then select the classroom name. 2. Under **Students**, click **Share Classroom Link**, then select **Copy Classroom Link**. 3. Share the link with your students through your preferred communication channel. 4. Click **Done**. 5. Under **Pending Students**, click **Approve Student** or **Reject Student** for each student. If you approve the account, it's listed under **Students**. If you don't approve the account, it requires confirmation to clear it from **Pending Students**. The link expires after 14 days. # Make Multiple Choice Question in Practice Set Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/make-multiple-choice-question-in-practice-set With multiple-choice questions, you can record audio, convert written text to audio, or upload images, GIFs, and videos. ## Make Multiple Choice Question in Practice Set With multiple-choice questions, you can record audio, convert written text to audio, or upload images, GIFs, and videos to provide context to a prompt. The questions also support text and image-based answers. With multiple-choice questions, you can record audio, convert written text to audio, or upload images, GIFs, and videos to provide context to a prompt. The questions also support text and image-based answers. ## Add Multiple Choice Question 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on a set in Practice Sets. 3. Click **+ Add** > **Multiple Choice** > **Text or Images**. 4. Set up the following under Multiple Choice: For Prompt, write a question for students to answer Click + Add Media to upload an image, paste an image or video URL, convert text to audio, or record audio Under Responses, write text answers or upload images Toggle on Enable multiple correct responses if more than one possible response Select This item requires higher-order thinking to mix questions into students' practices that encourage them to think analytically Click + Add Feedback to switch to the Feedback tab 5. Configure under Feedback: Add personalized or AI generated feedback for students to see after completing the question for Feedback Text Upload or paste content to add context to the feedback provided to students Click + Add Standards to switch to the Standards tab 6. Under Standards, filter standards by their name, collection, state, grade, or subject, and then click the checkbox next to the standard's name to select it. 7. Click **Save and Close**. # Move a Practice Set to My Folder Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/move-a-practice-set-to-my-folder In My Library, you can group Practice Sets in a Folder by subject, topic, or unit. ## Move a Practice Set to My Folder In My Library, you can group Practice Sets in a Folder by subject, topic, or unit. In My Library, you can group Practice Sets in a Folder by subject, topic, or unit. ## Group Practice Set in a Folder 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click the ellipsis button above a Practice Set's name > **Move to Folder**. 3. Under **Folder Name**, select your folder. 4. Click **Move Here**. # Move Your Pear Practice Account to a New School or Email Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/move-account-to-new-school-or-email Transfer your Pear Practice content and account when you change schools, districts, or email addresses. When you leave a school, your Pear Practice account stays tied to the email address you used to sign up. If that email belonged to your old school's Google Workspace or district, you may lose access to it after you leave. Your practice sets, class data, and assignments do not transfer automatically to a new account. This article covers what to do before you leave, how to start fresh at a new school, and what options exist if you have already lost access. ## Before You Leave Your Current School Take these steps while you still have access to your old account. **Save your practice set names and structures.** 1. Open **My Library** in Pear Practice. 2. Review each practice set and note its name, subject, and grade level. 3. For sets you want to reuse, note the questions or copy the question text into a separate document. **Move practice sets to your public profile.** Publishing a set to your public profile makes it accessible from any Pear Practice account. See [Move Your Practice Sets to a New Account](#move-your-practice-sets-to-a-new-account) for the full steps. **Download any reports you need.** 1. Open **Reports** from the left navigation. 2. Select the class and date range you want to save. 3. Export or screenshot the data you need. Class reports are tied to your current account and will not carry over. Download anything you need to keep for records before you lose access. ## Sign Up with Your New School Email When you start at a new school, create a new Pear Practice account using your new school email address. 1. Go to [practice.peardeck.com/sign-in](https://practice.peardeck.com/sign-in). 2. Click **Sign up** and follow the prompts with your new school email. 3. If your district uses Google Workspace, click **Sign in with Google** and choose your new school account. Your new account starts empty. Practice sets, classes, and student rosters from your old account do not carry over automatically. To bring content from your old account, follow the steps in the next section. ## Move Your Practice Sets to a New Account Pear Practice does not support direct transfers between accounts. You can move practice sets by publishing them to the Public Library from your old account, then copying them into your new account. **From your old account:** 1. Open **My Library** and select the practice set you want to move. 2. Click the options menu (three dots) and select **Share to Public Library**. 3. Confirm the sharing settings and click **Share**. Repeat for each practice set you want to move. **From your new account:** 1. Select the **Explore** tab. 2. Search for your name or the practice set title. 3. Select the set and click **Copy to My Library**. The practice set is now in your new account's library. You can edit it, assign it, or keep it private. **Limitations:** * Student response data and assignment history do not transfer with the practice set. * Sets must be made public temporarily, which means other Pear Practice users can find and copy them during that window. * After copying, you can return to your old account and set the practice set back to private or remove it from the Public Library. Once your practice sets are in your new account, you can assign them to classes, edit them, or build new sets on top of them. ## If You've Already Lost Access to Your Old Account If you can no longer sign in with your old school email, contact Pear Practice Support. Provide as much of the following as possible: * Your old email address (even if you no longer have access to it) * Your new email address * The name of your previous school or district * The approximate date your access ended Support can look up your account by the old email address, confirm what content was associated with it, and help you copy that content through the public profile workflow. Contact Support at [support.peardeck.com](https://support.peardeck.com) or through the Help menu inside Pear Practice. ## Merge or Link Two Accounts Pear Practice does not support account merging. If you have content in 2 separate accounts, such as one from a previous school and one from your current school, the accounts cannot be combined into a single login. The workaround uses your public profile: publish practice sets from one account to the Public Library, then copy them into the other account. See [Move Your Practice Sets to a New Account](#move-your-practice-sets-to-a-new-account) for the full steps. **What Support can do:** * Look up accounts associated with a past email address * Confirm what content was in a previous account * Help you copy content through the public profile workflow if you are locked out **What Support cannot do:** * Merge 2 accounts into 1 * Transfer student data, assignment history, or class rosters between accounts * Restore access to an email address managed by your former school or district For account questions, contact Support at [support.peardeck.com](https://support.peardeck.com). # Pear Practice Cost After the Premium Trial Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-cost-after-premium-trial Understand what happens to your Pear Practice access and cost when a premium trial ends. When a Pear Practice premium trial ends, your account automatically reverts to the free tier. There is no charge at the end of a trial unless your school or district has purchased a premium subscription. Your content and student performance data are always yours. All Practice Sets you created and all student performance data remain fully accessible on the free tier after a trial ends. ## What You Retain at No Cost After a premium trial ends, all teachers continue to have access to the following at no charge: * The free version of Pear Practice, including core practice creation and delivery tools * All Practice Sets you created during the trial * All student performance data collected during the trial * Certified standards-aligned content, Google Classroom roster import, and single sign-on (SSO) via Google, Clever, and Microsoft * Student engagement features including avatars, Experience Points (XP), Week Streaks, Challenges, and Live Practices ## What Requires a Paid Subscription Premium-only features become unavailable when the trial ends. These include: * AI-generated practice questions and Instant Sets * AI-generated feedback explaining why student responses are correct or incorrect * Diagram and Classification question types * Audio file uploads, audio clip recording, and video embeds in practice questions * Customized student groups for Live Practices * Standards reporting, individual student reports, individual question reports, and District Reporting * Dedicated chat support for administrators The School Library is available only if your school or district purchases a premium license. Unlike other premium features, the School Library is not included in the premium trial, so it does not become available during the trial period. If you do not have a premium license and want to share your Practice Sets with other teachers in your district, update the sharing settings for those Practice Sets to Public so your colleagues can see them. For the full feature comparison, see [Pear Practice Premium Features](/products/pear-practice/premium-features). ## How to Purchase a Premium Subscription Administrators can purchase Pear Practice licenses through their district or school. To request pricing information, [fill out the contact form](https://www.giantsteps.app/districts-schools#request). If you are a teacher interested in premium access, use the [email template](https://view.highspot.com/viewer/663d0cca78f3c7318cd4e731) to advocate for Pear Practice Premium with your school or district administrators. ## Resources Full comparison of free and premium features. Contact the Pear Practice team for pricing and a demo. Learn about the learning science behind Pear Practice. Video overview of Pear Practice from a teacher's perspective. # Pear Practice Email Deliverability and Access Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-email-deliverability-and-access Check out our list of IP addresses and domain to allow in your network architecture. ## Pear Practice Email Deliverability and Access Check out our list of IP addresses and domain to allow in your network architecture. They ensure emails from @giantsteps.app arrive with important updates, news, and resources. Please add the email addresses, IP addresses, and domains in this article to your network allowlist to ensure that emails from Pear Practice can be delivered with important updates, news, and resources. ## Email Addresses [hello@practice.peardeck.com](mailto:hello@practice.peardeck.com) [hello@peardeck.com](mailto:hello@peardeck.com) [support@practice.peardeck.com](mailto:support@practice.peardeck.com) [no-reply@practice.peardeck.com](mailto:no-reply@practice.peardeck.com) ## Hubspot IP Addresses 54.174.60.0/23 143.244.80.0/20 18.208.124.128/25 54.174.53.128/30 158.247.16.0/20 54.174.59.0/24 54.174.63.0/24 3.93.157.0/24 54.174.52.0/24 139.180.17.0/24 54.174.57.0/24 158.247.22.109 ## Sendgrid IP Address 167.89.110.173 ## Postmark IP Addresses 50.31.156.96/27 (50.31.156.96 - 127) \[Transactional] 104.245.209.192/26 (104.245.209.192 - 255) \[Transactional] 50.31.205.0/24 (50.31.205.1 - 255) \[Broadcast] ## Domains practice.peardeck.com | Main site \*.peardeck.com | Main site s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com | Media uploads segment.io  | Metrics \*.force.com | Support tool \*.salesforceliveagent.com | Support tool \*.segment.com  | Metrics \*.browser-intake-datadoghq.com | Metrics \*.appcues.com | In-app assistance \*.referralsaasquatch.com | Referral program \*.ssqt.io | Referal program \*.webflow\.com | Main site resource \*.ggpht.com | Optional - support embedded YouTube media \*.ytimg.com | Optional - support embedded YouTube media \*.vimdeocdn.com | Optional - support embedded Vimeo media \*.hubspot.com | Optional - helps teachers only in the app static.doubleclick.net | Optional - support embedded YouTube media [www.google.com](http://www.google.com) | Optional - support embedded YouTube media [www.gstatic.com](http://www.gstatic.com) | Optional - support embedded YouTube media [www.youtube.com](http://www.youtube.com) | Optional - support embedded YouTube media vimeo.com  | Optional - support embedded Vimeo media player.vimeo.com | Optional - support embedded Vimeo media share.hsforms.com | Hosts forms and webpages hubspotqa.net | Hosts forms and webpages groove.goguardian.com | used for one-to-one communication # Pear Practice Glossary of Terms Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-glossary-of-terms Unsure of the meaning of a word used in Pear Practice? Check out our glossary for communicating in the world of Pear Pra ## Pear Practice Glossary of Terms Unsure of the meaning of a word used in Pear Practice? Check out our glossary for communicating in the world of Pear Practice. Admin Tools: A dashboard for District Administrators that includes student reporting and user account management. Assignment: An independent practice experience, similar to homework, that can be given to a student, a group of students, or an entire class with a due date and an accuracy goal. Assignment Gradebook: A view of all student scores on assignments in a teacher's classrooms. Avatar: Virtual character dressed with accessories purchased via XP. Care Packages: Rewards earned by students that contain surprise accessories used to dress their avatars. Certified Content: Content that has been evaluated and verified by Pear Practice’s team of educational experts for standards alignment, rigor, cultural relevancy, and lack of bias. Challenges: Daily (100 XP) and weekly (500 XP) challenges to encourage students to learn and award them bonus XP and rewards. Class Remix: A Practice Set automatically curated based on questions a class has completed. Custom Practice Set: A set manually created by a teacher. Daily Remix: Personalized Practice Sets that contain questions tailored to each student’s learning needs including the questions they have missed in the past. Experience Points (XP): Points earned by students through Live Practices, Assignments, Challenges, and Daily Remixes. Explore: A centralized content repository where teachers can browse recommended Practice Sets or search by subject or grade. High Fives: Virtual encouragement between peers. Students can encourage classmates by sending High Fives from the Home screen. Instant Set: A Practice Set created by AI based on materials from a classroom curriculum or topics searched by the teacher. Items: Questions copied, created, or imported into a Practice Set. Live Practice: An interactive and collaborative game played via Practice Sets. Locker: A compartment of accessories purchased by students via XP that they can add to their avatar. Photobooth: Students can snap a photo of their avatar with a colored and styled background and download the photo. Teachers can share their photos on X (formerly Twitter), Facebook, and LinkedIn. Practice Sets: A custom group of questions that can be practiced collaboratively via a Live Practice or independently via an Assignment. Premium Content: Content that has been evaluated and verified by Pear Practice’s team of educational experts for standards alignment, rigor, cultural relevancy, and lack of bias, and is only available to Premium subscribers. Public Library: A library of Practice Sets available to all educators in Pear Practice includes other user-generated content and some certified content. Public Profile: A teacher's public profile that the fellow Pear Practice community can follow. Rewards: Items that students earn for their avatars through care packages or by using their ticket to unlock a new item on the Season Map. Monthly Challenge: Unique rewards for each specific month are awarded if students earn the target XP amount. Season Map: A map where students can visit different locations to unlock themed accessories for their avatars. School Library: A library of Practice Sets available for copying across a school or district with the same domain. The domain is the URL that comes after the “@” symbol in an email address, such as “peardeck.com” in [example@peardeck.com](mailto:example@peardeck.com). Standards-Aligned Content: Items aligned to specific standards (e.g., Common Core). Week Streaks: Measured every week to incentivize students to practice at least three days a week. # Pear Practice Premium and Customization FAQ Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-premium-faq Answers to common questions about Pear Practice Premium access, the difference between a teacher trial and a district license, and student avatar customization. ### What Is Included in Pear Practice Premium? Pear Practice Premium unlocks additional practice set content, advanced reporting, and expanded gamification features. For a full list of what Premium includes compared to the free tier, see [Premium Features in Pear Practice](/products/pear-practice/premium-features). ### Do I Have Premium Through My District or Through a Personal Subscription? Check your account to find out: 1. Sign in to Pear Practice. 2. Click your name or profile icon in the top right. 3. If your account shows Premium, look for a label indicating whether it is a **School** or **District** license versus an **Individual** subscription. If Premium was set up by your district, it is managed by your district administrator or subscription manager. If you purchased it yourself, you manage it through your account settings. ### My Free Trial Ended. Do I Lose My Content? No. When a free trial ends, your practice sets, class rosters, and student data remain in your account. You move to the free tier and lose access to Premium-only features, but your content is not deleted. If your district purchases a license after your trial ends, your account is restored to Premium when your email is added to the district license. ### Why Does My Account Show Free When It Should Have Premium? The most common cause is that your account email does not match the email on the district license. Contact your district admin or subscription manager to confirm which email address is on the license and to add your account if it is missing. If you purchased an individual subscription, sign in to Pear Practice, go to **Account Settings**, and check the subscription status. If the subscription is active but the account still shows Free, sign out and sign back in. ### Can Students Customize Their Avatars? Yes. Students can customize their avatar, character appearance, and profile in Pear Practice. Customization options are unlocked as students earn tickets through practice. Students exchange tickets for avatar items in the in-game store. The available items depend on the current season in Pear Practice. Teachers and administrators cannot customize student avatars on their behalf. Students must make their own selections. ### Can I Turn Off Avatar Customization for Students? Avatar customization is part of the Pear Practice engagement model and cannot be disabled at the teacher level. If your district has concerns about in-game purchases or avatar content, contact Pear Deck Learning support to discuss district-level options. ### What Happens to Student Avatars and Progress When I Archive a Class? Archiving a class does not affect student accounts or their avatars. Students retain their tickets, items, and progress when a class is archived. Their data is accessible if they are added to a new class in a future school year. ## Related Articles * [Premium Features in Pear Practice](/products/pear-practice/premium-features) * [Pear Practice Cost After Premium Trial](/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-cost-after-premium-trial) * [Fix a Pear Practice Account Mode or Access Problem](/products/pear-practice/troubleshoot-account-mode) # Pear Practice Technical Guidelines Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-technical-guidelines Our technical guidelines provide network and software recommendations for Pear Practice's optimized performance, includi ## Pear Practice Technical Guidelines Our technical guidelines provide network and software recommendations for Pear Practice's optimized performance, including IP addresses to allow and supported browsers. We give these guidelines to ensure a seamless setup of Pear Practice in your district or school. ## Recommended Operating Systems We recommend the two most recent versions of iPadOS, macOS, and Windows. ChromeOS is also supported and follows the recommended browser version below. ## Recommended Browsers We recommend using the latest versions of Google Chrome, Microsoft Edge, or Safari browsers on your devices. ## Allow IP Addresses ## Hubspot 54.174.60.0/23 143.244.80.0/20 18.208.124.128/25 54.174.53.128/30 158.247.16.0/20 54.174.59.0/24 54.174.63.0/24 3.93.157.0/24 54.174.52.0/24 139.180.17.0/24 54.174.57.0/24 158.247.22.109 ## Sendgrid 167.89.110.173 ## Postmark 50.31.156.96/27 (50.31.156.96 - 127) 104.245.209.192/26 (104.245.209.192 - 255) 50.31.205.0/24 (50.31.205.1 - 255) ## Unblock Domains \*.appcues.com \*.browser-intake-datadoghq.com \*.force.com \*.ggpht.com \*.hubspot.com \*.peardeck.com \*.salesforceliveagent.com \*.segment.com \*.ssqt.io \*.vimdeocdn.com \*.webflow\.com \*.ytimg.com app.giantsteps.app giantsteps.app google.com groove.goguardian.com gs.app gstatic.com hubspotqa.net peardeck.com player.vimeo.com practice.peardeck.com s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com segment.io share.hsforms.com static.doubleclick.net vimeo.com youtube.com # Pear Practice vs. Pear Assessment: Which Tool Should You Use? Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-vs-pear-assessment-practice-tests Understand the difference between Pear Practice and Pear Assessment practice tests so you can choose the right tool for your goal. If you have access to both Pear Practice and Pear Assessment, you may have noticed that both products support student practice. They are built for different goals, and choosing the right one depends on what you want to accomplish. Pear Practice is a gamified practice platform. Students earn XP, progress through the Season Map, and play collaborative games. Pear Assessment is a standards-aligned assessment platform. Teachers create or assign assessments, and the platform tracks standards mastery over time. ## When to Use Pear Practice Use Pear Practice when your goal is daily reinforcement and classroom engagement. Pear Practice works well when you want to: * Build fluency through repeated practice with immediate feedback * Run a collaborative classroom game using live practice * Motivate students through the Season Map, tickets, and avatars * Give students an independent assignment at their own pace * Make practice a regular, low-stakes part of your class routine Pear Practice is organized around practice sets: groups of questions aligned to a subject, grade level, and standards. Teachers view accuracy reports by assignment, practice set, or standard. ## When to Use Pear Assessment Use Pear Assessment when your goal is standards mastery and formal measurement. Pear Assessment works well when you want to: * Simulate a state test or district benchmark assessment * Measure student proficiency on specific standards before and after instruction * Track mastery of standards across a class, school, or district * Use a wider range of item types, including drag and drop, hot spot, graphing, and math input * Control when and how scores are released to students Pear Assessment supports pre- and post-assessment comparisons that show growth against standards over time. Mastery in Pear Assessment refers to standards-based proficiency. Reports show class averages, item-level analysis, and proficiency by standard. ## Key Differences at a Glance | Feature | Pear Practice | Pear Assessment | | ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Primary purpose | Ongoing gamified practice | Standards-aligned assessment and mastery tracking | | Typical use | Daily reinforcement, class games | Benchmark tests, state test simulation, pre/post comparisons | | Question types | Multiple choice, text response, numerical, draw, diagram, classification | Multiple choice, multi-select, drag and drop, hot spot, graphing, essay, math input, audio response, video response | | Scoring | Accuracy scores (0-100%) by assignment, practice set, and standard | Standards-based proficiency and mastery reporting | | Reporting | Student progress over time by accuracy | Item-level analysis, proficiency by standard, class and district views | | Engagement features | Season Map, tickets, avatars, live practice games | None. Assessment conditions are neutral and quiet. | | Score-release controls | Not applicable | Teachers control when scores are visible to students | | Licensing | Separate license required | Separate license required | ## Using Both Together Pear Practice and Pear Assessment complement each other when used as a pair: Pear Assessment provides the formal measurement and Pear Practice provides the practice volume that moves students toward proficiency. A common workflow: 1. Assign a Pear Assessment benchmark to identify where students are on a standard. 2. Use Pear Practice to run daily reinforcement on the standards where students need more repetition. 3. Assign a second Pear Assessment to measure growth. You do not need to use both products to get value from either. Pear Practice works independently for engagement-focused classrooms. Pear Assessment works independently for data-focused schools and districts. ## Check Your Access Pear Practice and Pear Assessment are licensed separately. Your account may include one or both products. To check which products your account includes: * Sign in to Pear Practice at [app.pearpractice.com](https://app.pearpractice.com) to confirm access. * Sign in to your Pear Assessment portal to confirm access. If you are not sure which licenses your district has purchased, contact your district admin or submit a support case. # Personalize and Share Teacher Avatar Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/personalize-and-share-teacher-avatar In the account menu > My Avatar, dress your avatar with hats, scarfs, t-shirts, bags, wheelchairs, and more. ## Personalize and Share Teacher Avatar In the account menu > My Avatar, dress your avatar with hats, scarfs, t-shirts, bags, wheelchairs, and more. Then share it with your friends on LinkedIn, Facebook, or X (formerly known as Twitter). You can join your students in the fun by personalizing and sharing your teacher avatar. We support various head and body shapes, clothes, wheelchairs, and accessories. ## Personalize Avatar 1. Click on your avatar at the upper-right corner of the screen > **My Avatar** > **Edit**. 2. Select your attributes from four categories: Body Sitting in a wheelchair or standing Skin tone Head Head Shape Eye Shape Eyewear Ear Accessories Hair Color & Style Hair Color Nose Shape Mouth Shape Cheeks Clothes Shirts Pants Shoes Capes Accessories Headwear Ear Accessories Lower Face Neckwear Back Hand and wrist items: Right Hand Item Left Hand Item Right Wrist Item Left Wrist Item Wheelchair Chair Style Head Attachments Wheel Style Spoke Guard Frame Sticker Armwrest Style 3. Click **Done**. ## Share Avatar 1. Click on your avatar at the upper-right corner of the screen > **My Avatar** > **Share**. 2. Select from the following: Background color Background style Pose 3. Click **Snap and Share**. 4. Click one of the following: X (formerly known as Twitter) Facebook LinkedIn Download Try another pose (if you want to share another) # Post Pear Practice Assignment to Google Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/post-assignment-to-google-classroom From Pear Practice, you can post an assignment to Google Classroom, where students can click the assignment's link to open it. ## Post Pear Practice Assignment to Google Classroom From Pear Practice, you can post an assignment to Google Classroom, where students can click the assignment's link to open it in Pear Practice. Assignments turned in by students are updated in Pear Practice and Google Classroom. Teachers and students need to sign in with their Google single sign-on account to access assignments. From Pear Practice, you can post an assignment to Google Classroom. When you post the assignment, students can click the assignment's link in the Google Classroom Stream and open it in Pear Practice. Assignments turned in by students are updated in Pear Practice and Google Classroom. To post an assignment, please sign in to Pear Practice with your Google account, give Pear Practice access to your account, and link your Pear Practice class to Google Classroom. The access lets Pear Practice: * Manage coursework and grades for students in the Google Classroom classes you teach and view the coursework and grades for classes you administer * View the email addresses of people in your classes * View your Google Classroom class rosters * View your Google Classroom classes ## Create New Assignment and Post to Google Classroom You can create an assignment from a class in Classrooms or a Practice Set in My Library. For consistency, the steps below explain how to create it from Classrooms. 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of a class. 3. Under **Assignments**, click **Create Assignment**. 4. Select a Practice Set to apply the assignment. 5. Set a start date by clicking **Now** or entering a day and time. 6. Select a day and time for students to turn in the assignment. 7. Select a minimum **Accuracy Goal** to complete the assignment. 8. Select **Assign Practice Set to Google Classroom**. 9. Click **Authorize with Google** and follow the on-screen instructions. The button won't show if you previously gave access. 10. Click **Create Assignment**. Note: Assignments posted to Google Classroom for students not signed in to Pear Practice show as Sign In | Pear Practice. ## Post Active Assignment to Google Classroom Active assignments can be posted to Google Classroom by editing their existing settings. 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of a class. 3. Under **Assignments**, click the name of an active assignment. 4. Click the ellipsis button > **Edit Assignment**. 5. Under **Assign to Classroom**, select **Assign Practice Set to Google Classroom**. 6. Click **Authorize with Google** and follow the on-screen instructions. The button won't show if you previously gave access. 7. Click **Save Assignment**. # Pear Practice Premium Features Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/premium-features Compare free and premium Pear Practice features across content, question types, reporting, and customization. Pear Practice Premium gives teachers access to certified, standards-aligned content for K–12 Math and ELA, along with more than 15 advanced features. Premium adds AI-assisted content creation, personalized student feedback, additional question types, enhanced customization options, and deeper reporting , all on top of a free tier that remains available to every teacher. If you would like pricing information for your school or district, [submit a request](https://www.giantsteps.app/districts-schools#request) and a representative will follow up. In the meantime, you can advocate for Pear Practice Premium in your school or district by sending administrators our [email template](https://view.highspot.com/viewer/663d0cca78f3c7318cd4e731). Even without a premium subscription, all teachers retain free access to the content they create, student performance data, and core Pear Practice functionality. ## Feature Comparison The table below shows which features are available on the free tier and which require a premium subscription. ### General | Feature | Free | Premium | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---- | ------- | | Auto-generated Daily Remixes of personalized Practice Sets | Yes | Yes | | Mobile-friendly | Yes | Yes | | Device-agnostic | Yes | Yes | | Browser-agnostic | Yes | Yes | | Google, Clever, and Microsoft single sign-on (SSO) | Yes | Yes | | Import Google Classroom classrooms and rosters | Yes | Yes | | Accessibility support (screen reader, keyboard navigation, reduced motion, text-to-speech) | Yes | Yes | | Spanish, Vietnamese, and Chinese (Simplified) language support | Yes | Yes | | Dedicated chat support for administrators | . | Yes | ### Student Engagement | Feature | Free | Premium | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---- | ------- | | Customizable avatars | Yes | Yes | | Experience Points (XP) and unlockable rewards | Yes | Yes | | Week Streaks | Yes | Yes | | Challenges | Yes | Yes | | Care Packages | Yes | Yes | | Season Map with unique rewards | Yes | Yes | | High-Fives between classmates | Yes | Yes | | Download and share avatar | Yes | Yes | | Group collaboration and Stickers during Live Practices | Yes | Yes | | AI-generated feedback explaining why responses are correct or incorrect | . | Yes | ### Content Library | Feature | Free | Premium | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---- | ------- | | Access to certified, standards-aligned Practice Sets by state and grade level | Yes | Yes | | Explore and share Practice Sets with the Pear Practice community | Yes | Yes | | Share your teacher profile with the community | Yes | Yes | | Follow teachers and receive notifications when they post content | Yes | Yes | | Tailored Practice Set recommendations based on subject and grade level | Yes | Yes | | Auto-generated reports showing accuracy by standard | . | Yes | ### Practice Creation and Delivery | Feature | Free | Premium | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---- | ------- | | Create assignments from scratch or via Explore | Yes | Yes | | Search and tag questions with standards | Yes | Yes | | Copy non-premium Practice Sets | Yes | Yes | | Bulk upload questions via a templated CSV file | Yes | Yes | | Import practice questions from other platforms via CSV | Yes | Yes | | Add word or text feedback per question | Yes | Yes | | Assigned Practice Sets always available to students with unlimited access | Yes | Yes | | Launch Live Practices from multiple game modes | Yes | Yes | | Set timers for Live Practice questions | Yes | Yes | | Organize students into groups in classrooms | Yes | Yes | | Assign Practice Sets to individuals, groups, classes, or multiple classes | Yes | Yes | | Auto-generate practice questions with AI | . | Yes | | Auto-generate an Instant Set via AI | . | Yes | | Auto-generated reports showing accuracy by standard | . | Yes | ### Question Types | Feature | Free | Premium | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ---- | ------- | | Multi-select questions | Yes | Yes | | Draw questions (students draw in response to a prompt) | Yes | Yes | | Math-specific question types | Yes | Yes | | Math Equation editor for prompts and answer choices | Yes | Yes | | Diagram questions (students label an uploaded image) | . | Yes | | Classification questions (drag-and-drop) | . | Yes | ### Customization | Feature | Free | Premium | | ------------------------------------------------ | ---- | ------- | | Rich-text formatting when building Practice Sets | Yes | Yes | | Upload images to practice questions | Yes | Yes | | Upload audio files to practice questions | . | Yes | | Record and upload an audio clip | . | Yes | | Embed videos in practice questions | . | Yes | | Customize student groups for Live Practices | . | Yes | ### Reporting | Feature | Free | Premium | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---- | ------- | | Real-time insight into student understanding per question | Yes | Yes | | Auto-generated accuracy reports by Live Practice, Practice Set, and assignment | Yes | Yes | | Aggregated insights on student learning delivered via email | Yes | Yes | | Auto-generated accuracy reports by individual student | . | Yes | | Auto-generated reports by individual question | . | Yes | | Auto-generated reports showing accuracy by standard | . | Yes | | District Reporting | . | Yes | ## Upgrade to Premium Administrators can purchase Pear Practice licenses through their district or school. The following resources provide more detail before starting a conversation with GoGuardian: Learning science behind the Pear Practice approach District-level overview and purchasing information Teacher-focused product walkthrough video Student experience and engagement overview video Connect with a representative about pricing and licensing # Preview Practice Set as Student Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/preview-practice-set-as-student In the My Library or Explore tabs, you can preview a Practice Set by clicking on its name > Preview. ## Preview Practice Set as Student In the My Library or Explore tabs, you can preview a Practice Set by clicking on its name > Preview. The preview shows in Student Mode, letting you experience Pear Practice like a student, including answering questions in the Practice Set. In the My Library or Explore tabs, you can preview a Practice Set by clicking on its name > Preview. The preview shows in Student Mode, letting you experience Pear Practice like a student, including answering questions in the Practice Set. ## Preview Practice Set ## My Library 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Under **Practice Sets**, click on a set's name. 3. Click **Preview**. ## Explore 1. Click **Explore**. 2. Click on a set's name. 3. Click the magnifying glass to preview the set as a student. # Print or Export a Practice Set Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/print-or-export-practice-set Create a printable or exportable version of a Pear Practice set for students who need a hardcopy or offline alternative. ## Print or Export a Practice Set If you need a hardcopy or offline version of a practice set, Pear Practice gives you a few workable paths. The product does not have a built-in print or PDF export button, so each option involves a workaround. This article explains what is available, what each approach produces, and where the limits are. ## Print a Practice Set Using Your Browser The most direct option is to open the practice set preview and use your browser's print function. This sends a static snapshot of the visible screen to your printer. 1. Sign in to Pear Practice at [app.pearpractice.com](https://app.pearpractice.com). 2. Click **My Library**. 3. Under Practice Sets, click the name of the set you want to print. 4. Click **Preview** to open the student-facing view. 5. Navigate to the question or screen you want to print. 6. Press **Ctrl+P** (Windows) or **Cmd+P** (Mac) to open the print dialog. 7. Adjust your print settings, then click **Print**. Repeat steps 5 through 7 for each question you want to print. The browser prints one screen at a time. Browser print captures what is visible on screen. It does not export the full practice set as a single document. If your practice set has 20 questions, you will need to print each question individually. ## Use the Preview Mode to Review Questions Before building a manual worksheet, use Preview Mode to step through every question in the set. This gives you an accurate look at question text, answer choices, and question types. Use what you see to decide what to include on a hardcopy. 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Under Practice Sets, click the name of the set. 3. Click **Preview**. 4. Use the on-screen controls to move through each question. Preview Mode shows questions as students see them. Use this view to note question wording, answer options, and any images or diagrams that need to appear on the worksheet. ## Create a Printable Version Manually If you need a clean, formatted hardcopy, the most reliable approach is to recreate the questions in a word processor or document tool. 1. Open the practice set in Preview Mode (see above). 2. Open a blank document in Google Docs, Microsoft Word, or a similar tool. 3. For each question, copy the question text and answer choices into your document. 4. For diagram or drawing questions, take a screenshot and paste the image into your document. 5. Format the document with numbered questions and an answer line or answer choice list. 6. Print or share the finished document. The finished document works for any print or offline scenario. Once it is ready, you can distribute it as a physical handout or share it digitally through your LMS or email. ## What Doesn't Print Some Pear Practice question types and features do not translate to a printed format. * **Drawing questions:** Students draw directly on screen. A printed version can include the image prompt, but there is no way to replicate the drawing canvas on paper. * **Interactive and drag-and-drop questions:** These require on-screen interaction and cannot be printed as-is. Include a simplified written version on the worksheet instead. * **Gamification elements:** Tickets, the Season Map, Big Board, and badge progress are part of the live digital experience and do not appear in preview or print. * **Automated feedback:** The real-time feedback students receive after each answer is not available in a printed format. ## Alternatives for Students Without Devices If a student needs to complete a practice set without their own device, consider these options before building a worksheet. * **Shared device:** Assign the student to a shared classroom device during practice time. The student signs in with their credentials and completes the set as normal. * **Homework link:** Send the student the assignment link to complete at home. Pear Practice runs in a browser on Chromebook, Mac, Windows, and iPad. For supported browsers, see the [Pear Practice Technical Guidelines](/products/pear-practice/pear-practice-technical-guidelines). * **Substitute coverage:** If the session is running under a substitute teacher, the substitute can assign a Quick Play session for the class to complete together on a shared display. * **Alternative tool:** If a student consistently lacks device access, consider recreating key questions in a printable format using a separate worksheet tool. The preview approach above makes this faster. Use browser print for a quick, one-question-at-a-time output. Build a manual worksheet when you need a clean, complete document. If device access is the root issue, a shared device or homework link resolves it without any printing at all. # Receive Care Packages by Pear Mail Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/receive-care-packages-by-pear-mail Care Packages are boxes of rare items that students earn during Live Practice, Quick Play, and Monthly Challenges. ## Receive Care Packages by Pear Mail Care Packages are boxes of rare items that students earn during Live Practice, Quick Play, and Monthly Challenges. They can also exchange their Tickets for items in the Season Map. Items include five levels of rareness: Common, Uncommon, Rare, Epic, and Legendary. Care Packages are boxes of rare Items earned in one or more of the following scenarios: * Your team places a token on a Care Package square on the Big Board * Everyone on your team answers a question correctly during a Care Package round in Quick Play * Exchange your Ticket, which you earn for every 210 XP, for a reward on the Season Map * Finish the Monthly Challenge by earning 2,500 XP When you complete one of the above, a Care Package is specially shipped to you by Pear Mail. Open your package at the end of practice to find an Item that has one of five levels of rareness. In order of least to most rare, the levels are: * Common * Uncommon * Rare * Epic * Legendary Items include hats, shirts, shorts, bags, drinks, and other unique accessories for your avatar. All Items are added to your locker in your student account > **Locker** > **My Stuff**. # Remove Students from a Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/remove-student-from-classroom Steps to remove a student from a class roster depending on how the class was created. The steps to remove a student from a class roster vary depending on how the class was originally created. Classes can be created manually, imported from Google Classroom, or synced from a student information source such as Clever or ClassLink. ## Remove a Student from a Manually Created Class Manually created classes display no integration symbol in the upper-left corner of the class tile. 1. Click directly on the class tile, or click the **Settings** cogwheel and choose **Edit Class**. 2. Click the **Students** tab. 3. Click **Remove** next to the student's name. 4. Select **Remove Student** in the confirmation dialog. ## Remove a Student from a Google Classroom Class Google Classroom classes display the Google "G" symbol in the upper-left corner of the class tile. Roster changes for these classes must be made in Google Classroom, not in the application. 1. Navigate to [classroom.google.com](https://classroom.google.com). 2. Click the class to edit. 3. Click the **People** tab. 4. Under **Students**, click the three-dot menu next to the student's name. 5. Click **Remove**, then click **Remove** again in the confirmation prompt. ### Sync Roster Changes Immediately Google Classroom syncs with the application every two hours. To apply roster changes immediately without waiting for the next automatic sync: 1. Return to your class list. 2. Click the Google Classroom class you edited. 3. Click the **Students** tab. 4. Click **Sync Students From Google**. ## Remove a Student from a Clever or ClassLink Class Classes synced from Clever or ClassLink display the corresponding integration symbol in the upper-left corner of the class tile. Roster changes for Clever or ClassLink classes must be made directly in Clever or ClassLink. Updates made in those systems carry over to the application after the next sync. If you do not have access to Clever or ClassLink, contact your IT department or GoGuardian administrator for assistance with roster changes. ## Resources Connect your Clever account to access your classes and roster. # Rename Folder in My Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/rename-folder-in-my-library In My Library > Folders, click the ellipsis button and then Edit Details to change the folder's name or description. ## Rename Folder in My Library In **My Library** > **Folders**, click the ellipsis button and then **Edit Details** to change the folder's name or description. In My Library, you can change a Folder's name and description. The change saves in real-time and confirms with a "Folder saved" notification. ## Edit Folder in My Library 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on the ellipsis button next to the folder's name > **Edit Details**. 3. Edit **Folder Name** or **Folder Description**. 4. Click **Save**. # Reset Pear Practice Access to Google Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/reset-access-to-google-account Reset Pear Practice's permissions to your Google account if you're unable to import Google Classroom. ## Reset Pear Practice Access to Google Account Reset Pear Practice's permissions to your Google account if you're unable to import Google Classroom or students can't join your classroom. In your Google account, you can reset Pear Practice's permission if it can't import classes from Google Classroom. The reset is needed when security settings change in Google Workspace. After you reset the access in Google, you can import classes into Pear Practice by authorizing access to your Google account. Pear Practice needs access to: * Manage coursework and grades for students in the Google Classroom classes you teach and view the coursework and grades for classes you administer * View the email addresses of people in your classes * View your Google Classroom class rosters * View your Google Classroom classes Note: Please keep Pear Practice's access under How Google helps you sign in to Pear Practice. When removed, it prevents you from signing in to Pear Practice with your Google account. ## Remove Pear Practice's Access to Google 1. Go to myaccount.google.com. 2. Click **Security**. 3. Under **Your connection to third-party apps & services**, click **See all connections**. 4. Click **Pear Practice**. 5. For Pear Practice has some access to your Google Account, click **See Details** > **Remove access**. ## Give Access to Pear Practice 1. In Pear Practice, click **Classrooms** > **Import Classroom** > **Authorize with Google**. 2. Click on the Google account that you signed in with to Pear Practice. 3. Select the following permissions: View the email addresses of people in your classes View your Google Classroom classes View your Google Classroom class roster 4. Click **Allow**. 5. Click **Import Classroom** to start syncing classes and students into Pear Practice. # Restore Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/restore-classroom To repurpose a classroom, you can restore a class in Classrooms > See Classroom Archive > Restore Classroom. Under **Classrooms**, you can restore an archived classroom to access its data, including assignments, reporting, and students. ## Restore Classroom 1. Click **Classrooms**, then select **See Classroom Archive**, then select **Restore Classroom**. 2. Confirm the classroom shows under **Classrooms**. # Review Classroom Reports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/review-classroom-reports In the navigation menu, under Classrooms, click on the class name to view everyone's progress in Practice Sets. ## Review Classroom Reports In the navigation menu, under **Classrooms**, click on the class name to view everyone's progress in Practice Sets, assignments, and standards. In Classrooms, you can review reports on the class' accuracy by assignment, standard, and Practice Set. Accuracy by Practice Set is based on class performance, independent scores, and assignment activity. ## Review a Student's Overall Accuracy 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of a classroom. 3. Review accuracy measurements for each student under **Students**. ## Evaluate a Class' Practice Set Accuracy 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of a classroom. 3. Click **Class Accuracy**. 4. Review overall class accuracy per set. 5. Click a set's name for an in-depth look. You can sort Practice Sets by most recent, highest-to-lowest class accuracy, or vice versa. ## View a Classroom's Assignments 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of a classroom. 3. Click **Assignments**. 4. Click on the assignment's name, then use the available tabs: * Click **Questions** to evaluate individual responses. * Click **View results** to see students' selections for each response. * Click **Student Performance** to review each student's accuracy measurements and status of completed assignments. * Click **Standards** to see the overall class accuracy measurement. * Edit or delete an upcoming assignment by clicking the pencil or trash can button. ## Compare a Class' Standards 1. Click **Classrooms**. 2. Click the name of a classroom. 3. Click **Standards**. 4. Compare overall class accuracy measurements by standard. # Run Rapid Rounds with Quick Play Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/run-rapid-rounds-with-quick-play Quick Play is a short session that empowers teachers to engage students with rapid rounds and rewards. ## Run Rapid Rounds with Quick Play Quick Play is a short session that empowers teachers to engage students with rapid rounds and rewards. It has four keys: Base Points, Bonus Points, Streaks, and Care Packages. Base Points are worth up to 100 points, and Bonus Points are an additional 100 points when a team achieves a Streak of three questions answered correctly in a row. Each team member must answer the questions correctly to start or continue a Streak. Mid-game, Care Package rounds are inserted at random to reward students for their hard work. Quick Play is a short practice session that engages students with rapid rounds and rewards. It can reduce practice time by up to a third compared to The Big Board. ## Start Quick Play You can start Quick Play by navigating to **My Library** > click on a Practice Set > **Start Live Practice**. A menu appears from the side of the screen, where you can click **Quick Play**, see approximately how long it'll take to play, and configure the session settings like The Big Board. The settings include: * Select a Classroom * Allow Guest Students * Time Per Question (30 seconds to 5 minutes, or no time limit) * Randomize Question Order * Skip Selected Questions When ready, click **Start Live Practice**. ## Share Join Code with Students At the start of the Quick Play, invite your students to the session by clicking **Copy Join Link**. It'll automatically copy the URL, which you can share with students by pasting it into your preferred communication channel. If you've already started the session and want to invite a student, copy the join link at the top of the page. Also, students can join the session by logging into their Pear Practice account and clicking the **Join Class** banner below the navigation bar. As the students join the session, the counter changes to show the number of students participating as well as the students' avatars populate. You can review who's joined by clicking **Show Students**. ## Shuffle Student Teams Students are grouped into teams like when playing The Big Board. You can change their teams by clicking **Shuffle Teams**, or start the session with **Let's Play**. On the student screens, their avatar stands next to their teammates in a single file line in the direction of their team name. They can change their team name by clicking **Shuffle Team Name**. ## Review Session Structure Quick Play has four keys: * Base Points * Bonus Points * Streaks * Care Packages Base Points are the number of points a team can earn based on how many team members answer a question correctly. For example, if a team has three members and one of them answers correctly, they earn 33 Base Points. If all three members answer correctly, the team earns 100 Base Points and starts a Streak. Streaks encourage students to collaborate because the team earns 100 Bonus Points when each team member correctly answers three questions in a row. The 100 Bonus Points are added to the 100 Base Points, totaling 200 points. Students also see a flame in the header on their screen that they can hover to check the length of their streak. The flame is either colorless (no streak yet) or lit (streak started), and resets after a streak of three correct answers. In addition to the potential points, teams can unlock rare and unique Items during a Care Package round. The round occurs randomly during Quick Play and awards each team member a package if the team answers the question correctly. ## Follow Teams' Progress You can track teams' progress during the session on the left-hand side of the question. The team avatars display ellipsis when working and checkmarks when completed. Pro-tip: If your teams need more time, hover the session clock and click **+ 30s** to add 30 seconds to the question. ## Review the Question with the Class After the class completes questions, the Review screen displays their responses, which you can review with them. On the students' screens, they see their responses with a checkmark or an X next to them. Incorrect responses also show the correct ones. If the students answered the questions correctly, their flame is lit. They can hover the flame to see how long their streak is. Ask the teams how long their streak is to increase engagement and raise the stakes. # Search and Filter Practice Sets in Your Library Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/search-filter-practice-sets-library Use search and filters in Pear Practice to quickly find practice sets by keyword, grade, subject, or standard. Your Pear Practice library holds every practice set available to you, sets you created, sets shared with you, and sets from the broader Pear Practice community. Search and filter options let you narrow that list so you can find the right set without scrolling through everything. ## Search by Keyword 1. In Pear Practice, select **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. In the search bar next to the navigation menu, enter a keyword or skill name. 3. Results update as you type. Select a practice set from the results to preview or assign it. ## Apply Filters Filters let you scope results beyond a keyword search. You can combine multiple filters at once. 1. Select **Test** in the navigation menu. 2. Select the filter panel next to the navigation menu. 3. Under **Filters**, choose one or more of the following options: | Filter | What it shows | | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | | Entire Library | All practice sets created by the Pear Practice community | | Created By Me | Practice sets you authored | | Shared With Me | Sets shared by teachers in your district or school | | I Am An Author | Sets where you are listed as a co-author | | My Favorites | Sets you have saved from previous searches | | Folders | Sets organized into folders | 4. Use the additional filter categories to narrow results further: * **Grades**: filter by grade level * **Subject**: filter by subject area * **Standard Set**: filter by a standards framework * **Standards**: filter by individual standards within the selected framework * **Collections**: filter by curated collections * **Test Category**: filter by assessment type * **Tags**: filter by tags applied to practice sets 5. After selecting your filters, review the updated results and select a practice set to open it. If you cannot find a practice set, check whether a filter is still active. Clearing all filters will restore the full list of sets available to you. ## Resources Review the features included with a Pear Practice Premium subscription. Connect your Clever account to access Pear Practice with single sign-on. # Send Stickers to Teammates Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/send-stickers-to-teammates On the Big Board, students can send Stickers to their team and express themselves. Their teammates will see the Stickers. ## Send Stickers to Teammates On the Big Board, students can send Stickers to their team and express themselves. Their teammates will see the Stickers and can choose their own from eight options. The last Sticker sent shows on the screen. On the Big Board, express your feelings with your teammates about a question with Stickers. The stickers encourage you to show when you're uncertain about a question, ready to lead the team, or celebrate a correct answer. Expressions include: * Follow me. * Maybe this? * I'm not sure. * My bad. * Nice work. * Let's go. * It's ok. * Dream team. The **Stickers** button is above the answer to the question and has a question mark and exclamation point in it. Once you click the button and expression, your selection shows underneath the question for you and your team. Your teammates can also respond with Stickers. The latest sticker sent is shown on the screen. # Set Default Language in Student Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/set-default-language-in-student-account Your students can change their account's default language by clicking on the drop-down menu > Account. ## Set Default Language in Student Account Your students can change their account's default language by clicking on the drop-down menu > **Account**. They're offered English, Spanish, Vietnamese, and Chinese (Simplified). Change your account's default language in Pear Practice in a few clicks. ## Select Default Language 1. Click on your avatar > **Account**. 2. Under **Language**, select English, Spanish (Español), Vietnamese (Tiếng Việt), or Chinese (Simplified) (简体中文). Note: Pear Practice auto-saves your selected language. # Set Up Teacher Profile Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/set-up-teacher-profile Teacher profiles are populated with your Practice Sets from the Explore tab. ## Set Up Teacher Profile Teacher profiles are populated with your Practice Sets from the Explore tab. You can share the profile on your X (formerly Twitter), Facebook, or LinkedIn accounts, or anywhere via a direct link.  The profile also supports different permission types, including public access that lets anyone on the internet see it, only Pear Practice users access it, or private to you. Viewers can preview a set you shared in the Public Library, copy the set to their private library, share your profile on social media, or link to it. To celebrate your contributions to Pear Practice, we created a teacher profile for you and populated it with your Practice Sets from the Explore tab. You can share the profile on your X (formerly Twitter), Facebook, or LinkedIn accounts, or anywhere via a direct link.  The profile also supports different permissions, including public access that lets anyone on the internet see it, only Pear Practice users access it, or private to you. Viewers can preview a set that you shared in the Public Library, copy the set to their private library, share your profile on the social media accounts or link to it, or follow your profile to receive notifications when you publish a Practice Set to the Public Library. This article covers how to: * View your profile * Set a custom URL for your profile * Change your profile permissions * Customize your profile information * Share your profile ## View Your Profile You can see your profile by clicking your avatar near the navigation menu > **My Profile**. It shows: * Name * Region * Grades * Subjects you teach (if available) * Practice Sets you shared in the Public Library * Your followers, which you can click on to see * Whom you're following, which you can click on to see ## Set Custom URL for Your Profile 1. Click your avatar > **My Account**. 2. Click **Profile**. 3. Under **Profile Settings** > **Edit Your Custom URL**, write your preferred URL, such as "tylerthornrose." 4. Click **Save** to update your current URL to the preferred URL. ## Change Your Profile Permissions 1. Click your avatar > **My Account**. 2. Click **Profile**. 3. Under **Profile** > **Customize Who Can View Your Profile**, select one of: **Public Profile**: Visible to anyone on the internet unless they try to see a practice Set, which requires sign-up **Pear Practice User Access**: Viewable only by users with a Pear Practice account **Private Access**: Only you can see your profile 4. Click **Save**. ## Edit Your Profile Information 1. Click your avatar > **My Account**. 2. Click **Profile**. 3. Under **Profile** > **Customize What Appears in Your Profile**, toggle on or off: Display your Pear Practice Statistics Display the Grade(s) that you teach Display the Subject(s) that you teach Display the Region that you teach in 4. Click **Save**. Tip: You can confirm your settings by looking at the eye next to the toggle button. A line through it means the information isn't available to viewers. ## Share Your Profile 1. Click your avatar > **My Profile**. 2. Click the share button. 3. Click one of: **X (formerly Twitter)** logo **Facebook** logo **LinkedIn** logo **Copy Share Link** The profile also supports different permission types, including public access that lets anyone on the internet see it, only Pear Practice users access it, or private to you. Viewers can preview a set you shared in the Public Library, copy the set to their private library, share your profile on social media, or link to it.Set Up Teacher ProfileURL NameSet-Up-My-Teacher-Profile # Share a Practice Set with Other Teachers Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/share-practice-set-with-teachers Share your Pear Practice sets with colleagues through public profiles, shared libraries, or direct links. ## Share a Practice Set with Other Teachers Pear Practice has 2 distinct sharing flows. This article covers sharing a Practice Set with other teachers so they can copy and reuse it. If you want to share a set with students to complete as an assignment, see [Create Assignment](./create-assignment). You can share a Practice Set with colleagues in 3 ways: * Make your teacher profile public so colleagues can browse and copy your sets * Copy and send a direct link to a specific Practice Set * Contribute the set to your School Library, if your district has configured one ## Share via Your Public Teacher Profile Making your profile public lets any Pear Practice user find your sets through Explore and copy them to their own library. ### Set Your Profile to Public 1. Click your avatar, then select **My Account**. 2. Click **Profile**. 3. Under **Customize Who Can View Your Profile**, select **Public Profile**. 4. Click **Save**. ### Share Your Profile Link 1. Click your avatar, then select **My Profile**. 2. Click the **share** button. 3. Select **Copy Share Link** to copy your profile URL. 4. Send the link to your colleagues. When a colleague opens your profile link, they can browse your Practice Sets and copy any set to their own library. They cannot edit your originals. ## Share a Direct Link to a Practice Set You can copy a link to a specific Practice Set and send it directly to a colleague. 1. Open **My Library**. 2. Click the Practice Set you want to share. 3. Click the **pencil** button to open the set's settings. 4. Click **Adjust Sharing Settings**. 5. Set the sharing option to **Public Library** so the set is visible to other Pear Practice users. 6. While viewing the set, copy the URL from your browser's address bar. 7. Send the link to your colleagues. Your colleague clicks the link, opens the set in Explore, and copies it to their own library using **Use** > **Copy to My Library**. A recipient who is not signed in to Pear Practice will be prompted to sign in before they can view or copy the set. ## Share via Your School Library Some districts configure a School Library in Pear Practice. If your district has one, you can contribute Practice Sets to it so all teachers in the district can find and copy them. Contributing to a School Library requires the Shared Libraries permission. Contact your Pear Practice administrator if you do not see the School Library option. ### Add a Practice Set to the School Library 1. Open **My Library**. 2. Click the Practice Set you want to contribute. 3. Click the **pencil** button to open the set's settings. 4. Click **Adjust Sharing Settings**. 5. Select your School Library from the sharing options. 6. Click **Save**. The set appears in the School Library for all teachers in your district. Colleagues copy it to their own library the same way they would copy any set from Explore. ## What Recipients Can Do with a Shared Set When a colleague copies a Practice Set from your profile, a direct link, or a School Library, they receive their own independent copy. They can: * Edit questions, adjust difficulty, and rename the set in their own library * Assign it to their classes * Copy individual questions to other sets What they cannot do: * Edit your original set * See your assignment data or class reports * Access the set if you later change your sharing settings to private (their copy remains in their library, but the public link will no longer work) ## Troubleshoot Access Errors If a colleague receives an error when opening a shared link, one of the following is likely the cause. **The set is not set to public.** The set must be in the Public Library for a link to work for recipients outside your account. Return to **Adjust Sharing Settings** and confirm the setting is **Public Library**. **The recipient does not have a Pear Practice account.** Recipients must have an active Pear Practice account to copy a set. If your colleague does not have an account, ask your Pear Practice administrator to add them. **School Library restrictions.** The School Library is scoped to teachers who share the same domain. A teacher at another district cannot access a set shared only to your School Library. Use the Public Library setting or a direct profile link instead. **Region restrictions.** In some configurations, Pear Practice content is scoped by region. If a colleague in a different region reports an access error, contact Pear Practice support for guidance. After sharing a set, you can track which sets you've made public by reviewing My Library and filtering by sharing setting. # Sign In with Clever Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/sign-in-with-clever Add Pear Practice to Clever and share it with your district or school to enable single sign-on. Pear Practice supports Clever as a single sign-on (SSO) method for creating new accounts and signing in to existing accounts. Enabling SSO requires adding the Pear Practice app to Clever from the application library, or manually requesting it, and then sharing it with your district or school. ## Add the Pear Practice App in Clever 1. Navigate to your dashboard in Clever. 2. Click **Applications** > **Add applications**. 3. Search for **Pear Practice (formerly Giant Steps)**. 4. Click **Request App**. 5. Click **Send Integration Request** and wait for approval via email. 6. After approval, click **My applications** in Clever. 7. Click **Sharing District** or **Sharing by school** to the right of the Pear Practice app. 8. Under **Choose sharing method**, select your preferred sharing method and click **Next**. 9. For **Choose who needs access**, share the app based on the selected method and click **Next**. 10. Under **Preview & share user data**, confirm your sharing settings and click **Share with application**. Request the Pear Practice app in Clever. Click the "Sharing district" button to share the Pear Practice app with organizations or users. ## Manually Request the Pear Practice App in Clever If Pear Practice does not appear in Clever's application library, you can submit a manual integration request. After the request is submitted, Clever sends the submitter a link to the app so you can contact Pear Practice about adding it to your district. The app then appears in the Clever dashboard under **Applications** > **My applications**, where you can update sharing settings as described above. 1. Visit Clever's [application request form](https://schools.clever.com/applications/request). 2. Under **Application Information**, fill out the following fields: * **Application Name:** Pear Practice (formerly Giant Steps) * **Sign-In Page URL:** [https://practice.peardeck.com/sign-in](https://practice.peardeck.com/sign-in) 3. For **Testing Information**, provide a test account's username and password. Do not provide an account that contains user data. 4. Click **Request**. You can manually request the Pear Practice app to be added to Clever. ## Resources Learn what Pear Practice offers and how to get started # Start Live Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/start-live-practice You can start a Live Practice in My Library > click on a Practice Set's name > Start Live Practice. ## Start Live Practice You can start a Live Practice in **My Library** > click on a Practice Set's name > **Start Live Practice**. Practices foster fun and collaboration among students via interactive and gamified learning. Students spin the big board to earn XP and celebrate their wins together. Live Practice is a gamified learning feature that engages students in critical thinking and collaboration. Each practice has a round of questions selected by you that students answer with their teammates. When students answer the questions correctly, they earn rewards and care packages. If they're in groups, the groups earn bragging rights at the end of the practice. From a teacher's perspective, the keys to successful learning rounds consist of collaboration, feedback, and game flow. Start Live Practice from a Practice Set in My Library or Explore. ## Prepare Practice 1. Click **My Library** or **Explore**. If **My Library**, click the name of a Practice Set > **Start Live Practice**. If **Explore**, click the name of the set > **Use** > **Start Live Practice**. 2. Click **The Big Board** or **Quick Play**. 3. For **Select a Class**, click on your classroom in the drop-down menu. 4. Select **Allow Guest Students** if some attendees are not in the class you chose. 5. Set a time limit for students to answer questions under **Time Per Question**. 6. Under **Additional Options**, optionally select: **Randomize Question Order** Skipped to **Skip Selected Questions** Click **Skip Question** to remove each question from the practice. 7. Click **Start Live Practice**. Notes: * If students aren't in the classroom selected for the practice, they won't have permission to join unless they join as guests. * Once the practice starts, students must remain in it until it ends to receive credit. * If practicing from Explore, we add the Practice Set to My Library. ## Start Practice Please note that this section uses The Big Board for demonstration. 1. On the Join the Game screen, click **Copy Join Link** to share it with students or instruct students to visit practice.peardeck.com and click **Join Class** under **Home**. 2. Click **Countdown** and give students a time limit to join the session. 3. Click **Show Class Roster** to review attendees. Green indicates attendance. Gray indicates absence. 4. Click **Start Now**. 5. Click **Shuffle Teams** to change groups (optional). 6. Click **Let's Play**. 7. Review the rules and click **Start the Game**. ## Run Practice The key to running a successful practice is fostering a fun environment and managing the game flow. Part of the experience is the Pear Practice soundtrack, which includes unique tracks crafted by the Pear Practice team. Hype the class by raising the volume from the hamburger menu > **Adjust Volume**. We recommend engaging the class by sharing helpful hints and discussing the practice items. You can click on the prompt to enlarge it and the speaker button to read the prompt aloud. Teams can also communicate internally by reacting with native stickers by clicking on the question mark-exclamation point button and then a sticker. Their sticker shows in the lower-left corner of the screen to their teammates. If your class needs additional time to work together toward solutions, add 30 seconds at a time by clicking on the timer at the top of the screen. The maximum time limit is 5 minutes when teachers manually add time. If the class needs less than the allotted time, close the practice item by clicking **End Early**. After the practice item round ends, review the correct answer with the class and click **Place Tokens** to move on to the Big Board. When placing tokens, the students click and hold the token to move it onto the board. Their goal is to place the token on an empty spot on the board to increase their chances of earning XP. If they need help with placing tokens, click **Place and Move On**. You may also help students with spinning the wheel by clicking **Stop Spin**. Following the token placement, you'll check in with the scoreboard to see which team has the most points. This incentivizes students to collaborate more en route to solutions and leapfrog the board's leader when final scores are posted at the game's end, where they level up, earn XP, and receive a bus ticket to spend on the Season Map. For more information about Live Practice, please read Big Board Basics and Structure. # Student Groups Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/student-groups Create, organize, and manage student groups during an active Pear Practice classroom session. Student groups let you visually organize students and apply commands ( such as opening a tab, initiating a call, or excluding a group , to several students at once during an active classroom session. You can create custom groups, generate random groups, reorder groups on the screen, and save groups for future sessions. This article covers: * Creating custom and random groups * Applying commands to groups * Editing existing groups * Reordering groups * Deleting groups ## Set Up Student Groups 1. Click **Student Groups** in the upper-right area of the Screens view during an active classroom session. Two creation options appear: * **Custom Groups** : select which students belong to each group * **Random Groups** : assign students randomly, specifying how many students per group ## Create Custom Groups 1. Click the checkbox to the left of a student's name to add them to a group. An "Added!" confirmation appears to the right of the name when the student is assigned. 2. Click **Create a new group** on the left side of the modal to start a second group and continue assigning students. The **Next** button becomes active only after every student in the session has been assigned to a group. 3. Review the group summary. Click **Edit these groups** to rename groups or move students before saving. ## Create Random Groups 1. Select the random groups option, then enter the number of students you want per group. If students are left over after division, they are distributed evenly across groups, so some groups may be slightly larger than the number you entered. 2. Enter a name for the group set, then click **Save & Create Groups** in the lower-right corner of the modal. Saving is not available until all students are assigned. If you close the modal before saving, a confirmation prompt appears. Choosing to exit discards the unsaved group. Unnamed groups default to the creation date, for example: 12/10/20 Random Group. 3. After saving, the group set is stored automatically under **Student Groups** > **Enable Existing Groups** for reuse in future sessions. ## Apply Commands to Groups After groups are created, command options appear at the upper-right corner of each group section in the Screens view: * **Call group** * **Open tab for group** * **Exclude group** The call feature requires the video conferencing add-on. Contact your account representative for details. To open the Commands menu bar for a specific group, select the checkbox next to the group name. When more than one group is selected, commands can only be issued from the Commands bar at the bottom of the page. ## Edit Existing Groups There are two ways to edit groups in an active session. **Option 1 . Edit all groups at once:** 1. Click **Student Groups** > **Edit Existing Groups**. All current groups appear, along with options to create additional custom or random groups. 2. Rename groups, delete groups, or move students between groups as needed. **Option 2 . Edit a single group:** 1. Click the settings button (cog icon) to the right of the group label. 2. Uncheck the box next to any student you want to remove from the group. You can sort students within a group alphabetically or by online/offline status. A student must belong to at least one group while groups are active , to remove a student from a group, assign them to a different group first. A student can only belong to one group at a time. 3. Select or create the destination group, then click the checkbox next to the student's name to add them. ## Reorder Groups Click the button with up and down arrows in the upper-right corner of a group to access reordering options: * **Collapse Group** * **Move Up** * **Move to Top** * **Move Down** * **Move to Bottom** ## Delete a Group 1. Click **Student Groups** > **Existing Groups**, then click **Delete** next to the group you want to remove. 2. Confirm the deletion when the confirmation prompt appears. ## Resources Apply different web filtering Scenes to individual student groups within the same session. # Sync with Google Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/sync-with-google-classroom Connect your Pear Practice account to Google Classroom to import classes and streamline assignment management. Syncing Pear Practice with Google Classroom lets you import your existing classes and students directly, so you don't need to set them up manually. ## Connect Pear Practice to Google Classroom 1. In Pear Practice, go to your account settings. 2. Under **Integrations**, select **Google Classroom**. 3. Sign in with the Google account linked to your Google Classroom. 4. Select the classes you want to sync and click **Import**. Sign in to Pear Practice with the same Google account you use for Google Classroom. ## Resources Link a single Pear Practice class to a Google Classroom course. Share Pear Practice assignments directly in Google Classroom. # Fix a Pear Practice Account Mode or Access Problem Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/troubleshoot-account-mode Resolve Pear Practice account role and access issues: an account stuck in student mode, the wrong role after sign-in, and how to correct account mode. Pear Practice assigns a role — teacher, administrator, or student — when an account is created. If your account is in the wrong role, the Pear Practice experience is different from what you expect: teachers see a student view, or a student sees teacher controls. This article explains how to diagnose the cause and fix it. ## Quick Check: Confirm How You Are Signing In Pear Practice role assignment depends on how you sign in. The most common cause of a wrong role is signing in with the wrong Google account. 1. Open Pear Practice and check which Google account is shown at the top. 2. If it is not your teacher or administrator account, sign out and sign back in with the correct account. 3. After signing in with the right account, confirm your role in the top navigation. Teacher accounts show a class roster and assignment tools. Student accounts show a practice interface. ## My Account Is Stuck in Student Mode If your account is signed in with the correct email but still shows a student role: **Cause 1: You joined through a student link** If you ever joined a Pear Practice class using a student join link, your account may have been created as a student. To fix this: 1. Sign out of Pear Practice. 2. Go to [app.peardeck.com/practice](https://app.peardeck.com/practice) and click **Sign Up as a Teacher**. 3. Sign in with your Google account. 4. If the account is already registered as a student, you see an option to switch roles. Click **Switch to Teacher Account**. If the option to switch roles is not available, contact Pear Deck Learning support. Some role corrections require a manual update on the account. **Cause 2: Your Google account is associated with a student record in your district's roster** If your district uses Clever or Google Classroom to provision Pear Practice accounts, your account role is set by the district's SIS data. If your email address matches a student record in the SIS, your Pear Practice account is created as a student. To fix this, ask your district admin to: 1. Confirm your email address does not appear as a student in the SIS. 2. If it does, remove the student record or update the email in the SIS. 3. Trigger a Clever sync or Google Classroom sync to update your Pear Practice account role. **Cause 3: Role mismatch in your district's Pear Practice administrator console** If your district manages Pear Practice through the administrator console: 1. Ask your district admin to open **User Management** in the Pear Practice administrator console. 2. Find your account and confirm the assigned role. 3. Update the role to Teacher or Administrator as needed. ## I See a Teacher View but I Should Be a Student If you are a student and your Pear Practice account shows teacher controls, your account was created with the wrong role. Ask your teacher or district admin to correct your role in the administrator console or contact Pear Deck Learning support. Do not use a teacher account to submit student work — student responses in a teacher account do not appear in the teacher's class reports. ## I Cannot Access Pear Practice at All 1. Confirm your district has Pear Practice as part of its Pear Deck Learning plan. Contact your district admin to verify. 2. If you are using Clever SSO, confirm your account is included in the Pear Practice app share in Clever. Ask your district admin to check the Clever app permissions. 3. If you receive an authorization error when signing in with Google, see [Reset Access to Your Google Account in Pear Practice](/products/pear-practice/reset-access-to-google-account). ## Contact Support Contact Pear Deck Learning support. When you open a case, include the email address on your account, what role you currently see, and how your district provisions Pear Practice accounts (Clever, Google Classroom, or manual). # Troubleshoot Your Pear Practice Account Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/troubleshoot-pear-practice-account Fix account type mismatches, login issues, district access problems, and role errors in Pear Practice. Account issues in Pear Practice typically fall into 1 of 4 categories: account type mismatches, login problems, district access gaps, and role errors. ## You're Showing as a Student Instead of a Teacher This happens when a teacher signs up using a personal or non-school email address. Pear Practice assigns account types based on the email domain and registration flow. A non-school email routes into the student account path. **How to identify this:** Sign in to practice.peardeck.com. If your dashboard shows student-facing content, a practice queue, or no teacher configuration options, your account is set to student type. **How to fix it:** If your school or district has a Pear Practice administrator: 1. Contact your administrator and ask them to change your account type to Teacher. 2. Sign out of Pear Practice. 3. Sign back in after the administrator confirms the change. 4. Confirm your dashboard shows teacher configuration options, including My Classes and My Library. If you don't have an administrator or the administrator can't make the change, contact Pear Practice support. Provide the email address on the account and confirm that you are a teacher. Support can update the account type directly. Pear Practice does not have a self-serve account type conversion. A teacher cannot change their own account from student to teacher without admin or support access. ## Your Login Goes to the Wrong Account If you sign in and land in an account that doesn't have your classes or content, you're likely signing in with the wrong credentials. **Common causes:** * You have more than 1 Google account and the browser signed you in with the personal one instead of your school account. * Your Clever credentials are linked to a different Pear Practice account than your Google credentials. * A previous sign-in session is cached and auto-signing you into the wrong account. **How to fix it:** 1. Sign out of Pear Practice. 2. Clear your browser's cookies and cached data for practice.peardeck.com. 3. Close all browser tabs. 4. Open a new browser window and sign in again. Select your school Google account when prompted, or sign in with Clever using your school credentials. If you sign in with Clever and the account still doesn't match: 1. Confirm with your IT admin that Clever is syncing your account to the correct Pear Practice email address. 2. Ask your IT admin to check that your Clever profile email matches the email on your Pear Practice account. 3. If there's a mismatch, your IT admin can update the Clever sync or contact Pear Practice support to merge or reassign accounts. ## You Don't Have District Access Your district may have a Pear Practice license, but your individual account may not reflect that access yet. **How to identify this:** You can sign in, but premium features are locked, your account shows a free or trial tier, or you see a prompt to upgrade when your district should already have a paid license. **What to check:** | Check | Who handles it | | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------- | | Confirm your district has an active Pear Practice license | IT admin or district admin | | Confirm your account email matches the district's provisioned domain | IT admin | | Confirm your account was provisioned through SSO rather than created independently | IT admin | | Confirm your Clever or Google Workspace account is included in the district's sharing settings | IT admin | If all of the above check out and you still don't have access, your IT admin should contact Pear Practice support with your account email and the district's license information. **SSO vs. individual account:** If you created a Pear Practice account independently before your district set up SSO, your account may not be linked to the district license. Your IT admin can check whether your account needs to be migrated into the district's provisioned group. After access is restored, sign out and sign back in. Your account should reflect the district license tier, and previously locked premium features should be available. ## Change Your Account Role Administrators can change a staff member's role between Teacher and Admin within Pear Practice. This requires a Premium license. 1. Sign in to practice.peardeck.com with an administrator's account. 2. Click **My Teachers** in the menu bar. 3. Search for the staff member's name or locate them in the list. 4. Under **Role**, click the current role and select **Teacher** or **Admin** from the drop-down menu. The role change takes effect immediately. The staff member does not need to sign out and back in. For full steps, including how to remove a user from Pear Practice, see [Change Administrator or Teacher's Role](/products/pear-practice/change-administrator-or-teacher-s-role). There is no self-serve way to change a student account to a teacher account. Administrators can only manage staff roles (Teacher and Admin). If a student account needs to be converted, contact Pear Practice support. ## Can't Sign In at All If you can't get past the sign-in screen, work through the following by sign-in method. **Google sign-in failure:** 1. Confirm your school Google account is active and not suspended. Check with your IT admin. 2. Open an incognito or private browser window and try signing in at practice.peardeck.com. 3. If you can sign in that way, the issue is a cached session or browser extension in your regular window. Clear cookies for practice.peardeck.com in your standard browser. 4. If you still can't sign in, confirm that practice.peardeck.com is not blocked by your school's network filter. Ask your IT admin to check the domain allowlist. **Clever sign-in failure:** 1. Confirm you can sign in to Clever itself. If Clever is down or your account is inactive, resolve that first. 2. Confirm that Pear Practice has been added to your district's Clever apps and shared with your account. See [Sign In with Clever](/products/pear-practice/sign-in-with-clever). 3. If Pear Practice does not appear in your Clever portal, contact your IT admin to verify the app is shared with your user type and school. **Account doesn't exist yet:** If you're a new teacher and no account has been created for you, your district admin needs to provision access. Pear Practice accounts for district users are created through Clever sync or by an administrator inviting you directly. See [Add Teachers to Pear Practice](/products/pear-practice/add-teachers-to-pear-practice). ## Contact Support If the steps above didn't resolve the issue, contact Pear Practice support. When you reach out, include: * The email address on the account * The sign-in method you're using (Google or Clever) * A description of what you see when the problem occurs * Your district name, if applicable # Troubleshoot Pear Practice Set Generation Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/troubleshoot-practice-set-generation Fix errors when creating or generating a Pear Practice set, including PDF import failures, generation errors, and content that doesn't appear after creation. Use this article when a Pear Practice set fails to generate, an import error appears, or a created set does not behave as expected. ## Error When Generating a Practice Set from a PDF Pear Practice can generate a practice set from a PDF using the Instant Pear Practice feature. Common errors during PDF generation: **"File could not be processed" or no questions generated:** 1. Confirm the PDF is text-based, not a scanned image. Scanned PDF images cannot be read by the generator. If your PDF is a scan, use OCR software to convert it to a text-based PDF first, then retry. 2. Check the file size. PDFs larger than 10 MB may not process correctly. Split large PDFs into smaller files and generate separate practice sets for each. 3. Remove password protection from the PDF before uploading. Password-protected files cannot be read. 4. Confirm the PDF contains questions in a recognizable format. Blank pages, charts-only pages, or PDFs with only images of text do not generate usable questions. **Questions were generated but are incomplete or incorrect:** Pear Practice generates questions from the structure and text it detects in the PDF. Review every generated question before assigning the practice set. Edit questions that are incomplete, add missing answer choices, and remove any questions that did not generate correctly. ## Error When Creating a Practice Set Manually **Questions are not saving:** 1. Confirm you are connected to the internet. Pear Practice requires a stable connection to save question content. 2. Try a different browser. Chrome is recommended. If the issue occurs only in one browser, clearing the browser cache often resolves it. 3. Check whether the error is specific to one question type. If a particular question type (for example, diagram questions or draw questions) consistently fails, try creating a different question type to confirm whether the issue is question-type-specific. **Images or media are not uploading:** 1. Confirm the image file is a supported format: JPG, PNG, or GIF. 2. Check the file size. Images larger than 5 MB may not upload. 3. Try uploading from a different device or browser. ## Practice Set Is Not Appearing in My Library After Creation 1. Refresh the My Library page. Newly created practice sets can take a few seconds to appear. 2. Check the **All Sets** filter. If My Library is filtered to show only sets from a specific folder, newly created sets that were not assigned to that folder will not appear. Click **All Sets** to see everything. 3. Confirm you saved the practice set before navigating away. If you closed the editor without saving, the set was not created. ## Practice Set Created from Explore Is Not in My Library When you copy a practice set from the Explore library, the copy is saved to My Library automatically. If the copy does not appear: 1. Check My Library and confirm you are viewing **All Sets**, not a specific folder. 2. Confirm the copy action completed. If you clicked **Copy** but navigated away immediately, the copy may not have finished. Return to Explore, find the set, and copy it again. ## Contact Support Contact Pear Deck Learning support. When you open a case, include the practice set name, the error message you see, and what you were doing when the error occurred. # Type Accent Marks in Pear Practice Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/type-accent-marks-in-pear-practice Use OS-level keyboard shortcuts to type accented characters in any Pear Practice text response field on Chromebook, Apple, or Windows devices. Use the keyboard shortcut method for your device to type accented characters in any Pear Practice text response field. No additional software is required. ## Chromebook Chromebooks include a built-in [keyboard languages and accents menu](https://support.google.com/chromebook/answer/1059492?hl=en). 1. Hold the letter key on your keyboard. 2. A popup shows the available accent marks for that letter, each numbered. 3. Press the number that matches the accent mark you want. For example, holding **A** displays up to 8 accent variations numbered 1 through 8. Press the corresponding number to insert the accented letter. By pressing down on the letter key, students can see all available accent marks for the letter. ## Apple Devices Apple devices use the same hold-and-select method as Chromebook. You can also add language-specific virtual keyboards. **Hold-and-select method (macOS, iPadOS, and iOS):** 1. Hold the letter key on your keyboard or on-screen keyboard. 2. A popup shows the available accent marks for that letter. 3. Press the number or tap the accent mark you want. **Add a language keyboard:** * [iOS . add a keyboard](https://support.apple.com/en-au/guide/iphone/iph73b71eb/ios) * [iPadOS . add a keyboard](https://support.apple.com/en-au/guide/ipad/ipad1aa5a19a/ipados) * [macOS . add a keyboard](https://support.apple.com/en-au/guide/mac-help/mchlp1406/mac) By pressing down on the letter key, students can see all available accent marks for the letter. ## Windows Windows supports accent marks through CTRL-key combinations and through the touch keyboard. **CTRL keyboard shortcuts:** See [Microsoft's keyboard shortcuts for international characters](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/keyboard-shortcuts-for-international-characters-108fa0c1-fb8e-4aae-9db1-d60407d13c35) for the full list. **Touch keyboard method:** 1. Enable the touch keyboard on your taskbar. On Windows 10, right-click the taskbar and select **Show Touch Keyboard Button**. On Windows 11, open **Taskbar Settings** and turn on **Touch Keyboard**. 2. Click the touch keyboard icon in the taskbar to open the virtual keyboard. 3. Hold a letter key on your physical keyboard to display its available accent marks on the touch keyboard. 4. Click the accent mark you want to insert. The path to enable the touch keyboard changed in some Windows 11 builds. If right-clicking the taskbar does not show a **Show Touch Keyboard Button** option, open **Settings** → **Personalization** → **Taskbar** and enable **Touch Keyboard** there. By pressing down on the letter key, students can see all available accent marks for the letter. ## Verify It Worked The accented character appears in the text response field where your cursor was placed. If no popup appears when you hold a key, confirm that key repeat is enabled in your device's keyboard settings. ## Related Articles * [Set a default language in a student account](/products/pear-practice/set-default-language-in-student-account) * [Accessibility in Pear Practice](/products/pear-practice/accessibility) * [Write a text response question in a practice set](/products/pear-practice/write-text-response-question-in-practice-set) # Write Text Response Question in Practice Set Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-practice/write-text-response-question-in-practice-set The Text Response question type prompts students to write their responses. ## Write Text Response Question in Practice Set The Text Response question type prompts students to write their responses. In My Library, you can add a Text Response question to your Practice Set. It supports GIFs, images, audio, and video as context to the questions, helping students learn in multiple ways. ## Add Text Response to Practice Set 1. Click **My Library**. 2. Click on a set under **Practice Sets**. 3. Click **+ Add** > **Text Response**. 4. Set up under **Text Response**: * For **Prompt**, write a question for students to answer * Click **+ Add Media** to upload or paste an image, GIF, audio, or video * Enter the answer for **Correct Response** * If more than one possible response, click **Add Alternate Correct Response** * If partial credit is given, select **Enable Partial Credit** * Select **This item requires high-order thinking** to mix varying questions into students' individual practices that encourage them to think analytically * Click **+ Add Feedback** to switch to the **Feedback** tab 5. Add under **Feedback**: * Add personalized or AI-generated feedback for students to see after completing the question for **Feedback Text** * Upload or paste content to add context to the feedback provided to students * Click **+ Add Standards** to switch to the **Standards** tab 6. Under **Standards**, filter standards by their name, collection, state, grade, or subject, and then click the checkbox next to the standard's name to select it. 7. Click **Save and Close**. # Create a Custom Tool as Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/create-custom-tool-as-teacher Build a personalized AI tool in Pear Start by copying a built-in tool and customizing it for your classroom workflows. In Pear Start, teachers can create AI-powered **Custom Tools** to accelerate classroom workflows and generate materials tailored to their needs. You create a custom tool by copying a built-in tool and personalizing it in five steps: 1. Adding tool details (name and description) 2. Customizing fields and values 3. Providing custom instructions for Pear Start's AI model 4. Testing the tool by generating content 5. Publishing the tool for your use Custom tools created by teachers display a "Custom" badge next to their name. ## Create a Custom Tool 1. Click **Tools** in the left-hand navigation menu. 2. Click **Create Custom Tool** under **All Tools**. You can also click a tool's name and select **Customize Tool**. "Create Custom Tool" button from the Tools page. 3. Under **Tool Details**, fill out the following fields: * **Name** : the name shown on the Tools page * **Short Description** : shown under the tool's name in the tools list * **Description** : a longer explanation of how the tool works and its best practices, shown when a teacher opens the tool 4. Review the tool's name and short description under **Preview**. Custom tools display a "Custom" badge. 5. Click **Next: Customize Fields**. 6. Review each field and toggle on **Hide Field** if needed. Error message indicating a default value needs to be set when hiding a field. Hidden fields require default values. Click **Reset** next to a field name to return it to its default setting. 7. Enter default or example values for each field. 8. Click **Next: Custom Instructions**. 9. Under **Custom Instructions**, list steps or requirements for the AI model to follow when generating content. Examples: * "Include links to videos, images, and materials referenced." * "Give clear and concise directions for student activities." * "Create a lesson hook to engage students at the start of a lesson." 10. Click **Next: Review & Save**. Preview of a custom tool's generated content. 11. Fill out the fields and click **Generate** to confirm the tool works as expected. 12. Click **Save Custom Tool**. View of "Create Custom Tool" from a tool's page. View of the "Tool Details" screen when creating a custom tool. "Save a Custom Tool" button. ## Resources Learn how Pear Start Tools work and how to generate and transform content. # Create Custom Tools as Administrator Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/create-custom-tools-as-administrator Build AI-powered district-wide tools in Pear Start to standardize content creation and align teacher workflows with instructional goals. In Pear Start, administrators can create AI-powered **Custom Tools** for teachers in their district or school. These tools let administrators generate standardized content, follow district policy and instructional goals, and enable consistent workflows across classrooms. Creating a tool involves five steps: 1. Adding tool details (name and description) 2. Customizing fields and values 3. Providing custom instructions for Pear Start's AI model 4. Testing the tool by generating content 5. Enabling the tool for all teachers Administrators need access to Pear Start **District Management Tools** to create district- or school-wide Custom Tools. This access includes **Manage Tools** in the navigation menu and a "Workspace" badge on district-wide tools. ## Create a Workspace Tool for All Teachers 1. Sign in to Pear Start with an administrator account. 2. Click **Manage Tools**. 3. Click the name of the tool you want to copy, then click **Create Custom Tool**. You can also click **Create Custom Tool** on the **Manage Tools** screen and search for a tool in the dropdown. 4. Click **Create Custom Tool** on the tool's page. "Create Custom Tool" button from a tool's page. 5. Fill out the following fields under **Tool Details**: * **Name** : the name displayed to teachers on the Tools page * **Short Description** : shown under the tool's name in the tools list * **Description** : a longer explanation of how the tool works, including best practices 6. Review the tool's name and short description under **Preview**. Workspace tools display a "Workspace" badge. 7. Click **Next: Customize Fields**. 8. Review each field and toggle on **Hide Field** if needed. Message indicating a default value must be set for a hidden field. Hidden fields require default values. Click **Reset** next to a field name to return it to its default setting. 9. Enter default or example values for each field to guide teachers. 10. Click **Next: Custom Instructions**. 11. Under **Custom Instructions**, list requirements or steps for the AI model to follow each time it generates content. 12. Click **Next: Review & Save**. 13. Test the tool by filling out the fields and clicking **Generate**. 14. Click **Save Custom Tool** after reviewing the output. The "Save Custom Tool" screen where users can preview their tool by generating content and then save it. 15. Toggle on **Is Public** in the tool settings when the tool is ready for teachers to use. ## FAQ ### Where Can I Request Access to Pear Start District Management Tools? Ask your administrator for access to District Management Tools. ### Can a Teacher Create or Modify a District-Wide Custom Tool? No. Teachers can only modify tools they created for their own use. ### What Happens to Disabled Tools? Disabled tools no longer appear in Tools for teachers, but teachers can review their past use in the **History** tab. ## Resources Review and manage all Workspace and default tools in your district. Turn individual tools on or off for all teachers. # Create Instant Lesson Packages Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/create-instant-lesson-packages Transform AI-generated content into ready-to-use Pear Deck, Pear Practice, and Pear Assessment materials in one click. In Pear Start, you can transform content into comprehensive, ready-to-use classroom materials with **Instant Lesson Packages**. An Instant Lesson Package creates materials across the Pear Deck Learning platform simultaneously , Practice Sets in Pear Practice, Instant Pear Decks in Pear Deck, and tests in Pear Assessment. Materials open in a new tab within their respective apps. ## Create Instant Lessons Across Pear Deck Learning 1. Click **Tools** in the Pear Start sidebar. 2. Click an AI-based tool, fill out the fields as needed, and click **Generate**. 3. Click **Transform** at the bottom of the generated content. The Transform button in Pear Start. 4. Select one of the following: * **Instant Pear Deck** * **Instant Pear Practice Set** * **Instant Pear Assessment Test** * **Pear Lesson Package** : includes all three of the above 5. Review the auto-populated settings, including **Grade Level**, **Reading Level**, and **Subject**. Example of an Instant Lesson Package of all Pear Deck Learning apps. 6. Click **Create Materials**. 7. Click on the generated materials to open them in a new tab. You can also access them by clicking the waffle tray in the upper-left corner of Pear Start and opening the relevant Pear Deck Learning app. View of the available Instant Lesson Packages. Example of instant lessons created for all Pear Deck Learning apps. ## Resources Learn how Pear Start Tools work and how to use the Generate and Transform features. # Create Questions from a YouTube Video Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/create-questions-from-youtube Generate up to 10 assignment questions from a YouTube video transcript using the YouTube Video Questions tool in Pear Start. In Pear Start, you can generate assignment questions from a YouTube video's transcript with the **YouTube Video Questions** tool. The tool references the transcript to create assignments of up to 10 questions across a variety of question types. To get the most out of this tool, blend question types that match your class's learning styles. ## Convert a YouTube Transcript to Assignment Questions 1. Navigate to your preferred video on YouTube.com. 2. In the video's description, click **More**. Click the "More" button to expand the YouTube video's description. 3. Below the description, under the **Transcript** header, click **Show transcript**. Click the "Show Transcript" button to open the video's transcript. 4. Right-click the highlighted transcript and click **Copy**. Highlight the transcript, right-click on the text, and click "Copy". 5. In Pear Start, click **Tools** > **YouTube Video Questions**. 6. Select a grade level. 7. Enter a preferred question format , for example, multiple choice, open response, or classification. 8. Select the number of questions to generate. 9. Right-click in the **YouTube Video Transcript** field and click **Paste**. The transcript formats automatically with a timestamp on one line and text on the next. Pear Start supports up to 45,000 characters. 10. Click **Generate**. Example of generated questions from the transcript. To edit or transform the generated content into class material, see [Tools Overview](/products/pear-start/tools-overview). Example of generated questions. ## Resources Learn how to edit, refine, and transform AI-generated content into classroom materials. # Enable or Disable Tools Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/enable-or-disable-tools Control which Pear Start tools are available to teachers in your district by enabling or disabling them from Manage Tools. In Pear Start, administrators can enable or disable Workspace or Custom tools to standardize and streamline the toolset available to teachers. Administrators need access to Pear Start Workspace to enable or disable tools. Workspace access includes **Manage Tools** in the navigation menu and shows the district name under the administrator's name. ## Enable a Tool for All Teachers 1. Sign in to Pear Start as a **Workspace** administrator. 2. Click **Manage Tools**. 3. Click the name of the tool you want to enable. Image of a Workspace tool enabled and a default tool disabled. 4. Toggle on **Is Enabled**. Toggling on "Is Enabled." ## Disable a Tool for All Teachers Teachers can still review their use of a disabled tool in the **History** tab. 1. Sign in to Pear Start as a **Workspace** administrator. 2. Click **Manage Tools**. 3. Click the name of the tool you want to disable. 4. Toggle off **Is Enabled**. Toggled off "Is Enabled." ## Resources Review all tools available to teachers and manage Workspace tools from one place. Build district-wide AI tools for teachers. # Export Math Formulas to Google Docs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/export-math-formulas-to-google-docs Export AI-generated math content from Pear Start to Google Docs in LaTeX or Plain Text format. In Pear Start, you can generate math class materials and export them to Google Docs in [LaTeX](https://www.latex-project.org/) or Plain Text format. * **LaTeX** : a standardized format for rendering complex math formulas as properly formatted equations, commonly used in math and science * **Plain Text** : a basic format containing standard symbols and characters, compatible with common text editors Due to a Google Docs limitation with rendering advanced math formulas, install an administrator-approved Google Docs extension for precise LaTeX rendering. See the Resources section for a recommended extension. ## Export to LaTeX Format 1. Click **Tools**. 2. Under **All Tools**, click a tool that uses formulas , for example, **Math Mixed Assessment Practice**. 3. Fill out the required fields and click **Generate**. 4. Click **Export** in the toolbar at the end of the generated content > **Export to Google Doc**. Export math formulas to Google Docs. 5. Give the document a recognizable name. 6. Select **LaTeX** for **Math Equation Format**. The LaTeX option appears only when a formula is detected in the content. 7. Click **Export to Google Doc**. Select LaTeX for the Math Question Format. 8. Click **View** in the lower-right notification to open the Google Doc in a new tab. Example of a toast notification confirming the export. ## Export to Plain Text 1. Click **Tools**. 2. Under **All Tools**, click a tool that uses formulas. 3. Fill out the required fields and click **Generate**. 4. Click **Export** > **Export to Google Docs**. 5. Give the document a recognizable name. 6. Select **Plain Text** for **Math Equation Format**. 7. Click **Export to Google Doc**. 8. Click **View** in the lower-right notification to open the Google Doc in a new tab. Example of Plain Text format selected for an export to Google Docs. ## Resources A Pear Start compatible Google Docs extension for LaTeX rendering. Official documentation for the LaTeX typesetting system. # Find Content You've Created Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/find-created-content Use the History and Materials tabs to locate, save, and reuse AI-generated outputs across Pear Start tools and Instant Lesson Packages. Every time you click **Generate** in a Pear Start tool, the output is automatically logged in your **History** tab. You can save any output to your **Materials** tab to quickly find and reuse it , on its own or as an input for creating Instant Lesson Packages anywhere in Pear Deck Learning. ## View All Outputs in History Click **Generate** in any tool to log the output automatically in **History**. Adding to or revising an output using the prompt box at the bottom of the generated content does not create a new History entry , it updates the existing output. To view all your outputs, click the **History** tab. Outputs are listed chronologically with their **Title**, **Tool**, and **Created** date. You can edit an output by selecting it and clicking **Edit** (or **Edit Prompt**), then clicking **Save Changes**. Outputs cannot be deleted. View All Outputs in History View All Outputs in History View All Outputs in History View All Outputs in History ## Save Specific Outputs in Materials After generating an output or selecting one from **History**, click **Save** to add it to your **Materials** tab. Review and adjust the title, then click **Save Material**. Navigate to the **Materials** tab to view your saved outputs. They are organized by **Last Modified** date. Use the search bar to find specific outputs. Click an output to reopen it. From there, you can **Transform**, **Copy**, **Print**, **Export**, or **Edit** the content. Save Specific Outputs in Materials Save Specific Outputs in Materials Save Specific Outputs in Materials Save Specific Outputs in Materials ## Use Materials as Attachments Saved materials can be attached to Pear Start Tools or Instant Lesson Packages to generate additional content. 1. Click **Attach...** and select **Materials**. 2. Search or filter by material type to find the content you want. 3. Click the material and then click **Select**. 4. Adjust any additional fields, then click **Generate**. The output is based on your selected material. Use Materials as Attachments Use Materials as Attachments Use Materials as Attachments Use Materials as Attachments Use Materials as Attachments ## Resources Transform saved materials into Pear Deck, Pear Practice, and Pear Assessment content. Learn how Pear Start Tools work and how to use Generate and Transform. # Manage District Tools Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/manage-district-tools Review, enable, disable, and create Workspace tools for all teachers from the Manage Tools page in Pear Start. Pear Start **District Management Tools** lets district and school administrators ensure their environment follows district policies and instructional goals by managing the tools available to teachers. From the **Manage Tools** page, administrators can: * Enable or disable tools to streamline operations * Create district-wide **Custom Tools** labeled with a "Workspace" badge ## Understand the District Management Tools View When administrators access **District Management Tools**, they see: * Their district's name below their full name in the navigation menu * The **Manage Tools** option in the navigation menu On the **Manage Tools** page, tools are listed alphabetically with the following information: | Column | Values | | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Name** | Tool name | | **Type** | **Default** (built-in) or **Workspace** (created by an administrator) | | **Status** | Enabled or Disabled | Tool types also appear as badges next to the tool's name on the Tools page for teachers. View of Pear Start "Manage Tools" page. District name under the user's name in Pear Start navigation menu. The "Manage Tools" button in the Pear Start navigation menu. View of Pear Start Custom Tools enabled and disabled. ## Resources Turn individual tools on or off for all teachers. Build district-wide AI tools for teachers. # Technical Guidelines Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/technical-guidelines Recommended browsers, operating systems, IP addresses, and domains to allow for Pear Start to run on your network. Follow these guidelines to ensure a seamless setup of Pear Start in your district or school. ## Recommended Operating Systems Use the two most recent versions of iPadOS, macOS, or Windows. ChromeOS is also supported and follows the recommended browser version below. ## Recommended Browsers Use the latest version of Google Chrome, Microsoft Edge, or Safari. ## Allow IP Addresses ### HubSpot ``` 54.174.60.0/23 143.244.80.0/20 18.208.124.128/25 54.174.53.128/30 158.247.16.0/20 54.174.59.0/24 54.174.63.0/24 3.93.157.0/24 54.174.52.0/24 139.180.17.0/24 54.174.57.0/24 158.247.22.109 ``` ### Sendgrid ``` 167.89.110.173 ``` ### Postmark ``` 50.31.156.96/27 (50.31.156.96 - 127) 104.245.209.192/26 (104.245.209.192 - 255) 50.31.205.0/24 (50.31.205.1 - 255) ``` ## Unblock Domains ``` *.appcues.com *.browser-intake-datadoghq.com *.force.com *.ggpht.com *.hubspot.com *.peardeck.com *.salesforceliveagent.com *.segment.com *.ssqt.io *.vimdeocdn.com *.webflow.com *.ytimg.com peardeck.com google.com groove.goguardian.com gstatic.com hubspotqa.net player.vimeo.com s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com segment.io share.hsforms.com start.peardeck.com static.doubleclick.net vimeo.com youtube.com ``` # Tools Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/tools-overview Explore Pear Start's library of AI tools for lesson planning, content creation, and seamless integration with Pear Deck, Pear Assessment, and Pear Practice. Pear Start's **Tools** is a library of AI tools that reduces teachers' time on tasks, lesson planning, and platform switching. Tools help you create class content and use the **Transform** feature to convert it into materials for Pear Deck, Pear Assessment, and Pear Practice. The Transform feature is free to all Pear Deck Learning users. ## Use the Tools Library 1. Click the **Tools** tab in the navigation bar. 2. Click the name of the tool that best fits your needs. Tools are separated into two sections: * **Popular** : tools you've used in the last 30 days or pinned as favorites * **All Tools** : organized into Content, Questions, Communication, Fun, and Planning categories 3. Review the tool description, which explains its purpose and the type of content it creates. Click **Use Example** to pre-fill the fields with a popular use case. Most tools share a consistent structure: * Grade level * Content or resource * Format 4. Fill out the required fields, then click **Generate** to create content in real time. 5. Review and edit the output before using it. To revise, click **Edit Prompt** in the upper-right corner of the tool, or request changes in the text field at the bottom. In the text field, use the **Quick Prompt** feature for popular changes, or enter your own change and click **Generate**. The new section is integrated into your content. Overview of the Tools page in Pear Start. Example of the Lesson Plan Generator tool. Lesson Plan Generator tool filled out. Edit Prompt button. Generate changes on content. ## Transform Content into Classroom Materials 1. When your content is ready, click **Transform** : or select a suggested transformation , then select the Pear Deck Learning app where the Instant Lesson Package will be created. 2. Click **Show details** to review or adjust grade level, reading level, and subject. Pear Start automatically detects these from the generated content. 3. Click **Create Materials**. 4. Open the materials in a new tab from Pear Start, or access them by clicking the waffle tray in the upper-left corner and opening the relevant Pear Deck Learning app. Transform button and suggestions. Options for Instant Lesson Packages. Create a Lesson Package in the Pear Deck Learning platform. Lesson Package created for classroom materials. ## Resources Transform generated content into Pear Deck, Pear Practice, and Pear Assessment materials in one click. Locate and reuse your saved outputs from History and Materials. Share feedback or request a new tool through the Pear Start feedback form. # Pear Start Generation and Export Troubleshooting Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/troubleshoot-generation-and-export Fix Pear Start content generation and export problems: a broken Create button, failed or blank output, and content that won't become a Pear Deck lesson. Use this article when Pear Start does not generate content, when the Create button is disabled or unresponsive, or when generated content cannot be exported to Pear Deck, Google Docs, or Google Forms. ## The Create Button Is Disabled or Does Nothing **Check your district tool settings first.** If the Create button is grayed out or does not respond, the tool you are trying to use may be disabled by your district administrator. 1. In Pear Start, check whether the tool shows a locked icon or a message indicating it is unavailable. 2. If so, contact your district admin to confirm the tool is enabled. Administrators can enable or disable individual Pear Start tools for teachers. See [Enable or Disable Tools](/products/pear-start/enable-or-disable-tools) for more information. 3. If the tool appears enabled but the Create button still does not respond, continue to the steps below. **Browser and authorization checks:** 1. Reload the page. A stale session can prevent the button from activating. 2. Confirm you are signed in to Pear Start with the Google account connected to your school. Sign out and sign back in if needed. 3. Clear your browser cache and cookies, then reload Pear Start. Cached authentication data can cause the Create button to stop responding. 4. Try a different browser. Chrome is recommended. If the button works in another browser, the issue is specific to your current browser's state. 5. Disable browser extensions temporarily. Ad blockers and privacy extensions can interfere with Pear Start's generation process. ## Generation Starts but Produces Blank or Incomplete Output If Pear Start begins generating but the result is blank, incomplete, or does not include expected content: 1. **Review your input.** Pear Start generates content based on the description you provide. Very short or vague descriptions (for example, "math") produce lower-quality output. Try providing a topic, grade level, and standard (for example, "4th grade fraction addition, CCSS.MATH.4.NF.B.3"). 2. **Retry the generation.** Generation quality can vary. If the output does not meet your needs, click **Regenerate** or adjust your input and try again. 3. **Check for service availability.** If generation consistently fails across multiple attempts, Pear Start may be experiencing a service interruption. Check [status.peardeck.com](https://status.peardeck.com) or contact Pear Deck Learning support. Pear Start drafts content for your review. Every generated output should be reviewed and edited before assigning to students. Pear Start does not guarantee accuracy, standards alignment, or completeness — those are confirmed by the teacher during review. ## Generated Content Won't Export to Pear Deck If you generated a lesson or slide deck with Pear Start but cannot transform it into a Pear Deck lesson: 1. Confirm you are signed in to both Pear Start and Pear Deck with the same Google account. 2. In Pear Start, open the generated content and click **Open in Pear Deck**. If the button is not available, look for **Export to Google Slides** first, then open the exported file in Google Slides and add it to Pear Deck from there. 3. If the export to Google Slides fails, check that Google Drive is accessible from your account and that you have permission to create files in your Drive. 4. If the Pear Deck option does not appear at all, confirm your Pear Deck account is active and your district has Pear Deck as part of its plan. ## Generated Content Won't Export to Google Docs or Google Forms 1. Confirm your Google account has write access to Google Drive. If Drive is restricted by your district, exports may be blocked. 2. Click **Export** and select the destination. If the export starts but the file does not appear in Drive, check the **Shared with Me** and **Recent** sections of Google Drive — the file may have been saved to a different location. 3. If the export fails with an error message, note the message and contact Pear Deck Learning support. 4. For Google Forms exports specifically: Pear Start generates question-based content into Google Forms. If the output contains no questions (for example, a lesson plan), the Google Forms export option may not be available. ## I Cannot Find Content I Already Generated Generated content is saved to your Pear Start library. To find it: 1. In Pear Start, open **My Content**. 2. Use the search or filter to find content by topic or date created. See [Find Content You've Created](/products/pear-start/find-created-content) for a full guide. ## Contact Support Contact Pear Deck Learning support. Include the tool name (for example, Instant Lesson Package, Practice Set Generator), the error message or behavior you see, and what you expected to happen. # Troubleshoot Pear Start Access Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/troubleshoot-pear-start-access Fix login failures, unavailable features, and authorization errors when accessing Pear Start. Access issues in Pear Start fall into a few common categories: a product unavailability message, a change in plan access, a request to re-authorize Google, broken Google integrations, or a stale browser session. Use the sections below to find your situation and resolve it. ## If Pear Start Displays an "Unavailable" Message This message appears when Pear Start has not been enabled for your district or when your account is not connected to an active district subscription. **For teachers:** Contact your IT admin and ask whether Pear Start has been enabled for your school or district. Your IT admin controls product access at the district level. You cannot enable Pear Start yourself. **For IT admins:** Sign in to your district admin console and confirm that Pear Start is enabled for the relevant schools or user groups. If the product does not appear in your console, contact [Pear Deck Learning Support](https://peardeck.com/support) to confirm your district's subscription status. District accounts require SSO (single sign-on) to access Pear Start. If teachers are signing in with a personal Google account instead of their district account, they will not see district-provisioned access. Confirm that teachers are signing in through your district's SSO provider. ## If Your Free Access Has Changed Pear Start previously offered a free individual plan. That plan is no longer available. Access to Pear Start now requires either a district subscription or an eligible paid individual plan. To check your current plan: 1. Sign in to Pear Start at [start.peardeck.com](https://start.peardeck.com). 2. Open your account menu by clicking your account icon in the top-right corner. 3. Select **Account Settings**. 4. Review the plan listed under **Subscription**. If your plan shows as expired or inactive, you have 2 options: * **District subscription:** Ask your IT admin or district admin whether your district has a Pear Start subscription that you can be added to. * **Individual plan:** Visit [peardeck.com/pricing](https://peardeck.com/pricing) to review current plan options and upgrade. If you believe your subscription is active but access is blocked, contact [Pear Deck Learning Support](https://peardeck.com/support). ## If Pear Start Asks You to Re-Authorize Pear Start uses Google OAuth to access your Google account. Google periodically expires or revokes these permissions, which causes Pear Start to prompt you to re-authorize. Re-authorization restores Pear Start's access to your Google Drive, Docs, and Slides. It does not delete any existing content. To re-authorize: 1. When prompted, click **Re-authorize** or **Connect Google Account**. 2. Sign in with the Google account you use for Pear Start. 3. Review the permissions Pear Start requests and click **Allow**. 4. Return to Pear Start. Your session resumes normally. After completing these steps, Pear Start loads without the authorization prompt. Google integrations, including Drive, Docs, and Slides, are available again. If the re-authorization prompt reappears immediately, sign out of Pear Start, clear your browser cache (see [Clear Your Cache and Retry](#clear-your-cache-and-retry) below), and sign back in. ## If Google Features Stop Working Pear Start's Google integrations require specific Google permissions to be active. These integrations let you save and export lesson content to Google Drive, Google Docs, and Google Slides. If those permissions were revoked, the integrations will stop working or display an error, even though you can still sign in to Pear Start. To restore Google permissions: 1. Sign in to your Google account at [myaccount.google.com](https://myaccount.google.com). 2. Select **Security** in the left navigation. 3. Under **Third-party apps with account access**, find **Pear Start** and select it. 4. Click **Remove Access**. 5. Return to Pear Start and sign in again. When prompted, re-grant the Google permissions. After completing step 5, attempt to export or access a Google-integrated feature in Pear Start. If it works, the permission reset resolved the issue. **Browser extension check:** If you use a browser extension that manages cookies, blocks third-party scripts, or restricts site permissions, it may interfere with Google OAuth. Temporarily disable those extensions and retry. If the integrations work after disabling an extension, add `start.peardeck.com` and `peardeck.com` to that extension's allowlist. ## Clear Your Cache and Retry Stale auth tokens stored in your browser cache can cause access failures even when your account and subscription are valid. To clear your cache: 1. Open your browser settings. 2. Navigate to **Privacy and Security** (or equivalent in your browser). 3. Select **Clear browsing data**. 4. Check **Cookies and other site data** and **Cached images and files**. 5. Set the time range to **All time**. 6. Select **Clear data**. 7. Close and reopen your browser. 8. Go to [start.peardeck.com](https://start.peardeck.com) and sign in again. If you share a device with other users, signing out of your Google account before signing in to Pear Start can also prevent session conflicts. After signing back in, confirm that Pear Start loads and that your lesson drafts and created content are visible. If access is restored, no further steps are needed. ## Contact Support If the steps above do not resolve your issue, contact [Pear Deck Learning Support](https://peardeck.com/support). Include the following information in your support request: * Your email address and the Google account you use to sign in * The error message or behavior you are seeing (a screenshot helps) * The browser and operating system you are using * Whether the issue affects only your account or multiple accounts in your school or district **District-level provisioning** (adding schools, enabling Pear Start for user groups, or resolving subscription conflicts) is handled by the Pear Deck Learning support team in coordination with your district admin. Your IT admin or district admin may need to be included in the support conversation. # Troubleshoot Pear Start Exports Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/troubleshoot-pear-start-exports Fix errors when exporting Pear Start content to Pear Deck, Google Slides, Google Docs, or Google Forms. Pear Start lets you export generated content to Pear Deck, Google Slides, Google Docs, and Google Forms. When an export fails, the cause is usually a blocked popup, a Google authorization issue, or a content type that the destination does not support. Use the sections below to identify and fix the specific failure. ## If the Create or Transform Button Does Nothing The Create and Transform buttons open a new browser tab or popup to start the export. If nothing happens after you click, your browser is most likely blocking that popup. 1. In your browser's address bar, look for a blocked-popup icon (usually a small window icon with an X). 2. Click the icon and select **Always Allow Popups from start.peardeck.com**. 3. Reload the page and click **Create** or **Transform** again. If allowing popups does not resolve the issue, try a different browser. Google Chrome, Microsoft Edge, and Safari are all supported for Pear Start. Firefox may block popups even after you update your settings. If you are on a school-managed device, your IT admin may have set browser policies that block popups from specific sites. Contact your IT admin and ask them to allow popups from start.peardeck.com. ## If the Export to Pear Deck Fails Pear Deck exports require an active connection to your Google account. If the export fails or stalls, a Google authorization issue is usually the cause. 1. In Pear Start, click your profile icon and select **Sign Out**. 2. Sign back in with the Google account you use for Pear Deck. 3. When prompted, click **Allow** to authorize Pear Start to access your Google account. 4. Return to the content you want to export and click **Create** or **Transform**. If the export still fails, confirm that you are signed in to Pear Deck with the same Google account you use for Pear Start. An account mismatch will prevent the export from completing. ## If the Export to Google Slides Fails Google Slides exports require access to Google Drive. If the export fails, check your Google Drive permissions before re-authorizing. 1. Go to [myaccount.google.com/permissions](https://myaccount.google.com/permissions) and confirm that Pear Start has access to Google Drive. 2. If Pear Start does not appear in your permissions, or if it appears with limited access, click **Remove Access**. You will re-authorize access in the next steps. 3. In Pear Start, click your profile icon and select **Sign Out**. 4. Sign back in and, when prompted, click **Allow** to restore Google Drive access. 5. Return to your content and retry the export. If your school uses Google Workspace, your IT admin may have restricted which third-party apps can access Google Drive. Ask your IT admin to confirm that Pear Start is approved in your Google Workspace domain. ## If the Export to Google Docs or Google Forms Fails **If the export produces no output or stalls:** Google Docs and Google Forms exports follow the same authorization pattern as Google Slides exports. Re-authorize your Google account using the steps in [If the Export to Google Slides Fails](#if-the-export-to-google-slides-fails). **If math formulas appear as raw code in Google Docs:** Pear Start exports math formulas in LaTeX or Plain Text format. Google Docs does not natively render advanced LaTeX formulas. If your exported document shows unrendered formula code, install an administrator-approved Google Docs add-on for LaTeX rendering. See [Export Math Formulas to Google Docs](/products/pear-start/export-math-formulas-to-google-docs) for format options and a recommended add-on. ## Unsupported Content for Export Not all Pear Start content types can be exported to every destination. The table shows what each destination supports. | Content type | Pear Deck | Google Slides | Google Docs | Google Forms | | ------------------- | --------- | ------------- | ------------------------ | ------------ | | Lesson slides | Yes | Yes | No | No | | Practice problems | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Math formulas | Yes | Yes | LaTeX or Plain Text only | No | | Image-heavy content | Yes | Yes | Limited | No | If your content includes a type that the destination does not support, Pear Start may export a partial result or produce no output. In that case, export to a supported destination, or copy the unsupported content manually into the destination after export. ## Retry Steps If none of the destination-specific steps resolve the issue, work through this sequence before contacting support. 1. Sign out of Pear Start. 2. Clear your browser's cache and cookies. 3. Sign back in to Pear Start. 4. Go to [myaccount.google.com/permissions](https://myaccount.google.com/permissions) and remove Pear Start's access. 5. Return to Pear Start and, when prompted, click **Allow** to re-authorize your Google account. Retry the export. If it succeeds, you can continue working in the exported file. If the export continues to fail, contact Pear Deck Learning support and include the content type, the destination, and a description of what happens when you attempt the export. # Use Pear Start with Pear Assessment Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/use-pear-start-with-pear-assessment Generate assessments from lesson plans and link Pear Assessment tests to your Pear Start lesson packages. Pear Start and Pear Assessment work together to give you a complete lesson package in one workflow. Pear Start drafts the assessment alongside your lesson plan and practice set. Pear Assessment holds the assessment in your test library, where you can assign, edit, and review results the same way you would any other test. This article covers how to include an assessment when generating a lesson package in Pear Start, how to find it in Pear Assessment, and how to assign or edit it. ## Generate an Assessment from a Lesson Plan When you create a lesson package in Pear Start, you can include an assessment as part of that package. Pear Start drafts the assessment alongside the lesson plan and practice set. The result is a draft. Review it before assigning. 1. Open **Pear Start** and click **Tools** in the left sidebar. 2. Select an AI-based tool and fill out the topic, grade level, and standards fields. 3. Click **Generate**. 4. Click **Transform** at the bottom of the generated content. 5. Select **Pear Lesson Package** to create all 3 materials at once: a Pear Deck lesson, a Pear Practice set, and a Pear Assessment test. To create only the assessment, select **Instant Pear Assessment Test** instead. 6. Review the auto-populated settings, including **Grade Level**, **Reading Level**, and **Subject**. 7. Click **Create Materials**. Pear Start drafts the assessment and sends it to your Pear Assessment test library. A confirmation screen lists the materials created. Click the assessment link to open it in Pear Assessment, or find it later using the steps in the next section. The assessment is a draft. Pear Start suggests standards alignment based on your input. Confirm the alignment in Pear Assessment before assigning. ## Find Your Generated Assessment in Pear Assessment After Pear Start creates the materials, your assessment appears in Pear Assessment's test library. 1. Open **Pear Assessment** from the waffle tray in the upper-left corner of Pear Start. 2. Click **Tests** in the left navigation. 3. Find your assessment in the **My Tests** tab. Tests appear in reverse chronological order, so your most recently generated assessment is at the top. Your assessment is ready to review and assign from the test library. If the assessment does not appear immediately, wait up to 2 minutes and refresh the page. Generation runs in the background, and Pear Assessment updates the library when the process completes. Your Pear Start account and your Pear Assessment account must use the same email address. If they do not match, the assessment will not appear in your library. See **Troubleshoot a Missing Assessment** below. ## Assign the Assessment from Pear Assessment Once you locate the assessment in your test library, assign it the same way you assign any Pear Assessment test. 1. In **Pear Assessment**, click **Tests** in the left navigation. 2. Open the assessment you want to assign. 3. Review the questions and suggested standards alignment. Edit any item before assigning. 4. Click **Assign**. 5. Select your class, set a start date and a due date, and configure any additional settings. 6. Click **Assign Test**. Students receive the assessment based on your class and date settings. Results appear in Pear Assessment's reports dashboard after students submit. For full details on assignment options, see [Assign a Test in Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/assign-a-test). ## Troubleshoot a Missing Assessment If you completed the Pear Start generation steps but can't find the assessment in Pear Assessment, work through these checks. **Check that your accounts match.** Your Pear Start account and your Pear Assessment account must use the same email address. If you signed in to each product with a different account, the assessment won't transfer. Sign out of both products, sign back in with the same email address, and run the generation again. **Confirm that generation completed.** Return to Pear Start and check the confirmation screen or your lesson history. If the status shows an error or is still in progress, the assessment may not have been sent to Pear Assessment yet. Wait for the generation to finish, then check your Pear Assessment library again. **Refresh the test library.** Pear Assessment updates the library after generation completes. If you opened the library immediately after clicking Create Materials, the test may not have arrived yet. Wait 2 minutes and refresh the page. **Run the generation again.** If the assessment still doesn't appear after the steps above, return to Pear Start and create a new Instant Pear Assessment Test from the same content. Use the **Transform** button on the original generated content to avoid re-entering your inputs. If the issue continues, contact Pear Deck Learning support and include the title of your lesson package and the email address on each account. ## Edit an Assessment Generated by Pear Start After Pear Start sends an assessment to Pear Assessment, it behaves like any other test in your library. You can edit questions, adjust standards alignment, change the item order, or add new items. 1. In **Pear Assessment**, open the assessment from your **Tests** library. 2. Click **Edit** to open the test editor. 3. Make your changes: update question text, replace items, adjust the standards tags, or reorder questions. 4. Click **Save** when you're done. Your edits apply to all future assignments of this test. If you have already assigned the test to a class, update the assignment settings before students begin. For a full walkthrough of the test editor, see [Update Test Settings in Pear Assessment](/products/pear-assessment/update-test-settings). # Use Pear Start with Pear Deck Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/pear-start/use-pear-start-with-pear-deck Generate a Pear Deck lesson with Pear Start, export it to Google Slides, and present it as an interactive session, with fixes for common handoff problems. Pear Start can generate a lesson that becomes a Pear Deck interactive presentation. This article explains how to move content from Pear Start to Pear Deck and what to do if the handoff does not work as expected. ## Before You Start * You need an active Pear Start account and an active Pear Deck account, both using the same Google account. * Your district must have both Pear Start and Pear Deck as part of its Pear Deck Learning plan. ## Generate a Lesson in Pear Start 1. Sign in to Pear Start at [start.peardeck.com](https://start.peardeck.com). 2. Click **Create** and select **Instant Lesson Package**. 3. Enter your topic, grade level, and the standard you are teaching. 4. Click **Generate**. 5. Wait for Pear Start to draft the lesson. Generation typically takes 20 to 60 seconds. 6. Review the generated content. Edit any slides, prompts, or questions before exporting. Pear Start drafts content for your review. Review and edit the lesson before presenting it to students. Pear Start does not verify accuracy, standards alignment, or age-appropriateness — those are confirmed by you during review. ## Export the Lesson to Pear Deck 1. In the generated lesson, click **Open in Pear Deck**. 2. If the **Open in Pear Deck** option is not available, click **Export to Google Slides** instead. The lesson saves to your Google Drive as a Google Slides file. 3. Open the exported Google Slides file. 4. Click **Extensions** > **Pear Deck for Google Slides Add-on** > **Open Pear Deck Add-on**. 5. The Pear Deck sidebar opens. Your slides are ready to use as a Pear Deck lesson. ## Add Interactive Question Types Slides exported from Pear Start are static by default. To make them interactive in Pear Deck: 1. In Google Slides with the Pear Deck sidebar open, select a slide. 2. In the sidebar, choose a question type: multiple choice, text, draggable, drawable, or number. 3. Pear Deck adds an interactive layer to the slide. You do not need to add interactive questions to every slide. Informational slides without a question type display as static slides during the session. ## Present the Lesson 1. In the Pear Deck sidebar, click **Start Lesson**. 2. Choose **Teacher-Paced** or **Student-Paced**. 3. Share the join code with students. ## Troubleshoot the Pear Start to Pear Deck Handoff **The "Open in Pear Deck" button does nothing:** Sign out of both Pear Start and Pear Deck and sign back in with the same Google account. Then retry. **The exported Google Slides file is empty:** The export may have failed silently. Return to Pear Start, open the lesson, and export again. Check **Google Drive** > **Recent** for the file. **The Pear Deck sidebar does not load in the exported Google Slides:** The Pear Deck for Google Slides add-on may not be installed. Install it from the Google Workspace Marketplace, then reload Google Slides. For more loading issues, see [Pear Deck Won't Load: Teacher and IT Admin Checklist](/products/pear-deck/troubleshoot-loading-and-extension). ## Related Articles * [Use Pear Start with Pear Assessment](/products/pear-start/use-pear-start-with-pear-assessment) * [Understand Sessions](/products/pear-deck/understand-sessions) * [Pear Start Generation and Export Troubleshooting](/products/pear-start/troubleshoot-generation-and-export) # Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher Classroom management tool used by 2M+ teachers to review student activity, guide devices, and maximize instructional time in real time. GoGuardian Teacher is a real-time classroom management tool used by more than 2 million teachers. It gives you visibility into student browsing activity and direct control over student devices — so you can keep every student on task without interrupting your lesson flow. **Supported platforms:** ChromeOS, Windows, macOS, iOS iOS deployment support is included. Check with your IT administrator to confirm your district's iOS deployment configuration. ## Review Key Stats | Stat | Detail | | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | 15.3M+ students | Supported in classrooms | | 1 week | Of instructional time saved per teacher each year | | 97% | Of educators say Teacher helps them uphold classroom management best practices | ## Review Key Capabilities See every student's active tab and browsing activity as it happens, from a single dashboard. Close off-task tabs, open specific URLs, or lock students to a single site — all without leaving your desk. Apply custom filtering rules to restrict or allow websites during a lesson, with the option to auto-open specific pages on every student's device. Lock students into one priority tab for the lesson, so they can't switch to or interact with any other open tab until you release it. View student screens as thumbnail tiles. Share your screen with the whole class for demonstrations. Send and receive private messages with individual students without disrupting the rest of the class. Broadcast a message to all students in an active session at once. Start an audio or video call with your class directly from the Teacher dashboard. Temporarily override your district's filtering policy to block or allow specific sites for your class during a session. Divide your class into groups and apply different settings, sites, or Scenes to each group for differentiated instruction. Set up recurring or one-time sessions that match your school schedule, including block scheduling. Sync your class roster automatically from Google Classroom, Clever, or ClassLink. ## Start a Class Session 1. Go to [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and sign in with your district credentials. Your district may have configured single sign-on (SSO) via Google or Microsoft — if so, use that login option. 2. Your classes appear on the dashboard. If your district uses Google Classroom, Clever, or ClassLink, your rosters sync automatically. You can also create a class manually and invite students by link or code. 3. Click **Start Session** on the class you want to open. Students who are signed in and have the GoGuardian extension active will connect automatically. 4. Once the session is active, the dashboard shows each connected student's name, active tab, and browsing history for the session. Use the toolbar to take action on individual students or the whole class. Students connect to your session automatically when the extension is active — you don't need to send a join link. If a student does not appear, confirm the extension is installed and they are signed in to their school account. ## Use Scenes A Scene is a saved set of web-filtering rules you can apply to every student's device at once. Use a Scene to restrict students to a specific set of websites, block particular sites, or limit the number of tabs students can have open during an activity. A Scene can also auto-open specified URLs on connected student devices when you activate it — eliminating the time spent waiting for students to navigate to the right place. To create a Scene: 1. Open the **Scenes** panel in your Teacher dashboard. 2. Click **New Scene** and give it a name (for example, "Math warm-up" or "Research activity"). 3. Add the URLs you want students to open. 4. Save the Scene. To use a Scene during a session, select it from the Scenes panel and click **Activate**. You can apply a Scene to the whole class or to a specific Custom Group. ## Set Focus Tabs Focus Tabs let you mark one open tab as the priority tab for the lesson. When you set a Focus Tab, that tab becomes the student's active tab, and the student can't interact with any other open tab until you turn Focus off. This is useful for keeping attention on a specific resource without closing other tabs students may need. To set a Focus Tab, open the **Tabs** panel during an active session, locate the tab you want to prioritize, and select **Set as Focus Tab**. ## Create and Manage Custom Groups Custom Groups let you apply different settings to different students in the same session. You might use this to give advanced students access to additional research sites while keeping a different set of restrictions for the rest of the class, or to differentiate a project activity by reading level. To create a Custom Group: 1. During an active session, open the **Groups** panel. 2. Click **New Group** and select the students to include. 3. Apply a Scene, filtering override, or other setting to that group. Groups you define carry over to future sessions with the same class. ## Review Integrations GoGuardian Teacher integrates with the rostering and identity tools most districts already use. | Integration | What it does | | ---------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Google Classroom** | Syncs class rosters and co-teacher assignments automatically | | **Clever** | Pulls district roster data for automated class setup | | **ClassLink** | Syncs rosters via ClassLink OneRoster | | **SSO (Google / Microsoft)** | Teachers and students sign in with existing district accounts — no separate credentials required | Teacher works alongside GoGuardian Admin. Teachers can make temporary filtering overrides during a session without creating IT tickets, while Admin enforces the district's base filtering policy at all times. ## Frequently Asked Questions Teacher gives you Custom Groups and Scenes to tailor the learning environment for different students in the same session. You can apply unique filtering rules, open different sets of websites, or push different resources to each group simultaneously — without managing multiple dashboards. Features like Scenes and Focus Tabs mean every student is on the right page in seconds rather than minutes. Automations handle routine tasks like guiding students to lesson materials, and teachers report saving approximately one week of instructional time per year as a result. No. Teacher is a cloud-native platform that integrates with your existing SSO and rostering systems — Google Classroom, Clever, and ClassLink. Roster sync is automated, so your IT team does not need to manually manage class lists or user accounts. Teachers can handle temporary filtering needs directly during a session — for example, allowing a site that the district policy would normally block. This self-service capability reduces the volume of requests IT receives for one-off content access. Teacher's intuitive interface also reduces training-related tickets from new staff. Yes. Teacher runs on cloud-native infrastructure built to handle thousands of concurrent teacher sessions and tens of thousands of student devices. It is designed for low latency even at district-wide scale. # Accept Terms of Service Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/accept-terms-of-service How to accept GoGuardian's Privacy Policy and Terms of Service on first login. Upon logging in to any GoGuardian product for the first time, you must agree to 2 documents: GoGuardian's Privacy Policy and the Terms of Service and End User License Agreement. You must scroll through the full text of each document before you can accept it. ## Accept Terms of Service 1. Select anywhere on the agreement text to activate the scroll bar on the right side of the terms panel. 2. Scroll all the way to the bottom of the document. You can scroll using your mouse or by pressing the **Down** arrow key on your keyboard. 3. Select the checkbox to agree, then select the activated **I Agree** button to accept the Product Privacy Policy. 4. Repeat the scroll and acceptance process for the Terms of Service and End User License Agreement. 5. After accepting both documents, you'll be able to proceed into your GoGuardian product. ## Troubleshoot Scrolling Issues If you have trouble scrolling through the agreement text, try any of the following: * Select the center of the page and scroll down with your mouse. * Select and drag the scroll bar in the top-right of the panel to move to the bottom. * Select the center of the page and press the **Down** arrow key on your keyboard. ## Log In as a Teacher A teacher must accept the Terms of Service from their own account before a Super User can use the **Log In As** feature for that teacher. Attempting to log in as a teacher before they've accepted their Terms of Service will not work. ## Resources Use the Log In As feature to access a teacher's account. Configure and manage teacher accounts in GoGuardian Teacher. Manage user roles and account settings. Begin a GoGuardian Teacher classroom session. # Access Chat Logs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/access-chat-logs How GoGuardian administrators can find, view, and export historical Teacher chat logs between teachers and students in Org Management. GoGuardian administrators can access records of GoGuardian Teacher chat logs between teachers and students in the [Chat Log](https://manage.goguardian.com/chat-logs) section of Org Management. Chat history from the past 6 months is available. Chat logs between a teacher and student remain available even if the class has been deleted or the student has been removed from the class. ## Find Chat History 1. Go to the [Chat Log](https://manage.goguardian.com/chat-logs) section of Org Management. 2. Select a **Teacher Name**, **Student Name**, and a **Date Range** (up to 1 month at a time), then click **Apply Filters**. 3. Click **View Log** next to any result to see the chat transcript between the teacher and student for that date. ## Email a Chat Report From the transcript view, administrators can email a chat history report in either PDF or CSV format. Administrators can only send emails to other GoGuardian users within their organization. ## Review Activity in Audit Log Chat Log activity, including searches, views, and exports (emails sent), is captured in the Audit Log. Click the **+** icon next to any Audit Log entry to see more details. ## Resources Send and receive messages with students during a classroom session. Review student browsing activity from past sessions. Send post-session activity reports to teachers or administrators. Configure administrator and teacher account settings in Org Management. # Access Data from Past Sessions Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/access-past-session-data How to find and review timeline data, screenshots, and command logs from previous GoGuardian Teacher class sessions. To review activity from past GoGuardian Teacher sessions, click a classroom tile or choose **View Sessions** from the **Settings** cogwheel. To view a specific session, click **View Session** in the class session you want to see. Each session includes 4 data tabs: * **Timeline**: Timeline data from the session. Use your keyboard arrow keys, the scroll bar, or click and drag to scroll through the session timeline. * **Screenshots**: All screenshots taken during the session are stored here indefinitely. These can be downloaded at any time. * **Command Log**: All commands sent during the session are stored here indefinitely. * **Check-Ins**: Any Check-In results submitted by students. ## View Timeline Data 1. Click a classroom tile or choose **View Sessions** from the **Settings** cogwheel, then click **View Session** for the session you want to review. 2. In the **Timeline** tab, click an individual student to see which tabs they had open at any given moment, including the time spent on each tab. 3. Click the arrow or magnifying glass icons above the timeline to move to an earlier or later point in the session. You can also use your device's trackpad to scroll back and forth. 4. Use the **Sort By** filter to sort students by first or last name. View Timeline Data The Timelines view of a GoGuardian Teacher class session demonstrating how to find previous browsing data for a student View Timeline Data The "screenshots" tab of a GoGuardian Teacher class session Timelines page highlighting the "Download" and "Save to… ## View Commands Sent During a Session 1. In the session view, click the **Command Log** tab. 2. The **Command Log** tab lists all commands used during the class, such as Open Tab, Close Tab, and Lock and Unlock. 3. Click the **+** button next to a command to see the name of the student who received it. ## View Screenshots from a Session 1. In the session view, click the **Screenshots** tab. 2. Use the options at the bottom of the page to download screenshots locally or save them to Google Drive. ## Resources Capture a screenshot of a student's screen during an active session. Learn about the commands available during a GoGuardian Teacher session. Receive a summary of session data by email after a class ends. Review browsing activity reports for individual students. # Active Screens View Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/active-screens-view Reference guide to every control and display element in the GoGuardian Teacher Screens view during an active class session. The Screens view is the main interface during an active GoGuardian Teacher class session. It shows a live thumbnail of each connected student's active tab and gives you direct control over student devices. ## Top Bar The top bar is visible from all views during an active session. | Element | What It Does | | ----------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Product chooser** | Switch to any other GoGuardian product you have access to. | | **Active sessions** | Displays all currently active sessions with time remaining for each. Click any session to switch to it. | | **Back to Classroom Details** | Returns you to the Sessions menu for the classroom you're currently viewing. | | **Avatar / Name** | Manage your account settings or sign out. | ## Session Controls The session control bar sits below the top bar and provides quick access to session-level actions. | Element | What It Does | | ------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Online Students Panel** | Exclude or include students in the session, and check online status. | | **Support** | Report connection issues to GoGuardian Support. | | **Scene Status / Change Scene** | Apply, change, or remove a Scene from the active session. | | **Time remaining** | Displays time remaining in the current session. Click to add additional time. | | **Chat toggle** | Enable or disable Teacher Chat for the current session. | | **End Session** | Manually end the current session before the scheduled end time. | ## Screens Grid The Screens grid displays a live thumbnail tile for each connected student. | Element | What It Does | | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Select all checkbox** | Select all students to send a command to the whole class. | | **Sort drop-down** | Sort students by online status, first name, or last name. | | **Individual checkbox** | Select one or more students. Selecting a student opens the commands toolbar. | | **Student name** | Displays first name and last initial. Increasing the grid size shows the full name. | | **Scene status** | Shows the Scene currently applied to the student. | | **Options button (3 dots)** | Lock the student's device, open a new tab, or exclude the student from the session. | | **Screen thumbnail** | Live view of the student's active tab. Click to expand and see more options. | | **Active tab info** | Shows the favicon, page title, and URL of the student's active tab. | | **Background tabs** | Shows favicons of any background tabs the student has open. | | **View drop-down** | Switch between Screens View, Timeline View, Snapshots View, and the Command Log. | | **Grid size slider** | Adjust the size of the student tiles in the Screens grid. | | **Chat panel** | Opens the Teacher Chat panel (available when Chat is enabled). | | **Help Center widget** | Search the Help Center or contact GoGuardian Support. | ## Student View Click a student's tile to open Student View, which shows a larger view of that student's screen and provides individual commands. | Element | What It Does | | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Close (X)** | Return to the Screens grid. | | **Screen view** | Live view of the student's active tab. Click to zoom to full screen. | | **On task / Off task** | Mark whether the student is on task by selecting **Yes** or **No**. | | **Exclude Student** | Remove this student from your active session. | | **Open new tab** | Open a new tab in the student's browser. Enter the URL and click **Open Tab**. | | **Lock device** | Lock the student's browser. You can enter a custom message for the block page the student will see. | | **Screenshot** | Capture a screenshot of the student's current screen. Screenshots are saved in the **Snapshots** section. | | **Active tab info** | Shows the favicon, page title, and URL of the student's active tab. | | **Close Tab** | Close active or background tabs for the student. The command is nearly instant but can take a few seconds to clear from this view. | | **Background tabs** | Shows favicon, page title, and URL of the student's background tabs. | | **Annotate** | Place a colored circle on the student's screen to highlight a section. | ## Resources Review all available teacher commands and how to use them. Capture and access screenshots of student screens. Enable and use 1-on-1 chat with students during a session. Apply web-filtering rules to your class during a session. # Add Additional Teachers and Helpers to a Class Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/add-co-teachers-and-helpers Add co-teachers, teaching assistants, or substitutes to a GoGuardian Teacher class and assign Owner, Teacher, or Helper permissions. You can add co-teachers, teaching assistants, or substitute teachers to a GoGuardian Teacher class. The additional teacher must first have a GoGuardian Teacher account registered at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/). There are three teacher roles with different permissions: **Owners**, **Teachers**, and **Helpers**. Give teaching assistants or substitutes **Helper** permissions unless they need to edit class settings. For classes imported from Clever or ClassLink, the class roster and class name cannot be changed in GoGuardian Teacher. Make those updates in Clever or ClassLink, which sync back to GoGuardian. Add an Additional Teacher ## Add a Co-Teacher 1. For the class, click the **Settings** cogwheel, then **Add Co-teachers**. 2. Click **Add Co-Teachers**. Click Add Teacher. 3. Search for a user within your organization. 4. Choose a permission level from the drop-down. 5. Click **Add Teacher**. Click Add Teacher. If a user does not appear in the drop-down, they likely do not have a GoGuardian account. Ask a Super User to create one at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com/). # Add Students to a Class Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/add-students-to-a-class Add students to a GoGuardian Teacher class by enroll code, email, CSV, or automatic roster sync from Google Classroom, Clever, or ClassLink. How you add students to a class depends on how the class was created. Classes created directly in GoGuardian Teacher can be edited freely. Classes synced from Google Classroom, Clever, or ClassLink must be updated at the source and synced back to GoGuardian Teacher. A classroom session will not start until at least 1 student is enrolled. Class rosters are limited to a maximum of 115 students. ## Add Students to a Manually Created Class 1. Sign in to [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and select the classroom you want to edit. Click the **Students** tab. 2. Click **Add Students**. Choose one of the 3 enrollment methods: **Use code**, **Add emails**, or **Upload CSV**. 3. Select **Use code**. GoGuardian Teacher generates a 6-digit alphanumeric code unique to your classroom. Share the code with students and have them go to [enroll.goguardian.com](https://enroll.goguardian.com) and enter the code. Students will see a confirmation when they've successfully enrolled. If a student sees a "We don't recognize this Chromebook" page when entering the code, GoGuardian is not yet installed on their device. Contact your IT administrator for assistance. 4. Return to the **Students** tab of your classroom. Under **Pending Enrollment**, click **Enroll All** to approve all students at once, or approve each student individually. You may need to refresh the page to see students listed as pending. 5. Select **Add emails**. Enter each student's email address and click **Add Another Email** or press Enter to add more. Click **Add Students** when finished. You can use this method to add additional students at any time. 6. Select **Upload CSV**. Create a spreadsheet with one column and no header row. Enter your students' email addresses, then export the file as a `.csv`. Click **Choose File**, select the file, then click **Import Students**. You can import up to 115 students per CSV upload. 7. Confirm that the enrolled students appear in the **Students** tab under your classroom. Students who successfully enrolled will show as active. ## Sync Students from Google Classroom GoGuardian Teacher automatically syncs with Google Classroom every 2 hours. To add or remove students, make the roster change in Google Classroom, not in GoGuardian Teacher. To sync immediately without waiting for the automatic sync, go to the **Students** tab in your classroom and click **Sync Students From Google**. If you encounter issues with Google Classroom or student sync, refer to the troubleshooting article for Google Classroom issues. ## Sync Students from Clever or ClassLink If your organization syncs with Clever or ClassLink, classes and rosters are imported automatically. Students from integrated classes cannot be added or removed manually in GoGuardian Teacher. Clever and ClassLink roster changes sync to GoGuardian Teacher automatically every 24 hours. To sync immediately, force a sync in Org Management at [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). If you do not have access to Clever or ClassLink to make roster changes, contact your IT administrator or GoGuardian administrator for assistance. ## Resources Start a live session once your roster is set up. Automate sessions with the Calendar feature. # Use Advanced Filtering in Scenes Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/advanced-filtering How to add URL exceptions to Allow Mode and Block Mode Scenes in GoGuardian Teacher. Advanced Filtering lets you create exceptions within a Scene's allowed or blocked website list. When a site is allowed or blocked at the domain level, Advanced Filtering gives you control over specific pages or subdomains within that site. ## How Advanced Filtering Works For both Allow Mode and Block Mode Scenes, you can allow or block entire websites. Advanced Filtering adds a second layer by letting you carve out exceptions for specific pages within those sites. **Example:** A teacher allows `google.com` across the board but wants to block `sites.google.com` specifically. Advanced Filtering handles that exception. The **Advanced Filtering** button is located in the upper right of the Scene creation window. ## Add Exceptions to an Allow Mode Scene In Allow Mode, everything is blocked except for what you manually allow. For example, adding `*Google*` to an Allow Mode Scene allows any Google website or subdomain, including: * `docs.google.com` * `google.com/images` * `forms.google.com` * `sites.google.com` * and many more To block a specific subdomain within an otherwise allowed site, add it as an exception. 1. In the Scene creation window, click **Advanced Filtering** in the upper right. 2. Enter the URL you want to block as an exception (for example, `sites.google.com`) into the input field. 3. Click **Add**. The URL appears in the **Exceptions** list. 4. When you've added all exceptions, click **Done**. The exceptions appear on the right side of the Scene editor, labeled **Advanced Filters**. ## Add Exceptions to a Block Mode Scene In Block Mode, all websites are allowed except for what you add to the blocked list. For example, a teacher can add `YouTube.com` to a Block Mode Scene to block all of YouTube. With Advanced Filtering, individual YouTube video URLs can be added as exceptions to allow access to those specific videos while keeping the rest of YouTube blocked. 1. In the Scene creation window, click **Advanced Filtering** in the upper right. 2. Enter the specific URL you want to allow as an exception into the input field. 3. Click **Add**, then click **Done** to save the exception. 4. The exception appears in the **Advanced Filters** section on the right side of the Scene editor. For YouTube exceptions, you can allow access to individual video URLs. Adding a YouTube channel URL only allows access to that channel's page. It does not allow all videos from that channel. ## Resources Build a Scene and apply it to a classroom session. Use wildcard patterns to match groups of URLs in a Scene. Understand what makes up a Scene and how each part works. Learn how Scenes control student web access during a session. # Allow Access to Blocked Sites Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/allow-access-to-blocked-sites Unblock a site for your entire class during a session when a student's Scene is blocking something they need. When a website is blocked by your Scene during a class session, you can update the Scene immediately to allow the site for your entire class. GoGuardian Teacher Scenes list page This workflow only works for sites blocked by a teacher's Scene. Sites blocked by GoGuardian Admin policy require your IT administrator or GoGuardian administrator to make the change. See the GoGuardian block page types article for help identifying which type of block a student is seeing. ## Allow a Blocked Site 1. Locate the student tile showing the "Blocked by Scene" indicator. 2. Click the **Unblock for class** button on the student's tile. 3. On the **Confirm Scene Update** dialog, click **Update Scene**. This adds an allow rule for the blocked URL directly to your active Scene. 4. Confirm that the student can now access the site. If the site remains blocked, ask the student to enter `chrome://restart` in the address bar and press Enter to restart Chrome, then try again. Only the Scene's owner, the teacher who originally created the Scene, can use the **Unblock for class** option. If you are using a shared Scene that was created by another teacher, contact the Scene owner to update the rules. A student's tile displaying a "Blocked by Scene" 'Update Scene' Button and UI ## Resources Review how Allow List and Block List Scenes work. Edit an existing Scene to add or remove sites. Resolve conflicts when more than one teacher's Scene is active for the same students. # Allow Desktop Notifications Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/allow-desktop-notifications Enable desktop notifications in Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge so GoGuardian Teacher can alert you when students send chat messages. GoGuardian Teacher may ask you to allow desktop notifications so you receive alerts when students send Teacher Chat messages. Follow the steps for your browser below. ## Google Chrome 1. Go to [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click the lock icon to the left of the URL in the address bar. Find the **Notifications** drop-down and select **Allow**. 3. Click the Chat toggle to turn on Chat. Click the cogwheel icon and turn on **Desktop Notifications**. 4. Confirm that the Desktop Notifications setting shows as enabled in the cogwheel menu. ## Mozilla Firefox 1. Go to [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and sign in. 2. Click the notification icon to the left of the URL in the address bar. Click the **X** next to the disabled notification preference to unblock notifications. 3. Click the Chat toggle to turn on Chat. Click the cogwheel icon and turn on **Desktop Notifications**. ## Safari 1. Go to [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and sign in. Click **Safari** in the top-left menu bar and select **Preferences**. 2. In the Preferences window, click **Notifications** near the bottom-left corner under **General**. Confirm that [goguardian.com](https://goguardian.com) is set to **Allow**. 3. Click the Chat toggle to turn on Chat. Click the cogwheel icon and turn on **Desktop Notifications**. ## Microsoft Edge 1. Click the lock icon to the left of the address bar. 2. Under **Website Permissions**, turn the **Notifications** toggle to **On**. 3. Click the Chat toggle to turn on Chat. Click the cogwheel icon and turn on **Desktop Notifications**. Internet Explorer does not support desktop notifications. Use Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge to enable this feature. ## Resources Set up and use Teacher Chat during a class session. # Archive, Restore, or Delete a Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/archive-restore-delete-a-classroom Archive a GoGuardian Teacher classroom to preserve session history, restore it later, or permanently delete a classroom you no longer need. GoGuardian Teacher gives you 2 options for removing a class you no longer need: archive it or delete it. | Action | What Happens | | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Archive** | Moves the class to the **Archived** tab. Session history, student reports, and screenshots are preserved. The classroom can be restored at any time. | | **Delete** | Permanently removes the class and all of its session history, screenshots, and student reports. This action cannot be undone. | Archive classes at the end of a semester or school year rather than deleting them. Archiving preserves your session history and student data. ## Archive a Classroom **Method 1, from class settings:** 1. Click the class you want to archive. 2. Select **Settings**. 3. Click **Archive Classroom**. **Method 2, from the class tile:** Click the **Settings cogwheel** in the top-right corner of the class tile and select **Archive Class**. GoGuardian Teacher 'Settings' menu highlighting the Archive Classroom button Location of the GoGuardian Teacher 'Settings' cogwheel ## Restore an Archived Classroom 1. Go to the [Archived classes](https://teacher.goguardian.com/classrooms/archived) page. Archived classes page showing archived classroom tiles with Restore Class button 2. Find the classroom you want to restore. 3. Click **Restore Class**. Archived Classrooms page highlighting the 'Restore Class' option ## Delete a Classroom Deleting a classroom permanently removes all screenshots, session history, and student reports associated with it. Only the classroom owner can delete a classroom. Classes synced from Clever or ClassLink can be archived but not deleted. **Remove a Google Classroom class:** Click **Settings** then **Remove Class**. This removes the class from GoGuardian Teacher without deleting it in Google Classroom. The class can be reimported at any time. **Delete any other class:** 1. Sign in at [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and find the classroom. 2. Click the **Settings cogwheel** in the top-right corner of the class tile and select **Delete Class**. Class tile settings dropdown showing Delete Class option alongside other settings options 3. Enter `DELETE` to confirm. 4. Click **Delete class permanently**. GoGuardian classroom Settings page highlighting the 'Delete Class' button ## Resources Review how sessions and session history work. Archive scheduled classes before they create conflicts at end of year. # Chromebook Desks and GoGuardian Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/chromebook-multi-desk How GoGuardian Teacher handles students using Chromebook's multiple-desks feature, including what teachers see and how filtering applies across desks. ## Chromebook Desks Feature Google's **Desks** feature allows Chromebook users to open multiple desktop windows to help with organization and multitasking. For more information on the **Desks** feature, refer to [Google's support article on Desks](https://support.google.com/chromebook/answer/9594869?hl=en#zippy=). ## How GoGuardian Teacher Works With Multiple Desks The **Desks** feature can't currently be disabled in **Google Admin Console**. GoGuardian will filter and review browsing activity across all open desks. GoGuardian Teacher displays 1 screen view at a time, whichever window a student is actively focused on. Browsing activity from each desktop is reviewed by GoGuardian, and is subject to GoGuardian Admin filtering and GoGuardian Teacher Scenes. ## Student View When a student has 2 or more desktops open, their Chromebook displays **Desk 1** and **Desk 2** indicators near the bottom of the screen. How GoGuardian Teacher Works With Multiple Desks How GoGuardian Teacher Works With Multiple Desks ## Teacher View When reviewing a student who's using multiple desktops, teachers see whichever desktop a student is actively using. The screen view updates as a student switches between desks and open tabs. Chromebook Desks Feature Chromebook Desks Feature Browsing activity from the window that's actively in use displays as **Active Tab** under the **Student Activity** section. All other browsing activity across multiple desks is listed under **Other Tabs**. The listed **Active Tab** updates to whichever tab the student is currently using. Both **Active Tab** and **Other Tabs** entries can be closed using the [Close Tab](/products/teacher/commands-overview) command. Each tab is subject to Teacher [Scene](/products/teacher/scenes-overview) filtering rules, including tab limits. ## Resources Learn about all available Teacher commands, including Close Tab. Understand how Scenes apply filtering rules across student tabs and desks. See how to review active student screens during a session. Manage which tabs are visible and active for students. # Manage Classes Integrated from Clever and ClassLink Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/classroom-integrations How integrated classes from Clever and ClassLink work in GoGuardian Teacher, including how synced classes appear, managing rosters, and editing class details. Organizations can integrate with Clever or ClassLink to automatically import classes and student rosters directly into GoGuardian Teacher. Once synced, teachers can run class sessions with integrated classes the same way they would with manually created classes or those imported from Google Classroom. ## New Classes Appear in Your Active List When classes are first synced to GoGuardian Teacher, they're automatically added to the class **owner's** [Active classes page](https://teacher.goguardian.com/classrooms/active). * Each newly synced class displays a **New** badge until the owner opens it. * A banner at the top of the Active classes page announces the sync: "\[Number] Classes Added: Your administrator synced new classes to your Active list." This behavior applies to classes an administrator synced on or after June 1, 2026. Integrated classes left in a pending state from before June 1, 2026 are not shown. ## Add or Remove Teachers Co-teachers rostered in Clever or ClassLink are automatically added as co-teachers in GoGuardian Teacher. Additional co-teachers and helpers can be added manually in the **Teachers** section of the class. For more information, see [Add Students to a Class](/products/teacher/add-students-to-a-class). ## Add or Remove Students Integrated classes require roster changes to be made within Clever or ClassLink, which will then sync back to GoGuardian Teacher. Clever or ClassLink is the source of truth for rostering. Teachers can't freely add or remove students directly in Teacher. To add or remove students, make all necessary changes in Clever or ClassLink. If you don't have access, reach out to your IT contact or school administrator. ## Change Class Name Class names for integrated classes come directly from Clever or ClassLink and can't be changed manually in GoGuardian Teacher. To change an integrated class name, make the update in Clever or ClassLink. If you don't have access, reach out to your IT contact or school administrator. Although integrated class names can't be manually edited in Teacher, you can edit the class **Description** to help distinguish each class. To edit the **Description**: 1. Click on the class, or the **Settings** cogwheel, then select **Edit Class**. 2. On the **Settings** page, edit the **Description** field. 3. Click **Update Classroom** to save the change. Click Update Classroom to save the change. ## Integrations FAQ For more information and frequently asked questions about GoGuardian Teacher integrations, see [FAQs](/products/teacher/faqs). ## Resources Answers to common questions about Teacher integrations and class management Manage student enrollment in Teacher classrooms Manage class status in GoGuardian Teacher Begin a session with an active class # Close a Tab Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/close-tab How to close a student's browser tab during an active class session using GoGuardian Teacher. The Close Tab command lets you close a student's browser tab during class. Use it to remove distracting tabs or tabs that aren't relevant to the current lesson. ## Close a Tab 1. Click a student's tile in the **Screens** view of an active class to expand their screen view. 2. Find the tab you want to close under the **Student Activity** list. 3. Click **Close Tab** on the tab you want to close. Click Close Tab on the tab you want to close. It may take a few moments for the tab to close. If tabs aren't closing as expected, see [Troubleshoot Commands](/products/teacher/troubleshoot-commands) for more information. ## Resources Learn about all available Teacher commands and how to use them. Understand how to navigate and use the Screens view during a session. Guide students by focusing their active tab. Lock a student's screen to pause browsing activity entirely. # Commands Overview Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/commands-overview Reference guide to all GoGuardian Teacher commands for managing student devices during an active class session. Teacher commands let you interact with student devices during an active class session. Most commands can be applied to a single student or multiple students at once. ## Available Commands | Command | What It Does | | ----------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Lock / Unlock Screen** | Mutes and disables all browser windows on student devices. Unlocks automatically when the session ends. | | **Open Tab** | Opens a specified URL in a new tab on selected students' browsers. | | **Close Tab** | Closes an active or background tab on a student's browser. | | **Screenshot** | Captures a screenshot of a student's current screen. Saved to the Screenshots tab. | | **Exclude / Include Student** | Temporarily hides an absent student from Screens and Timeline views without removing them from the roster. | | **Annotate** | Places a colored circle on a student's screen to highlight a section. Visible for approximately 10 seconds. | | **Close App** | Closes any application running on a student's Windows device. Windows only. | | **Teacher Chat** | Sends a text message to an individual student or broadcasts an announcement to the whole class. | ## Lock / Unlock Screen The Lock Screen command mutes and disables all browser windows on a student's device. The lock clears automatically at the end of the session in which the student was locked. If a locked student joins another teacher's session before the first session ends, the lock carries over. Any teacher with an active session can unlock the student. A locked student's tile always shows "You have locked this student's screen" regardless of which teacher issued the lock. **Lock one student:** Click the 3-dot menu on their tile and select **Lock student's device**. **Lock multiple students:** 1. Select students using the checkboxes next to their names. 2. Click **Lock / Unlock device**. 3. Optionally enter a custom message for the locked screen. 4. Click **Lock devices** to confirm. **Unlock students:** 1. Select the locked students. 2. Click **Lock / Unlock device**. 3. Click **Unlock**, then confirm by clicking **Unlock devices**. Click Unlock, then confirm by clicking Unlock devices. If the device does not unlock after 30 seconds, restart the student's device, wait for them to reconnect to the session, then issue the unlock command again. Lock Screen only disables browser windows. Applications running outside of the browser are not affected by this command. Lock / Unlock Screen Lock / Unlock Screen ## Open Tab The Open Tab command opens a specified URL in a new tab on selected students' devices. **Open a tab for multiple students:** 1. Click **Open Tab**. 2. Select **All** or choose specific students, then click **Next**. 3. Enter a URL and click **Open Tab**. **Open a tab for one student:** 1. Click the 3-dot menu on a student's tile. 2. Select **Open Tab**. 3. Enter a URL and click **Open Tab**. The Open Tab command requires students to have a Chrome window open. If a student shows "no active tab," ask them to open Chrome first, then issue the command. ## Close Tab 1. Click the student's tile to open their screen view. 2. Find the tab you want to close. 3. Click **Close** to the right of the URL. Depending on network speed, it can take up to 10 seconds for a closed tab to disappear from the Teacher dashboard. Close Tab ## Screenshot 1. Click a student's tile to open their screen view. 2. Click the camera icon in the bottom-right corner. Teacher commands - Screenshot button Screenshots are saved in the **Screenshots** tab. See [Take a Screenshot](/products/teacher/take-a-screenshot) for how to access and download saved screenshots. ## Exclude / Include Student Excluding a student hides them from Screens and Timeline views. It does not remove them from the roster. **Exclude one student:** Click the 3-dot menu on their tile and select **Exclude student**. **Exclude multiple students:** 1. Click **Exclude from session**. 2. Select **All** or specific students. 3. Click **Exclude students** to confirm. **Re-include a student:** Find the excluded student's tile and click **Re-include Student**. Exclude / Include Student Exclude / Include Student Exclude / Include Student ## Annotate The Annotate command places a colored circle on a student's screen. The circle is visible to the student for approximately 10 seconds, then disappears automatically. You can change the circle's color and size using the **Pointer Color** and **Pointer Size** options. Annotate requires GoGuardian App 26.2.0 or later on the student's device, or the GoGuardian browser extension. Annotate is not supported on iPadOS. GoGuardian extensions support annotations only within the student's browser. The Annotate option is available in the bottom-right area of a student's screen view. Teacher commands - Annotate button ## Close App (Windows Only) The Close App command closes any application running on a Windows student device. It's supported on Windows devices running either Windows Legacy (the GoGuardian browser extension and native host application) or The GoGuardian App. Close app button (specific to Windows) ## Issue Commands to One Student From Their Tile From the 3-dot menu in the top-right corner of any student's tile, you can issue these commands directly to that student: * Lock / Unlock Screen * Open Tab * Exclude Student * Start a Chat (when Chat is enabled for the session) Issue Commands to One Student From Their Tile Issue Commands to One Student From Their Tile Invidiual commands accessible through Student tile ## Resources Detailed steps and troubleshooting for the Lock Screen command. Capture and access screenshots of student screens. Review the full Screens view layout and controls. Send messages to individual students or broadcast to the class. # Troubleshoot Common Scene Problems Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/common-scene-problems How to resolve the most common issues teachers encounter when applying Scenes, including student conflicts, blocked sign-ins, and YouTube filtering limits. This article covers common problems you may encounter while using Scenes in GoGuardian Teacher, and how to address them. GoGuardian Teacher Scenes page ## Students Blocked by Another Scene or Scene Not Applied to All Students Although students can be in multiple, overlapping class sessions at a time, they can only have 1 Scene applied at any given time. The most recently applied Scene takes priority in the event of a conflict. Teacher will see a banner at the top of the page during class if there are students whose current Scene doesn't match the Scene applied to the class. In addition to using the **Refresh** or **Reapply** buttons displayed in the banner notification, you can manually refresh Scenes for the class by setting the current Scene to **None** and then changing the Scene back to the one you'd like applied. For more information on Scene statuses and overlapping Scene scenarios, see [Scene Conflicts](/products/teacher/scene-conflicts). Students Blocked by Another Scene or Scene Not Applied to All Students Students Blocked by Another Scene or Scene Not Applied to All Students ## Unable to Add a Site to a Scene Unconventional URLs, such as `chrome://newtab` (used to open a new tab in Chrome), can't be added to the exceptions list in that format. For any URLs that can't be added, add a wildcard (`*`) immediately before and after the URL, then click **Add**. **Example:** To allow `chrome://newtab` in an Allow Scene, add `*chrome://newtab*` to the allowed list. For more guidance on using wildcards, see [Use Wildcards in Scenes](/products/teacher/use-wildcards-in-scenes). ## Students Blocked Unexpectedly When Signing Into an Approved Site Many educational sites use a Single Sign-On (SSO) service to sign in. These sign-on services may temporarily redirect to a login page before the site can be accessed. When using an Allow Mode Scene, the redirect URL may need to be added as an allow rule in addition to the main website. **Example:** [Kahoot.it](https://kahoot.it) offers a "Sign in with Google" option. Signing in with Google temporarily redirects the student to `accounts.google.com` before sending them back to `kahoot.it`. In this scenario, `accounts.google.com` must also be added to the allowed list. ## YouTube Filtering With Scenes YouTube.com, or individual YouTube videos, can be allowed or blocked using Scenes. However, Scenes have limited flexibility when it comes to YouTube filtering. GoGuardian Admin allows administrators to granularly filter YouTube by keyword, category, individual video, and YouTube channel. If a YouTube video is blocked by GoGuardian Admin, a Scene can't override that block. **Allow Mode Scene:** Adding `youtube.com` allows the main YouTube website. Adding a specific YouTube video URL allows only that individual video. **Block Mode Scene:** Adding `youtube.com` to the blocked list blocks all of YouTube. Adding a specific YouTube video URL blocks only that individual video. Understand how overlapping Sessions and Scene priority work. Learn about Allow Mode, Block Mode, and the exceptions list. Add flexible URL patterns to your allowed or blocked lists. Set up and apply a Scene to your class. YouTube Filtering With Scenes # Communicate with Parents and Guardians About GoGuardian Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/communicate-with-parents-and-guardians Resources and guidance for schools and districts communicating with parents and guardians about the use of GoGuardian Teacher. GoGuardian supports schools and districts in being transparent with families about the use of GoGuardian Teacher in the classroom. The resources and guidance below are intended as templates. Customize them to reflect your school's or district's specific settings, policies, and community. ## Before You Communicate Review these 3 questions before drafting your communication: **1. Which GoGuardian products does your school or district use?** Your parent and guardian communication should describe the specific GoGuardian products your school or district has adopted. Resources below focus on GoGuardian Admin and GoGuardian Teacher. Communication resources for GoGuardian Beacon are available separately. **2. Which settings and policies has your school or district selected?** GoGuardian products include a range of settings options. For example, in-school and out-of-school filtering settings can differ, and settings can vary by student group or age range through Organizational Unit (OU) configurations. Review your GoGuardian settings before communicating, or contact [support@goguardian.com](mailto:support@goguardian.com) with questions. **3. Does your school or district need to include parental consent or opt-out language?** GoGuardian's sample letter template does not include consent or opt-out language by default. GoGuardian obtains school-based consent under the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA). Whether consent or opt-out language is appropriate for your community is a decision for your school or district. ## Communication Resources ### Template Parent and Guardian Letter GoGuardian provides a [Template Letter for Parents and Guardians About GoGuardian Admin and Teacher](/products/teacher/template-letter-for-guardians) that your school or district can customize. Because Admin and Teacher are different products, customize the letter to describe only the products your district has adopted. ### GoGuardian COPPA Disclosure and Consent Form GoGuardian receives school consent under COPPA rather than individual parental consent. As a transparency measure, GoGuardian recommends sending home a [COPPA Notice and Disclosure Form](https://www.goguardian.com/policies/coppa-disclosure) even for students over the age of 13. ### Technology Use Agreement GoGuardian does not provide a sample technology use agreement, but many schools and districts require students and parents or guardians to sign one. Even if your school or district already has a technology use agreement, GoGuardian recommends communicating about the adoption of GoGuardian products in a separate letter or communication home. ## Resources Create and configure teacher accounts before rolling out GoGuardian Teacher. Review and configure organization-wide GoGuardian Teacher settings. # Components of a Scene Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/components-of-a-scene A reference for every part of a GoGuardian Teacher Scene: scene info, filter list type, site rules, Quick Lists, Auto-Open Tabs, tab limits, and filtering. A GoGuardian Teacher Scene is made up of several components. This reference covers each one. ## Scene Information | Field | Description | | --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Name** | A descriptive label for the Scene. Scenes are displayed in the order they were created, starting with the oldest. Required. | | **Description** | A note about when or how the Scene is used. Optional. | | **Color** | A color label that visually distinguishes the Scene from others. Optional. | GoGuardian Teacher Scene page Allow List Scene interface GoGuardian Teacher Scenes customization user interface GoGuardian Teacher Scene rule entry interface GoGuardian Teacher Scene editing interface ## Filter List Type Each Scene uses one of 2 filter list types: | Type | Behavior | | -------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Allow List** | Students can only access sites on the list. All other sites are blocked. GoGuardian Admin policies can further restrict access beyond what the Allow List permits. | | **Block List** | Students can access any site except those explicitly added to the list. GoGuardian Admin policies continue to block sites even when a Block List is active. | GoGuardian Teacher Allow List interface GoGuardian Teacher Block List Interface ## Allowed and Blocked URLs Sites are added to a Scene by entering a URL or keyword into the search field. GoGuardian Teacher returns the site plus related suggestions. Click **Add** to include any of them. You can add: * **Full websites**: affects the entire site and all pages within it * **Website paths**: affects only a specific section of a site * **Individual webpages**: affects a single page Sites added to an Allow List are the only sites students can access. Sites added to a Block List are the only sites students are prevented from accessing (in addition to those blocked by GoGuardian Admin). Websites blocked by GoGuardian Admin cannot be allowed through an Allow List Scene. Teachers do not have visibility into which sites GoGuardian Admin is blocking from within GoGuardian Teacher. Allowed and Blocked URLs Allowed and Blocked URLs ## Quick Lists Quick Lists are pre-built collections of URLs that can be added to or removed from a Scene all at once. | Quick List Type | Who Manages It | | -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **GoGuardian Quick Lists** | Built and maintained by GoGuardian. Commonly used for sites with many subdomains, for example, a Google Docs Quick List that includes all required Google Docs domains. Google Docs alone uses 21 subdomains and redirects. GoGuardian Quick Lists are typically used with Allow Lists. Adding a GoGuardian Quick List, such as the Google Docs Quick List, to a Block List blocks all of those services. | | **District Quick Lists** | Created and managed by a Super User in your organization through Org Management. Available to all teachers in the district. | | **Custom Quick Lists** | Created by individual teachers. Reusable across multiple Scenes. | Quick Lists icon Example Quick List interface Quick Lists Custom Quick List interface ## Auto-Open Tabs URLs added to the Auto-Open section open automatically on student devices when the Scene is applied. * For **Allow Lists**: add the site to the allowed list first, then check the **Auto-Open** checkbox that appears next to it. * For **Block Lists**: use the **Auto-Open Tabs** section in the Block List editing interface. Tabs only auto-open if the student has a Chrome window open. If students do not receive the tabs, ask them to open a Chrome window. GoGuardian Teacher Scene editing interface highlighting the 'auto-open' setting GoGuardian Teacher Block Scene editing interface highlighting the 'Auto-Open' feature ## Maximum Open Tabs Set the **Tab limit for students** using the drop-down menu in the Scene editor. When the Scene is applied, students cannot open more than the set number of tabs. Any tabs over the limit are closed automatically when the Scene is applied. No limit is set by default. The tab limit is only active while the Scene is applied to the session. GoGuardian Teacher Scene Tab Limit interface ## Advanced Filtering Advanced Filtering adds exceptions to a Scene's allow or block rules. Use it to allow or block an entire domain while carving out specific exceptions. **Example:** Adding `*google.com*` to an Allow Mode Scene allows all Google services. Adding `sites.google.com` as an Advanced Filter exception blocks that specific Google service while keeping all others accessible. 'Advanced Filtering' icon in GoGuardian Teacher ## Resources Review how Scenes work, including YouTube filtering and the website checker. Step-by-step instructions for creating, editing, and applying Scenes. Apply wildcard patterns to allow or block groups of domains. # Create a Classroom Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/create-a-classroom How to create, import, and sync classrooms in GoGuardian Teacher, including options for Google Classroom, Clever, ClassLink, and OneRoster integrations. GoGuardian Teacher supports 3 options for setting up classrooms: creating one directly in Teacher, importing from Google Classroom, and syncing from a third-party rostering integration. The maximum number of students per GoGuardian Teacher classroom is 115. ## Create a Classroom in Teacher 1. Go to the [Active Classrooms page](https://teacher.goguardian.com/classrooms/active) and click **Add Classroom**. GoGuardian Teacher classrooms dashboard 2. Enter a name for your classroom. This field is required. 3. Optionally, select a subject from the **Subject** dropdown, add a description, choose a color, and add a default filtering [Scene](/products/teacher/scenes-overview). 4. Click **Add Classroom** to confirm. A prompt to enroll students appears. You can enroll students now or close the window and add them later. Create a Classroom in Teacher Create a Classroom in Teacher ## Import Classes from Google Classroom Google Classroom classes and their rosters can be imported directly into GoGuardian Teacher. Co-teachers in Google Classroom are not automatically added as co-teachers in GoGuardian Teacher. They must be added manually after import. 1. Go to the [Active Classrooms page](https://teacher.goguardian.com/classrooms/active) and click **Import Google Classroom**. Active Classrooms page showing Import Google Classroom button in the toolbar Import Google Classroom dialog showing connected Google account and available class list 2. For new users, or to refresh the class list, click **Reconnect your Google Account** and sign in to your Google Classroom account. 3. On the **GoGuardian wants to access your Google Account** page, select **All**, or check each individual box, then click **Continue**. Depending on your organization's Google Workspace settings, this page may show only an **Allow** button with no individual checkboxes. 4. Choose **All** or select specific Google Classroom classes, then click **Import Classroom**. Choose All or select specific Google Classroom classes, then click Import Classroom. ### Manage Google Classroom Rosters For classes imported from Google Classroom, Google Classroom remains the source of truth for student rosters. Make all roster changes, such as adding or removing students, in Google Classroom, not in GoGuardian Teacher. GoGuardian automatically syncs with Google Classroom every 24 hours. To sync manually, navigate to the **Students** tab of any Google Classroom class and click **Sync Students From Google**. ### Trouble With Google Classroom For issues including missing classes, missing students, or syncing problems, refer to the Troubleshooting Google Classroom article for guidance. Import Classes from Google Classroom Import Classes from Google Classroom Import Classes from Google Classroom ## Sync Classrooms from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster If your organization integrates GoGuardian with Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster, classes sync automatically. Newly synced classes are automatically added to the [Active Classrooms page](https://teacher.goguardian.com/classrooms/active). Each new class displays a **New** badge, and a banner announces the sync: "\[Number] Classes Added: Your administrator synced new classes to your Active list." For more information, refer to the Manage Classes Integrated from Clever and ClassLink article. **For GoGuardian administrators:** Syncing classes from Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster requires enabling the integration source in GoGuardian first. See the articles on integrating with Clever, ClassLink, or OneRoster for setup instructions. ## Merge Classrooms Teachers can combine up to 5 classes into 1 merged classroom. Refer to the Merge Classrooms in GoGuardian Teacher article for more information. ## Resources Enroll students in a classroom after setup. Learn how filtering scenes work with your classrooms. Run your first class session after creating a classroom. Manage classrooms you no longer need. # Create and Apply a Scene Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/create-and-apply-a-scene Create a custom web-filtering Scene, add allowed or blocked websites, and apply it to an active class session. Scenes give teachers access to custom web-filtering rules during GoGuardian Teacher class sessions. Use Scenes to block distracting websites, limit students to specific sites, auto-open websites for students, or set a maximum number of open tabs. ## Scene Types | Type | Behavior | | ------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Allowed Websites List** | Students can access only the sites on the list. All other sites are blocked. | | **Blocked Websites List** | Sites on the list are blocked. All other sites remain accessible. | ## Create a Scene 1. Sign in to [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and click the **Scenes** tab in the left column. GoGuardian Teacher Scenes list page 2. Click **Create List** on either an **Allowed Websites List** or a **Blocked Websites List** to choose the Scene type. 3. Give the Scene a name. Optionally add a color and description. Click **Next**. 4. Enter a website or webpage and click **Search**. GoGuardian Teacher will suggest related sites. Click **Add** next to each site you want to include. You can add a full website, a website path, or an individual webpage: * **Full website**: allows or blocks the entire site and all pages within it (for example, `nationalgeographic.com`) * **Website path**: allows or blocks only a specific section (for example, `nationalgeographic.com/animals`) * **Individual webpage**: allows or blocks only a single page (for example, `nationalgeographic.com/animals/endangered-salamanders`) 5. The Scene is saved automatically as you add sites. Return to the main Scenes page to confirm it appears in your list. ## Edit and Share Scenes Each Scene has a 3-dot menu in the same row as the Scene name. From this menu you can rename the Scene, make a copy, edit the block or allow rules, set it as a Default Scene, or share it with other teachers. When you share a Scene, any teacher who receives the invitation can use it. Only the original Scene owner can edit the rules. Edit and Share Scenes Edit and Share Scenes Edit and Share Scenes ## Apply a Scene During a Session Scenes can only be applied during an active class session. **To apply a Scene manually:** Click the **Scene Applied** drop-down menu during an active session and select a Scene from the list. The currently applied Scene always appears at the top of the list. Edit and Share Scenes **To apply a Scene automatically at the start of every session:** Set a Default Scene in your class settings. Go to the class, click the **Settings** cogwheel, and choose **Edit**. Under **Default Scene**, select a Scene from the drop-down menu and click **Update Classroom**. If you use automatically scheduled classes with a Default Scene, archive the class or remove the Default Scene at the end of the school year. A scheduled class with an active Default Scene will continue applying filtering rules to students after the class ends. ## Resources Review all Scene features, including auto-open tabs and tab limits. Review all Scene settings and what each one controls. Use wildcard patterns to block or allow groups of URLs. Resolve conflicts when multiple Scenes are active at the same time. # Delete a Scene Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/delete-a-scene How to permanently delete a Scene in GoGuardian Teacher. Teachers can delete Scenes they no longer use for class. While Scene rules can always be edited, it may be easier to delete outdated Scenes completely and start fresh. GoGuardian Teacher Scenes page ## Delete a Scene Go to your GoGuardian Teacher dashboard at [teacher.goguardian.com](https://teacher.goguardian.com) and select the **Scenes** tab. 1. Click the gear icon next to the Scene you want to delete. 2. Select **Delete** from the dropdown. Scenes can't be restored once they've been deleted. 3. Click **Yes, Delete** on the confirmation dialog to permanently delete the Scene. Click Yes, Delete on the confirmation dialog to permanently delete the Scene. Delete a Scene ## Resources Learn how Scenes work in GoGuardian Teacher. Build a new Scene from scratch. Understand the rules and settings that make up a Scene. Apply wildcard patterns to filter sites in a Scene. # Device Unavailable Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/device-unavailable Troubleshoot the 'Device Unavailable' status on a student's tile in GoGuardian Teacher and resolve the most common causes. The "Device Unavailable" status means the student's school account is not currently connected to any GoGuardian services. This can occur even when the student is signed in and actively using their device. For a faster path to most of the causes below, have the student run the [student device diagnostics test](/products/teacher/troubleshoot-student-device-diagnostics). It checks for a wrong account, an ad blocker or firewall, and other GoGuardian extension issues in a single pass. Many Device Unavailable cases require assistance from your IT department or a Google Workspace administrator. Troubleshooting requires physical access to the student's device. If causes 2, 3, 4, and 5 below do not resolve the issue, contact your IT administrator for help. ## Cause 1: GoGuardian Extensions Are Not Installed The student's device is missing one or both GoGuardian extensions (GoGuardian and GoGuardian License). **Check:** Have the student enter `chrome://extensions` in the address bar and look for both extensions. **Fix:** If one or both extensions are missing, the extensions may not be deployed for this student or their Organizational Unit, or they may not be set to **Force install** with **Allow all permissions** in Google Admin Console as required. Contact your IT administrator to verify and correct the GoGuardian extension deployment in Google Admin Console. See the Installing GoGuardian Extensions article for deployment requirements. Cause 1: GoGuardian Extensions Are Not Installed ## Cause 2: Device Needs to Be Restarted or Profile Refreshed The student's device or account may have an unresolved issue. Devices that run for extended periods without a restart can develop performance problems. **Fix:** 1. Have the student restart their device. 2. If the problem persists, remove and re-add the student's user profile: * Sign the student out of the Chromebook. * On the sign-in screen, click the down arrow next to the student's name. * Click **Remove This Person** and confirm by clicking **Remove**. * Click **Add Person** and sign the student back in. * The student should reconnect to the session automatically. ## Cause 3: Student Is Signed Into the Wrong Account GoGuardian is installed based on the user's signed-in email address. If a student is not signed into their assigned school email, the GoGuardian extensions will not be active. **Check:** Have the student enter `chrome://settings` in the address bar to confirm which account they are signed into. **Fix:** If the student is signed into a personal, guest, or another student's account, have them sign out and sign back in using their school-issued account. Cause 3: Student Is Signed Into the Wrong Account Cause 3: Student Is Signed Into the Wrong Account ## Cause 4: Mac or PC Student Is Not Signed Into Chrome Students on non-Chromebook devices (Mac or PC) must be signed into the Chrome browser as a user, not just signed into Google services in the browser. **Check:** Have the student enter `chrome://settings` in the address bar to confirm their signed-in browser user. **Fix:** Have the student sign into Chrome using their school account. ## Cause 5: An Ad-Blocking Extension Is Interfering Browser extensions such as AdBlock or uBlock can block components of GoGuardian Teacher, causing students to appear offline. GoGuardian Teacher notifies teachers when it detects ad-blocking software. **Fix:** Remove, pause, or configure the ad-blocking extension to allow GoGuardian Teacher. Alternatively, try using an incognito window, which prevents filtering extensions from loading. See the article on disabling AdBlock and uBlock for more information. Cause 5: An Ad-Blocking Extension Is Interfering ## Cause 6: IP Restrictions Are Blocking the Student Your organization's Teacher IP restrictions may not include the student's current network, or the student may be on an off-campus connection. **Check:** Go to [Teacher Product Settings in Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings) and check whether IP restrictions are enabled and whether the student's network is within the allowed range. **Fix:** Add the student's network to the allowed IP range, or remove IP restrictions if students need to connect from off-campus. Cause 6: IP Restrictions Are Blocking the Student ## Cause 7: Firewall Is Blocking GoGuardian Services A firewall or additional content filter may be blocking connections to GoGuardian's back-end services. **Fix:** Have your network administrator verify that connections to the following services are allowed on ports 80 and 443: * goguardian.com * laptoplookout.com * kinesis.us-west-2.amazonaws.com * s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com * \*.pusher.com See the Firewalls and Additional Content Filters article for the full list of required services. ## Resources Run a self-service diagnostic test on the student's device. Troubleshoot the "Student Not Found" status. Troubleshoot the "Waiting for Activity" status. Troubleshoot the "Reviewing Activity Is Restricted" status. # Disable Ad Blockers in GoGuardian Teacher Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/disable-ad-blockers How to remove, pause, or allow GoGuardian Teacher through ad-blocking browser extensions that may interfere with Teacher features. Filtering extensions like AdBlock, uBlock, and AdBlocker Ultimate may interfere with GoGuardian Teacher. If a filtering extension blocks parts of Teacher, you may see students as "Device Unavailable" and have trouble using Commands like Open Tab or Close Tab. GoGuardian Teacher notifies you when it detects ad-blocking software in use. If you suspect an ad blocker is causing trouble, open GoGuardian Teacher in an incognito browser window. Browser extensions typically do not load in incognito mode, so incognito is a good way to test and compare. ## Remove Ad Blockers If you manually installed an ad-blocking browser extension, you can remove it through your browser's extensions page. 1. In Google Chrome, type `chrome://extensions` into the address bar, or click the puzzle piece icon in the toolbar. 2. On the **Extensions** page, find the ad-blocking extension and click **Remove**. 3. Reload GoGuardian Teacher and confirm students are showing as online and Commands are functioning correctly. Remove Ad Blockers Remove Ad Blockers Remove Ad Blockers ## Pause or Allow GoGuardian Teacher If your organization installed an ad blocker for you, you may not be able to remove it manually. Some ad-blocking software lets you pause blocking or allow all content on a specific site. 1. Click the ad blocker icon in your Chrome toolbar to open its menu. 2. Select the option to pause blocking or allow content for GoGuardian Teacher. The exact label varies by extension but is typically **Pause on this site** or **Allow on this site**. 3. Reload GoGuardian Teacher and confirm students are showing as online and Commands are functioning correctly. If your ad-blocking software does not let you pause or allow GoGuardian Teacher, contact your IT department or school administration for help. Pause or Allow GoGuardian Teacher ## Resources Learn how to use Open Tab, Close Tab, and other Commands in a session. Troubleshoot students appearing as offline in GoGuardian Teacher. Steps to launch and manage a GoGuardian Teacher classroom session. Answers to common questions about GoGuardian Teacher. # Reorganize Classes and Students Using Drag and Drop Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/drag-and-drop How to rearrange classroom tiles, reorder students, and move students between groups using drag and drop in GoGuardian Teacher. With drag and drop, teachers can customize their GoGuardian Teacher experience by rearranging students during a class session, reorganizing their active classroom layout by moving classroom tiles, and quickly moving students between Student Groups. ## Reorganize Classroom Tiles To change the order of classrooms on the active classrooms page, left-click and hold a classroom tile, then drag it to a new location. Reorganize Classroom Tiles ## Rearrange Students in a Session To rearrange students during a class session, click and hold a student's tile near their name, at the bottom of the tile, or on the 6 dots, then drag it to a new tile slot and release. Adjacent tiles will automatically shift to accommodate the repositioned tile. ## Sort by Custom Layout Drag and drop includes a **Custom** sorting option. Each time tiles are repositioned, the class arrangement is saved as the newest custom layout. Selecting **Custom** from the **Sort By** dropdown returns tiles to their last saved arrangement. Custom tile arrangements are saved at the end of each class session and can be reused for future classes. ## Move Students Between Groups Drag and drop also works within [Student Groups](/products/teacher/student-groups). Drag a student's tile from 1 group to another to quickly adjust their Scene rules and control which websites they can and can't access. During a test, you can sort students into 2 groups: a testing group with a strict Scene that locks down web browsing, and a completed group with a Scene that allows more websites. As students finish, drag and drop them from the testing group to the completed group. image.png Move Students Between Groups ## Resources Learn how Scenes control website access during class sessions. Set up and apply a Scene to manage student browsing. Get a class session running in GoGuardian Teacher. Review student screens during an active session. # Edit Classroom Information Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/edit-classroom-info How to update the name, subject, description, tile color, and default Scene for a classroom in GoGuardian Teacher. Classroom owners can edit a classroom's **Name**, **Subject**, **Description**, **Tile Color**, and **Default Scene** at any time from the classroom **Settings** section. Co-teachers cannot change classroom info. Classes imported from Clever or ClassLink cannot have their name updated in GoGuardian Teacher. Contact your IT department or GoGuardian administrators for help renaming Clever or ClassLink classes. You can still edit the class **Description** as a workaround. ## Info Fields The following fields are available when editing a classroom: * **Classroom Name** (required) * **Subject** (optional) * **Description** (optional) * **Classroom Icon** (optional) * **Default Scene** (optional) * **Classroom Tile Color** (defaults to blue) ## Edit Classroom Information 1. Select a classroom, then go to **Settings** > **Edit Class**. 2. Edit the **Name**, **Subject**, **Description**, **Tile Color**, or **Default Scene** as needed. 3. Click **Update Classroom** to save your changes. Confirm that the updated information appears in the classroom. If you can't save your changes, make sure all required fields, including **Classroom Name**, are filled in. Edit Classroom Information ## Resources Set up and assign Scenes to control what students can access during a session. Learn how Scenes work and how to manage them in Teacher. Manage the student roster for your classroom. Manage the lifecycle of your classrooms in Teacher. # Email a Student Report as a PDF Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/email-student-reports How to email a PDF copy of an individual student browsing report to one or more recipients from GoGuardian Teacher. GoGuardian Teacher lets you email a PDF copy of an individual student browsing report directly from the report view. You can send the report to yourself and any additional recipients you choose. GoGuardian Teacher dashboard Emails are sent from [noreply@goguardian.com](mailto:noreply@goguardian.com). Make sure this address isn't filtered by your email system. ## Email a Student Report 1. In GoGuardian Teacher, navigate to the individual student report you want to send. 2. Click **Email Report**. The Email Report window opens with instructions and options for configuring the email. 3. Enter 1 or more email addresses in the recipient field. You're always included as a recipient by default and can't be removed. 4. Select the checkboxes next to the report sections you want to include, such as **Top 5 Websites** or **Screenshots**. All sections are selected by default. Deselect any you want to exclude. 5. Enter a message in the **Message** field if you want to include a note in the email body. 6. Click **Email Report**. A success message appears in the top-right corner of your window confirming the report was sent. Email Report button Student report Email feature button Email Report window settings Add recipients for Email report Student report write a message when email reported is emailed Success message for email report sent to recipient ## Recipient Experience Recipients receive an email from [noreply@goguardian.com](mailto:noreply@goguardian.com) with the subject line: > GoGuardian Teacher Student Browsing Activity Report for \[Student's Name] The email includes the student browsing report as an attached PDF. If a recipient doesn't receive the email, have them check their spam, deleted, or archived folders, and confirm that [noreply@goguardian.com](mailto:noreply@goguardian.com) isn't being filtered. ## Resources Learn about the contents of individual student browsing reports. Set up automated session summary emails after class ends. Capture a screenshot of a student's screen during a session. Review student browsing activity from within Teacher. # Super Users: Enable Video Conferencing and Present to Class Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/enable-present-to-class How Super Users can configure GoGuardian Teacher Conference Call, Presentation, and firewall settings in the management portal. Super Users can manage GoGuardian Teacher Conference Call and Presentation settings in the [Teacher section](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings) of manage.goguardian.com. GoGuardian Teacher product settings in Org Management ## Enable Conference Call Settings Organizations with Conference Call licensing can enable or disable call settings using the available toggles. Select whether to enable or disable 1:1 calls and group calls, whether students and teachers can use their webcams, and whether calls can be recorded with student consent during classroom sessions. GoGuardian Teacher Conference call settings with toggle options for enabling students and teachers to use their… Lecture/Presentation settings UI with a toggle option to enable lecture/presentation and toggles for enabling… ## Enable Lecture and Presentation Settings Select whether to enable or disable **Lecture / Presentation** mode. Next, choose whether to allow teachers to use their webcam and record the presentation during classroom sessions. Recording is only available for organizations with the Video Conferencing add-on. ## Update Firewall and Content Filter Settings GoGuardian products require open connections to a number of back-end services. Firewalls and other content filters may unintentionally flag and block connections to these services due to the elevated number of active connections or HTTP requests. If you're experiencing large-scale connection issues, check your firewall or any additional content filters for blocked connection attempts to the services listed below. If connections are being blocked, add the corresponding URL to your firewall or filter's allowed list. GoGuardian Teacher's Video Conferencing features connect to the following services. ### Video Conferencing and Lecture and Presentation **On ports: 10,000–60,000 UDP/SRTP/SRTCP** * 3.235.111.128–3.235.111.255 * 44.234.69.0–44.234.69.127 * 34.203.250.0–34.203.251.255 * 34.203.254.0–34.203.254.255 * 54.172.60.0–54.172.61.255 * 34.216.110.128–34.216.110.159 * 168.86.128.0/18 **On ports: 443 WSS** * global.vss.twilio.com * sdkgw\.us1.twilio.com * voice-js.roaming.twilio.com **On ports: 443 TCP** * chunderw-gll.twilio.com * chunderw-vpc-gll.twilio.com * chunderw-vpc-gll-us1.twilio.com ## Resources Learn how teachers use video calls during classroom sessions. Learn how teachers use voice-only calls during classroom sessions. Overview of enabling the Video Conferencing feature. Manage Teacher settings and user permissions as a Super User. # Enable Screen Sharing for a Media Device Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/enable-screen-sharing How to enable a media device for screen sharing in GoGuardian Teacher. This article is a placeholder and does not contain detailed setup instructions. Contact GoGuardian support if you need help enabling screen sharing for a media device. ## Overview GoGuardian Teacher lets you share your screen with students during a classroom session. To use screen sharing, you first need to enable a media device in your browser. ## Enable a Media Device for Screen Sharing 1. Open GoGuardian Teacher and start or join an active classroom session. See [Start a Classroom Session](/products/teacher/start-a-classroom-session) for details. 2. In your browser, go to the site settings or permissions panel for GoGuardian Teacher. Select **Camera** or **Microphone** depending on the media device you want to enable. 3. Select **Allow** to grant GoGuardian Teacher access to your media device. 4. Return to your classroom session and verify that the media device is available for screen sharing. ## Resources Learn how to start an active session with your students. Set up video conferencing features in GoGuardian Teacher. Use video call mode during a classroom session. Explore all available Teacher commands for managing your classroom. # Enable Screenshots for Students via Google Admin Console Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/enable-screenshots-for-students Allow screenshots in Google Admin Console so GoGuardian Teacher can show student screens. Enabling screenshot access is required to fully use GoGuardian Teacher. It lets teachers view student screens during class sessions. ## Enable Screenshots 1. Sign in to [admin.google.com](https://admin.google.com/) with a Google Workspace administrator account. 2. Select **Devices** → **Chrome** → **Settings**. 3. Select the organizational unit or units to enable screenshots for. 4. In **User & browser settings**, set **Screenshot** to **Allow users to take screenshots and video recordings**. In User & browser settings, set Screenshot to Allow users to take screenshots and video recordings. 5\. Click **Save**. For GoGuardian's full recommended Google Admin Console configuration, see [Install GoGuardian Extensions and Configure Google Admin Console](/products/admin/install-extensions). The 'Save' button in Google Admin Console after making changes # Enable Video Conferencing Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/enable-video-conferencing Enable or disable GoGuardian Teacher video conferencing, recording, and Lecture/Presentation mode for your organization. Requires Super User permissions. GoGuardian Teacher's video conferencing features include group and 1-on-1 audio and video calls, call recording, and Lecture/Presentation (screen-sharing) mode. These features are controlled by Super Users in Organization Management. ## Enable or Disable Video Conferencing Features 1. Sign in to [manage.goguardian.com](https://manage.goguardian.com). 2. Click **Products** at the top of the page, then click **Teacher** in the left sidebar. 3. Turn the Conference Call and Lecture/Presentation feature toggles on or off as needed for your organization. 4. Confirm the settings are saved. Teachers will see the enabled features available in the **Call Students** tab during active sessions. If teachers or students experience difficulty with calls or presentations, have your network administrator confirm that GoGuardian's back-end services are allowed through any firewalls or content filters on your network. See the Firewalls and Additional Content Filters article for configuration requirements. ## What Each Feature Includes ### Video Conferencing * Group audio or video calls with up to 40 students (2-hour maximum per group call) * 1-on-1 audio or video calls (8-hour maximum per call) * Teacher controls to mute students and disable webcams during calls * Admin policy-level controls over webcam availability ### Recording * Record 1-on-1 and group audio and video calls * Record screen-sharing presentations * Admin policy-level controls over recording availability * Student consent required before joining a recorded call ### Lecture/Presentation Mode * Share the teacher's screen, audio, and/or video with students * Lock students to view only the presentation * Or allow students to use other tabs while the teacher presents ## Frequently Asked Questions **Can a teacher call just a few students, or does it have to be the whole class?** Either. When setting up a call, the teacher selects individual students, a group, or the whole class. **Can district admins control camera access by OU?** Currently, camera permission controls apply to the entire organization, not by individual OU. **Can a teacher turn on student webcams or microphones?** No. When a student receives a call invitation, they are prompted to accept and choose whether to enable their camera and microphone. Teachers cannot enable student cameras or microphones remotely. **Will students be able to see each other during a group video call?** Yes. Students in a group video call see the other students and the teacher. Teachers can hover over individual students to mute them, disable their webcams, or view their browsing activity. Students do not have access to the Teacher dashboard view. **Can student photos be shown instead of initials for audio-only participants?** GoGuardian Teacher does not currently integrate with services that have access to student photos, and there are no plans to support uploading photos. **Can a student be added to a group call after it has started?** A teacher cannot add students after a call has started. If a student declines the initial call invitation or leaves early, they will see an option to rejoin in their chat area as long as the call is still active. **Does audio or video remain enabled after the call ends?** No. Audio and video are disabled as soon as a teacher ends the call or a student leaves. **Does recording include student video and audio?** Before recording begins, all student participants are shown a consent form. Students who decline can still join and listen, but their webcam and microphone are disabled for the call. **Do calls or presentations appear in Timeline view?** If a student views the conferencing page, it appears in their timeline for the duration of time they were on that page. **Can teachers record Lecture/Presentation mode?** Yes, if the organization's subscription includes video conferencing and a Super User has enabled recording in the organization settings. **What happens to open tabs when a teacher locks students to a presentation?** Open tabs are minimized and inaccessible to the student while the presentation is locked. When the presentation ends, the tabs reappear. **Can a student close the presentation tab?** No. Students cannot close the presentation tab. Only the teacher can end the presentation. **What if 2 teachers are presenting to the same student at the same time?** The student sees a bar at the top of their screen saying "Another teacher is presenting. Click here to see what they're presenting." The student can switch between presentations. If one teacher stops presenting, the student is redirected to the remaining active presentation within 10 seconds. **How much bandwidth does screen sharing use?** Teachers sharing their screen use up to 3 Mbps depending on settings. Students receiving the presentation use approximately 2.5 Mbps. **Can teachers see or hear students during Lecture/Presentation mode?** Only if the organization also has the video conferencing feature. On its own, Lecture/Presentation mode enables teachers to share their screen, video, and audio with students. It does not enable the cameras or microphones on student devices. If your organization does not have video conferencing, use Teacher Chat for student communication. **Can students share their screen?** No. Lecture/Presentation mode only lets teachers share their screen with students. As a workaround, a teacher can start a video call with an individual student, then maximize that student's screen in the Screens view, though this does not live stream to the whole class. **Can a teacher present to only a few students?** Yes. When starting a presentation, the teacher can present to the whole class or select one or more students. **Can a teacher change what they present during a presentation?** Teachers cannot change presentation settings mid-presentation. To switch from sharing screen, audio, and video to sharing only screen and audio, the teacher must end the current presentation and start a new one. The teacher can still switch between tabs or windows within the shared content. ## Resources Start a video call with students during a class session. Start an audio-only call with students during a class session. Configure all GoGuardian Teacher organization-wide settings. # End-of-Year and End-of-Semester Best Practices Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/end-of-year-best-practices Recommended steps for teachers and super users to close out a semester or school year in GoGuardian Teacher. Use these best practices at the end of each semester or school year to keep your GoGuardian Teacher environment clean, current, and ready for the next term. ## For Teachers ### Archive and Update Classroom Settings 1. Archive completed classes. In addition to cleaning up your **Classroom** dashboard, archiving stops any pre-scheduled classes from running and reduces scene overlap with other teachers. See [Archive, Restore, or Delete a Classroom](/products/teacher/archive-restore-delete-a-classroom). 2. Go to the [**Calendar**](https://teacher.goguardian.com/calendar) and confirm that your scheduled class times are current. See [Schedule Classroom Sessions](/products/teacher/schedule-classroom-sessions) for details on adding and editing schedules. 3. Import or create your new classrooms for the upcoming term. See [Add Students to a Class](/products/teacher/add-students-to-a-class) for information on adding and importing classes. The Archive Class button in the in the Settings menu of a GoGuardian Teacher class Teacher Settings highlighted under Products page with Allowed Sessions toggled on ## For Super Users ### Update Org Management with Staff and Setting Changes * **Disable sessions over break (optional).** During a break, some districts choose not to allow any classroom sessions. Turning this setting on prevents any session from starting. To configure it, go to **Products** > **Teacher** > **Teacher Settings** in [Org Management](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings). You must turn this setting back on before the next term begins. Set a reminder so sessions are available when teachers return. * **Disable accounts for departing staff.** When staff leave your district, archive their account to prevent their classes from running. Changing their name to start with "Z" moves them to the bottom of your list. You can also filter by **Enabled** users at any time. See [Manage Users and Settings](/products/teacher/manage-users-and-settings) and [FAQs](/products/teacher/faqs) for best practices when disabling accounts. * **Add new staff accounts.** Adding new staff before the semester starts puts you ahead for the new term. Confirm that each user is enabled and has at least 1 product enabled. See [Manage Users and Settings](/products/teacher/manage-users-and-settings) or [Set Up Teacher Accounts](/products/org-management/set-up-teacher-accounts) for bulk import options. * **Review and update user permissions.** For staff members who have changed roles, update their permissions to confirm they have the appropriate access to products and student information. See [Manage Users and Settings](/products/teacher/manage-users-and-settings). * **Apply GoGuardian extensions to new organizational units.** Verify that the GoGuardian extensions are applied to any new OUs so incoming students receive the extensions on their first login. See [Set Up Teacher Accounts](/products/org-management/set-up-teacher-accounts) for deployment guidance. User profile with arrow pointing to Enable User toggled off ## Resources Steps for archiving completed classes at the end of a term. Add or update scheduled class times on the Teacher calendar. Disable departing staff, add new users, and update permissions in Org Management. Deploy GoGuardian Teacher to new staff and organizational units. # Enroll Students in GoGuardian Teacher Classes Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/enroll-students-in-teacher-classes Add or remove students in a GoGuardian Teacher class by enroll code, email address, or CSV upload, and understand roster limits and sync sources. After you create a classroom, you can add or remove students as needed. How you make roster changes depends on how the classroom was created: * Classes created directly in GoGuardian Teacher can be edited freely. * Classes synced from a student information system (such as Clever or ClassLink) or imported from Google Classroom must have their roster edited in the original class source, then synced back to GoGuardian Teacher. For steps to add students through Google Classroom, Clever, or ClassLink, see the relevant integration article. Two roster limits apply to every class: * A classroom session will not start until at least one student is enrolled. * Class rosters are limited to a maximum of 115 students. ## Choose an Enrollment Method To enroll students in a class created in GoGuardian Teacher, select the classroom you want to edit, then click the **Students** tab. Click **Add Students** to choose one of three options: by enroll code, by email address, or by CSV file upload. ## Add Students by Enroll Code The enroll code is a good option for students who are currently in class and using their devices. 1. In the **Students** section of a class, click **Add Students**. 2. Click **Use code**. A six-digit alphanumeric code unique to your classroom appears. GoGuardian Teacher student enrollment modal highlighting the "use code" button 3\. Have students visit [enroll.goguardian.com](https://enroll.goguardian.com/) and enter the classroom code. Students see a confirmation message when they enroll successfully. 4\. Return to the **Students** section of your classroom. 5\. Under **Pending Enrollment**, click **Enroll All** to approve the new students, or approve each student individually. You may need to refresh the page to see pending students. "Pending Enrollment" tab used to add "pending" students to a class If a student sees a "We don't recognize this Chromebook" page while enrolling, GoGuardian is not yet installed on that account. Ask your GoGuardian Administrator or IT department to confirm GoGuardian is installed for each student. Add Students by Enroll Code Add Students by Enroll Code Add Students by Enroll Code ## Add Students by Email Address You can add students by email address whether or not they are logged in to their devices. 1. In the **Students** tab, click **Add Students**. 2. Click **Add emails**. 3. Enter an email address. 4. Click **Add Another Email** or press Enter to add more addresses. 5. Click **Add Students**. You can add more students with this method at any time. GoGuardian Teacher student enrollment modal highlighting the "Students Email" button ## Add Students by CSV File Upload You can add up to 115 students at once with a CSV file. 1. In a spreadsheet editor (such as Google Sheets or Excel), create a file with one column and no header. 2. Enter your students' email addresses in the column, then export the file as a `.csv`. 3. In the **Students** section of the classroom, click **Add Students**, then choose the CSV upload option and select your file. GoGuardian Teacher student enrollment modal highlighting the "CSV Import" button # Exclude and Include Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/exclude-and-include-students How to temporarily exclude students from a GoGuardian Teacher session and re-include them when ready. The **Exclude** command lets teachers temporarily hide a student from the main classroom view and Timelines views, where browsing data is captured. You can exclude students who are absent or working on something outside of class, then re-include them at any time during the session. Excluding a student is temporary and does not remove them from the class roster. ## Exclude 1 Student 1. Click the **3 dots** button in the corner of the student's tile. 2. Click **Exclude student**. ## Exclude Multiple Students 1. Click **Exclude from session** in the command bar. 2. Select **All**, or check the boxes next to specific students. 3. Click **Exclude students** to apply. Exclude Multiple Students Exclude Multiple Students ## Include a Student 1. Locate the excluded student's tile in the classroom view. 2. Click **Re-include Student**. The student returns to the main view. Click Re-include Student. The student returns to the main view. ## Resources See all available commands for managing a session. Learn how to start a session and manage your class. Review browsing activity captured during a session. Lock student screens to pause activity during class. # Export Chrome Policy JSON Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/export-chrome-policy How to export Chrome policy information as a JSON file to share with GoGuardian Technical Support. When working with the GoGuardian Technical Support team, an agent may request Chrome policy information from a student's device. The easiest way to provide this information is by exporting the data as a JSON file and sending it to the agent via chat or email. 1. Confirm that the student is signed in to their school-provided account. 2. On the student's device, type `chrome://policy` into the address bar, then press **Enter**. 3. Click **Export to JSON** in the top left corner. 4. Save the file to the desktop with a descriptive file name (example: `yourschool-policy.json`). 5. Send the file to the support agent via chat or email to confirm the information was received. Send the file to the support agent via chat or email to confirm the information was received. ## Resources Answers to common questions about GoGuardian Teacher. Troubleshoot missing students in your classroom session. Steps to take when a student appears offline during a session. Understand why a student's activity may not appear right away. # FAQ: Archived Classroom Reports Show Wrong Students Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/faq-archived-classroom-reports Explains why student reports for archived classrooms may show incorrect data and how to fix it by renaming classrooms. ## Why Do Archived Classroom Reports Show Last Year's Students? Classrooms that share the same beginning title can't be distinguished in Student Reports. If 2 classrooms have names that differ only at the end, Teacher may display the wrong student data for the archived version. To fix this, add a distinguishing label to the **beginning** of the class name rather than the end. **Example:** Instead of: * Zero Hour Am Lit 18 S2 * Zero Hour Am Lit 18 S1 Use: * S2 Zero Hour Am Lit 18 * S1 Zero Hour Am Lit 18 Renaming the classroom causes the correct students to populate in reports. The GoGuardian Product team is working on an update to address this issue at the system level. ## Resources Review student activity and browsing history from a classroom session. Manage your active and archived classrooms in GoGuardian Teacher. Learn how to add or manage student enrollment in a classroom. Browse common questions about GoGuardian Teacher. # FAQ: Multiple Sessions for Students and Teachers Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/faq-multiple-sessions Answers to common questions about students being in multiple sessions at once and teachers running concurrent class sessions. ## Can a Student Be in Multiple Sessions at Once? Yes. Students can be in multiple GoGuardian Teacher sessions at the same time. This can happen when a student needs to be reviewed by more than 1 person — such as an individual aide covering the entire day — or when 2 or more teachers' class sessions overlap. Even when a student is in multiple sessions simultaneously, only **1 Scene** can be applied to that student at any given time. When a student is in concurrent sessions, GoGuardian Teacher Scenes can conflict and display a "You're popular" message to the student. Teachers can resolve Scene conflicts by clicking **Refresh Scene**, or by manually reapplying their Scene to refresh it for the class. For more detail on how Scene conflicts work and how to resolve them, see [Scene Conflicts](/products/teacher/scene-conflicts). A blue background page with mountains and a starry sky displaying a a "You're popular" message that a student will see A banner displaying "you have students in another teacher's Scene, would you like to pull them all in by refreshing… GoGuardian Teacher demonstrating two class sessions running simultaneously ## Can a Teacher Run Multiple Sessions at Once? Yes. A teacher can run multiple class sessions at the same time. To toggle between concurrent sessions, select the session from the top of the screen. Learn how GoGuardian Teacher handles conflicting Scenes when a student is in multiple sessions. Understand how Scenes work and what teachers can control with them. Step-by-step instructions for starting and managing a class session. Answers to more frequently asked questions about GoGuardian Teacher. # FAQ: Refresh a Student's Scene Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/faq-scene-override How to refresh a student's Scene when they have a conflicting Scene applied from another teacher. Students can be in multiple, overlapping GoGuardian Teacher class sessions at once, but can only have 1 Scene applied at a time. Students who join a class while another teacher's Scene is active, or who have a new Scene applied during an active class, may not have the same Scene as the rest of the class. A conflict icon appears on the student's tile to indicate their Scene doesn't match yours. ## Refresh a Student's Scene When a student is affected by another teacher's Scene, a yellow banner appears at the top of the class view with a **Refresh Scene** button. Selecting **Refresh Scene** updates every student in the class to your Scene. The most recently applied Scene takes priority when there's a conflict. You can also refresh manually at any time by setting Scenes to **No Scene** and then reapplying the Scene you want. For more information on Scene conflicts and status indicators, see [Scene Conflicts](/products/teacher/scene-conflicts). ## Resources Understand how Scene conflicts occur and how to resolve them. Learn how to create Scenes and apply them to your class. Get an overview of how Scenes work in GoGuardian Teacher. Review the settings and options available when building a Scene. # Why Is a Student Getting Blocked? Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/faq-student-getting-blocked Explains the two most common reasons a student may be blocked in GoGuardian Teacher and what teachers and administrators can do to resolve it. Students can be blocked by several GoGuardian features, but the 2 most common sources are a GoGuardian Admin policy or a Teacher scene. For a full list of block pages, including visual examples, see [Types of GoGuardian Block Pages](/products/admin/block-pages). ## Scenario A: Student Blocked by Admin Policy If a student is blocked by an Admin policy, you'll see the message **Website Blocked by Administrators** with a padlock symbol on the student's tile. ### How to Fix This **For teachers** without GoGuardian Admin access: contact one of your organization's GoGuardian administrators (typically IT or administration staff) for help with the blocked website. **For administrators**: for more information on policy filtering blocks, see [Why Is a Website Blocked? (GoGuardian Admin)](/products/admin/troubleshoot-blocked-websites). Administrators can also enable [Teacher Override](/products/teacher/allow-access-to-blocked-sites) to let teachers unblock approved websites. Students tile in GoGuardian Teacher displaying a website blocked by admin notice Scenario A: Student Blocked by Admin Policy ## Scenario B: Student Blocked by a Teacher Scene If a student is blocked by a Teacher scene, you'll see the message **Website Blocked by Scene** with the "Hey there" block page on the student's tile. ### How to Fix This Update your scene to allow the blocked website. * **Allow Mode scene**: add the website or webpage to the scene's allowed list. * **Block Mode scene**: remove the website or webpage from the scene's blocked list. For more information on filtering sites with scenes, including how to update them, see [Create and Apply a Scene](/products/teacher/create-and-apply-a-scene). Student's tile displaying "website blocked by Scene" page ## All Other GoGuardian Block Pages For help with other block pages — including GoGuardian Admin Smart Alert blocks, GoGuardian DNS blocks, or Google Admin Console blocks — contact a GoGuardian administrator for assistance. *** Learn how to set up and modify scenes to control which websites students can access. Understand how Teacher Override works and how administrators can enable it. Review the parts of a scene and how Allow Mode and Block Mode work. Find out what happens when multiple scenes apply to the same student. # Turn Off Teacher Sessions During School Breaks Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/faq-turn-off-sessions How to disable all GoGuardian Teacher classroom sessions during school breaks so students are not restricted automatically. ## Can I Turn Off All Teacher Sessions During Break? Yes. To prevent sessions from running automatically during Thanksgiving, winter, or spring break, you can disable all classroom sessions in the Teacher product settings in Org Management. GoGuardian Teacher product settings in Org Management Go to [https://manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings](https://manage.goguardian.com/products/teacher/settings) and turn off the **Allow Classroom Sessions** toggle. This prevents any Teacher session from starting automatically and prevents students from being restricted in a scene. This is a popular option during breaks and holidays, particularly when students take devices home. Turning off **Allow Classroom Sessions** also disables manually started sessions. Do not use this setting if some students may be attending summer school or weekend sessions. Org Management Product Settings (selected) Teacher (selected) Allow Classroom Sessions toggle on/off (selected) ## Can I Turn Off Only Automatic Scheduled Sessions? Not at this time. The **Allow Classroom Sessions** toggle disables all sessions, including both scheduled and manually started ones. There is no option to disable only scheduled sessions while keeping manual sessions available. ## Resources Set up automatic session schedules for your classes Manually start a session with your students Learn how scenes control student browsing during sessions Configure Teacher product settings in Org Management # Unlock a Student's Device Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/faq-unlock-student Restore browsing when a student's Chromebook shows Browsing Disabled during or after a GoGuardian Teacher session. If a student's Chromebook shows **Browsing Disabled** during a GoGuardian Teacher classroom session, or the screen stays locked after the session ends, use the steps below to unlock the device. If the screen shows a different block page, another source may be responsible. See [Understand Block Pages](/products/admin/block-pages) to identify the source before you change anything in your Teacher session. ## Unlock 1 Student 1. Open a classroom session that includes the student. 2. Click the 3-dot menu in the upper-right corner of the student's tile. 3. Select **Unlock student's device**. 4. Verify the result: The Browsing Disabled page closes, and the student can open a website. The "Unlock Student's Device" button from the drop down menu on an individual student's tile Unlock via Student Tile Unlock via Student Tile ## Unlock Multiple Students Use this method to unlock 2 or more students at once. 1. Click **Lock/Unlock Device** in the Commands toolbar. 2. Select the open-padlock **Unlock** tab. 3. Select the **Select All** checkbox to unlock every student, or select the checkbox next to individual student names. 4. Click **Unlock Devices**. 5. Verify the result: The selected students return to browsing within a few seconds. ## Fix a Device That Remains Locked If the Browsing Disabled page stays on screen after you issue the unlock command, work through these steps in order. 1. Wait 30 seconds for the command to reach the Chromebook. 2. Have the student enter `chrome://restart` in the Chrome address bar and press Enter. This restarts Chrome without restarting the Chromebook. 3. Wait for the student to reconnect to the classroom session, then issue the **Unlock** command again. 4. If the device is still locked, issue **Lock**, then issue **Unlock** again. \[TODO: verify — no retry or known-issue tracking for a stuck per-device lock was found in the Teacher command path, so reliability of this cycle needs product-team confirmation] 5. Have the student sign out of their managed account and sign back in, or restart the Chromebook. \[TODO: verify — this is a ChromeOS-level sign-out, distinct from GoGuardian's own extension sign-out, and outside what goguardian/Development can confirm] 6. Verify the result: The student reconnects without the Browsing Disabled page. ## Check for Another Active Session A student can belong to more than 1 active classroom session at the same time. Issuing **Unlock** from any session the student is currently in clears the lock, even if a different teacher's session issued the **Lock** command. If the lock returns after you unlock it, another active session is re-locking the device. 1. Check the student's tile for an active command or session indicator. 2. Ask the teacher who owns the other active session to issue **Unlock**, or to end their session. 3. Have the student restart Chrome. 4. Verify the result: The lock does not return after the student reconnects. If you cannot identify the other active session or teacher, contact GoGuardian Support. Provide the student's school email address, the approximate time the lock began, and the classes the student was scheduled to attend. ## Contact Support After Unlock Troubleshooting Contact GoGuardian Support if the Chromebook stays locked after you complete the session check, the Chrome restart, the sign-out, and the device restart. Include the student's school email address, the teacher account, the classroom name, the time the lock began, and a screenshot of the Browsing Disabled page. ## Resources Use the Lock Device command to restrict student browsing during class. Learn about all available commands in GoGuardian Teacher. Get a classroom session up and running. Resolve issues with other GoGuardian Teacher commands, like locking screens or opening and closing tabs. # GoGuardian Teacher FAQs Source: https://docs.goguardian.com/products/teacher/faqs Common questions about GoGuardian Teacher classrooms, sessions, Scenes, student screens, integrations, and device support. ## Classroom **How do I archive, restore, or delete a class?** To archive a class, click the **Settings** cogwheel on the class tile, then select **Archive Class**. The class Settings menu with Archive Class highlighted To restore a class, go to the [Archived classes](https://teacher.goguardian.com/classrooms/archived) page and click **Restore**. The Archived classes tab with Restore highlighted To delete a class, click the **Settings** cogwheel on the class tile, then select **Delete Class**. Enter `DELETE` to confirm. The class Settings menu with Delete Class highlighted See [Archive, Restore, or Delete a Classroom](/products/teacher/archive-restore-delete-a-classroom) for full details. **How do I change my classroom schedule?** 1. Click into the class you want to edit. 2. Go to the **Settings** tab. 3. Select the **Scheduling** tab. 4. Make your changes there, or use the [Calendar](https://teacher.goguardian.com/calendar) to view and manage all scheduled classes. See [Schedule Classroom Sessions](/products/teacher/schedule-classroom-sessions) for full details. **How do I update classroom info?** Classroom info includes the class name, subject, description, Default Scene, and tile color. 1. Click on the class from the Active class section. 2. Go to the **Settings** tab. 3. Select the **Info** tab and make the changes. 4. Click **Update Classroom** to save. For classes imported from Clever or ClassLink, update the class name in the source system. The change appears in GoGuardian Teacher after the next sync. You can edit the class **Description** in GoGuardian Teacher to help distinguish classes with similar names: 1. Click the **Settings** cogwheel on the class, then select **Edit Class**. 2. Edit the **Description** field. 3. Click **Update Classroom**. The description appears below the class name. **Video walkthrough**